New
Bookmarks
Year 2013 Quarter 1: January 1 - March 31 Additions to
Bob Jensen's Bookmarks
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Tidbits Directory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you have
key words to enter --- Search Site.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/.
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
574 Shields
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm

Choose a
Date Below for Additions to the Bookmarks File
March 31,
2013
February
28, 2013
January
31, 2013

March 31, 2013
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks March 1-31, 2013
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498
Hasselback Accounting Faculty
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/
Blast from the Past With Hal
and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm
2012 AAA
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
2013 IFRS Blue Book
(Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717
Links to
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Bob
Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
American
Accounting Association Past Presidents are listed at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm
"2012 tax
software survey: Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by
Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm
Center for Financial Services
Innovation ---
http://cfsinnovation.com/
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx
Bob
Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Subtle Distinctions in Technical
Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision &
Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ ---
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465
Today’s FBI: Facts and Figures 2013-2014—which provides an in-depth look
at the FBI and its operations—is now available ---
http://www.fbi.gov/stats-services/publications/todays-fbi-facts-figures/facts-and-figures-031413.pdf/view
AICPA Fraud Resource Center ---
Click Here
http://www.aicpa.org/INTERESTAREAS/FORENSICANDVALUATION/RESOURCES/FRAUDPREVENTIONDETECTIONRESPONSE/Pages/fraud-prevention-detection-response.aspx
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Humor Between March 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor033113
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
The Wall Street Journal increased the billing rate for me to
$26 per month. This is reasonable considering that this thick thing is delivered
to my mailbox six days each week.
However, if I choose only the digital electronic version with no hard copy
delivery, I only save $4 per month --- which is now a bummer price, especially
for students.
However, there is a simple way to read very current articles in the WSJ
electronically for free using Google Advanced Search using the "All the words"
search box ---
http://www.google.com/advanced_search .
Instructions are given at
http://www.businessinsider.com/how-to-read-the-wsj-for-free-online-2009-6
Thank you Chris Nolan for the heads up.
Those of you who have access to your campus library electronic databases can
probably access archived WSJ articles using database subscriptions paid for by
your college or university.
The New York Times has a different free-access policy. I think you get
something like 15 articles free per month. However, for me this seems to
increase if I change Web browsers --- say from Firefox to Internet Explorer.
Please don't ask me why this works or if it is totally ethical.
Students and faculty of a college might be able to able to have
free access to NYT archives using databases subscribed toy by their college. One
such database is IfnoTrac Newstands.
"10 Huge Brands That Committed Suicide," Business Insider,
March 27, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/10-brands-that-committed-suicide-2013-3
To these we might add the tens of thousands of failed companies and banks who
got glowing audit reports from their auditors only slightly ahead of their death
notices --- sort of like those corpses on a slap that had no warnings in their
most recent complete physical examinations.
"Nate Silver Gets Real About Big Data," by Matt Asay, ReadWriteWeb,
March 29, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/03/29/nate-silver-gets-real-about-big-data
Jensen Comment
This is a message that accountics scientists don't want to hear about.
"How Non-Scientific Granulation Can
Improve Scientific Accountics"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsGranulationCurrentDraft.pdf
By Bob Jensen
This essay takes off from the following quotation:
A recent accountics science study suggests
that audit firm scandal with respect to someone else's audit may be a reason
for changing auditors.
"Audit Quality and Auditor Reputation: Evidence from Japan," by Douglas J.
Skinner and Suraj Srinivasan, The Accounting Review, September 2012,
Vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 1737-1765.
Our conclusions are subject to
two caveats. First, we find that clients switched away from ChuoAoyama in
large numbers in Spring 2006, just after Japanese regulators announced the
two-month suspension and PwC formed Aarata. While we interpret these events
as being a clear and undeniable signal of audit-quality problems at
ChuoAoyama, we cannot know for sure what drove these switches
(emphasis added).
It is possible that the suspension caused firms to switch auditors for
reasons unrelated to audit quality. Second, our analysis presumes that audit
quality is important to Japanese companies. While we believe this to be the
case, especially over the past two decades as Japanese capital markets have
evolved to be more like their Western counterparts,
it is possible that audit quality is, in general, less
important in Japan
(emphasis added)
.
"Which Type of Returns Are You Referring To?" by Barry Ritholtz,,
March 28, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/real-nominal-total-aftertax/
Jensen Comment
Barry only a discusses a few of the many types of returns that should be
understood by our students. For a more complete summary, go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
One of the most popular downloads at my Website compares several types of
returns is the wtdcase2a.xls at the bottom of the list of files at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/Excel/
Note the tab to the Answers spreadsheet.
Students can put in their own input numbers and then observe the sensitivity of
the outcomes to things like inflation rates.
'The 12 Most Controversial Facts In Mathematics," by Walter
Hickey, Business Insider, March 25, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-most-controversial-math-problems-2013-3
Bob Jensen's thousands of links to tutorials in various academic
disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm
The Great Challenge of Integer Programming's Travelling Salesman Problem
Back in the days I was teaching mathematical programming at the University of
Maine, one of really big mathematical challenges of the day was to discover an
efficient algorithm for The Travelling Salesman Problem that was poorly named
and should have been called the shortest routing problem. Solutions to this
interger programming challenge have wide-reaching applications in mathematics,
management science, and operations research. As computing capacity increased,
brute force solutions comparing all possible routing alternatives became
feasible for smaller networks. But for large networks, the problem became more
like mapping chess moves where no computer on earth could handle a brute force
problem efficiently in reasonable time and cost.
"Shrinking Blob Computes (satisficing)
Traveling Salesman Solutions: A blob of “intelligent” goo can compute
solutions to one of the most famous problems in mathematics and produces a route
map as well, say computer scientists," MIT's Technology Review, March 25,
2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/view/512821/shrinking-blob-computes-traveling-salesman-solutions/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130325
Jensen Comment
Optimization with convex space solution alternatives, like linear programming
problems, are generally efficient to solve for very, very large problems. This
is not the case for most integer programming problems because the solutions
space is not convex. The above blob solution is unbelievable. Really
From the Scout Report on March 29, 2013
Free Alternative to Camtasia for Mac Users
Ripcorder Screen ---
https://itunes.apple.com/app/ripcorder-screen/id532632386?mt=12
The Ripcorder Screen application allows users to
create movies from their Macs' on-screen activities. The application will
capture whatever is played on the display and transform it into a QuickTime
movie. This can be most useful for users who would like to share information
with colleagues or friends seeking to learn more about a particular computer
operation or process. This version is compatible with all operating systems
running Mac OS X 10.7 and newer.
There is also a Ricorder Audio App
Ribbet ---
http://www.ribbet.com/
Ribbet offers visitors the opportunity to edit
their photos on the fly online. The site gives users the ability to crop,
resize, and rotate their images, along with adding captions in a host of
different fonts. Also, there are a number of compelling special filters with
names like Cairo, Morocco, Los Angeles, and Fiji. This version is compatible
with all operating systems.
New research suggests that the speed of light may not be constant
Scientists examine nothing, find something
http://www.csmonitor.com/Science/2013/0325/Scientists-examine-nothing-find-something
Speed of light may not be fixed, scientists suggest
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2013/03/130325111154.htm
Speed of Light May Not be Constant
http://blogs.voanews.com/science-world/2013/03/26/speed-of-light-may-not-be-constant/
Testing Einstein's E=mc2 in Outer Space
http://uanews.org/story/testing-einsteins-emc2-outer-space
Ole Roemer and the Speed of Light
http://www.amnh.org/education/resources/rfl/web/essaybooks/cosmic/p_roemer.html
American Association of Physics Teachers
http://aapt.org/resources/
Audit and Accounting Guide for Not-for-Profit Entities
From Ernst &Young on March 28, 2013
The American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants (AICPA) has issued a comprehensive revision of its Audit and
Accounting Guide, Not-for-Profit Entities, for the first time in 15 years.
Questions raised as the Guide was being updated have resulted in new
guidance from the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) on two not-for-profit
topics. Our To the Point publication summarizes the guidance from the AICPA
and the EITF.
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2518_NotforProfit_27March2013/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2518_NotforProfit_27March2013.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of governmental accounting and
accountability ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
Is Bob Jensen a hypocrite?
I feel like a hypocrite since from the first year in my first faculty
appointment I had at least one less course assignment than my colleagues
--- teaching two courses per term instead of three or even four like the people
up and down the hall were teaching. And I was the highest paid faculty member on
the floor in each of the four universities where I had faculty appointments.
Forty years later I was teaching the same light loads as well as during all 38
years in between except for the various semesters I got full pay for teaching no
courses due to sabbatical leaves and two years in a think tank at Stanford
University.
Now I sympathize with arguments that those other faculty (and me) really
should have been teaching more across the entire 40 years. I can hear some of
you saying: "That's easy for you to say now --- while you are sitting with
a eastward view of three mountain ranges and teaching not one course."
The race to teach less has not served us well, and
student-to-faculty ratios were driven more by U.S. News & World Report's [annual
rankings] than by rigor," [Gene Nichol (North Carolina)] said. "Professors don't
teach enough. The notion that [teaching more] would cripple scholarship is
not true and we know it. ...
Tax Prof Blog, March 14, 2013 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/
Law Schools are cutting expenses in expectation of
smaller class sizes. While most can't think of cutting tuition in this
environment, the actions they take during the next few years could determine
whether legal education moves toward a more affordable future. ...
"The race to teach less has not served us well, and
student-to-faculty ratios were driven more by U.S. News & World Report's
[annual rankings] than by rigor," [Gene Nichol (North Carolina)] said.
"Professors don't teach enough. The notion that [teaching more] would
cripple scholarship is not true and we know it." ...
[T]he primary problem facing most law schools is
what to do with all the faculty they have on staff. ... "Laying off
untenured [faculty] would be very destructive," [Brian Tamanaha (Washington
U.)] said. "They are teaching important skills and valuable classes."
Tamanaha said the better option is to offer buyouts
to tenured professors. "We will see schools offer separation packages -- one
or two year's compensation if you go now," he said. "The only people
interested in a buyout would be people with sufficient retirement funds or
professors with practices on the side." Vermont Law School and Penn State
University Dickinson School of Law have discussed similar steps. ...
Brian Leiter, a law professor at the University of
Chicago Law School who runs a blog on legal education, has predicted that as
many as 10 law schools will go out of business during the next decade.
Rather than face closure, law schools could take
more drastic steps -- even overcoming tenure. When Hurricane Katrina
devastated New Orleans, Tulane University declared financial exigency and
eliminated entire departments -- terminating tenured professors. The same
action has happened at other universities faced with economic hardships.
"If you say this is a tsunami of a different kind
-- the 100 year flood -- then a dean could let go of faculty," another law
professor said. For example, a school could choose to eliminate nonessential
specialties, such as a tax law program, and terminate most faculty in those
areas.
In addition to eliminating tenured positions, a
dean could reduce salaries out of financial necessity. "Schools under severe
financial pressure may be faced with an even starker option -- closing their
doors," Tamanaha said. ...
Nichol said all law schools should reconsider their
current salary structures, and not just schools in the worst economic
position. "In the same way that the market for graduates is adjusting, it
would not be absurd for our salaries to adjust as well," he said. "I don't
see why our leave packages should be more generous than other parts of the
campus. We will have to fix that now before we forced to."
Nichol said schools should consider eliminating
sabbaticals, trimming travel and reducing summer research grants. "Every
school needs to look line by line for where it can cut costs," [David Yellen
(Dean, Loyola-Chicago)] said. Faculty travel, conferences and other things
can add up to a couple of professors salaries."
Jensen Comment
And I darn well "know it." I think I do all this free academic blogging in large
measure out of guilt. I need to give something back!
Franco Modigliani ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Franco_Modigliani
Trinity University has a program for bringing all possible former Nobel Prize
winning economists. In an auditorium they were not to discuss technicalities of
their work as much as they were to summarize their lives leading up to their
high achievements. One of the most inspiring presentations I can remember was
that of Franco Modigliani.
What I remember most is that he asserted that some of his most productive
years of research and scholarship came during the years he was teaching five
different courses on two different campuses.
The Academy increasingly coddled researchers with more pay, large expense
funds, the highest salaries on campus, and lighter teaching loads. I'm not
certain that they, me included, were not coddled far too much relative to the
the value of the sum total of their (including my) work. I think not! The sum
total may have been as high or higher if they were teaching four courses per
term (maybe not five).
Bob Jensen
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
Reply from Jagdish Gangolly
Bob,
You are not alone. A colleague of mine at Albany, a
mathematician in the Management Sciences department, who taught mathematics
at Brown before coming to Albany was saying the same thing. He was most
productive when he taught heavy loads.
Teaching and writing are probably the most
demanding of intellectual tasks (unless of course you are resigned to
teaching because you must). Even research nowadays is, thanks to statistical
packages and abundant databases, by comparison a mundane task.
I was not as lucky as you were; I taught the usual
2 courses each semester except for the sabbaticals. But one semester I
taught five courses, by happenstance. Two masters courses in accounting (an
auditing and an AIS course), two doctoral seminars in (Knowledge
Organization and in Statistical Natural Language Processing) Information
Science, all at SUNY Albany, and an MBA management accounting course at
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. And, strange as it may seem, that was my
most productive year in research. I have never been as ready for summer in
my life as at the end of that semester.
Regards,
Jagdish
"The Debt Bomb That Taxpayers Won't See Coming ," by Steven Malanga,
The Wall Street Journal, March 29, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324077704578362101467799948.html
Earlier this month, the Securities and Exchange
Commission charged Illinois officials with making misleading statements to
bond investors about the state's pension system. The agency detailed a long
list of deceptive practices including failure to tell investors that the
system was so underfunded that it risked bankruptcy.
Illinois taxpayers, as well as the holders of its
debt, will ultimately bear the burden of the officials' misdeeds. But there
is nothing unique about the Prairie State. For years, elected officials in
states and municipalities across the country have been imprudently piling up
obligations that are imposing serious strains on budgets, prompting higher
taxes and cutbacks in services.
In January, city officials in Sacramento,
California's capital, reported the results of a study they had commissioned
on all the debt that the municipality had incurred. At a City Council
meeting that the Sacramento Bee reported as "sobering," the city manager
explained that Sacramento had racked up some $2 billion in obligations
(mostly pensions and retiree health care). All this for a municipality of
477,000 residents with an annual general fund budget of just $366 million.
Sacramento finances are already stretched—the city
has cut some 1,200 workers, or 20% of its workforce, in the past several
years. Servicing its debt in years to come will only add more woe,
especially given the intractability of public unions. The budget report
noted that "While reducing staff is clearly not the preferred method for
reducing costs, the city has a very limited ability to reduce the cost of
labor absent cooperation from the city's employee groups."
According to studies by the Pew Center on the
States, states and the biggest cities have made nearly three-quarters of a
trillion dollars in promises to pay for retiree health-care insurance. Yet
governments have set aside only about 5% of the money they'll need to pay
for these promises.
This year a Chicago city commission reported that
retiree health-care expenditures would soar from $109 million in this year's
budget to $541 million in a decade. After concluding that the expenditures
were unaffordable, one member of the commission proposed that retirees be
required to sign on to the Illinois Health Insurance Exchange being created
under President Obama's Affordable Care Act. Health insurance would be
cheaper if it is subsidized by the federal government.
A December report by the States Project, a joint
venture of Harvard's Institute of Politics and the University of
Pennsylvania's Fels Institute of Government, estimated that state and local
governments now owe in sum a staggering $7.3 trillion. Incredibly, the vast
majority of this debt has never been approved by taxpayers, who are often
unaware of the extent of their obligations.
Most state constitutions and many municipal
charters limit borrowing and mandate voter approval. No matter. Politicians
evade the limits, issuing billions of dollars in municipal offerings never
approved by voters, sometimes with disastrous consequences. Courts have
rubber-stamped many of these schemes.
The debt incurred by New Jersey for school projects
is a case in point. In 2001, legislators in Trenton hatched a scheme to
borrow a shocking $8.6 billion for refurbishing school buildings. The
reaction to their plan in the press and among taxpayer groups was so
negative that the politicians knew that voters would never approve it. So
the legislature created an independent borrowing authority. Since it, and
not taxpayers, would take on the debt, politicians claimed that there was no
need for voters' consent.
Taxpayer groups challenged the maneuver. The state
Supreme Court brushed aside their objections, arguing that there was already
precedent for such borrowing.
New Jersey's Schools Construction Corp. quickly
squandered half of the money on patronage and inefficient construction
practices, so in 2005 the state borrowed another $3.9 billion. All of the
debt is being repaid by taxpayers. The authority, which was dissolved
several years ago, had no revenues of its own.
Next door, in New York, a scant 5% of the Empire
State's $63 billion in outstanding debt has ever been authorized by voters,
according to the state comptroller. The rest has been engineered through
independent authorities such as the Transitional Finance Authority.
These authorities are designed to circumvent
voters. Of the seven bond offerings that have gone before New York voters in
the past 25 years, four have been defeated. But thanks to unsanctioned debt,
New Yorkers bear the second-highest per capita debt burden in the nation,
$3,258, according to a January report by the state comptroller. New Jersey
is No. 1, at $3,964.
To prevent the pile-up of hidden debt, taxpayers
need to spearhead a revolt that will narrow the ability of officials to
mortgage their future. Any such revolt will first of all seek an end to
government sponsored defined-benefit pension plans, through which
politicians promise benefits years hence to current employees in a manner
that potentially leaves taxpayers on the hook for unlimited liabilities.
Simpler, defined-contribution plans featuring individual retirement accounts
would make government pension systems less expensive and their accounting
more transparent.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I was wondering why my tax exempt bond fund keeps paying relatively high
interest rates each month. Yipes! Now I know.
"Former comptroller general urges fiscally responsible reforms," by
Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, October 6, 2012 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20126578.htm
The sad state of governmental accounting: It's all done with smoke
and mirrors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
"NYC Legend, Ed Koch, Pays $3M Due to Estate Planning Blunder With No
Irrevocable Trust, Laments UltraTrust.com," PRWeb, March 31, 2013 ---
http://www.prweb.com/releases/Ed-Koch-irrevocable-trust/estate-plannnig/prweb10549965.htm
Suggestion for his epitaph:
"I should've had an irrevocable trust."
Links forwarded by Paul Caron
- Forbes,
Ed Koch's Will: Taxes Take Big Bite Out Of Hizzoner's Nest Egg, by
Deborah L. Jacobs
- Wall Street Journal,
The Will Of Koch: Legacy, Family
- Wills, Trusts & Estates Prof Blog,
Ed Koch's Will, by Gerry Beyer (Texas Tech)
- Wills, Trusts & Estates Prof Blog,
Taxes Take a Large Portion of Koch's Estate, by Gerry Beyer (Texas Tech)
Jensen Comment
More accurately former Mayor Koch would've saved something less that $3 million
after paying his tax attorneys and CPAs.
For me the March 2013 edition of TAR is another accountics science yawn.
One article, however, struck my eye as being worthy of debate on the AECM.
If I'm asked to criticize an analytical model TAR publication, my knee jerk
reaction before I've even read the article is to go for the unrealistic
underlying assumptions that are valid only in Plato's Cave. I provide what I
consider to be a great illustration at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm#Analytics
The following article illustrates how we can go after unrealistic
underlying assumptions in Plato's Cave for empirical publications as well.
My bottom line conclusion is that we should evaluate empirical accountics
science studies the same way we evaluate analytical modeling accountics science
studies. Go after the controversial underlying assumptions before going after
the other weak spots such as missing variables, missing data, use of students as
surrogates for real world decision makers, failing to contact real world players
such as auditors or financial analysts, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity,
non-normal distributions, etc.
"The Contagion Effect of Low-Quality Audits, by Jere R. Francis
and Paul N. Michas, The Accounting Review, March 2013 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/accr-50322
ABSTRACT :
We investigate if the existence of low-quality
audits in an auditor office indicates the presence of a “contagion effect”
on the quality of other (concurrent) audits conducted by the office. A
low-quality audit is defined as the presence of one or more clients with
overstated earnings that were subsequently corrected by a downward
restatement. We document that the quality of audited earnings (abnormal
accruals) is lower for clients in these office-years (when the misreporting
occurred) compared to a control sample of office-years with no restatements.
This effect lasts for up to five subsequent years, indicating that audit
firms do not immediately rectify the problems that caused contagion. We also
find that an office-year with client misreporting is likely to have
subsequent (new) client restatements over the next five fiscal years.
Overall, the evidence suggests that certain auditor offices have systematic
audit-quality problems and that these problems persist over time.
Jensen Comment
How valid is it to define a low-quality audit as "presence
of one or more clients with overstated earnings that were subsequently corrected
by a downward restatement/"
Firstly, we might find some even lower-quality audits that had corrected
upward restatements of earnings.
Secondly, how justified are the authors in assuming subsequent downward
restatements are caused or even correlated with low-quality audits? Restatements
are caused by many factors, only one of which might be a low quality audit.
If there was a high correlation with only low quality audits it would seem to me
that audit firms would be hauled into class action lawsuits most every time
earnings numbers have to be restated downward.
A low-quality audit is a defined on the basis of many factors that the PCAOB
is trying to get a handle in their revealing audit inspections. For example,
some of the worst audits may not have entailed earnings restatements. The poor
quality may simply have been what the PCAOB considers unjustified cost cutting
in in detail testing and/or weak supervision of neophyte auditors. The fact that
such factors did not entail downward earning revisions may be a matter of luck
or as, yet, undetected errors in the earning numbers.
My bottom line conclusion is that we should evaluate empirical accountics
science studies the same way we evaluate analytical modeling accountics science
studies. Go after the controversial underlying assumptions before going after
the other weak spots such as missing variables, missing data, use of students as
surrogates for real world decision makers, failing to contact real world players
such as auditors or financial analysts, multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity,
non-normal distributions, etc.
"5 Dumbest Things on Wall Street This Week: March 22, 2013, The
Street ---
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11876599/1/5-dumbest-things-on-wall-street-this-week-march-22.html?kval=dontmiss
1 (To Bob Jensen Cyprus is beginning to
sound like the mouse that roared)
By the time you finish this sentence the nation of Cyprus may be solvent or
insolvent, in or out of the European Union or possibly even reborn as
Vladimir Putin's private island getaway. The situation is still too fluid
for us to predict.
2 (Auditors only stick with managements they
don't trust if the clients are too big to lose)
Maxwell Storage, the energy storage device maker announced the resignation
of its public accounting firm McGladrey LLP in an SEC filing Tuesday. In its
farewell letter to Maxwell's audit committee, McGladrey confirmed "it could
no longer rely on management's representations," nor the "information
obtained directly from certain third parties." Maxwell added it will be
forced to delay the reporting of its 2012 financials while it looks for an
accountant to replace McGladrey. Shares of the company sank 14% to $6.40 on
the news.
3 (As Bob Jensen understands it these tights
are no problem doing yoga as long as you don't bend over)
Give us some credit Dumbest fans. Did you really think we would forget about
the sheer madness this week at Lululemon (LULU)? The athletic-apparel
purveyor announced Monday it was recalling shipments of women's yoga pants
with an unacceptably high "level of sheerness" from its stores. And while
Lulu says it plans to see the problem through, the company admitted the
issue will indeed impact its bottom line. Shares of the company got pantsed
on the news, dropping 3% to $64 on Tuesday.
4 (How could any megabanks survive without
"flawed risk models?"
Ina Drew, the former head of the "London Whale" trading unit at JPMorgan
Chase (JPM), blamed a "flawed" risk model and "deceptive" traders for the
massive $6 billion loss at the bank in her prepared testimony last Friday
before the Senate Permanent Subcommitee on Investigations. Drew resigned
from her position of chief investment officer in May 2012 as a result of the
scandal
5 (Since when is overstating revenue a big
deal. Federal and state governments do it all the time with smoke and
mirrors.)
Great Lakes Dredge & Dock revealed it overstated second-quarter revenue by
$3.9 million and third-quarter revenue by $4.3 million. It also said it will
review $5.6 million in questionable fourth-quarter sales.
"FASB Rolls Out More XBRL Implementation Guidance," by Tammy
Whitehouse, Compliance Week, March 22, 2013 ---
http://www.complianceweek.com/fasb-rolls-out-more-xbrl-implementation-guidance/article/285581/
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued
some new guidance on XBRL intended to further refine how preparers use the
U.S. GAAP Financial Reporting Taxonomy to submit their financial statements
in the XBRL format.
FASB added three new pieces to its upstart
series of implementation guides -- one focused on
segment reporting and two more focused specifically on the insurance sector.
The
segment reporting guide
demonstrates the modeling that FASB has in mind for disclosures related to
segment reporting.
The modeling is completed using elements in the
taxonomy, focusing on detail tagging only. It provides eight separate
examples of common segment reporting disclosures, such as significant items
of required segment information, reconciliation of segment revenue, and
reconciliation of segment profit or loss. Further examples go into greater
detail related to various common segment scenarios.
As with other guides in the series, FASB says the
segment reporting examples are not intended to cover every possible modeling
configuration or to dictate the appearance or structure of a company's
extension taxonomy. The examples are only meant to help users of the
taxonomy understand how the modeling for segment reporting is structured
within the taxonomy, with the hope that it will drive more consistent use of
the taxonomy to produce more consistent, comparable financial reporting
data. The guide does not include elements for text blocks, policy text
blocks, or table blocks.
For the insurance sector, one guide focuses on the
modeling of disclosures related to
concentration of credit risk, as in ceded credit
risk with a single credit rating, multiple credit ratings, and those that
appear in more the one table. Another insurance guide focuses on disclosures
related to
reinsurance, providing a model for disclosing risk
management objectives and retention policies, effects of reinsurance, and
the supplemental schedule of reinsurance arrangements, although it does not
cover concentrations of credit risk resulting from reinsurance.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There's a photograph of the AECM's Louis Matherne who is spearheading XBRL for
the FASB. Thanks much Louis for greasing the wheels of implementation.
Bob Jensen's threads on XBRL are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm
The top 51 undergraduate business schools according to Bloomberg
Business Week (Slide Show) ---
http://images.businessweek.com/slideshows/2013-03-20/best-undergraduate-business-schools-2013#slide1
Notre Dame may be Number 2 in football, but it is Number 1 in undergraduate
business studies according to Business Week.
Note the links on the left side for such things as explanations of how the
schools were ranked and the history of such rankings.
Business Schools With the Best Teachers
Are Not Necessarily the Highest Ranked Domestic or International
Business Schools (Bloomberg Busienss Week, Business Week, MBA, Rankings,
Rank, Teaching, Teachers, US News, Financial Times, The Economist,
Economist, WSJ)
Bob Jensen's threads on ranking controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
"The Value of a Good Visual: Immediacy," by Bill Franks, Harvard
Business Review Blog, March 21, 2013 ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/the_value_of_a_good_visual_imm.html
Visualization of Multivariate Data (including faces) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm
"How Deferred Tax Accounting Blunts Government-Provided Incentives to
Invest in Renewable Energy," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion,
March 18, 2013 ---
http://accountingonion.com/2013/03/how-deferred-tax-accounting-blunts-government-provided-incentives-to-invest.html
Jensen Comment
Tom's arguments are pretty good on this one except that he does not tell us how
failing to allocate tax deferrals possibly inflates early-on annual reported ROI
to levels (say 40%) much higher than the asset is capable of generating (15%)
the entire economic life of an asset.
The Case Where the Asset is Sold in Year 6
The essence of Tom's argument is a familiar one in deferred tax theory.
Companies taking advantage of accelerated depreciation on tax returns without
inter-period tax deferral allocation can have very high albeit rapidly
declining after-tax book earnings because of reporting tax deferrals as income
in the early years. Inter-period allocation of tax deferrals reduces early-on
earnings but adds stability to booked earnings patterns that are low at first
but steadily rising. In Tom's illustration the two earnings patterns cross at
about 5.5 years for a 20-year asset. In Years 6-20 inter-period tax allocation
book earnings are slightly higher than if there is no inter-period tax asset
deferral.
Tom's argument is that the after-tax book earnings pattern in Years 1-5 make
the solar panel investment look worse than if there is inter-period tax
allocation. If the asset is sold after Year 5 after it no longer gets tax breaks
then perhaps being required to make inter-period allocations discourages, as Tom
argues, investments in the asset at Time Zero. We cannot evaluate returns over
the entire five years without knowing the sales price of the asset in Year 5.
Overstating Annual ROI in the Early Years: The Case Where The Asset
is Held for 20 Years
If the asset has a steady annual cash flow of 15% IRR before taxes this cash
flow correlates highly with the steady annual book earnings after taxes with
inter-period tax allocation. Tom instead advocates no inter-period allocation
such that the reported after-tax book earnings are much less correlated with the
steady annual cash flows before taxes due primarily due to reporting nearly all
nearly all the accelerated tax depreciation breaks in the very early years
instead of spreading them over 20 years.
The bottom line is that annual Return on Investment (ROI) based on after-tax
earnings without inter-period deferred tax allocation looks much higher
than ROI with inter-period allocation in the early years. This makes the company
look much better in Years 1-5 which in theory will lower its cost of capital.
For example if the Company reports a ROI of 40% in Year 1 when at best it can
only generate 15% over the next 20 years, haven't we misled investors just a
bit?
In other words a company that is only capable of generating returns of 15%
gets to report much higher ROI returns in the early years without inter-period
tax allocation.
Of course my criticism must be modified by adding returns to deferred tax
cash flows in the early years. Nether Tom nor I have added returns generated on
the tax deferrals to the 15% IRR before taxes.
I might also add that IRR is nearly always a controversial criterion for
investment decisions. For example, Tom's illustration generates an before-tax
IRR of 15% over the 20-year life of the solar array. If the cash flows coming in
each year cannot be re-invested for 15% in other investments then the IRR is not
really 15%. The ex-post IRR depends upon re-investment alternatives faced by
this company over the entire 20 years.
For example, a company having only one cash flow at the end of 20 years that
has a 15% IRR differs greatly from one that has an annuitized 15% per year for
20 years since the 15% IRR can be obtained only if annual cash flows are
reinvested for 15% each and every year.
Billy Joe "Red" McCombs ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Red_McCombs
McCombs School of Business at the University of Texas ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/McCombs_School_of_Business
David Woods ---
The Woods tax shelter was promoted by Big Four accounting firm Ernst & Young,
according to court documents.
"Supreme Court to weigh IRS penalties on alleged tax dodges," by
Patrick Temple-West, Reuters, March 26, 2013 ---
http://newsandinsight.thomsonreuters.com/Legal/News/2013/03_-_March/Supreme_Court_to_weigh_IRS_penalties_on_alleged_tax_dodges/
The Internal Revenue Service's practice of
slapping steep, 40 percent penalties on participants in certain alleged tax
shelters will soon come to trial before the Supreme Court.
Though it rarely hears tax matters, the court has
decided to weigh in on a case involving Texas billionaire Billy Joe "Red"
McCombs, a former owner of professional sports teams.
The court's decision, not expected until June 2014,
will likely have implications beyond McCombs' case, tax lawyers said.
Oral arguments will be scheduled when the high
court's next term begins in October.
The Obama administration's solicitor general is
arguing that "hundreds of millions of dollars" in tax penalties are hanging
in the balance, according to court filings. However, the decision will only
apply to cases brought prior to 2010.
The case being taken up by the court involves a
1999 transaction undertaken by McCombs and his business partner, Gary Woods.
The government contends it had no purpose other than tax avoidance. The
transaction was known as "current options bring reward alternatives," or
COBRA.
According to the government, Woods and McCombs
bought and sold options on foreign currencies to generate paper losses used
to offset gains chiefly related to McCombs's sports ventures.
The IRS initially applied a 40-percent penalty on
the unpaid taxes that the agency said were owed, but the 5th U.S. Circuit
Court of Appeals in New Orleans ruled in 2012 that the 40-percent penalty
did not apply in the Woods case.
Woods is already subject to a 20 percent tax
penalty on COBRA and the Supreme Court need not step in, Woods's lawyer has
argued in court filings.
The lawyer representing Woods did not respond to
requests for comment. Calls to San Antonio-based McCombs Partners, an
investment management business which lists both Red McCombs and Gary Woods
on its website, were not returned.
The IRS did not comment.
The government is arguing Woods and McCombs claimed
more than $45 million in losses in 1999, from transactions that cost them
only $1.37 million.
The COBRA strategy has drawn attention beyond the
Woods case. COBRA was among a number of alleged tax shelter strategies
subject to an IRS crackdown a decade ago.
Congress in 2010 passed the Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act, which slapped a 40-percent penalty on
transactions such as COBRA. The penalty was to apply to taxpayers found by
the IRS to have made "gross valuation misstatements" on their tax filings.
With Congress ensuring that transactions like COBRA
cannot escape the 40-percent penalty, a government win in the Woods case
"won't have much impact on the future," said Andrew Roberson, a partner with
law firm McDermott Will & Emery LLP.
For pre-2010 cases still in limbo, "it's obviously
important for the IRS to get a win at the highest level," he said.
The Woods tax shelter was promoted by Big Four
accounting firm Ernst & Young, according to court documents. This month,
Ernst agreed to a $123 million settlement to resolve a federal investigation
into tax shelters it promoted.
The case is United States v Woods No. 12-562
http://www.supremecourt.gov/Search.aspx?FileName=/docketfiles/12-562.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Updates from the Smartest Person on the Planet: An Algorithm for
Everything (well almost everything)
Jensen Comment
The Wolfram Alpha computational search engine in my viewpoint is one of the top
ten computing advances of all time ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm#WolframAlpha
"Stephen Wolfram Says He Has An Algorithm For Everything — Literally,"
by Mark Hachman, ReadWriteWeb, March 11, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/03/11/stephen-wolfram-has-an-algorithm-for-everything-literally
Stephen Wolfram believes that we may have already
discovered the fundamental Unified Theory of Physics, and that he may able
to write it down via a language that his company,
Wolfram Alpha,
has developed.
That's just the beginning for the man some believe
to be the smartest person on the planet. Wolfram also plans to extend the
power of computations to messier subjects, revolutionizing everything from
law to medicine.
Best In Show At SWSW?
At his talk Monday at the
SXSW conference
in Austin, Texas (Stephen
Wolfram: The Computational Future,
#wolffuture),
Wolfram revealed that he
- Is working on an augmented reality version of
his Wolfram Alpha "computational engine."
- Has plans to place the pioneering mathematics
program Mathematica in the cloud (and make it accessible via iPhones).
Wolfram plans to more closely tie Mathematica to
other data sources to simulate the interaction of complex machinery. The
idea is to be able to answer questions like: "Would an SU-48 Flanker fighter
jet be able to fly within the atmosphere of Mars?"
He will do all this, he told attendees, by opening
up the fundamental language that his company created — one he calls, with
characteristic modesty, the Wolfram Language —
to the world at large. Eventually, he added, we'll probably use the Wolfram
Language to unify all of physics, too.
Smartest Person On The Planet?
Wolfram won the award for Speaker of the Event at
the
2012 SXSW conference, and he seems ready to
contend for the crown again. There's no disputing his smarts —
this is, after all, a guy who dropped out of Oxford at age 17 only to earn a
doctorate in particle physics from
Caltech three
years later. But at this stage in his career, Wolfram seems obsessed with
accumulating, picking apart and then weaving together disparate sources of
data, such as basic rules that can be used to achieve complex results.
Continued in article
"Richard Feynman on the Universal Responsibility of Scientists," by
Maria Popover, Brain Pickings, March 6, 2013 ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/03/06/richard-feynman-responsibility-of-scientists/
. . .
It is our responsibility as scientists, knowing the
great progress and great value of a satisfactory philosophy of ignorance,
the great progress that is the fruit of freedom of thought, to proclaim the
value of this freedom, to teach how doubt is not to be feared but
welcomed and discussed, and to demand this freedom as our duty to
all coming generations.
Jensen Comment
Are accountics scientists living up to their responsibilities?
In many ways they are living up to their responsibilities, but in some ways
they are failing badly relative to the real scientists, especially the "welcomed
and discussed part."
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Education: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City ---
http://www.kansascityfed.org/education/
Note the Financial Fables section ---
http://www.kansascityfed.org/education/fables/index.cfm
Bob Jensen's threads on financial literacy ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Thunderbird School of Global Management ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thunderbird_School_of_Global_Management
. . .
Originally unique, Thunderbird began to encounter
direct competition from other international business programs in the 1980s.
In response the school's marketing literature emphasized the "Thunderbird
mystique" (referring to the school's tripartite curriculum and formidable
alumni network) and "a difference of degree" (the MIM over the traditional
MBA). By the 2000s, however, most business schools had acquired a global
focus. Thunderbird, surrendering to the trend, converted its flagship degree
into an MBA in International (later Global) Management.
The 1990s and 2000s brought financial upheaval as
MBA programs in general fell out of favor during the internet bubble, and
foreign student enrollment plummeted after 9-11. Faculty cuts occurred in
2001 and 2004; student enrollment dropped to a low of 700 in 2003, down from
an average of 1,500 during the 1990s. Speculation to the effect that the
school would close, or be taken over by another institution, was rife.[12]
In 2004, an unprecedented pledge of $60 million (by alumnus Sam Garvin and
his wife Rita) seemed to forestall these possibilities, and the name of the
school was accordingly changed to "the Garvin School of International
Management"--a change reverted when Garvin, who objected to plans to apply
the funds to the school's operating deficits, reneged on his donation.
In 1994, the AACSB reversed a longstanding policy
which made "mixed" programs such as Thunderbird's ineligible for
accreditation. Thunderbird's was the first such program to be thus
accredited.
During the 1990s, the school began publishing the
Thunderbird International Business Review, a bimonthly academic
journal.[13]
Since 2004, Thunderbird sponsored "Project
Artemis," aimed at developing entrepreneurial skills among Afghan women. In
addition, partnerships with investment bank Goldman Sachs, the InterAmerican
Development Bank, the U.S. Dept. of State, mining company Freeport McMoRan
and the Australian Government helped Thunderbird train hundreds of women
entrepreneurs in Pakistan, Jordan, and Latin America.
In August 2004, Angel Cabrera, former dean of
IE Business School in Madrid, Spain, became the
youngest (and first foreign-born) president of the School, succeeding Roy A.
Herberger, Jr. Under his leadership the School underwent a major operational
and financial restructuring and launched various new programs. However,
efforts to diversify revenue sources increased costs faster than revenues.
Cabrera stepped down in 2012, to be succeeded briefly by former U.S.
Ambassador Barbara Barrett (as interim president, for about six months),
then by Larry Edward Penley (served 2012-present), previously president of
Colorado State University.
In 2013, Thunderbird announced a partnership with
Laureate Education, Inc., a commercial education
company that operates programs in 29 countries (including the
University of Liverpool's online MBA program)
Jensen Questions
When do you stop calling Thunderbird University a not-for-profit school?
To my knowledge the AACSB has never accredited a for-profit undergraduate or
MBA program. To what extent will the AACSB allow partnering with for-profit
programs in the future?
"Thunderbird Joins With For-Profit to Offer New Programs," by Louis
Lavelle, Bloomberg Businessweek, March 18, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-03-18/thunderbird-joins-with-for-profit-to-offer-new-programs
In an unusual partnership, Thunderbird School
of Global Management today announced it is forming a partnership with a
for-profit educational provider, Laureate Education, to offer
educational programs around the world.
Thunderbird, in Glendale, Ariz., offers graduate
business degrees, including its
flagship global MBA, as well as online programs
and nondegree executive education programs. Laureate Education, in
Baltimore, serves more than 750,000 students through campus-based and online
programs in 29 countries.
While the terms of the deal are still being
hammered out, Thunderbird says the two institutions will create a jointly
owned entity that will open instructional sites in a number of international
locations. Among those being considered are Madrid, Paris, Santiago, Chile,
and São Paulo, Brazil.
The partnership, which is expected to be finalized
in June, will allow Thunderbird to expand its online and executive education
offering and to offer an undergraduate business program for the first time
in more than 50 years. Thunderbird said it will continue to operate as a
private, not-for-profit educational institution and retain control of its
curriculum, faculty, and admission standards.
Larry Edward Penley, Thunderbird’s president, says
Laureate has 200,000 students studying business around the world, and 30,000
would qualify for admission to Thunderbird. The partnership gives
Thunderbird the ability to recruit those students and expand enrollment in
Arizona. He expects total enrollment will triple in five years, to more than
3,000 students. He also expects the 50/50 partnership to generate enough
cash flow to allow Thunderbird to expand faculty and facilities to make that
possible.
“We believe there will be profits that we can
reinvest in Thunderbird,” Penley says. “It will allow us to hire faculty,
improve facilities, and start new programs.”
Continued in article
Additional Jensen Questions
If the Thunderbird campus carries on some for-profit activities on campus such
as admitting students for Laureate Education and providing online instructors
will local jurisdictions continue to grant full property tax exemption?
To what extent can Thunderbird participate in for-profit courses and global
profit sharing with Laureate and still retain its tax-exempt status for
state and Federal income taxes?
In particular, if Laureate itself pays no USA income taxes, to what extent
can Thunderbird declare shared profits are tax exempt in the USA?
"Tax Professionals Will Continue To Be
in Great Demand for Years," by Frank Byrt, AccountingWeb, March 3,
2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/tax-professionals-will-continue-be-great-demand-years/221256?source=education
Added Jensen Comment
An early precursor of the concept of "counterfactual reasoning" is
"functional fixation"
Accounting History Trivia
What accounting professors coined the phrase "functional fixation in
accounting" in 1966
and in what particular accounting context?
Hint 1
Two of the three authors were my Ph.D. program advisors at Stanford
University years ago.
Hint 2
Bob Ashton did some cognitive experimentation of functional fixation that
was published in the Journal of Accounting Research a decade later in
1976.
Answer
Y. Ijiri, R.K. Jaedicke and K.E. Knight, "The Effects of Accounting
Alternatives on Management Decisions," in R.K. Jaedicke, Y. Ijiri and 0.
Nelson (Eds.), Research in Accounting Measurement , American
Accounting Association, 1966, pp. 18
"Cognitive characteristics and the perceived importance of information," by
by JD Dermer, October 1972, Library of MIT ---
http://dspace.mit.edu/bitstream/handle/1721.1/47056/cognitivecharact00derm.pdf?sequence=1
Recently, several accounting studies have made use
of concepts and relationships from the field of cognitive psychology. For
example, Ijiri, Jaedicke and Knight employed the notion of functional
fixation to describe an individual's adaptiveness to a change in accounting
process. Similarly, Livingstone referred to learning sets in explaining why
some 2 utilities were slow in adjusting to accounting changes. In addition,
Revsine employed the conceptual abstractness construct to speculate on its
possible moderating effects in an experimental situation, and on its
significance with respect to information overload. Yet, despite this
interest in relationships between cognitive factors and information usage,
little empirical study has been done of the role that cognitive factors may
play in accounting.
Below is a recent article describing "functional fixedness."
"Rename It, Reuse It," by Amy Mayer, Everyday Einstein, March 14, 2013 ---
http://everydayeinstein.quickanddirtytips.com/rename-it-reuse-it.aspx
To become more inventive, new research suggests, we
should start thinking about common items in terms of their component parts,
decoupling their names from their uses.
When we think of an object (a candle, say) we tend
to think of its name, appearance, and purpose all at once. We have
expectations about how the candle works and what we can do with it.
Psychologists call this rigid thinking "functional fixedness."
Tony McCaffrey, a postdoctoral researcher at the
University of Massachusetts Amherst, developed a two-step "generic parts
technique," which trains people to overcome functional fixedness. First,
break down the items at hand into their basic parts, then name each part in
a way that does not imply meaning. Using his technique, a candle becomes wax
and string. Seeing the wick as a string is key: calling it a "wick" implies
that its use is to be lit, but calling it a "string" opens up new
possibilities.
Subjects he trained in this technique readily
mastered it and solved 67% more problems requiring creative insight than
subjects who did not learn the technique, according to his study published
in March in Psychological Science.
For instance, when given metal rings and a candle
and asked to connect the rings together, those who named the candle's
generic parts realized the wick could be used to tie up the rings. Another
problem asked subjects to build a simple circuit board with a terminal,
wires and a screwdriver, but the wires were too short. Those who renamed the
shaft of the screwdriver a "four-inch length of metal" realized it could be
used to bridge the gap and conduct electricity.
Continued in article
From AccountingWeb on March 1, 2013
How to Disable Worksheet Animation in Excel 2013
Excel 2013 has arrived, and for the most part, it's much like Excel 2007 and
2010, but with some spiffy new features, such as Recommended Charts and
Pivot Tables, Flash Fill, Quick Analysis, Power View, and more.
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/how-disable-worksheet-animation-excel-2013/221223?source=technology
I thought investors were not supposed to
lose money in gold or Apple Corporation
"Apple Stock Just Crashed To A New Low," by Henry Blodget , Business
Insider, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/apple-stock-new-low-2013-3?op=1
"When Pigs Fly," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, March 19, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/03/when-pigs-fly.html
Robotics Displacing Labor Even in Higher Education
"The New Industrial Revolution," by Jeffrey R. Young, Chronicle of Higher
Education's Chronicle Review, March 25, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/The-New-Industrial-Revolution/138015/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
Baxter is a new type of worker, who is having no
trouble getting a job these days, even in a tight economy. He's a little
slow, but he's easy to train. And companies don't hire him, they buy him—he
even comes with a warranty.
Baxter is a robot, not a human, though human
workers in all kinds of industries may soon call him a colleague. His
plastic-and-metal body consists of two arms loaded with sensors to keep his
lifeless limbs from accidentally knocking over anyone nearby. And he has a
simulated face, displayed on a flat-panel computer monitor, so he can give a
frown if he's vexed or show a bored look if he's waiting to be given more to
do.
Baxter is part of a new generation of machines that
are changing the labor market worldwide—and raising a new round of debate
about the meaning of work itself. This robot comes at a price so
low—starting at just $22,000—that even businesses that never thought of
replacing people with machines may find that prospect irresistible. It's the
brainchild of Rodney Brooks, who also designed the Roomba robot vacuum
cleaner, which succeeded in bringing at least a little bit of robotics into
millions of homes. One computer scientist predicts that robots like Baxter
will soon toil in fast-food restaurants topping pizzas, at bakeries sliding
dough into hot ovens, and at a variety of other service-sector jobs, in
addition to factories.
I wanted to meet this worker of the future and his
robot siblings, so I spent a day at this year's Automate trade show here,
where Baxter was one of hundreds of new commercial robots on display. Simply
by guiding his hands and pressing a few buttons, I programmed him to put
objects in boxes; I played blackjack against another robot that had been
temporarily programmed to deal cards to show off its dexterity; and I
watched demonstration robots play flawless games of billiards on toy-sized
tables. (It turns out that robots are not only better at many professional
jobs than humans are, but they can best us in our hobbies, too.)
During a keynote speech to kick off the trade show,
Henrik Christensen, director of robotics at Georgia Tech, outlined a vision
of a near future when we'll see robots and autonomous devices everywhere,
working side by side with humans and taking on a surprisingly diverse set of
roles. Robots will load and unload packages from delivery trucks without
human assistance—as one company's system demonstrated during the event.
Robots will even drive the trucks and fly the cargo planes with our
packages, Christensen predicted, noting that Google has already demonstrated
its driverless car, and that the same technology that powers military drones
can just as well fly a FedEx jet. "We'll see coast-to-coast package delivery
with drones without having a pilot in the vehicle," he asserted.
Away from the futuristic trade floor, though, a
public discussion is growing about whether robots like Baxter and other new
automation technologies are taking too many jobs. Similar concerns have
cropped up repeatedly for centuries: when combines first arrived on farms,
when the first machines hit factory assembly lines, when computers first
entered businesses. A folk tune from the 1950s called "The Automation Song"
could well be sung today: "Now you've got new machines for to take my place,
and you tell me it's not mine to share." Yet new jobs have always seemed to
emerge to fill the gaps left by positions lost to mechanization. There may
be few secretaries today, but there are legions of social-media managers and
other new professional categories created by digital technology.
Still, what if this time is different? What if
we're nearing an inflection point where automation is so cheap and efficient
that human workers are simply outmatched? What if machines are now leading
to a net loss of jobs rather than a net gain? Two professors at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Andrew McAfee and Erik Brynjolfsson,
raised that concern in Race Against the Machine: How the Digital
Revolution Is Accelerating Innovation, Driving Productivity, and
Irreversibly Transforming Employment and the Economy (Digital Frontier
Press, 2011). A
recent report on
60 Minutes featured the book's thesis and quoted critics concerned
about the potential economic crisis caused by robots, despite the cute faces
on their monitors.
But robots raise an even bigger question than how
many jobs are left over for humans. A number of scholars are now arguing
that all this automation could make many goods and services so cheap that a
full-time jobs could become optional for most people. Baxter, then, would
become a liberator of the human spirit rather than an enemy of the working
man.
That utopian dream would require resetting the role
work plays in our lives. If our destiny is to be freed from toil by robot
helpers, what are we supposed to do with our days?
To begin to tackle
that existential question, I decided to invite along a scholar of work to
the Automate trade show. And that's how my guest, Burton J. Bledstein, an
expert on the history of professionalism and the growth of the modern middle
class, got into an argument with the head of a robotics company.
It happened at the booth for Adept Technology Inc.,
which makes a robot designed to roam the halls of hospitals and other
facilities making deliveries. The latest model—a foot-tall rolling platform
that can be customized for a variety of tasks—wandered around the booth,
resembling something out of a Star Wars film except that it
occasionally blasted techno music from its speakers. Bledstein was
immediately wary of the contraption. The professor, who holds an emeritus
position at the University of Illinois at Chicago, explained that he has an
artificial hip and didn't want the robot to accidentally knock him down. He
needn't have worried, though; the robot is designed to sense nearby objects
and keep a safe distance.
The company's then-CEO, John Dulchinos, assured us
that on the whole, robots aren't taking jobs—they're simply making life
better for human employees by eliminating the most-tedious tasks. "I can
show you some very clear examples where this product is offloading tasks
from a nurse that was walking five miles a day to allow her to be able to
spend time with patients," he said, as the robot tirelessly circled our
feet. "I think you see that in a lot of the applications we're doing, where
the mundane task is done by a robot which has very simple capability, and it
frees up people to do more-elaborate and more-sophisticated tasks."
The CEO defended the broader trend of companies'
embracing automation, especially in factory settings where human workers
have long held what he called unfulfilling jobs, like wrapping chicken all
day. "They look like zombies when they walk out of that factory," he said of
such workers. "It is a mind-numbing, mundane task. There is absolutely no
satisfaction from what they do."
"That's your perception," countered Bledstein. "A
lot of these are unskilled people. A lot of immigrants are in these jobs.
They see it as work. They appreciate the paycheck. The numbness of the work
is not something that surprises them or disturbs them."
"I guess we could just turn the clock back to 1900,
and we can all be farmers," retorted Dulchinos.
But what about those displaced workers who can't
find alternatives, asked Bledstein, arguing that automation is happening not
just in factories but also in clerical and other middle-class professions
changed by computer technology. "That's kind of creating a crisis today.
Especially if those people are over 50, those people are having a lot of
trouble finding new work." The professor added that he worried about his
undergraduate students, too, and the tough job market they face. "It might
be a lost generation, it's so bad."
Dulchinos acknowledged that some workers are
struggling during what he sees as a transitional period, but he argued that
the solution is more technology and innovation, not less, to get to
a new equilibrium even faster.
This went on for a while, and it boiled down to
competing conceptions of what it means to have a job. In Bledstein's seminal
book, The Culture of Professionalism, first published in 1976, he
argues that Americans, in particular, have come to define their work as more
than just a series of tasks that could be commodified. Bledstein tracks a
history of how, in sector after sector, middle-class workers sought to
elevate the meaning of their jobs, whether they worked as athletes,
surgeons, or funeral directors: "The professional importance of an
occupation was exaggerated when the ordinary coffin became a 'casket,' the
sealed repository of a precious object; when a decaying corpse became a
'patient' prepared in an 'operating room' by an 'embalming surgeon' and
visited in a 'funeral home' before being laid to rest in a 'memorial park.'"
The American dream involves more than just
accumulating wealth, the historian argues. It's about developing a sense of
personal value by connecting work to a broader social mission, rather than
as "a mechanical job, befitting of lowly manual laborer."
Today, though, "there's disillusionment with
professions," Bledstein told me, noting that the logic of efficiency is
often valued more than the quality of service. "Commercialism has just taken
over everywhere." He complained that in their rush to reduce production
costs, some business leaders are forgetting that even manual laborers have
skills and knowledge that can be tough to simulate by machine. "They want to
talk about them as if these people are just drones," he said as we took a
break in the back of the exhibit hall, the whir of robot motors almost
drowning out our voices. "Don't minimize the extent of what quote-unquote
manual workers do—even ditch diggers."
In Genesis, God
sentences Adam and Eve to hard labor as part of the punishment for the apple
incident. "Cursed is the ground because of you; through painful toil you
will eat food from it all the days of your life" was the sentence handed
down in the Garden of Eden. Yet Martin Luther argued, as have other
prominent Christian leaders since, that work is also a way to connect with
the divine.
Continued in article
"Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid
(i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio
Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116
"Rise of the Robots," by Paul Krugman, The New York Times,
December 8, 2012 ---
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/12/08/rise-of-the-robots/
¶Catherine Rampell and Nick Wingfield write
about the
growing evidence for “reshoring” of manufacturing
to the United States. They cite several reasons: rising wages in Asia; lower
energy costs here; higher transportation costs. In a
followup piece, however, Rampell cites another
factor: robots.
¶The most valuable part of each
computer, a motherboard loaded with microprocessors and memory, is
already largely made with robots, according to my colleague Quentin
Hardy. People do things like fitting in batteries and snapping on
screens.
¶As more
robots are built, largely by other robots, “assembly can be done here as
well as anywhere else,” said Rob Enderle, an analyst based in San Jose,
Calif., who has been following the computer electronics industry for a
quarter-century. “That will replace most of the workers, though you will
need a few people to manage the robots.”
¶Robots mean that labor costs don’t
matter much, so you might as well locate in advanced countries with
large markets and good infrastructure (which may soon not include us, but
that’s another issue). On the other hand, it’s not good news for workers!
¶This is an
old concern in economics; it’s “capital-biased technological change”, which
tends to shift the distribution of income away from workers to the owners of
capital.
¶Twenty years
ago, when I was writing about globalization and inequality, capital bias
didn’t look like a big issue; the major changes in income distribution had
been among workers (when you include hedge fund managers and CEOs among the
workers), rather than between labor and capital. So the academic literature
focused almost exclusively on “skill bias”, supposedly explaining the rising
college premium.
¶But
the college premium hasn’t risen for a while.
What has happened, on the other hand, is a notable shift in income away from
labor:.
"Harley Goes Lean to Build Hogs," by James R. Hagerty, The Wall
Street Journal, September 22, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443720204578004164199848452.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
If the global economy slips into a deep slump,
American manufacturers including motorcycle maker Harley-Davidson Inc. that
have embraced flexible production face less risk of veering into a ditch.
Until recently, the company's sprawling factory
here had a lack of automation that made it an industrial museum. Now,
production that once was scattered among 41 buildings is consolidated into
one brightly lighted facility where robots do more heavy lifting. The number
of hourly workers, about 1,000, is half the level of three years ago and
more than 100 of those workers are "casual" employees who come and go as
needed.
All the jobs are not going to Asia, They're going to Hal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2001_Space_Oddessey
"When Machines Do Your Job: Researcher Andrew McAfee says advances in
computing and artificial intelligence could create a more unequal society,"
by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, July 11, 2012 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/428429/when-machines-do-your-job/
Are American workers losing their jobs to machines?
That was the question posed by
Race Against the Machine, an influential
e-book published last October by MIT business school researchers Erik
Brynjolfsson and Andrew McAfee. The pair looked at troubling U.S. employment
numbers—which
have declined since the recession of 2008-2009 even as economic output has
risen—and concluded that computer technology was
partly to blame.
Advances in hardware and software mean it's
possible to automate more white-collar jobs, and to do so more quickly than
in the past. Think of the airline staffers whose job checking in passengers
has been taken by self-service kiosks. While more productivity is a
positive, wealth is becoming more concentrated, and more middle-class
workers are getting left behind.
What does it mean to have "technological
unemployment" even amidst apparent digital plenty? Technology Review
spoke to McAfee at the Center for Digital Business, part of the MIT Sloan
School of Management, where as principal research scientist he studies
new employment trends and definitions of the workplace.
Every symphony in the world incurs an operating
deficit
"Financial Leadership Required to Fight Symphony Orchestra ‘Cost Disease’,"
by Stanford University's Robert J Flanagan, Stanford Graduate School of
Business, February 8, 2012 ---
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/headlines/symphony-financial-leadership.html
What if you sat down in the concert hall one
evening to hear Haydn’s Symphony No. 44 in E Minor and found 5 robots
scattered among the human musicians? To get multiple audiences in and out of
the concert hall faster, the human musicians and robots are playing the
composition in double time.
Today’s orchestras have yet to go down this road.
However, their traditional ways of doing business, as economist Robert J.
Flanagan explains in his new book on symphony orchestra finances, locks them
into limited opportunities for productivity growth and ensures that costs
keep rising.
"Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of
Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012
---
http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/
Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School,
has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created
a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20
minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands
of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and
over 700,000 works listed for his company,
ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t
include the private works, such as internal reports,
created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate
entity called
EdgeMaven Media.
Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but
the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.
"Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance,
Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots
A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business Review
Blog, January 27, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
Historically, graduates who could not find jobs enlisted in the military. Wars
of the future, however, will be fought largely by drones, robots, orbiting
orbiting satellites. This begs the question of where graduates who cannot find
work are going to turn to when the military enlistment offices shut down and
Amazon's warehouse robotics replace Wal-Mart in-store workers.
If given a choice, I'm not certain I would want to be born again in the 21st
Century.
The Sad State of Economic Theory and Research ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
"Is it Ethical to Save Four People at the Expense of One?" by
Accounting Professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, March 15, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.typepad.com/
Is it Ethical to Save Four People at the
Expense of One?
Lessons from the Talmud
On Tuesday I posted a
blog that presented two ethical dilemmas based on the “Trolley Problem.” The
Trolley Problem is a thought experiment in ethics, first introduced by
Philippa Foot in 1967. Others have also extensively analyzed the problem
including Judith Jarvis Thomason, Peter Unger, and Frances Kamm as recently
as 1996. I have used these problems in my ethics class to challenge
students’ moral intuition. Here are the two dilemmas once again:
Dilemma #1
Imagine that you are standing on a footbridge
spanning some trolley tracks. You see that a runaway trolley is threatening
to kill five people. Standing next to you, in between the oncoming trolley
and the five people, is a railway worker wearing a large backpack. You
quickly realize that the only way to save the people is to push the man off
the bridge and onto the tracks below. The man will die, but his body will
stop the trolley from reaching the others. Legal concerns aside, would it be
ethical for you to save the five people by pushing this stranger to his
death?
Dilemma #2
Now assume that the runaway trolley is heading for
five railway workmen who will be killed if it proceeds on its present
course. The only way to save these people is to hit a switch that will turn
the trolley onto a side track where it will run over and kill one workman
instead of five. Ignoring legal concerns, would it be ethically acceptable
for you to turn the trolley by hitting the switch in order to save five
people at the expense of one person?
The choice is between saving five lives at the cost
of taking one life. Before I get to the “answers,” I want to explain how one
researcher is using MRI technology to map brain response while analyzing the
dilemma. Joshua Greene at Harvard University was more concerned to
understand why we have the intuitions, so he used functional Magnetic
Resonance Imaging, or fMRI, to examine what happens in people’s brains when
they make these moral judgments.
Greene found that people asked to make a moral
judgment about “personal” violations, like pushing the stranger off the
footbridge, showed increased activity in areas of the brain associated with
the emotions. This was not the case with people asked to make judgments
about relatively “impersonal” violations like throwing a switch. Moreover,
the minority of subjects who did consider that it would be right to push the
stranger off the footbridge took longer to reach this judgment than those
who said that doing so would be wrong. Interestingly results to say the
least.
I received quite a few responses to my blog and
selected the best one with respect to identifying the ethical issues. The
response comes from Michael Belk, a frequent reader of my blog. Here it is:
#1: I do not believe it to be ethical to
intentionally end someone else's life whether it is to save others or not.
I do not believe it is my moral responsibility to sacrifice one life in
order that others may go on.
You hope and pray that it is not their time and
leave the results of their outcome to faith. I would feel terrible, but if
you push someone in the way to save others, you may as well say you killed a
man. I would never be able to forgive myself.
The man has a family and people who love him, so
how could you explain your actions to his family.
#2. Again I do not believe you should intentionally
take a life, but if your intentions were to save the other five men and you
were unaware of the damage it would do to the sole man, then you acted out
of goodwill and that is more admirable.
Michael’s insights are right on the money. We have
no right to sacrifice the life of one person to save others. There is a
saying from the Talmud, an authoritative record of rabbinic discussions on
Jewish law, Jewish ethics, customs, legends and stories: “Whoever destroys a
soul, it is considered as if he destroyed an entire world. And whoever saves
a life, it is considered as if he saved an entire world.”
We have no right to decide who lives and who dies.
Yes, if we can save one person without harming others we have a moral
obligation to do so. However, to save one life while sacrificing others is
an arbitrary act in many ways. What if the one sacrificed is a humanitarian,
well-respected and well-known person who works tirelessly for the poor and
others who can’t help themselves? What if those saved are criminals who
committed murder and escaped from prison. You see the dilemma? Who are we to
judge who is a good person, and be saved, and who is a bad person? We should
focus on leading the best possible life we can; to serve others whether
through medicine, the clergy, the law, a teacher, nurse, or first-responder.
Jensen Comment
I have a little difficulty with Dilemma 1 in the sense of why kill the workman
instead of yourself. But that's not the real issue in question.
In the USA things get confounded by our lawyers. For example sometimes doing
something for the good gets you sued to high heaven whereas doing nothing gets
you off scott free. "See nothing, do nothing" is a motto caused by the tort
lawyers.
From Ernst & Young: FASB's new classification and measurement model
- a closer look ---
Click Here
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TechnicalLine_BB2504_ClassificationMeasurement_6March2013/%24FILE/TechnicalLine_BB2504_ClassificationMeasurement_6March2013.pdf
What you need to know
• The FASB has proposed a single
classification and measurement model for all financial instruments that
would better converge some areas of US GAAP with IFRS 9
. • Financial assets would be classified and
measured based on their contractual cash flow character istics and an
entity’s business model for managing them
. • The accounting for financial liabilities
generally would not change, except for the measurement of nonrecourse
liabilities.
• The proposal would significantly limit
the use of the fair value option.
• T h e proposal would change the
presentation and disclosure of financial instruments in the financial
statements.
• Comments are due by 15 May 2013.
Overview
The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB or Board) has proposed a
sweeping new classification and measurement model for financial instruments.
1 The proposal would apply to all entities across industries, not just those
in financial services. The proposal would require more financial instruments
to be classified and measured at fair value through net in come . However,
it wouldn ’ t go as far as the FASB ’ s May 2010 exposure draft 2 on
accounting for financial instruments, which would have established fair
value as the primary basis for measuring financial instruments.
"Unlocking growth through mobility," Grant Thornton, March 2013 ---
http://www.grantthornton.com/staticfiles/GTCom/Advisory/IT/Mobility_article_FINAL.pdf
Thank you Jerry Trites for the heads up.
COSO to release much-awaited internal control framework in May 2013
---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137619.htm
Equity Method
"Accounting Lessons From Corning," Michael Fu, Seeking Alpha,
March 6, 2013 ---
http://seekingalpha.com/article/1252901-accounting-lessons-from-corning?source=google_news
"Helping Gen Y succeed in the workplace," by Dan Black, Ernst & Young,
March 2013 ---
http://www.ey.com/US/en/Careers/EY-Faculty-Connection-Issue-39---1---Helping-Gen-Y
"Ten career tips for young CPAs," by Mark Ursick, cpa2biz,
February 25, 2013 ---
http://www.cpa2biz.com/Content/media/PRODUCER_CONTENT/Newsletters/Articles_2013/CPA/Feb/BuildCareers.jsp
Jensen Comment
I especially agree with: "Don’t limit your challenges; challenge
your limits."
The most gung ho student I ever had studying the accounting for derivative
financial instruments and hedging strategies never limited his challenges even
though he was less gifted than some of my students. He just worked and worked
and worked as a student.
His first job was with a Big Four firm in Houston and within three years he
was the technical guy who virtually was in charge on an audit of a company that
had over $1 billion in derivatives. He's since moved on to become a leading
executive at Microsoft.
In contrast I had more brilliant students who got buy in my accounting theory
course but would run like somebody yelled "Fire" if they had an opportunity to
audit derivative financial instruments contracts. They never became executives
in any companies.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting careers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
"Accountants Will Save the World," by Peter Bakker, Harvard
Business Review Blog, March 5, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/accountants_will_save_the_worl.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
You might also want to read the comments that follow this article.
Bob Jensen's threads on triple bottom accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#TripleBottom
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013
JOBS Act spurs some companies to deregister shares. The number of
public companies deciding to deregister their shares edged up 1.5% in last
year’s second half. The group was led by small community banks, following
the passage of the JOBS Act, which made it easier for them to shed their
reporting obligations to U.S. regulators,
Emily Chasan reports.
Some 405 companies deregistered their stock last year in the eight months
following the signing of the JOBS Act in April, up from 399 in the eight
months before the law took effect. Many of the deregistered companies
haven’t left public markets entirely. Instead, their shares trade over the
counter.
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 14, 2013
Regulators ramp up payroll audits.
Regulators are cracking down on small businesses and other employers who
misclassify workers as independent contractors to avoid paying payroll taxes
and other expenses, the Journal’s
Angus Loten and Emily Maltby write.
Some employers are turning to contractors to avoid hitting the federal
health-care law’s 50-employee threshold for health insurance. And the
crackdown is partly aimed at boosting tax revenue. The U.S. Treasury
estimates that forcing employers to properly classify their workers—while
tightening so-called “safe harbor” rules that provide them with leeway in
determining who is and isn’t an employee—would yield $8.71 billion in added
tax revenue over the next decade.
Jensen Comment
Another incentive for outsourcing certain types of work is to outsource risk
of fines and bad publicity resulting from employing undocumented workers. A
company, including a highly respected university, can get very bad publicity
when the news media discloses a practice of hiring undocumented workers. For
that reason those organizations will hire such things as building cleaning
services from local businesses that are very small and less concerned about bad
publicity. A friend of mine in a very respected large company in San Antonio
said in all his years working as a security guard for that company he never met
a janitor (male or female) who spoke one word of English.
Lenders Are Warned on Risk: Regulators Act to Pop a Potential Bubble
Caused by Surge in Leveraged Credits
From CFO.com on March 22, 2013
Regulators are sounding the alarm on debt underwriting
practices. The Fed and other banking regulators said yesterday that the
controls and quality checks applied by lenders when extending leveraged
loans have deteriorated and they questioned whether some banks are doing
enough to gauge the risks of these practices. The regulators issued guidance
that lays out expectations for how banks should act. It said regulators will
closely monitor banks’ underwriting of the loans – generally used to finance
buyouts or acquisitions – and the ability of firms to manage their lending
and withstand loan-related losses, the
WSJ’s Michael R. Crittenden and Matt Wirz report.
Some Fed officials have singled out leveraged loans as
a potential sign of overheating. And the guidance is another example of Fed
Chairman Ben Bernanke’s belief that strong regulation – rather than higher
interest rates — has to be the main weapon against financial excesses.
The guidance also highlighted the weakening of
covenant protections for lenders, particularly ones that force companies to
maintain their debt loads within prescribed limits, as cause for concern.
Moody’s noted this week that its index of high-yield bond covenants, which
measures the strength of lender protections, weakened to its lowest point
since the ratings service first began tracking them in January 2011. Moody’s
head of covenant research, Alex Dill,
told CFOJ’s Vipal Monga
in an interview that the pendulum has swung in favor
of corporate borrowers and management, as lenders seem willing to give up
structural protection in favor of getting yield from their investments.
Thanks Ben
"Cyprus Lifts the Curtain," by Peter Schiff, Townhall, March 21, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/peterschiff/2013/03/22/cyprus-lifts-the-curtain-n1545913?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
. . .
Currently, the ultra-low rates provided by the
Federal Reserve, which provide a low cost of capital and sustain profits on
highly leveraged bond and mortgage portfolios, are a key
element keeping banks in the black. All of
that would be threatened in a rising rate environment. And while the tests
did assume that rates would rise from the current 1.9% on the 10 year
Treasury, there were no considerations for yields surpassing 4%. They assume
that interest rates will stay near historic lows, no matter how bad (or
good) the economy gets, how high inflation rises, or how much money the
government borrows.
Continued in article
CALPERS ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CALPERS
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013
Ex-CEO of Calpers charged. The former head of Calpers was charged
with concocting fraudulent documents to help a friend collect millions of
dollars in fees from Apollo Global Management. The grand jury indictment of
Federico R. Buenrostro Jr., who was chief executive of the Calpers until
2008, and his friend, Alfred J. Villalobos, are the first criminal charges
in a “pay-to-play” case involving the $257 billion retirement system,
the WSJ reports. The
indictment alleges that Messrs. Buenrostro and Villalobos fabricated letters
in 2008 that duped Apollo into paying $14 million in fees to Mr.
Villalobos’s firm.
"Former California Public Employee System CEO and Former Placement Agent
Indicted for Conspiracy and Fraud," FBI, March
18, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.fbi.gov/sanfrancisco/press-releases/2013/former-california-public-employee-system-ceo-and-former-placement-agent-indicted-for-conspiracy-and-fraud
SAN FRANCISCO—A federal
grand jury in San Francisco indicted Alfred J. Villalobos, of Reno,
Nevada, and Federico R. Buenrostro, Jr., aka Fred Buenrostro, of
Sacramento, California, on charges of conspiracy to defraud the United
States, engaging in a false scheme against the United States, and
conspiracy to commit mail fraud and wire fraud, U.S. Attorney Melinda
Haag announced. Mr. Buenrostro was also charged in the same indictment
with making a false statement to the United States and obstruction of
justice.According
to the indictment, Mr. Villalobos, 69 and Mr. Buenrostro, 64, conspired
to create and transmit fraudulent documents in connection with a $3
billion investment by the California Public Employee Retirement System (CalPERS)
into funds managed by Apollo Global Management, a private equity firm
based in New York City.
ARVCO Capital Research
LLC, a financial services firm founded and managed by Mr. Villalobos,
allegedly acted as a placement agent in helping Apollo to secure these
investments by CalPERS. In each instance, Apollo required ARVCO to
obtain an investor disclosure letter from CalPERS prior to paying ARVCO
any fees for its efforts in securing CalPERS’ investments into
Apollo-managed funds, citing, among other reasons, Apollo’s obligations
under the securities laws.
After CalPERS’ legal and
investment offices declined to sign a certain investor disclosure letter
documenting ARVCO’s legal relationship with Apollo, Mr. Villalobos and
Mr. Buenrostro allegedly conspired to create a series of fraudulent
investor disclosure letters that were transmitted to Apollo. Apollo paid
ARVCO a total of approximately $14 million dollars in fees after
receiving the fraudulent letters.
ARVCO transmitted the
last fraudulent investor disclosure letter in June 2008, a few weeks
before Mr. Buenrostro retired from CalPERS. On July 1, 2008, Mr.
Villalobos hired Mr. Buenrostro to work for ARVCO. When civil and later
criminal investigations were opened into the operations of ARVCO and its
role as a placement agent in connection with CalPERS’ investments in
Apollo-managed funds, both defendants made false statements to and
concealed information from the SEC, the USPIS, and the FBI about the
authenticity of the investor disclosure letters in order to defeat and
obstruct the lawful functions of those agencies.
Mr. Villalobos and Mr.
Buenrostro made their initial appearance in federal court in San
Francisco on March 18, 2013, and are currently out on bond. Mr.
Buenrostro’s next scheduled appearance is Monday, March 25, 2013, at
9:30 a.m. for identification of counsel and review of the terms of his
bond. Mr. Villalobos’ next scheduled appearance is April 9, 2013, at
9:30 a.m. for review of the terms of his bond. Both defendants are
scheduled to appear before in district court on May 8, 2013, at 2:00
p.m. before Judge Breyer.
The maximum statutory
penalty for conspiracy to commit mail fraud and wire fraud is 20 years
in prison; $250,000 fine or twice the amount of gain or loss, whichever
is greater; three years of supervised release; and a $100 special
assessment. The maximum penalty for each count of conspiracy to defraud
the United States, false scheme against the United States, false
statement to the United States, and obstruction of justice is five years
in prison; $250,000 fine or twice the amount of gain or loss, whichever
is greater; three years of supervised release; and a $100 special
assessment. Restitution may also be ordered as to each of the five
counts. However, any sentence following conviction would be imposed by
the court after consideration of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines a the
federal statute governing the imposition of a sentence.
Timothy J. Lucey is the
Assistant U.S. Attorney who is prosecuting the case with the assistance
of Laurie Worthen and Maryam Beros. The prosecution is the result of a
two-and-a half-year investigation by the U.S. Postal Inspection Service
and FBI, with substantial assistance from the Los Angeles Regional
Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission as well as the U.S.
Secret Service.
"Check Fraud Persists; Card Fraud Growing: Finance departments say check
fraud was the most prevalent kind of payment fraud in 2012. But attacks on
corporate cards and electronic forms are rising, too," by Vincent Ryan,
CFO.com, March 19, 2013 ---
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/3/cash-management_payments-fraud-check-corporate-card-purchasing-ach-positive-pay-afp
"New Report Shows Changing Fraud Environment," by Curtis C. Verschoor,
AccountingWeb, March 18, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/new-report-shows-changing-fraud-environment/221374
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Former Manager of Virginia Beach Mortgage Brokerage Firm Pleads Guilty to
Fraud," FBI, March 18, 2013 ---
http://www.fbi.gov/norfolk/press-releases/2013/former-manager-of-virginia-beach-mortgage-brokerage-firm-pleads-guilty-to-fraud
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Registered Nurse Pleads Guilty in Connection with Detroit ($24 Million)
Medicare Fraud Scheme," FBI, March 22, 2013 ---
http://www.fbi.gov/detroit/press-releases/2013/registered-nurse-pleads-guilty-in-connection-with-detroit-medicare-fraud-scheme
A registered nurse who fabricated nursing visit
forms in connection with a $24 million home health care fraud conspiracy in
Detroit pleaded guilty today for her role in the scheme, announced Acting
Assistant Attorney General Mythili Raman of the Justice Department’s
Criminal Division; U.S. Attorney for the Eastern District of Michigan
Barbara L. McQuade; Special Agent in Charge Robert D. Foley, III of the
FBI’s Detroit Field Office; and Special Agent in Charge Lamont Pugh, III of
the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General
(HHS-OIG), Chicago Regional Office.
Beverly Cooper, 59, of Detroit, pleaded guilty
before U.S. District Judge Victoria A. Roberts in the Eastern District of
Michigan to one count of conspiracy to commit health care fraud.
Cooper admitted that she and others conspired to
defraud Medicare through home health care companies operating in the Detroit
area, including Reliance Home Care LLC, First Choice Home Health Care
Services Inc., and Accessible Home Care Inc. According to court documents,
Cooper fabricated nursing visit notes and other documents to give Medicare
the impression that she had provided home health care services, when, in
fact, home health care was not needed and/or was not being provided. Cooper
also admitted that while at these companies, she signed nursing visit notes
for home visits made by other unlicensed individuals to give Medicare the
false impression that she had provided home health care. Court documents
reveal that Cooper understood that the documents she created would be used
by these companies to submit claims to Medicare for home health services
that were not medically necessary and/or not provided.
Court documents show that when home health
companies were inspected by state regulatory agencies, Cooper and her
co-conspirators participated in staged home health visits, posing as
employees of these companies and treating fake patients, all to give
inspectors the false impression that these companies’ operations were
legitimate and that home health services were in fact being provided.
Court documents allege that between 2006 and May
2012, Cooper’s conduct caused Reliance, First Choice, and Accessible to
submit claims to Medicare for services that were not medically necessary
and/or not provided, causing Medicare to pay these companies approximately
$5,403,703.
At sentencing, scheduled for July 23, 2013, Cooper
faces a maximum penalty of 10 years in prison and a $250,000 fine.
This case is being prosecuted by Trial Attorney
William G. Kanellis and Assistant Chief Gejaa Gobena of the Criminal
Division’s Fraud Section. It was investigated by the FBI and HHS-OIG, and it
was brought as part of the Medicare Fraud Strike Force, supervised by the
Criminal Division’s Fraud Section and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the
Eastern District of Michigan.
Since its inception in March 2007, the Medicare
Fraud Strike Force, now operating in nine cities across the country, has
charged more than 1,480 defendants who have collectively billed the Medicare
program for more than $4.8 billion. In addition, HHS’s Centers for Medicare
and Medicaid Services, working in conjunction with HHS-OIG, is taking steps
to increase accountability and decrease the presence of fraudulent
providers.
To learn more about the Health Care Fraud
Prevention and Enforcement Action Team (HEAT), go to
www.stopmedicarefraud.gov.
"How Monsanto outfoxed the Obama administration The inside story of how
the government let one company squash biotech innovation, and dominate an entire
industry," by Lina Khan, Salon, March 15, 2013 ---
http://www.salon.com/2013/03/15/how_did_monsanto_outfox_the_obama_administration/
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Question
Goodwill Impairment: What Happens When U.S. GAAP and IFRSs Clash?
From CFO.com on March 25, 2013
Differences in the goodwill impairment standards under U.S. GAAP and
IFRSs may create significant disparities as to whether goodwill is viewed as
impaired and, if so, how much is written off in the United States and the
other country, or even country to country. Learn more about the challenges
companies, especially acquisitive ones, may face in performing goodwill
impairment testing both in the U.S. and around the world.
More ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/03/25/goodwill-impairment-what-happens-when-u-s-gaap-and-ifrss-clash/
For acquisitive companies, determining whether
goodwill booked in transactions has become impaired and if it has, by
how much, is now a fairly regular occurrence. However, the accounting
involved can be anything but straightforward when the acquirer is a
U.S.-based company and subsidiary businesses are located elsewhere or
vice versa.
Differences in the goodwill impairment
standards under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRSs) may create significant disparities as to whether
goodwill is viewed as impaired and, if so, how much is written off in
the United States and the other country, or even
country-to-country. Other factors creating such disparities include the
varying application of valuation methodologies and historical cultural
differences in the application of impairment accounting.
Such situations may be especially troublesome
for U.S. businesses because of country-to-country differences around the
world. For example, a U.S. company with operations in Germany, France,
Spain and Greece may write off goodwill entirely on a consolidated basis
under U.S. GAAP. However, when a corporate life event, such as a
spin-off or carve out, is undertaken related to the subsidiary outside
of the U.S. depending on how the IFRSs principles are applied, some or
none of its goodwill might be written off. (See: U.S. GAAP-IFRSs
Dilemma: A Case Study further below).
Sorting out these differences may be a
challenging process for management of companies operating in numerous
countries across the world, when U.S. GAAP, IFRSs and potentially other
financial reporting frameworks need to be addressed. Relief from the
dilemma of distinguishing between the treatment under U.S. GAAP and
IFRSs does not appear to be on the way any time soon. On one hand, the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and the U.S. Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) are continuing their now decade-long
work to converge IFRSs and U.S. GAAP. However, converging goodwill
impairment accounting does not appear to be a near-term project.
In addition, on July 13, 2012, the SEC
issued its final staff report on the “Work Plan for Consideration of
incorporating IFRSs into the Financial Reporting System for U.S.
Issuers” without offering a timetable for potential U.S. adoption of
IFRSs for domestic filers¹. This leaves companies for the foreseeable
future still facing difficult situations when dealing with disparities
such as goodwill impairment.
The Conceptual Foundation of Impairment
Issues
The differences in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs goodwill
impairment treatment flow largely from a fundamental difference in
accounting approaches. As a principles-based accounting approach, IFRSs
provide a conceptual basis for accountants to follow in a one-step test
that has both a fair value and an asset-recoverability aspect. U.S.
GAAP, on the other hand, dictates that goodwill is tested for impairment
through a two-step, fair value test with the level of impairment, if
present, determined in Step 2 after an extensive analysis of related
asset values. However, the FASB’s recent issuance of a “step zero”
qualitative assessment for goodwill impairment testing did introduce an
element of a principles-based approach under U.S. GAAP³. Principles-based
standards allow accountants to apply significant professional judgment
in assessing a transaction. This is substantially different from the
underlying “box-ticking” approach historically common in rules-based
accounting standards.
The lack of precise guidelines in a
principles-based approach may create inconsistencies in the application
of standards across organizations and countries, particularly in a very
subjective area such as fair value. On the other hand, rules-based
standards can be viewed as insufficiently flexible to accommodate a
topic such as fair value, which often requires significant professional
judgments gained through experience, with extremely limited market data.
However, the U.S. has gradually been embracing
the principles-based approach. The recently converged standards on fair
value measurement (IFRS 13 and ASC 820), an IASB-FASB joint effort,
supports this.
Even though the SEC has not set a timetable for
if, when, or how the U.S. might move to IFRSs in the future, convergence
efforts themselves in recent years have started to influence how new
accounting standards are applied in practice.
U.S. GAAP-IFRSs Dilemma: A Case Study
The experience of a U.S.-based consolidated
company comprising six Reporting Units (RUs) demonstrates how
differences in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs may affect goodwill impairment. The
company was considering a spinoff of an RU located in a country
following IFRSs, as a standalone company through an IPO. Therefore, a
standalone audit of the RU was necessary under IFRSs. At the end of its
fiscal year, the U.S. consolidated company wrote off the goodwill in its
foreign-based RU and some other domestic RUs under U.S GAAP.
Outside the U.S., meanwhile, the subsidiary—a
standalone RU in the U.S. and a single Cash Generating Unit (CGU) under
IFRSs—performed an independent goodwill impairment analysis. The
standalone CGU management did not believe there should be a goodwill
write-off under IFRSs guidelines and following typical valuation
procedures in that country related to goodwill impairment testing. As a
result, the standalone CGU reported goodwill under IFRSs but the
standalone RU under U.S. GAAP wrote the entire amount off, at the same
point in time.
Addressing the Dilemma
In a world where investors often react to new
or inconsistent financial information within seconds, it is important
for company management to understand environments where different
conclusions may be reached relative to topics such as goodwill
impairment.
Sometimes differences need to be addressed and
initial conclusions potentially modified. In other situations
differences are just the result of the various financial reporting
frameworks and environments across the world. However, it is important
to be aware that situations may occur where various parties involved may
not agree or understand each other’s perspectives, and then be able to
navigate them effectively to get to supportable and reasonable
conclusions.
Understanding real differences due to statutory
guidance—such as non-convergent accounting versus interpretations of
principles-based standards, or the varying application of valuation
methods—is extremely important.
The Effects of Culture and Translation
As accounting standards, IFRSs are still
relatively recent, with European nations as early adopters in 2005;
although, in some countries, IFRSs have been around longer. Numerous
countries around the world have been transitioning to IFRSs in recent
years. In many of those countries, fair value was not present in the
original accounting framework. Indeed, a number of the countries now
following IFRSs do not have fully functioning market- based economies,
making the complexity of arriving at supportable fair value estimates
even greater.
Countries around the world have operated for
decades within their own accounting systems, and cultural differences
cause accountants in different countries to interpret and apply
accounting standards differently. Such differences can affect the
measurement and disclosure of financial information in financial reports
and potentially affect cross-border financial statement comparability.
National culture is most likely to influence
the application of financial reporting standards where judgment is
required. This is of concern due to IFRSs being principles- based and
requiring substantial judgment on the part of the accountant and the
valuation specialist performing the valuation.
The official working language of the IASB, and
the language in which IFRSs are published, is English. Translation of
IFRSs into various languages introduces an added complexity in
comparability of application of IFRSs across the world, as well as
comparability with U.S. GAAP. In some cases, words and phrases used in
English- language accounting standards cannot be translated into other
languages without some distortion of meaning. For instance, words such
as “probable,” “not likely,” “reasonable assurance” and “remote” can be
problematic during interpretation.
In addition, many countries that have moved to
IFRSs may have introduced their own country’s version of IFRSs; such
localization of the standards has led to the creation of many slightly
different versions of IFRSs.
Therefore, when analyzing and contrasting
financial reporting practices, such as those involving
goodwill impairment testing, it is not as
simple as a comparison of U.S GAAP and IFRSs.
To highlight the need for greater consistency,
the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) issued a Public
Statement on November 12, 2012, regarding European common enforcement
priorities for 2012 financial statements. ESMA’s reason for issuing the
statement was “to promote consistent application of the European
securities and markets legislation, and more specifically that of [IFRSs].”
One of the four “…financial reporting topics which they believe are
particularly significant for European listed companies…”⁴ was impairment
of non-financial assets, including goodwill.
The Effects of Different Accounting
Treatments
Taking a goodwill impairment can be a
necessary, if disappointing, step for a company. For publicly traded
companies in particular, depending on how the company has managed market
expectations, the move may or may not affect the company’s market
pricing. Dealing with inconsistencies from market to market can be even
more perplexing. Whatever the situation, companies operating across the
global economy continue to face the challenge of differing application
of valuation methodologies and accounting principles under U.S. GAAP and
IFRSs, local country GAAP and even country-to-country under IFRSs
regarding goodwill impairment testing.
"Goodwill Impairment: I Love a Charade," by Tom Selling,
The Accounting Onion, January 15. 2010 ---
Click Here
http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2010/01/goodwill-impairment-i-love-a-charade-reposted.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29
Jensen Comment
Note that Tom wants all consolidation goodwill expensed in the year of
acquisition --- something akin to taking an earnings bath up front when
companies are merged or purchased. I disagree because of the way this distorts
future earnings and financial performance ratios like P/E ratios and Return on
Investment (ROI) and Return on Equity (ROE). Goodwill generally depicts the
value in use of an acquisition above and beyond the sum of the exit values of
the net assets acquired. This is comprised of the synergy and covariance
components of acquisition value. This "goodwill" is paid for in an acquisition
because it has future value. Expensing the so-called goodwill completely
up front, in my opinion, allows acquiring firms to overstate ROI and ROE for
many future years. The term "goodwill" is really a misnomer and should be
changed.
Bob Jensen's threads on goodwill and other asset impairment issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment
"Most-Admired Companies Aren't Always Great Investments," by Mark
Hulbert, The Wall Street Journal, March 8, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578346620047446456.html?mod=googlenews_wsj
Amazon.com AMZN -1.09% recently emerged as the
company with the best reputation among the general public in the U.S.,
according to a survey of more than 14,000 randomly selected individuals
conducted by Harris Interactive HPOL -5.23% .
Amazon investors can only hope its fate will turn
out better than Apple's, AAPL +1.40% which topped Harris Interactive's
survey last year—and has since seen its stock fall more than 20%.
Was Apple's experience a fluke? I wouldn't bet on
it.
There are many reasons for Apple's falling stock
unrelated to consumer surveys. Yet companies that have great reputations
tend to be overvalued. Consider a study that appeared in 2010 in the Journal
of Portfolio Management titled "Stocks of Admired and Spurned Companies."
The authors analyzed the stocks of firms appearing in Fortune magazine's
annual list of "America's Most Admired Companies" between 1983 and 2007.
Though that list is compiled differently from
Harris Interactive's, the two reflect many of the same underlying factors.
For example, the top three most-admired companies in the current Fortune
ranking are in first, second and fourth place in the Harris survey.
The researchers found the spurned companies at the
bottom of Fortune's survey were a better bet, on average, than the
most-admired ones at the top. A hypothetical portfolio constructed each year
out of the least-admired companies performed nearly two percentage points
per year better than a portfolio of the most-admired companies.
These results support a contrarian interpretation
of a company's reputation, says Meir Statman, a finance professor at Santa
Clara University and one of the study's authors. His research found that
companies tended to rank higher in the Fortune survey if their stocks had
performed particularly well over the previous 12 months. This increases the
chances the company's stock will be overvalued, he says.
In fact, Mr. Statman adds, it might be that one of
the reasons a company tends to be highly admired in the first place is that
its stock price has gone up. This would be one big reason why its stock is
so vulnerable to even a slight change in investor sentiment.
It certainly is plausible that a soaring stock
price contributed to Amazon's good reputation: Its stock hit a new all-time
high in January and has gained 49% over the past 12 months, versus just 13%
for the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index.
Investors are more likely to find undervalued
situations among the stocks of spurned companies, Mr. Statman says. He notes
that such a company needn't perform spectacularly in order for its stock to
be a good bet: All it must do is beat investors' diminished expectations.
Because of these factors, he says, we "should tilt
our portfolios toward those at the bottom of the rankings."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
The biggest problem for many investors is that the Fed's seemingly long-term
intention is too keep interest rates so low that customary safe investments like
bank Certificates of Deposits pay virtually nothing. This forces investors to
either burn savings on consumption (which is what retirees are now doing) or
take on more financial risks in the stock market (that provides as much illusion
as reality unless investors are smart enough to realize that much of what they
gain in the stock market in inflationary gain that is not for real).
I sold an Iowa farm about five years ago an am not certain that I made the
right decision. Iowa farm land has since risen to an all-time high and can ride
out droughts due to the government's generous subsidies for crop insurance
against drought and other disasters. And for farmers who had 2012 crop successes
in Iowa the corn and soy bean prices are fantastically high at the moment
because of the 2012 drought. Farm land is seemingly both an inflation hedge and
provides annual liquidity from crop successes or crop failures (due to crop
insurance).
But farm land is not necessarily a good investment at the moment because its
investment prospects have already be factored into the record high prices for
farm land in 2013. Also for distant landlords, like me before I sold the land,
it can be frustrating to deal with rent negotiations and tenants who are always
begging for things like new tile under wet ground. I don't want to be a
landlord ever again.
Farm rents are subject to high taxes, especially from the State of Iowa. I
put the farm sale proceeds into a long-term insured municipal bond fund from
Vanguard and have been happy ever since with relatively high tax-free cash
returns each year. Of course this is not an especially good inflation hedge, but
I do not expect to be alive 20 years from now --- or less. And if tax reform
ends the advantages of my tax-free investment I will simply write a check on
part of my Vanguard fund and pay off my home mortgage --- my only debt that I
keep for tax advantages.
What I really hate to see are all sucker adds in the media to buy gold coins.
First of all, if you're going to invest in gold invest in highly-reputed gold
funds rather than gold itself which is expensive to store safely and is
expensive to get rid of due to need for having it assayed and need to find
buyers who do not demand gouging cash discounts when you're forced to sell.
Investing in precious metal mutual funds in general is risky for the short term
and not good for annual cash flows. Precious metals and some other commodities
may be good inflation hedges over a very long haul if you don't need shorter
term cash flows. But most of us want some annual cash returns on our
investments.
Put simply, investors today are between a rock and hard place until the Fed
allows interest rates on safe investments return to reasonable levels that of
course still vary with time-to-maturity. But a 1.25% return on a five-year
Certificate of Deposit is not reasonable.
Bob Jensen's investment helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
I never give out investment or tax advice to any individuals or businesses
--- which is extremely lucky for them.
New Billionaires in 2012
Time Magazine
March 18, 2013
Page 8
29 China (one of the long-term Brics)
27 United States
12 Brazil (one of the long-term Brics)
11 Russia (one of the long-term Brics)
09 France
The only missing Bric is India
A BRIC nation at the moment is a nation that has vast resources and virtually
no entitlement obligations that drag down economic growth ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BRIC
In
economics, BRIC (typically rendered as
"the BRICs" or "the BRIC countries") is an
acronym that refers to
the
fast-growing developing economies of
Brazil,
Russia,
India, and
China. The acronym was first coined and
prominently used by
Goldman Sachs in 2001. According to a paper
published in 2005,
Mexico and
South Korea are the only other countries
comparable to the BRICs, but their economies were excluded initially because
they were considered already more developed. Goldman Sachs argued that, since
they are developing rapidly, by 2050 the combined economies of the BRICs could
eclipse the combined economies of the current richest countries of the world.
The four countries, combined, currently account for more than a quarter of the
world's land area and more than 40% of the
world's population.
Brazil, Russia,
India and China, (the BRICs)
sometimes lumped together as BRIC to
represent fast-growing developing economies, are selling off their
U.S. Treasury Bond holdings. Russia announced earlier this month it
will sell U.S. Treasury Bonds, while China and Brazil have announced
plans to cut the amount of U.S. Treasury Bonds in their foreign
currency reserves and buy bonds issued by the International Monetary
Fund instead. The BRICs are also soliciting public support for a
"super currency" capable of replacing what they see as the ailing
U.S. dollar. The four countries account for 22 percent of the global
economy, and their defection could deal a severe blow to the
greenback. If the BRICs sell their U.S. Treasury Bond holdings, the
price will drop and yields rise, and that could prompt the central
banks of other countries to start selling their holdings to avoid
losses too. A sell-off on a grand scale could trigger a collapse in
the value of the dollar, ending the appeal of both dollars and bonds
as safe-haven assets. The moves are a challenge to the power of the
dollar in international financial markets. Goldman Sachs economist
Alberto Ramos in an interview with Bloomberg News on Thursday said
the decision by the BRICs to buy IMF bonds should not be seen simply
as a desire to diversify their foreign currency portfolios but as a
show of muscle.
"BRICs Launch Assault on Dollar's Global Status," The Chosun IIbo,
June 14, 2009 ---
http://english.chosun.com/site/data/html_dir/2009/06/12/2009061200855.html
Their report, "Dreaming with BRICs:
The Path to 2050," predicted that within 40 years, the economies of
Brazil, Russia, India and China - the BRICs - would be larger than
the US, Germany, Japan, Britain, France and Italy combined. China
would overtake the US as the world's largest economy and India would
be third, outpacing all other industrialised nations.
"Out of the shadows," Sydney Morning Herald, February 5, 2005
---
http://www.smh.com.au/text/articles/2005/02/04/1107476799248.html
The first economist, an early Nobel Prize Winning economist, to
raise the alarm of entitlements in my head was Milton Friedman. He
has written extensively about the lurking dangers of entitlements.
I highly recommend his fantastic "Free to Choose" series of PBS
videos where his "Welfare of Entitlements" warning becomes his
principle concern for the future of the Untied States 25 years ago
---
http://www.ideachannel.com/FreeToChoose.htm |
An Instructional Teaching Case for Accounting Teachers
The Brooks Brothers Tangle With the SEC
The company had four independent auditors over the course of this saga
David Brooks apparently made
threatening remarks to certain of his company's independent auditors
"Of Hurricanes and Harness Racing: The Accounting Fraud at DHB
Industries, by Michael C. Knapp and Carol A. Knapp, Issues in Accounting
Education, Vol. 28, No. 1, February 2013, pp. 131-152 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/iace-50297
You can't make up a story like this.
Andrew Cohen, Senior Legal
Analyst, CBS News
ABSTRACT:
This instructional case focuses on an accounting
and financial reporting fraud involving DHB Industries, Inc., the nation's
largest manufacturer of bullet-resistant vests. Three executives of this
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) registrant, including its founder
and CEO, masterminded a large-scale fraud that grossly misrepresented DHB's
financial statements. The three executives colluded to conceal their
misdeeds from the four accounting firms that served as the company's
independent auditors over the course of the fraud. In late 2010, a federal
jury convicted DHB's former CEO and COO of multiple counts of fraud and
related charges. This case addresses a wide range of auditing issues raised
by the DHB fraud, including the identification of fraud risk factors,
auditing of related-party transactions, the impact of frequent auditor
changes on audit quality, and the internal control reporting
responsibilities of auditors.
. . .
Circus Trial
The criminal trial of
David Brooks and his co-defendant Sandra Hatfield commenced in late
January 2010. Brooks faced a 17-count federal indictment that
included allegations of corporate fraud, insider trading,
conspiracy, and obstruction of justice. Hatfield faced similar
charges in the 16-count federal indictment filed against her.
Throughout the trial,
jurors were pelted with an unrelenting stream of evidence that
documented how Brooks had used “DHB as his personal piggy bank” (SEC
2007). Personal expenditures paid with corporate funds included
purchases of luxury automobiles, expensive art, jewelry, designer
clothing, and real estate. Court testimony revealed that the largest
benefactor of Brooks' embezzlement scheme was his beloved harness
racing operation. Brooks reportedly diverted nearly $15 million of
DHB funds through TAP to help finance his expensive hobby.
Other testimony
during the long criminal trial documented how Brooks had repeatedly
lied to DHB's independent auditors to conceal his fraudulent scams.
Schlegel's testimony laid out in minute detail the extreme lengths
to which she, Brooks, and Hatfield had gone to mislead the auditors.
The most elaborate hoaxes were required to conceal the large
overstatements of inventory from the curious and persistent teams of
auditors.
Throughout the
eight-month trial, the presiding federal magistrate, Judge Joanna
Seybert, faced the daunting task of maintaining a sense of civility
and decorum in her Long Island courtroom. The first drama involved
the revocation of David Brooks' bail. In January 2008, three months
after his initial arrest, Brooks' attorneys secured his release on
bail. Because Judge Seybert believed that Brooks posed a significant
flight risk, she required him to post a $400 million bail bond that
included cash and other collateral of nearly $50 million. The bail
terms also required Brooks to retain a security firm at an estimated
cost of $3,500 per day to monitor him around the clock. ABC News
(2008) reported that Brooks' bail terms were more stringent than
those imposed years earlier by a federal judge on the infamous
mobster John Gotti.
Just as Brooks'
trial was beginning, Judge Seybert revoked his bail and remanded him
to jail because of two reports given to her by the FBI. An
undercover video forwarded to the FBI by Scotland Yard detectives
allegedly showed Jeffrey Brooks and one of his subordinates
transferring millions of euros to a large safety deposit box in a
London bank. The FBI was convinced that the funds belonged to David
Brooks. The FBI also informed Judge Seybert that they had discovered
evidence suggesting that Brooks had secretly transferred tens of
millions of dollars to bank accounts in the tiny European nation of
San Marino. Judge Seybert revoked Brooks' bail because the two
incidents violated the conditions of his bail agreement that
mandated that all of his financial assets be “frozen.”
Midway through the
trial, Judge Seybert threatened to have David Brooks removed from
the courtroom after he was discovered attempting to smuggle
anxiety-suppression medication into his jail cell. The anti-anxiety
pills were hidden in a ballpoint pen that had been placed at Brooks'
desk during a break in the courtroom proceedings. Following this
incident, Judge Seybert barred Jeffrey Brooks and one of David
Brooks' close friends from the courtroom. Brooks' personal
psychiatrist subsequently testified that the psychiatrist at the
correctional facility where Brooks was being held had prescribed him
an insufficient dosage of the anti-anxiety medication. Brooks
reportedly needed larger than normal dosages of that medication to
ward off the panic attacks that he frequently experienced.
Later in the trial,
federal prosecutors revealed that several months earlier, David
Brooks had allegedly asked a veterinarian who worked in his harness
racing operation to obtain a medication administered to horses. If
taken by a human, this medication would supposedly wipe out his or
her memory. According to the veterinarian, Brooks hoped to somehow
administer the medication to Dawn Schlegel, the prosecution's
principal witness, prior to the beginning of his criminal trial.
This revelation and Brooks' other antics during the trial caused
Comedy Central's Stephen Colbert to name Brooks his “Alpha Dog of
the Week” during the August 2, 2010, airing of the popular
television program The Colbert Report.
Andrew Cohen, a
senior legal analyst for CBS News who monitored Brooks' trial,
observed that many of its details were so salacious that major
publications, such as The New York Times, would not report
them (Cohen 2010). One veteran reporter summarized some of the more
outrageous events and testimony that took place during the trial:
It's not an
everyday federal trial in which an FBI agent walks into the
courtroom in the middle of a trial and seizes the contents of a
defendant's wastebasket as part of a still ongoing investigation
into whether Brooks tampered with the jury. Or in which the
defense asserts that the payment of company money to prostitutes
might be an acceptable technique to motivate employees. Or in
which a defendant says he is entitled to have his company pay
for the grave of his mother, camp tuition for his children, a
$60,000 sculpture of a Wall Street bull, family trips to St.
Barts and St. Tropez, or allegedly drains millions of dollars
off through a shell company to pay for the upkeep of harness
stables. (Cohen 2010)
After
spending two months studying the massive amount of evidence that
prosecutors had presented to prove their allegations, a federal jury
convicted Brooks on all 17 counts that had been filed against him.
Sandra Hatfield, Brooks' former colleague and co-defendant, was
found guilty on 14 of the 16 counts included in her federal
indictment.
Epilogue
In April 2010, near
the midpoint of David Brooks' criminal trial, Point Blank Solutions,
the successor to DHB Industries, Inc., filed for protection from its
creditors in U.S. Bankruptcy Court. To date, a reorganization plan
for the company has not been approved by the federal judge presiding
over the company's bankruptcy filing. Point Blank remains an
operating entity and continues to claim that it is the world's
leading manufacturer of body armor.
Following the
completion of Brooks' trial, his attorneys immediately appealed his
conviction. Among other arguments, the attorneys maintained that
Brooks was incompetent and unable to contribute to his defense
during much of the trial because of the anti-anxiety medication that
he was taking. With his appeal still pending, Brooks has yet to be
sentenced. Shortly after his criminal trial ended, Brooks pled
guilty to tax evasion charges that had been pending against him for
several years. Brooks is yet to stand trial on contempt charges
filed against him as a result of his behavior during his criminal
trial.
In
February 2011, the SEC filed a civil complaint against three former
members of DHB's audit committee. The federal agency charged the
three individuals with being “willfully blind to numerous red flags
signaling accounting fraud, reporting violations, and
misappropriation at DHB” (SEC 2011). The civil complaint went on to
allege that the three former audit committee members “merely
rubber-stamped the decisions of DHB's senior management while making
substantial sums from sales of DHB's securities” (SEC 2011).
- Exhibits 1 and 4
present DHB's original 2003–2004 balance sheets and income
statements and the restated balance sheets and income statements for
those two years, respectively. Review the original and restated
financial statements for 2004 and identify the “material”
differences between them. (Note: You are not required to identify
the sources of these differences.) Defend your choices.
- Identify the fraud
risk factors posed by DHB for its independent auditors. Which of
these factors, in your opinion, should have been of primary concern
to those auditors?
- During the 2004 DHB
audit, the company's independent auditors had considerable
difficulty obtaining reliable audit evidence regarding the $7
million of obsolete vest components that allegedly had been
destroyed by a hurricane. What responsibility do auditors have when
the client cannot provide the evidence they need to complete one or
more audit tests or procedures?
- What
responsibility, if any, do auditors have to search for related-party
transactions? If auditors discover that a client has engaged in
related-party transactions, what audit procedures should be applied
to them?
- Compare and
contrast the internal control reporting responsibilities of the
management and independent auditors of public companies.
- What potential
consequences do frequent changes in auditors have for the quality of
a given entity's independent audits? Identify professional standards
or other rules and regulations that are intended to discourage
auditor changes or provide disclosure of the circumstances
surrounding them.
- David Brooks
apparently made threatening remarks to certain of his company's
independent auditors. What actions should auditors take when they
are the target of hostile statements or actions by client executives
or employees?
- Does the SEC have a
responsibility to protect the investing public from self-interested
corporate executives? Do professional auditing standards or other
rules or regulations impose such a responsibility on independent
auditors?
- The audit committee
of DHB Industries was criticized for failing to carry out its
oversight responsibilities. What are the primary responsibilities of
a public company's audit committee?
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
An Instructional Teaching Case for Accounting Instructors
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 8, 2013
Public-University Costs Soar
by:
Ruth Simon
Mar 06, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
TOPICS: Financial Ratios, Governmental Accounting
SUMMARY: The article describes the current state of affairs at
public institutions of higher education with respect to funding from the
state, tuition increases, and some university options to solve the issues
that they face. These concerns will be of interest to students generally.
The accounting focus in best presented in the related video: return on
investment in education.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any accounting
class introducing return on investment. It also may be used in a class
covering topics in governmental or not-for-profit entities to discuss the
current economic status of public universities. By definition, the state
universities that are the focus of the article will use governmental
accounting requirements.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Summarize the points in the article about factors
currently affecting the revenues to state universities.
2. (Introductory) How are the current issues facing state
universities affecting their students and prospective students?
3. (Advanced) Define the term ROI (return on investment) and state
how it is calculated.
4. (Advanced) Based on the discussion in the related video, how is
the concept of ROI applied to assess a student's investment in college
tuition and other costs?
5. (Advanced) What return measure is proposed in the video for
assessing a student' return on investment in his/her higher education? What
are some weaknesses of that measure? Can you propose any other measure that
would address those weaknesses?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Public-University Costs Soar," by Ruth Simon, The Wall Street Journal,
March 6, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324539404578342750480773548.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Tuition at public colleges jumped last year by a
record amount as state governments slashed school funding, the latest sign
of strain in the U.S. higher-education sector.
The average amount that students at public colleges
paid in tuition, after state and institutional grants and scholarships,
climbed 8.3% last year, the biggest jump on record, according to a report
based on data from all public institutions in all 50 states to be released
Wednesday by the State Higher Education Executive Officers Association.
Median tuition rose 4.5%.
The average state funding per student, meanwhile,
fell by more than 9%, the steepest drop since the group began collecting the
data in 1980. Median funding fell 10%. During the recession, states began
cutting support for higher education, and the trend accelerated last year.
Rising tuition costs are "another example of the
bind that public institutions are in," said Sandy Baum, a senior fellow at
the George Washington University Graduate School of Education and Human
Development. "Unless we make public funding a higher priority, the funds are
going to have to come from parents and students."
To be sure, last year's decline in state funding
nationwide was driven heavily by cutbacks in California, which has the
largest state system and lashed funding per student by 14.3% last year. Not
including California, per-student funding fell 8% and tuition rose 6.3%.
Paul Lingenfelter, president of the
higher-education association, noted that 31 states increased higher
education funding in 2012-13, and a number have proposed an increase for the
coming year as well.
Kaylen Hendrick, a senior at Florida State
University in Tallahassee majoring in environmental studies, is graduating
in three years rather than four in order to keep costs and borrowing down.
"Growing up, I thought if I made good enough
grades, that college would not be a problem," said Ms. Hendrick, 20 years
old, who has taken out about $15,000 in student loans and works 20 hours a
week to pay for college.
State funding for the State University System of
Florida has declined by more than $1 billion over the last six years, even
as enrollment has grown by more than 35,000 students, a spokeswoman for the
system said.
Nationally, average tuition, after institutional
grants and scholarships, increased to $5,189 in 2011-12 from $4,793 a year
earlier, according to the report, which is based on the 2011-12 academic
year and adjusted its figures for inflation. Tuition revenue accounted for a
record 47% of educational funding at public colleges last year.
The price increases at state schools come at a time
when many private colleges are reining in price increases and awarding
generous scholarships to attract families worried about rising debt loads
and a still shaky job market. In some cases, state tuition has risen so much
that costs approach what students might pay at a private college.
At Pennsylvania State University's main campus,
in-state undergraduate students receiving financial aid paid an average of
$21,342 after grants and scholarships in 2010-11, according to the U.S.
Department of Education, up 12% since 2008-09. State funding now accounts
for less than 14% of the school's educational budget, down from as much as
62% in 1970-71. "When the appropriation is cut, tuition rises," a Penn State
spokeswoman said.
In addition to raising tuition, many states have
pared spending. The California State University System declined to take the
vast majority of transfer students this spring and has turned away about
20,000 students who qualified for admission during each of the past three
years, a spokesman said.
In Kentucky, higher tuition prices make up for just
half of the loss in state funding, said Robert King, president of the
Kentucky Council on Postsecondary Education, which oversees the state's
system.
Continued in article
"One-Third of Colleges Are on Financially
'Unsustainable' Path, Bain Study Finds," by Goldie Blumenstyk, The
Chronicle of Higher Education, July 23, 2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/One-Third-of-Colleges-Are-on/133095/
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
LIBOR (including a fraud bigger than Enron) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libor
"Freddie Mac Sues Multiple Banks Over Libor Manipulation," by Tom
Schoenberg & Andrew Zajac, Bloomberg, March 20, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-19/freddie-mac-sues-multiple-banks-over-libor-manipulation.html
Jensen Comment
Makes you wonder what PwC knew --- Probably nothing since the PCAOB accuses PwC
of poor quality controls in auditing. Now Barclays at the heart of the LIBOR
scandal is considering dropping PwC as its auditor.
Jensen Comment
Makes you wonder what PwC knew --- Probably nothing since the PCAOB accuses PwC
of poor quality controls in auditi
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bad News and Bad News for PwC
First the Bad News
"Barclays (of massive LIBOR fraud fame) Considers Auditor Change After a
Century With PwC," Bloomberg, March 8, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-08/barclays-considers-auditor-change-after-a-century-with-pwc.html
Now more Bad News News
"At Least PwC Doesn't Have to Worry About Improving the Supervision of Its
Auditors Anymore," by Caleb Newquist, Going Concern, March 11, 2013
---
http://goingconcern.com/post/least-pwc-doesnt-have-worry-about-improving-supervision-its-auditors-anymore
"Is FASB Killing the Auditing
Profession?," by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog,
March 15, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/3/15/is-fasb-killing-the-auditing-profession
Well, the
auditing profession appears to have finally hit the “bottom
of the barrel.” The demise of the respected Arthur Andersen
firm in the wake of the Enron scandal was a huge
disappointment. And now PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has
failed us by not living up to the high standards set by its
legacy firm. For those of you too young to remember, Price
Waterhouse & Co. was the Brooks Brothers of the
accounting and auditing profession at one time. As Mark
Stevens in
The Big Eight noted in 1981 (yes,
over 30 years ago), Price worked hard “to retain its image
as the gilt-edge CPA firm.” My how times have changed!
So
what happened? On
March 7, 2013, the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB ) reported that the PwC
had failed to address certain audit related quality control
criticisms levied at the firm in previous PCAOB inspection
reports, not once but twice, first in
March 25, 2009 and then again in
August 12, 2010. What makes this
so interesting is that the issues raised in those previously
issued reports would have remained “private” had PwC simply
corrected the problems within 12 months of the reports’
issuance. While this is not the first time that one of the
Big Four has thumbed their noses at the PCAOB (Deloitte felt
the PCAOB’s wrath in October 2011), it is surprising that “a
leader in the profession” (and yes, those are PwC’s own
words) has done so. You may recall that the Grumpies were
not wild about this behavior
the first time it happened.
Well, Lynn
Turner, a former Chief Accountant of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC), in a recent email (March 7th) to
his distribution list, has asked the million dollar
question:
What
kind of leaders are running the firms, what type of
governance do they have, that provides that type of
response to the regulator?
Just look at
PwC’s response to the PCAOB in its March 7, 2013, Release
No. 104-2013-054:
The
Part II comments relate to some of the most complex,
judgmental and evolving areas of auditing. Our actions
relating to those areas, during the 12 months following
issuance of the comments and thereafter, have included
providing our audit professionals with enhanced audit
tools, training and additional technical guidance to
promote more consistent audit execution. We believe that
these efforts have been important positive contributors
to audit quality at our firm. We are proud of our focus
on continuous improvement and of the dedication and high
quality audit work performed by our partners and other
professionals.
Wow! This
hints at an admission by PwC that its highly paid auditors
were not properly trained to audit publicly traded firms.
If this is indeed the case, we surely can’t overlook the
ethical implications of a firm contracting to do work for
which it was not qualified. This never would have happened
at Price Waterhouse & Co. What really bothers this grumpy
old accountant is that PwC just doesn’t get it. The old
“we’ll try harder” language is just not acceptable.
Continued in article
"PCAOB Criticizes Quality At PwC; Nothing Happens," by Francine
McKenna, Forbes, March 11, 2013 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/francinemckenna/2013/03/11/pcaob-criticizes-quality-at-pwc-nothing-happens/
Big news last week in the breathless world of
audits and auditors. The audit regulator, the Public Company Accounting and
Oversight Board – even the word “oversight” should get you excited –
published its private criticisms of PricewaterhouseCoopers poor quality
audit work for not one but two audit years, 2007 and 2008. If those years
sound familiar, they should be.
That’s when the financial crisis started
unraveling!
PricewaterhouseCoopers is, and still is, the
financial, statutory auditor - with the duty to give an opinion on financial
statement verity - of some of the biggest players in the financial crisis.
When you watch the Andrew Ross Sorkin HBO movie, Too Big To Fail, try to
imagine current PwC Audit Practice Global Leader Tim Ryan standing behind
AIG or current Citi Vice Chairman and former PwC Global Chairman Sam Di
Piazza standing two steps behind JPMorgan’s Jamie Dimon, or former PwC
Chairman Jim Schiro now Goldman Sachs Audit Committee and Board Chairman
whispering in Lloyd Blankfein‘s ear.
PwC also still audits Barclays, Bank of America,
and Freddie Mac. After the TARP plan was initiated PwC got the job, along
with Ernst & Young, of preparing the internal controls infrastructure at the
Treasury to make sure money went out quickly and to the right banks. That
open-ended procurement blank check is still in effect.
So, what will happen to PwC as a result of these
very dramatic criticisms of the quality of their audits, perhaps audits of
some crucial financial services companies? The experience of Deloitte, the
first Big Four firm to suffer the ignominy of having the PCAOB air its dirty
audit laundry in public may be instructive.
Pretty much nothing.
PwC was the consulting firm with the most clients
for the recent failed OCC/Fed foreclosure reviews. The firm billed more than
$1 billion and will now be able to continue servicing those banks they don’t
audit with more “governance, risk, and compliance” advisory services without
worrying about any scrutiny.
PwC is not worried about the PCAOB. They are
laughing all the way to the banks. All of them.
Continued in article
"GT and BDO told to buck up professional scepticism," by Richard
Crump, AccountancyAge, March 22, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2256866/gt-and-bdo-told-to-buck-up-professional-scepticism?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=GT+and+BDO+told+to+buck+up+professional+scepticism
Bob Jensen's threads on Grant Thornton (GT) and BDO accounting firms are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Question
Ever since the early formation of FAS 133 and IAS 39, what has been the main
objection to allowing hedge accounting on macro (portfolio) hedges?
Answer
Actually there's been no objection as long as the items in a portfolio are
homogeneous. The controversy arises with heterogeneity such that more than
one type of risk is being hedged in a mixed-risk portfolio. For example,
consider a portfolio of real estate mortgages having different interest rates
and different maturity dates. It's impossible to hedge all of these different
risks with a single derivative financial instrument having one hedged interest
rate or one hedging instrument maturity date.
This of course does not mean that companies do not continued hedge portfolios
with mixed risks. The issue is whether they get hedge accounting relief and if
so what type of relief should be given given the different risks in the
portfolio that are not fully hedge (and probably not effectively hedged). A
revision of IAS 39 gave very limited hedge accounting treatments in some
instances, but the revision really does not address the main controversies.
The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG)
has submitted to the IASB a letter outlining the results of its analysis of the
impact on macro hedge relationships of the consequential amendments proposed by
the Review Draft (RD) 'IFRS 9 General hedge accounting' on existing macro hedge
relationships under IAS 39, which was published by the IASB in September 2012.
EFRAG suggests an option of either following IAS 39 or IFRS 9,
IAS Plus, March 23, 2013 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/efrag-hedge-accounting
March 2013 Financial Reporting Briefs from Ernst & Young ---
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Accounting-Link-Home
Question
What five companies primarily drive ups and downs of the Dow price index?
Hint
It's like judging your teaching performance in a class of 30 students on the
basis of only five selective students chosen not at random.
Answer
"Five Stocks Do the Heavy Lifting," by Steven Rossolillo, The Wall
Street Journal, March 5, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324539404578342771985751896.html
Jensen Comment
There's fantastic interactive graphic that accompanies this online article. You
have to see it to believe it!
Bob Jensen's threads on multivariate data visualizations:
Visualization of Multivariate Data (including faces) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/352wpvisual/000datavisualization.htm
"Seven tips to beautiful PowerPoint," by Eugene Cheng ---
http://www.slideshare.net/itseugene/7-tips-to-beautiful-powerpoint-by-itseugenec
Thank you Andy's Teaching and Learning Blog for the heads up ---
http://awteachlearn.blogspot.com/
Bob Jensen's PowerPoint helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#PowerPointHelpers
March 26, 2013 message from Paul Caron
IRS Releases 'Dirty Dozen' Tax Scams
The
IRS today released (IR-2013-33)
its 2013 “dirty dozen” list of tax scams:
-
Identity Theft
-
Phishing
-
Return Preparer Fraud
-
Hiding Income Offshore
- “Free Money” from the IRS & Tax Scams Involving Social Security
- Impersonation of Charitable Organizations
- False/Inflated Income and Expenses
- False Form 1099 Refund Claims
-
Frivolous Arguments
- Falsely Claiming Zero Wages
- Disguised Corporate Ownership
- Misuse of Trusts
"Tax Scams Targeting Poor, Elderly," SmartPros, July 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x72366.xml
Taxpayers beware: Scammers are out there and
they're digging for your personal information and for money.
The IRS is reporting an increase in tax return
related scams that typically involve taxpayers who normally do not have to
file federal taxes. The scammers con the taxpayers into believing they
should file a return with the IRS for tax credits, refunds or rebates for
which they are not entitled.
Some unscrupulous tax return preparers have been
deceiving people into paying for advice about how to file false claims and
some charge unreasonable amounts for preparing legitimate returns that could
have been prepared for free by the IRS or by IRS sponsored Volunteer Income
Tax Assistance partners.
Many of the scammers are targeting taxpayers in the
Midwest and in the South, according to Sue Hales, spokeswoman for the IRS
for Illinois. Some are stealing the identities of conned taxpayers and they
most often prey on low income individuals and the elderly.
Taxpayers should be wary of any of the following
claims:
-- Fictitious claims for refunds or rebates based
on excess or withheld Social Security benefits;
-- Claims that Treasury Form 1080 can be used to
transfer funds from the Social Security Administration to the IRS, enabling
a payout from the IRS;
-- Unfamiliar for-profit tax services teaming up
with local churches. Flyers and advertisements for free money from the IRS,
suggesting the taxpayer can file with little or no documentation, have been
appearing in community churches around the country. Promoters are targeting
church congregations and exploiting their good intentions and credibility.
These schemes often spread by word of mouth among unsuspecting,
well-intentioned people telling friends and relatives;
-- Home-made flyers and brochures implying credits
or refunds are available without proof of eligibility;
-- Promises of refunds for "Low income -- No
Documents Tax Returns."
-- Claims for the expired Economic Recovery Credit
Program or Recovery Rebate Credit;
-- Advice on using the Earned Income Tax Claims
based on exaggerated reports of self-employment income;
-- In some cases, non-existent Social Security
refunds or rebates have been the bait used by the con artists. In other
situations, taxpayers deserve the tax credits they are promised but the
preparer uses fictitious or inflated information on the return which results
in a fraudulent return.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on tax frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#TaxScams
"Can the Treasury Exempt Its Own Companies from Tax? The $45 Billion GM
NOL Carryforward," by J. Mark Ramseyer and Eric Bennett Rasmusen, SSRN,
March 18, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2235068
Abstract:
To discourage
firms from buying and selling tax deductions, Section 382 of the tax code
limits the ability of one firm to use the ‘‘net operating losses’’ (NOLs) of
another firm that it acquires. Under the Troubled Asset Relief Program, the
U.S. Treasury lent a large amount of money to General Motors. In bankruptcy,
it then transformed the debt into stock. GM did not make many cars anyone
wanted to buy, but it did have $45 billion in NOLs. Unfortunately for the
Treasury, if it now sold the stock it acquired in bankruptcy, it would
trigger Sec. 382. Foreseeing this, the market would pay much less for its
stock in GM. Treasury solved this problem by issuing a series of notices in
which it announced that the law did not apply to itself. Sec. 382 says that
the NOL limits apply when a firm’s ownership changes. That rule would not
apply to any firm bought with TARP funds, declared Treasury. Notwithstanding
the straightforward and all-inclusive statutory language, GM could use its
NOLs in full after Treasury sold out. The Treasury issued similar notices
about Citigroup and AIG.
Treasury had no legal or economic justification for any of these notices,
but the press did not notice. Precisely because they involved such arcane
provisions of the corporate tax code, they largely escaped public attention.
The losses to the public fisc were not minor — they cost the country
billions of dollars in tax revenue. That the effect could be so large and
yet so hidden illustrates the risk involved in this kind of tax
manipulation. The more difficult the tax rule, the more easily the
government can use it to hide the cost of its policies and subsidize favored
groups. We suggest that Congress give its members standing to challenge
unlegislated tax law changes in court.
This type of celebrity bankruptcy that frequently happens to professional
athletes should not be happening to the likes of Diane Warwick with assets of
$25,500 and debts of more than $10,700,000.
"Singer Dionne Warwick files for bankruptcy," Reuters, March 26, 2013
---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/03/26/entertainment-us-dionnewarwick-idUSBRE92P04J20130326
As Joe Lewis supposedly said:
I been poor
And I been rich
Rich is better
2012 IRS Data Book
Message from Paul Caron on March 26, 2013 ---
http://taxprof.typepad.com/
2012 IRS Data Book
The IRS yesterday released the
2012
IRS Data Book, which contains a wealth of statistical information for
the IRS's Oct. 1, 2011 - Sept. 30, 2012 fiscal year. Here are the
statistical tables:
Returns Filed, Taxes Collected, and Refunds Issued
Enforcement: Examinations
Enforcement: Information Reporting and Verification
Enforcement: Collections, Penalties, and Criminal Investigation
Taxpayer Assistance
Tax Exempt Activities
Chief Counsel
IRS Budget & Workforce
- Table 28: Costs
Incurred by Budget Activity
- Table 29: Collections,
Costs, Personnel, and U.S. Population
- Table 30: Personnel
Summary, by Employment Status, Budget Activity, and Selected Type of
Personnel
- Table 31:
Internal Revenue Service Labor Force, Compared to National Totals
for Civilian and Federal Labor Forces, by Gender, Race/Ethnicity,
and Disability
First-Time Homebuyer Credit
Press and blogosphere coverage:
Bob Jensen's tax helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Untouchable Gangster Bankers and Their Auditors
HSBC ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSBC
Jensen Question
Did KPMG shift its entire Fannie Mae auditing team to HSBC?
Question
What was the largest audit client lost by KPMG in the USA?
Answer
I did not research this, but the leading contender has to be when KPMG was fired
from the Fannie Mae scandal in what was one of the largest earnings management
frauds in history coupled with incompetent auditing of financial derivative
financial instruments ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 7, 2013
KPMG audit contract with HSBC at risk. KPMG could
lose the biggest audit contract in Britain after HSBC decided to consider
bringing in a fresh pair of eyes to vet its accounts, the FT reports. The
bank said it would put its audit contract out to tender for the first time
in more than two decades in the most striking sign yet that regulatory
pressure is starting to break down the ties that bind many big companies to
their auditor. The tender could give KPMG rival Ernst & Young an opportunity
to pick up a big British bank as an audit client. HSBC said it wanted the
winner of the tender to be in place by 2015.
"Gangster Bankers: Too Big to Jail: How HSBC hooked up with drug
traffickers and terrorists. And got away with it," by Matt Taibbi, Rolling
Stone, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/gangster-bankers-too-big-to-jail-20130214
March 4, 2013 message from Roger Collins
From
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-21653131
Some quotes
"HSBC paid out $4.2bn (£2.8bn) last year to cover
the cost of past wrongdoing. As well as $1.9bn in fines for money
laundering, the bank also set aside another $2.3bn for mis-selling financial
products in the UK. The figures came as HSBC reported rising underlying
profitability and revenue in 2012, and an overall profit before tax of
$20.6bn
Chief executive Stuart Gulliver's total
remuneration for 2012 was some $7m, compared with $6.7m the year before. And
after taking account of the deferral of pay this year and in more
highly-remunerated years previously, Mr Gulliver actually received $14.1m in
2012, up from $10.6m in 2011.
The company's 16 top executives received an average
of $4.9m each."
"During a conference call to present the results,
Mr Gulliver told investors that the bank was not reconsidering whether to
relocate its headquarters from London back to Hong Kong, in order to avoid a
recently agreed worldwide cap on bonuses of all employees of banks based in
the EU."
"HSBC's underlying profits - which ignore one-time
accounting effects as well as the impact of changes in the bank's
creditworthiness - rose 18%."
"The bank's results were heavily affected by a
negative "fair value adjustment" to its own debt of $5.2bn in 2012, compared
with a positive adjustment of $3.9bn the year before. The adjustment is an
accounting requirement that takes account of the price at which HSBC could
buy back its own debts from the markets. It has the perverse effect of
flattering a bank's profits at a time when markets are more worried about
its ability to repay its debts, and vice versa."
More in article.
Regards,
Roger Roger Collins
Associate Professor
OM1275 TRU School of Business & Economics
Jensen Question
Did KPMG shift its entire Fannie Mae auditing team to HSBC?
John Cleese ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/John_Cleese
This is No Monty Python Joke in the Faulty Tower
"Actor John Cleese Flees (to Monaco) Tax-Free Monoco for High-Tax Britain,"
Daily Mail, March 14, 2013 ---
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2294537/Lonely-John-Cleese-flees-Monaco--flogs-Wife-No-4s-furniture-Mystery-stars-online-sale-luxury-flats-contents.html
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 12, 2013
Restatements on the rise at big companies.
Large U.S. companies have been restating financial results in increasing
numbers over the past three years, with the tally growing 21% last year and
rising 60% since 2009,
Emily Chasan reports. The uptick reflects some of
the complexity large multinational companies are facing in tax accounting
and a move by the PCAOB to “turn up the heat” on big-company auditors, says
Lynn Turner, former chief accountant at the SEC. Restatements at smaller
companies, meanwhile, are starting to decline, even though those companies
have traditionally been at higher risk for financial errors.
SEC
says Illinois hid pension problems
Illinois settled SEC civil-fraud charges that the state misled
municipal-bond investors by failing to adequately disclose the risks of its
underfunded pension system,
the WSJ reports.
The action was part of a broader push by the SEC to
bring transparency and accountability to the muni market. The problems date
back to 1994, when Illinois lawmakers passed a funding plan that would allow
the state to spread the pension costs over 50 years. Illinois also left it
to lawmakers to decide how much to contribute to the funds each year. In
some years, the state took “pension holidays,” lowering its planned pension
contributions by about half.
Greenberg gets green light for class action.
A company run by the former CEO of
AIG won the right
to pursue as a class action its case against the U.S. government, alleging
that elements of AIG’s financial-crisis bailout package were
unconstitutional,
WSJ reports. A judge ruled that the case “may be
maintained as a class action,” a victory for Starr International, headed by
Maurice “Hank” Greenberg, who long headed AIG. The decision marked the
latest defeat for the government, which failed in its efforts last year to
dismiss the claims.
Teaching Case
From The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review in March
SEC Says Illinois Hid Pension Troubles
by:
Michael Corkery and Jeannette Neumann
Mar 11, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Bonds, Business Ethics, GAAP, Governmental Accounting,
Pension Accounting
SUMMARY: "The Securities and Exchange Commission on Monday charged
Illinois with securities fraud.... [alleging] the state failed to adequately
disclose to investors the risks of its underfunded pensions systems." The
SEC concurrently announced a settlement in the case and the related video
clearly shows one WSJ editor thinks very little of that development. He also
refers to governmental financial reports in general as "fraudulent." A
related graphic shows that Illinois has some of the lowest levels of funding
in the nation for its retirement plans.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a governmental
accounting course when covering pension accounting or simply to emphasize
the importance of the comprehensive annual financial report and disclosures
by governmental entities. It may also be used in an ethics course covering
responsibility for clarity in financial reporting.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What wrongful act does the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) accuse the state of Illinois?
2. (Introductory) What is the focus of the SEC's responsibilities
over the problem in Illinois?
3. (Advanced) Summarize the requirements in accounting for pension
liabilities that states and other governmental entities must follow. In your
answer, state the authoritative source for those requirements.
4. (Advanced) Access the State of Illinois Comprehensive Annual
Financial Report (CAFR) located on its web site at
http://www.ioc.state.il.us/index.cfm/linkservid/9BE62AD6-1CC1-DE6E-2F48A7172B174FA2/showMeta/0/
Refer to the report for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. Scroll down to
the Comptroller's transmittal letter beginning on page v, and further to her
discussion of Factors Affecting Financial Condition, beginning on page vii,
to Pensions discussed on page viii. How did the State of Illinois make its
legally required contribution to the pension fund in 2010? Does that funding
source concern you? Answer the question as if you were a citizen of the
State of Illinois and if you were an employee, such as a teacher or a
university professor, active in the state retirement system.
5. (Advanced) Scroll further down to the Management Discussion and
Analysis, to page 15 and the section entitled Retirement Systems. Besides
bond indebtedness, what is the largest liability facing the State of
Illinois? How do the amounts stated in this discussion compare to the
amounts reported in the WSJ article?
6. (Advanced) According to the WSJ article, a goal of defined
benefit retirement systems such as those in the State of Illinois is to be
90% funded. When does the State of Illinois expect to reach that goal?
7. (Advanced) According to the article, Elaine Greenberg of the SEC
said that the State of Illinois did not follow required governmental
accounting standards. Scroll back up to access the auditor's report for the
State of Illinois, just following the transmittal letter. Who conducts the
audit? Is there any indication that the state did not follow required
accounting standards? Support your answer.
8. (Introductory) Refer to the related video featuring one of the
WSJ Editors and to the related Opinion page article. What do the WSJ Editors
conclude about the SEC's actions in this case?
9. (Advanced) Based on the discussion in the articles, the related
video, and your knowledge of pension accounting requirements, what are the
areas of judgment that might mean the problem of underfunding in Illinois,
and elsewhere, could be even worse than currently estimated?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
SEC v Illinois
by Review & Outlook Opinion Page Editors
Mar 13, 2013
Page: A14
"SEC Says Illinois Hid Pension Troubles," by Michael Corkery and Jeannette
Neumann, The Wall Street Journal, March 11, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323826704578354370478104256.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
For years, Illinois officials misled investors and
shortchanged the state pension system, leaving future generations of
taxpayers to foot the bill, U.S. securities regulators allege.
The Securities and Exchange Commission on Monday
charged Illinois with securities fraud, marking only the second time the
agency has filed civil-fraud charges against a state.
But the agency and the state also announced that a
settlement had already been reached in which Illinois won't pay a penalty or
admit wrongdoing.
The action was part of a broader push by the SEC to
bring greater transparency and accountability to the municipal-bond market,
as the agency alleged the state failed to adequately disclose to investors
the risks of its underfunded pensions systems.
The action also shows in detail how political
decisions left the state with only 40 cents of assets for every dollar of
pension liabilities—a financial hole Illinois officials are now scrambling
to fill.
Yet no matter how harmful the pension practices
were to the state's finances, SEC officials say they could only pursue
charges against Illinois for what it failed to tell bond investors, who
bought bonds worth $2.2 billion.
Most states comply with governmental accounting
standards, which "Illinois did not follow," Elaine Greenberg, head of the
SEC's municipal securities and public pensions unit, said in an interview.
"But the SEC cannot order a state to follow any particularly methodology."
Governor Pat Quinn's Office of Management and
Budget said the state has been working to enhance its disclosure practices
since 2009.
States and cities across the U.S. face high pension
costs. Rallying investment returns have helped make up the shortfalls at
some plans, but others have cut benefits to workers to fill the deficit.
Illinois has one of the most underfunded pension
systems in the U.S.
The SEC's 11-page, cease-and-desist order reveals
new details about the financial and legislative practices that led to the
state's current predicament.
The state's five public-employee pension plans
manage the retirement benefits for clerical workers, teachers, judges,
college professors and lawmakers. Collectively, their funding level stands
at 40%. Nationally, the average funding level is about 75%.
The SEC settlement comes as Mr. Quinn, a Democrat,
has pushed repeatedly to overhaul the state's pension system. Spiraling
pension costs threaten to crowd out spending on other state services and are
a major factor in Illinois's low credit rating. Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services cut Illinois's rating one notch to A- in January, making it the
lowest-rated U.S. state by S&P.
"This is one more weight on the scale," Illinois
State Senator Daniel Biss, a Democrat, said of the SEC order.
But an overhaul, which could result in deep cuts
for current workers and retirees, has remained elusive. Workers have argued
that they shouldn't bear the burden for past mistakes.
The problems date back to 1994, when Illinois
lawmakers passed a funding plan that would allow the state to amortize, or
spread the pension costs, over 50 years. Most pensions use a 30-year
amortization period. More
Heard: Muni Market Still in Need of a Minder
State officials also ignored the common practice of
calculating contributions to the plans based on what is known as the
"Actuarially Required Contribution."
Instead, Illinois left it to lawmakers to decide
how much to contribute to the funds each year.
In some years, the state took "pension holidays,"
lowering its planned pension contributions by about half.
By 2009, actuaries and a consultant hired by the
state began warning that the underfunding could lead to the system's
insolvency, according to the SEC order.
The consultant said in a document that the state's
pension system was so underfunded that it would likely "never be able to
afford the level of contributions" required to reach 90% funded.
Yet, these concerns weren't disclosed to investors
in bond-offering documents, the SEC said.
As it prepared its bond documents, the state made
little effort to collect "potentially pertinent" information from the
pension system's actuaries, the SEC said.
The state said it had worked to improve its
practices after the SEC cited New Jersey for pension-disclosure issues in
August 2010.
The SEC accused New Jersey of allegedly misleading
investors that the state was adequately funding two of its pension
systems—the agency's first securities-fraud case against a state. The SEC
said the state didn't disclose that it had abandoned a five-year plan to
fund the pension plans. New Jersey neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing
but said it would improve its disclosures.
When New Jersey settled with the SEC, it didn't pay
a fine, either. The SEC often doesn't fine governments because the costs are
ultimately borne by taxpayers, according to people familiar with the
agency's practices. In its Illinois order, the SEC noted that the state had
taken steps to improve its disclosures, including the creation of a special
"disclosure committee" that will sign off on bond-offering disclosures.
Illinois expects to sell approximately $500 million
in bonds in early April, a state official said Monday. The sale was put off
in January when S&P downgraded the state's credit rating.
Continued in article
The sad state of governmental accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#GovernmentalAccounting
Recalling an Ancient Jensen and Thomsen TAR Paper
"Tracking Sensors Invade the Workplace Devices on Workers, Furniture Offer
Clues for Boosting Productivity," by Rachel Emma Silverman, The Wall
Street Journal, March 6, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578344303429080678.html?mod=djemCFO_t
Jensen Comment
This article caught my eye, because years and years ago one of my then-current
Danish doctoral students, Torbin Thomsen, and I published an article in The
Accounting Review on how to improve costing of direct and indirect
labor by work sampling of workers doing varied activities throughout each day.
The particular application was inspired by my wife's duties in the medical
laboratory of the huge VA hospital in Palo Alto (when I was still in graduate
school at Stanford). Medical labs were much less computerized in those days, and
lab techs performed a variety of daily tests of blood, urine, feces, and spinal
taps.
Interestingly, a famous book was latter written about this hospital ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/One_Flew_Over_the_Cuckoo%27s_Nest_%28novel%29
In also became a Academy Award winning film starring Jack Nicholson ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/One_Flew_Over_the_Cuckoo%27s_Nest_%28film%29
It was very difficult estimate the labor cost of individual types of tests
(say blood cross-matching) since technicians darted from activity to activity
throughout the work day and night. Torbin and I proposed a work sampling model
for estimation of the the labor costs of laboratory tests.
The problem with our approach was that it was too intrusive. When randomly
signaled a technician would have to top what she/he was doing and record the
activity and time. In 2013 we now have new tracking sensors that are both less
intrusive and/or take the need for work sampling out of the picture. It's now
possible to track each entire work day. Big Brother has arrived!
"Statistical Analysis in Cost Measurement and Control," by
Robert E. Jensen and Carl T.
Thomsen, The Accounting Review, Vol. XLIII, No. 1, January 1968
A Master List of 700 Free Courses From Great Universities ---
http://www.openculture.com/2013/03/a_master_list_of_700_free_courses_from_great_universities.html
The Free Courses Search Site ---
http://www.openculture.com/freeonlinecourses
There appear to be no free online accounting or business courses.
Some of the advertising disturbs me --- such as online Ph.D. programs with no
GMAT required --- to me a red flag.
However many of the free courses appear to be legitimate (although not free for
credit)
"New research finds support for valuing bank securities at current market
value," by Elizabeth Blankespoor (Assistant Professor of Accounting at
Stanford University), Stanford Graduate School of Business Newsletter, March
2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/research/new-look-truth-numbers?utm_source=Stanford+Business+Re%3AThink&utm_campaign=5edc9693da-REIS8&utm_medium=email&ct=t%28Stanford_Business_Re_Think_Issue_Eight2_22_2013%29
Early Pre-print of the Manuscript ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/accr-50419
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 12, 2013
Mary Jo White, President Obama’s nominee for SEC
chairman, will make her case to the Senate Banking Committee today. In her
prepared testimony, she said the SEC’s enforcement “must be bold and
unrelenting.” Wrongdoers, she said, “will be aggressively and successfully
pursued.” The WSJ says lawmakers will have to weigh two sides of her career.
In one version, “Ms. White is a no-holds-barred crime fighter known for
stretching the law to jail mob bosses and international terrorists.” In
another, she’s a friend of Wall Street who represented big banks when she
worked for law firm Debevoise & Plimpton
Jensen Questions
Where was she when we needed her 2000-2012?
Will the USA's biggest banks circle the wagons to protect their banksters?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking
Can she overcome some of the major problems of the SEC that include budget
woes and a record of sloppy bookkeeping within its own house?
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2011/02/03/sec-faces-budget-woes_n_817804.html
"Ontario court approves $117M settlement between Ernst & Young,
Sino-Forest: It’s believed to be one of the largest settlements involving
an auditor in Canadian history," The Star, March 20, 2013 ---
http://www.thestar.com/business/2013/03/20/ontario_court_approves_117m_settlement_between_ernst_young_sinoforest.html
The Ontario Superior Court has approved a
$117-million class-action settlement involving Sino-Forest Corp. and its
former auditor, Ernst & Young.
The agreed deal will see the accounting firm pay
toward a fund to compensate shareholders of the troubled Chinese-Canadian
company, which has been accused of fraudulently overstating its assets.
It’s believed to be one of the largest settlements
involving an auditor in Canadian history.
The class-action had alleged that directors,
officers, auditors and underwriters at timber trader misled investors with
its accounting.
Several shareholders had originally objected to the
settlement.
The company was first accused in 2011 of being a
Ponzi scheme by Muddy Waters Research, prompting investigations by the
Ontario regulator and the RCMP.
Continued in article
"Manhattan U.S. Attorney Announces Agreement With Ernst & Young LLP To Pay
$123 Million To Resolve Federal Tax Shelter Fraud Investigation," New York
State's Attorney's Office, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.justice.gov/usao/nys/pressreleases/March13/EYNPAPR.php
Bob Jensen's threads on the legal troubles of Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Stanford Graduate School of Business Dean Garth Saloner discusses why and
how business schools must change if they are to serve their students and society
well, FEMD Global Focus, Issue 1 in 2013 ---
http://www.efmd.org/images/stories/efmd/globalfocus13/issue_1_2013_gsaloner_stanford.pdf
Jensen Comment
Note that the scope of this article is limited to a prestigious MBA program
comprised mostly of matured students with stellar admissions credentials,
including professional work experience and high admission scores. It focuses on
having students from backgrounds ranging from chemistry, electrical engineering,
psychology, history, mathematics, etc.
Stanford has no undergraduate business program, unlike Cornell.
Stanford has no accounting undergraduate or masters program like Cornell.
Stanford does have business Ph.D. programs, including an accounting Ph.D.
program, but Dean Saloner is not addressing Stanford's Ph.D. programs.
My point is that "critical analytical thinking roofs" praised by Dean Saloner
and broad scope a curriculum dealing with varied needs of society may not be
appropriate for business and accounting programs that are not similar to
Stanford's MBA program. For example, like it or not, we are not doing accounting
majors much of a favor if they don't have the prerequisites to take the CPA
examination in their state of choice. We aren't doing most business school
graduates much of a favor if they are more like sociology graduates and
become uninteresting to business recruiters.
Critical Thinking: Why is it so hard to teach?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#CriticalThinking
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
But then the story gets
interesting when Chimera “fires” Deloitte as its auditor on March 11, 2012,
replacing them with Ernst & Young.
"Chimera: So Many Questions, Too Few Answers," by Anthony H. Cataach Jr.,
Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, March 3, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/3/3/chimera-so-many-questions-too-few-answers
The last I heard, the purpose of financial reporting
was to provide information that investors, creditors, and others can use to
make decisions. Well, when a publicly traded company fails to file its
required financial statements, and market regulators let it get away with
it, that’s a real problem. How are investors and creditors supposed to
evaluate their investments? And that’s the $3 billion question being asked
of Chimera (CIM) by Aaron Elstein in “A
mythical name and profits, too?”
Here is a company that
has neither filed a quarterly report since November 18, 2011 (for the
quarter ended September 30, 2011), nor an annual report since February 28,
2011 (for the year ended December 31, 2010). Yet, securities regulators
permit Chimera to operate, and allow its stock to be listed and traded.
John Maxwell at the
Motley Fool has described this situation as
“inexcusable,” and that’s an understatement, for all the questions this
situation raises.
Okay, why no financial
statements? According to its Form 8-K filing with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) on March 1, 2012, the Company needed additional
time to “review the application of GAAP guidance to certain of its
non-Agency assets.” But then the story gets interesting when Chimera
“fires” Deloitte as its auditor on March 11, 2012, replacing them with Ernst
& Young. What’s particularly curious is that the Company kept Deloitte
to audit its 2011 10-K which has yet to filed. Then, in an August 1, 2012
Form 8-K filing, we learned of Chimera’s erroneous accounting for its
non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio. Basically, the
Company accounted for this portfolio as if it were high credit quality,
rather than reflecting its actual poor quality, necessitating a correction
to reduce net income by almost $700 million during the affected reporting
period (fiscal years ended 2008 through 2010). And just recently, on March
1, 2013, Chimera notified the SEC in a Form NT 10-K filing that its annual
financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 are not yet
ready either. However, there is a bit of good news…according to the filing,
Chimera has finally completed its review of the accounting policies for its
non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio, and that its
2011 annual report is forthcoming. Better late than never, right? Well,
that’s just the first of my many questions.
Let’s start with the
accounting error, or as today’s politically correct accountants call it, the
restatement. Given all of the expertise that Deloitte’s New York office
presumably gained accounting for, auditing, and valuing financial
instruments during the financial crisis of 2007 and 2008, it is unbelievable
that it didn’t discover the “erroneous” accounting earlier. My review of
Chimera’s 2010 10-K uncovered plenty of clues that the Company’s non-agency
residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) portfolio was “poor quality.”
Here are just a few:
- Page F-14 reveals that
non-agency RMBS with an estimated fair value of $2.5 billion had over
$412 million in unrealized losses. That’s unrealized losses of over 14
percent of their cost.
- Page F-15 reports that
48.1 percent of all RMBS’s are rated below B or are not rated at all.
- Page F-17 indicates
that non-agency RMBS are collateralized by Alt-A mortgages of subprime
fame, 56.1 percent of which were originated during the 2007 pre-bust
mortgage boom, and 57.8 percent financed properties in the overheated
California market.
So you tell me…does
that sound like a high quality mortgage securities portfolio? How could
such an “error” have occurred? Surely it wasn’t due to accounting
ineptitude, after all, according to
Aaron Elstein, Chimera's CEO received $35
million in compensation in 2011. That kind of money should buy some
expertise, right? And according to the Company’s proxy statement
(Schedule 14A) Deloitte received a whopping $827,625 in audit and audit
related fees for 2010 for its work on what should be a fairly
straight-forward engagement. The balance sheet is nothing more than
securities funded by repurchase agreements and collateralized debt. How
could Deloitte not see the accounting problem for three years?
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Rethinking Mentorship," by Michael Ruderman (MBA student at
Stanford), March 14, 2013 ---
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/michael-ruderman/mentors_b_2873228.html
Before starting at the Stanford Graduate School of
Business, I received corporate training and mentorship that was largely
directive. My managers told me what to do and I did it. When it came time
for longer-term career advice, my managers encouraged me to follow in their
footsteps.
Our dynamic, global economy demands creative
leaders who are able to forge new paths. Mentorship must be more about
empowering the mentee than about shaping the mentee to be like the mentor.
It wasn't until I arrived at business school that my mentors stopped telling
me what to do and started asking me questions. My mentors went from
"advising" me to "coaching" me. What were my priorities? Where did I want to
be in five, ten, twenty years? How did I define a successful, impactful
life?
Daniel Goleman's research in the Harvard Business
Review points out that the best managers must have several styles to be most
effective. He points out that the "coaching" style -- acting more like a
counselor than a traditional boss -- is used least often because it is the
hardest, not because it is the least effective. Coaching requires managers
to focus primarily on the personal development of their employees and not
just work-related tasks. It requires managers to tolerate "short-term
failure if it furthers long-term learning." Goleman points out that the
coaching style ultimately delivers bottom-line results.
I was selected to be an Arbuckle Leadership Fellow
at Stanford, a cohort of MBAs employing the coaching style to mentor other
MBAs. I started the program from the perspective that my professor Carole
Robin repeated over and over: our "coachees" were "creative, resourceful,
and whole." I can listen deeply, ask provocative questions, use my
intuition, reframe the problem, etc. But I don't need to tell them the
answer in order to be an effective leader.
I was randomly assigned nine first-year MBA
students to coach, all from different backgrounds. I would meet one-on-one
with each of them over coffee for an hour at a time. We would talk about
everything from their transition to business school life to their romantic
lives to career issues. "What should I do?" they each asked. But I wouldn't
tell them the answer. I would ask questions and try to help them find an
answer on their own.
"Why don't you just tell me what to do?" was a
common refrain from my coachees. Eventually the coachees internalized that I
worked to understand their perspective and to help them find the answer on
their own. Intellectual independence then bred empowerment. I watched a
quiet student transform into a powerful presence in front of an executive
audience.
I still had a nagging question: would the coaching
style only work at business school? Could I still be a successful coaching
manager and resist giving the answers in a real-world situation with
deadlines, budget pressures, and valuable relationships on the line? In the
run-up to the Out for Undergrad Tech Conference this February, I coached the
direct reports on my team. When I fielded a question, my first instinct was
to ask, "What do you think?" One of the volunteers on my team, a successful
young professional at one of the hottest Silicon Valley companies, was
frustrated at first, just as my MBA coachees were. But just like the
Stanford MBAs, he too began to internalize that he could come up with the
answers on his own. As soon as he would ask a question, he would pause,
acknowledge he was thinking through an answer, and offer a solution.
Employees are motivated by more than money, and
autonomy and purpose are two large motivating factors. As the global war for
talent grows ever more competitive, the need to cultivate and hold onto
talent is paramount. Coaching results in more autonomous employees who are
able to find meaning in their work and see the purpose of their actions.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Mentoring may be even more of a problem in doctoral programs. One of my better
former Trinity graduates was in the latter stages of an accounting doctoral
program when his mentor advised him not to try to be too creative when proposing
a dissertation and doing research on up to the point of receiving tenure. The
mentor's advice was to crank out General Linear Model regression studies that
are safe even if they were not very creative or exciting. Supposedly real
attempts at creativity might be wasted time until tenure was attained.
When bailing out some companies is a bad idea for an industry
"Why We Need More Solar Companies to Fail: Solar manufacturers like Suntech
are struggling. Hundreds need to die for the industry to recover," by Kevin
Bullis, MIT's Technology Review, March 18, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/512516/why-we-need-more-solar-companies-to-fail/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130318
From the AICPA Newsletter on March 11, 2013
New audit reports available
from the Ethics Team
The AICPA Professional Ethics Team serves the AICPA membership by performing
investigations of engagements and prescribing corrective action when violations
of AICPA Professional Standards are discovered. The AICPA has compiled reports
of deficiencies frequently found in its investigations of
employee benefit plan and
governmental and not-for-profit engagement audits during the last two years.
Most often, the reporting, disclosure, and auditing errors have occurred as a
result of a lack of experience and lack of specific continuing professional
education in these areas. Typically, the deficiencies could have been
detected by a quality control review of the financial statements and risk areas.
Jensen Comment
Since the AICPA sells continuing education courses and materials, I a bit
dubious of the causality attributions. I', more inclined to blame poor
supervision due to cost saving efforts of the auditing firms.
Whales Who Hate Mark-to-Market Accounting
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 18, 2013
J.P. Morgan executives prodded over accounting.
Former J.P. Morgan CFO Douglas Braunstein and some other ex-JPM executives
got raked over the coals by a Senate panel about changes the bank made to
its mark-to-market accounting processes as losses mounted on its “London
Whale” trades, Emily Chasan reports. “Is it common inside J.P. Morgan to
change your pricing practices when the losses start piling up?” asked Sen.
Carl Levin (D., Mich), who chaired the hearing for the Senate’s Permanent
Subcommittee on Investigations. Mr. Braunstein, who is currently vice
chairman of the bank after stepping down from the CFO job last year,
replied, “No, that is not acceptable practice.” While Mr. Braunstein said
the bank believed at the time that the marks were consistent with U.S.
accounting rules, he admitted that the practice of pricing its book at more
advantageous levels was “not proper.”
Question
What is a "wash trade" and how can it be used to manipulate securities prices?
A wash trade (not to be confused with a
wash sale) is an illegal form of
stock manipulation in which an investor simultaneously sells and buys shares
in order to artificially increase trading volume and thus the stock price.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stock_manipulation
The United States
Security and Exchange Commission defines a wash trade as "a securities
transaction which involves no change in the beneficial ownership of the
security."
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 18, 2013
"Regulators zero in on ‘wash trades.’ U.S.
regulators are investigating whether high-frequency traders are distorting
stock and futures markets by illegally acting as buyer and seller in the
same transactions, the WSJ reports. So-called wash trades are banned because
they can feed false information into the market and be used to manipulate
prices. The CFTC is focused on suspected wash trades by high-speed firms in
futures contracts tied to the value of crude oil, precious metals,
agricultural commodities and the S&P 500, among other underlying
instruments. Investigators also are looking at the two primary exchange
operators that handle such trades, CME and IntercontinentalExchange.
Regulators are concerned the exchanges’ systems aren’t sophisticated enough
to flag or stop wash trades.
"Law Professors See the Damage Done by ‘No Child Left Behind’," by
Michele Goodwin, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 12, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/conversation/2013/03/12/law-professors-see-the-damage-done-by-no-child-left-behind/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
. . .
Bernstein explained, “I want to warn you of what to
expect from the students who will be arriving in your classroom, even if you
teach in a highly selective institution.”
He was right to warn us, except for one error:
Those students have already arrived. Very bright students now come
to college and even law school ill-prepared for critical thinking, rigorous
reading, high-level writing, and working independently.
Bernstein described what many college professors
and even graduate-school professors have come to know firsthand. For more
than a decade, a culture of test taking and teaching to the test has
dominated elementary and secondary education in the United States, even at
elite public and private schools. And now its effects are being felt by
professors.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Seems like law schools are seeing more of the damage done by four years of
undergraduate education in college.
"Extreme Game of Monopoly over at Simunomics," by Mark P. Holtzman,
Accountinator Blog, March 12 ---
http://accountinator.com/2013/03/12/extreme-game-of-monopoly-over-at-simunomics/
I’m having a blast with Simunomics,
a massive mulitplayer business simulation where you can start a business and
compete with other players. The goal is, of course, to maximize shareholder
value. Build up your retail, manufacturing and natural resource empire to
gain market share and build up profits.
I started with manufacturing, and built factories
making paper, dyes, beer, and ceramics. None of these fared very well. To
keep my costs down, I built them in a depressed town (Drakar), and the
markets for wholesale goods there are not very liquid. So I built a
convenience store. Unfortunately, the competition for convenience stores is
intense, and that store didn’t do too well, either.
So I sold everything – factories and all – and
switched over to retailing. Did some market research – there’s serious
demand in Drakar for phones, washing machines and fixtures. Then, I
converted my convenience store to an appliance store, stocked up on phones,
washing machines and fixtures, and started making money. At this point, I’m
manufacturing my own phones and washing machines, which I’m reselling out of
my own retail outlet.
I’ve got 272/400 points at the Startup(1) level.
I’m looking forward to expanding so that I can move on to the next level.
Right now, I’m aiming for more market presence in the appliance field, to
expand my retail operations, and to continue to vertically integrate by
manufacturing all of my own goods.
I would like to encourage my students to try out
Simunomics, too. It will better help them to understand the mechanics of
business operations. It’s also kind of addictive.
If you’d like to meet up over there, my business
name is SHU Accountinator.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Tricks and Tools of the Trade are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#NewTools
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 11, 2013
Former Lehman CFO learns how to manage a life.
Erin Callan, the former CFO of Lehman Brothers, laments the lack of
work-life balance during her career. “Work always came first, before my
family, friends and marriage — which ended just a few years later,”
she writes in this NYT piece.
Ms. Callan says she often wonders whether she would have been asked to be
CFO if she hadn’t worked 24-7. She says she use to think that her “singular
focus” on her career was the key to her success. “But I am beginning to
realize that I sold myself short. I was talented, intelligent and energetic.
It didn’t have to be so extreme. Besides, there were diminishing returns to
that kind of labor.” She says if Lehman hadn’t collapsed she may never have
been strong enough to step away. “Perhaps I needed what felt at the time
like some of the worst experiences in my life to come to a place where I
could be grateful for the life I had. I had to learn to begin to appreciate
what was left.”
Jensen Comment
Perhaps Erin would be less frustrated if she had not been so greedy to buy up
poisoned real estate mortgages and the infamous entry into the Repo business
with audit firm Ernst & Young blessings ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo
"How Pervasive is Corporate Fraud?," by I. J. Alexander Dyck, Adair
Morse, and Luigi Zingales, SSRN, February 22, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2222608
Abstract:
We estimate what percentage of firms engage in fraud and the economic cost
of fraud. Our estimates are based on detected frauds, and frauds that we
infer are started but are not caught. To identify the ‘iceberg’ of
undetected fraud we take advantage of an exogenous shock to the incentives
for fraud detection: Arthur Andersen’s demise, which forces companies to
change auditors. By assuming that the new auditor will clean house, and
examining the change in fraud detection by new auditors, we infer that the
probability of a company engaging in a fraud in any given year is 14.5%. We
validate the magnitude of this estimate using alternative methods. We
estimate that on average corporate fraud costs investors 22 percent of
enterprise value in fraud-committing firms and 3 percent of enterprise value
across all firms.
Number of Pages in PDF File: 56
Keywords: corporate fraud, governance, detection
Jensen Comment
The definition of "fraud" is subject to a lot of dispute.
For example, the controversial accounting of Repo 105 sales by Lehman Bros. that
were 100% certain to be returned in a few weeks from former Lehman employees
could be defined as fraudulent accounting and most certainly was defined as
fraud by the Bank Examiner overseeing the subsequent bankruptcy. But auditors
Ernst & Young vehemently denied that this was fraud and eventually prevailed in
court due to a loophole in FAS 140. I question using the letter of the law as an
excuse to deceive, but who am I to judge.
Detected frauds may only be the tip of the iceberg in the same way that the
number of student and faculty cheating incidents detected and prosecuted by a
university may only be the tip of icebergs.
Hence when the above article concludes that "detected" fraud costs investors
22% we really do not know how much undetected fraud adds to this cost.
Also the partitioning of losses may be somewhat arbitrary.
In the above example, we might conclude that, if the Repo accounting at Lehman
was fraudulent, it was a nail in the coffin that carried Lehman to its demise.
However, many non-fraudulent activities are millions of nails in that same
coffin --- such as the financial decisions to buy real estate mortgages when not
knowing that many of those investments would would be defaulted.
From Ernst & Young on March 8, 2013
FASB issues two ASUs
The FASB issued two Accounting Standards Updates (ASUs) on EITF consensuses
it ratified at its 31 January 2013 meeting:
ASU 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405):
Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for
Which the Total Amount of the Obligation is Fixed at the Reporting Date,
requires a reporting entity that is jointly and severally liable to measure
the obligation as the sum of the amount the entity has agreed with
co-obligors to pay and any additional amount it expects to pay on behalf of
a co-obligor.
ASU 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830):
Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon
Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign
Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity, specifies that a
cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) should be released into earnings
when an entity ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a
subsidiary or group of assets within a consolidated foreign entity and the
sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete
liquidation of the foreign entity. For sales of an equity method investment
that is a foreign entity, a pro rata portion of CTA attributable to the
investment would be recognized in earnings upon sale of the investment. When
an entity sells either a part or all of its investment in a consolidated
foreign entity, CTA would be recognized in earnings only if the sale results
in the parent no longer having a controlling financial interest in the
foreign entity. CTA would be recognized in earnings in a business
combination achieved in stages (i.e., a step acquisition).
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 8, 2013
Companies are tapping into their massive cash hoards
to reward shareholders handsomely. S&P 500 firms are expected to pay at
least $300 billion in dividends this year – topping last year’s $282 billion,
the WSJ reports in this A1 must-read. And
analysts say that could go even higher.
Apple stands to
pay out about $10 billion in a dividend policy it initiated last year, while
Exxon Mobil and
AT&T are each set
to pay dividends around $10 billion. Then there are the buybacks. In
February alone, American companies – including
Home Depot,
General Electric
and PepsiCo —
announced plans to buy back $117.8 billion of their own shares — the highest
monthly total in records dating back to 1985.
“We are starting to get out of hunker-down mode, so
what you have now is a bunch of cash-hoarders who have decided to take that
cash out of their balance sheets,” said David Ikenberry, dean of the
University of Colorado’s business school. “Is that a good thing? It
probably is. They’re liberating capital and putting it back out into the
capital markets, and letting that multiplier effect kick in.”
Cash piles are
still growing. The Fed’s latest quarterly “Flow of Funds” report, released
yesterday, said that cash and cash-equivalents held by U.S. corporations,
excluding financial companies, stood at $1.79 trillion in Q4 of 2012, up
from $1.77 trillion the previous quarter. “Corporations are flush with cash
and that cash sitting in the corporate coffers is earning next to nothing,”
said Rob Leiphart, an analyst at Birinyi Associates. “Companies have to do
something with it.”
"For Aspiring Forensic Accountants and Fraud Investigators," by Tracey
Coenen, The Fraud Files Blog, March 24, 2013 ---
http://www.sequenceinc.com/fraudfiles/2013/03/for-aspiring-forensic-accountants-and-fraud-investigators/
Bob Jensen's threads on forensic accounting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#Forensic
Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
"10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz
Blog, March 7, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/worst-corp-scandals/#more-90147
Jensen Comment
Barry is a financial analyst with a political science background. As an
accounting professor I claim that he missed some of the biggest accounting
scandals even if we leave out the really big scandals before 1950 (e.g, leave
out the South Sea Scandal of monumental proportion).
There are really two tacks that one can take in the definition of "Corporate
Accounting Scandals." One is the size of the "theft" resulting from accountant
and/or auditor negligence. Barry probably had this in mind, but he missed a few
such as the Franklin Raines earnings management scandal at Fannie Mae.
The other tack is gross accountant and/or audit negligence even when the size
of the theft is somewhat smaller for a worse crime. For example, there was
enormous accountant and/or auditor negligence when pilfered $53 million from
Dixon, Illinois ---
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
There are many such thefts by accountants that are bad as it gets even if the
amounts they stole is are not in the record books.
Here are some examples of accounting examples Barry should've also
considered::
When KPMG Got Fired
Fannie Mae may have conducted the worst earnings management scheme in the
history of accounting.
. . . flexibility
also gave Fannie the ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within
pennies -- target numbers for executive bonuses. Ofheo details an
example from 1998, the year the Russian financial crisis sent interest
rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of mortgage holders to prepay
their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was suddenly facing an
estimated expense of $400 million.
Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to recognize only $200 million,
deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's executives -- whose
bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the target for
maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23 and
Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932
million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate
Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.
That same year Fannie installed software that allowed management to
produce multiple scenarios under different assumptions that, according
to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the earnings management that is
necessary when dealing with a volatile book of business." Over the
years, Fannie designed and added software that allowed it to assess the
impact of recognizing income or expense on securities and loans. This
practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report says
considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision "spurious."
This disturbing culture was apparent in Fannie's manipulation of its
derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant derivative book in an attempt
to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate risk. Derivatives must be
marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The
problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty volatility in
earnings.
So, Fannie decided to classify a huge amount of its derivatives as
hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact on earnings. (And we
mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a notional value of
$1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not classified
in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when Fannie
closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes
in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI)
where losses can be amortized over a long period.
Fannie had some $12.2 billion in deferred losses in the AOCI balance at
year-end 2003. If this amount must be reclassified into retained
earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for various periods over the
past three years, leaving its capital well below what is required by
regulators.
In all, the Ofheo report notes, "The misapplications of GAAP are not
limited occurrences, but appear to be pervasive . . . [and] raise
serious doubts as to the validity of previously reported financial
results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital, management
supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an agreement
reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods
involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change
its compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."
But we don't think this goes nearly far enough for a company whose
executives have for years derided anyone who raised a doubt about either
its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum these
executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury
under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a
criminal probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board
still believes that investors can trust its management team.
Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company and this isn't a run-of-the-mill
accounting scandal. The U.S. government had no financial stake in the
failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of Fannie's implicit subsidy
from the federal government, taxpayers are on the hook if its capital
cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private profit, public
risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call it.
Wikipedia has a listing of major accounting scandals that I
don't think Barry looked at when listing his "10 Worst Corporate Accounting
Scandals" ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_fraud#List_of_major_accounting_scandals
And if we move beyond accounting per se, the recent LIBOR
scandals are bigger than all of his "10 Worst" combined ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Don't do as I do, do as I say
Author Unknown
"Why analysts should not be investors," by Felix Salmon, Reuters,
March 7, 2013 ---
http://blogs.reuters.com/felix-salmon/2013/03/07/why-analysts-should-not-be-investors-andy-zaky-edition/
Summary of redeliberations in the (converged) revenue recognition project,
Deloitte, March 13, 2013 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/revenue
IFRS 2013 Red Book now available ---
Click Here
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1734&utm_source=Email&utm_medium=Email&utm_term=Red%2B2013&utm_content=Email%2BRed%2B2013&utm_campaign=Email%2BRed%2B2013
Question
What is the difference between news and sponsored content?
Hint
On television we call it an infomercial --- something that causes me to change
channels in the blink of an eye.
"Deloitte And Wall Street Journal Exclusive For Sponsored Content," by
Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, March 14, 2013 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/03/14/deloitte-and-wall-street-journal-exclusive-for-sponsored-content/
Your favorite newspapers, magazines and blogs are
so hungry for content to fill their pages that sometimes, rather than paying
their own writers to produce text, video, and other journalism those
publications take money from strangers to print their content instead.
You may not have noticed. It’s getting harder and
harder to discern journalism from newsy advertising.
You may know it as advertising or maybe
“advertorial” but publications are slipping it in under new fancy media
names like “sponsored content” and “sponsored posts”. There’s an entire
publication called paid Content that promotes the approach as a way for
media organizations to pay the bills.
The Wall Street Journal has been accepting
sponsored content, in an exclusive contract with Deloitte, for its CFO
Journal, CIO Journal for a while and now will feature Deloitte’s content in
a new publication, Risk & Compliance Journal.
I have not seen that reported elsewhere.
A recent controversy over “sponsored content” by
Scientology in the Atlantic magazine raised the temperature of the
discussion amongst media watchers to “hot”.
A critic of the practice, Andrew Sullivan, wrote
about what he thinks went wrong with the Atlantic’s foray.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I also see a lot of this in Time Magazine in terms of pharmaceutical
advertising that now runs centerfold pages on health and medication that looks
like medical news but has "Advertisement" printed at the top of each page in
fine print. I guess it's a step up from the centerfold section of Playboy,
but then again maybe not.
I wonder how long it will take MOOCs to discover this type of revenue source?
March 4, 2013 message from Roger Collins
From
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-21653131
Some quotes
"HSBC paid out $4.2bn (£2.8bn) last year to cover
the cost of past wrongdoing. As well as $1.9bn in fines for money
laundering, the bank also set aside another $2.3bn for mis-selling financial
products in the UK. The figures came as HSBC reported rising underlying
profitability and revenue in 2012, and an overall profit before tax of
$20.6bn
Chief executive Stuart Gulliver's total
remuneration for 2012 was some $7m, compared with $6.7m the year before. And
after taking account of the deferral of pay this year and in more
highly-remunerated years previously, Mr Gulliver actually received $14.1m in
2012, up from $10.6m in 2011.
The company's 16 top executives received an average
of $4.9m each."
"During a conference call to present the results,
Mr Gulliver told investors that the bank was not reconsidering whether to
relocate its headquarters from London back to Hong Kong, in order to avoid a
recently agreed worldwide cap on bonuses of all employees of banks based in
the EU."
"HSBC's underlying profits - which ignore one-time
accounting effects as well as the impact of changes in the bank's
creditworthiness - rose 18%."
"The bank's results were heavily affected by a
negative "fair value adjustment" to its own debt of $5.2bn in 2012, compared
with a positive adjustment of $3.9bn the year before. The adjustment is an
accounting requirement that takes account of the price at which HSBC could
buy back its own debts from the markets. It has the perverse effect of
flattering a bank's profits at a time when markets are more worried about
its ability to repay its debts, and vice versa."
More in article.
Regards,
Roger
Roger Collins
Associate Professor
OM1275 TRU School of Business & Economics
Bob Jensen's threads on the controversies of fair value accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue
"Ex-Jenkens & Gilchrist Lawyer Gets 8 Years in Tax Case," by Patricia
Hurtado, Bloomberg Businessweek, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/news/2013-03-01/ex-lawyer-donna-guerin-gets-8-year-sentence-in-tax-shelter-case#p1
Former Jenkens & Gilchrist lawyer Donna
Guerin was sentenced to eight years in prison and ordered to pay $190
million for her role in what the U.S. called the largest criminal tax fraud
in history.
Guerin, 52, pleaded guilty in September 2012 just
as she was set to be retried with three other defendants for running a
10-year scheme that created $7 billion in fraudulent tax deductions, more
than $1.5 billion in phony losses and $92 million in actual losses to the
U.S. Treasury.
U.S. District Judge William Pauley in New York, who
presided over the case, said that as both a lawyer and a certified public
accountant, Guerin had violated her oaths to uphold the law by helping her
clients avoid paying their taxes through shelters.
“It’s the modern-day equivalent of Hawthorne’s
story of Midas,” Pauley said yesterday. “Everything she touched turned to
gold with tragic consequences. Her fall has been Faustian.” Guerin was “the
embodiment of the American dream, but then her lust for money turned her
dream into a nightmare,” he said.
Pauley ordered Guerin to report to prison on May
14. The judge also directed her to pay $200,000 before she surrenders to
U.S. prison authorities and said she must turn over 20 percent of her gross
income after she’s released from prison. Guerin and her lawyer declined to
comment after the hearing.
‘Breathtaking’ Conspiracy
“When an attorney violates her oath to uphold the
law, she undermines our entire system of justice,” Pauley said. “This tax
shelter fraud conspiracy was breathtaking in its scope and in the damage it
caused our nation.”
Mark Rotert, Guerin’s lawyer, argued that his
client’s culpability in the conspiracy was “relatively minor” and said she
had merely followed others at her firm who were willing to “push the
envelope” on an aggressive tax shelter strategy.
Her lawyers had sought something shorter than the
10-year term calculated by U.S. probation officials and said their client
was merely a “junior” law partner when it came to implementing the tax
shelters.
Pauley rejected his argument, saying Guerin hadn’t
been satisfied earning hundreds of thousands of dollars as a partner and
instead had earned millions that were generated through the tax-shelter
scheme. Pauley said Guerin had been a “leader” and had even instructed young
associates at her now-defunct law firm how to conduct a “hide the ball tax
strategy.”
‘Willing Tools’
“Lawyers and accountants became willing tools for
their ultra-wealthy clients to avoid their fair share of taxes. These
professionals violated their oaths to line their pockets. Ms. Guerin played
a central role, she was not a mindless automaton,” the judge said. “She
became a criminal for two reasons: the lure of the money and because she
believed that she was never going to be brought to justice.”
Guerin told the judge said her crimes had caused
her to abandon efforts to adopt a child. She said she regretted relying on
her superiors and not asking more questions or challenging the tax-fraud
scheme.
“I am here as a defeated person,” she said. “I
never wanted to be a famous attorney, nor an infamous one.”
Guerin was initially convicted by a federal jury in
Manhattan in May 2011 with her three co-defendants. Those convictions were
overturned after Pauley found that a juror had lied about her past,
including that she was an alcoholic and a suspended attorney.
‘Significant’ Term
Assistant U.S. Attorneys Stanley Okula and Nanette
Davis said in court papers that Guerin deserved a “significant” prison term
of at least 10 years.
“This was a species or a subset of activity that
was so flagrant and knowingly wrong, any first-year law student would know
was wrong,” Okula told Pauley yesterday. He argued that Guerin had given
tutorials to young associates at the firm, teaching them how to evade taxes.
Okula disputed Rotert’s claim that Guerin’s
co-defendants had merely followed others at the firm.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"10 Worst Corporate Accounting Scandals," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz
Blog, March 7, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/worst-corp-scandals/#more-90147
Jensen Comment
Barry is a financial analyst with a political science background. As an
accounting professor I claim that he missed some of the biggest accounting
scandals even if we leave out the really big scandals before 1950 (e.g, leave
out the South Sea Scandal of monumental proportion).
There are really two tacks that one can take in the definition of "Corporate
Accounting Scandals." One is the size of the "theft" resulting from accountant
and/or auditor negligence. Barry probably had this in mind, but he missed a few
such as the Franklin Raines earnings management scandal at Fannie Mae.
The other tack is gross accountant and/or audit negligence even when the size
of the theft is somewhat smaller for a worse crime. For example, there was
enormous accountant and/or auditor negligence when pilfered $53 million from
Dixon, Illinois ---
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
There are many such thefts by accountants that are bad as it gets even if the
amounts they stole is are not in the record books.
Here are some examples of accounting examples Barry should've also
considered::
When KPMG Got Fired
Fannie Mae may have conducted the worst earnings management scheme in the
history of accounting.
. . . flexibility
also gave Fannie the ability to manipulate earnings to hit -- within
pennies -- target numbers for executive bonuses. Ofheo details an
example from 1998, the year the Russian financial crisis sent interest
rates tumbling. Lower rates caused a lot of mortgage holders to prepay
their existing home mortgages. And Fannie was suddenly facing an
estimated expense of $400 million.
Well, in its wisdom, Fannie decided to recognize only $200 million,
deferring the other half. That allowed Fannie's executives -- whose
bonus plan is linked to earnings-per-share -- to meet the target for
maximum bonus payouts. The target EPS for maximum payout was $3.23 and
Fannie reported exactly . . . $3.2309. This bull's-eye was worth $1.932
million to then-CEO James Johnson, $1.19 million to then-CEO-designate
Franklin Raines, and $779,625 to then-Vice Chairman Jamie Gorelick.
That same year Fannie installed software that allowed management to
produce multiple scenarios under different assumptions that, according
to a Fannie executive, "strengthens the earnings management that is
necessary when dealing with a volatile book of business." Over the
years, Fannie designed and added software that allowed it to assess the
impact of recognizing income or expense on securities and loans. This
practice fits with a Fannie corporate culture that the report says
considered volatility "artificial" and measures of precision "spurious."
This disturbing culture was apparent in Fannie's manipulation of its
derivative accounting. Fannie runs a giant derivative book in an attempt
to hedge its massive exposure to interest-rate risk. Derivatives must be
marked-to-market, carried on the balance sheet at fair value. The
problem is that changes in fair-value can cause some nasty volatility in
earnings.
So, Fannie decided to classify a huge amount of its derivatives as
hedging transactions, thereby avoiding any impact on earnings. (And we
mean huge: In December 2003, Fan's derivatives had a notional value of
$1.04 trillion of which only a notional $43 million was not classified
in hedging relationships.) This misapplication continued when Fannie
closed out positions. The company did not record the fair-value changes
in earnings, but only in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI)
where losses can be amortized over a long period.
Fannie had some $12.2 billion in deferred losses in the AOCI balance at
year-end 2003. If this amount must be reclassified into retained
earnings, it might punish Fannie's earnings for various periods over the
past three years, leaving its capital well below what is required by
regulators.
In all, the Ofheo report notes, "The misapplications of GAAP are not
limited occurrences, but appear to be pervasive . . . [and] raise
serious doubts as to the validity of previously reported financial
results, as well as adequacy of regulatory capital, management
supervision and overall safety and soundness. . . ." In an agreement
reached with Ofheo last week, Fannie promised to change the methods
involved in both the cookie-jar and derivative accounting and to change
its compensation "to avoid any inappropriate incentives."
But we don't think this goes nearly far enough for a company whose
executives have for years derided anyone who raised a doubt about either
its accounting or its growing risk profile. At a minimum these
executives are not the sort anyone would want running the U.S. Treasury
under John Kerry. With the Justice Department already starting a
criminal probe, we find it hard to comprehend that the Fannie board
still believes that investors can trust its management team.
Fannie Mae isn't an ordinary company and this isn't a run-of-the-mill
accounting scandal. The U.S. government had no financial stake in the
failure of Enron or WorldCom. But because of Fannie's implicit subsidy
from the federal government, taxpayers are on the hook if its capital
cushion is insufficient to absorb big losses. Private profit, public
risk. That's quite a confidence game -- and it's time to call it.
Wikipedia has a listing of major accounting scandals that I
don't think Barry looked at when listing his "10 Worst Corporate Accounting
Scandals" ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_fraud#List_of_major_accounting_scandals
One of the largest settlements/fines paid by an accounting firm arose when
KPMG confessed to selling over $2 billion in fraudulent tax shelters. The firms
cash settlement with the IRS was over $400 million, which was a small amount
compared to the actual damages.
The February 19, 2004 Frontline worldwide
broadcast is going to greatly sadden the already sad face of KPMG. As a former
KPMG Professor of Accounting at Florida State University, it also saddens me
that the primary focus of the Frontline broadcast was on the bogus tax
shelters marketed by KPMG over the past few years. All the other large firms
were selling such shelters to some extent, but when their tactics were exposed
the others quickly apologized and promised to abandon sales of such shelters.
KPMG stonewalled and lied to a much greater extent in part because their
illegality went much deeper. The video can now be viewed online for free from
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/shows/tax/view/
My summary of the highlights is as
follows:
-
These illegal acts added an enormous
amount of revenue to KPMG, over $1 billion dollars of fraud.
American investigators have discovered that KPMG
marketed a tax shelter to investors that generated more than $1bn (£591m) in
unlawful benefits in less than a year.
David Harding, Financial Director ---
http://www.financialdirector.co.uk/News/1135558
-
While KPMG and all the other large
firms were desperately promising the public and the SEC that they were
changing their ethics and professionalism in the wake of the Andersen melt
down and their own publicized scandals, there were signs that none of the
firms, and especially KPMG, just were not getting it. See former executive
partner Art Wyatt's August 3, 2004 speech entitled "ACCOUNTING
PROFESSIONALISM: THEY JUST DON'T GET IT" ---
http://aaahq.org/AM2003/WyattSpeech.pdf
-
KPMG's illegal acts in not
registering the bogus tax shelters was deliberate with the strategy that if
the firm got caught by the IRS the penalties were only about 10% of the
profits in those shelters such that the illegality was approved all the way
to the top executives of KPMG.
Former Partner's
Memo Says Fees Reaped From Sales of Tax Shelter Far Outweigh Potential
Penalties
KPMG LLP in
1998 decided not to register a new tax-sheltering strategy for wealthy
individuals after a tax partner in a memo determined the potential
penalties were vastly lower than the potential fees.
The shelter,
which was designed to minimize taxes owed on large capital gains such as
from the sale of stock or a business, was widely marketed and has come
under the scrutiny of the Internal Revenue Service. It was during the
late 1990s that sales of tax shelters boomed as large accounting firms
like KPMG and other advisers stepped up their marketing efforts.
Gregg W. Ritchie, then a KPMG LLP tax partner who now works for a Los
Angeles-based investment firm, presented the cost-benefit analysis about
marketing one of the firm's tax-shelter strategies, dubbed OPIS, in a
three-page memorandum to a senior tax partner at the accounting firm in
May 1998. By his calculations, the firm would reap fees of $360,000 per
shelter sold and potentially pay only penalties of $31,000 if
discovered, according to the internal note.
Mr. Ritchie recommended that KPMG avoid registering the strategy with
the IRS, and avoid potential scrutiny, even though he assumed the firm
would conclude it met the agency's definition of a tax shelter and
therefore should be registered. The memo, which was reviewed by The Wall
Street Journal, stated that, "The rewards of a successful marketing of
the OPIS product [and the competitive disadvantages which may result
from registration] far exceed the financial exposure to penalties that
may arise."
The directive, addressed to Jeffrey N. Stein, a former head of tax
service and now the firm's deputy chairman, is becoming a headache
itself for KPMG, which currently is under IRS scrutiny for the sale of
OPIS and other questionable tax strategies. The memo is expected to play
a role at a hearing Tuesday by the Senate's Permanent Subcommittee on
Investigations, which has been reviewing the role of KPMG and other
professionals in the mass marketing of abusive tax shelters. A second
day of hearings, planned for Thursday, will explore the role of lawyers,
bankers and other advisers.
Richard Smith, KPMG's current head of tax services, said Mr. Ritchie's
note "reflects an internal debate back and forth" about complex issues
regarding IRS regulations. And the firm's ultimate decision not to
register the shelter "was made based on an analysis of the law. It
wasn't made on the basis of the size of the penalties" compared with
fees. Mr. Ritchie, who left KPMG in 1998, declined to comment. Mr. Stein
couldn't be reached for comment Sunday.
KPMG, in a statement Friday, said it has made "substantial improvements
and changes in KPMG's tax practices, policies and procedures over the
past three years to respond to the evolving nature of both the tax laws
and regulations, and the needs of our clients. The tax strategies that
will be discussed at the subcommittee hearing represent an earlier time
at KPMG and a far different regulatory and marketplace environment. None
of the strategies -- nor anything like these tax strategies -- is
currently being offered by KPMG."
Continued in the article.
-
KPMG would probably still be selling
the bogus tax shelters if a KPMG whistle blower named Mike Hamersley had not
called attention to the highly secretive bogus tax shelter sales team at
KPMG. His recent and highly damaging testimony to KPMG is available at
http://finance.senate.gov/hearings/testimony/2003test/102103mhtest.pdf
This is really, really bad for the image of professionalism that KPMG tries
to portray on their happy face side of the firm. KPMG is now under criminal
investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice.
-
The reason that KPMG and the other large accounting firms did
and can continue to sell illegal tax shelters at the margin is that they
have poured millions into an expensive lobby team in Washington DC that has
been highly successful in blocking Senator Grassley's proposed legislation
that would make all tax shelters illegal if the sheltering strategy served
no economic purpose other than to cheat on taxes. Your large accounting
firms in conjunction with the world's largest banks continue to block this
legislation. If the
accounting firms wanted to really improve their professionalism image they
would announce that they have shifted their lobbying efforts to supporting
Senator Grassley's proposed cleanup legislation. But to do so would put
these firms at odds with their largest clients who are the primary
benefactors of abusive tax shelters.
And KPMG's negligent audits of Countrywide Financial may have
resulted in the largest economic damage ever for an auditing firm.
"Settling For Silence: KPMG
Closes The Books On New Century And Countrywide," by Francine McKenna,
re:TheAuditors, August 18, 2010 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2010/08/18/settling-for-silence-kpmg-closes-the-books-on-new-century-and-countrywide/
And if we move beyond accounting per se, the recent LIBOR
scandals are bigger than all of his "10 Worst" combined ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
The Latest from Reform Activists Lynn Turner and Francine McKenna (to say
nothing of the PCAOB)
"The PCAOB & Auditor Failures to Remediate," The Corporate Council.net,
March 11, 2013 ---
http://www.thecorporatecounsel.net/blog/index.html
Thank you Caleb Newquist for the heads up.
Last week, the PCAOB issued a
rare rebuke to a Big Four auditor as
PricewaterhouseCoopers was faulted for failing to promptly address quality
control problems in audits occurring in 2007 and 2008. The rebuke came after
the PCAOB had reviewed the remediation efforts of PwC in response to the
nonpublic portions of the Board's
March 2009 and
August 2010 inspection reports. Learn more in this
GoingConcern blog,
WSJ article and
Reuters article.
And as AccountingWeb.com recently
blogged, this comes on the heels of another PCAOB
report on US auditors' performance, in which the
the Board found a reduced rate of "significant audit performance
deficiencies" compared to its last review in 2007. However, the PCAOB did
note that problems persist with almost half of the audit firms inspected
having at least one "significant audit performance deficiency." The PCAOB
called out small firms and big firms alike in its report. Here's a
list of auditors that
failed to address quality control criticisms satisfactorily.
Here are some thoughts from Lynn Turner on
the
PwC inspection report:
The PCAOB Inspection reports are critical of PwC
audit partners for not supervising those staff doing the vast majority
of the work. In one instance cited below, it notes the partner only
spent 2% of the hours put in on the audit. That is a significant issue
that would affect audit quality and the credibility of the audit report.
A few years ago, the PCAOB proposed that investors be told the name of
the audit partner, as is done in Europe and other parts of the world.
This could be done either through the partner signing the report, as is
the typical custom, or having the auditors name be disclosed as some
have proposed.
Investors are asked to vote on and ratify the auditor as part of the
proxy voting process for many companies. Yet today, the PCAOB continues
to withhold from investors, the name of the companies whose audits the
PCAOB inspection reports call into question, those audits of
questionable quality and credibility, and which have not been done in
accordance with professional standards. The PCAOB has also failed to act
on the proposal to provide investors with transparency as to who the
audit partner is. As a result, despite all the criticism leveled by the
PCAOB against PwC in today's report, investors are left totally unable
to discern which of these audits they should be concerned about, when
voting on the auditor ratification. The PCAOB is simply forcing
investors to "fly blind" on that vote.
While SOX does prohibit the PCAOB from disclosing certain information on
an auditor that arises as a result of an inspection, it does not
prohibit in any fashion the PCAOB from disclosing the name of the
Company. And it would not prohibit the disclosure of the names of these
partners who perform poorly if the PCAOB were the Board ever to act on
its own proposal. Rather, a majority of the PCAOB board members have
decided to act in a manner that reduces transparency with respect to
audit quality for investors.
Francine McKenna on Audit Industry
Developments
In this
podcast, Francine McKenna of
re:theauditors
delves into some of the latest audit industry
developments, including:
- Why should audit committees care about PCAOB
inspection reports?
- How can the audit committee learn more about a PCAOB inspection report?
Should they ask the auditor? The PCAOB?
- In what instances can a PCAOB inspection report be used in litigation
against the auditor by the client or shareholder plaintiffs?
- Is it the audit committee's responsibility or the auditor's to make sure
the firm is independent? What if the auditor uses its member firms all over
the world to complete the audit? What can happen if the audit firm is not
independent?
- What role does an external auditor play when there's a corporate
investigation? Can the auditor be hired to perform an investigation of fraud
or illegal acts? Should the auditor be hired to perform a corporate
investigation? Advantages and disadvantages?
As an aside, here's a
Bloomberg article critical of the
nonprosecution agreement over illegal tax
shelters that the DOJ just reached with Ernst & Young.
And Janice Brunner & Ning Chiu note in this
Davis Polk blog: "The New York City Bar
Association Financial Reporting Committee has
asked the NYSE to consider revising its rules
regarding the extent to which audit committees shoulder the burden for
risk management oversight. NYSE requires audit committees to discuss
policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Commentary
to these rules indicates that the audit committee is not required to be
the sole body responsible for risk assessment and management, but it
must discuss guidelines and policies to govern the process by which this
activity is undertaken.
The Financial Reporting Committee letter
expressed concern that the NYSE rules not only call upon audit
committees to assume oversight responsibility for risks beyond those
associated with financial reporting, but also that the level of
responsibility the committees must undertake is unfortunately ambiguous.
The letter argues that audit committees are already burdened with their
existing duties and also do not possess particular expertise in broader
subjects of risk management that may expand to operational and
environmental risk, for example. The letter suggests perhaps a more
useful approach would be to vest in the entire board the
responsibilities for the allocation of risk management oversight
instead. "
Webcast: "What the Top Compensation
Consultants Are NOW Telling Compensation Committees"
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on audit professionalism and independence are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#RotationIdeas
"Hidden Numbers Make Banks Even Bigger," by Floyd Norris, The New
York Times, March 14, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/03/15/business/new-rules-will-give-a-truer-picture-of-banks-size.html?nl=todaysheadlines&emc=edit_th_20130315&_r=2&pagewanted=all&#h[]
It sounds like a simple question. How big is that
bank?
But it is not.
Under American accounting rules, banks that trade a
lot of derivatives can keep literally trillions of dollars in assets and
liabilities off their balance sheets. Since 2009, they have at least been
required to make disclosures about how large those amounts are, but the
disclosures leave out some things and — amazingly enough — in some cases do
not seem to add up.
The international accounting rules are different.
They also allow some assets to vanish, but not nearly as many. As a result,
it is virtually impossible to confidently declare how a particular European
bank compares in size with an American bank.
Much of that will change when first-quarter
financial statements start coming off the printing presses in a few weeks.
For the first time, European and American banks are supposed to have
comparable disclosures regarding assets. Their balance sheets will still be
radically different, but for those who care, the comparison will be
possible.
This comes to mind because these days it seems that
big banks do not much want to be thought of that way. A rather angry
argument has broken out regarding whether “too big to fail” institutions get
what amounts to a subsidy from investor confidence that no matter what else
happens, they would not be allowed to fail. The banks deny it all. Subsidy?
Penalty is more like it, they say.
We’ll get back to that argument in a moment. But
first, there is some evidence that the big American banks may have scaled
back their derivatives positions last year. At five of six major financial
institutions, the amount of assets kept off the balance sheet appears to be
lower at the end of 2012 than it was a year earlier.
Still, the numbers are big. JPMorgan Chase, the
biggest American institution, had $2.4 trillion in assets on its balance
sheet at the end of 2012. But it has derivatives with a market value of an
additional $1.5 trillion that it does not show on its balance sheet, down
from $1.7 trillion a year earlier.
So is JPMorgan getting bigger? Measured by assets
on the balance sheet, the answer is yes. That total was up $93 billion from
2011. But after adjusting for the hidden assets, the bank appears to have
shrunk by $109 billion last year. If the bank used international accounting
rules, it appears it would be getting smaller.
Not having those assets on the balance sheet makes
the bank look less leveraged than it might otherwise appear to be. If you
simply compare the book value of the bank with its assets, it appears it has
$11.56 in assets for every dollar in equity. Add in those derivatives, and
the figure leaps to $18.95.
It is not as if those assets are not real, or that
they are perfectly offset by liabilities also kept off the balance sheet.
There is a similar amount of liabilities that are not shown, but there is no
way to know just how they match up with the assets in terms of riskiness.
The nature of derivatives makes it hard to assess aggregate totals.
If a bank has a $1 million loan to someone, that is
an asset that would go on the balance sheet at $1 million. Presumably the
worst that could happen is that the bank would lose the entire amount. But a
large derivative position might currently have a market value of $1 million,
and thus would be shown as being worth the same amount, whether on or off
the balance sheet. But if the market moves sharply, the profit or loss could
be many multiples of that figure.
Under American accounting rules, banks that deal in
derivatives can net out most of their exposure by offsetting the assets
against the liabilities. They do this based not on the nature of the asset
or liability, but on the identity of the institution on the other side of
the trade — the counterparty, in market lingo.
The logic of this has to do with what would happen
in a bankruptcy. What are called “netting agreements” allow only the net
value to be claimed in case of a failure. So the bank shows the sum of those
net positions with each party.
But those positions are not offsetting in terms of
risk, or at least there is no way to know if they are. The figures shown in
the financial statements and footnotes simply describe market values on the
day of the balance sheet. If prices move the wrong way, as asset can turn
into a liability, or a liability can become much larger. And both can happen
at the same time. The asset might be an interest rate swap, while the
liability is a wheat future. Obviously, they are not particularly likely to
move in tandem.
To return to JPMorgan, on its balance sheet are
derivative assets of $75 billion, and derivative liabilities of $71 billion.
Neither number is very large relative to the size of the bank, and you might
think that swings in values would be unlikely to be very large.
But those numbers are $1.5 trillion smaller than
the actual totals. Obviously, the swings on a portfolio of that size could
be much larger.
A few years ago, the accounting rule makers set out
to get rid of the netting, and make balance sheets more accurate. But there
were complaints from banks and others, and the American rule makers at the
Financial Accounting Standards Board concluded that was not a good idea. So
there is still netting in the United States. Some of it, involving repos and
reverse repos, is not disclosed at all now, but will be when the new rules
kick in.
The sort-of invisible derivative assets and
liabilities are only part of the reason that it is so hard to really get a
handle on just how risky any given bank is.
Continued in article
I never could understand the reasons for this amendment to FAS 133 that
originally did not allow such offsetting. At the time I blamed it on the zeal
for convergence with the IASB and political pressures that seemed to be even
greater in Europe than the U.S. Perhaps I was wrong in this.
I'm beginning to think that when something smells fishy there probably are
some rancid fish hiding somewhere
I've never been in favor of what I think is one of the worst decisions ever
made by the FASB that runs counter to the original FAS 133 requirements.
"Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,"
ASU No. 2011-08, FASB ---
Click Here
http://www.fasb.org/cs/BlobServer?blobkey=id&blobwhere=1175825893217&blobheader=application%2Fpdf&blobcol=urldata&blobtable=MungoBlobs
Why Is the FASB Issuing
This Accounting Standards Update (Update) ? The main objective in developing
this Update is to address implementation issues about the scope of
Accounting Standards Update No. 2011 - 11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210) :
Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . Stakeholders have told
the Board that because the scope in Update 2011 - 11 is unclear, diversity
in practice may result . Recent feedback from stakeholders is that standard
commercial provisions of many contracts would equate to a master netting
arrangement . Stakeholders questioned whether it was the Board’s intent to
require disclosures for such a broad scope, which would significantly
increase the cost of compliance . The objective of this Update is to clarify
the scope of the offsetting disclosures and address any unintended
consequences.
What Are the Main Provisions?
The amendments clarify that the scope of Update 2011 - 11 applies to
derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and
Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives , repurchase agreements
and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities
lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210 -
20 - 45 or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or subject to an enforceable master netting
arrangement or similar agreement .
Who Is Affected by the Amendments in This
Update?
The amendments in this Update affect entities that have derivatives
accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded
derivatives , repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and
securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either
offset in accordance with Section 210 - 20 - 45 or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or
subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement .
Entities with other types of financial a ssets and financial liabilities
subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement also are
affected because these amendments make them no longer subject to the
disclosure requirements in Update 2011 - 11.
How Do the Main Provisions?
Differ from Cur rent U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ( GAAP )
and Why Would They Be an Improvement? The amendments clarify the intended
scope of the disclosures required by Section 210 - 20 - 50 . The Board
concluded that the clarified scope will reduce significant ly the
operability concerns expressed by preparers while still providing decision -
useful information about certain transactions involving master netting
arrangements . The amendments provide a user of financial statements with
comparable information as it r elates to certain reconciling differences
between financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and those
financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS).
When W ill the Amendments Be Effective?
An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning on
or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods .
An entity should provide the required disclosures retrospectively for all
comparative periods presented . The effective date is the same as the
effective date of Update 2011 - 11.
How Do the Provisions Compare with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)?
The disclosures required by the amendments in Update 2011 - 11 are the
result of a joint project between the FASB and the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB), which was intended to provide comparable information
about balance sheet offsetting between those entities that prepare their
financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that
prepare their financial statements on the basis of IFRS . The amendments in
this Update clarify that the scope of the disclosures under U.S. GAAP is
limited to include derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815 ,
including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse
repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending
transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210 - 20 - 45
or Section 815 - 10 - 45 or subject to a n enforceable master netting
arrangement or similar agreement.
Continued in article
I personally was more concerned about how banks changed income smoothing
practices.
"The Impact of SFAS 133 on Income Smoothing by Banks through Loan Loss
Provisions," by Emre Kilic Gerald J. Lobo, Tharindra Ranasinghe, and K.
Sivaramakrishnan Rice University, The Accounting Review, Vol. 88, No. 1,
2013, pp. 233-260 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/pdf/10.2308/accr-50264
We examine the impact of SFAS 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , on the reporting behavior of
commercial banks and the informativeness of their financial statements. We
argue that, because mandatory recognition of hedge ineffectiveness under
SFAS 133 reduced banks’ ability to smooth income through derivatives, banks
that are more affected by SFAS 133 rely more on loan loss provisions to
smooth income. We find evidence consistent with this argument. We also find
that the increased reliance on loan loss provisions for smoothing income has
impaired the informativeness of loan loss provisions for future loan
defaults and bank stock returns.
Nations gradually adopting IFRS are not supposed to "stop half way"
"IASB chairman encourages Indonesia to fully adopt IFRSs ," Deloitte, March
18, 2013 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/03/hoogervorst
Hans
Hoogervorst, Chairman of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB),
recently spoke at an international seminar on “IFRS Dynamics 2013 and
Beyond: Impact to Indonesia” organised by the Indonesian Institute of
Accountants (Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia, IAI). He encouraged Indonesia that
currently follows a gradual convergence process to fully embrace IFRSs.
Indonesia's approach
to IFRS adoption is to maintain its national GAAP (Indonesian Financial
Accounting Standards, IFAS) and converge it gradually with IFRSs as much
as possible. Since 2012, the standards applied in
Indonesia are based on those IFRSs that were
effective at 1 January 2009. However, there is currently no plan (and
consequently no timetable) for a full adoption of IFRSs.
In his speech, Mr.
Hoogervorst outlined the benefits he sees for Indonesia if IFRSs are
fully adopted. He described how Europe profited from adopting IFRSs and
invited Indonesia to imagine the benefits that emerging economies could
draw from the use of IFRS, especially economies that are so forcefully
on the rise as Indonesia. He added: "For many emerging economies,
adoption of IFRS has become an important statement of ambition – an
international commitment to adhere to the highest possible standards of
financial reporting."
However, Mr. Hoogervorst
also warned that jurisdictions should embrace IFRSs fully and not stop
half-way:
It
is important to understand that the full benefits of using the
IFRS-brand can only be enjoyed if you adopt it fully. For foreign
investors it is very difficult to discern small differences from big
ones. If a jurisdiction cannot state that it has fully adopted IFRS,
investors are likely to think that the differences are much bigger
than they really are. If you have gone through all the trouble to
adopt 95% of IFRSs, please make sure you also do the last 5%.
Otherwise, you have all the pain of transition without the full gain
of international recognition of that achievement.
Regarding fears of
difficulties or problems with transition, Mr. Hoogervorst offered the
IASB's assistance and pointed at the IASB's Asia-Oceania office in Tokyo
and the
Emerging Economies Group. He also mentioned
the IASB's close cooperation with the
Asian-Oceanian Standard-Setters Group, which
he described to be likely represented in the
Accounting Standards Advisory Forum the IFRS
Foundation has set up to deepen the IASB's cooperation with
standard-setters across the world. Mr. Hoogervorst indicated that all of
these initiatives offered excellent opportunities for a strong
Indonesian participation in financial reporting and he concluded: "You
have a wonderful opportunity to help shape the future of global
financial reporting".
Jensen Comment
I think national standard setters can adopt the essence of most any IFRS
standard, but they should not claim to be in the process of converging to a full
set of IFRS standards if that is not the intent. The U.S. has made it clear,
thus far, that the express train to IFRS has been side tracked indefinitely even
though the FASB and IASB are still working jointly on selected convergence
standards.
From the AICPA newsletter on March 18, 2013
Financial community grapples with diverging FASB, IASB standards
The Financial Accounting Standards Board and the International Accounting
Standards Board have not reached resolution over how to revise accounting
standards for loan losses. The larger financial community is trying to help
analysts and bankers make sense of the divergent approaches. The American
Bankers Association has published an FAQ about FASB's approach. Fitch
Ratings issued a statement saying that it believes FASB's proposed model "is
likely to lead to quarterly adjustments in expected loss projections,
possibly leading to more volatility in provision expense and reported
earnings."
http://r.smartbrief.com/resp/enrkBYbWhBCihqgTCidmwjCicNCViA?format=standard
"FASB gives more detail on expected credit loss proposal" by Ken
Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, March 26, 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137633.htm
Jensen Comment
Note that both the FASB and IASB are moving away from the fair value market
model for loan loss estimation. The "divergence" between the FASB and IASB is is
only about how expected loss computations.
Question
What is "force-placed" insurance?
"GSE Investigation Into Force-Placed Insurance (finally)," by Barry
Ritholtz, March 26, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/force-placed-insurance-investigated/
Fannie & Freddie have finally begun to investigate
the self-dealing and often fraudulent practice of Force-Placed
Insurance. Both the New York State Insurance Regulator and the
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau have been way ahead of the GSEs on
this.
For those of you who may be unfamiliar with
Force-Placed Insurance, it is an optional bank insurance product that
sometimes gets forcibly jammed down the throats of home owners and mortgage
investors at grossly inflated prices. As Jeff Horowitz detailed in 2010
(Losses
from Force-Placed Insurance Are Beginning to Rankle Investors),
most of the fees, commissions and revenues from this
“product” went straight back to the banks holding the related mortgage,
typically to wholly owned subsidiaries.
It was an abusive practice, and in quite a few
instances, the additional costs actually tipped homeowners into foreclosure.
Here’s the
WSJ:
“The Federal Housing Finance Agency, which
regulates mortgage giants Fannie Mae (FNMA) and Freddie Mac (FMCC) plans
to file a notice Tuesday to ban lucrative fees and commissions paid by
insurers to banks on so-called force-placed insurance . . .
Forced policies have boomed in the wake of the
housing bust, as many homeowners struggled to keep up with mortgage
payments. Some borrowers may try to save money by dropping the original
standard coverage, only to be hit by policies with premiums that are
typically at least twice as expensive as voluntary insurance, and
sometimes cost as much as 10 times more. Nearly six million such
policies have been written since 2009, insurance industry data indicate.
Consumers are free at any point to replace a force-placed policy with
one of their own choosing.”
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued
new rules on this, but the real action seems to be
the variety of
civil suits from
investors; additionally, New York State just reached a settlement
with forced-placed insurer Assurant, including a
$14 million penalty, and a long list of practice changes (after the
jump). If it were up
to me, I would have insisted on profit disgorgement and jail time for the
CEO (But I am “unreasonable”).
Hopefully, this is the first of many . . .
Buffet's Berkshire Hathaway Performs Worse Than the S&P 500
"Buffett Questions Performance as S&P 500 Beats Berkshire," by Antoine
Gara, The Street, March 1, 2013 ---
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11857405/1/buffett-questions-performance-as-sp-500-beats-berkshire.html
For the first time, Warren Buffett appears
concerned he will underperform the S&P 500 when it comes to his favorite way
to peg the performance of his investing conglomerate, Berkshire Hathaway (BRK.A_).
In Berkshire Hathaway's
annual letter to shareholders, Buffett outlined
why he is worried a rising
stock market will put the firm's
performance below that of the S&P 500 over a five-year stretch.
Such a scenario would be the first in Berkshire's
history, indicating that even the 'Oracle of Omaha' is having trouble
keeping up with rising markets.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Another consideration for the stock market under the Fed's Quantitative Easing
will be how much are the returns after inflation. The USA is just not accustomed
to inflation adjustments for reduced purchasing power of the USA dollar
"New Center Hopes to Clean Up Sloppy Science and Bogus Research," by
Tom Bartlett, Chronicle of Higher Education, March 6, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/New-Center-Hopes-to-Clean-Up/137683/
Something is wrong with science, or at least with
how science is often done. Flashy research in prestigious journals later
proves to be bogus. Researchers have built careers on findings that are
dubious or even turn out to be fraudulent. Much of the conversation about
that trend has focused on flaws in social psychology, but the problem is not
confined to a single field. If you keep up with the latest retractions and
scandals, it's hard not to wonder how much research is trustworthy.
But Tuesday might just be a turning point. A new
organization, called the
Center for Open
Science, is opening its doors in an attempt to
harness and focus a growing movement to clean up science. The center's
organizers don't put it quite like that; they say the center aims to "build
tools to improve the scientific process and promote accurate, transparent
findings in scientific research." Now, anybody with an idea and some
chutzpah can start a center. But what makes this effort promising is that it
has some real money behind it: The center has been given $5.25-million by
the Laura and John Arnold Foundation to help get started.
It's also promising because a co-director of the
center is Brian Nosek, an associate professor of psychology at the
University of Virginia (the other director is a Virginia graduate student,
Jeffrey Spies). Mr. Nosek is the force behind the
Reproducibility Project, an effort to replicate
every study from three psychology journals published in 2008, in an attempt
to gauge how much published research might actually be baseless.
Mr. Nosek is one of a number of strong voices in
psychology arguing for more transparency and accountability. But up until
now there hasn't been an organization solely devoted to solving those
problems. "This gives real backing to show that this is serious and that we
can really put the resources behind it to do it right," Mr. Nosek said.
"This whole movement, if it is a movement, has gathered sufficient steam to
actually come to this."
'Rejigger Those
Incentives'
So what exactly will the center do? Some of that
grant money will go to finance the Reproducibility Project and to further
develop the
Open Science
Framework, which already allows scientists to
share and store findings and hypotheses. More openness is intended to
combat, among other things, the so-called file-drawer effect, in which
scientists publish their successful experiments while neglecting to mention
their multiple flubbed attempts, giving a false impression of a finding's
robustness.
The center hopes to encourage scientists to
"register" their hypotheses before they carry out experiments, a procedure
that should help keep them honest. And the center is working with journals,
like Perspectives on Psychological Science, to publish the results
of experiments even if they don't pan out the way the researchers hoped.
Scientists are "reinforced for publishing, not for getting it right in the
current incentives," Mr. Nosek said. "We're working to rejigger those
incentives."
Mr. Nosek and his compatriots didn't solicit funds
for the center. Foundations have been knocking on their door. The Arnold
Foundation sought out Mr. Nosek because of a concern about whether the
research that's used to make policy decisions is really reliable.
"It doesn't benefit anyone if the publications that
get out there are in any way skewed toward the sexy results that might be a
fluke, as opposed to the rigorous replication and testing of ideas," said
Stuart Buck, the foundation's director of research.
Other foundations have been calling too. With more
grants likely to be on the way, Mr. Nosek thinks the center will have
$8-million to $10-million in commitments before writing a grant proposal.
The goal is an annual budget of $3-million. "There are other possibilities
that we might be able to grow more dramatically than that," Mr. Nosek said.
"It feels like it's raining money. It's just ridiculous how much interest
there is in these issues."
Continued in article
Appeal for a "Daisy Chain of Replication"
"Nobel laureate challenges psychologists to clean up their act:
Social-priming research needs “daisy chain” of replication," by Ed Yong,
Nature, October 3, 2012 ---
http://www.nature.com/news/nobel-laureate-challenges-psychologists-to-clean-up-their-act-1.11535
Jensen Comment
Accountics scientists set a high bar because they replicate virtually all their
published research.
Yeah Right!
Accountics science journals like The Accounting Review have referees that
discourage replications by refusing to publish them. They won't even publish
commentaries that question the outcomes ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Accountics science researchers won't even discuss their work on the AAA
Commons ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Questions
How many fraudulent SPEs did CFO Andy Fastow create to steal over $50 million
from his employer (Enron)?
What is most unusual and actually unethical about the way Enron's SPEs
were managed? How were these related party
dealings disclosed and yet obscured in the infamous Footnote 16 of Enron's Year
2000 Annual Report?
Answer
Over 3,000
See the answers to Questions 14 and 15 at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#14
Special Purpose Entity (SPE) and Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV)---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special_purpose_entity
Variable Interest Entity (VIE or QSPE) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Variable_interest_entity
"New challenge to VIEs," China Accounting Blog, March 5, 2013
---
http://www.chinaaccountingblog.com/weblog/new-challenge-to-vies.html
I have learned from some investors that there has
been a major challenge against the VIE structure of a U.S. listed Chinese
company. The challenge relates to whether the VIE can be consolidated into
the financial statements. The SEC has been aggressively examining VIE
arrangements, but I have been unable to learn whether this challenge is a
result of an SEC investigation, or who the company or auditor are.
Bear with me; this discussion has to get technical.
Under the VIE accounting rules, consolidation of
the VIE is allowed if the public company is considered to be the primary
beneficiary of the VIE (ASC 810-25-20). In a typical VIE arrangement, there
are two potential beneficiaries of the VIE: 1) the Chinese individual who
owns the shares in the VIE, and 2) the public company that has contracts
with both that individual and the VIE that transfer control and economic
interests to the public company. VIE arrangements are structured to make it
clear that all of the control and economic interest flows to the public
company.
Clear until now, anyway.
In many VIEs the founder of the company is the
owner of the VIE. The founder also usually has voting control over the
public company, which is often retained after the IPO by use of two classes
of shares. Founders typically retain voting control even if their share
holdings are reduced to a minority position. The two class of shares
approach to retaining control by founders is common in technology offerings,
most famously in Facebook. Two classes of stock are not allowed on the Hong
Kong exchange, and that presents a challenge for U.S. listed companies that
may want to move onto the Hong Kong exchange if they get kicked out of the
U.S., but that is another story.
Under typical VIE agreements, the founder agrees to
transfer his VIE shares to another VIE shareholder at the public company's
request, and to otherwise vote those shares and select VIE management at the
public company’s direction. Since the public company can remove the VIE
owner at will, it has been thought that the VIE owner has no rights, and
accordingly no interest in the VIE. Therefore the public company is the only
beneficiary of the VIE and can consolidate it into their financial
statements.
The founder, however, could stop any attempt to
remove him as the owner of the VIE since he has voting control over the
public company. With voting control, the founder has the power to elect the
board that selects, terminates and sets the compensation of management, and
establishes operating and capital decisions of the company. Do these powers
mean that the founder is actually the primary beneficiary of the VIE? If the
founder is the primary beneficiary, the public company cannot consolidate
the VIE and instead will report its share of earnings as it receives them.
What happens if the SEC or auditors decide that
this is the correct approach? Companies with this fact pattern will be
forced to deconsolidate their VIEs, and restate prior financial statements.
The VIE will drop out of the financial statements, possibly turning income
into losses in some companies, while having a minor effect on some others.
Companies affected by this are likely to
restructure their VIEs to be allowed to consolidate in the future. The easy
solution seems to be to pick someone other than the founder to own the VIE.
While that may fix the accounting problem, it introduces a huge amount of
risk. One reason that the VIE is usually held by the founder is to align the
interests of the VIE shareholder with the interests of the public
shareholders. The idea is that the founder will not steal the VIE since
doing so would destroy the value of his shares in the public company.
If the SEC is making this position clear to the
accounting firms, we could see some real surprises when companies file their
Form 20F over the next few weeks.
What's Right and What's Wrong With (SPEs), SPVs, and VIEs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen//theory/00overview/speOverview.htm
From CFO Morning Ledger on March 4, 2013
Research by Hollis Skaife, professor of accounting in
the Department of Accounting and Information Systems at the University of
Wisconsin-Madison and a Deloitte Fellow and Scholar, and Daniel Wangerin, an
assistant professor in the Department of Accounting and Information Systems
at Michigan State University, looks at what impact low quality financial
reporting may have on the outcome of M&A deals and offers a metric that may
capture its existence before a deal closes.
Read the full article at
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/03/04/deal-or-no-deal-can-busted-ma-deals-be-avoided/
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Billionaire Ex-Convicts Should Lie Low
"Martha Stewart Takes the Stand to Save Her Company," by Jeff Macke,
Yahoo, March 5, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://finance.yahoo.com/blogs/breakout/martha-stewart-takes-stand-save-her-company-155500326.html;_ylt=Agbbzidr5xzzYViIg1xYfDOiuYdG;_ylu=X3oDMTNyNHEyaDR0BG1pdANGUCBUb3AgU3RvcnkgTGVmdARwa2cDMDNhNjdlMjItN2M3NS0zNDg3LTk4NmUtMzI2NGI5ZGY2ODJiBHBvcwMxBHNlYwN0b3Bfc3RvcnkEdmVyAzM1MmZlYjAzLTg1YWYtMTFlMi1iZmZmLWEyNjkwMjhhMjg0YQ--;_ylg=X3oDMTFpNzk0NjhtBGludGwDdXMEbGFuZwNlbi11cwRwc3RhaWQDBHBzdGNhdANob21lBHB0A3NlY3Rpb25z;_ylv=3
Bob Jensen's fraud updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Citigroup Discovers Performance Data? Really?" by Jonathan Weil,
Bloomberg, March 3, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-03-05/citigroup-discovers-performance-data-really-.html
The Wall Street Journal has a curious article about
Citigroup Inc. and its new chief executive officer, Michael Corbat. It says
he is "putting his stamp on the company with a simple formula: You can't
manage what you can't measure."
Readers learn he spoke to a gathering of 300
executives at a New Jersey hotel last month where he "proposed a slate of
new, more-rigorous ways to track both the performance of individual
executives and the third-largest U.S. bank as a whole." Score cards will
rate top managers in five categories: capital, clients, costs, culture and
controls. (The Five C's!)
"Mr. Corbat wants to more-closely track how
executives perform against their financial plan," the article said. "The
quantitative focus is the sharpest sign yet of how Mr. Corbat is likely to
differ from his predecessor, Vikram Pandit, who was forced out by the board
in October after a series of mishaps."
It went on: "Most large financial companies use
some type of metrics to gauge their progress. Under Mr. Pandit, Citigroup
used score cards for some departments, but not others."
Here's what's baffling: Did Citigroup not use a
quantitative focus to measure performance before? Is the use of data and
metrics really something new to many of its executives? Anything is
possible, I suppose. This is Citigroup, the mother of all bank bailouts. But
this would be incredible if true.
Jensen Comment
There's one very negative comment to this article.
Dilbert Cartoons on Market Manipulations
"Scott Adams Discovers Market Manipulation," by Barry Ritholtz, Ritholtz
Blog, March 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/03/scott-adams-manipulators/
Regular readers know I am a fan of Scott Adams,
creator of the comic
Dilbert
and occasional commentator on a variety of matters.
He has a somewhat odd blog post up, titled,
Here Come the Market Manipulators. In it, he
makes two interesting suggestions: The first is to decry “market
manipulators,” who do what they do for fun and profit to the detriment of
the rest of us. The second is to say that these manipulators are likely to
cause “a 20% correction in 2013.”
Let’s quickly address both of these issues: First
off, have a look at the frequency of 20% corrections in markets. According
to
Fidelity (citing
research from Capital Research and Management Company), over the period
encompassing 1900-2010, has seen the following corrections occur:
Corrections During 1900 – 2010
5%: 3 times per year
10%: Once per year
20%: Once every 3.5 years
Note that Fido does not specify which market, but
given the dates we can assume it is the Dow Industrials. (I’ll check on that
later).
Note that US market’s have not had a 20% correction
since the lows in March 2009. I’ll pull up the relevant data in the office,
but a prior corrective action of 19% is the closest we’ve come, followed by
a ~16% and ~11%.
As to the manipulators of the market, I can only
say: Dude, where have you been the past 100 years or so?
Yes, the market gets manipulated. Whether its tax
cuts or interest rate cuts or federal spending or wars or QE or legislative
rule changes to FASB or even the creation of IRAs and 401ks, manipulation
abounds.
In terms of the larger investors who attract
followers — I do not see the same evidence that Adams sees. Sure, the market
is often driven by large investors. Yes, many of these people have others
who follow them. We need only look at what Buffet, Soros, Dalio, Icahn,
Ackman, Einhorn and others have done to see widely imitated stock trades.
But that has shown itself to be a
bad idea, and I doubt anyone is making
much money attempting to do so. And, it hardly leads to the conclusion that
any more than the usual manipulation is going on.
Will be have a 20% correction? I guarantee that
eventually, we will. Indeed, we are even overdue for it, postponed as it is
by the Fed’s manipulation.
But I have strong doubts it is going to be caused
by a cabal manipulating markets for fun & profit. It will occur because
that’s what markets do . . .
Previously:
Dilbert’s Unified Theory of Everything Financial’ (October 15th, 2006)
7 Suggestions for Scott Adams (November 27th, 2007)
Don’t Follow Wealthy Investors, Part 14 (February 17th, 2008)
"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz,
Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/
Jensen Comment
You can also see a Dilbert cartoon about making up data ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting humor ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm#Humor
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 26, 2013
Pension deficits hit year-end record
Combined pension deficits among the 100 largest U.S. corporate
pension plans soared last year to a record $388.8 billion, according to
actuarial and benefits consulting firm Milliman Inc. The combined deficit
rose by more than $61 billion from the end of 2011, driven by a record
year-end average discount rate of just over 4%,
Maxwell Murphy notes.
Milliman said the increase comes even as companies are working to tame the
risk associated with their pension obligations. In 2012, the 100 plan
sponsors booked a total of $55.8 billion in charges that lowered corporate
earnings, up from $38.5 billion a year earlier. Milliman expects pension
charges to rise to $63.4 billion this year.
Bob Jensen's threads on pension accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions
"Jury convicts former Detroit mayor Kilpatrick on corruption charges,"
Fox News, March 11, 2013 ---
http://www.foxnews.com/us/2013/03/11/jury-convicts-former-detroit-mayor-kilpatrick-on-corruption-charges/?test=latestnews
Former Detroit Mayor Kwame Kilpatrick was convicted
Monday of corruption charges, ensuring a return to prison for a man once
among the nation's youngest big-city leaders.
Jurors convicted Kilpatrick of a raft of crimes,
including a racketeering conspiracy charge. He was portrayed during a
five-month trial as an unscrupulous politician who took bribes, rigged
contracts and lived far beyond his means while in office until fall 2008.
Prosecutors said Kilpatrick ran a "private profit
machine" out of Detroit's City Hall. The government presented evidence to
show he got a share of the spoils after ensuring that Bobby Ferguson's
excavating company was awarded millions in work from the water department.
Business owners said they were forced to hire
Ferguson as a subcontractor or risk losing city contracts. Separately,
fundraiser Emma Bell said she gave Kilpatrick more than $200,000 as his
personal cut of political donations, pulling cash from her bra during
private meetings. A high-ranking aide, Derrick Miller, told jurors that he
often was the middle man, passing bribes from others.
Internal Revenue Service agents said Kilpatrick
spent $840,000 beyond his mayoral salary.
Ferguson, Kilpatrick's pal, was also convicted of a
racketeering conspiracy charge. The jury could not reach a verdict on the
same charge for Kilpatrick's father, Bernard Kilpatrick, but convicted him
of submitting a false tax return.
Kwame Kilpatrick, who now lives near Dallas,
declined to testify. He has long denied any wrongdoing, and defense attorney
James Thomas told jurors that his client often was showered with cash gifts
from city workers and political supporters during holidays and birthdays.
The government said Kilpatrick abused the Civic
Fund, a nonprofit fund he created to help distressed Detroit residents.
There was evidence that it was used for yoga lessons, camps for his kids,
golf clubs and travel.
Kilpatrick, 42, was elected in 2001 at age 31. He
resigned in 2008 and pleaded guilty to obstruction of justice in a different
scandal involving sexually explicit text messages and an extramarital affair
with his chief of staff.
The Democrat spent 14 months in prison for
violating probation in that case after a judge said he failed to report
assets that could be put toward his $1 million restitution to Detroit.
Voters booted his mother, Carolyn Cheeks
Kilpatrick, from Congress in 2010, partly because of a negative perception
of her due to her son's troubles.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
In 1837, the Massachusetts Board of Education
devoted part of its first annual report to praising a recent classroom
innovation called the blackboard. This “invaluable and indispensible”
innovation...
On March 4, 2013 the Financial Education Daily Linked this Quotation to the
Harvard Gazette, but I could not find the source of the quote.
"From Law School to Business School — evolution of the case method,"
Harvard Gazette, April 3, 2008
http://news.harvard.edu/gazette/story/2008/04/from-law-school-to-business-school-%E2%80%94-evolution-of-the-case-method/
On a recent Wednesday morning, 90 high achievers
from around the world prepared to get down to cases.
Their professor buzzed through the classroom like a
worker bee. Armed with large, multicolored pieces of chalk, he organized his
notes, copied pastel-coded facts and figures on the blackboard, and set up a
film screen. Soon his students would be equally hard at work, but in a
strictly cerebral way.
This day the instructor was inclined to be kind,
giving the young man who would open the class discussion an early heads-up,
allowing some time to prepare. Often in this setting, classes start with the
heart-pounding “cold call,” where a student is put to the test without
warning. The deceptively simple “start us off” translates into “as quickly
and coherently and convincingly as possible, tell us everything known about
this situation and give us your best insight.”
As well as being busy and congenial, Jan Rivkin, a
professor in the strategy unit at Harvard Business School (HBS), was clearly
engaging, his enthusiasm infectious, his sense of humor unmistakable.
He started with a brief refresher video, one he’d
secured from a colleague on holiday in the Bahamas. The class watched their
vacationing instructor drop to his knees on the beach as the tape rolled.
With a straight face, he reviewed the finer points of his recent
technology-operations-management discussion with the class, drawing a series
of overlapping diagrams in the sand. When done, he promptly jumped into the
ocean.
The crowd loved it, but it was the last light
moment. For the next hour-and-a-half the class examined whether the Spanish
clothing company Zara should update its retailers’ IT infrastructure.
During the ensuing discussion and debate, Jan
Rivkin, deftly prodded, questioned, and encouraged his deeply engaged class.
It was just another day at HBS — and one of its
standard case-classes. The case method is the primary mode of teaching and
learning at the institution, which celebrates its 100th anniversary this
year. In honor of its centennial, the School will host a series of events on
Tuesday (April 8) that will include a number of panels, a birthday
celebration, and a case discussion on the future of HBS.
While it didn’t begin with the School’s inception,
the revolutionary instructional approach followed shortly thereafter. But it
wasn’t an entirely novel concept. The model was actually borrowed from the
Harvard Law School and Christopher Columbus Langdell HLS Class of 1853 and
dean of the Law School in 1870, who pioneered the technique for the
examination of Harvard Law School cases.
Later, at HBS, it was Dean Wallace P. Donham, a Law
School grad familiar with the technique, who pushed for the full inclusion
of the case method at the Business School, where it was altered and adapted
to a business perspective. Since 1921, it has been a core part of the
curriculum.
The method of teaching differs greatly from the
traditional lecture format, in which students take notes as the professor
speaks. Instead, students are engaged in a dynamic back-and-forth with one
another and their professor, discussing a topic typically pulled from a
relevant, real-life business scenario and featuring a dilemma or challenge.
Sometimes, once the class has examined and discussed the case, the actual
CEO or president of the company in question will appear in person to explain
how the situation ultimately unfolded.
The case topics are wide-ranging and include
everything from the world of finance to semiconductors to sweeteners to
satellite television.
Some cases offer historic reflections, employing
the lessons tragedy imparts. Cases have been written, for example, about the
space shuttle Columbia’s final mission in 2003 and the management decisions
made prior to its fatal re-entry into the Earth’s atmosphere, Abraham
Lincoln’s leadership during the Civil War, and the management of national
intelligence prior to the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001.
Students are given an overview of the case’s
material to read ahead of time. The packets, roughly 20 to 25 pages long,
include a list of facts, an outline of the challenge at hand, and a history
of the company or situation in text, charts, and graphs, all compiled into a
neat brief.
More than 80 percent of HBS classes are built on
the case method. Each week students prepare approximately 14 cases both
alone and with the help of study groups. But in the end they are on their
own. In class, it is up to the individual to articulate his or her argument
and persuade others of its merits. A hefty 50 percent of a student’s grade
is determined by class participation, so taking part in the conversation is
crucial. Students raise their hands energetically, trying to get quality
“air time,” as they call it. Two important unwritten rules, self-enforced by
the students themselves: Never speak unless you have something valuable to
contribute, and keep it brief.
The teaching technique most effectively prepares
the CEOs of tomorrow for what they will inevitably face in the real world,
say the professors who employ it.
“Getting a piece of material, having to sift
through it, figure out what’s important, … come to a point of view, [then]
come to class both prepared to argue that point of view … [and] prepared to
listen and be open to others’ viewpoints — those are the skills that the
business world demands, and via the case method they get to practice those
in the classroom,” said Michael J. Roberts, senior lecturer of business
administration and executive director of the Arthur Rock Center for
Entrepreneurship.
Continued in article
March 4, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff
Bob,
Thanks for this. I presume you save seen my article, "The Contribution of
the Harvard Business School to Management Control, 1908 - 1980," in the
special issue 2008 of JMAR. Bob Kaplan invited me to do the research and
write the article for the April 2008 history symposium at HBS, which kicked
off its 100th anniversary celebration. I attach the article.
Steve.
"How Virtual Teams Can Outperform Traditional Teams," by Jason Sylva,
Harvard Business Review Blog, October 9, 2012 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/events/2012/10/how-virtual-teams-can-outperfo.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
People can easily list problems they believe are
associated with virtual teams: They haven't met and don't really know other
team members; it is hard to monitor the work of others; and dispersions can
lead to big inefficiencies and degraded performance.
In this HBR webinar, Keith Ferrazzi, a foremost
expert on professional relationship development and author of Never Eat
Alone and Who's Got Your Back?, shares a strategy for managing virtual teams
that can change how your company operates - and how you manage for years to
come.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This theory should be tested in a variety of ways with respect to case analysis
by teams. I've always argued that case learning is best in live classrooms, but
I'm beginning to doubt myself on this one. Even Harvard and Darden should
experiment with onsite versus online team assignments. One advantage of online
team assignments is grading if instructors carefully track team member
contributions, possibly by monitoring online performance as silent or active
(avatar) trackers.
Bob Jensen's threads on case method teaching and research ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Cases
At the start of an exam, a student openly wondered,
"But Professor Einstein, this is the same exam question as last year!" To which
the great man supposedly replied, "Correct, young man, but we need to find new
answers."
Werner Reinartz ---
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/measuring_creativity_we_have_t.html
A Retirement Crisis is Brewing
Question
How would you like to retire with a small nest egg that cannot earn as much as
one percent per year in a safe investment?
If you lock up a minimum of $100,000 for five years in a Certificate
of Deposit the best you can do is 1.75 % which most likely won't cover food and
fuel price increases over the next five years. A one-year CD gets you a
whopping 0.94% annual rate. ---
http://cdrates.bankaholic.com/ ---
Thanks ever so much Ben Bernanke.
The CREF bond yield to date in 2013 is at a (negative) -0.13%.
The TIAA-CREF Inflation linked bond fund is at a (negative) -0.80% thus far in
2013
The CREF Equity Index at a (positive) +0.73% thus far in 2013 but has much more
high-risk volatility for what you've struggled to save and might lose
According to MSNBC, President Obama's approval rating fell 15% since January
2013 and is now less than 50%
Congressional approval ratings barely registers
It's time for term limits
From CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 19, 2013
A retirement crisis is brewing as workers save too
little and companies face bigger pension liabilities. A report out today
from the Employee Benefit Research Institute (PDF)
shows that 57% of U.S. workers have less than $25,000
in total household savings and investments excluding their homes. Only 49%
reported having so little money saved in 2008. And 28% of Americans have
no confidence they will have enough money to retire comfortably—the
highest level in the study’s 23-year history, the
WSJ’s Kelly Greene and CFOJ’s Vipal Monga report.
Corporate balance sheets
(including TIAA-CREF) are also
under pressure. Based on another recent report, the Society of Actuaries
said rising life expectancies could add as much as $97 billion to corporate
pension liabilities in coming years, an increase of up to 5%.
Goodyear said life expectancy growth for its plan’s beneficiaries
is one reason its global pension-funding gap widened to $3.5 billion last
year from $3.1 billion in 2011.
The effect of longer life spans on pension
obligations has been dwarfed by the impact of declining interest rates over
recent years. Because of the way pension liabilities are calculated,
lower rates mean that future obligations are higher today. But interest
rates are likely to rise at some point, which will lessen pension
obligations. “Rates can go up,” said Rama Variankaval, an executive director
in the corporate finance advisory group of J.P. Morgan’s investment bank. “Mortality
is more of a one-way street.”
World Life Expectancy Map ---
http://www.worldlifeexpectancy.com/index.php
Life Expectancy Trend for the United States ---
http://www.aging.senate.gov/crs/aging1.pdf
Summary
As a result of falling age-specific mortality, life
expectancy rose dramatically in the United States over the past century .
Final data for 2003 (the most recent available) show that life expectancy at
birth for the total population has reached an all-time American high level,
77.5 years, up from 49.2 years at the turn of the 20th century. Record-high
life expectancies we re found for white females (80.5 years) and black
females (76.1 years), as well as for white males (75.3 year s) and black
males (69.0 years). Life expectancy gaps between males and females and
between whites and blacks persisted.
In combination with decreasing fertility, the life
expectancy gains have led to a rapid aging of the American population, as
reflected by an increasing proportion of persons aged 65 and older. This
report documents the improvements in longevity that have occurred, analyzing
both the underlying factors that contributed to mortality reductions and the
continuing longevity differentials by sex and race. In addition, it
considers whether life expectancy will continue to increase in future years.
Detailed statistics on life expectancy are provided. A brief comparison with
other countries is also provided.
While this report focuses on a description of the
demographic context of life expectancy change in the United States, these
trends have implications for a wide range of social and economic programs
and issues that are likely to be considered by Congress.
Question
How is the Federal Reserve under Ben Bernanke destroying pension funds,
especially defined benefit pensions like those of teachers, firefighters,
police, municipal workers, and state workers, and postal workers.?
There's no worry about Social Security Trust Funds since Congress, in it's
great wisdom, emptied those trust funds long ago on things other than Social
Security pensions.
"Bernanke Unbounded: The Fed enters a brave new world of unlimited
monetary easing," The Wall Street Journal, September 13, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390444709004577649831698298106.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t
Read that printing trillions of greenbacks without taxing or borrowing to pay
Federal government bills. The net effect is to drive interest rates on savings
accounts, Certificates of Deposits, and pension funds to virtually zero.
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger on March 20, 2013
Pension math overwhelmed by discount rate.
Longer lifespans are putting some pressure on corporate defined benefit
plans, but changes in the interest rates used to calculate liabilities are
by far the biggest issue facing pensions, writes Vipal Monga. As we noted
yesterday, increased longevity could add as much as 5% to pension
liabilities. But, as CFO Journal reported last month, that increase is
dwarfed by the impact of falling discount rates. “Mortality is somewhat of a
second-order element [in the rise of obligations],” said Rama Variankaval,
an executive director in the corporate finance advisory group of J.P.
Morgan’s, investment bank. DuPont CFO Nick Fanandakis said in an interview
that his company tries to adjust its mortality assumptions every year, and
any increase in the lifespan of retirees will be insignificant compared to
changes in the discount rate. “[Longevity increases] won’t move the needle,”
he said. The company’s U.S. plans had a pension deficit of $6.6 billion at
the end of 2012.
Jensen Comment
University employees in TIAA are given a choice to transfer funds into the
riskier CREF equity funds, although there are restrictions on how much can be
shifted in any give year. TIAA is not doing so well since 2008 thanks to Ben
Bernanke.
Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm
Question
Who made the most serious mistake: TurboTax in Minnesota or H&R Block in
the entire USA?
Answer
The two mistakes probably cannot be compared because they are so different. In
the case of H&R Block, the IRS shares the blame and will probably correct the
returns. TurboTax victims may have to refile. H&R Block victims will have to
wait and wait for refunds while the IRS corrects their returns. However, since
money no longer has time value, perhaps they are slightly less damaged than they
would have been before Ben Bernanke.
"H&R Block Gaffe Gums Up the Works," by Ken Berry, AccountingWeb,
March 14, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/hr-block-gaffe-gums-works/221358?source=tax
"Fundamentals of Gift Tax," by Mark Powell and Andrea Kushner Ross,
SSRN, November 1, 2012 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212313
A detailed
overview of the US gift and generation-skipping transfer taxes.
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Teaching Case in Cost and Managerial Accounting
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on March 29, 2013
Boom Times on the Tracks: Rail Capacity, Spending Soar
by:
Betsy Morris
Mar 27, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Cost Accounting, Managerial Accounting, Manufacturing,
Supply Chains
SUMMARY: This is quite a long article covering the recent revival
of U.S. rail transportation as well as some of its up and down history.
"North America's major freight railroads are in the midst of a building boom
unlike anything since the industry's Gilded Age heyday in the 19th
century-this year pouring $14billion into rail yards, refueling stations,
additional track. With enhanced speed and efficiency, rail is fast becoming
a dominant player in the nation's commercial transport system and a vital
cog in its economic recovery." The investment boom is focused on making
"existing rail lines more efficient and able to haul more and different
types of freight."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article contains an excellent general
discussion of management accounting issues about capital spending, use of
technology, use of metrics, and measuring carbon footprint.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) The first graphic related to the article shows
"capital spending by the biggest freight railroads in the U.S." Define
capital spending in general, then describe the types of capital spending
that U.S. railroads have been doing over the last 8 to 10 years.
2. (Introductory) What types of goods are railroads shipping?
Against what other modes of transportation are railroads now effectively
competing?
3. (Advanced) Why is rail shipping "helping to make manufacturing
in North America cost effective again"? In your answer, specifically state
how transportation costs must be considered in the cost of, and therefore
pricing of, any product an American producer will sell.
4. (Advanced) What happened when the rail industry faced "a
near-death experience in the 1970s"? Include in your answer a comment on how
information technology and metrics can help change "how you run a railroad."
5. (Advanced) How did UPS use its influence over its supply chain
to further contribute to its railroad transportation suppliers' use of
"technology and strategy"? In your answer, provide a brief definition of a
supply chain.
6. (Advanced) Union Pacific Corp.'s chief executive is concerned
about "juggling capital investments with return to shareholders." Explain
that statement
7. (Advanced) The director of logistics and transportation at the
Container Store Inc. says that one benefit of using railroads has been to
cut his company's carbon footprint by 40%. What is a carbon footprint? In
what external report might that information be published by the company?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Boom Times on the Tracks: Rail Capacity, Spending Soar," by: Betsy Morris,
The Wall Street Journal, March 27, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324034804578348214242291132.html
EPPING, N.D.—On a recent subzero day at a rail
station here on the plains, a giant tank train stretches like a black belt
across the horizon—as far as the eye can see. Soon it will be filled to the
brim with light, sweet crude oil and headed to a refinery on Puget Sound.
Another mile-long train will pull in right behind it, and another after
that.
Containers are loaded onto a train at the BNSF
facility in Fort Worth.
Increasingly, scenes like this are being played
throughout the country. "Hot Trains" dedicated to high-priority customers
like United Parcel Service Inc. UPS +0.55% roar across the country to
deliver everything from microwaves to tennis shoes and Amazon.com AMZN
+0.45% packages. FedEx Corp., FDX +0.56% known for its huge fleet of
aircraft, is using more trains, too.
Welcome to the revival of the Railroad Age. North
America's major freight railroads are in the midst of a building boom unlike
anything since the industry's Gilded Age heyday in the 19th century—this
year pouring $14 billion into rail yards, refueling stations, additional
track. With enhanced speed and efficiency, rail is fast becoming a dominant
player in the nation's commercial transport system and a vital cog in its
economic recovery.
This time around, though, the expansion isn't so
much geographic—it is about a race to make existing rail lines more
efficient and able to haul more and different types of freight. Some of the
railroads are building massive new terminals that resemble inland ports.
They are turning their networks into double-lane steel freeways to capture
as much as they can get of U.S. freight demand that is projected to grow by
half, to $27.5 billion by 2040, according to the U.S. Department of
Transportation. In some cases, rail lines are increasing the heights of
mountain tunnels and raising bridges to accommodate stacked containers. All
told, 2013 stands to be the industry's third year in a row of record capital
spending—more than double the yearly outlays of $5.9 billion a decade ago.
And in a turnabout few could have imagined decades
ago, rail is stealing share from other types of commercial transport—most
notably the trucking business, which is waylaid by high fuel prices,
overloaded highways, driver shortages and regulations that are pushing up
costs.
Transport by rail is also relatively cheap. Though
rising, U.S. freight rail rates are nearly half what they were three decades
ago, according to the Association of American Railroads. And those bargains
are helping to make manufacturing in North America cost effective again.
Since 2007, more than $100 billion of foreign direct investments have been
made in Mexico, Robert Knight, Union Pacific UNP +1.12% Chief Financial
Officer, told analysts at a recent conference. He expects annual production
of 2.7 million vehicles in that country to increase by another million by
2015.
"We wouldn't have as many companies considering
moving back to the U.S. or near-shoring," if not for rail, says Yossi Sheffi,
Professor of Engineering Systems at MIT and director of its Center for
Transportation and Logistics. "Some of it is the cheaper energy. But we
could not be moving the oil around without rail. We could not have the huge
amount of imports without the rail."
A confluence of other factors is advancing the
trend. The energy boom, for instance, is reviving industries like steel and
chemicals. Higher labor and transportation costs in parts of Asia are
triggering a surge in sourcing from nearby.
"All those things have put the railroads into a
great sweet spot for what's next in this economy," says Matthew K. Rose,
chief executive officer of BNSF Railway. "Nobody wants to miss out."
BNSF, purchased by Warren Buffett's Berkshire
Hathaway Inc. BRKB +1.01% in 2010, is investing $4.1 billion on a list that
includes locomotives, freight cars, a giant terminal southwest of Kansas
City and new track and equipment for its oil-related business in the Bakken
shale region of North Dakota and Montana.
Union Pacific Corp. is spending $3.6 billion on a
giant terminal near Santa Teresa, N.M. It is designing a new $400
million-$500 million bridge over the Mississippi at Clinton, Iowa, to
replace an old drawbridge that routinely delays trains for hours at a time.
It will double some track in Louisiana and Texas and expand rail yards there
and in Arkansas to provide more capacity to chemical customers such as Dow
Chemical Co. DOW +0.19% and Exxon Mobil Corp. XOM -0.52%
CSX Corp. CSX +1.15% will spend $2.3 billion partly
to finish the first phase of a multiyear project, raising highway bridges,
enlarging mountain tunnels and clearing some 40-odd obstacles to make enough
space to accommodate double-decker containers all the way from the Midwest
to the mid-Atlantic ports.
Kansas City Southern Railway Co. will spend $515
million. "We're a growth railroad," David Starling, its chief executive,
told a securities analyst who questioned the expenditure in January. "The
worst thing this team wants to be accused of is having some service
deterioration because we didn't have the foresight to spend the money."
Passenger rail is undergoing something of a
renaissance, too. It was the passenger business that nearly killed the
freight business in the 1960s and 1970s. Part of the legislation designed to
save the railroads in the 1970s allowed them to shed the passenger business.
Lately, the Obama administration has invested nearly $12 billion in
passenger rail, according to the Department of Transportation, that has been
used to fund 152 projects in 32 states.
Trains may seem like relics of a bygone era. Not
so. Steeled by a near-death experience in the 1970s—when many railroads
filed for bankruptcy and braced for the threat of a government takeover—the
railroads instead were largely deregulated. The survivors fought hard. They
squeezed capacity, resolved labor issues, swallowed up weaker players and
rebuilt. By the time rail's prospects began to brighten a decade ago, the
executives were "a much younger, more IT, more metric-minded group," says
William Galligan, vice president of investor relations at Kansas City
Southern KSU +2.93% . "They had a whole new view toward how you run a
railroad."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on managerial accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#ManagementAccounting
Expectations GAP in Managerial Accounting
Jensen Comment
In some ways the expectations GAAP between the accounting Academy and the
profession of management accounting is more serious than that of financial
accounting. The financial accounting profession pays little attention to
accountics research but continues to be happy with the Academy as long as
accounting graduates meet expectations for passing the CPA examination and
sufficient knowledge to hit the ground running on audits. There is concern about
the shortage of new faculty in auditing and taxation, which is why the large CPA
firms and the AICPA now fund doctoral fellowships for accounting Ph.D. students
in those specialties. There is also concern about insufficient numbers of
minority students who pass the CPA examination. These problems are discussed at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
The practicing profession pretty well gave up on clinical accounting
research since the 1960s ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
In managerial accounting there's more of a "crisis" in the Academy. Sue Haka
posted the following to the AAA Commons when she was President of the American
Accounting Association.
Saving Management
Accounting in the Academy
discussion posted January 7, 2009 by
Sue Haka, last edited February 10, 2012 by
Tracey Sutherland , tagged
managerial
315 Views,
13 Comments
discussion:
Saving Management Accounting in the
Academy
details:
The long run place
of management accounting in the academy seems in peril for
several reasons. First, there is an ongoing migration of
accounting topics to other disciplines. Second, evidence
suggests that the diversity in management accounting research
seems to be dwindling. Third, the value of our content for MBA
programs is not apparent. Finally, our engagement with the
management accounting practitioner community is weak.
First-topic migration:
I don't know about your experiences, but at my institution I
must be ever vigilant about traditional management accounting
topics migrating into management, marketing, or supply chain
classes. While I am delighted that cost-volume-profit topics are
important to my marketing colleagues, unfortunately the students
that come to my management accounting class after having been
"taught" CVP by my marketing colleagues cannot distinguish
between fixed and variable costs! Other topics taught by my
colleagues include ABC in supply chain and balanced scorecard in
management. Making sure that students are required to take a
management accounting class prior to classes where discussions
about how ABC is important for supply chain decision making
requires constant vigilance. Years ago management accounting
virtually gave capital budgeting up to the finance
department...is fair value measurement next!
Second-research
diversity: I have often been among those who have
suggested that general accounting research is not sufficiently
diverse (i.e. an overabundance of financial archival focus). I
forgot my mother's phrase--when you point at others, three
fingers point back at you! Recent reviews of JMAR topical areas
suggest a lack of diversity within our discipline. These reviews
show an overwhelming focus on performance measurement--in 2008
(2007) 48% (50%) of submitted articles were focused on
performance measurement. Only one other category is over 12%. It
seems that management accounting research is fairly narrow.
Third-value in the MBA:
Management accounting should be a bedrock of MBA programs.
However, we have let financial accounting eclipse management
accounting. MBA programs have, over the last decade, decreased
accounting content and the majority of that reduction has come
out of management accounting. Yet most MBAs become managers and
management accounting should be highly value added for them.
Finally-practitioner
engagement: While our colleagues in auditing and
financial accounting have opportunities to serve as fellows at
the SEC or FASB or take a semester or year to work at one of the
big four firms, management accounting faculty have
few established programs allowing us to experience first hand
many of the issues that we teach and write about. I believe
creating these types of opportunities would help us diversify
our research and convince others of the value of management
accounting for MBAs and in the practicing communities.
I'm sure you
have other issues that imperil the discipline of management
accounting. Please add your comments and discussion.
"Crisis in Management Accounting Curricula: The Unclear Role of
Information Systems and Information Technology," by Gary Spraakman, SSRN,
January 13, 2011 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1740142
Abstract:
The purpose of this literature review paper is to critically evaluate the
research on the presence of information systems and information technology
(IS/IT) in and for management accounting curricula. Over the last 35 years,
there were 13 management accounting curricula pronouncements in the
literature; only 10 of them specified IS/IT knowledge and skills necessary
for university graduates pursuing management accounting positions. The 10
educators pronouncements did not thoughtfully include IS/IT in the curricula
and the pronouncements were not informed by the practice of management
accounting. In contrast to research on the use of IS/IT in the practice of
management accounting and the IFAC, the professional management accounting
associations placed little importance on the inclusion of IS/IT in
management accounting curricula. The paper recommends practitioners be
questioned and studied in depth as the actual use IS/IT has in management
accounting in order to make a practice-informed recommendation for the role
of IS/IT in management accounting curricula.
There are many other articles on the expectations gap in managerial
accounting. Go to Google Advanced Search at
http://www.google.com/advanced_search
All These Words --- Managerial
This Exact Word or Phrase --- "Expectations Gap" AND "Management
Accounting"
None of these words --- Auditing Audit
Also do the same type of search in Advanced Google Scholar ---
Click Here
https://www.google.com/search?as_q=&as_epq=Advanced+Google+Scholar&as_oq=&as_eq=&as_nlo=&as_nhi=&lr=&cr=&as_qdr=all&as_sitesearch=&as_occt=any&safe=images&tbs=&as_filetype=&as_rights=
The practicing profession pretty well gave up on clinical accounting
research since the 1960s ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#AcademicsVersusProfession
March 1, 2013 message from Dennis Huber
The American
Anti-Corruption Institute (AACI) ® ©
The American
Anti-Corruption Institute is a for-profit, Limited Liability Corporation
(LLC) incorporated in Delaware 05/14/2012. Its headquarters is in
Arizona, but no foreign corporation authorization was found on the AZ
Secretary of State website. It issues the Certified Anti-Corruption
Manager ® ©(CACM) ® © which is now in the grandfathering process. There
is a Four-Point Code of Ethics.
OCI Reporting Update From Ernst & Young
on February 28, 2013
Technical
Line: What the new AOCI disclosures will look like
The FASB has issued new guidance requiring companies to report, in one
place, information about reclassifications out of accumulated other
comprehensive income (AOCI). Companies are also required to present
reclassifications by component when reporting changes in AOCI balances.
Public companies must make the disclosures in fiscal years and interim
periods within those years beginning after 15 December 2012. For
calendar-year public companies, that means the first quarter of 2013. For
nonpublic companies, the Accounting Standards Update (ASU) is effective for
fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2013 and interim and annual periods
thereafter. The guidance should be applied prospectively. Our
Technical Line publication
describes the requirements and provides examples of what the disclosures
might look like.
Download ---
Click Here
http://www.ey.com/publication/vwluassetsdld/technicalline_bb2503_aoci_27february2013/$file/technicalline_bb2503_aoci_27february2013.pdf?OpenElement
"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive
Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons,
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237
This paper links academic accounting research on
comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts
of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of
reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness
in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of
any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify
several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net
income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review
academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify
gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested.
Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize
what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from
earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that
might help in that process.
. . .
Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings
Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various
standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and
provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the
paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or
what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a
“cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on
various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement
presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income
composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed.
Table 2 presents a list of the specific
comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require
recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided
financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective
date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components
have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which
established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were
promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and
leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI
has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all
these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter
decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes
in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion
that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction
between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with
recycling should be retained.7
Presumably, elements with similar informational
attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is
unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in
their being characterized differently from other components of income.
Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no
economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not
exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could
potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of
persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core
operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is
reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results
from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and
potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework
for comprehensive income.
Degree of Persistence.
The degree of persistence of various comprehensive
income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g.,
Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's
(1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings
persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates
identifying the level of persistence across income components could be
useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income
persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate
presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary
items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several
footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements
(e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information
to financial statement users about the persistence of various income
statement components.
Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items
potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and
OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI
as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence
items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of
assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from
litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current
paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would
look substantially different from what it is now.
Using persistence of an item to distinguish
earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters.
Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to
permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an
item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring
charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur
every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with
other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI?
Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across
industries, and even across firms.
In spite of these inherent difficulties,
standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they
might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In
addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income
components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent
components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,”
medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence
items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create
additional partitions as needed.
Core Operations.
Classifying income components as earnings or OCI
based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively
appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would
expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items.
Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core
operations has a long history in accounting.
In current practice, companies and investors place
primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear
which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net
income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative
measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings
vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core
earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro
forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely
associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on
current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).
The problems inherent with this attribute are
similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally
accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a
continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business?
As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding
available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether
the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments
across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to
determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition,
differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about
comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising
their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011).
The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial
Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using
interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a
criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or
noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states:
An entity shall classify in the operating category:
Assets that are used as part of the entity's
day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise
from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.
Operating activities generate revenue through a
process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An
asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change
in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No
significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a
liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the
entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may
yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest,
dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras.
72, 73, 81)
The above distinction between operating activities
and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core
activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might
develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute,
standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore
dichotomy when using this definition.
Another possible solution is to allow management to
determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this
discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings.
Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach”
when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures.
In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for
establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits
different measurements for identical investments based on management's
intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows
for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension
liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment
is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the
concern about comparability and potential for abuse.
Management Control.
Given a premise that evaluating management's
stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale
for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good
measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's
operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However,
some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by
company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the
control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest
excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing
returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has
little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect
earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the
objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement
might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already
decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from
foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's
control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the
subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no
intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows.
Of course, determining what is and is not
ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would
probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within
industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be
relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very
relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon
affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon
lengthens, more things are under management's control.
In Table 2, we classify items as not under
management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or
exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within
efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of
the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's
control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within
the control of management, because management controls the decision to
revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest
gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell
the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion,
unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in
OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate
changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently
included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not
distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.
Remeasurements.
Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and
presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The
FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines
remeasurements as follows:
A remeasurement is an amount recognized in
comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of
an asset or a liability and that is the result of:
A change in (or realization of) a current price or
value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any
estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a
liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234)
Using this definition, examples of remeasurements
are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes
in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates,
and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items
represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or
liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred
tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively).
Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that
illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format”
if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting
comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ
earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could
be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements,
if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with
analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix
income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to
extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format
facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all
sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.
Table 3: Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/ReesShane2012Table3.jpg
Employing remeasurements to distinguish between
earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion
of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes,
where the current change has little or no association with future changes
and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast,
earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are
likely more persistent.
Perhaps the most significant advantage of the
remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other
criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are
continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in
earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be
susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a
component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.
Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows
for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of
fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing
earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before
remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information
about probable future cash flows.
Other.
The attributes standard-setters could use to
classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list
in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty.
As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be
viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair
value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et
al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the
value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value
relevance of Level 3 fair values.
Another potential attribute might be the horizon
over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is,
unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life
insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for
many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas
unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could
be part of earnings.
As previously discussed, the attributes of
measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in
determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable
(or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation
across firms and industries impair comparability?
The overriding purpose of the discussion in this
subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could
potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate
earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to
distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic
research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth
sections.
Summary
Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon
that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information
when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from
earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the
occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income
components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is
likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g.,
financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear
definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB
Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income
components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding
whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current
period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we
discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to
distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of
each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright
lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus
noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or
not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might
decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where
comprehensive income is reporte
. . .
Continued in article
History of Women in Accounting and Other Walks of Life
Judith Drake (scholar on barriers to women in physical and mental work,
including accounting) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Judith_Drake
Eight Special Women of Accounting ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2007/Aug/EightSpecialWomenInAccounting.htm
Among the AICPA-donated volumes at Ole Miss
are two binders containing photographs of individuals appearing in the
JofA or at accounting conventions from 1887 to 1979. Of the 446
individuals featured, eight are women—Christine Ross, Ellen Libby Eastman,
Miriam Donnelly, Mary E. Murphy, Helen Lord, Helen H. Fortune, Mary E. Lewis
and Beth M. Thompson. In a time when the profession was the
all-but-exclusive domain of men, they stood out not only because of their
gender but in many cases because of their accomplishments and contributions
to accounting. Consider that in 1933, slightly more than 100 CPA
certificates had been issued to women. By 1946, World War II had changed
traditional notions of gender in the workplace, and female CPAs had more
than tripled to 360—still a small contingent but, as information gleaned
from the AICPA Library indicates, one capable of exerting a strong and
beneficial influence on the profession.
Christine Ross
Born about 1873 in Nova Scotia, Ross took New York by storm in the late
1890s. New York state enacted licensure legislation in 1896 and gave its
inaugural CPA exam in December 1896. Ross sat for the exam in June 1898,
scoring second or third in her group. Six to 18 months elapsed while her
certificate was delayed by state regents because of her gender. But she had
completed the requirements and became the first woman CPA in the United
States, receiving certificate no. 143 on Dec. 21, 1899.
Ross began practicing accounting around
1889. For several years, she worked for Manning’s Yacht Agency in New York.
Her clients included women’s organizations, wealthy women and those in
fashion and business.
Helen Lord
Lord received her CPA certificate from New York in 1934 and in 1935 joined
the American Society of Certified Public Accountants, which merged with the
American Institute of Accountants (later AICPA) the following year. In 1937,
she was a partner with her father in the New York firm of Lord & Lord and a
member of the AIA. She served in the late 1940s as business manager of
The Woman CPA, published by the American Woman’s Society of Certified
Public Accountants–American Society of Women Accountants. Lord reported the
journal then had a circulation of more than 2,200.
Helen Hifner Fortune
Fortune, one of the first women CPAs in Kentucky, received certificate no.
174 in 1935 and was admitted to the AIA the following year. She became a
member of an AIA committee in 1942 and by 1947 was a partner in the
Lexington, Ky., firm of Hifner and Fortune.
Ellen Libby Eastman
Eastman began her career as a clerk in a Maine lumber company, eventually
becoming chief accountant. She studied for the CPA exam at night and became
the first woman CPA in Maine, receiving certificate no. 37 dated 1918. She
was also the first woman to establish a public accounting practice in New
England. Arriving in New York in 1920, Eastman focused on tax work and
audited the accounts of the American Women’s Hospital in Greece. In 1925,
she was a member of the ASCPA. In 1940, Eastman began working with the law
firm of Hawkins, Delafield & Longfellow in New York.
She was outspoken and eloquent regarding a
woman’s ability to succeed in accounting. In a 1929 article in The
Certified Public Accountant, Eastman recounted her adventures:
One must be willing and able to endure
long and irregular hours, unusual working arrangements and difficult travel
conditions. I have worked eighteen out of the twenty-four hours of a day
with time for but one meal; I have worked in the office of a bank president
with its mahogany furnishings and oriental rugs and I have worked in the
corner of a grain mill with a grain bin for a desk and a salt box for a
chair; I have been accorded the courtesy of the private car and chauffeur of
my client and have also walked two miles over the top of a mountain to a
lumber camp inaccessible even with a Ford car. I have ridden from ten to
fifteen miles into the country after leaving the railroad, the only
conveyance being a horse and traverse runners—and this in the severity of a
New England winter. I have done it with a thermometer registering fourteen
degrees below zero and a twenty-five mile per hour gale blowing. I have
chilled my feet and frozen my nose for the sake of success in a job which I
love. I have been snowbound in railroad stations and have been stranded five
miles from a garage with both rear tires of my car flat. I have ridden into
and out of open culvert ditches with the workmen shouting warnings to me.
And always one must keep the appointment; “how” is not the client’s concern.
Mary E. Murphy
A long-lived pioneer, Murphy (1905–1985) lectured, researched and taught in
the United States and abroad, retiring in 1973. The Iowa native earned her
bachelor of commerce degree with a major in accounting from the University
of Iowa in 1927, then obtained a master’s in accountancy in 1928 from
Columbia University Business School. In 1938, she received a doctorate in
accountancy—only the second woman in the United States to do so—from the
London School of Economics.
In 1928, Murphy began working in the New York office of Lybrand, Ross Bros.
& Montgomery. Two years later, she took the CPA exam in Iowa and received
certificate no. 67, to become the first woman CPA in Iowa. She joined the
AIA in 1937.
Following her public accounting stint, she
served for three years as the chair of the Department of Commerce at St.
Mary’s College in Notre Dame, Ind. Murphy also was an assistant professor of
economics at Hunter College of the City University of New York until 1951.
In 1952, she received the first Fulbright professorship of accounting, with
assignments in Australia and New Zealand. In 1957, she was appointed as the
first director of research of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
Australia. Murphy retired in 1973 from the accounting faculty at California
State University.
She published or collaborated on more than
20 books and 100 journal articles and many book reviews and scholarly
papers. From 1946 to 1965 she was the most frequently published author in
The Accounting Review. Murphy investigated the role of accounting
in the economy, made the case for accounting education improvements and
paved the way for other aspiring women accountants to prosper. More than
half her publications explored international accounting, often advocating
standardization. She also emphasized accounting history and biographies.
Mary E. Lewis
Lewis received California CPA certificate no. 1404 in 1939. She was admitted
to the AIA that year and by 1947 had her own firm in Los Angeles.
Beth M. Thompson
Thompson worked as the office manager in the Kentucky Automobile Agency she
and her husband, Charles R. Thompson, owned. After closing the car business,
they moved to Florida, where she worked for an accounting firm. She passed
the CPA exam in 1951 with the encouragement of her husband and opened her
own accounting business in Miami. In 1955, Thompson was one of only 900
women CPAs and the only female president of a state association chapter—the
Dade County chapter of the Florida Institute of CPAs.
Miriam Donnelly
From 1949 to 1955, Donnelly was head librarian of the AIA library. (In 1957,
the AIA was renamed the AICPA.) She began her career with the library as
assistant librarian and cataloger in 1927, after working for two
governmental libraries and the New York Public Library.
History of women accountants in the 1880. US Federal Census ---
http://repository.usfca.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=acct
Christine Ross (The First Woman CPA) ---
Click Here
http://books.google.com/books?id=W8Z2a53DJ2cC&pg=PA151&lpg=PA151&dq=%22First+Woman+CPA%22&source=bl&ots=irXssMWzFN&sig=0AneWv1qO-MB6_ixatHq-mMerRQ&hl=en&sa=X&ei=N8o8UY3XBYrK0AHngoCYBw&ved=0CDgQ6AEwAQ#v=onepage&q=%22First%20Woman%20CPA%22&f=false
Mary Jo McCann (First Woman CPA in Kansas) ---
http://www.kscpa.org/about/news/119-mary_jo_mccann_first_woman_cpa_in_kansas_passes
Bertha Aldrich (First Woman CPA in California) ---
http://boards.ancestry.com/surnames.aldrich/600/mb.ashx
Accounting Reform (search for women) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Accounting_reform
American Society of Women Accountants ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University_of_Cambridge#Women.27s_education
Accounting and Financial Women's Alliance ---
http://www.afwa.org/
Accounting History Libraries at the University of Mississippi (Ole Miss) ---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/accountancy/libraries.html
There are many items pertaining to accounting women in history, especially
in the Accounting Historians Journal
Ruth Andersen, First Woman on the Board of a Big Four Accounting Firm ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruth_Anderson_%28accountant%29
Erma Bombeck (a termite control accountant at an advertising agency) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Erma_Bombeck
Cynthia Cooper (Internal auditor who blew the whistle at WorldCom) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cynthia_Cooper_%28accountant%29
Lynn Brewer was never enough of a player to even mention in my threads on the
Enron scandal
The foul mouthed Sherron Watkins was the significant whistleblower at Enron
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnronQuiz.htm#10
Grace Andrews (early mathematician and accountant in Barnard College) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grace_Andrews_%28mathematician%29
Patricia Courtney (IRS agent and professional baseball star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patricia_Courtney
Patrecia Barringer (Tax accountant, auditor, and professional baseball star)
---http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patricia_Barringer
Helen Nordquist (Telephone operator, accountant, and professional baseball
star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helen_Nordquist
Rita Lee (Accounting Student Tennis Star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Janet_Lee
Diane Cummins (Canadian Accountant Track Star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diane_Cummins
Sue Hearnshaw (British Chartered Accountant and Long Jump Star) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sue_Hearnshaw
Betty Wagner Spandikow (Accountant Who Became an Advocate of Breast Feeding)
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Betty_Wagner_Spandikow
Jennifer Archer (Oil and Gas Accountant Turned Fiction Writer) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jennifer_Archer
Women in Business ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_business
American Business Women Association ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Business_Women%27s_Association
9 to 5 Film ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/9_to_5_%28musical%29
Career Women ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Career_woman
A History of Entrereneurship
"Who Are The Entrepreneurs: The Elite or the Everyday Man? A History of
Entrepreneurship," by Heather A. Haveman, Jacob Habinek, and Leo A
Googman, UC Berkeley, 2011 ---
http://www.escholarship.org/uc/item/392635v2;jsessionid=00ECE18AD2472F4956AAF2D00CC2132E#page-2
Who
Are The Entrepreneurs: The Elite or the Everyday Man? A History of
Entrepreneurship
China's Tiger Women Billionaires ---
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2012/03/04/amy-chua-profiles-four-female-tycoons-in-china.html
"Liz Claiborne Must Say Adieu to Liz," by: Dana Mattioli, The Wall Street
Journal, October 13, 2011 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203914304576626711202553884.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
"New Questions on Women, Academe and Careers," by Scott Jaschik,
Inside Higher Ed, September 22, 2008 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/09/22/women
Barbara Franklin (one of the first graduates of the Harvard Business School)
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbara_Franklin
History of Feminism ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_feminism
Also see
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mich%C3%A8le_Pujol
National Organization for Women (NOW) ---
http://www.now.org/
For example, search for "Accounting" in the search box
Women's Work ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_work
Teachers, Accountants, and Physician Women as Slaves in Ancient Rome ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slavery_in_ancient_Rome
Conduct Literature for Women, 1500-1640, eds. William St Clair &
Irmgard Maassen (6 Volumes) (London: Pickering and Chatto, 2000).
Conduct Literature for Women, 1640-1710, eds. William St Clair &
Irmgard Maassen (6 Volumes) (London: Pickering and Chatto, 2002).
History of Women in the United States ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_women_in_the_United_States
The Arthur and Elizabeth Schlesinger Library on the History of Women in
America ---
http://www.radcliffe.harvard.edu/schlesinger-library
Women's suffrage in the United Kingdom ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_suffrage_in_the_United_Kingdom
By Popular Demand: "Votes for Women" Suffrage Pictures, 1850-1920 ---
http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/vfwhtml/vfwhome.html
Women's Rights ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_rights
Title 15 of the United States Code ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Title_15_of_the_United_States_Code
Title 9 of the United States Code ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Title_9_of_the_United_States_Code
Women's Sports ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_sports
Famous Women in History ---
http://www.historynet.com/famous-women-in-history
National Women's Hall of Fame ---
http://www.greatwomen.org/
Note that some states also have hall of fame sites for women inductees
Women in Islam ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Search&limit=20&offset=120&redirs=1&profile=default&search=Women+in+Accounting
Sharia (search for the sections pertaining to women) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharia
Women's Rights Movement in Iran ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_rights_movement_in_Iran
Women in Saudi Arabia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia
Women in Libya ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Libya
Geisha ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geisha
Women of Singapore ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Singapore
Women's Roles in World Wars ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_roles_in_the_World_Wars
Women in the Military ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_the_military
Yugoslav Partisans ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yugoslav_Partisans
The story of women bomber pilots from the Women's Auxiliary Ferrying Squadron
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ladies_Courageous
Rosie the Riveter ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rosie_the_Riveter
Victorian Dress Reform ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Victorian_dress_reform
Women's Educational and Industrial Union ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_Educational_and_Industrial_Union H
Women in Science ---
http://womeninscience.history.msu.edu/
Discovering American Women's History Online ---
http://digital.mtsu.edu/cdm/landingpage/collection/women
International Museum of Women
http://www.imow.org/home/
Women in Scotland ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Dundee
Also see
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_early_modern_Scotland
Helena Marfell, First President of the Country Women's Association of
Australia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Helena_Marfell
Women and Mormanism ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_and_Mormonism
WomenWatch: UN Information and Resources on Gender Equality and Empowerment
---
http://www.un.org/womenwatch/
Sophia Smith Collection: Women's History Archives at Smith College ---
http://www.smith.edu/libraries/libs/ssc/digitalcoll.html
Wisconsin Women's History ---
http://womenst.library.wisc.edu/bibliogs/wis-women-history.html
Women in Prison ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicole_Hahn_Rafter
Women in Prison Film ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WIP
Women in the Ku Klux Klan ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ku_Klux_Klan
Women on Death Row ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capital_punishment_debate_in_the_United_States
Gifts of Speech: Women's Speeches from Around the World ---
http://gos.sbc.edu/
Women's Legal History ---
http://wlh.law.stanford.edu/
The Frances Perkins Center ---
http://francesperkinscenter.org/
Chicago Women's Liberation Union Herstory Project ---
http://www.cwluherstory.org/
David Foster Wallace’s 1994 Syllabus: How to Teach Serious
Literature with Lightweight Books ---
Click Here
http://www.openculture.com/2013/02/david_foster_wallaces_1994_syllabus.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+OpenCulture+%28Open+Culture%29
National Women's History Project
http://www.nwhp.org/
African-American Women: Online Archival Collections ---
http://library.duke.edu/rubenstein/collections/digitized/african-american-women/
Women Artists of the American West ---
http://www.cla.purdue.edu/WAAW/MainIndex.html
Women's Colleges ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_colleges
Women at Harvard ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Harvard_University#Women
Radcliff College---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radcliffe_College
Cambridge University ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University_of_Cambridge#Women.27s_education
Society of Women's Health Research ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Society_for_Women%27s_Health_Research
Films Made by Women ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women%27s_cinema
Lesbian Pulp Fiction ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lesbian_pulp_fiction
Smithsonian Education: Women's History Teaching Resources
http://www.smithsonianeducation.org/educators/resource_library/women_resources.html
Teaching with Historic Places: Women's History Lesson Plans ---
http://www.nps.gov/nr/twhp/mar99.htm
Algerian Women in France ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Algerian_women_in_France
Barack Obama Supreme Court Candidates ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama_Supreme_Court_candidates
Women in India ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_India
Women in Saudi Arabia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia
Women in Libya ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Libya
Feminism in Thailand ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Feminism_in_Thailand
Women in Taiwan ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Women_in_Taiwan
Gender Inequality in China ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_inequality_in_China
China's Tiger Woman Billionaires ---
http://www.thedailybeast.com/newsweek/2012/03/04/amy-chua-profiles-four-female-tycoons-in-china.html
Gender Pay Gap in Russia ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_pay_gap_in_Russia
Economic Inequality ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economic_inequality
Gender Pay Gap ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gender_pay_gap
From the Scout Report on March 1, 2013
The movement for equal pay for women continues to gain steam across the
United States
Equal pay for women battle gains traction in New York
http://www.metro.us/newyork/news/local/2013/02/21/equal-pay-for-women-battle-gains-traction-in-new-york/
Getting equal pay could become easier for women
http://www.abqjournal.com/main/2013/02/26/politics/legislature/getting-equal-pay-could-become-easier-for-women.html
State Senator Wendy Davis Wants to Bring Federal Fair Pay Laws for Women to
Texas
http://blogs.dallasobserver.com/unfairpark/2013/02/state_sen_wendy_davis_wants_to.php
Wage gaps destroy employee morale, productivity
http://www.leaderpost.com/business/productiveconversations/Wage+gaps+destroy+employee+morale+productivity/8018636/story.html?__lsa=d85d-e6d9
Here We Go Again: The Long (and Frustrating) Journey of Equal Pay for Women
http://www.huffingtonpost.com/marlo-thomas/equal-pay-for-women_b_2678611.html
Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act of 2009
http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/PLAW-111publ2/html/PLAW-111publ2.htm
National Association of Black Accountants ---
http://www.nabainc.org/
Some
Accounting History Sites
Bob Jensen's Summary of Accounting History and
Accounting Theory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm
Accounting
History Libraries at the University of Mississippi (Ole Miss) ---
http://www.olemiss.edu/depts/accountancy/libraries.html
The above libraries include international accounting history.
The above libraries include film and video historical collections.
MAAW Knowledge Portal for Management and Accounting ---
http://maaw.info/
Academy of Accounting Historians and the Accounting Historians Journal ---
http://www.accounting.rutgers.edu/raw/aah/
Sage Accounting History ---
http://ach.sagepub.com/cgi/pdf_extract/11/3/269
A nice timeline on the development of U.S. standards and the evolution of
thinking about the income statement versus the balance sheet is provided at:
"The Evolution of U.S. GAAP: The Political Forces Behind Professional
Standards (1930-1973)," by Stephen A. Zeff, CPA Journal, January 2005
---
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/105/infocus/p18.htm
Part II covering years 1974-2003 published in February 2005 ---
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/205/index.htm
A nice
timeline of accounting history ---
http://www.docstoc.com/docs/2187711/A-HISTORY-OF-ACCOUNTING
From Texas
A&M University
Accounting History Outline ---
http://acct.tamu.edu/giroux/history.html
Bob
Jensen's timeline of derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
History of
Fraud in America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
Also see
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
Humor March 1-31, 2013
John Cleese, Ringo Starr and Peter Sellers Trash Priceless Art (1969) ---
http://www.openculture.com/2013/03/john_cleese_ringo_starr_and_peter_sellers_trash_priceless_art.html
Something You Will Never See on a New Hampshire Golf Course ---
http://www.boreme.com/posting.php?id=31996
Shatner for Guns Commercial ---
http://stufffromjudy.posterous.com/best-commercial-shatner-ever-did-i-unconditio
Makes My Dog Look Stupid ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/PztO-OvzRyg?rel=0
Watch Jeff Gordon Scare The Crap Out Of A Random Used Car Salesman ---
http://jalopnik.com/watch-jeff-gordon-scare-the-crap-out-of-a-random-used-c-453384237
Princess Debit turned up pregnant after attending a dinner party at Count von
Credit's castle.
Rumor has it that she's been counted.
Sorry to waste your time.
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Question:
What is the truest definition of Globalization?
Answer:
Princess Diana's death.
Question:
How come?
Answer :
An English princess
with an Egyptian boyfriend
crashes
in a French tunnel, riding in a
German car
with a
Dutch engine,
driven by a Belgian
who was drunk
onScottish whisky,
(check the bottle before
you
change the spelling),
followed closely by
Italian Paparazzi,
on
Japanese motorcycles,
treatedby an American
doctor, using
Brazilian medicines.
Makes My Dog Look Stupid ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/PztO-OvzRyg?rel=0
BBC Animal Voice Overs ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3aAtFrWft2k&sns=em
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
DON'T WASH YOUR HAIR IN THE SHOWER!
It's so good to finally get a health warning that is useful!
IT INVOLVES THE SHAMPOO WHEN IT RUNS DOWN YOUR BODY WHEN YOU SHOWER WITH IT -
A WARNING TO US ALL!
I don't know why I didn't figure this out sooner. I use shampoo in the
shower! When I wash my hair, the shampoo runs down my whole body, and printed
very clearly on the shampoo label is this warning: "FOR EXTRA BODY AND VOLUME."
No wonder I have been gaining weight! Well, I have gotten rid of that
shampoo, and I am going to start showering with Dawn dish soap instead. Its
label reads: "DISSOLVES FAT THAT IS OTHERWISE DIFFICULT TO REMOVE."
Problem solved!
If I don't answer the phone, I'll be in the shower
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
� 1. Take your shoe size.(only whole sizes)
� 2. Multiply it by 5.
� 3. Add 50.
� 4. Multiply by 20 ..
� 5. Add 1012.
� 6. Subtract the year u were born�
� The first digit is your shoe size while the last 2 digits are your age..
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Florida
A Florida senior citizen drove his brand new Corvette convertible out of the
dealership. Taking off down the road, he pushed it to 80 mph, enjoying the wind
blowing through what little hair he had left. "Amazing," he thought as he flew
down I-95, pushing the pedal even more.
Looking in his rear view mirror, he saw a Florida State Trooper, blue lights
flashing and siren blaring. He floored it to 100 mph, then 110, then 120.
Suddenly he thought, "What am I doing? I'm too old for this!" and pulled over to
await the trooper's arrival.
Pulling in behind him, the trooper got out of his vehicle and walked up to
the Corvette. He looked at his watch, then said, "Sir, my shift ends in 30
minutes. Today is Friday. If you can give me a new reason for speeding--a reason
I've never before heard -- I'll let you go."
The old gentleman paused then said: "Three years ago, my wife ran off with a
Florida State Trooper. I thought you were bringing her back.
"Have a good day, Sir," replied the trooper.
Georgia
The owner of a golf course in Georgia was confused about paying an invoice,
so he decided to ask his secretary for some mathematical help. He called her
into his office and said, "Y'all graduated from the University of Georgia and I
need some help. If I wuz to give yew $20,000, minus 14%, how much would you take
off?" The secretary thought a moment, and then replied, "Everthang but my
earrings."
Louisiana
A senior citizen in Louisiana was overheard saying ... "When the end of the
world comes, I hope to be in Louisiana ." When asked why, he replied, "I'd
rather be in Louisiana 'cause everythang happens in Louisiana 20 years later
than in the rest of the world."
Mississippi
The young man from Mississippi came running into the store and said to his
buddy, "Bubba, somebody just stole your pickup truck from the parking lot!"
Bubba replied, "Did y'all see who it was?" The young man answered, "I couldn't
tell, but I got the license number."
South Carolina
A man in South Carolina had a flat tire, pulled off on the side of the road,
and proceeded to put a bouquet of flowers in front of the car and one behind it.
Then he got back in the car to wait. A passerby studied the scene as he drove
by, and was so curious he turned around and went back. He asked the fellow what
the problem was. The man replied, "I got a flat tahr." The passerby asked, "But
what's with the flowers?" The man responded, "When you break down they tell you
to put flares in the front and flares in the back. I never did understand it
neither."
Tennessee
A Tennessee State trooper pulled over a pickup on I-65. The trooper asked,
"Got any ID?" The driver replied, "Bout whut?"
Texas
The Sheriff pulled up next to the guy unloading garbage out of his pick-up
into the ditch. The Sheriff asked, "Why are you dumping garbage in the ditch?
Don't you see that sign right over your head."
"Yep," he replied. "That's why I'm dumpin' it here, 'cause it says: 'Fine For
Dumping Garbage.' "
Forwarded by Bob Booth
Copper Wire Discovered
After having dug to a depth of 10 feet last year
outside of New York City, New York scientists found traces of copper cable
dating back 100 years. They came to the conclusion that their ancestors already
had a telephone network more than 100 years ago.
Not to be outdone by the New Yorkers, in the weeks
that followed, a Los Angeles, California archaeologist dug to a depth of 20 feet
somewhere just outside Oceanside. Shortly after, a story in the LA Times read:
"California archaeologists report a finding of 200 year old copper cable, have
concluded that their ancestors already had an advanced high-tech communications
network a hundred years earlier than the New Yorkers."
One week later, a newspaper in New Orleans, La
reported the following: "After digging down about 30 feet deep near a Bayou in
the community of
Mamou, Louisiana, near the Hubba Hubba Club,
Boudreaux, a self-taught archaeologist, reported that he found.....absolutely
nothing. Boudreaux has therefore concluded that 300 years ago, Louisiana had
already gone wireless".
Just makes a person proud to be from Louisiana !!!
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
The Indian With One Testicle There once was an Indian who had only one
testicle and whose given name was 'Onestone'. He hated that name and asked
everyone not to call him Onestone. After years and years of torment,
Onestone finally cracked and said,' If anyone calls me Onestone again I will
kill them!'
The word got around and nobody called him that any more. Then one day a
young woman named Blue Bird forgot and said, 'Good morning, Onestone.' He
jumped up, grabbed her and took her deep into the forest where he made love
to her all day and all night. He made love to her all the next day, until
Blue Bird died from exhaustion. The word got around that Onestone meant what
he promised he would do.
Years went by and no one dared call him by his given name until A woman
named Yellow Bird returned to the village after being away. Yellow Bird, who
was BlueBird's cousin, was overjoyed when she saw Onestone. She hugged him
and said, 'Good to see you, Onestone.' Onestone grabbed her, took her deep
into the forest, then he made love to her all day, made love to her all
night, made love to her all the next day, made love to her all the next
night, but
YellowBird wouldn't die!
Why ???
OH, come on... take a guess !!!
Think about it !
You're going to love this !!!
Everyone knows...
You can't kill Two Birds
withOneStone!!!
Forwarded by Gene and Joan
A Norwegian and a German
entered a chocolate store. As they were busy looking, the German stole 3
chocolate bars.
As they
left the
store,
the
German
said to
the
Norwegian,
"Man I'm
the best
thief, I
stole 3
chocolate
bars and
no one
saw me.
You
can't
beat
that."
The
Norwegian
replied:
"You
want to
see
something
better?
Let's go
back to
the shop
and I'll
show you
real
stealing."
So they
went to
the
counter
and the
Norwegian
said to
the
shopkeeper,
"Do you
want to
see
magic?"
The
shopkeeper
replied,
"Yes."
The
Norwegian
said,
"Give me
one
chocolate
bar."
The
shopkeeper
gave him
one, and
he ate
it.
The
Norwegian
asked
for a
second
bar, and
he ate
that as
well. He
asked
for the
third,
and
finished
that one
too.
The
shopkeeper
asked:
"But
where's
the
magic?"
The
Norwegian
replied:
"Check
in my
friend's
pocket,
and
you'll
find all
three
bars of
chocolate."
You just
CAN'T
beat a
Norwegian!
Awful Puns Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Punography
When chemists die, they barium.
Jokes about German sausage are the wurst.
A soldier who survived mustard gas and pepper spray is now a seasoned
veteran.
I know a guy who's addicted to brake fluid. He says he can stop any time.
How does Moses make his tea? Hebrews it.
I stayed up all night to see where the sun went. Then it dawned on me.
This girl said she recognized me from the vegetarian club, but I'd never
met herbivore.
I'm reading a book about anti-gravity. I can't put it down.
I did a theatrical performance about puns. It was a play on words.
They told me I had type A blood, but it was a Type-O.
A dyslexic man walks into a bra.
PMS jokes aren't funny, period.
Why were the Indians here first ? They had reservations.
Class trip to the Coca-Cola factory. I hope there's no pop quiz.
Energizer bunny arrested. Charged with battery.
I didn't like my beard at first. Then it grew on me.
How do you make holy water? Boil the hell out of it!
Did you hear about the cross eyed teacher who lost her job because she
couldn't control her pupils?
When you get a bladder infection, urine trouble.
What does a clock do when it's hungry ? It goes back four seconds.
I wondered why the baseball was getting bigger. Then it hit me!
Broken pencils are pointless.
I tried to catch some fog. I mist.
What do you call a dinosaur with a extensive vocabulary? A thesaurus.
England has no kidney bank, but it does have a Liverpool.
I used to be a banker, but then I lost interest.
I dropped out of communism class because of lousy Marx.
All the toilets in New York's police stations have been stolen. Police
have nothing to go on.
I got a job at a bakery because I kneaded dough.
Haunted French pancakes give me the crepes.
Velcro - what a rip off!
Cartoonist found dead in home. Details are sketchy.
Venison for dinner? Oh deer!
I used to think I was indecisive, but now I'm not so sure
Forwarded by Paula
Jack Daniels Fishing Story
I went fishing this morning, but after a short time I ran out of worms. Then
I saw a cottonmouth with a frog in its mouth. Frogs are good bass bait. Knowing
the snake couldn't bite me with the frog in its mouth, I grabbed it right behind
the head, took the frog, and put it in my bait bucket.
Now the dilemma was how to release the snake without getting bit. So, I
grabbed my bottle of Jack Daniels and poured a little whiskey in its mouth. Its
eyes rolled back, and it went limp. I released the snake into the lake without
incident and carried on fishing, using the frog.
Not long after, I felt a nudge on my foot. It was that damn snake ... with
two more frogs.
Life is good.
Humor Between March 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor033113
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
And that's
the way it was on March 31, 2013 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

February 28, 2013
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks February 1-28, 2013
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498
Hasselback Accounting Faculty
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/
Blast from the Past With Hal
and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm
2012 AAA
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
2013 IFRS Blue Book
(Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717
Links to
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Bob
Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
American
Accounting Association Past Presidents are listed at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm
"2012 tax
software survey: Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by
Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm
Center for Financial Services
Innovation ---
http://cfsinnovation.com/
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx
Bob
Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Subtle Distinctions in Technical
Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision &
Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ ---
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
The Economist: World in 2013 (Annual summary of world economics trends from
The Economist magazine) ---
http://www.economist.com/theworldin/2013
Video
"How Managers Should Read Financial Statements," Harvard Business
Review Blog, February 19, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/video/2013/02/how-managers-should-read-finan.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
CNBC Explains Accounting ---
http://www.cnbc.com/id/100000341
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory
Common Core
State Standards (CCSS) ---
http://www.corestandards.org/
At Trinity University we would probably call these skill standards as opposed to
other courses in the General Education Core such as Western Civilization and
Science Gen. Ed. core courses. Colleges are more likely to agree on the skill
standards than the other Gen. Ed. "standards." In the 21st Century colleges vary
a great deal with respect to courses in the the Gen. Ed. smorgasbord.
"Ernst & Young Supports the CCSS for Education," by Deanna C. White,
AccountingWeb, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/ernst-young-supports-ccss-education/221179?source=education
Ernst & Young recently joined
the ranks of seventy top business leaders in proclaiming their support
for the Common Core State Standards (CCSS) for education.
In an
open letter that appeared in the February 12,
2013, edition of the New York Times, Stephen R. Howe Jr.,
Americas Managing Partner at Ernst & Young, was listed as a business
leader from one of seventy top companies and corporations, including GE
and GM, who offered their "collective support" for the CCSS.
The CCSS initiative, led by
the National Governors Association Center for Best Practices and the
Council of Chief State School Officers, has produced K-12 standards in
the foundational subjects of math and English that meet the business
community's expectations for US students.
The CCSS set consistent,
focused, and rigorous expectations for American students. Forty-six
states and the District of Columbia have already adopted the standards.
"As business leaders we
believe that ALL American children have the right to an education that
prepares them to be successful in a competitive global economy," the
business leaders jointly stated in the open letter. "We also understand
that in order to compete in a knowledge-based global economy, we must
improve the academic performance of our students."
The standards,
according to the
CCSS website,
are "rigorous, internationally benchmarked"
criteria designed to ensure that students "leave school with the
knowledge and skills needed to succeed in college and careers." The CCSS
are not a national curriculum nor are they federally mandated.
"The need to raise
student achievement in the public education system is clear, as American
students are leaving school without the skills and education needed to
succeed. Once leading the world in academic scores and education
attainment, the United States has fallen behind other top performing
countries," the website states, adding this "weakens the United States'
ability to produce a workforce that is fully prepared to compete in the
local, national, and global economies."
Continued in article
"Don’t Rely on the “Journal of Accountancy” for the Straight Skinny
on IFRS," by Tom Selling, The Accounting Onion, February 19, 2013
---
Click Here
http://accountingonion.com/2013/02/dont-count-on-the-straight-skinny-about-ifrs-from-the-journal-of-accountancy.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+typepad%2Ftheaccountingonion+%28The+Accounting+Onion%29
Jensen Comment
I've not yet been able to get this page to work fully at Tom's Accounting
Onion site. But the title alone is pretty indicative of what Tom probably
says about AICPA bias toward IFRS. The Journal of Accountancy is the main
publication of the AICPA.
I've been saying all along that the Big Four is biased toward IFRS because of
reduced auditing costs (only one set of accounting standards to worry about),
hundreds millions of dollars to be made in training clients, selling training
materials, and helping to write software that converts from FASB standards to
IASB standards.
And whenever the Big Four orders jump, the AICPA has always replies "how
high."
My long time criticisms of the biases of the Big Four and the AICPA with
respect to IFRS can be found at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
The Big Four and the AICPA have always glossed over my main criticisms of
replacing FASB standards with FASB standards:
- I think principles-based IFRS standards will make it too easy to have
different accounting treatments of identical accounting transactions ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines
- I think that EU politics has always dominated the IASB and will probably
continue to do so since the future of the FASB rides so heavily upon
pleasing the many EU nations.
- In the long run there is a possibility that the mice will roar like they
are now roaring in the United Nations. Enemies of the USA may combine forces
to leverage the FASB into setting accounting standards and interpretations
for purposes of hurting the USA and the rest of the free world rather than
improved accounting and transparency.
Note that a nation is not supposed to adopt IFRS if it intends to cherry pick
what standards will be enforced versus not enforced. It is not supposed to
rewrite any of the standards for its own domestic enforcements. In other words,
if a nation adopts IFRS it adopts the whole IFRS enchilada.
"Pinocchio Investors: How Investors Lie to Themselves," The
Washington Post, by Barry Ritholtz, The Washington Post, February 24,
2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/pinocchio-investors/
. . .
How exactly do investors lie to themselves? Here
are just 8 ways I discuss in the column:
1. You know what your investment returns are
2. You can predict the future.
3. You know how costs, fees and taxes impact your returns.
4. You can pick fund managers.
5. You understand mean reversion.
6. You have a plan.
7. You can pick stocks.
8. You are saving enough for retirement.
What are you lying to yourself about?
Jensen Question
We might also start a similar thread on the AECM about Pinocchio teachers.
From PwC Direct on February 21, 2013
The FASB and IASB (the "boards") reached decisions at their February
20 meeting on disclosure requirements, transition, and effective
date for the revenue recognition standard. These decisions
substantively conclude the boards' redeliberations on this project.
The boards' decisions are tentative and subject to change. Any
remaining "sweep" issues will be discussed at . ..
Click the Download Button
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief/2013-11-in-brief-boards-conclude-key-revenue-redeliberations-with-decisions-on-disclosures-and-transition.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief&j=55862&e=rjensen@trinity.edu&l=10702_HTML&u=3314177&mid=7002454&jb=0
Also see Ernst & Young's take on the revenue recognition standard ---
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Current-topics-Revenue-recognition
"The High Burden of State and Federal Capital
Gains Taxes," by Kyle Pomerleau, The Tax Foundation, February 20,
2013 ---
http://taxfoundation.org/article/high-burden-state-and-federal-capital-gains-taxes
Long-term Capital
Gains Rate
|
Rank |
Country/State |
Capital Gains Rate |
1 |
Denmark |
42.0% |
2 |
California |
33.0% |
3 |
France |
32.5% |
4 |
Finland |
32.0% |
5 |
New York |
31.4% |
6 |
Oregon |
31.0% |
7 |
Delaware |
30.4% |
8 |
New Jersey |
30.4% |
9 |
Vermont |
30.4% |
10 |
Maryland |
30.3% |
11 |
Maine |
30.1% |
12 |
Ireland |
30.0% |
13 |
Sweden |
30.0% |
14 |
Idaho |
29.7% |
15 |
Minnesota |
29.7% |
16 |
North Carolina |
29.7% |
17 |
Iowa |
29.6% |
18 |
Hawaii |
29.4% |
19 |
District of Columbia |
29.1% |
20 |
Nebraska |
29.1% |
21 |
Connecticut |
29.0% |
22 |
West Virginia |
28.9% |
23 |
Ohio |
28.7% |
24 |
Georgia |
28.6% |
25 |
Kentucky |
28.6% |
Jensen Comment
It saddens me with all the focus on capital gains rates relative to what should
be a more important issue --- price level adjusting long-term capital gains. I
would prefer capital gains taxes at ordinary income rates after adjusting for
inflation.
Arthur P. Hall, Issues in the Indexation of Capital Gains, Tax
Foundation Special Report No. 47 (Apr. 1995),
http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/dafa29992e4cfa82276853f47607c84d.pdf.
Warning: Although tax reform is unlikely over the next four years, miracles
do happen. Some of the strategies suggested in the links below may be less
advisable under serious revisions of our nation's tax law. Always stay up to
date on tax reform. Even if there are no broad reforms, selected reforms are
possible. For example, the advantage of not realizing long-term capital gains
until after you die might be revised even if there are no other remarkable
changes in the tax code.
The really-needed revision of the tax code for capital gains is to adjust
these gains for inflation. Doing so, however, doesn't have a snowball's chance
in Hell.
When I forward tax advice links like the ones below it does not mean that I
agree with every piece of the advice or that I hold myself out as being a tax
expert. Although I taught accounting for 40 years, I never taught tax
accounting. I rely on tax software like Turbo Tax as much or more than you rely
on such software.
If you really need help with your taxes, first visit the truly great IRS
Website at www.irs.gov
If that does not do the job seek out a genuine tax expert for advice.
Remember that all people who charge you for doing tax returns are not
necessarily experts on tax planning and strategy. All tax experts are not equal
any more than all physicians, lawyers, or college professors are all equal.
The Tax Policy Center has a good online tool for making before-and-after
estimations ---
http://calculator2.taxpolicycenter.org/index.cfm
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on February 23,
2013
The New Capital-Gains Maze
by:
Laura Saunders
Feb 16, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting, Capital Gains Tax, Investment Sales, Tax Law,
Tax Planning, Taxation
SUMMARY: Amid the political drama surrounding the "fiscal cliff"
negotiations, some investors overlooked significant tax changes kicking in
this year. Most notable: those on long-term capital gains, or taxable income
from the sale of investments held longer than a year. These are significant
increases, and they raise the value of tax deferral and careful planning.
Investors who have begun to consider these issues-and many haven't-admit to
being confused. Fortunately for investors, there still are ways to minimize
the hit-and even dodge it. Strategies include carefully timing investment
sales, making charitable donations and family gifts with assets instead of
cash, and minimizing certain income. With markets approaching record highs,
investors need to know them. Topics include: lowering AGI, using "air
pockets", giving appreciated assets to charity, strategizing family gifts,
among others.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article offers a nice update regarding
the changes in the tax law and how taxpayers can plan to legally minimize
taxes. You can use this article to discuss each of the individual topics
discussed in the article, as well as to show students how valuable tax
planning services are for many taxpayers.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What were the "fiscal cliff" negotiations? How
was the law regarding the sale of investments impacted? What were the
biggest changes noted in this article?
2. (Advanced) What is adjusted gross income? What are the
suggestions offered in the article regarding AGI? Why is AGI an important
number for taxpayers?
3. (Advanced) What is an "air pocket" for tax purposes? How can a
taxpayer use a so-called air pocket to reduce tax liability?
4. (Advanced) Please choose and explain three of the other tax
planning ideas featured in the article. How could these ideas reduce tax
liability without changing the overall effect of the underlying transaction?
5. (Advanced) If you choose to be a tax professional, how would you
market your services based on what you learned from reading this article?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"The New Capital-Gains Maze," by Laura Saunders, The Wall Street
Journal, February 16, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324432004578302123138871136.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Chances are your capital-gains taxes are going up
this year—and if you aren't careful, you could end up paying more than
necessary.
Amid the political drama surrounding the "fiscal
cliff" negotiations, some investors overlooked significant tax changes
kicking in this year. Most notable: those on long-term capital gains, or
taxable income from the sale of investments held longer than a year.
Under the old system, there were often only two
rates: zero and 15%, depending on your income. Now, there are three tax
tiers: zero, 15% and 20%. More Weekend Investor
Value Stocks Are Hot—But Most Investors Will Burn
Out Cash Shouldn't Be the Only Apple of Your Eye Is It Time to Hock the Art?
Beyond Long-Term Care Thinking of 'Shorting' Treasurys? Tread Lightly
And that isn't all. There also are three backdoor
tax increases that can push your effective rate even higher—to nearly 25%.
Experts say many taxpayers whose rate still is 15%
could well owe one-third more than they would have last year. And many
top-bracket taxpayers will owe nearly two-thirds more, even if their income
is that high only because of a once-in-a-lifetime sale.
"These are significant increases, and they raise
the value of tax deferral and careful planning," says Vanguard Group tax
expert Joel Dickson.
Investors who have begun to consider these
issues—and many haven't—admit to being confused.
"I'm trying to figure out whether it's even worth
it to have a taxable account," says Matt Reiland, a 32-year-old oil-industry
financial analyst in Farmington, N.M., who now is putting away $1,000 a
month.
Fortunately for investors, there still are ways to
minimize the hit—and even dodge it. Strategies include carefully timing
investment sales, making charitable donations and family gifts with assets
instead of cash, and minimizing certain income. With markets approaching
record highs, investors need to know them.
To be sure, long-term capital gains still retain
many of the advantages investors have cherished for decades.
Unlike wages, capital gains often can be timed.
Losses on one investment can be "harvested" and used to offset gains on
other investments, even in different years. Up to $3,000 of capital losses
still are deductible against "ordinary" income such as wages. And whatever
an investor's top rate on gains, it often is far below the rate on ordinary
income, which now can be more than 41%.
It isn't just capital gains that are affected by
the tax changes. The new provisions also apply to many dividends, and some
apply to other investment income, including interest. But these types of
income often are more difficult to time than long-term gains.
Where You Stand
This year's changes divide taxpayers into three
groups. For joint filers with more than $450,000 of taxable income or single
filers with more than $400,000, the tax rate on long-term gains is fairly
clear, if painful.
It starts with a flat tax of 20% above those
thresholds. Add to that the new "Pease limit," a complex backdoor increase
tied to itemized deductions that is named after Donald Pease, a former Ohio
congressman. In effect, the Pease limit raises a taxpayer's rate by about
1%, according to experts at the Tax Policy Center, a nonpartisan research
group in Washington.
Finally, there is a new 3.8% flat tax on net
investment income—unless the investor has sold an actively managed
business—for a total of about 25%.
Thus, for a taxpayer already in the top bracket,
the tax on a $500,000 gain could rise to about $125,000 this year from
$75,000 in 2012.
For taxpayers in the next income tier—couples with
$72,500 to $450,000 of taxable income and single filers with $36,250 to
$400,000—the effective rate on a gain is harder to predict.
It begins with a 15% flat rate, but taxpayers who
cross certain income thresholds owe more because of the 3.8% net investment
income tax, the Pease limit and the Personal Exemption Phaseout, or PEP, a
backdoor increase that limits personal exemptions.
Here's how it could play out: Say a couple with two
children in college and a third soon to go has an adjusted gross income of
$220,000. They sell long-held investments to help pay tuition, realizing a
$175,000 gain. Although they are in the 15% bracket for long-term gains,
just as they were in 2012, they'll owe about $5,500 more than they would
have last year due to the new 3.8% tax.
This is where planning can help. If the couple can
lower their income by, say, raising retirement-plan contributions or
spreading the gain over several years, or both, they might reduce or avoid
the extra taxes.
"If they cut this year's gain to $50,000, the
$5,500 would drop about $750," says Roberton Williams, a tax specialist at
the Tax Policy Center.
The last group are investors who owe zero tax on
their long-term gains. They often avoid the 3.8% tax, the Pease limit and
the Personal Exemption Phaseout as well.
For couples filing jointly, the zero rate extends
up to $72,500 ($36,250 for singles). That might sound like a low cutoff,
says Silicon Valley tax strategist Stewart Karlinsky, an emeritus professor
at San Jose State University, "but it includes more people than we used to
think."
That's because these investors often have large
amounts of tax-free income, thanks to municipal bonds or Roth individual
retirement accounts. If so, they might be able to realize gains selectively
to stay within the zero rate.
Sound complicated? It is—and the alternative
minimum tax can make it worse. But careful planning is often worth the
effort. Here is what to do to minimize your gains pain this year.
Lower your adjusted gross income.
An especially confusing feature of the new capital-gains regime is that
while rates are tied to taxable income, for most taxpayers the backdoor
increases are tied to adjusted gross income.
That's the number at the bottom of the front page
of the 1040. It doesn't include itemized deductions on Schedule A, such as
mortgage interest and charitable gifts. Taxable income does.
To avoid the backdoor taxes, it is important to
minimize your adjusted gross income. Itemized deductions won't help, but
other tax benefits can. Among them: deductible contributions to retirement
plans such as IRAs or 401(k)s; moving expenses; business deductions or
losses; capital losses; rental-property expenses; alimony payments; and
health insurance premiums or health-savings-account contributions, according
to Mr. Karlinsky.
Tax-free income from municipal bonds or Roth IRAs
won't swell adjusted gross income, either. Converting to a Roth IRA will,
however, raise it in the year of the conversion.
Take advantage of "air pockets."
The tax code stacks income, deductions and net long-term gains in a way that
shrewd taxpayers can exploit.
Here's an example: A retired couple has $70,000 of
adjusted gross income before capital gains and $30,000 of itemized
deductions. (They might also have tax-free income from munis and Roth IRAs.)
According to tax rules, the deductions reduce their income to about $40,000.
This leaves them with an "air pocket" of about
$33,000 before they cross from the zero rate to the 15% rate on long-term
gains.
If they take a $50,000 gain, nearly $33,000 of it
won't be taxable, while the rest would be taxed at 15%. If their income
remains constant for two years and they can split the gain between the two
years (selling at the end of December and beginning of January, for
example), the entire gain could be tax-free.
This is a great tax-code freebie. "People in the
zero bracket can even harvest gains and raise their cost basis without owing
federal taxes," says Mitch Marsden, a planner at Longview Financial Advisors
in Huntsville, Ala. Unlike with assets sold at a loss, there's no waiting
period to repurchase assets sold at a gain.
Of course, the value of multiyear strategies
depends in part on Congress not changing the law again.
Give appreciated assets to charity.
Higher taxes raise the value of making charitable donations with appreciated
assets such as shares of stock instead of cash. Under current law and within
certain limits, the donor gets to skip the tax and yet take a near-full
deduction for the gift.
Strategize family gifts. Are you
thinking of giving cash to relatives or friends in the same year that you
plan to sell a long-held asset? If your recipient is in a lower
capital-gains bracket, consider giving him all or part of the asset instead.
Taxpayers can give presents of up to $14,000 per individual per year free of
gift tax, and the move can save on capital-gains tax as well.
For example, say a woman wants to give $14,000 to
her granddaughter, who is between jobs. If she gives $14,000 of stock shares
she bought for $3,000, the granddaughter could sell the shares and pay no
tax if her taxable income is below $36,250 this year. But if the grandmother
sells the shares herself, the tax bite could range from $1,650 to more than
$2,500.
Hold on for dear life. The tax
code still forgives capital gains on assets held until death; at that point
the asset's full market value becomes part of the taxpayer's estate. Now
that the estate-tax exemption is a generous $5.25 million per individual
(and indexed for inflation), some investors will find it makes sense to hold
appreciated assets until death in order to avoid higher capital-gains taxes.
Consider installment sales. Assets
such as land or a business can be hard to sell piecemeal. But an owner could
sell the entire asset in an installment sale and spread out a gain over
several years, assuming the deal makes overall sense.
Remember the home exemption.
Couples who sell a principal residence after living in it at least two years
get to skip paying tax on up to $500,000 of gains ($250,000 for singles);
only above that does the gain become part of income.
Beware of lower limits for trusts.
The new 3.8% tax on capital-gains and other investment income takes effect
at $11,950 of adjusted gross income for trusts—far lower than the $250,000
threshold for individuals.
But there is an out: The lower limit applies to
income that's retained by the trust, while income that's paid out to
beneficiaries is taxed at their own rates.
"This puts pressure on trustees to make
distributions," says Diana Zeydel, an estate lawyer at Greenberg Traurig in
Miami. Yet the point of some trusts is to retain gains and accumulate
assets, or at least to keep the beneficiary on a short tether. These issues
require expert help.
Don't be driven by taxes. Don't
sell—or hold—an asset just to beat Uncle Sam. Don't do an installment sale
if you can't trust the buyer to pay up. And don't make charitable or
personal gifts solely for tax reasons.
Continued in article
The Tax Policy Center has a good online tool for making before-and-after
estimations ---
http://calculator2.taxpolicycenter.org/index.cfm
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#SmallBusiness
"Which Governments Spend the Most Per Capita on Government Healthcare:
France, Italy, the United States, Sweden, Canada, Greece, or the United Kingdom?"
by Daniel J. Mitchell, Townhall, February 22, 2013
http://www.townhallmail.com/fnbzdpfbzzgwdbzbwbdhfwcnnywnnbyfrrhpldgnrnybys_msycbpyncdb.html
See bar chart at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/HealthCostPerCapita.jpg
. . .
There are three big reasons why there’s more
government-financed healthcare spending in the United States.
1. Richer nations tend
to spend more, regardless of how they structure their healthcare systems.
2. As you can see at
the 1:18 mark of this video, the United States is
halfway down the road to a single-payer system thanks to programs such as
Medicare and Medicaid.
3. America’s pervasive
government-created third-party payer system
leads to high prices and costly inefficiency.
So what’s the moral of the story? Simple,
notwithstanding the shallow rhetoric that dominates much of the debate, the
United States does not have anything close to a free-market healthcare
system.
That was true before Obamacare and it’s even more
true now that Obamacare has been enacted.
Indeed, it’s quite likely that many nations with
“guaranteed” health care actually have more market-oriented systems than the
United States.
Avik Roy argues, for instance, that
Switzerland’s system is the best in the world. And
the chart above certainly shows less direct government spending.
And there’s also the example of Singapore, which
also is
a very rich nation that has far less government spending on healthcare
than the United States.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Articles like this are controversial and misleading. Firstly, we may be
comparing apples and kangaroos when it comes to the terms "health care" and
"cost." Much of the USA health care "cost" gets buried in other accounts like
"research" and "education." The many research universities in the USA are
contributing tuition and state taxpayer money to fund biomedical science faculty
and other science and engineering faculty who are doing medical research and
development in one way or another. But these costs are treated as "education"
and "research" costs rather than medical costs.
An enormous proportion of what the USA includes in costs of medical care is
really the cost of fraud that other nations, especially those with either free
market or nationalized coverage, avoid much more efficiently and effectively.
The frauds are especially high in Medicare billings for our aged and disabled
such as billings for nonexistent medical equipment and $6,384 cost of an aspirin
administered inside a hospital.
Much of what gets billed as "medical care" in the USA is the massive cost of
malpractice insurance, costs which nations like Canada with national health care
cover much more efficiently and effectively by leaving out the lawyers
salivating over punitive damages.
In the USA and Mexico much of the cost of geriatric and disability care is
borne by patient savings and family earnings that does not pass through
governmental or third-party insurance "medical care" accounts.. In nations with
nationalized medicine like Norway such costs are more apt to be called "medical
costs."
In the USA most patients like me bear their own eye care and dental billings
out-of-pocket and are not captured in governmental "medical care" accounts. In
many other nations the costs of these services pass through governmental
accounts.
The USA spends (usually under Medicare) hundreds of billions on patients that
are terminally ill, often extending their lives uselessly for weeks or a few
months in intensive care and cardiac care units. Most other nations save this
money by letting nature run its course for dying patients and/or facilitating
euthanasia. CBS Sixty Minutes ran a module on this under the title "The High
Cost of Dying" in the USA.
Similar discrepancies arise for extremely premature and/or underweight new
babies that are not saved in most nations outside the USA.
The above comparison of nations by Daniel Mitchell is mostly an example of
the many attempts (such as poverty and unemployment) to make international
comparisons on variables that are inconsistently defined and subject to enormous
measurement error and variation between nations
"Sandwich Generation: What are our Ethical Obligations to Care for our
Aged-Parents and Children?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics
Sage, January 25, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/sandwich-generation.html
Bob Jensen's threads on health care are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
An accounting professor's commentary in the Chronicle of Higher Education
Is it random coincidence that he wrote about the Governor of California and Nuts
in separate articles on the same day?
"A Governor's Attack on Academic Freedom," by
Steven Mintz (the Ethics Sage), Chronicle of Higher Education,
February 18, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/A-Governors-Attack-on/137367/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
Bob Jensen's threads on higher education controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
"Accounting for Nuts (Literally): Diamond Foods Fraud Illustrates the
Danger of overly-optimistic Earnings Projections," by
Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 18, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/accounting-for-nuts.html
Bob Jensen's threads on Diamond Foods (including a teaching case) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Search on the phrase "Diamond Foods"
To get an F on your term paper, cite Fox News, but CNN and MSNBC are good for
an A
"A Professor vs. Fox News," by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher Ed,
February 15, 2015 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/02/15/professors-syllabus-bars-students-using-fox-news-assignment
Jensen Comment
I certainly hope this instructor will not get a full-time appointment.
Some accounting are proud of the fact that they don't read the Wall Street
Journal
I don't think they will give an F to a student who cites an article in the WSJ
Bob Jensen's threads on the liberal bias of the Academy ---
www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
Reflections on the Last Decade of IFRS Parts 1 and 2 in the free
Australian Accounting Review
2012 Volume 22 Issue 3 Special Edition Part 1 on the last decade of IFRS
Capsule Summaries of Part 2
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2012/november/10-years-of-ifrs-reflections-and-expectations
2012 Volume 22 Issue 4 Special Edition Part 2 on the last decade of IFRS
Capsule Summaries of Part 2
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/10-years-of-ifrss-ii
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
The Australian Accounting Review
-
2012 - Volume 22 Australian Accounting Review
-
2011 - Volume 21 Australian Accounting Review
-
2010 - Volume 20 Australian Accounting Review
-
2009 - Volume 19 Australian Accounting Review
-
2008 - Volume 18 Australian Accounting Review
-
2007 - Volume 17 Australian Accounting Review
-
2006 - Volume 16 Australian Accounting Review
-
2005 - Volume 15 Australian Accounting Review
-
2004 - Volume 14 Australian Accounting Review
-
2003 - Volume 13 Australian Accounting Review
-
2002 - Volume 12 Australian Accounting Review
-
2001 - Volume 11 Australian Accounting Review
-
2000 - Volume 10 Australian Accounting Review
-
1999 - Volume 9 Australian Accounting Review
-
1998 - Volume 8 Australian Accounting Review
-
1997 - Volume 7 Australian Accounting Review
-
1996 - Volume 6 Australian Accounting Review
-
1995 - Volume 5 Australian Accounting Review
-
1994 - Volume 4 Australian Accounting Review
-
1993 - Volume 3 Australian Accounting Review
-
1992 - Volume 1 Australian Accounting Review
-
1991 - Volume 1 Australian Accounting Review
References for Comparisons of IFRS versus U.S. GAAP
From Ernst & Young in November 2012
US GAAP versus IFRS: The basics
While convergence was a high priority for the FASB and the IASB in 2012,
differences continue to exist between US GAAP and IFRS. In this guide, we
provide an overview by accounting area of where the standards are similar, where
differences are commonly found in practice, and how and when certain differences
are expected to disappear
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/IFRSBasics_BB2435_November2012/$FILE/IFRSBasics_BB2435_November2012.pdf
Jensen Comment
This is only a 54-page document. I still prefer the somewhat older but much
longer PwC document.
Older links to such comparisons:
US GAAP versus IFRS: The basics
2011 Edition, 56 Pages
Free from Ernst & Young
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/IFRSBasics_BB2280_December2011/$FILE/IFRSBasics_BB2280_December2011.pdf
IFRS and US GAAP: Similarities and Differences
2011 Edition, 238 Pages
From PwC
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/issues/ifrs-reporting/publications/ifrs-and-us-gaap-similarities-and-differences.jhtml
Note the Download button!
From Deloitte
Comparisons of IFRS With Local GAAPS
http://www.iasplus.com/dttpubs/pubs.htm#compare1109
IFRS and US GAAP
July 2008 Edition, 76 Pages
http://www.iasplus.com/dttpubs/0809ifrsusgaap.pdf
Jensen Comment
At the moment I prefer the PwC reference
My favorite comparison topics (Derivatives and
Hedging) begin on Page 158 in the PwC reference
The booklet does a good job listing differences but, in my opinion, overly
downplays the importance of these differences. It may well be that IFRS is more
restrictive in some areas and less restrictive in other areas to a fault. This
is one topical area where IFRS becomes much too subjective such that comparisons
of derivatives and hedging activities under IFRS can defeat the main purpose of
"standards." The main purpose of an "accounting standard" is to lead to greater
comparability of inter-company financial statements. Boo on IFRS in this topical
area, especially when it comes to testing hedge effectiveness!
One key quotation is on Page 165
IFRS does not specifically discuss the
methodology of applying a critical-terms match in the level of detail
included within U.S. GAAP.
Then it goes yatta, yatta, yatta.
Jensen Comment
This is so typical of when IFRS fails to present the "same level of detail" and
more importantly fails to provide "implementation guidance" comparable with the
FASB's DIG implementation topics and illustrations.
I
have a huge beef with the lack of illustrations in IFRS versus the many
illustrations in U.S. GAAP.
I
have a huge beef with the lack of illustrations in IFRS versus the many
illustrations in U.S. GAAP.
I have a huge beef with the lack of
illustrations in IFRS versus the many illustrations in U.S. GAAP
"PwC's 2013 Top 10 Technology Trends for Business: Report Reveals
the Emerging and Disruptive Technologies that Are Reshaping Strategies, Business
Models, and Enterprise Investments," SmartPros, February 11, 2013 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x74571.xml
. . .
According to PwC, 10 significant trends will impact
businesses this year:
- Pervasive Computing: The
ability to digitally engage and interact (via your mobile devices) with
enabled objects around you
- Cyber Security: Continues to
be a pressing issue, as technology enabled processes increasingly
underpin and fuel the global economy
- Big Data Mining & Analysis:
More than managing dizzying amounts of data faster and cheaper; it is
about making better business decisions
- Private Cloud: Due to
security and regulatory concerns, larger enterprises have been primarily
operating in a trial mode of private/hybrid clouds and this will change
in 2013. Consumers of IT are demanding greater value from IT services
- Enterprise Social Networking:
Becoming a core tool for the new social workforce; the key insight for
organizations succeeding in building value from this technology is
social business processes redesign
- Digital Delivery of Products &
Services: Customers are driving companies of all shapes and
sizes to develop new, technology-based ways of delivering value.
Digital delivery of products and services can open tremendous new
pathways for growth, but companies must shift their underlying business
operations to support this new business model
- Public Cloud Infrastructure:
Cloud adoption will continue to mature with hybrid cloud architecture
becoming the mainstay as companies of all sizes leverage public cloud
services
- Data Visualization: Leading
edge companies will explore dynamic virtualization techniques and
advanced display devices to navigate through multiple dimensions of data
- Simulation & Scenario Modeling:
Organizations are increasingly focusing on simulation models that enable
executives to envision the potential impact of their choices before
making investments
- Gamification: With its
combination of game mechanics, social networking, interactive media and
behavioral analytics, gamification can transform a business
Bob Jensen's threads on Gamification are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
"Tax Advice for the Second Obama Administration," by Paul L. Caron,
SSRN, February 18, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2220496
Abstract:
Twenty-five of the nation’s leading tax academics, practitioners,
journalists, and public intellectuals gathered in Malibu, California on the
Friday before President Obama’s second inauguration to plead for tax reform.
The papers published in this issue of the Pepperdine Law Review provide very
different prescriptions for America’s tax ills. But there is a unanimous
diagnosis that the country’s tax system is sick indeed. A re-elected
president’s inauguration offers a particularly propitious moment to put
politics aside and embark on a treatment plan. If our lawmakers are
interested in healing our tax wounds, the ideas presented in these pages
offer a good place to begin. They run the gamut from relatively minor
procedures to total transplantation. But all would improve the health of our
current tax system.
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
"Tax Pays: HP Pays Ernst & Young Two Million
To Testify," by Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, February 18, 2013
---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/02/18/tax-pays-hp-pays-ernst-young-two-million-to-testify/
The issue of tax avoidance
by corporations is a hot one. In the US and in the UK, legislators and
pundits seeking “tax justice” have changed the discussion from one of tax
breaks that stimulate “jobs and growth” to one of tax fairness to provide
much needed funds for public works and public commitments in time of
economic hardship.
In December 2012, I
wrote in the UK publication Accountancy on the subject of offshore
profit shifting by corporations such as Starbucks, Google, Amazon, and other
US multinationals. The UK is mad as hell and not going to take it anymore.
It seems US multinationals move profits out of the UK via circuitous supply
chain routes leaving no profits, no tax liability and, therefore, no tax
revenue there, for all their hoopla here about success abroad.
Shifting
Multinationals are under increasing
scrutiny for income shifting and offshoring
profits. Francine McKenna reports
US corporations with activities in
relatively high tax UK avoid tax on profits
by moving income to tax havens. Loopholes in
the US tax code allow corporations to do
this with impunity. Governments continue to prioritise
a ‘competitive tax environment for business’
in the hope corporations will convert
profits into economic growth and jobs. Tax
justice and a fair spread of the deficit
reduction burden have been ignored.
Multinationals
headquartered in the US often reduce income
taxes by shifting profits offshore. Profit
shifting erodes the corporate tax base
and reduces overall tax revenues. Lower
revenues are squeezing governments all over
the world trying to provide services during
a prolonged period of economic uncertainty
and high sovereign debt. There are now
significant differences in the tax burden
among corporate taxpayers and an overall
unequal burden on all taxpayers in the US
and in the UK.
Here’s
the PDF of that article from the December
2012 issue of Accountancy.
So it was quite a
shock for me to learn that, when the debate landed in the US,
HP paid Ernst & Young, probably the
preeminent tax advisor of the Big Four accounting firms at least for
US multinationals, for testimony before the Senate Subcommittee on
Investigations in September.
Maybe it
doesn’t seem strange to you to see $2 million in “Other” fees to the
auditor show up on the HP proxy. Maybe you weren’t aware Ernst &
Young is already being investigated by the SEC for independence
violations related to tax lobbying.
According to Reuters, Ernst & Young
provided tax lobbying services to audit clients.
The last time we had
a big Big Four independence rules crackdown, it was 2004. It was
Ernst & Young again, sanctioned for its systems integrator
relationship with PeopleSoft, an audit client. Ernst & Young was
suspended from accepting new public company audit clients for six
months.
I bet you
can’t tell me about an SEC or PCAOB enforcement order for a similar
firm-level independence offense since. But they do occur with some
regularity, in my observation. There was
one in Australia against KPMG that
resulted in an enforcement order. It was suspiciously similar to
what I reported regarding tax services provided by KPMG to audit
client GE. The
KPMG GE issue went away quietly.
And I reported
over the holidays about
PwC’s systems integration relationship with audit client Thomson
Reuters, an inappropriate business
alliance that’s very similar to the PeopleSoft case. An SEC inquiry
of the potential independence was inadvertently confirmed by PwC, to
my editors at Forbes, when a PwC spokesman complained to them about
my recent reporting. PwC told Forbes editors the SEC had called them
about it even though I had “not given them much time that morning to
respond to the story.” PwC did not request a retraction or a
correction to the story, only a chance to talk me and Forbes out of
it.
That’s not going to
happen.
Here’s what Ernst &
Young did for HP – and Microsoft – in September of 2012. Microsoft
was also called by Senator Carl Levin to testify. Microsoft is a tax
lobbying client of Ernst & Young.
Let’s hope EY didn’t
charge Microsoft for the same appearance.
Continued in artilce.
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Will You Have to Pay Capital Gains Taxes on the Sale of Your Home?"
by Carrie Schwab Pomerantz, Townhall, February 21, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://finance.townhall.com/columnists/carrieschwabpomerantz/2013/02/21/will-you-have-to-pay-capital-gains-taxes-on-the-sale-of-your-home-n1515764?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
Bob Jensen's tax helpers are at
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2220496
Individual Retirement Account (IRA) ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Individual_retirement_account
There are several types of IRA:
-
Traditional IRA – contributions are often
tax-deductible (often simplified as “money is deposited before tax” or
“contributions are made with pre-tax assets”), all transactions and
earnings within the IRA have no tax impact, and withdrawals at
retirement are taxed as income (except for those portions of the
withdrawal corresponding to contributions that were not deducted).
Depending upon the nature of the contribution, a traditional IRA may be
referred to as a “deductible IRA” or a “non-deductible IRA.” It was
introduced with the Tax Reform Act (TRA) of 1986.
-
Roth IRA – contributions are made with
after-tax assets, all transactions within the IRA have no tax impact,
and withdrawals are usually tax-free. Named for Senator
William V. Roth, Jr.. The Roth IRA was
introduced as part of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997.
-
SEP IRA – a provision that allows an employer
(typically a small business or self-employed individual) to make
retirement plan contributions into a Traditional IRA established in the
employee’s name, instead of to a pension fund in the company's name.
-
SIMPLE IRA – a Savings Incentive Match Plan
for Employees that requires employer matching contributions to the plan
whenever an employee makes a contribution. The plan is similar to a
401(k) plan, but with lower contribution
limits and simpler (and thus less costly) administration. Although it is
termed an IRA, it is treated separately.
-
Self-Directed IRA – a self-directed IRA that
permits the account holder to make investments on behalf of the
retirement plan.
There are two other subtypes of IRA, named Rollover
IRA and Conduit IRA, that are viewed by some as obsolete under current tax
law (their functions have been subsumed by the Traditional IRA); but this
tax law is set to expire unless extended. However, some individuals still
maintain these arrangements in order to keep track of the source of these
assets. One key reason is that some qualified plans will accept rollovers
from IRAs only if they are conduit/rollover IRAs.
What was formerly known as an Educational IRA is
now called a
Coverdell Education Savings Account.
Starting with the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001
(EGTRRA), many of the restrictions of what type of funds could be rolled
into an IRA and what type of plans IRA funds could be rolled into were
significantly relaxed. Additional acts have further relaxed similar
restrictions. Essentially, most retirement plans can be rolled into an IRA
after meeting certain criteria, and most retirement plans can accept funds
from an IRA. An example of an exception is a non-governmental
457 plan which cannot
be rolled into anything but another non-governmental 457 plan.
The tax treatment of the above types of IRAs except
for Roth IRAs are substantially similar, particularly for rules regarding
distributions. SEP IRAs and SIMPLE IRAs also have additional rules similar
to those for qualified plans governing how contributions can and must be
made and what employees are qualified to participate.
"Should You Contribute to a Non-Deductible IRA?" by Laura Adams,
Money Girl, February 12, 2013 ---
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-a-non-deductible-ira.aspx
Roth IRA ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roth_IRA
Jensen Warning
Deborah Jacobs may have overstated the case for a Roth IRA. Ordinary folks
should not choose a Roth IRA without expert tax advice
Mega-Roths
Remarkably, despite warnings of future large revenue losses, Congress has put
no cap on the amount that can accumulate in a Roth IRA. Still, the Yelp
shares in Levchin’s Roth do raise a legal issue. Tax rules bar you from
investing your IRA or Roth IRA in a business you control—such a “prohibited
transaction” can render the IRA immediately taxable and possibly subject to
penalties.
Deborah L. Jacobs (see
below)
"How Facebook Billionaires Dodge Mega-Millions In Taxes," by Deborah
L. Jacobs, Forbes, March 20, 2012 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/deborahljacobs/2012/03/20/how-facebook-billionaires-dodge-mega-millions-in-taxes/
In 2010 Max R. Levchin, chairman of social review
site
Yelp, sold 3.1 million shares of Yelp held in his
Roth individual retirement account. Most of the $10.1 million he received
was profit. But Levchin, a 36-year-old serial entrepreneur who started
PayPal with billionaire
Peter Thiel
in 1998, won’t ever have to pay a penny of income tax
on those gains. That’s because all earnings in a Roth IRA are tax free so
long as its owner waits until age 59 1/2 to take money out.
Moreover, Securities & Exchange Commission filings
show Levchin still has 3.9 million shares of Yelp, now trading near $22, in
his Roth. So it appears his tax-free “retirement” kitty is worth at least
$95 million—and maybe a lot more. We don’t know, for example, if Levchin’s
Roth owned stock in social app company Slide, which he started in 2004 and
sold to
Google
for $182 million in 2010. If Levchin doesn’t spend his
mega-Roth in retirement, he can leave it to his kids or grandkids, who can,
under current law, stretch out income-tax-free growth and withdrawals for
decades.
Levchin isn’t the only tech titan who’s got a
shrewd tax advisor. Buried in recent SEC filings for Facebook,
Zynga and
LinkedIn are other examples of legal moves the
ultrarich use to shield big dollars from the taxman. These techniques are
available to the merely well-off, too, but they produce the most dramatic
savings when executed early in a hot company’s—or hot entrepreneur’s—life.
How early? Facebook billionaire cofounders
Mark Zuckerberg and
Dustin Moskovitz are both 27, unmarried and have
no children we know of. Yet back in 2008 they both set up grantor retained
annuity trusts (GRATs) that we estimate will allow them to transfer a total
of at least $185 million of wealth to future offspring or others, gift tax
free. That compares to a supposed gift-tax exemption of just $1 million in
2008 and $5.12 million today.
Both the Obama Administration and congressional
Democrats have proposed new limits on GRATs. Meanwhile, you may want to copy
the social tech wizards, if you have high-growth investments to shelter.
Mega-Roths
Remarkably, despite warnings of future large
revenue losses, Congress has put no cap on the amount that can accumulate in
a Roth IRA. Still, the Yelp shares in Levchin’s Roth do raise a legal issue.
Tax rules bar you from investing your IRA or Roth IRA in a business you
control—such a “prohibited transaction” can render the IRA immediately
taxable and possibly subject to penalties.
It’s clear that if you own a small business, your
IRA or Roth IRA can’t invest in it. But what if you are chairman or CEO of a
private firm with many investors and buy its shares for your Roth? SEC
filings show that in 2001, while CEO of PayPal, tech investor Thiel bought
1.7 million shares of that company for 30 cents a share through his Roth. In
2002 eBay bought out PayPal for $19 a share—an apparent $31.5 million
tax-free profit for Thiel. It also appears from a letter we discovered in a
federal court case that some of Thiel’s early investment in Facebook was
also through his Roth IRA. He now sits on Facebook’s board.
Is this kosher? FORBES has been told reward-seeking
informants are filing claims with the IRS Whistleblower Office, flagging
such transactions as improper. But IRA expert Noel Ice says it’s a gray
area, with little IRS or court guidance. Buying closely held stock for an
IRA is probably okay, he says, so long as the IRA’s owner doesn’t have—when
all his investments are combined—voting control of that company. Levchin,
Thiel and the IRS wouldn’t comment.
The lesson for ordinary folks? Put investments with
the highest growth potential in your Roth. Note: If you do want to put
nonpublicly traded stock in an IRA or a Roth IRA, you’ll generally need to
use a special custodian who handles “self-directed” IRAs. (The big brokers,
banks and mutual fund companies that hold most IRAs generally limit
investments to publicly traded stock, bonds, mutual funds and bank CDs.)
Levchin and Thiel have used
San
Francisco-based Pensco Trust Co. to hold their
Roth IRAs.
The Facebook GRATs
Thanks to a 2000 Tax Court decision involving a
member of the billionaire Walton clan, which founded Wal-Mart, it’s now
possible to transfer large amounts of wealth to heirs gift tax free using a
grantor retained annuity trust. The person who wants to transfer wealth (the
grantor) puts shares into the irrevocable trust and retains the right to
receive an annual payment back from the trust for a period of time—say, 2
to 15 years. If the grantor survives that period, any property left in the
trust when the annual payments end passes to family members.
The key is this: In calculating how much value will
be left at the end—and thus how big a gift the grantor is making—the IRS
doesn’t look at the performance of the actual stock in the trust. Instead,
it assumes the trust assets are earning a paltry government-determined
interest rate. With a zeroed-out, or “Walton” GRAT, the grantor receives an
annuity that leaves nothing for heirs—if assets grow only at the IRS’ lowly
interest rate. If they grow faster, the excess goes to heirs gift tax free.
(If assets don’t grow, the grantor is no worse off, because the annuity can
be paid by returning some shares each year to the grantor.)
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's personal finance helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
"KRUGMAN: Sweden Has The Answers To Our Taxation Problems," by Kamelia
Angelova, Business Insider, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/paul-krugman-on-taxes-2013-2
The above link is a video of Paul Krugman being interviewed. He seems to be
holding an earlier Sweden as having some type of taxation and welfare spending
program that's an ideal without mentioning that the current Sweden and other
Nordic nations are trying to change all that by:
- Lowering taxes
- Reducing government in favor of a larger and more viable private sector
- Surpluses in government spending budgets
- Introducing charter schools to compete with public schools
- Introducing private health care services to compete with public health
care services
Either Professor Krugman is ignorant of the changes taking place in Sweden
(which I doubt) or he's selectively trying to mislead his audience. He should be
more careful in selectively choosing examples he promotes as ideals. This is
not, in my viewpoint, the type of selectivity we want in our Academy.
Special Report in The Economist magazine that the liberal television
stations and newspapers are keeping secret
"Northern lights: The Nordic countries are reinventing their model of
capitalism," by Adrian Wooldridge, The Economist, February 2, 2013,
pp. 1-6 ---
http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21570840-nordic-countries-are-reinventing-their-model-capitalism-says-adrian
THIRTY YEARS AGO Margaret Thatcher turned Britain
into the world’s leading centre of “thinking the unthinkable”. Today that
distinction has passed to Sweden. The streets of Stockholm are awash with
the blood of sacred cows. The think-tanks are brimful of new ideas. The
erstwhile champion of the “third way” is now pursuing a far more interesting
brand of politics.
Sweden has reduced public spending as a proportion
of GDP from 67% in 1993 to 49% today. It could soon have a smaller state
than Britain. It has also cut the top marginal tax rate by 27 percentage
points since 1983, to 57%, and scrapped a mare’s nest of taxes on property,
gifts, wealth and inheritance. This year it is cutting the corporate-tax
rate from 26.3% to 22%.
Sweden has also donned the golden straitjacket of
fiscal orthodoxy with its pledge to produce a fiscal surplus over the
economic cycle. Its public debt fell from 70% of GDP in 1993 to 37% in 2010,
and its budget moved from an 11% deficit to a surplus of 0.3% over the same
period. This allowed a country with a small, open economy to recover quickly
from the financial storm of 2007-08. Sweden has also put its pension system
on a sound foundation, replacing a defined-benefit system with a
defined-contribution one and making automatic adjustments for longer life
expectancy.
Most daringly, it has introduced a universal system
of school vouchers and invited private schools to compete with public
ones. Private companies also vie with each other to provide
state-funded health services and care for the elderly. Anders Aslund, a
Swedish economist who lives in America, hopes that Sweden is pioneering “a
new conservative model”; Brian Palmer, an American anthropologist who lives
in Sweden, worries that it is turning into “the United States of
Swedeamerica”.
There can be no doubt that Sweden’s quiet
revolution has brought about a dramatic change in its economic performance.
The two decades from 1970 were a period of decline: the country was demoted
from being the world’s fourth-richest in 1970 to 14th-richest in 1993, when
the average Swede was poorer than the average Briton or Italian. The two
decades from 1990 were a period of recovery: GDP growth between 1993 and
2010 averaged 2.7% a year and productivity 2.1% a year, compared with 1.9%
and 1% respectively for the main 15 EU countries.
For most of the 20th century Sweden prided itself
on offering what Marquis Childs called, in his 1936 book of that title, a
“Middle Way” between capitalism and socialism. Global companies such as
Volvo and Ericsson generated wealth while enlightened bureaucrats built the
Folkhemmet or “People’s Home”. As the decades rolled by, the middle way
veered left. The government kept growing: public spending as a share of GDP
nearly doubled from 1960 to 1980 and peaked at 67% in 1993. Taxes kept
rising. The Social Democrats (who ruled Sweden for 44 uninterrupted years
from 1932 to 1976 and for 21 out of the 24 years from 1982 to 2006) kept
squeezing business. “The era of neo-capitalism is drawing to an end,” said
Olof Palme, the party’s leader, in 1974. “It is some kind of socialism that
is the key to the future.”
The other Nordic countries have been moving in the
same direction, if more slowly. Denmark has one of the most liberal labour
markets in Europe. It also allows parents to send children to private
schools at public expense and make up the difference in cost with their own
money. Finland is harnessing the skills of venture capitalists and angel
investors to promote innovation and entrepreneurship. Oil-rich Norway is a
partial exception to this pattern, but even there the government is
preparing for its post-oil future.
This is not to say that the Nordics are shredding
their old model. They continue to pride themselves on the generosity of
their welfare states. About 30% of their labour force works in the public
sector, twice the average in the Organisation for Economic Development and
Co-operation, a rich-country think-tank. They continue to believe in
combining open economies with public investment in human capital. But the
new Nordic model begins with the individual rather than the state. It begins
with fiscal responsibility rather than pump-priming: all four Nordic
countries have AAA ratings and debt loads significantly below the euro-zone
average. It begins with choice and competition rather than paternalism and
planning. The economic-freedom index of the Fraser Institute, a Canadian
think-tank, shows Sweden and Finland catching up with the United States (see
chart). The leftward lurch has been reversed: rather than extending the
state into the market, the Nordics are extending the market into the state.
Why are the Nordic countries doing this? The
obvious answer is that they have reached the limits of big government. “The
welfare state we have is excellent in most ways,” says Gunnar Viby Mogensen,
a Danish historian. “We only have this little problem. We can’t afford it.”
The economic storms that shook all the Nordic countries in the early 1990s
provided a foretaste of what would happen if they failed to get their
affairs in order.
There are two less obvious reasons. The old Nordic
model depended on the ability of a cadre of big companies to generate enough
money to support the state, but these companies are being slimmed by global
competition. The old model also depended on people’s willingness to accept
direction from above, but Nordic populations are becoming more demanding.
Small is powerful
The Nordic countries have a collective population
of only 26m. Finland is the only one of them that is a member of both the
European Union and the euro area. Sweden is in the EU but outside the euro
and has a freely floating currency. Denmark, too, is in the EU and outside
the euro area but pegs its currency to the euro. Norway has remained outside
the EU.
But there are compelling reasons for paying
attention to these small countries on the edge of Europe. The first is that
they have reached the future first. They are grappling with problems that
other countries too will have to deal with in due course, such as what to do
when you reach the limits of big government and how to organise society when
almost all women work. And the Nordics are coming up with highly innovative
solutions that reject the tired orthodoxies of left and right.
The second reason to pay attention is that the new
Nordic model is proving strikingly successful. The Nordics dominate indices
of competitiveness as well as of well-being. Their high scores in both types
of league table mark a big change since the 1980s when welfare took
precedence over competitiveness.
The Nordics do particularly well in two areas where
competitiveness and welfare can reinforce each other most powerfully:
innovation and social inclusion. BCG, as the Boston Consulting Group calls
itself, gives all of them high scores on its e-intensity index, which
measures the internet’s impact on business and society. Booz & Company,
another consultancy, points out that big companies often test-market new
products on Nordic consumers because of their willingness to try new things.
The Nordic countries led the world in introducing the mobile network in the
1980s and the GSM standard in the 1990s. Today they are ahead in the
transition to both e-government and the cashless economy. Locals boast that
they pay their taxes by SMS. This correspondent gave up changing sterling
into local currencies because everything from taxi rides to cups of coffee
can be paid for by card.
The Nordics also have a strong record of drawing on
the talents of their entire populations, with the possible exception of
their immigrants. They have the world’s highest rates of social mobility: in
a comparison of social mobility in eight advanced countries by Jo Blanden,
Paul Gregg and Stephen Machin, of the London School of Economics, they
occupied the first four places. America and Britain came last. The Nordics
also have exceptionally high rates of female labour-force participation: in
Denmark not far off as many women go out to work (72%) as men (79%).
Flies in the ointment
This special report will examine the way the Nordic
governments are updating their version of capitalism to deal with a more
difficult world. It will note that in doing so they have unleashed a huge
amount of creativity and become world leaders in reform. Nordic
entrepreneurs are feeling their oats in a way not seen since the early 20th
century. Nordic writers and artists—and indeed Nordic chefs and game
designers—are enjoying a creative renaissance.
The report will also add caveats. The growing
diversity of Nordic societies is generating social tensions, most
horrifically in Norway, where Anders Breivik killed 77 people in a racially
motivated attack in 2011, but also on a more mundane level every day. Sweden
is finding it particularly hard to integrate its large population of refugees.
The Nordic model is still a work in progress. The
three forces that have obliged the Nordic countries to revamp it—limited
resources, rampant globalisation and growing diversity—are gathering
momentum
Continued in article
Note that on Page 5 there's also a section entitled "More for Less"
devoted to Welfare Capitalism.
Jensen Comment
It appears that among the Nordics only Norway will continue to afford socialism,
but this is because oil-rich Norway is a leading OPEC nation less concerned with
the need for private sector growth.
There are of course serious obstacles to applying the new Nordic capitalism
to the USA. Firstly, the USA is not bound by the Arctic Ocean on the north and
the North Sea on the south that greatly discourages illegal immigration and
narcotics. Secondly, the Nordic countries have difficult languages that are not
studied to a significant degree in other nations. For example, I'm told that if
you weren't raised in Finland you can never understand the language. Thirdly,
there's no existing infrastructure to absorb and aid illegal immigrants in
Scandinavia. Scandinavians like my grandparents, Ole, Sven, and Lena emigrated
from these hard and cold countries rather than immigrating to these lands.
Scandinavians have avoided the crippling costs of building up powerful
military forces and have not tried to become the police force of the world.
Scandinavians also avoided the horrors in importing millions of slaves and
the centuries of social costs and degradations that followed. Nor did they have
to go to war, to a serious degree, with indigenous peoples to take over the land
by trickery and force.
"The Nordic model for unemployment insurance," Sober Look,
January 11, 2013 ---
http://soberlook.com/2013/01/the-nordic-model-for-unemployment.html
Bob Jensen's comparisons of the American versus Denmark dreams ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/SunsetHillHouse/SunsetHillHouse.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on why Vermont is trying to increase its unemployment
rate ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Political/PoliticalQuotationsCommentaries.htm#VermontWelfare
"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry
Ritholtz, Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/
If you hang around these parts for any length of
time, you will occasionally run across a jeremiad of mine complaining about
the Financial Services Industry.
I’ve been thinking about this more than usual
lately. This has led to some correspondence with Helaine Olen, whose book
Pound Foolish: Exposing the Dark Side of the Personal Finance Industry
is next up in my queue. (Her appearance on the
TDS yesterday is here). It is similar to the deep
dive my colleague Josh Brown took in
Backstage Wall Street.
My criticism is somewhat different than Helaine’s
(though I am sympatico with much of her view). I break down the
problems as follows:
•
Simplicity does not pay well:
Investing should be relatively simple: Buy broad asset classes, hold
them over long periods of time, rebalance periodically, get off the
tracks when the locomotive is bearing down on you. The problem is its
easier in theory than is reality to execute this.
•
Confusion is not a bug, its a
feature: Thus, the massive choice, the nonstop noise
the confusing claims, all work to make this much more complex than it
needs to be.
•
Too much money attracts the
wrong kinds of people: Let’s face it, the volume of cash
that passes through the Financial Services Industry is enormous. Few who
enters finance does so for altruistic reasons.
•
Incentives are misaligned: As I’ve written
previously, too many people are unwilling to get rich slowly. Hence,
some of the wrong people work in finance, and some of the right people
exercise bad judgment.
•
Too many people have a hand in
your pocket: The list of people nicking you as an
investor is enormous. Insiders (CEO/CFO/Boards of Directors) transfer
wealth from shareholders to themselves, with the blessing of corrupted
Compensation Consultants. Active mutual funds charge way too much for
sub par performance. 401(k)s are disastrous. NYSE and NASDAQ Exchanges
have been paid to allow a HFT tax on every other investor. FASB and
Accountants have doen an awful job, allowing corporations to mislead
investors with junk balance statements. The Media’s job is to sell
advertising, not provide you with intelligent advice. The Regulators
have been captured.
What’s the net impact of all this on your
investments ?
•
The Financialized US Economy:
The above list reflects nearly half a century of the financialization of
the broader US economy. Instead of serving industry, finance has trumped
it. This led directly to the financial crisis and economic collapse of
2007-09.
•
Human Nature:
Then there is your own behavioral issues. On top of everything else, you
are governed by a
brain that simply wasn’t built for this.
All of these add up to a system that is flawed, and
often fails to do its job.
Continued in article
Large public accounting firms are probably not in favor of simplifying the
tax code
February 17, 2013 message from Richard Sansing
This week's issue of The Economist has a special
report on
off-shore finance. This article discusses the role of large
public accounting firms.
http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21571556-accounting-firms-will-do-nicely-under-any-set-rules-merry-enablers
Jensen Content
Note that "simplicity does not pay well" in
consulting!
I wonder to what extent large CPA firms want simplified accounting and auditing
rules (to increase profits on audits) and highly complex regulations and
financing alternatives (to increase profitability of consulting). Thus far in
the 21st Century everything seems to becoming more complicated., which is
probably why audits are not especially profitable relative to consulting.
However, unless a new regulation is put in place to rotate audit firms,
auditing contributes heavily to fixed costs annually due to the tendency of
clients to stick with the same auditing firms year after year. Consulting
engagements come and go making them not especially reliable for paying fixed
costs but making them profitable on top of the fixed costs paid for by audit
engagements. Thant's my $.02.
Definition of Screwed:
avg mkt return ~12%, avg mutual fund ret ~9%, average investor ret ~ 2.6%.
Timing, selection, and costs destroy
Finance Professor Jim Mahar
"Romancing Alpha (α), Breaking Up with Beta (β)," by Barry Ritholtz,
Ritholtz, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/alpha-beta/
Since it is a Friday (following Valentine’s Day), I
want to step back from the usual market gyrations to discuss a broader
topic: The pursuit of Alpha, where it goes wrong, and the actual cost in
Beta.
For those of you unfamiliar with the Wall Street’s
Greek nomenclature, a quick (and oversimplified) primer: When we refer to
Beta (β), we are referencing a portfolio’s correlation to its benchmark
returns, both directionally and in terms of magnitude.
We use a scale of 0-1. Let’s say your benchmark is
the S&P500 — it has a β = 1. Something uncorrelated does what it does
regardless of what the SPX does, and its Beta is = 0. We can also use
negative numbers, so a Beta of minus 1 (-1) does the exact opposite of the
benchmark.
Beta measures how closely your investments perform
relative to your benchmark. If you were to do nothing else but buy that
benchmark index (i.e., S&P500), you will have captured Beta (for these
purposes, I am ignoring volatility).
The other Greek letter we want to mention is Alpha
(α). Alpha is the risk-adjusted return of active management for any
investment. The goal of active management is through a combination of
stock/sector selection, market timing, hedging, leverage, etc. is to beat
the market. This can be described as generating Alpha.
To oversimplify: Alpha is a measure of
out-performance over Beta.
Why bring this up today?
Over the past few months, I have been looking at an
inordinate number of portfolios and 401(k) plans that have all done pretty
poorly. I am not referring to any one quarter of even year, but rather, over
the long haul. There is an inherent selection bias built into this group —
well performing portfolios don’t have owners considering switching asset
managers. But even accounting for that bias, a hefty increase in the sheer
number of reviews leads me to wonder about just how widespread the
under-performance is.
One of the things that has become so obvious to me
over the past few years is how unsuccessful various players in the markets
have been in their pursuit of Alpha. We know that 80% or so of mutual fund
managers underperform their benchmarks each year. We have seen Morningstar
studies that show of the remaining 20%, factor in fees, and that number
drops to 1%.
The overall performance of the highest compensated
group of managers, the 2%+20% Hedge Fund community, has been similarly
awful, as they have underperformed for a decade or more.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on how brokers and security analysts are rotten to
the core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
The USA's National Debt is Now Over $16 trillion and spinning out of control
---
http://www.usdebtclock.org/
Who are the major investors in slightly over $11 trillion of that USA National
Debt?
"Who Owns the U.S. Treasury Market?" by Barry Ritholtz,
Ritholtz, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/
Note the pie charts.
Questions
What has been the percentage of tuition increase at AACSB schools since
2007-2008?
How much will a Stanford University versus Harvard University MBA diploma cost?
"Stanford Increases MBA Tuition," by Louis Lavelle, Bloomberg Business
Week, February 13, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-02-13/stanford-increases-mba-tuition
. . .
The Stanford University Board of Trustees on Feb.
11 approved a
3.9 percent tuition increase for MBA students
attending the
Stanford Graduate School of Business. The annual
cost will rise from $57,300 to $59,534 for the incoming class in 2013-14.
Current MBA students will continue to pay $57,300 under a policy allowing
students to pay the same tuition rate for each of their two years of study.
With the increase, the total
cost of Stanford’s two-year MBA program will near
at least $200,000. For a single student living on campus, the total will be
$185,530 including housing and other living expenses, books, transportation,
and insurance. For a student living off campus with a spouse or partner, the
same list of expenses will total $221,290. A required study trip can cost up
to $4,000 more.
Madhav Rajan, a senior associate dean who heads the
Stanford MBA program, noted that the cost of a Stanford MBA is partially
offset by grants. “The average scholarship (free money not loans) to
entering MBAs this year was $25,562 and 50 percent of students got some
amount of money,” he said in an e-mailed statement. “For what it is worth,
we think that’s relevant in this context.”
At
Harvard Business School, current tuition is
$53,500 per year, putting the
total
cost of a Harvard MBA at $174,400 for a single
student.
Tuition and fees at
Wharton total $62,034, with total costs for the
two-year program of $184,000.
Stanford is hardly alone is raising tuition.
A
recent study by the Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business found that MBA tuition and fees at
AACSB-accredited business schools in North America and Asia-Pacific have
risen by 33 percent since 2007-08, with more modest increases reported in
Europe and Latin America.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This is a better deal if you live on one raw potato a day and sleep under the
stars on "The Farm." You would not want to be sleeping under the stars this time
of year at Dartmouth, Yale, Harvard, or Wharton, especially Dartmouth early this
morning.
Years ago when I was in Stanford's PhD program (fortunately on a free ride)
one of my friends on campus was a brilliant physicist from France. He completed
his examinations and dissertation in one year. His complaint before leaving was
that before getting his diploma Stanford charged him for an additional two more
years of tuition. Of course tuition was a pittance (something like $4,000 per
year) in those years compared to the 21st Century.
Fortunately, my fellowship plus what I earned teaching a course in the
Economics Department were sufficient for my room and board on campus. In those
days Stanford had a big old house on campus that housed some business students,
including me. An added plus was that the old house was in the shadows of the
dorms for women.
I was not as brilliant as my French friend and stayed at Stanford over five
years. Those were the days my friend!
Yet another illustration that accounting standards are seldom neutral in the
economy. This illustration concerns how the City of Houston may declare
bankruptcy due to new GASB pension accounting rules. I might add that I'm all
for the new GASB rules.
"New accounting rules put City's net assets at risk," by Bill King,
Houston Chronicle, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.chron.com/opinion/king/article/New-accounting-rules-put-city-s-net-assets-at-risk-4283476.php
When an employer sponsors a defined benefit
pension, the employer is deferring some of the payment to the employee for
the services the employee is rendering. The employer is in reality borrowing
money from the employee, taking the employee's services today in exchange,
in part, for a payment in the future.
When defined benefit plans were first developed,
the accounting rules did not require that the employer recognize that it
was, in essence, incurring a liability for these future promises of
compensation. Over time, the accounting rules have been tightened to reflect
the financial reality of the transaction. Also, employers and employees now
almost universally set money aside each year to fund these future benefits.
The problem, however, is that it is difficult to
know how much money to set aside today for a benefit that will not be paid
for several decades. Over the years, actuaries have developed mathematical
models for estimating whether the money that has been set aside will be
sufficient to pay the benefits that have been earned.
If these actuarial estimates show that the amount
is insufficient, the plan is said to have an unfunded liability, that is,
the employer owes the employees more than it has set aside.
For many years, private companies have been
required to show these estimated liabilities on their financial statements.
However, the accounting rules for governmental entities have been much less
rigorous. As a result, governmental entities normally show only a fraction
of the actual shortfall on their balance sheet.
For example, the city of Houston's last financial
statement only showed about $2.5 billion in pension and retiree health care
debts. But according to the actuarial studies the real debt is more than $5
billion.
However, that is about to dramatically change. The
Government Accounting Standard Board (GASB), the group charged with
promulgating accounting rules for governmental entities, issued two new
rules late last year designed to bring the financial statements more in line
with reality.
First, the GASB is going to require that the assets
in the trust be valued at market. You may wonder why such a rule would be
necessary, but retirement plans generally "smooth" the investment gains and
losses over a five-year period. Almost all plans today are using this rule
to defer loses incurred in recent years.
The second change mandated by the GASB relates to
the assumed investment rate. Actuaries "discount" the amount an employer
owes at a rate equal to what the plan expects to earn on the assets in its
trust. The higher the assumed rate, the lower the estimated liability will
be. All three of the Houston plans assume a rate of 8.5 percent.
This is the highest rate used by any plan in the
country and is only used by a handful of plans. The new rule forces entities
to use a more realistic discounting formula.
The effect of these rule changes is not trivial.
Craig Mason, the city's chief pension officer, has estimated that the rule
changes could add more than $2 billion to what the city now shows on its
balance sheet for pension debt. And he is probably being conservative.
Considering that the city's net assets are now down
to just over $3 billion and steadily going downhill, a $2 billion hit would
put technical insolvency, (i.e., liabilities exceed assets) just around the
corner.
It is important to note that the true underlying
financial condition of the city will not change just because the GASB
changes the accounting rules. The truth is that the city is probably already
technically insolvent. GASB is just going to force us all to acknowledge
that the emperor has no clothes.
Continued in article
The losing New York Times wants to dump the losing Boston
Globe
From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 21, 2013
Pension liabilities loom as NYT puts Globe on the block. The
New York Times is
exploring a sale of the Boston Globe, its only remaining business outside
the core NYT media brand,
Bloomberg reports.
Times Co. tried to sell the Globe as recently as 2009, but pension
liabilities got in the way. At least one bid at the time reached about $33
million in cash, but fluctuating estimates on the Boston Globe’s pension
liability — ranging from $110 million to $240 million — scuttled any deal.
Bidders, who would assume the full pension liability, were unclear on the
total value of the pension.
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of pension accounting in both the
public and private sectors ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions
"The Inside Story of Diageo's Stunning Carbon Achievement ," by Andrew
Winston, Harvard Business Review Blog, February 20, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/winston/2013/02/the-inside-story-of-diageos-st.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Bob Jensen's threads on triple-bottom reporting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#TripleBottom
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on
February 15, 2013
A New Rx for Tax Bills
by:
Jonathan Rockoff
Feb 07, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting, Corporate Tax, Effective Tax Rates, Intangible
Assets, International Business, R&D Credit, Tax Planning, Tax Strategy,
Taxation
SUMMARY: Drug makers are taking new steps to lower their taxes
significantly, in a boon to their bottom lines. Many drug makers pay
effective tax rates of 20% or higher. Firms that are seeking even lower
rates don't specify their strategies, and the details can vary. But the
efforts typically involve shifting revenue overseas where it can be taxed at
a lower rate than in the U.S. Some companies also noted the tax benefit they
will receive this year from a federal tax credit for research and
development. Reductions in their tax rates could mean hundreds of millions
of dollars in extra profit for drug makers, without having to sell more
drugs or launch new ones.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article is rich in examples of
corporate tax strategies to minimize tax liability in a legal way. Students
can see how structuring companies and deals can impact tax liability. One
focus is the use of overseas affiliates by multinational companies, in
addition to the savings from the research and development credit.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What strategies are drug manufacturers using to
reduce tax liabilities? What is the potential magnitude of the tax savings
for each of these companies mentioned in the article?
2. (Advanced) What are "effective tax rates"? How do those differ
from marginal tax rates? How are effective tax rates affected by the tax
strategies discussed in the article? How is corporate profitability affected
by these strategies?
3. (Advanced) What are intangible assets? How are they used by
multinational companies to save tax dollars? How are those ideas structured?
4. (Advanced) Why does the tax law allow for these types of tax
planning? Are these good reasons for allowing these activities? Why or why
not?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
"A New Rx for Tax Bills," by Jonathan Rockoff, The Wall Street Journal,
February 4, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324906004578288353281028598.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Drug makers are taking new steps to lower their
taxes significantly, in a boon to their bottom lines.
Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., BMY +1.27% in its recent
earnings call, estimated its tax rate would be about 16% this year,
excluding special items, down from 23% last year. Then Gilead Sciences Inc.
GILD +0.48% said its rate could "decline over time" if a hepatitis C drug it
is developing receives approval, because of steps the company has taken to
lower taxes on the drug's sales. Also, Amgen Inc. AMGN -0.26% reported it
paid an effective tax rate of 15.9% last year, and predicts an adjusted rate
of 14% or 15% this year.
Many drug makers pay effective tax rates of 20% or
higher. Firms that are seeking even lower rates don't specify their
strategies, and the details can vary. But the efforts typically involve
shifting revenue overseas where it can be taxed at a lower rate than in the
U.S., experts say. Some companies also noted the tax benefit they will
receive this year from a federal tax credit for research and development.
Reductions in their tax rates could mean hundreds
of millions of dollars in extra profit for drug makers, without having to
sell more drugs or launch new ones.
Bristol Chief Financial Officer Charles Bancroft
said during an earnings call on Jan. 24 that Bristol's tax rate would drop,
citing the company's double-counting of a federal tax credit for research
and development in 2013; a change in its earnings mix amid generic
competition to blockbuster drug Plavix; and a "restructuring that we did."
Mr. Bancroft didn't go into further details, and a company spokeswoman cited
the same factors.
For Bristol, the lower tax rate could raise profits
by $200 million in 2013, estimates ISI Group analyst Mark Schoenebaum. After
Bristol announced the reduced tax burden, some analysts raised their
estimates for Bristol's earnings per share, and at least one increased his
valuation for the stock.
"Can I restructure my taxes too?!" Sanford
Bernstein's Tim Anderson titled his note on Bristol earnings. "At the guided
level, this tax rate is now well below any other drug name we cover," he
wrote. He also wrote that Bristol declined to explain why its tax rate "is
now substantially lower" than its rivals or how it restructured some legal
entities in order to lower its tax rate.
Meantime, Gilead Chief Financial Officer Robin
Washington said during an earnings call Monday that the intellectual
property for its hepatitis C compound "is domiciled in Ireland. Ms.
Washington didn't go into further detail, and a Gilead spokeswoman declined
further comment.
Gilead estimates its tax rate for 2013 to be 26% to
28%, using "non-GAAP" measures that don't conform to generally accepted
accounting principles. By shifting revenue on the compound to Ireland,
Gilead could cut its overall tax rate to 21% or 22%, Mr. Schoenebaum
estimates.
The impact on Gilead's profit is only a projection
since the compound, known as GS-7977, hasn't been approved. Yet the lower
taxes could mean $500 million or more a year in extra profit if the drug's
sales meet high expectations, Mr. Schoenebaum said. The drug is expected to
be one of the world's top-selling medicines if approved, with analysts
predicting world-wide sales of as much as $7 billion a year.
An Amgen spokesman said the biotech company's 2013
rates would be lowered in part by the federal tax credit for research and
development for this and last year, and noted that the 2012 rate doesn't
count the impact of excise taxes in Puerto Rico. Amgen provided its 2012 and
estimated 2013 tax rates in its Jan. 23 earnings release.
The opportunity to cut tax rates is available to
multinational companies with high-value "intangible assets," such as
software, know-how or patent-protected drugs, said H. David Rosenbloom,
director of the international tax program at New York University School of
Law. The companies can shift part or all of these assets—along with the
revenue they generate—to a country outside the U.S., like Ireland, with
lower taxes.
A typical approach, Mr. Rosenbloom said, is for
multinational companies to establish an affiliate overseas and agree to
share with it the costs of an intangible product in development. The
affiliate becomes the owner of the newly developed product and would receive
its revenue outside the U.S.
Continued in article
A License to Steal from Foreign Students: Would this anger the real
Aristotle?
"Not What They Signed Up For?" by Elizabeth Redden, Inside Higher Ed,
February 18, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/02/18/international-students-complain-about-quality-education-unaccredited-california
Jensen Comment
Maybe this is more of an excuse to enter the U.S. and then disappear in the
crowd.
Question
How many recent fraudsters were just horsing around?
Hint:
Nothing can probably top horse breeder Rita Grundwell in Dixon Illionois
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
Now we have a former hot tempered NFL heavy hitter covered with Tax Court
horse manure. Some of the players he hurt violently probably think this is
sweet-smelling justice.
Answer
"Former NFL Tough Guy Bill Romanowski Gets Laid Out By Tax Court," by
Tony Nitti, Forbes, February 20, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.forbes.com/sites/anthonynitti/2013/02/20/former-nfl-pro-bowler-bill-romanowski-sacked-by-tax-court-yes-i-know-romanowski-played-defense-puns-are-hard/
During his 16-year NFL career, former
49ers/Eagles/Broncos/Raiders linebacker Bill Romanowski was no stranger to
controversy. Whether he was breaking QB Kerry Collins’ jaw in a preseason
game, spitting in the face of opposing wide receiver J.J. Stokes, or ending
the career of a teammate with a punch to the eye during a training camp
scuffle.
Romanowski had a habit of making news for all the
wrong reasons; his propensity for poor decisions often overshadowing his
consistently solid play.
It would appear Romanowski’s decision-making didn’t
improve with retirement, because earlier today it was revealed that
immediately after Romanowski stopped playing on Sundays, he got caught up in
a tax shelter. As a result, the Tax Court denied $13 million worth of losses
taken on the Romanowskis’ 2003 tax return from a purported horse-breeding
business, holding the footballer liable for approximately $4.6 million in
additional tax.
In 2003, Romanowski got hooked up with a
Denver attorney who
immediate began singing the praises of ClassicStar, a horse-breeding
business. In short, the program involved leasing mares owned by ClassicStar,
which in turn would provide boarding and care for the mares and breed the
mares to stallions. Any foals produced from the breeding would belong to the
Romanowskis.
In October 2003, an accountant of ClassicStar
worked up an “NOL illustration,” indicating that in order to offset their
taxable income from 1998 through 2002, the Romanowskis would need to
generate a loss of $13,092,732 from their horse-breeding activity. Thus, it
was decided that the Romanowskis would invest that amount in the program to
produce foals. (As an aside, let it be noted that basing an investment on
the amount of loss necessary to wipe out previous tax liabilities, rather
than a motivation for profits, will never be viewed favorably by
the IRS.)
Soon after joining the program, things began to
turn sour for the Romanowskis, and they were partly to blame. When they
signed the mare lease agreement, the Romanowskis had not negotiated or seen
a list of the horse pairings they would receive for their breeding program.
Rather, they relied on ClassicStar to pick the horse pairings they would
receive.
This reliance on ClassicStar was clearly misplaced,
because despite the fact that the Romanowskis were promised 68 pairings of
thoroughbreds, the horses actually received were more Mr. Ed than
Secretariat. In fact, only four of the 68 listed pairings were thoroughbred
horses; the remaining pairings were quarter horses.
Even though over 90% of the horses on the schedule
were not delivered as promised, the Romanowskis chose to continue with the
program, explaining to the court that they had reached an oral agreement
from ClassicStar under which it would substitute an unknown number of
thoroughbred pairings in for the listed quarter horse pairings.
The Romanowskis received an income and expense
summary for 2003 from ClassicStar which showed no income and total expenses
of $13,092,732. The resulting loss offset their 2003 income, and net
operating losses were carried back to 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, and 2002,
resulting in a federal tax refund of nearly $4 million.
The IRS denied the loss in full, arguing that the
Romanowskis’ horse-breeding activity was not entered into for profit and was
thus governed by the hobby-loss rules of Section 183.
As a reminder, if an activity constitutes a
for-profit trade or business, expenses may generally be deducted in full
under Section 162. To the contrary, if an activity is not entered into for
profit, it is a hobby, and expenses can only be deducted to the extent of
any income generated by the activity.
To help taxpayers and the IRS decide if an activity
is entered into for profit or a hobby, the regulations under Section 183
(the so-called ”hobby loss rules”), provide nine factors, which if answered
in the affirmative, are indicative of a for-profit business.
1. The manner in which the taxpayer carries on
the activity. Does he complete accurate books? Were records used to
improve performance?
2. The expertise of the taxpayer or his
advisers. Did the taxpayer study the activities business practices? Did
he consult with experts?
3. The time and effort expended by the taxpayer
in carrying on the activity. Does he devote much of his personal time
and effort?
4. The expectation that the assets used in the
activity may appreciate in value. Is the plan to generate profits
through asset appreciation?
5. The success of the taxpayer in carrying on
similar or dissimilar activities. Has he converted other activities
from unprofitable to profitable?
6. The taxpayer’s history of income or losses
with respect to the activity. Has the taxpayer become profitable in a
reasonable amount of time?
7. The amount of occasional profits. Even
a single year of profits can be a strong indication that an activity is not
a hobby.
8. The financial status of the taxpayer. Does the taxpayer have
other income sources that are being offset by the losses of the activity?
9. Does the activity lack elements of personal
pleasure or recreation? If the activity has large personal elements it
is indicative of a hobby.
In Romanowski, the Tax Court analyzed
these factors and overwhelmingly concluded that the Romanowskis did not
enter into the breeding arrangement with ClassicStar with the intent to make
a profit. They Romanowskis kept no records; rather, they relied on
ClassicStar to do everything. They neglected to fight for their
bargained-for number of thoroughbreds, a clear indication, in the court’s
eyes, that they were not carrying on the activity in a businesslike manner.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Rita
Crundwell, Ill. financial officer (Dixon, Illinois horse enthusiast) who
allegedly stole $53 million, sentenced to 19.5 years in prison," by Casey Glynn, CBS News, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-504083_162-57569411-504083/rita-crundwell-ill-financial-officer-who-allegedly-stole-$53-million-sentenced-to-19.5-years-in-prison/
Jensen Comment
Since she will be in a Federal Club Fed she can't look forward to early parole.
She also faces a number of state court trials that will heap pain on to misery.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
SEC Will Debut New Software for Discovering Accounting Anomalies
"SEC developing new fraud detection technology," by Dina ElBoghdady,
The Washington Post, February 15, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/sec-developing-new-fraud-detection-technology/2013/02/15/ffb5f686-771c-11e2-aa12-e6cf1d31106b_story.html
The Securities and Exchange Commission plans to
launch computer software this year to spot accounting anomalies, including
potential fraud, in the financial statements that companies file with the
agency.
The software would scan a firm’s financial
disclosures, assess risk factors and generate a score based on a model
developed by the agency, Craig Lewis, the SEC’s chief economist, said in a
recent speech. The score would be used to identify outliers within a peer
group.
“It is a model that allows us to discern whether a
registrant’s financial statements stick out from the pack,” said Lewis, who
also heads the agency’s risk, strategy and financial innovation division.
The software is scheduled to be available in nine
months.
The effort is the most recent sign of the agency’s
commitment to beef up its technological prowess as it tries to better police
Wall Street and avoid oversight lapses such as the ones that allowed Bernard
Madoff’s Ponzi scheme to go undetected for years.
The SEC has acknowledged that it lags behind the
industries it regulates when it comes to technology, in part because of a
tight budget that is subject to the whims of Congress. While nearly all
financial regulators operate on fees collected from the industries they
oversee, the SEC’s funding is decided by lawmakers on a year-to-year basis.
Uncertainty about the budget makes it difficult to commit to technology or
upgrade it.
The SEC took that into account when it embarked on
its most ambitious technological endeavor in recent history — a software
package that will stream real-time trade data from the exchanges into the
agency’s headquarters. Rather than build the technology from scratch at
great expense, the agency purchased it from a New Jersey firm called
Tradeworx. The project, called Market Information Data Analytics, or MIDAS,
is in the final testing phases.
The new software is based on a model that the SEC
has used to evaluate hedge fund returns and identify fraud, mostly by
looking for performance that was inconsistent with a fund’s investment
strategy. The agency has brought seven cases based on information culled
from that project since 2011.
“This success has only fed our ambition for what we
can do with sophisticated data-driven monitoring programs,” Lewis said. The
goal is to make use of the “veritable treasure trove of information” that
the SEC regularly receives from companies.
The new software would focus on accounting
anomalies.
Under the 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley law, the SEC must
examine the financial filings from public companies every three years. But
only recently have all companies been required to file those forms in a
digital format with computer-readable tags that make it easy to search for
and compare items of data, either for a single firm over time or across
companies.
The new software would search for unusual
accounting by looking at various risk factors such as frequent changes in
auditors or delays in the release of earnings. But it would not be used
solely to detect fraud. It could also pinpoint areas in which companies can
improve the quality of their financial disclosures, Lewis said.
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
The law does not pretend to
punish everything that is dishonest. That would seriously interfere with
business.
Clarence Darrow ---
Click Here
"CEO in fraud case needs more than seven days prison: court," by
Jonathan Stempel, Reuters, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/15/us-ceo-sentencing-decision-idUSBRE91E0W320130215
A former chief executive who pleaded guilty to
wrongdoing in a scheme that ultimately helped drive his company into
bankruptcy could have been sent to prison for 10 years. The trial judge
thought seven days was fair.
Not long enough, a federal appeals court said on
Friday.
The 6th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals said Michael
Peppel, the former chief executive of the audio-visual technology company
MCSi Inc, must be resentenced for his 2010 guilty plea to charges of
conspiracy to commit fraud, false certification of a financial report, and
money laundering.
U.S. District Judge Sandra Beckwith in Cincinnati
abused her discretion in sentencing Peppel to an "unreasonably low" week
behind bars based almost solely on her belief that the defendant was "a
remarkably good man," the appeals court said.
Prosecutors had charged Peppel in December 2006
over an alleged fraud they said had begun six years earlier, amid financial
difficulties at his publicly traded, Dayton, Ohio-based company.
Peppel was accused of working with his chief
financial officer to inflate results through sham transactions with a firm
called Mercatum Ltd, and companies such as FedEx Corp (FDX.N) that were not
implicated in wrongdoing. Prosecutors said he also sold $6.8 million of MCSi
stock during this time.
By the end of 2003, MSCI was bankrupt, and a
reported 1,300 people had lost their jobs.
Citing the need to punish Peppel and deter others,
the government asked Beckwith at his October 2011 sentencing to impose a 97-
to 121-month prison term. This was the length recommended, but not required,
under federal guidelines.
But the judge said the five years since the
indictment had been "punishing, literally and figuratively" for Peppel, who
had begun working for an online pharmacy to support his five children. He
also had a brother with multiple sclerosis.
"Michael's mistakes do not define him," Beckwith
said. "I see it to be wasteful for the government to spend taxpayers' money
to incarcerate someone that has the ability to create so much for this
country and economy."
She also imposed a $5 million fine and the maximum
three years of supervised release.
Circuit Judge Karen Nelson Moore, however, wrote
for a unanimous three-judge appeals court panel that Beckwith was wrong to
rely on "unremarkable aspects" of Peppel's life in imposing a "99.9975%
reduction" to the recommended prison term.
"There is nothing to indicate that the support
provided by Peppel to his family, friends, business associates, and
community is in any way unique or more substantial than any other defendant
who faces a custodial sentence," Moore wrote.
Beckwith was not immediately available for comment.
Ralph Kohnen, a lawyer for Peppel, on Friday said:
"We expect that the judge will exercise the same common sense and fairness
in imposing a similar sentence on remand."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on how White Collar Crime Pays Even if You Know
You're Going to Get Caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 20, 2013
With the release of
“FCPA: A Resource Guide to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act,”
executives have more information about how the Department of Justice and the
SEC view compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and companies'
anti-corruption programs and efforts. Learn 10 overarching themes in the
guide to consider when reviewing FCPA compliance programs and actions that
might be taken to help strengthen them.
See
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/02/20/fcpa-resource-guide-10-issues-to-consider/
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance Guidebook: Protecting Your
Organization from Bribery and Corruption
Martin T. Biegelman and Daniel R. Biegelman
Wiley, 2010
ISBN: 978-0-470-52793-1
The President Is Raging Against a Budget Crisis He Created: Obama
invented the 'sequester' in the summer of 2011 to avoid facing up to America's
spending," by John Boehner, The Wall Street Journal. February 19,
2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323495104578314240032274944.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj
A week from now, a dramatic new federal policy is
set to go into effect that threatens U.S. national security, thousands of
jobs and more. In a bit of irony, President Obama stood Tuesday with first
responders who could lose their jobs if the policy goes into effect. Most
Americans are just hearing about this Washington creation for the first
time: the sequester. What they might not realize from Mr. Obama's statements
is that it is a product of the president's own failed leadership.
The sequester is a wave of deep spending cuts
scheduled to hit on March 1. Unless Congress acts, $85 billion in
across-the-board cuts will occur this year, with another $1.1 trillion
coming over the next decade. There is nothing wrong with cutting spending
that much—we should be cutting even more—but the sequester is an ugly and
dangerous way to do it.
By law, the sequester focuses on the narrow portion
of the budget that funds the operating accounts for federal agencies and
departments, including the Department of Defense. Exempt is most entitlement
spending—the large portion of the budget that is driving the nation's
looming debt crisis. Should the sequester take effect, America's military
budget would be slashed nearly half a trillion dollars over the next 10
years. Border security, law enforcement, aviation safety and many other
programs would all have diminished resources.
How did the country find itself in this mess?
During the summer of 2011, as Washington worked
toward a plan to reduce the deficit to allow for an increase in the federal
debt limit, President Obama and I very nearly came to a historic agreement.
Unfortunately our deal fell apart at the last minute when the president
demanded an extra $400 billion in new tax revenue—50% more than we had
shaken hands on just days before.
It was a disappointing decision by the president,
but with just days until a breach of the debt limit, a solution was still
required—and fast. I immediately got together with Senate leaders Harry Reid
and Mitch McConnell to forge a bipartisan congressional plan. It would be
called the Budget Control Act.
The plan called for immediate caps on discretionary
spending (to save $917 billion) and the creation of a special House-Senate
"super committee" to find an additional $1.2 trillion in savings. The deal
also included a simple but powerful mechanism to ensure that the committee
met its deficit-reduction target: If it didn't, the debt limit would not be
increased again in a few months.
But President Obama was determined not to face
another debt-limit increase before his re-election campaign. Having just
blown up one deal, the president scuttled this bipartisan, bicameral
agreement. His solution? A sequester.
With the debt limit set to be hit in a matter of
hours, Republicans and Democrats in Congress reluctantly accepted the
president's demand for the sequester, and a revised version of the Budget
Control Act was passed on a bipartisan basis.
Ultimately, the super committee failed to find an
agreement, despite Republicans offering a balanced mix of spending cuts and
new revenue through tax reform. As a result, the president's sequester is
now imminent.
Both parties today have a responsibility to find a
bipartisan solution to the sequester. Turning it off and erasing its deficit
reduction isn't an option. What Congress should do is replace it with other
spending cuts that put America on the path to a balanced budget in 10 years,
without threatening national security.
Having first proposed and demanded the sequester,
it would make sense that the president lead the effort to replace it.
Unfortunately, he has put forth no detailed plan that can pass Congress, and
the Senate—controlled by his Democratic allies—hasn't even voted on a
solution, let alone passed one. By contrast, House Republicans have twice
passed plans to replace the sequester with common-sense cuts and reforms
that protect national security.
The president has repeatedly called for even more
tax revenue, but the American people don't support trading spending cuts for
higher taxes. They understand that the tax debate is now closed.
The president got his higher taxes—$600 billion
from higher earners, with no spending cuts—at the end of 2012. He also got
higher taxes via ObamaCare. Meanwhile, no one should be talking about
raising taxes when the government is still paying people to play videogames,
giving folks free cellphones, and buying $47,000 cigarette-smoking machines.
Washington must get serious about its spending
problem. If it can't reform America's safety net and retirement-security
programs, they will no longer be there for those who rely on them.
Republicans' willingness to do what is necessary to save these programs is
well-known. But after four years, we haven't seen the same type of courage
from the president.
The president's sequester is the wrong way to
reduce the deficit, but it is here to stay until Washington Democrats get
serious about cutting spending. The government simply cannot keep delaying
the inevitable and spending money it doesn't have.
So, as the president's outrage about the sequester
grows in coming days, Republicans have a simple response: Mr. President, we
agree that your sequester is bad policy. What spending are you willing to
cut to replace it?
Mr. Boehner, a Republican congressman from Ohio, is speaker of the
House.
OECD report highlights ugly increase in profit-shifting trend
"The missing $20 trillion How to stop companies and people dodging tax, in
Delaware as well as Grand Cayman," The Economist, February 16-20, 2013,
Page 13 ---
http://www.economist.com/news/leaders/21571873-how-stop-companies-and-people-dodging-tax-delaware-well-grand-cayman-missing-20
. . .
Dodgy of Delaware
The archetypal tax haven may be a palm-fringed
island, but as our special report this week makes clear, there is nothing
small about offshore finance. If you define a tax haven as a place that
tries to attract non-resident funds by offering light regulation, low (or
zero) taxation and secrecy, then the world has 50-60 such havens. These
serve as domiciles for more than 2m companies and thousands of banks, funds
and insurers. Nobody really knows how much money is stashed away: estimates
vary from way below to way above $20 trillion.
Not all these havens are in sunny climes; indeed
not all are technically offshore. Mr Obama likes to cite Ugland House, a
building in the Cayman Islands that is officially home to 18,000 companies,
as the epitome of a rigged system. But Ugland House is not a patch on
Delaware (population 917,092), which is home to 945,000 companies, many of
which are dodgy shells. Miami is a massive offshore banking centre, offering
depositors from emerging markets the sort of protection from prying eyes
that their home countries can no longer get away with. The City of London,
which pioneered offshore currency trading in the 1950s, still specialises in
helping non-residents get around the rules. British shell companies and
limited-liability partnerships regularly crop up in criminal cases. London
is no better than the Cayman Islands when it comes to controls against money
laundering. Other European Union countries are global hubs for a different
sort of tax avoidance: companies divert profits to brass-plate subsidiaries
in low-tax Luxembourg, Ireland and the Netherlands.
Reform should thus focus on rich-world financial
centres as well as Caribbean islands, and should distinguish between illegal
activities (laundering and outright tax evasion) and legal ones (fancy
accounting to avoid tax). The best weapon against illegal activities is
transparency, which boils down to collecting more information and sharing it
better. Thanks in large part to America’s FATCA, small offshore centres are
handing over more data to their clients’ home countries—while America
remains shamefully reluctant to share information with the Latin American
countries whose citizens hold deposits in Miami. That must change. Everyone
could do more to crack down on the use of nominee shareholders and directors
to hide the provenance of money. And they should make sure that information
about the true “beneficial” owners of companies is collected, kept
up-to-date and made more readily available to investigators in cases of
suspected wrongdoing. There are costs to openness, but they are outweighed
by the benefits of shining light on the shady corners of finance.
Want more tax? Lower the tax rate
Transparency will also help curb the more
aggressive forms of corporate tax avoidance. As Starbucks’s experience has
shown, companies that shift money around to minimise their tax bills
endanger their reputations. The more information consumers have about such
dodges, the better.
Moral pressure is not the whole answer, though:
consumers get bored with campaigns, and governments should not bash
companies for trying to reduce their tax bills, if they do so legally. In
the end, tax systems must be reformed. Governments need to make it harder
for companies to use internal (“transfer”) pricing to avoid tax. Companies
should be made to book activity where it actually takes place. Several
federal economies, including America, already prevent companies from
exploiting the differences between states’ rules. An international agreement
along those lines is needed.
Governments also need to lower corporate tax rates.
Tapping companies is inefficient: firms pass the burden on to others. Better
to tax directly those who ultimately pay—whether owners of capital, workers
or consumers. Nor do corporate taxes raise much money: barely more than 2%
of GDP (8.5% of tax revenue) in America and 2.7% in Britain. Abolishing
corporate tax would create its own problems, as it would encourage rich
people to turn themselves into companies. But a lower rate on a broader
base, combined with vigilance by the tax authorities, would be more
efficient and would probably raise more revenue: America, whose companies
face one of the rich world’s highest corporate-tax rates on their worldwide
income, also has some of the most energetic tax-avoiders.
These reforms would not be easy. Governments that
try to lower corporate tax rates will be accused of caving in to
blackmailing capitalists. Financial centres and incorporation hubs, from the
City of London to Delaware, will fight any attempt to tighten their rules.
But if politicians really want to tax the missing $20 trillion, that’s where
they should start.
"FBI, IRS investigate account connected to Pittsburgh police chief's
office," by Jonathan D. Silver and Liz Navratil, by Pittsburgh
Post-Gazette, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.post-gazette.com/stories/local/neighborhoods-city/fbi-irs-investigate-account-connected-to-pittsburgh-police-chiefs-office-675523/
Thank you Caleb Newquist for the heads up.
FBI, IRS investigate account connected to
Pittsburgh police chief's office February 15, 2013 3:02 pm Larry
Roberts/Post-Gazette file Pittsburgh Police Chief Nate Harper.
Pittsburgh Police Chief Nate Harper.
Click image to enlarge Share with others: 0 inShare
Related Media:
FBI removes Pittsburgh police credit union files
Feb. 13: FBI seizure of Pittsburgh police files linked to probe into use of
funds
Investigators with both the FBI and IRS have been
removing documents from the Greater Pittsburgh Police Federal Credit Union
for the past week in connection with an account opened by the office of
Pittsburgh police Chief Nate Harper, the president of the credit union's
board of directors said this morning.
Frank Amity, a retired city homicide detective,
said there have been multiple subpoenas served on credit union CEO Karen
Janoski.
Ms. Janoski could not be reached for comment
Thursday evening. This morning, a woman who appeared to be a credit union
employee at the West End institution told a reporter that Ms. Janoski did
not wish to be interviewed.
Mr. Amity said he has not seen the subpoenas.
"They're looking at an account that the chief's
office opened up. What they're looking for, they don't tell us. There's just
one account, as far as I know," Mr. Amity said. "It's opened by the chief's
office, so I don't know what kind of an account they have there. It's not a
personal account. There's other names on it."
Asked how he knew the account was connected to
Chief Harper's office, Mr. Amity said, "Because it's opened by the people in
the chief's office."
When asked about the FBI's visit to the credit
union, Deputy police Chief Paul Donaldson said through spokeswoman Diane
Richard, "I have no statement to make. It is our position that when a
matter/incident is under investigation that no statement will come from the
bureau."
Mr. Amity declined to say whether the account in
question was active or closed, how much was in it, whose names are on it or
who could withdraw money from it. He said he believes it was opened in the
past five years. Mr. Amity said multiple people had access to the funds,
which he characterized as "not a whole hell of a lot of money, I'll tell you
that...It's not tens of thousands."
The 78-year-old financial institution on Chartiers
Avenue in the city's Elliott neighborhood functions similarly to a bank with
a clientele that includes active police officers.
A source familiar with the investigation told the
Pittsburgh Post-Gazette that the visit by federal agents is connected to a
subpoena served Monday on the City of Pittsburgh Law Department.
The law department arranged to have federal agents
guided Tuesday around Pittsburgh police headquarters on the North Side,
where the FBI removed boxes of documents from the bureau's special events
and personnel and finance offices. Deputy Chief Paul Donaldson said he
believes the FBI is investigating allegations of internal misappropriation
of funds involving the police bureau's special events and personnel and
finance offices.
Special events handles the coordination of
officers' moonlighting. Private employers send the office checks typically
made out to the police bureau or the city treasurer. The money includes
payment for the officers, which is handled through their payroll department,
and a surcharge known as a "cost recovery fee." That surcharge totaled
nearly $800,000 last year. The checks are sent to the bureau's personnel and
finance office. They are then supposed to be deposited in city accounts.
"We don't know anything. We complied with the
subpoena, that's all. They've been in for about a week on and off. They're
just giving us different subpoenas for different things," Mr. Amity said. "I
don't know what the heck the account was used for."
Mr. Amity said there was a credit or debit card
associated with the account.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on how White Collar Crime Pays Even if You Know
You're Going to Get Caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on
February 15, 2013
Foreign Risks Light Up for Philip Morris
by:
Spencer Jakab
Feb 07, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting, International Business, Managerial Accounting,
Market Segmentation, Segment Analysis, Segment Reporting
SUMMARY: America is a nation of quitters. That isn't always a bad
thing - smoking being a case in point. Decades of advertising bans,
excise-tax increases and public-education campaigns have cut adults' per
capita cigarette consumption from a peak of 4,345 in 1963 to less than a
quarter of that. Adding insult to injury for tobacco companies, huge
government settlements and countless private lawsuits have made what is left
of the business burdensome and risky. But the rest of the world looks very
different - a big reason for the spinoff of Philip Morris International Inc.
from Altria Group Inc. in 2008. Business is strong, as Philip Morris is seen
reporting fourth-quarter earnings per share of $1.22, up from $1.08 in the
year-earlier period. Creating a separate company was a good idea. But
investors' expectations may need adjustment.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: This article illustrates how Altria has
analyzed the global markets for one of its products (cigarettes) and is
focusing on the parts of the world with the greatest profitability. This is
a current, real-world example of how managerial accounting concepts, and
market segmentation in particular, can improve profitability and valuations.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What challenges had Altria faced with its
ownership of Altria Group Inc.? What did the company do in response to these
challenges?
2. (Advanced) What is segment reporting? How is it calculated and
used? Why is it valuable? How did Altria use segment analysis to analyze
markets and strategize for Philip Morris products?
3. (Advanced) How does profitability compare across the various
tobacco companies? How do those returns compare with companies in other
industries?
4. (Advanced) What factors are limiting Philip Morris products in
the U.S.? Which of these factors are within the control of Philip Morris?
Which are outside of the company's control?
5. (Advanced) What other industries could benefit from similar
strategies? What products would work well with segment reporting?
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Russia's Parliament Passes Anti-Smoking Bill on Final Reading
by Lukas Alpert
Feb 12, 2013
Online Exclusive
Curbs on Smokers Continue to Grow
by James Hagerty
Dec 28, 2013
Page: A6
EU Proposes Tougher Tobacco Rules
by Anna Molin
Dec 19, 2013
Online Exclusive
Altria Profit Up Amid Market-Share Gains
by John Kell
Jan 31, 2013
Page: B4
"Foreign Risks Light Up for Philip Morris,"
by Spencer Jakab, The Wall Street Journal, February 7, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324906004578288153914262178.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
America is a nation of quitters. That isn't always
a bad thing—smoking being a case in point. Decades of advertising bans,
excise-tax increases and public-education campaigns have cut adults' per
capita cigarette consumption from a peak of 4,345 in 1963 to less than a
quarter of that, according to the American Lung Association. Adding insult
to injury for tobacco companies, huge government settlements and countless
private lawsuits have made what is left of the business burdensome and
risky.
But the rest of the world looks very different—a
big reason for the spinoff of Philip Morris International Inc. PM -1.08%
from Altria Group Inc. MO -1.93% in 2008. Business is strong, as Philip
Morris is seen reporting fourth-quarter earnings per share of $1.22
Thursday, based on analysts polled by FactSet, up from $1.08 in the
year-earlier period.
Creating a separate company was a good idea. But
investors' expectations may need adjustment.
In theory, a tobacco company freed from the U.S.
had way more growth potential and less risk. Take Russians, who are less
litigious and, it seems, health conscious: The average Russian smokes around
2,700 cigarettes a year, as many cigarettes as an American did back in 1990,
and the market is shrinking only slowly. India is at the opposite end of the
spectrum, consuming less than 90 per capita. Plenty of open prairie there
for the Marlboro Man.
Little wonder, then, that investors in Philip
Morris since its spinoff have made a handsome annualized return of 21.5%,
more than three times that of the S&P 500.
What is surprising is that purely domestic
manufacturers have done nearly as well. Lorillard Inc. LO -2.16% has
achieved an annualized return of 20.5% since its spinoff from Loews Corp. L
0.00% in 2008. Former Philip Morris owner Altria has returned 20.1%
annualized.
At 16 times trailing earnings, Philip Morris
maintains a 13% valuation premium over domestic companies. But while it is
more diversified, the risks for Philip Morris actually look greater. While
American laws could always get stricter, there are limits. The potential for
adverse changes abroad seems greater. Some of Philip Morris's largest
markets, such as Russia, are considering strict new rules.
The health gains and revenue potential from such
moves are obvious, and Russia is far from the only country to grasp that.
Where there's smoke, there's fire.
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Weekly Accounting Review on
February 15, 2013
Apple Cash Pile Sets Off a Battle
by:
Jessica Lessin, Telis Demos, and David Benoit
Feb 08, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Accounting, Cash, Cash Management, Financial Accounting,
Financial Ratios, Financial Statement Analysis, Preferred Stock
SUMMARY: For nearly 18 months, Tim Cook, CEO of Apple, has kept a
stream of new products rolling, produced a string of robust quarterly
results and introduced a dividend and stock buyback expected to cost $45
billion over three years. But an attack from one of Apple's prominent
investors underscores how that approach may not be enough anymore,
especially amid intensifying industry competition and the company's slowing
growth.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article should be a great one to catch
our students' attention because it involves Apple. Whether someone loves
Apple or hates it, one must admit that the company is interesting from a
financial standpoint. You can use this article in a discussion about cash
management, and it would be excellent for financial statement analysis.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What are the facts of David Einhorn's lawsuit
against Apple? What are his demands? Is he in a position to make demands of
Apple?
2. (Advanced) How would each of Apple's financial statements appear
under Mr. Einhorn's plan versus Mr. Cook's plan? How do the financial
statements differ? Draft the journal entries (just the accounts, no dollar
amounts) for the various aspects of each of the plans.
3. (Advanced) What is the history of the price of Apple's shares?
What are the reasons for these stock price changes? How many of the reasons
are related directly to financial statement information rather than other
factors?
4. (Advanced) What is the purpose of preferred stock? How does it
differ from common stock? When is preferred stock an appropriate vehicle for
a company?
5. (Advanced) Why is it good for a company to have a large amount
of cash? What are the possible problems with having large amounts of cash?
Why has Apple accumulated so much cash? Is this common among businesses or
is it an unusual position?
SMALL GROUP ASSIGNMENT:
Research Apple's financial statements for the past five years. Prepare a
complete set of financial ratios and analyze. Compare over five years,
studying trends. What is interesting about the company's financial
situation? Is Mr. Einhorn justified in his position? Or is he misguided?
Please offer support for your answer.
Reviewed By: Linda Christiansen, Indiana University Southeast
RELATED ARTICLES:
Apple's Cash Conundrum: Pay Tax or Borrow?
by Steven Russolillo
Feb 11, 2013
Online Exclusive
Einhorn Squeezes Apple for Its Cash
by Telis Demos
Feb 12, 2013
Page: B1
Apple Defends Position on Cash
by Jessica Lessin and Thomas Gryta
Mar 13, 2013
Online Exclusive
"Apple Cash Pile Sets Off a Battle,"
by Jessica Lessin, Telis Demos, and
David Benoit, The Wall Street Journal, February 8, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324590904578290440984350234.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Apple Inc. AAPL -0.09% Chief Executive Tim Cook is
facing a new reality: delivering steady results from one of the world's most
valuable companies is no longer good enough.
For nearly 18 months, Mr. Cook has kept a stream of
new products rolling, produced a string of robust quarterly results and
introduced a dividend and stock buyback expected to cost $45 billion over
three years.
But an attack from one of Apple's prominent
investors underscores how that approach may not be enough anymore,
especially amid intensifying industry competition and the company's slowing
growth.
On Thursday, hedge fund manager David Einhorn sued
Apple in a New York federal court in an effort to block an Apple shareholder
proposal that he argues could limit how the company could return some of its
$137 billion cash pile to investors. Apple is proposing to require a
shareholder vote before it can issue preferred stock, a kind of security
that Mr. Einhorn is urging the company to adopt. Apple's board already has
the right to issue such shares, but said in a filing it doesn't intend to do
so.
The proposal comes to a vote at Apple's annual
shareholder meeting on Feb. 27.
Mr. Einhorn, whose firm Greenlight Capital Inc. and
its affiliates own about $610 million worth of Apple stock, argues that
Apple should distribute a "perpetual preferred" stock that could pay a
dividend yield of 4%. The shares would return cash to shareholders by paying
a bigger yield than Apple's regular shares, which currently carry a 2.3%
dividend yield, according to FactSet.
The preferred stock dividends would only require
Apple to pay out small amounts over time, rather than tapping its cash
reserves to spend a large sum at once in the form of a special dividend or
stock buyback.
"It's a unique solution to a problem that's been
intractable—how does Apple reward its shareholders?" Mr. Einhorn said in an
interview. "This idea allows them to keep their cash and yet enables
shareholders to recognize value."
Apple later fired back in a statement Thursday,
asserting that passage of the proposed shareholder measure wouldn't prevent
Apple from issuing preferred stock in the future. Apple said it would
evaluate Greenlight's proposal to issue the security and that its management
team and board have been in "active" discussions about returning more cash
to shareholders.
Apple's statement didn't address the merits of
Greenlight's lawsuit, which argues that Apple is violating a securities rule
by bundling three items—including the preferred stock matter—under one
proposal.
The fracas encapsulates the growing investor unease
about Apple as the company stands at a growth crossroads.
When Mr. Cook took over as CEO in 2011, investors
widely believed he would be more receptive to distributing some of its cash,
something that his predecessor, Steve Jobs, had fiercely resisted. In March
2012, Mr. Cook announced Apple's first dividend since 1995 and a stock
buyback, and made a dividend payout last August.
But that hasn't appeased many shareholders as
Apple's historical growth streak has tempered amid signs that the company is
losing its competitive edge in smartphones to Samsung Electronics Co.
005930.SE +0.54%
Concerns are also rising over an apparent lack of
new game-changing products—like the iPad and the iPhone when they first
debuted—which have previously driven Apple's growth. Mr. Cook has said the
company continues to innovate at a rapid pace.
Last month, Apple reported a flat profit for its
most recently ended quarter and executives predicted that revenue growth
would continue to slow.
All of that has boiled over into a stock decline
and increasing pleas by investors to put more cash to use.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads and other teaching cases on dividends, payout ratios,
and dividends yield ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm#Dividends
Bob Jensen's threads on return on investment, other ratios, and financial
statement analysis ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
"Proposed ASU on Classifying and Measuring Financial Instruments,"
Deloitte, The Wall Street Journal, February 15, 2013 ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/02/15/fasbs-proposed-asu-on-classifying-and-measuring-financial-instruments/
On February 14, the FASB released for public
comment a proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU)¹ on the recognition,
classification, measurement and presentation of financial instruments.²
Comments are due by May 15, 2013. Under the proposal, which affects all
entities that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities, a mixed
measurement attribute approach would be applied to classification and
measurement.
See Deloitte’s
Heads Up for an overview of the proposed ASU,
including a discussion of the proposed classification and measurement
approach. Topics covered include scope, classification of financial assets;
contractual cash-flow characteristics assessment; financial assets that fail
to meet the SPPI criterion; financial assets that meet the SPPI criterion,
including business model assessment and reclassications; financial
liabilities; fair value option; presentation; and effective date and
transition.
The Heads Up also includes an appendix
discussing seven issues in a question-and-answer format:
- The FASB’s objectives
- Impact of the proposed ASU
- Classification and measurement of financial
assets
- Assessing the cash-flow characteristics of
financial assets
- Business model assessment
- Subsequent sales and reclassifications
- Comparison to IFRSs
A
Dbriefs webcast is
scheduled for February 20, 2013, at 2 p.m. ET to provide an update on the
status of the financial instruments project. Upcoming Deloitte Heads Up
newsletters will provide additional analysis and insights related to the
proposal. To receive those, please
register at
www.deloitte.com/us/subscriptions.
Jensen Comment
In particular note the role of Business Model Assessment in meeting the SPPI
criterion.
R Programming Language ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/R_%28programming_language%29
"Learn R with Two Tutorials," by Lincoln Mullen, Chronicle of Higher
Education, February 8, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/profhacker/learn-r-with-twotorials/45843?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
"THE LEARNING TRIANGLE," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, February 12,
2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/02/the-learning-triangle_12.html
"THERE WILL BE NO QUIZ," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, February 21,
2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/02/there-will-be-no-quiz.html
"Team Ambition," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 30, 2013
---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/team-ambition.html
Jensen Comment
This is more of a summary post about Joe's past postings to his blog. Joe tells
me his readership spikes when a post a notice to the AECM.
Demand for Accounting Graduates Among the Highest of All Disciplines
"CPAs are sexy: Accountants in demand as regulatory climate tightens," Boston
Business Journal, January 14, 2013 ---
http://www.masslive.com/business-news/index.ssf/2013/01/cpas_are_sexy_accountants_in_demand_as_r.html
The numbers are in, and accountants should be
smiling.
The unemployment rate for accountants stands at
just 4.1 percent. And
Forbes.com recently listed accountants and
auditors at No. 2 on its list of Top Jobs for 2013, just behind software
developers.
Meanwhile, the Class of 2012 Student Survey Report,
released last year by the
National
Association of Colleges & Employers, found that 68
percent of the most recent accounting majors received job offers, the
highest percentage of any major.
“The job demand is there, and it’s steady,” said
Barbara Iannoni, academic/career development specialist at the Massachusetts
Society of Certified Public Accountants Inc.
In fact, demand for accounting professionals has
picked up and continues to strengthen, said Bill Driscoll, the New England
District president for staffing firm Robert Half International. And Driscoll
says the demand for new talent is coming from all areas.
“It’s private industry, it’s public, it’s really
across the board. You don’t have to be in a CPA to be in demand,” he said.
“It’s accounting that’s in demand right now. You can be a comptroller,
financial analyst, or auditor without being a CPA.”
Driscoll said that for applicants with a mix of
public and private company experience — something most CPAs have — the job
opportunities are even more plentiful.
“In the economic environment we still find
ourselves in, anyone in the accounting department who can analyze where the
dollars go, who can help companies stretch every dollar, are in high
demand,” he said.
Nonetheless, companies today still have high
expectations for those they hire; they want accountants who know more than
numbers, Driscoll said.
“Everybody needs number crunchers, but particularly
with the events of the last four or five years, if you can blend
communication skills and leadership skills with accounting skills or a CPA,
that will open up all sorts of opportunities and career progressions for
you,” he said.
Industry leaders said most college students on the
accounting track still aim to get a CPA designation, which requires meeting
state-set academic and experience requirements as well as passing a one-time
state-administered CPA test. Once certified, a CPA also must meet regular
licensing requirements.
It’s no easy process. According to Scott Moore,
senior manager of the College and University Initiatives at the
American
Institute of CPAs, only 40 percent of test takers
nationwide actually pass.
“It shows a lot of dedication and self-discipline
to pass the exam. That really tells you something about the person,” Moore
said.
That’s one of the reasons the CPA remains such a
hot commodity in the job market, he said.
Another reason: the ever-expanding list of
regulations that companies face. It’s a state of affairs that took a big
leap forward in 2002 with the passage of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The
Dodd-Frank financial reform act of 2010, which is still being phased in
through dozens of yet-to-be-written regulations, has only made CPAs all the
more valuable, Moore said.
“The work that a CPA does has evolved. There’s not
so much a need to do hard core number crunching because (computers) can do
that, so it’s more interpretation versus creation of information, and that
interpretation is more important to the business. CPAs have really taken on
that role,” said Moore, noting that CPAs are increasingly filling a number
of C-level positions at major companies.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
There are some caveats. Undergraduate accounting majors must now take a fifth
year or more (most enter masters degree programs) in order to sit for the
Uniform National CPA Examination. And starting salaries are lower than salaries
of engineers.
And most graduates going to work for CPA firms have a low probability of
surviving in those firms after 5-10 years. But this is not usually too
bothersome since the main reason many accounting graduates first enter public
accounting is for the great training and client exposures. Most of them did not
want to stay in public accounting because of the requisite travel, long hours,
and performance pressures. Those that leave public accounting after a few years
go with clients who offer 9-5 hours, less travel, and much less pressure. And
many leave to become full-time parents between the early parts and late parts of
their accounting careers.
The bummer is that corporations fail offer nearly as many entry-level jobs as
public accounting firms. Corporations and agencies like the FBI prefer to hire
job applicants with some years of accounting experience. Aside from public
accounting, the IRS is one of the best sources of entry-level job applications.
And both the training and experience in the IRS are excellent for changing jobs
later on.
"NASBA Releases CPA Examination Statistics: New publications feature
detailed reports and statistical data from the 2012 Uniform CPA Examination,"
PRWeb, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.prweb.com/releases/2013/2/prweb10421484.htm?PID=6147589
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting careers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
This year, NASBA will fund and award a maximum of
three grants totaling up to $25,000 for one-year research projects. Faculty and
postdoctoral researchers at U.S. academic institutions are encouraged to submit
proposals for consideration.
"NASBA Offers Accounting Research Grants," Accounting Today, February 12, 2013
---
http://www.accountingtoday.com/news/NASBA-Offers-Accounting-Research-Grants-65672-1.html
Jensen Comment
In light of the lengthy thread we had on the role of ethics education on ethics
behavior, perhaps the time is ripe to propose a study of the impact on ethics
behavior and education of the increased frequency of ethics modules on CPA
examinations. One question might be how to best examine ethics issues on these
examinations.
"Gangster Bankers: Too Big to Jail: How HSBC hooked up with drug
traffickers and terrorists. And got away with it," by Matt Taibbi, Rolling
Stone, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/gangster-bankers-too-big-to-jail-20130214
The deal was announced quietly, just before the
holidays, almost like the government was hoping people were too busy hanging
stockings by the fireplace to notice. Flooring politicians, lawyers and
investigators all over the world, the U.S. Justice Department granted a
total walk to executives of the British-based bank HSBC for the largest
drug-and-terrorism money-laundering case ever. Yes, they issued a fine –
$1.9 billion, or about five weeks' profit – but they didn't extract so much
as one dollar or one day in jail from any individual, despite a decade of
stupefying abuses.
People may have outrage fatigue about Wall Street,
and more stories about billionaire greedheads getting away with more
stealing often cease to amaze. But the HSBC case went miles beyond the usual
paper-pushing, keypad-punching sort-of crime, committed by geeks in ties,
normally associated with Wall Street. In this case, the bank literally got
away with murder – well, aiding and abetting it, anyway.
Daily Beast: HSBC Report Should Result in Prosecutions, Not Just Fines, Say
Critics
For at least half a decade, the storied British
colonial banking power helped to wash hundreds of millions of dollars for
drug mobs, including Mexico's Sinaloa drug cartel, suspected in tens of
thousands of murders just in the past 10 years – people so totally evil,
jokes former New York Attorney General Eliot Spitzer, that "they make the
guys on Wall Street look good." The bank also moved money for organizations
linked to Al Qaeda and Hezbollah, and for Russian gangsters; helped
countries like Iran, the Sudan and North Korea evade sanctions; and, in
between helping murderers and terrorists and rogue states, aided countless
common tax cheats in hiding their cash.
"They violated every goddamn law in the book," says
Jack Blum, an attorney and former Senate investigator who headed a major
bribery investigation against Lockheed in the 1970s that led to the passage
of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. "They took every imaginable form of
illegal and illicit business."
That nobody from the bank went to jail or paid a
dollar in individual fines is nothing new in this era of financial crisis.
What is different about this settlement is that the Justice Department, for
the first time, admitted why it decided to go soft on this particular kind
of criminal. It was worried that anything more than a wrist slap for HSBC
might undermine the world economy. "Had the U.S. authorities decided to
press criminal charges," said Assistant Attorney General Lanny Breuer at a
press conference to announce the settlement, "HSBC would almost certainly
have lost its banking license in the U.S., the future of the institution
would have been under threat and the entire banking system would have been
destabilized."
It was the dawn of a new era. In the years just
after 9/11, even being breathed on by a suspected terrorist could land you
in extralegal detention for the rest of your life. But now, when you're Too
Big to Jail, you can cop to laundering terrorist cash and violating the
Trading With the Enemy Act, and not only will you not be prosecuted for it,
but the government will go out of its way to make sure you won't lose your
license. Some on the Hill put it to me this way: OK, fine, no jail time, but
they can't even pull their charter? Are you kidding?
But the Justice Department wasn't finished handing
out Christmas goodies. A little over a week later, Breuer was back in front
of the press, giving a cushy deal to another huge international firm, the
Swiss bank UBS, which had just admitted to a key role in perhaps the biggest
antitrust/price-fixing case in history, the so-called LIBOR scandal, a
massive interest-raterigging conspiracy involving hundreds of trillions
("trillions," with a "t") of dollars in financial products. While two minor
players did face charges, Breuer and the Justice Department worried aloud
about global stability as they explained why no criminal charges were being
filed against the parent company.
"Our goal here," Breuer said, "is not to destroy a
major financial institution."
A reporter at the UBS presser pointed out to Breuer
that UBS had already been busted in 2009 in a major tax-evasion case, and
asked a sensible question. "This is a bank that has broken the law before,"
the reporter said. "So why not be tougher?"
"I don't know what tougher means," answered the
assistant attorney general.
Also known as the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking
Corporation, HSBC has always been associated with drugs. Founded in 1865,
HSBC became the major commercial bank in colonial China after the conclusion
of the Second Opium War. If you're rusty in your history of Britain's
various wars of Imperial Rape, the Second Opium War was the one where
Britain and other European powers basically slaughtered lots of Chinese
people until they agreed to legalize the dope trade (much like they had done
in the First Opium War, which ended in 1842).
A century and a half later, it appears not much has
changed. With its strong on-the-ground presence in many of the various
ex-colonial territories in Asia and Africa, and its rich history of
cross-cultural moral flexibility, HSBC has a very different international
footprint than other Too Big to Fail banks like Wells Fargo or Bank of
America. While the American banking behemoths mainly gorged themselves on
the toxic residential-mortgage trade that caused the 2008 financial bubble,
HSBC took a slightly different path, turning itself into the destination
bank for domestic and international scoundrels of every possible persuasion.
Three-time losers doing life in California prisons
for street felonies might be surprised to learn that the no-jail settlement
Lanny Breuer worked out for HSBC was already the bank's third strike. In
fact, as a mortifying 334-page report issued by the Senate Permanent
Subcommittee on Investigations last summer made plain, HSBC ignored a truly
awesome quantity of official warnings.
In April 2003, with 9/11 still fresh in the minds
of American regulators, the Federal Reserve sent HSBC's American subsidiary
a cease-and-desist letter, ordering it to clean up its act and make a
better effort to keep criminals and terrorists from opening accounts at its
bank. One of the bank's bigger customers, for instance, was Saudi Arabia's
Al Rajhi bank, which had been linked by the CIA and other government
agencies to terrorism. According to a document cited in a Senate report, one
of the bank's founders, Sulaiman bin Abdul Aziz Al Rajhi, was among 20 early
financiers of Al Qaeda, a member of what Osama bin Laden himself apparently
called the "Golden Chain." In 2003, the CIA wrote a confidential report
about the bank, describing Al Rajhi as a "conduit for extremist finance." In
the report, details of which leaked to the public by 2007, the agency noted
that Sulaiman Al Rajhi consciously worked to help Islamic "charities" hide
their true nature, ordering the bank's board to "explore financial
instruments that would allow the bank's charitable contributions to avoid
official Saudi scrutiny." (The bank has denied any role in financing
extremists.)
Continued in a long article
Bob Jensen's Rotten to the Core threads---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#InvestmentBanking
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Deloitte's New Site for International Accounting Teaching, Scholarship,
and Research ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/research-and-education
We have created a new page on IAS Plus that is
tailored to help users easily locate academic accounting material and
resources relevant for educational research that is available on IAS Plus
and other useful sites.
Bookmark this site ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/resources/research-and-education
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default3.htm
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting researchers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default4.htm
Bob Jensen's threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Suggestion for a Website of Actual Financial Contracts
While examining the following accounting student, education, practitioner,
client, and research helper site it dawned on me that a wonderful site to be
added would be a site of real contracts taken from practice (names of people and
companies could be hidden). Examples would include account factoring contracts,
lending contracts, derivative financial instrument contracts, employee option
contracts, employee stock compensation contracts and on and on and on. The
important criterion would be that these are actual contracts and not just
excerpts or hypothetical contracts.
What a great addition this would make in the following Website where
following each contract could be suggested accounting journal entries and
disclosures under IFRS versus U.S. GAAP.
Deloitte's New Site for International Accounting Teaching, Scholarship,
and Research ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/research-and-education
If I were younger I would start such a site at my own Website. However, I
think large public accounting firms have comparative advantages since they could
draw on actual contracts of clients.
What a service this would be for education and research as well as for
practitioners.
Deloitte (DTTL) and the International Association for Accounting Education
and Research (IAAER) today announced the Deloitte IAAER Scholarship Programme,
naming five associate professors from Brazil, Indonesia, Poland, Romania and
South Africa as the programme’s inaugural scholars.
IAS Plus
February 13, 2013
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/02/deloitte-scholars
Mentors will be assigned to each scholar to support
them as they increase their exposure to internationally recognised
accounting scholars, best practices in accounting and business education and
research, and a global peer network.
Ongoing mentorship is a critical element of the
Deloitte IAAER Scholarship Programme and some well-known and highly
accomplished accounting experts have volunteered their support. These
include former member of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Katherine
Schipper (Duke University); former member of the International Accounting
Standards Board, Mary Barth (Stanford University); Chika Saka (Kwansei
Gakuin University); Sidney Gray (University of Sydney); and Ann Tarca
(University of Western Australia).
The scholars, who must be a sitting lecturer,
assistant, or associate professor holding a PhD (or comparable degree) in a
faculty that teaches accounting, auditing, or financial reporting, are
chosen for three years and attend IAAER co-sponsored conferences, workshops,
and consortia as well as the IAAER World Congress.
In the long term, the programme aims at supporting
better accounting education and improving the quality of financial reporting
and auditing. The next round of scholarships will open in 2016, with
applications considered in 2015.
Bob Jensen's threads on careers in accountancy ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default3.htm
Bob Jensen's helpers for accounting researchers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/default4.htm
Bob Jensen's threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
I am forwarding this AECM message to the current AAA Leadership, including
Karen Pincus, Mary Barth, and Julie Smith David. For a very long time, the AAA
has not been a good old boys club.
The contributions of accountics scientists to the AAA Commons to date have
been almost nothing ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Bob Jensen has contributed around 100 accountics science postings, but these
are only a small proportion of his 1.500 posts and 15,000 comments on the
Commons ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/people/12462cc690/profile
David Boynton
There are quite a few accountics science postings on the AAA Commons thanks
to David Boynton. David is on the staff of the AAA. As of January 19, 2013 David
has made 470 posts to the Commons. Nearly all of them are accountics science
postings.
To see a listing of David's postings on the AAA Commons, do the following:
- Go to the AAA Commons at
http://commons.aaahq.org/pages/home
- Sign in as an AAA Member.
I truly wish the full Commons was available to non-members, but if
wishes were horses beggars would ride.
- On the right side you will see a picture link to David Boyton. Click
on this link.
- Near the top of David's profile you will see a link to his Posts.
Click there to see a listing of his postings to the Commons.
Proposal for a Quant Corner
I propose that the current leadership of the AAA post a Quant Corner Forum
on the Commons. The purpose would be to have accountics scientists post a
discussion of their existing working papers (e.g., on SSRN) and forthcoming
papers in TAR, JAR, JAE, and other quant journals. A restriction would be
that these authors discuss their research without the use of equations and
statistical inference tables at a level that non-quants can understand.
Commons users could then comment on selected Quant Corner postings. Ideally
the authors would then reply back in a dialog that is not being accomplished in
the accountics science journals themselves. For example, TAR has not published
commentaries in years.
The model for the Quant Corner Forum could be the FASB's FASRI blog
--- http://www.fasri.net/
Note in particular how the accountics scientists discuss their research in plain
English beyond a mere abstract.
The problem with the FASRI blog is that it's limited to research related to
accounting standard setting.
I envision the Quant Corner to expand to all research topics of accountics
scientists.
Below is a quotation from one of my January 18 messages from another thread
on the AECM"
Hi Richard (Sansing),
Perhaps the secret lies in the race between the Turtle and the Hare.
Accountics scientists don't have to become like Bob Jensen thousands of
postings and tens of thousands of comments on the Commons. But they could
become steady in terms of posts and comments much like you are (gratefully
to me) a steady commenter on the AECM.
It would be terrific if Mary Barth posted a an Accountics Science Forum
(much like Zane's Writing Forum) on the AAA Commons. Then authors could post
notices of their forthcoming TAR, JAR, JAE, and other publications as well
as postings to SSRN. This might encourage AAA members to then comment on
these forthcoming publications. In a way this offsets the lack of published
commentaries in TAR, JAR, and JAE.
I'm certain that it will have a different name than Accountics Science
Forum. But it could be called something like Quant Corner. The FASB has a
blog to serve as a model, but accountics science postings to that blog are
much too infrequent ---
http://www.fasri.net/
In other words the the Quant Corner on the Commons could be modeled after
the FASRI blog, but the accountics science journal editors and referees
should remind authors to make postings to the Quant Corner.
Thank you Richard for being tolerant of my rantings on the AECM.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
On January 18, 2013 Richard Campbell replies as follows:
Why not have the AAA have an online comment section
for each of the AAA journals?
The Wall Street Journal has that for all their
Blogs.
January 19, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
Thanks for replying Richard. I've actually thought about that, but
I prefer the FASRI-style lead ins where authors provide more of a personal
chat about their forthcoming research articles. These chats are more than
the abstracts that now appear on articles. And the dialog should avoid the
equations and statistical inference tables.
There could be a suggested outline for author lead in chats. I like the
format that's extremely common on Wikipedia where there are sections like
you see at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balanced_scorecard
Yes we could even request that authors fill in a Criticisms section for
their own research article.
What's interesting is that readers like me would be drawn to the Quant
Corner Forum in large measure just to see how accountics scientists
criticize their own research.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
What drove the 30-year mortgage rate higher?
Sober Look, February 12, 2013
http://soberlook.com/2013/02/what-drove-30yr-mortgage-rate-higher.html
"(Israeli) Business Profs Who Doubt Value of Business Major, Inside
Higher Ed, February 14, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/14/business-profs-who-doubt-value-business-major
It's not unheard of for professors to question the
value of undergraduate education in business. It's more rare if you teach in
-- let alone lead -- an undergraduate program in business, but that's what
has happened at Tel Aviv University.
Haaretz reported that Shmuel Ellis, chair of
the undergraduate Department of Management, recently sent out an e-mail
telling those who are undecided about their major not to pick business. He
suggested they consider fields in the humanities, social sciences or
biological sciences. "Study of academic disciplines prepares students to
think scientifically in these fields and form the foundation for advanced
studies in graduate degree programs," he said.
The comments have angered some students studying
business. Adding to the anger is that Ellis was defending comments from
Moshe Zviran, vice dean of the graduate business program, who recently
questioned the value of undergraduate education in business. Zviran said
that business study only makes sense at the graduate level. "Business
administration is an excellent degree but needs to be studied at the
appropriate time," he said.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Israel CPA Firm Directory ---
http://www.worldwide-tax.com/israel/israccountants.asp
It appears that many Israeli accountants have U.S. CPA certificates.
Does Israel even have its own practice certifications for accountants?
Tens of Millions in Tornado Damage at Southern Miss ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/14/tens-millions-tornado-damage-southern-miss
Jensen Comment
This is really bad, but not quite as destructive as the damage inflicted upon
New Orleans universities by Katrina. Recovery over years to come entailed
terminating most of the employees of those universities.
"FASB Kicks Off XBRL Guidance Series," by Tammy Whitehouse,
Compliance Week, February 11, 2013 ---
http://www.complianceweek.com/fasb-kicks-off-xbrl-guidance-series/article/279960/
XBRL Tags to be Used on a SEC Accountancy Fraud RoboCop
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger Newsletter on February 14, 2014
SEC readies fraud ‘RoboCop.’ The FT’s Adam Jones
warns CFOs that “accountancy’s answer to RoboCop will soon be watching you.”
Jones examines the SEC’s plans to roll out an early warning system using
XBRL tags this year. The data-mining software is partly based on a model the
SEC developed to trawl through hedge fund returns for signs of Bernard
Madoff-style “chicanery.” The accounting version will analyze whether a
company “sticks out from the pack” in areas such as accruals. Craig Lewis,
director of the SEC’s division of risk, strategy and financial innovation,
said it would be about nine months before it was rolled out, although it
could appear sooner.
"SEC to roll out ‘RoboCop’ against fraud," by Adam Jones, Financial
Times, February 13, 2013 ---
http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/f446a8bc-75c9-11e2-9891-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2KrTO4g2h
Bob Jensen's OLAP, XML, and XBRL threads are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm
"Federal Tax Crimes, 2013," by John A. Townsend, SSRN, February
5, 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212771
Abstract:
This is the 2013 01 edition of the Federal Tax Crimes book that I started
many years ago for use in a Tax Fraud and Money Laundering course at the
University of Houston Law School. With some colleagues, we substantially
revised that earlier version into a separately targeted book, titled Tax
Crimes published by LEXIS-NEXIS. The full title of the LEXIS-NEXIS book is
John Townsend, Larry Campagna, Steve Johnson and Scott Schumacher, Tax
Crimes (LEXIS-NEXIS Graduate Tax Series 2008).
This pdf text offered here is a self-published version of my original text
that I have kept up since publication of the LEXIS-NEXIS book. The
LEXIS-NEXIS book is more suitable for students in a classroom setting and is
targeted specifically for graduate tax students. This pdf book I make
available here is not suitable for students in a class setting, but is more
suitable for lawyers in practice, covering far more topics and with far more
detail and footnotes that may be helpful to the busy practitioner. It cannot
be used fruitfully for the target audience of the LEXIS-NEXIS book.
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"The Dissertation Can No Longer Be Defended," by Stacey Patton,
Chronicle of Higher Education, February 11, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/The-Dissertation-Can-No-Longer/137215/
The dissertation is broken, many scholars agree. So
now what?
Rethinking the academic centerpiece of a graduate
education is an obvious place to start if, as many people believe, Ph.D.
programs are in a state of crisis. Universities face urgent calls to reduce
the time it takes to complete degrees, reduce attrition, and do more to
prepare doctoral candidates for nonacademic careers, as students face rising
debt and increased competition for a shrinking number of tenure-track jobs.
As a result, many faculty and administrators wonder
if now may finally be the time for graduate programs to begin to modernize
on a large scale and move beyond the traditional, book-length dissertation.
That scholarly opus, some say, lingers on as a
stubborn relic that has limited value to many scholars' careers and,
ultimately, might just be a big waste of time.
"It takes too long. It's too isolating," says
William Pannapacker, an associate professor of English at Hope College and a
critic of graduate education who writes frequently for The Chronicle.
Producing a dissertation is particularly poor preparation, he adds, for
graduates whose first jobs are outside of academe—now roughly half of new
Ph.D.'s with postgraduation employment commitments. "It's a hazing ritual
passed down from another era, retained because the Ph.D.'s before us had to
do it."
Scholars cite numerous reasons for why the
dissertation is outdated and should no longer be a one-size-fits-all model
for Ph.D. students.
Completing a dissertation can take four to seven
years because students are typically required by their advisers to pore over
minutiae and learn the ins and outs of preceding scholarly debates before
turning to the specific topic of their own work. Dissertations are often so
specialized and burdened with jargon that they are incomprehensible to
scholars from other disciplines, much less applicable to the broader public.
The majority of dissertations, produced in paper
and ink, ignore the interactive possibilities of a new-media culture. And
book-length monographs don't always reflect students' career goals or let
them demonstrate skills transferable beyond the borders of academe.
Nontraditional
Approaches
Some universities have started to make changes.
Graduate programs in history, literature, philosophy, anthropology, and
sociology the City University of New York, Michigan State University, and
the University of Virginia, among other campuses, have put significant
amounts of money into digital-humanities centers and new-media and
collaborative research programs that can support students who want to work
on nontraditional dissertations. They hold digital boot camps and have hired
faculty with the expertise to train graduate students who want to do digital
work.
Others allow students to write three or four
publishable articles instead of one book-length text. Or they encourage
students to shape their dissertations for public consumption. History
students at Texas State University and Washington State University, for
example, work on projects that can be useful to museums, historical
societies, and preservation agencies.
Some graduate programs allow students to work
collaboratively. Doctoral students in history at Emory University and
Stanford University, among others, work together on projects with help from
faculty, lab assistants, computer technicians, and geographers, who use
digital techniques like infrared scans and geolocation mapping to build
interactive maps that, for example, tell the history of cities and important
events in visually creative ways.
These programs seek not only to move students
beyond the single-author monograph but also to improve upon the isolating
dissertation experience and to replace the hierarchical committee structure
with the project-management style of collaboration that is required by many
employers.
"The economic realities of academic publishing,
coupled with exciting interpretive and methodological possibilities inherent
in new media and digital humanities, mean that the day of the dissertation
as a narrowly focused proto-book are nearly over," Bethany Nowviskie,
director of digital research and scholarship at the University of Virginia
Library, said in an e-mail.
While such efforts to modernize and digitize the
dissertation are good, they do not go far enough to revamp doctoral
education, many scholars say. To reduce time to degree and make other key
improvements, they argue, broader changes in need to be considered.
"You can't separate the dissertation from its
context," says William Kelly, president of CUNY's Graduate Center. "We need
to look at the degree as a whole and be student-centered."
Faculty and administrators, he says, should find
ways to help students move more efficiently through graduate school from Day
1. Changes in the dissertation process are key, including focusing course
requirements and exams more squarely on preparing students to write those
dissertations, as long as that task remains necessary.
To help more students complete their Ph.D.
programs, and to do so more quickly, CUNY has unveiled a five-year
fellowship program that will aid 200 new doctoral students. Participants
will have their teaching obligations reduced from two courses to one course
per semester during their second, third, and fourth years. Their annual
stipends will be increased to $25,000 from $18,000, in the hope that they
will spend less time on teaching, grading papers, and outside work, and more
on their own research.
The graduate center will also reduce enrollment
across its graduate programs by one-fourth by 2015, to put more resources
toward helping students succeed. CUNY now enrolls 4,200 doctoral students.
At the University of Washington, starting this
fall, students in a doctoral program in Hispanic studies will be required to
enroll in a new course that will help guide them in beginning preliminary
work on their dissertation prospectus. They will also be trained in public
forms of scholarship, so that their work will be more attractive to
employers outside higher education.
The program will also alter exams, to make them
directly relevant to students' dissertations. The tests will comprise three
elements: an annotated bibliography of the books that are relevant to
student's research projects, a 10- to 15-page dissertation prospectus, and a
90-minute oral exam.
Stanford has recently proposed changes in its
dissertation requirements, in an effort to reduce the time that students
spend in Ph.D. programs to five years, from an average of nine years now.
The plans include adopting a four-quarter system and providing students with
financial support during the summer, so they can use that time to make
progress on their dissertations.
Departments would be required to provide clearer
guidelines about writing dissertations and to offer students alternatives to
the traditional format, so that their academic work will match up with their
career goals. Advisers would be called on to do a better job of providing
students with timely and effective feedback.
A 21st-Century
Dissertation
To the extent that dissertations have changed
already, technological advances have been largely responsible. The rise of
the digital humanities has opened up new interpretive and methodological
possibilities for scholars and has challenged conventional understandings of
the dissertation. Graduate students looking to take advantage of the
interactivity of online platforms are doing digital dissertations that
integrate film clips, three-dimensional animation, sound, and interactive
maps.
One of those students is Sarita I. Alami, a
fifth-year doctoral student in the history department at Emory. She is
looking at the rise and fall of American prison newspapers from 1912 to 1980
and how prisoners used journalism to shape their experiences behind bars.
Many novels and memoirs about prison life have been written for people
outside prison. But Ms. Alami wants to provide a lens into prison culture
through the words of inmates themselves, particularly how they discussed
prison conditions and national and international politics.
She has done the usual work of reading scholarly
articles and books. She's spent time in prison archives analyzing thousands
of newspapers to see how their coverage changed over time. But she is also
taking advantage of a digital microfiche scanner that Emory recently
acquired. Its algorithmic software processes large amounts of text and
returns useful keywords, allowing her to better analyze prisoners' use of
language over time.
For example, at the height of the black-power era,
she saw the use of words like "pig," "whitey," and "solidarity." "That was
black-power rhetoric centered around prison activism," she says, "and it
captures the anger, prison revolts, and rashes of violence discussed by
outside media."
Much of her work, while taking advantage of new
methods of analysis, will still result in a text-heavy, book-length
document. But a big component of her dissertation, she says, will be a
searchable online repository of prison periodicals, graphs, online exhibits,
and explanatory text. On a
Web site, she is
documenting her research experience and introducing others to new digital
tools.
Amanda Visconti, a doctoral student in her third
year at the University of Maryland at College Park, entered the graduate
program in English with a background in Web development, information
studies, and user testing. She hasn't yet started on her dissertation—which
will be digital—but has experimented with a prototype digital edition of
Ulysses, which allows users to read the novel's first two episodes with
explanatory annotations and images that appear when the reader moves his or
her mouse over words that might be confusing.
"Digital editions do a lot of things, but I'm
interested in making them more participatory, meaning that readers get an
interactive, engaged experience instead of a passive reading experience,"
Ms. Visconti says. "Producing a traditional, book-style dissertation
wouldn't help me do the scholarly work I need to do. And it wouldn't present
that work to others in a way they could test, use, and benefit from."
Alex Galarza, a fourth-year Ph.D. student in
history at Michigan State, is working on a digital dissertation on soccer
clubs of the 1950s and 60s in Buenos Aires, examining how they were
connected to political, economic, and social changes in the city. Rather
than produce a written text that readers would engage with only passively,
he wants people to be able to interact with his work, to dig behind his
documents to see the sources he's using and draw their own conclusions.
A more traditional approach to his dissertation, he
says, wouldn't provide an experience nearly as collaborative. He and a
faculty mentor created the
Football Scholars Forum,
an online "scholarly think tank" that includes a group library, film
database, audio archive, academic directory, syllabus repository, and online
forum where researchers discuss monographs, articles, films, and pedagogy.
Mr. Galarza is a graduate fellow at Michigan
State's digital-humanities center, which has 15 full-time employees, and he
has received $2,000 in travel grants to attend digital-humanities workshops.
Other than the scholars he meets at digital-humanities conference circuits
and institutes, though, he doesn't hear many graduate students talk about
incorporating digital methods into their dissertations. Most of his peers,
he says, are neither exposed to those methods nor encouraged to try them.
Had he not received encouragement from faculty
mentors at Michigan State, he says, he, too, probably would be writing a
traditional dissertation. "If you don't have a program, mentor, and peers
that are demonstrating that these are real possibilities," he says, "then
it's hard to part from what everyone else around you and what your adviser
tells you to do."
Barriers to
Change
If most people agree that, after decades of debate,
it's time to finally do more to revamp the dissertation, then why isn't such
change widespread? The majority of graduate students are still sticking to
the monograph version of the dissertation, producing static texts that are
hundreds of pages in length and take roughly five or six years to complete.
The barriers to change are many, faculty members
say. Graduate students themselves are part of the time-to-degree problem.
More and more Ph.D. candidates intentionally linger in departments, in order
to write exquisite theses, which they hope will help them stand out in a
brutal job market.
What's more, many programs are behind the curve on
technology, and many do not have professors with the skills to train
students to do digital dissertations. On more than a few campuses, little,
if any, technical support or clear guidelines exist for students doing
digital dissertations. Nor do the usual dissertation books and workshops
provide much help to those students.
Meanwhile, some scholars say the traditional
approaches to the dissertation aren't necessarily in need of overhaul at
all, even if digital and other nontraditional formats may be preferable for
some projects. Anthony T. Grafton, a historian at Princeton University,
argues that some of the proposals for changing the dissertation and reducing
time to degree could affect the quality of students' projects.
"For me, the dissertation makes intellectual sense
only as a historian's quest to work out the problem that matters most to him
or her, an intellectual adventure whose limits no one can predict," he says.
"There's no way to know in advance how long that will take. Cut down the
ambition and scale, and much of the power of the exercise is lost."
Many other professors say that until the tenure
process no longer requires the publication of book-length works, scholars in
the pipeline will continue to follow the traditional formula for writing
dissertations. Some students complain that when they create a digital
dissertation, they must also produce a text version. Many campus libraries
have not ironed out the wrinkles in terms of submission, guidelines, and
repositories. And the extra work, of course, doesn't tend to lessen the time
to degree.
Ms. Visconti, the Maryland student, says she has
had to defend her decision to do a nontraditional dissertation to academics
who don't seem to think that digital projects on their own are scholarly
enough. Some people assume, she says, that projects like hers are just Web
sites where scholarship get published electronically; those professors don't
seem to understand how digital work can produce new tools for analysis that
allow researchers to ask new questions.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Much of this article is not relevant for science, engineering, accounting,
finance and other disciplines. What makes more sense in those disciplines is to
distinguish between dissertation research that is aimed at an academic
audience versus research that is aimed at a clinical audience such as
practitioners. Presently, doctoral students pretty much have to write a
dissertation for an academic audience. Accordingly, the practitioners in those
professions get shorted.
For example in accountancy a doctoral student might focus redesigning
internal controls for a particular in a company where auditors identified some
weaknesses in such controls in recent audits. This might be more of a case
method research study that currently is unacceptable in most accountics science
dominated accounting doctoral programs. There would still be a "dissertation"
write up, but it could be quite non-traditional with heavy modules of multimedia
such as security videos and their analysis along with writing of security
software code.
Essays on the Sad State of Academic Accounting Research ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
"A Sensible Change in Taxing Derivatives," by Victor Fleisher,
by Victor Fleischer, The New York Times, February 7, 2013 ---
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2013/02/07/a-sensible-change-in-taxing-derivatives/?nl=business&emc=edit_dlbkpm_20130207
Jensen Comment
Although this article praises a proposal to charge year-end income taxes on the
basis of net fair value increases of a derivatives portfolio rather than only
taxing gains and losses based upon accumulated cash settlements there are some
genuine and controversial problems. For example, if an option not yet settled is
in-the-money at the end of the tax year, the owner would pay taxes as if it was
settled at the end of the tax year. The investor would then have to cough up the
cash from somewhere else to pay the taxes due this and other unsettled
derivatives. And the taxpayer might then have to wait until the next year end to
get a refund on derivatives that were settled for less (maybe zero) after paying
the tax accrual.
The tax could also defeat the purpose of hedging. Often derivatives are
acquired to hedge future transactions that are not taxable ahead of time such as
when Southwest Airlines buys call options to hedge forecasted transactions to
buy jet fuel a year from now. If spot prices soar for the jet fuel, the gains at
the time of settlement of the options offsets the rise in prices above the
strike price. Having to pay taxes on the option prices before the jet fuel is
purchased causes a loss in the time value of money between when the taxes must
be paid and the jet fuel is purchased. Perfect hedges then become less than
perfect due to taxing value changes rather than cash settlements.
It might also be tempting for the government to extend this concept to other
types of non-derivative financial instruments. For example, if an investor owns
Apple Corporation shares that have appreciated in value by 100% during the year
the taxpayer may have to pay taxes in cash for the stock price appreciation of
stock not yet sold from the portfolio. It's easy to imagine where investors
might have to sell long-term investments just to pay taxes on the value
increases not yet realized.
Then there's the question of asymmetry. If taxpayers have to pay cash for
value increase might they also receive cash from the IRS for losses in portfolio
values? This could be devastating for the government in times of economic
crashes.
The ideal of taxing value changes in derivatives before settlement dates
sounds like a bad idea to me.
"CPA convicted for role in $40 million Ponzi scheme," WCNC.com,
February 11, 2013 ---
http://www.wcnc.com/news/business/CPA-convicted-for-role-in-40-million-Ponzi-scheme--190747591.html
CHARLOTTE, N.C. (AP) -- An accountant has been
convicted for his role in a $40 million Ponzi scheme that defrauded
investors in North Carolina, Virginia and Ohio.
A federal jury in Charlotte convicted Jonathan D.
Davey of Newark, Ohio, on four counts of investment fraud conspiracy and tax
evasion. Prosecutors say Davey administered several hedge funds in the Black
Diamond Ponzi scheme, soliciting more than $11 million from victims in the
case.
The 48-year-old accountant, who was convicted
Friday, is the 11th defendant convicted in the 2007 fraud, which prosecutors
say deprived about 400 victims of more than $40 million. Prosecutors say
Davey used a shell company in Belize to funnel money toward construction of
his mansion in Ohio.
Davey faces a maximum sentence of 50 years in
prison and $1 million in fines.
Bob Jensen's threads on Ponzi frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
The Advantage of a Shredded Paper Trail
From the CFO Morning Ledger Newsletter on February 11, 2012
S&P left paper trail, but not Moody’s. The reason the DOJ may be
going after Standard & Poor’s and not rival Moody’s may be because S&P left
a paper trail and Moody’s didn’t. Former Moody’s
employees tell the WSJ that Moody’s took careful
steps to avoid creating a trove of potentially embarrassing employee
messages like those that came back to haunt S&P in the U.S.’s lawsuit.
Moody’s analysts had limited access to instant-message programs and were
directed by executives to discuss sensitive matters face to face. The
crackdown on communications came after a 2005 investigation by then-New York
Attorney General Eliot Spitzer into Moody’s ratings on some mortgage-backed
deals.
Bob Jensen's threads on the credit rating agency scandals ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Credit Rating Firms ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Credit_rating_firms
Credit Rating Firms were rotten to the core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#CreditRatingAgencies
In 2008 it became evident that credit rating firms were giving AAA ratings to
bonds that they knew were worthless, especially CDO bonds of their big Wall
Street clients like Bear Stearns, Merrill Lynch, Lehman Bros., JP Morgan,
Goldman, etc. ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
There are two
superpowers in the world today in my opinion. There’s the United States and
there’s Moody’s Bond Rating Service. The United States can destroy you by
dropping bombs, and Moody’s can destroy you by down grading your bonds. And
believe me, it’s not clear sometimes who’s more powerful. The most that we can
safely assert about the evolutionary process underlying market equilibrium is
that harmful heuristics, like harmful mutations in nature, will die out.
Martin Miller, Debt and Taxes as quoted by Frank Partnoy, "The Siskel and Ebert
of Financial Matters: Two Thumbs Down for Credit Reporting Agencies,"
Washington University Law Quarterly, Volume 77, No. 3, 1999 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongressPartnoyWULawReview.htm
Credit rating agencies gave AAA ratings to
mortgage-backed securities that didn't deserve them. "These ratings not only
gave false comfort to investors, but also skewed the computer risk models and
regulatory capital computations," Cox said in written testimony.
SEC Chairman Christopher Cox
as quoted on October 23, 2008 at
http://www.nytimes.com/external/idg/2008/10/23/23idg-Greenspan-Bad.html
"CREDIT RATING AGENCIES: USELESS TO INVESTORS," by Anthony H. Catanch Jr. and
J. Edward Ketz, Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, June 6, 2011 ---
http://blogs.smeal.psu.edu/grumpyoldaccountants/archives/113
"DOJ vs. Rating Firms," by David Hall, CFO.com Morning Ledger,
February 5, 2013
The government is taking its
get-tough-on-Wall-Street stance to the next level with the DOJ’s lawsuit
against Standard & Poor’s. The suit alleges that S&P from September 2004
through October 2007 “knowingly and with the intent to defraud, devised,
participated in, and executed a scheme to defraud investors in” CDOs and
securities backed by residential mortgages, the WSJ reports at the top of A1
today. The two sides have been discussing a possible settlement for months,
but the penalties the DOJ was targeting – more than $1 billion – made S&P
squeamish. The firm was also worried that if it admitted wrongdoing, as the
DOJ wanted, that could leave it vulnerable to other lawsuits.
S&P and other rating firms have argued in the past
that their opinions are protected by the First Amendment — and judges have
thrown out dozens of suits based on that argument, the Journal says. This
case will test that argument against the Justice Department’s view that the
First Amendment wouldn’t protect a ratings firm if it defrauded investors by
ignoring its own standards.
Neil Barofsky, the former inspector general for the
Troubled Asset Relief Program, said the DOJ move looks like an effort to get
“some measure of accountability” for the financial crisis, which was
“something that’s been really lacking across the board.” And Jeffrey Manns,
a law professor at George Washington University, tells Reuters that the suit
sends a message to “the rating industry at large that the government is
serious about holding rating agencies responsible, and that they must be
much more careful.”
http://online.wsj.com/public/page/cfo-journal.html
Jensen Comment
The DOJ actions do not worry the credit rating firms nearly so much as the
hundreds of billions of potential tort lawsuits awaiting in the wings, lawsuits
by damaged investors who relied on those phony credit ratings.
The credit rating firms, in turn, will blame CPA audit firms who gave clean
audit opinions on junk.
Bob Jensen's threads on the credit rating agency scandals ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Where were the auditors?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
From PwC on February 6, 2013
Financial and Other Guarantees
The FASB decided at its February 6 meeting that certain guarantees issued by
non-insurers, including certain financial guarantees issued by banks and other
financial institutions, should be included in the scope of the proposed
insurance contracts standard. The FASB's tentative decision will be exposed for
comment as part of its insurance contracts exposure draft. The exposure draft is
expected by the end of the second quarter of 2013.
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/in-brief/in-brief-2013-06-fasb-guarantees.pdf
Soon Canada will not have a penny to its name
"A penniless Canada: Mint begins years-long process of collecting and melting
down 82-million kg in coins," National Post, February 4, 2013 ---
http://news.nationalpost.com/2013/02/04/canadian-penny-last-day/
Jensen Comment
In the U.S. the value of pennies and nickels is far less than the cost of
minting the coins. Nickels for example cost about a dime to mint.
In addition to doing away with coins as a waste of good metal, we should even
phase out of currency in an attempt to discourage crime . But there are worries
in doing so ---
http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-cashless-society-is-almost-here-and-with-some-very-sinister-implications/5313515
Question (FEI)
Which industries have the most goodwill on their balance sheets, which
industries' goodwill was hardest hit, and the impact of impairments on each
industry's total assets?
"Goodwill Impairment Holds Steady," by Bill
Sinnett, FEI's FERF Research Blog, February 1, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.financialexecutives.org/KenticoCMS/FEI_Blogs/FERF-Research-Blog/November-2012/2012-Goodwill-Impairment-Study.aspx#axzz2JwlCV2io
he 2012 Goodwill Impairment
Study, done by Duff & Phelps, examines the general and industry trends
of goodwill impairment for U.S. companies and includes the results of a
survey of FEI members.
New in this year’s study
are ten industry sector spotlights which highlights key goodwill
impairment metrics, as well as cross-tabulation analyses which evaluate
the relationships between FEI member responses to two or more questions.
2012 Study
Highlights
- U.S. companies impaired
$29 billion of goodwill in 2011.
- Financial services
firms represented the greatest share of total impairments, followed by
consumer staples and healthcare.
- Contrary to what was
previously anticipated, only 52% of private companies and 43% of public
companies applied the qualitative assessment option (ASU 2011-08) to
some or all of their reporting units.
"Study by UK researchers shows inconsistency in IFRS application," by
Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 26, 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137251.htm
Jensen Comment
The same most likely can be said about principles-based standards in general ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines
Bob Jensen's threads on impairment ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment
From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013
The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA)
has published a review of 2011 IFRS financial statements related to
impairment testing of goodwill. The report shows that significant impairment
losses of goodwill were limited to a handful of issuers. According to ESMA,
this raises the question as to whether the level of impairment disclosed in
2011 financial reports appropriately reflects the difficult economic
operating environment for companies. ESMA also finds that although the major
disclosures related to goodwill impairment testing were generally provided,
in many cases these were boilerplate and not entity-specific. ESMA expects
issuers and their auditors to consider the findings of the review when
preparing and auditing the 2012 IFRS financial statements.
A Curious Case of Negative Goodwill
"NEED PROFIT? BUY SOMETHING!" by Anthony H. Catanach Jr. and J. Edward Ketz,
Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, July 30, 2012 ---
http://blogs.smeal.psu.edu/grumpyoldaccountants/archives/733
We first voiced our concern about an obscure
accounting rule that allows companies to “create” profits when purchasing
other businesses in the “Curious Case of Miller Energy’s 10-K and Its Huge
Bargain Purchase.” The offending tenet relates to the treatment of something
called “negative goodwill” which purportedly is created when a company makes
an acquisition, and pays less than what the assets are worth. This fantastic
“bargain purchase” creates a negative goodwill anomaly because the acquirer
supposedly gets more assets than it pays for, as in this example:
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Yet another illustration of how the FASB and IASB made a black hole out of
bottom-line earnings.
Bob Jensen's threads on impairment issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment
Interest-Rate Swaps Scream "Buyer Beware"
The Financial Services Authority found that some U.K. banks misled corporate
customers in the sales of interest-rate swaps, but the problem is not confined
to one country.
by Vincent Ryan
CFO.com, February 1, 2013
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/2/credit_interest-rate-swaps-fsa-otc-overhedging-break-cost-cftc-sec
Jensen Comment
FAS 133 and IAS 39 generally assume that interest rate swaps have no front-end
costs or coercion. That appears to be no longer the case. Banks have such a
penchant for ruining good things.
Timeline of Financial Scandals, Auditing Failures, and the Evolution of
International Accounting Standards ----
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Anti-Fraud Collaboration Launches Website with Access to Anti-Fraud Tools
Center for Audit Quality
January 24, 2013
News Release ---
http://www.thecaq.org/newsroom/release_01242013.htm
Anti-Fraud Collaboration Site ---
http://www.antifraudcollaboration.org/
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
Conflict Minerals ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conflict_mineral
Auditors worry about lack of guidance on conflict-mineral rules ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/29/conflict-mineral-reports-present-challenges-for-auditors/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
From the CFO Global CPA Newsletter Report on February 6, 2013
Securities and Exchange Commission rules on
conflict minerals, many of them African spoils of war, affect the supply
chain of thousands of U.S. companies. However, auditors are uncertain how to
meet the requirements. They are concerned that an insufficient audit could
lead to fines and open a company to liability.
Jensen Comment
Conflict minerals will remain a huge problem for both business firms and their
accountants, but it is somewhat of a lesser problem now that automobile
companies are starting to drop dreams of manufacturing battery-powered cars in
favor of other alternatives such as hydrogen fuel cells.
"Free Spreadsheet-Based Form 1040 Available for 2012 Tax Year," by
David H. Ringstrom, AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/free-spreadsheet-based-form-1040-available-2012-tax-year/220959?source=technology
Jensen Comment
This might be a great application (using hypothetical taxpayers) for students
learning spreadsheets as well as basics of income tax reporting.
I used a similar approach when teaching students how to use Webledger
software ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Webledger.htm
For example, the term project report for a team of my students is available
at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5342/projects/Netledger.pdf
This project was conducted when students could get free WebLedger accounts. I
don't think that's possible these days.
Are Herbalife's financial statements nutritious?
Grumpy Old Accountants
Tony promised he would notify the AECM about his new postings.
I think he's forgetting his promise.
the Grumpy Old Accountants Blog carries on in the style of Abe Briloff.
For decades Abe grubbed around the details of financial statements to find
violations of accounting standards, auditing standards, and reporting integrity
in general. Tony is trying to carry on alone with this blog --- which is a huge
job because it's not easy to pour over financial statements at a professional
level.
"What Do Herbalife's Financials Tell Us?," Anthony H. Catanach Jr.,
Grumpy Old Accountants, January 30, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/1/30/what-do-herbalifes-financials-tell-us
Once again I'm asking Tony to let us know when he posts a new tidbit on the
GOA Blog.
Ponzi/Pyramid Schemes ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#Ponzi
CNET, CES and Crowd-sourced audits: Independence does matter ---
http://uwcisa-assurance.blogspot.com/2013/02/cnet-ces-and-crowd-sourced-audits.html
Thank you Jerry Trites for the heads up.
"How to Add and Subtract Roman Numerals," by Jason Marshall, The
Math Dude, February 1, 2013 ---
http://mathdude.quickanddirtytips.com/how-to-add-and-subtract-roman-numerals.aspx
Jensen Comment
This may be useful if your teaching about financial derivative instruments
history. Options trading dates back to Roman times ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm#DerivativesFrauds
In many cases, this will involve a significant
change in the way a firm used to account for expenditures in their income
statement and on their balance sheet.
"Property Tax Rules Puzzle Finance Staffs," by Kathleen Hoffelder,
CFO.com, February 1, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/1/tax_repair-regs-tangible-property-tax-ernst-young-irs?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+cfo%2Fdaily_briefing+%28Latest+Articles+from+CFO.com%29
CFOs and their finance staffs have had since March
to digest guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Department
of Treasury in how to apply new tax regulations regarding a corporation’s
tangible property, including equipment and such things as elevators or
desks. But the rules are so complicated it has many still scratching their
heads months later.
“It’s intimidating for many companies. And the
level of effort needed to analyze what is the best strategic approach to
implement, to quantify the effects of changing, and to actually implement
the changes is more than many companies can spend or are willing to spend,”
says Thomas Yeates, national director of cost segregation at Ernst & Young.
The new tangible-property rules are an attempt to
provide more specific tax requirements for taxpayers. But they now require
many corporations to reclassify property improvements formally deemed tax
deductions or capital expenditures. In many cases, this will involve a
significant change in the way a firm used to account for expenditures in
their income statement and on their balance sheet.
Generally, the new regulations mandate that costs
to enhance or improve tangible property have to be capitalized and those
costs incurred to simply repair and keep tangible property in working order
would be allowed to be deducted. Previously, determining which category
improvements to a property would fall into was fuzzy. The new rules include
three tests to determine whether an expense is deemed a “betterment,” a
“restoration," or an "adaptation”of the property to a new and different use.
But nothing is as simple as it sounds when it comes
to tax codes. The new tangible-property guidance, for instance, includes no
fewer than 19 accounting-method changes that exist within the tangible
property rules’ section 481(a) tax adjustments.
The 481(a) adjustments must be applied, for
instance, when a corporation changes its accounting method from deducting to
capitalizing an expense, when a firm acquires new tangible property, or
disposes of property. Since there are myriad of ways to account for such an
expense, this is an area that has typically perplexed corporation for years.
Speaking at a New York State Society of CPAs tax
conference this week, Yeates quoted what IRS officials have said in the past
about "dispositions" in the tangible-property regulations— that it “will be
the battlefield that will remain after the final regs.” That’s because, as
he puts it, “there is not a lot of guidance.”
In IRS terminology, anything deemed a sale,
exchange, retirement, physical abandonment, or destruction of an asset falls
into the "disposition" area. Under the new tangible-property rules, the
retirement of the structural components of a building is also now included,
where it was not in the past.
But, according to Yeates, the language--and not
just the structural change in the new guidance for dispositions--is what's
confusing. Under the new tangible property regulations, taxpayers must use a
reasonable valuation method for dispositions that is “consistently applied.”
Determining what that means may be easier said than done, he says.
Some IRS officials interpret the ‘consistently
applied’ language to mean that once an asset has a disposition (as in the
case of a roof repair being claimed as a full replacement) applied to it
once, that is the way it is defined for every disposition thereafter, he
says.
The guidelines do improve some things for corporate
taxpayers, however. Previously a taxpayer could not actually claim a
“partial” disposition on the replacement of a roof for example, hindering a
taxpayer's ability to claim another disposition on that same asset in the
future. The new regulations now permit corporations to write off structural
components of an asset that have been replaced, for example.
But the complex language of that beneficial
provision of the guidance is in itself puzzling to corporations, according
to Yeates. “This is a troubling issue… and will continue to cause confusion
until more guidance is out,” he says.
Continued in article
"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting
professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html
"The Lying
Culture,"
by J. Edward Ketz & Anthony
H. Catanach Jr.,
SmartPros, February 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x71398.xml
From time to time, it is good to stop and
assess one's progress in life. Such an evaluation helps people to figure out
how they are doing and to make strategic decisions to take advantage of
upcoming opportunities and to meet future challenges. When we do this for
the accounting profession, we shake our heads because accounting shenanigans
remain abundant and the seeds for further scandals are sown, watered, and
fertilized.
The kernel of this problem is simple:
company managers and their advisers are liars. Ok, not all of them, but so
many are liars that the business community is in danger of falling on its
own petard. Maybe this is because American society has a problem with the
truth, as exemplified by our political, military, bureaucratic, sports, and
entertainment leaders. We often hear the mantra, “the truth shall make you
free,” but our leaders apparently desire to enslave others through their
destructively self-serving, lying behaviors.
One obvious current example is the toxic
assets still held by banks in the wake of the financial crisis of 2008.
These investments have real values lower than their carrying values, but
banks refuse to write them down, citing mush about earnings volatility and
the adverse effects of mark-to-market accounting. They reject fair value
accounting because it would reveal the precarious position of the banking
industry. In short, banks are lying about asset values and really are not
well capitalized.
Continued in article
"Who is Telling the Truth? The Fact Wars:
," as written on the Cover of Time Magazine
"Blue Truth-Red Truth: Both candidates say White House hopefuls
should talk straight with voters. Here's why neither man is ready to take
his own advice ,"
by Michael Scherer (and Alex Altma), Time Magazine Cover Story,
October 15, 2012, pp. 24-30 ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PresidentialCampaignLies2012.htm
The Cheating Culture: Why More Americans Are Doing Wrong to Get Ahead
[Paperback]
by David Callahan (Author)
http://www.amazon.com/The-Cheating-Culture-Americans-Doing/dp/0156030055/ref=cm_cr_pr_product_top
Customer Reviews
Review by Stephen A. Lajoie (Seattle, WA USA)
I was interested in this book because I have
observed increased incidents of cheating on college campuses. Cheating has
become bold, blatant and unpunished.
The author makes the case that cheating has
increased since 1974. The thesis of the author is that the greed of the
political conservatives has caused the epidemic of cheating, and the author
even cites a sound-bite from President Reagan, where Reagan says that he
hopes that people can still get rich in this country, to support this claim.
The book is an interesting read for the data on how
cheating has become socially acceptable among the middle class, but the
author's thesis that political conservatives, due to their greed, have
caused it is not well made. I would accuse him of neglectful induction:
he doesn't examine non-capitalist countries like the former Soviet Union for
examples of cheating. He claims that there was a golden age of honesty,
and as an example of that points to big law firms that use to only hire the
all white upper class sons of wealthy members of the law firm, but now, due
to diversity laws, hire the top graduates out of law school. The new high
pressure work environment and the drive to get to the top is the cause of
cheating in billing. The author claims this is due to post 1974 conservative
greed. Yet, the author ignored that sweat shop conditions have existed in
the past, and that this law firm is nothing more than a yuppie sweat shop.
Further, isn't hiring only the white upper class son's of the partners a way
of cheating as well? The author does not address that.
The idea that corporate greed has caused cheating
in schools is simply backwards, a confusion of cause and effect. One cheats
in school and then goes into the business world, where one cheats in
business. People do not, generally, go from cheating in business to cheating
in high school.
Cheats have done well in big business since
forever; this is nothing new since the Reagan administration. The author
does not examine the relationship between the decline of religion and the
increase in cheating, either; which is very neglectful induction. It simply
does not follow that corporate greed is the root cause of the increase in
cheating among the middle class.
Jensen Comment
There are many nations where students cheat much more commonly and blatantly
than the United States. Plagiarism is extreme in the Soviet Union where even
President Vladimir Putin plagiarized his entire Ph.D. thesis ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#Celebrities
It's not clear that Vladimir Putin even read his own thesis
Large parts of an economics thesis written by President
Vladimir Putin in the mid-1990s were lifted straight out of a U.S. management
textbook published 20 years earlier, The Washington Times reported Saturday,
citing researchers at the Brookings Institution. It was unclear, however,
whether Putin had even read the thesis, which might have been intended to
impress the Western investors who were flooding into St. Petersburg in the
mid-1990s, the report said. Putin oversaw the city's foreign economic relations
at the time.
"Putin Accused of Plagiarizing Thesis," Moscow Times, March 27, 2006 ---
http://www.themoscowtimes.com/stories/2006/03/27/011.html
The Psychology of Plagiarism in Russia ---
http://psychologyinrussia.com/volumes/pdf/2009/27_2009_voiskunskii.pdf
"German Education Minister Stripped of Doctorate," Inside Higher Ed,
February 7, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/06/german-education-minister-stripped-doctorate
A panel at Heinrich Heine University has decided to
strip Germany's education minister, Annette Schavan, of her doctorate
because the committee found her dissertation to be plagiarized, the
Associated Press reported.
Schavan denies the charges and plans to appeal. A
former defense minister in Germany resigned in 2011 after revelations that
he had copied portions of his doctoral thesis.
Jensen Comment
In days of old the writings of students were considered the works of their major
professors who sometimes helped themselves to these works without even
acknowledging the original authors. This no longer is the case in modern times.
Bob Jensen's threads on professors who plagiarized ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm#ProfessorsWhoPlagiarize
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
"High-Profile Plagiarism Prompts Soul-Searching in German Universities,"
by Paul Hockenos, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 25, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/High-Profile-Plagiarism/137515/?cid=wb&utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
Rarely do political scandal and academe collide so
publicly as they have now, in Europe. In February, Germany's education
minister stepped down after Heinrich Heine University, in Düsseldorf,
revoked her doctorate because her thesis lifted passages from other sources
without proper attribution.
Her departure came after scandals over plagiarized
work took down a German defense minister, the president of Hungary, and a
Romanian education minister. But it is the storied German university system,
not politics, that has suffered the real body blows, say education experts.
The front-page news has shaken higher education in
Germany, where, in addition to the two former federal ministers, several
other national and local political figures have been accused of academic
fraud. The incidents have left many wondering: Is there something rotten at
the heart of German academe, the esteemed heir of Humboldt and Hegel?
For two centuries, the German university as
envisioned by the 19th-century philosopher Wilhelm von Humboldt has been the
model for research institutions in Europe, the United States, and beyond.
Humboldt's notions of academic freedom, the autonomy of the university, and
placing scientific pursuit at the heart of higher education continue to
carry weight today. But his legacy in Germany may be growing somewhat
tarnished.
"The reputation of German universities is
suffering, and it looks like it will suffer for some time to come," says
Wolfgang E.J. Weber, director of the Institute for European Cultural
History, in Augsburg, Germany, and author of a book on the history of the
European university.
As a result of the scandals, he says, his historian
colleagues from elsewhere in Europe no longer consider the German system to
be the gold standard. Noting that the allegations of academic fraud have
affected doctoral graduates in the humanities and liberal arts, Mr. Weber
worries that if financing for disciplines in those areas suffers as a
result, "the negative consequences could be long-term."
In Germany academic titles play a role in politics
far greater than they do in the United States. Doctoral and other titles,
sometimes as many as three or four, are prominently displayed on the
business cards, door plaques, and letterheads of politicians. Some call it
posturing—a modern-day "nobleman's title"—while others defend it as a
meaningful distinction based on merit.
"In the German context, the academic title means
more than just an expertise, say, in economics or law, that can be valuable
to policy making or another field," says Thomas Rommel, rector of the
European College of Liberal Arts of Bard, in Berlin, and author of a book
about plagiarism in general. "It connotes personal achievement, an element
of determination and grit to pursue a specialized topic for three years and
see it through."
Whether one is impressed by the degree or not, the
Ph.D. has become a facet of the German résumé that lures ambitious
politicians and professionals who have no intention of entering academe.
That has led to a proliferation of Ph.D.'s—roughly 25,000 a year awarded
since 2000, more per capita than any other country in the world, according
to the Federal Statistical Office of Germany. By comparison, American
universities award 50,000 doctorates a year, but in a country with a
population four times as large as Germany's.
Germany's output of Ph.D. recipients probably won't
slow down, but the plagiarism cases have shined a spotlight on academe's
time-honored methods for supervising and awarding doctorates, especially to
candidates who are not full-time academics.
"In theory," says Martin Spiewak, education editor
at the German weekly newspaper Die Zeit, "the professional with hands-on
experience in a given field, like a politician, can through a dissertation
bring something new into the world of scholarship that others can then
profit from. It could be a unique, constructive link between the
professional and the academic worlds."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Centuries ago Oxford was a collection of colleges rather than a university. When
I lectured at Humboldt University in Berlin a few years ago, it was claimed that
the idea of a university as opposed to a collection of colleges was conceived at
Humboldt ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/University
Prior to the 20th Century the works of students became the works of their
professors and were sometimes published without even giving credit to the
original authors. Of course times have changed, although they perhaps changed a
bit slower in Germany.
It was hard to sleep at night in my hotel because skyscrapers were being
built 24/7 with lots of noise, loud radios, and men yelling loudly in Russian.
Apparently Russian workers were imported to do a lot of the construction work. I
thought it was ironic that the Russians destroyed Berlin and then were called
back to rebuild it.
"German Education Minister Stripped of Doctorate," Inside Higher Ed,
February 7, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/06/german-education-minister-stripped-doctorate
A panel at Heinrich Heine University has decided to
strip Germany's education minister, Annette Schavan, of her doctorate
because the committee found her dissertation to be plagiarized, the
Associated Press reported.
Schavan denies the charges and plans to appeal. A
former defense minister in Germany resigned in 2011 after revelations that
he had copied portions of his doctoral thesis.
Jensen Comment
In days of old the writings of students were considered the works of their major
professors who sometimes helped themselves to these works without even
acknowledging the original authors. This no longer is the case in modern times.
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
"What is the Value of Ethics Education? Are Universities Successfully
Teaching Ethics to Business Students?," by Accounting Professor Steven Mintz,
Ethics Sage, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/what-is-the-value-of-ethics-education.html
. . .
This is "academic-speak" for we do not want to hold
the schools accountable for ethics education. AACSB's failure to set
specific goals for business ethics education speaks volumes about the
political pressure from accredited schools that were brought to bear on any
new standards that require specific education. Academic administrators do
not want to be tied down to a specific course of action or program; they
want a more "flexible" approach. The result is a meaningless standard that
fails to address the critical problems that face us today in graduating
business students who become tomorrow's future abusers of the capitalist
system because of narcissitic behavior.
So, what should be done about the failure of
business ethics education over the years to stem the rising tide of
corporate fraud and wrongdoing? I believe the emphasis of business ethics
education has to change from teaching philosophical reasoning methods that
rarely work in practice to a more values-based approach that emphasizes
ethical leadership. Ethical leadership is a must in any discipline --
accounting, finance, information systems, management and marketing.
Therefore, all college instructors should buy into the need to slant their
teaching methods to incorporate leadership -- ethical leadership.
Jensen Comment
Those of us that have had to deal with cheating students over the years,
including those who cheated in ethics classes, discover that ethics behavior or
lack thereof is very, very complicated. Unethical behavior and cheating is very
situational and opportunistic. Sometimes lapses arise when there are heavy
demands on time such as those demands of varsity athletics, troubled marriages,
child illness, etc. Sometimes lapses arise from a follow-the-herd situation such
as that recently observed among 125 students in a recent Harvard political
science course.
In my opinion, most lapses in ethics do not arise from ignorance about the
ethics guidelines. Therefore, teaching about it is not likely to have much
incremental benefit in preventing ethics lapses at the individual level. There
may be some benefit in terms of awareness and better writing of ethics
guidelines. And studying what happens when violations of ethics have severe
consequences may instill some fear. For example, expelling half the 125 students
who were caught cheating in one political science class probably made the
remaining students at Harvard University sit up and take notice that the
Harvard's Student Honor Code is not toothless.
"Anton Chekhov on the 8 Qualities of Cultured People," by Maria Popova,
Brain Pickings, January 29, 2013 ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/01/29/anton-chekhov-8-qualities-of-cultured-people/
Jensen Comment
I suspect there are not many cultured people in the world because of Criterion
Number 4.
"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting
professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html
"The Lying
Culture,"
by J. Edward Ketz & Anthony
H. Catanach Jr.,
SmartPros, February 2011 ---
http://accounting.smartpros.com/x71398.xml
Ethical Video Dilemmas for use in the classroom from KPMG ---
Click Here
http://emailcc.com/collect/click.aspx?u=yBkk0yFkQBUYhLtB0iEBFmUseoUsqrE3Dvx/pWbQzRFv6VS1ngkmZHUQgfaiTiOzbtC9dsBLaDuNzSN3elnG7KqpqZ4gUCv1aVtnb7PdTsGsnf7V+NKo0sTNSGcmspf9&rh=ff000e36e0e62e7a3efaa54b8d4999362097bc09
"UK's "Big Four" accountants under fire from watchdog," by Huw Jones,
Reuters, February 22, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/02/22/us-britain-accounting-idUSBRE91L0C920130222
Companies in Britain could be forced to switch
accountants to break up the cozy relationships between the "Big Four" and
their clients, blamed for masking weaknesses exposed by the financial
crisis.
The "Big Four" - KPMGKPMG.UL, PwC PWC.UL, Ernst &
Young ERNY.UL and Deloitte DLTE.UL - check the books of nearly all listed
companies in Britain and around the world, and have often served the same
clients for decades.
The UK's Competition Commission proposed that
companies put out their audit work to tender every five to seven years, and
change accounting firms every seven to 14 years - roughly in line with
changes being discussed at the European Union level.
Investors would also play a role in selecting an
auditor, according to plans put forward by the commission, which published
preliminary findings from a probe it began in 2011.
The industry was put under scrutiny after auditor
"complacency" was blamed by UK lawmakers for deepening the financial crisis.
The Competition Commission found that 31 percent of
the top 100 companies in the UK and a fifth of the next 250 firms had had
the same auditor for over 20 years.
Competition in the UK is restricted by factors that
make it hard for companies to switch accountants, the Competition Commission
found, and there is a tendency for auditors to focus on satisfying
management rather than shareholder needs, it said.
The findings add weight to a draft European Union
law which contains plans for boosting competition in the 27-country bloc's
audit market which would override UK changes.
The United States is also mulling auditor rotation
as the sector faces questions for giving banks a clean bill of health just
before governments had to step in and rescue them in the 2007-09 financial
crisis.
Critics have said the Big Four should separate out
their audit and advisory units, a step the draft EU law looks at.
"The real issue we have identified is stickiness in
the market," Laura Carstensen, who chaired the probe, told Reuters. "The
question of break-up was not on our list."
There was "significant dissatisfaction" among big
investors, the commission said, but changing the "long standing and
entrenched" system would take time.
Its proposals go further than a recent change
introduced by Britain's Financial Reporting Council (FRC), which requires
companies to consider changing accountants every decade. The FRC said it was
pleased the Commission was looking at taking more steps to enhance
competitiveness and switching.
PIRC, which represents pension funds and fund
managers, said mandatory rotation was the best way to ensure auditor
independence and large shareholders increasingly favored this.
The commission also proposes banning "Big Four
only" clauses, meaning banks could not insist on a borrower using one of the
four top audit firms.
"GROSSLY UNDERESTIMATED"
The Big Four insist there is strong competition and
point to downward pressure on fees and some recent switchings of auditors
among big companies.
PwC said the Competition Commission had "grossly
underestimated" the critical role the audit committees at client firms play
in protecting shareholder interests.
Ernst & Young said it was pleased the watchdog
found no collusion, abuses or excess profits but rejected accusations that
the audit market was not serving shareholders, as did Deloitte and KPMG.
"In addition, we believe that competition between
audit firms is healthy and robust and that the evidence supports this," E&Y
said.
But second tier audit firms, such as Mazars, BDO
and Grant Thornton, welcomed the findings after having argued it would not
be worthwhile expanding unless there was some intervention to help prise
open the market.
Continued in article
"Big four accountants 'insufficiently independent and sceptical' of City:
Competition Commission criticises Ernst & Young, Deloitte, KPMG and PwC for
'higher prices, lower quality and less innovation'," by Josephine Moulds and
David Feeney, The Guardian, February 22, 2013 ---
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2013/feb/22/big-four-accountancy-competition-commission-audits
Jensen Comment
I doubt that the U.K. has the jurisdiction to trust-bust these large
international auditing firms. However, the U.K. may be the first to force audit
firm rotation in auditing. The U.K. has more problems than just audit firms.
Among all the giant banks in the world, the U.K. has some of the most
criminally-inclined banks that money launder for Iran and the large drug
cartels. And then there's the massive LIBOR scandal that will cost U.K. banks
billions in fines. If we start putting bankers in prison, the place to start is
the U.K.
The U.K. could force its big companies to give more audit work to smaller
firms. But this may have negative repercussions on the cost of capital for those
firms to say nothing of the formidable startup costs for any small firm to take
on giant companies like giant banks and insurance companies headquartered in the
U.K.
A simpler solution would be for the U.K. to become more litigious and make
the large auditing firms more vulnerable to billion-dollar audit negligence tort
cases. The costs will, of course, be passed on the U.K. clients, but if this is
what the U.K. wants in order to have more professional and independent audits
then this is the route that I would recommend.
As a parting question, do the Brits spell skeptical as sceptical?
I do know that they spell judgment as judgement.
"Are languages important for accountants?" by Mark P. Holtzman,
Accountinator Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://accountinator.com/2013/02/21/1151/
Jensen Comment
Increasingly in this global world I've been an advocate of language skills in
general and for accounting graduates in particular. Years ago I had a student at
Trinity University who had a minor in Russian. My personal opinion is that he
probably would not have become a Big Four partner in the Houston Office.
However, when he was transferred to the Moscow office of that Big Four firm he
made partner in record time.
Accounting and auditing firms in Texas have enormous opportunities for client
work in Mexico and most points south where Spanish is generally the native
tongue. I had another student who I never predicted would get a job with a Big
Four firm because I always thought of him more as a baseball star than a good
student in accounting. However, Trinity University is a special university for
language skills. This baseball player landed a job in the San Antonio office of
the Big Four. Furthermore he was single and more than willing to take on very
long engagements with clients south of the Rio Grande. This student also had a
very engaging personality --- one of the funniest guys I ever met. He probably
should've followed in the footsteps of an accountant named Bob Newhart.
Trinity University has a relatively popular Chinese language program and
quite a few of my former students found it to their advantage to minor in
Chinese.
Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
Question
Is Apple's iWatch for real or a phony stock price "pump and dump" ploy?
"Dick Tracy Alert, The iWatch," by Accounting Professor Dennis Elam's
Blog, February 12, 2013 ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2013/02/dick-tracy-alert-the-iwatch.html
"Who's Manipulating Apple Stock With This iWatch Story?" by Dan Lyons,
ReadWriteWeb, February 11, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/02/11/whos-manipulating-apple-stock-with-this-iwatch-story
That was the cry from Apple fanbloggers last month
when the Wall Street Journal reported that Apple had
reduced component orders, a possible sign of
softening demand for Apple products. That story broke nine days before Apple
was to report its earnings, and sent the stock reeling downward.
But if that was the case, then who’s manipulating
Apple stock now, with this sudden barrage of “leaks” about the iWatch?
Does no one else think it’s kind of remarkable that
this unreleased product suddenly starts showing up in dozens of blog posts
and press stories? And that these leaks happened, coincidentally, right
after Apple’s stock endured a brutal slide from just above $700 in September
to a low of $435 in January?
The last stock
plunge took place after Apple reported
disappointing earnings for the holiday quarter, and ended up treading water
in the $450 range. That was Jan. 28.
Note what happens next. On Feb. 5, the Wall
Street Journal
reports that after taking a beating on Wall
Street, Apple has been “subtly increasing some of its PR,” doing things like
sending reporters “more favorable third-party reports on the company.”
In other words: Apple wanted to get the stock back
up, and so its flacks were reaching out to reporters and briefing them on
background, trying to convince them that things at Apple were better than
what Wall Street believed.
Anatomy Of A Pump
Meanwhile, just as Apple’s flacks have started
working the phones, we start to hear drumbeats about a miraculous new
product. Wow! What a coincidence.
And what is this product? Why, it's an amazing,
life-changing, paradigm-shifting, stolen-from-the-future gorgeously designed
product, a product that you've always wanted and needed though you never
thought about it before, a product that
will once again put Apple ahead of everyone else: The iWatch.
Bits and pieces about Apple doing a watch have been
floating around since at least last year. But suddenly, in the past few
weeks, just as Apple has started briefing reporters, this story starts
heating up.
It begins with things like
this post on Jan. 30 by MG Siegler of TechCrunch.
Siegler, who basically operates as an unpaid Apple PR guy, says he’s getting
a Pebble smartwatch, and then on goes for a couple thousand words about how
huge this whole smartwatch thing could be and boy does he want one and man
wouldn’t a smartwatch just change everything and wow, I bet Apple and Google
are looking at this space, don’t you?
Then on Feb. 5 comes this
even more
incredibly overlong piece by Bruce Tognazzini, a
former Apple interface designer, who suddenly, for no apparent
reason, feels prompted to wax on for thousands and thousands of words about
all the amazing things that Apple’s iWatch (he’s already given it a name and
says it “will fill a gaping hole in the Apple ecosystem”) might do.
The Story Goes Mainstream
Then, on Sunday, the drumbeats turned into
something more, when two major newspapers both ran iWatch stories.
One scoop came from
Jessica Lessin at the
Wall Street Journal, the same reporter who wrote about Apple doing
more briefings with reporters. (Weird, right?) Another scoop came from Nick
Bilton at the New York Times, whose story ran
online on Sunday and then had a nice big spot on
the front of Monday morning’s Times business section.
A big section-front story on a Monday morning in
the New York Times! What fortuitous timing! You’d almost think it
had been planned. Bilton’s story cited as sources “people familiar with the
company’s explorations, who spoke on condition that they not be named
because they are not allowed to publicly discuss unannounced products.”
Wonder who that could be?
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"What is the Value of Ethics Education? Are Universities Successfully
Teaching Ethics to Business Students?," by Accounting Professor Steven Mintz,
Ethics Sage, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/what-is-the-value-of-ethics-education.html
. . .
This is "academic-speak" for we do not want to hold
the schools accountable for ethics education. AACSB's failure to set
specific goals for business ethics education speaks volumes about the
political pressure from accredited schools that were brought to bear on any
new standards that require specific education. Academic administrators do
not want to be tied down to a specific course of action or program; they
want a more "flexible" approach. The result is a meaningless standard that
fails to address the critical problems that face us today in graduating
business students who become tomorrow's future abusers of the capitalist
system because of narcissitic behavior.
So, what should be done about the failure of
business ethics education over the years to stem the rising tide of
corporate fraud and wrongdoing? I believe the emphasis of business ethics
education has to change from teaching philosophical reasoning methods that
rarely work in practice to a more values-based approach that emphasizes
ethical leadership. Ethical leadership is a must in any discipline --
accounting, finance, information systems, management and marketing.
Therefore, all college instructors should buy into the need to slant their
teaching methods to incorporate leadership -- ethical leadership.
Jensen Comment
Those of us that have had to deal with cheating students over the years,
including those who cheated in ethics classes, discover that ethics behavior or
lack thereof is very, very complicated. Unethical behavior and cheating is very
situational and opportunistic. Sometimes lapses arise when there are heavy
demands on time such as those demands of varsity athletics, troubled marriages,
child illness, etc. Sometimes lapses arise from a follow-the-herd situation such
as that recently observed among 125 students in a recent Harvard political
science course.
In my opinion, most lapses in ethics do not arise from ignorance about the
ethics guidelines. Therefore, teaching about it is not likely to have much
incremental benefit in preventing ethics lapses at the individual level. There
may be some benefit in terms of awareness and better writing of ethics
guidelines. And studying what happens when violations of ethics have severe
consequences may instill some fear. For example, expelling half the 125 students
who were caught cheating in one political science class probably made the
remaining students at Harvard University sit up and take notice that the
Harvard's Student Honor Code is not toothless.
"In a Memphis Cheating Ring, the Teachers Are the Accused," by Motoko
Rich, The New York Times, February 2, 2013 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/02/02/education/in-memphis-cheating-ring-teachers-are-the-accused.html?hpw&_r=0
In the end, it was a pink baseball cap that
revealed an audacious test-cheating scheme in three Southern states that
spanned at least 15 years.
Test proctors at Arkansas State University
spotted a woman wearing the cap while taking a
national teacher certification exam under one name on a morning in June 2009
and then under another name that afternoon. A supervisor soon discovered
that at least two other impersonators had registered for tests that day.
Ensuing investigations ultimately led to Clarence D.
Mumford Sr., 59, who pleaded guilty on Friday to charges that accused him of
being the cheating ring’s mastermind during a 23-year career in Memphis as a
teacher, assistant principal and guidance counselor.
Federal prosecutors had indicted him on 63 counts,
including mail and wire fraud and identify theft. They said he doctored
driver’s licenses, pressured teachers to lie to the authorities and
collected at least $125,000 from teachers and prospective teachers in
Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee who feared that they could not pass the
certification exams on their own.
Mr. Mumford pleaded guilty to two counts of the
indictment, just a week after he rejected a settlement offer. At the time,
he said that its recommended sentence of 9 to 11 years was “too long a time
and too severe”; the new settlement carries a maximum sentence of 7 years.
Mr. Mumford appeared in Federal District Court here on
Friday wearing a dark suit and a matching yellow tie and pocket
handkerchief. He said little more than “Yes, sir” in answer to questions
from Judge John T. Fowlkes.
Another 36 people, most of them teachers from
Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee, have been swept up in the federal
dragnet, including Clarence Mumford Jr., Mr. Mumford’s son, and
Cedrick Wilson, a former wide receiver for the
Pittsburgh Steelers. (Mr. Wilson paid $2,500 for someone to take a
certification exam for physical education teachers, according to court
documents.)
In addition to the senior Mr. Mumford, eight people
have
pleaded guilty to charges stemming from the
investigation into the ring, and on Friday, a federal prosecutor, John
Fabian, announced that 18 people who confessed to paying Mr. Mumford to
arrange test-takers for them had been barred from teaching for five years.
The case has rattled Memphis at a tumultuous time. The
city’s schools are
merging with the suburban district in surrounding
Shelby County, exposing simmering tensions over race and economic disparity.
The state has also designated 68 schools in the
city as among the lowest-performing campuses in Tennessee, and is gradually
handing control of some of them to charter operators and other groups. And
with a
$90 million grant from the Bill and Melinda Gates
Foundation, the district is overhauling how it recruits, evaluates and pays
teachers.
District officials say that the test scandal does not
reflect broader problems, and that none of the indicted teachers still work
in the Memphis schools. (At least one teacher is working in Mississippi.)
“It would be unfair to let what may be 50, 60 or 100 teachers who did some
wrong stain the good work of the large number of teachers and administrators
who get up every day and go by the book,” said Dorsey Hopson, the general
counsel for Memphis City Schools
who this week was named the district’s interim superintendent.
“A teacher’s job is very hard. I know it is,” said
Threeshea Robinson, a mother who waited last week to pick up her son, a
fourth grader at Raleigh-Bartlett Meadows Elementary School, where a teacher
who has pleaded guilty taught until last fall. “But I would not want a
doctor who did not pass all his tests operating on me.”
The tests involved are known as Praxis exams, and more
than 300,000 were administered last year by the nonprofit
Educational Testing
Service for people pursuing teaching
licenses or new credentials in specific subjects like biology or history.
By and large, they are considered easy hurdles to
clear. In Tennessee, for example, 97 percent of those who took the exams in
the 2010-11 school year passed.
Robert Schaeffer, the public education director of
FairTest, the National Center for Fair and Open Testing, said that the
testing service had had problems with
cheating before.
Ray Nicosia, the
executive director of the testing service’s Office of Testing Integrity,
said episodes of impersonation were rare.
Continued in article
"Dishonest Educators," by Walter E. Williams, Townhall, January
9, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://townhall.com/columnists/walterewilliams/2013/01/09/dishonest-educators-n1482294?utm_source=thdaily&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=nl
Nearly two years ago, U.S. News & World Report came
out with a story titled "Educators Implicated in Atlanta Cheating Scandal."
It reported that "for 10 years, hundreds of Atlanta public school teachers
and principals changed answers on state tests in one of the largest cheating
scandals in U.S. history." More than three-quarters of the 56 Atlanta
schools investigated had cheated on the National Assessment of Educational
Progress test, sometimes called the national report card. Cheating orders
came from school administrators and included brazen acts such as teachers
reading answers aloud during the test and erasing incorrect answers. One
teacher told a colleague, "I had to give your kids, or your students, the
answers because they're dumb as hell." Atlanta's not alone. There have been
investigations, reports and charges of teacher-assisted cheating in other
cities, such as Philadelphia, Houston, New York, Detroit, Baltimore, Los
Angeles and Washington.Recently, The Atlanta
Journal-Constitution's blog carried a story titled "A new cheating scandal:
Aspiring teachers hiring ringers." According to the story, for at least 15
years, teachers in Arkansas, Mississippi and Tennessee paid Clarence
Mumford, who's now under indictment, between $1,500 and $3,000 to send
someone else to take their Praxis exam, which is used for K-12 teacher
certification in 40 states. Sandra Stotsky, an education professor at the
University of Arkansas, said, "(Praxis I) is an easy test for anyone who has
completed high school but has nothing to do with college-level ability or
scores." She added, "The test is far too undemanding for a prospective
teacher. ... The fact that these people hired somebody to take an easy test
of their skills suggests that these prospective teachers were probably so
academically weak it is questionable whether they would have been suitable
teachers."
Here's a practice Praxis I math question: Which of
the following is equal to a quarter-million -- 40,000, 250,000, 2,500,000,
1/4,000,000 or 4/1,000,000? The test taker is asked to click on the correct
answer. A practice writing skills question is to identify the error in the
following sentence: "The club members agreed that each would contribute ten
days of voluntary work annually each year at the local hospital." The test
taker is supposed to point out that "annually each year" is redundant.
CNN broke this cheating story last July, but the
story hasn't gotten much national press since then. In an article for
NewsBusters, titled "Months-Old, Three-State Teacher Certification Test
Cheating Scandal Gets Major AP Story -- on a Slow News Weekend" (11/25/12),
Tom Blumer quotes speculation by the blog "educationrealist": "I will be
extremely surprised if it does not turn out that most if not all of the
teachers who bought themselves a test grade are black. (I am also betting
that the actual testers are white, but am not as certain. It just seems that
if black people were taking the test and guaranteeing passage, the fees
would be higher.)"
There's some basis in fact for the speculation that
it's mostly black teachers buying grades, and that includes former Steelers
wide receiver Cedrick Wilson, who's been indicted for fraud. According to a
study titled "Differences in Passing Rates on Praxis I Tests by
Race/Ethnicity Group" (March 2011), the percentages of blacks who passed the
Praxis I reading, writing and mathematics tests on their first try were 41,
44 and 37, respectively. For white test takers, the respective percentages
were 82, 80 and 78.
Continued in article
"What Will They Learn?"
by Walter E. Williams, Townhall, August 26, 2009 ---
http://townhall.com/columnists/WalterEWilliams/2009/08/26/what_will_they_learn
"Does Everyone Lie? Are we a Culture of Liars?" by accounting
professor Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/02/does-everyone-lie.html
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
2012 Harvard Cheating Scandal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2012_Harvard_cheating_scandal
"Dozens of students withdraw in Harvard cheating scandal." Reuters,
February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/assets/print?aid=USBRE9101AF20130201
As many as 60 students have been forced to withdraw
from Harvard University after cheating on a final exam last year in what has
become the largest academic scandal to hit the Ivy League school in recent
memory.
Michael Smith, Harvard's Dean of the Faculty of
Arts and Sciences, sent an email on Friday saying that more than half of the
students who faced the school's Administrative Board have been suspended for
a time.
Roughly 125 undergraduates were involved in the
scandal, which came to light at the end of the spring semester after a
professor noticed similarities on a take-home exam that showed students
worked together, even though they were instructed to work alone.
The school's student newspaper, The Harvard
Crimson, has reported that the government class, Introduction to Congress,
had 279 students enrolled.
"Somewhat more than half of the Administrative
Board cases this past fall required a student to withdraw from the College
for a period of time," Smith wrote. "Of the remaining cases, roughly half
the students received disciplinary probation, while the balance ended in no
disciplinary action."
The cases were resolved during the fall semester,
which ended in December, Smith said. Suspensions depend on the student, but
traditionally last two semesters and as much as four semesters.
In the last few months, the university has also
worked to be clearer about the academic integrity it expects from students.
"While all the fall cases are complete, our work on
academic integrity is far from done," Smith added.
"Half of students in Harvard cheating scandal required to withdraw from
the college," by Katherin Landergan, Boston.com, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.boston.com/yourcampus/news/harvard/2013/02/half_of_students_in_harvard_cheating_scandal_required_to_withdraw_from_the_college.html
In an apparent disclosure about the Harvard
cheating scandal, a top university official said Friday that more than half
of the Harvard students investigated by a college board have been ordered to
withdraw from the school.
In an e-mail to the Harvard community, Dean of the
Faculty of Arts and Sciences Michael D. Smith wrote that more than half of
the students who were brought before the university's Administration Board
this fall were required to withdraw from for a period of time.
Of the remaining cases, approximately half the
students received disciplinary probation, while the rest of the cases were
dismissed.
Smith's e-mail does not explicitly address the
cheating scandal that implicated about 125 Harvard students. But a Harvard
official confirmed Friday that the cases in the email solely referred to one
course.
In August, Harvard disclosed the cheating scandal
in a Spring 2012 class. It was widely reported to be "Government 1310:
Introduction to Congress."
“Consistent with the Faculty’s rules and our
obligations to our students, we do not report individual outcomes of
Administrative Board cases, but only report aggregate statistics,” the
e-mail said. "In that tradition, the College reports that somewhat more than
half of the Administrative Board cases this past fall required a student to
withdraw from the College for a period of time. Of the remaining cases,
roughly half the students received disciplinary probation, while the balance
ended in no disciplinary action.''
Smith wrote that the first set of cases were
decided in late September, and the remainder were resolved in December.
The e-mail said that "The time span of the
resolutions in this set had an undesirable interaction with our established
schedule for tuition refunds. To create a greater amount of financial equity
for all students who ultimately withdrew sometime in this period, we are
treating, for the purpose of calculating tuition refunds, all these students
as having received a requirement to withdraw on September 30, 2012."
In a statement released when the cheating scandal
became public, Harvard president Drew Faust said that the allegations, “if
proven, represent totally unacceptable behavior that betrays the trust upon
which intellectual inquiry at Harvard depends. . . . There is work to be
done to ensure that every student at Harvard understands and embraces the
values that are fundamental to its community of scholars.”
As Harvard students returned to classes for the
current semester, professsors included explicit instructions about
collaboration on the class syllabus.
On campus Friday afternoon, students reacted to the
news.
Michael Constant, 19, said he thinks the college
wanted to make a statement with its decision. But when over half of the
students in a class cheat, not punishing them is the same as condoning the
behavior.
“I think it’s fair,” Constant said of the board’s
disciplinary action. “They made the choice to cheat.”
Georgina Parfitt, 22, said the punishment for these
students was too harsh, and that many students in the class could have been
confused about the policy.
Parfitt said she does not know what the college is
trying to achieve by forcing students to leave.
Continued in article
Jensen Question
The question is why cheat at Harvard since almost everybody who tries in a
Harvard course receives an A. We're left with the feeling that those 125 or so
students who cheated just did not want to try?
The investigation revealed that 91 percent of
Harvard's students graduated cum laude.
Thomas Bartlett and Paula Wasley, "Just
Say 'A': Grade Inflation Undergoes Reality Check: The notion of a decline
in standards draws crusaders and skeptics," Chronicle of Higher Education,
September 5, 2008 ---
http://chronicle.com/weekly/v55/i02/02a00104.htm?utm_source=wb&utm_medium=en
Bob Jensen's threads on cheating ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Plagiarism.htm
"Internal Audit At JPMorgan Chase: Not High Profile Enough Yet," by
Francene McKenna, re:TheAuditors, January 31, 2013 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/01/31/internal-audit-at-jpmorgan-chase-not-high-profile-enough-yet/
Earlier this week I wrote a column at
Forbes.com about the new Chief Auditor, or CAE, at
JPMorgan Chase. Silly me, I thought after
all that had happened at the bank last year – for
example, billions in losses from the “whale” trade, investigations into
Libor and AML illegal acts, multiple lawsuits including by the New York
Attorney General for foreclosure fraud – it was time to take a close look at
the function and maybe make some changes.
The “Task Force Report”, a bank internal
investigation into the “whale” trade losses says the bank did shake things
up.
The Firm has put in place a new CIO leadership
team. Matthew Zames, who had served as co-Head of Fixed Income in the
Investment Bank, replaced Ms. Drew as the Firm’s Chief Investment
Officer. He occupied that role from May 14, 2012 through September 6,
2012. Mr. Zames is now the co-Chief Operating Officer of the Firm and
oversees, among other things, both the CIO and Treasury functions. Craig
Delany replaced Mr. Zames as Chief Investment Officer and currently
reports to him. Other key appointments include Marie Nourie (CFO for
CIO); Chetan Bhargiri (Chief Risk Officer for CIO, Treasury and
Corporate); Brendan McGovern (CIO Global Controller, a position that had
been open since January 2012); Diane Genova (General Counsel for CIO and
General Counsel for Markets in the Corporate and Investment Bank);
Pat Hurst (Chief Auditor); and Ellen Yormack (Senior
Audit Manager).
I thought the bank had replaced their Chief Audit
Executive. I asked two different JPM spokespersons, in writing over the
course of five days including a weekend, about the change, including
questions about the fate of Lauren Tyler, the current CAE. They did not
correct my mis-impression nor provide any further information about Hurst or
a comment on my story.
I published the story after getting no response –
and no further information about Hurst’s qualifications to be Chief Auditor
– from the two spokespersons. That got the bank’s attention finally and I
had to make a quick correction. (It seems people instantly flooded Lauren
Tyler with calls thinking she had stepped down. Testament to the power of
the pen, and Forbes.com, I guess.)
(Correction: I pursued a
comment from two JPM spokespersons since Friday, Jennifer Zuccarelli and
Mark Kornblau. They did not correct my impression, based on the Task
Force Report, that Pat Hurst got a promotion to overall Chief Auditor.
Joe Evangelisti, chief bank spokesman, has now informed me, after this
was published, that Pat Hurst is General Auditor for the Corporate
division only, not the whole bank. Lauren Tyler
is still Chief Auditor of the whole bank. I
apologize for the error.)
My first thought was that I’d been “punked” –
deliberately allowed to print incorrect information by the bank so they
could undermine my credibility with a correction. The alternative – that two
senior corporate communications folks would not immediately know who the
bank’s General Auditor was and spot my erroneous impression that a change
had been made – was too incredible to imagine.
You be the judge. I corrected the column and
although it looks a bit messy, I think the rest of the information there on
the bank’s lack of information about the CAE and the internal audit function
and as well as what its Audit Committee charter says about the board’s lack
of authority over the CAE speaks volumes.
There’s also a good quote from IIA CEO Richard
Chambers about how things should be.
Do a little experiment. See if you can easily find
the name of the Chief Audit Executive for each of the systemically important
US banks on the banks websites. (No peeking at the annual report.)
I dare you.
That quick test should tell you how much work banks
still need to do to put internal audit in its proper place, as well as
comply with new Fed rules about its structure, role and responsibilities in
large banks.
JP Morgan Chase’s Audit
Committee Charter says it, “shall review and
concur in the appointment, replacement, reassignment, or dismissal of
the General Auditor.” It’s not apparent to whom JPMorgan Chase’s Chief
Auditor reports. But it’s clear from the charter that the Audit
Committee does not approve the hiring, firing
or reassignment of a Chief Auditor but merely reviews and
concurs. That doesn’t sound tight enough to me.
Read the rest at
Forbes.com.
Update: JPMorgan Chase did
replace its Chief Compliance Officer Martha Gallo
and its Chief Risk Officer, John Hogan. According to New York Times
DealBook:
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism and ethics in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
The Professional's Guide to Fair Value: The Future of Financial Reporting
by James P. Catty
Wiley 2012 Edition
ISBN: 978-1-1180-0438-8
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue
"White House Delivers New Open-Access Policy That Has Activists Cheering,"
by Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher Education, February 22. 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/White-House-Delivers-New/137549/
The Obama administration announced on Friday a
major new policy aimed at increasing public access
to federally financed research. The policy, delivered in a
memorandum from John P. Holdren, director of the
White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, applies to federal
agencies that spend more than $100-million a year to support research and
development.
In the memo, Mr. Holdren directed those agencies to
develop "clear and coordinated policies" to make the results of research
they support publicly available within a year of publication. The new policy
also requires scientific data from unclassified, federally supported
research to be made available to the public "to search, retrieve, and
analyze." Affected agencies have six months to decide how to carry out the
policy.
The White House's announcement emphasized the
practical and economic benefits of sharing research. "Scientific research
supported by the federal government catalyzes innovative breakthroughs that
drive our economy," Mr. Holdren's memo stated. "The results of that research
become the grist for new insights and are assets for progress in areas such
as health, energy, the environment, agriculture, and national security."
The memo also nodded to scientific publishers,
saying the Obama administration recognizes that publishers provide "valuable
services," such as coordinating peer review, "that are essential for
ensuring the high quality and integrity of many scholarly publications." The
memo called it "critical that these services continue to be made available."
In a
statement issued on Friday, the Association of
American Publishers praised the new policy, which it said "outlines a
reasonable, balanced resolution of issues around public access to research
funded by federal agencies."
Tom Allen, the group's president and chief
executive officer, said that, "in stark contrast to angry rhetoric and
unreasonable legislation offered by some," the Office of Science and
Technology Policy had chosen "a fair path that would enhance access for the
public" while recognizing "the critical role publishers play" in the
process.
Mr. Allen cautioned, however, that the policy's
success depended on "how the agencies use their flexibility to avoid
negative impacts to the successful system of scholarly communication that
advances science, technology, and innovation."
'New Business
Models'
It was clear that a number of federal agencies
already had preparations under way for how they would observe the new
policy. For instance, the National Science Foundation immediately sent out a
statement affirming its commitment to the principle of public access, saying
it had already established a timetable for consultation and planning. It
noted that the "implementation details" were likely to vary by discipline
"and that new business models for universities, libraries, publishers, and
scholarly and professional societies could emerge."
Friday's announcement capped a lengthy process of
consultation with various stakeholders that sought public input on access to
federally financed research and data. More than 65,000 people have signed a
petition on the White House's We the People Web
site calling for free online access to scientific-journal articles based on
taxpayer-supported research.
In a
separate statement, Mr. Holdren responded directly
to the petitioners. "The Obama administration agrees that citizens deserve
easy access to the results of research their tax dollars have paid for," he
wrote. "Your petition has been important to our discussions of this issue."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Don't start searching for free issues of TAR, JAR, JAE, AOS, etc. The USA has
almost never deemed accounting research worthy of government funding. We may
like to think of accountics science as science, but the government does not
agree.
In the old days, some business schools like the ones at Carnegie-Mellon and
Stanford received military research grants that allowed a few business school
researchers to milk the government tit, but I've not heard about any such grants
in recent years. These grants were sometimes in the areas of operations research
where assorted accounting professors had some expertise.
There are government grants in health care that some accounting researchers,
especially in the Harvard Business School, have participated in teams of
researchers. I suspect they are continuing to do so.
At the University of Denver, my good friend and accounting professor Jim
Sorensen received a number of government research grants over the years, some of
which I think were human services costing research grants ---
http://daniels.du.edu/faculty-staff/james-sorensen/
In various ways Jim shows accounting researchers that they don't get government
research grants because they don't know how to go about getting government
grants --- and they don't try. Jim has always had a low-key knack for nosing out
government and other funding for research. He's always been willing to try.
Years ago Jim Sorensen, Bob Swieringa, John Simmons, Bob Jensen, and Keith
Shwayder were together in the DU's MBA program. Two went on for PhD degrees at
Ohio State and three received PhD degrees from Stanford. Only Keith additionally
ended up in prison ---
http://caselaw.findlaw.com/us-9th-circuit/1262881.html
Bob Jensen's threads on how Commercial Scholarly and Academic Journals and
Oligopoly Textbook Publishers Are Ripping Off Libraries, Scholars, and Students
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals
"Does an 'A' in Ethics Have Any Value? B-Schools Step Up Efforts to Tie
Moral Principles to Their Business Programs, but Quantifying Those Virtues Is
Tough," by Melissa Korn, The Wall Street Journal, February 6, 2013
---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324761004578286102004694378.html?mg=reno64-wsj
Business-school professors are making a morality
play.
Four years after the scandals of the financial
crisis prompted deans and faculty to re-examine how they teach ethics, some
academics say they still haven't gotten it right.
Hoping to prevent another Bernard L. Madoff-like
scandal or insider-trading debacle, a group of schools, led by University of
Colorado's Leeds School of Business in Boulder, is trying to generate
support for more ethics teaching in business programs. [image] Richard Mia
"Business schools have been giving students some
education in ethics for at least the past 25 or 30 years, and we still have
these problems," such as irresponsibly risky bets or manipulation of the
London interbank offered rate, says John Delaney, dean of University of
Pittsburgh's College of Business Administration and Katz Graduate School of
Business. Related
Can Globalization Be Taught in B-School? B-Schools
Give Extra Help for Foreign M.B.A.s
He joined faculty and administrators from
Massachusetts' Babson College, Michigan State University and other schools
in Colorado last summer in what he says is an effort to move schools from
talk to action. The Colorado consortium is holding conference calls and is
exploring another meeting later this year as it exchanges ideas on program
design, course content and how to build support among other faculty members.
But some efforts are at risk of stalling at the
discussion stage, since teaching business ethics faces roadblocks from
faculty and recruiters alike. Some professors see ethics as separate from
their own subjects, such as accounting or marketing, and companies have
their own training programs for new hires.
A strong ethics education can help counteract a
narrowing worldview that often accompanies a student's progression through
business school, supporters in academia say. Surveys conducted by the Aspen
Institute, a think tank, show that about 60% of new M.B.A. students view
maximizing shareholder value as the primary responsibility of a company;
that number rises to 69% by the time they reach the program's midpoint.
Though maximizing shareholder returns isn't a bad
goal in itself, focusing on that at the expense of customer satisfaction,
employee well-being or environmental considerations can be dangerous.
Without tying ethics to a business curriculum, "we
are graduating students who are very myopic in their decision-making," says
Diane Swanson, founding chair of the Business Ethics Education Initiative at
Kansas State University.
Stand-alone ethics courses are a start, but they
"compartmentalize" the issue for students, as if ethical questions aren't
applicable to all business disciplines, says David Ikenberry, dean of
University of Colorado's Leeds School.
Some schools are experimenting with a more
integrated approach. This fall, Boston University's School of Management is
introducing a required ethics course for freshman business students, and is
also tasking instructors in other business classes to incorporate ethics
into their lessons. It may also overhaul a senior seminar to reinforce
ethics topics.
"We need to hit the students hard when they first
get here, remind them of these principles throughout their core classes, and
hit them once again before they leave," says Kabrina Chang, an assistant
professor at Boston University's business school, who is coordinating the
new freshman class.
Students likely know right from wrong, so rather
than, say, discussing whether a student would turn in a roommate caught
stealing, Ms. Chang says she'll lead a debate on how or if a student might
maintain a relationship with the thief.
Students may find the roommate-thief scenario more
relevant than a re-examination of recent Ponzi schemes, but many remain
skeptical of how such discussions apply to real life.
As one M.B.A. wrote last year on College
Confidential, an online message board, "It's not like Johnny is going to be
at the cusp of committing fraud and then think back to his b-school days and
think, "gee, Professor Goody Two Shoes wouldn't approve."
What's more, schools can't calculate the moral
well-being of their graduates the same way they can quantify financial
success or technical acumen. One of the few rankings available—the Aspen
Institute's "Beyond Grey Pinstripes" report—was suspended last year, in part
because researchers could not determine the net benefit of ethics courses.
Without demonstrable returns, there's little incentive for deans to add
classes and instructors.
Employers, who have in the past pushed schools to
add more hands-on training and global coursework, could successfully agitate
for more ethics instruction. But many companies say completing an ethics
course won't make or break a hiring decision—especially since firms tend to
offer their own training for new hires.
Continued in article
This article also has a video.
Bob Jensen's threads on ethics ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
When Grade Inflation = Lawsuit Inflation
"Prof's Daughter, Attending University for Free, Sues for $1.3 Million Over
C+ Grade," by Riley Yates, The Morning Call, February 12, 2013 ---
http://www.mcall.com/news/local/mc-lehigh-university-student-sues-over-grade-20130211,0,937005.story
Megan Thode isn't the first Lehigh University
student who was unhappy with the grade she received in a course. But she may
be the first to sue to get it changed.
The C+ that Thode was given scuttled her dream of
becoming a licensed professional counselor and was part of an effort to
force her out of the graduate degree program she was pursuing, said her
lawyer, Richard J. Orloski, whose lawsuit seeks $1.3 million in damages.
Orloski said his client is the victim of breach of
contract and sexual discrimination, and a civil trial began Monday before
Northampton County Judge Emil Giordano over the claims. They're nonsense,
said Neil Hamburg, an attorney for Lehigh University.
"I think if your honor changed the grade, you'd be
the first court in the history of jurisprudence to change an academic
grade," Hamburg told Giordano.
"I've practiced law for longer than I'd like to
[admit]," Giordano said, "and I've never seen something like this."
But after a day of testimony, a settlement could be
in the works, after Giordano called the lawyers into his chambers late
Monday and they emerged to hold private discussions with their clients. They
are slated to return to court Tuesday with the trial, if it continues,
expected to stretch through the week.
Thode, the daughter of Lehigh finance professor
Stephen Thode, was attending the Bethlehem school tuition-free in 2009 when
she received the poor mark in her fieldwork class. But instead of working to
address her failings, she "lawyered up" and demanded a better grade, Hamburg
said.
"She has to get through the program. She has to
meet the academic standards," Hamburg said.
Thode, 27, of Nazareth, was enrolled in the College
of Education in her second and final year of a master's in counseling and
human services. She needed a B to take the next course of her field work
requirement.
Orloski said she would have received that grade but
for the zero in classroom participation that she was awarded by her teacher,
Amanda Carr. Orloski charged that Carr and Nicholas Ladany — the
then-director of the degree program — conspired to hold Thode back because
they were unhappy that she'd complained after she and three other students
were forced to find a supplemental internship partway through the semester.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
How can you have a contract for a course grade before you take the course?
When I was nearly sued over an F grade in a student cheating incident, I learned
from the Trinity University attorneys that it is very, very rare for a student
to actually have a grade changed by a court. The lawsuit never was filed after
the attorneys on both sides had a closed-door meeting among themselves.
The reason is obvious. If the courts set precedents for grade changes
virtually all students who could afford to do so would sue to change any grade
lower than an A grade. This would boggle the court dockets.
This Certainly Didn't Take Long --- Wonder if it will go all the way to the
U.S. Supreme Court?
"Ex-Student Loses $1.3M Suit Over a C+," Inside Higher Ed,
February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/02/15/ex-student-loses-13m-suit-over-c
A Pennsylvania judge ruled Thursday that a former
student had failed to demonstrate that a professor at Lehigh University was
arbitrary in an illegal way in awarding her a C+,
Lehigh Valley Live reported. The judge said that
he did have some questions about the grade, but that the former student had
failed to show that the grade was for "anything other than purely academic
reasons." The former student had sought $1.3 million, saying that the low
grade blocked her from proceeding in the graduate program of her choice.
Jensen Comment
The $1.3 million sought was supposedly computed on the basis of what the
difference between average earnings of a lawyer versus that of a social worker.
"Three Accounting Frauds Most Chinese Companies Use To Cheat Foreign
Investors," by Paul Gillis, China Money Podcast, February 5, 2013 ---
http://www.chinamoneypodcast.com/2013/02/05/paul-gillis-three-accounting-frauds-most-chinese-companies-use-to-cheat-foreign-investors
In this episode of China Money Podcast,
guest
Paul Gillis, professor of accounting at the
Guanghua School of Management at
Peking University in Beijing, discusses
Caterpillar's $580 million write-down in its
acquisition of
Zhengzhou Siwei. Prof. Gillis explains the three
most common accounting tactics Chinese companies use to cheat and defraud
foreign investors, and what can foreign investors do to prevent themselves
from being duped.
Listen to the full interview in the audio podcast,
or read an excerpt.
Q:
Caterpillar is taking a $580 million write-down on its acquisition
of Chinese mining company,
Zhengzhou Siwei, after discovering a "deliberate,
multi-year, coordinated accounting misconduct."
Key background: 1, What Caterpillar bought
for
roughly $700 million was Hong Kong-listed ERA
Mining Machinery, which is a shell company that owns Zhengzhou Siwei, a
Henan province-based mining equipment maker. 2, Zhengzhou Siwei was absorbed
by ERA through a reverse merger in 2010 and never went through a formal IPO
process.
So Paul, can you use your imagination and
picture what you think happened when Caterpillar's CFO told the CEO about
this massive loss in their C-suit?
A: I imagine that was a pretty awkward situation.
It's very embarrassing for anyone at Caterpillar to be involved in a deal
like this. I'm sure there is a search for the guilty parties on the way.
Q: Here is what Caterpillar disclosed about
how they found out about the accounting misconduct:
"Caterpillar first became concerned
about…discrepancies…in November 2012 between the inventory recorded in
Siwei’s accounting records and the company's actual physical
inventory…Caterpillar promptly launched a comprehensive review and
investigation (that) identified inappropriate accounting practices involving
improper cost allocation that resulted in overstated profit. The review
further identified improper revenue recognition practices involving early
and, at times unsupported, revenue recognition."
From the above statement, what accounting
fraud can you infer that Siwei has done?
A: The first thing they pointed to are problems
with inventory. After counting the inventory in Siwei's factories,
Caterpillar discovered Siwei didn't have as much inventory as recorded on
their books. That means Siwei was capitalizing these costs and carrying it
as inventory costs, as supposed to expensing it in the current period, which
could lead to their profits significantly lower.
The more serious allegations in my mind are
revenues being recognized too early or inappropriately. So some sales were
recorded before they were actually completed. But this is a very common
practice in China.
Western accounting standards are very detailed
about when you can recognize revenue. For example, you must have signed
contracts; you can't have rights of return; or obligations to do more things
in the future. But in China, businesses are done more on relationships. The
contracts are less important than the handshake. So I would not be surprised
if management at Siwei didn't think they were involved in any kind of fraud
relating to revenue recognition.
Q: But it does sound like that Caterpillar
didn't check out Siwei's books and didn't examine physical inventories. Do
you think it's likely?
A: It's hard to know. Caterpillar did say that they
hired two Big Four accounting firms: Ernest & Young and Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu. It is unusual to hire two Big Four firms. But the due diligence is
a customized process. Did the accounting firms miss what were right there in
their face? Or did Caterpillar tell them not to look at certain things? We
don't know.
The other thing is that you need to have access to
get to the records and the people to conduct due diligence. But in some
situations, you might not get as much as you'd like.
Q: One obvious red flag here seemed to be
the fact that Siwei become part of ERA through a reverse merger. Wouldn't
that already alarm auditors and buyers?
A: Everyone should have learned lessons on reverse
mergers. The lack of scrutiny of reverse mergers deals is very dangerous.
The number of accounting fraud associated with reverse mergers is huge. Most
are U.S.-listed Chinese companies. Caterpillar is the first case involving a
multinational strategic buyer and a Hong Kong-listed Chinese company through
reverse merger.
The U.S. stock exchanges have effectively stopped
reverse mergers by
new rules that require reverse merger targets to
be "seasoned" before listing. Hong Kong and other markets should probably
look at potentially implementing the same rule.
Q: Who are legally liable relating to
Caterpillar's massive losses?
A: Let me first give some clarifications about this
goodwill write-down. Caterpillar paid significantly more than Siwei's book
value. That excess was put into goodwill. Every year, a company has to
determine whether it can continue to justify carrying that goodwill balance
on the balance sheet. In this case, after learning all the accounting
practices at Siwei, Caterpillar decided that Siwei will not be as profitable
in the future as originally anticipated. What this means is essentially
Caterpillar paid too much for Siwei.
When you pay too much for a company, who's at
fault? Clearly, there will be a lot of focus on the management of Siwei. I
understand that some of the purchase price is to be paid in notes. Surely
Caterpillar's lawyers are looking at whether or not to pay those additional
balances. The auditors of Caterpillar and the accounting firms that did the
due diligence will also be looked at. Lastly, shareholders will also look at
the management and board of Caterpillar. I think a lot of questions will be
answered in the next couple of years.
Q: Do you expect anyone will be arrested
and face criminal charges?
A: Not in China. I'm not aware of any criminal
charges on an accounting fraud in China. Chinese government does not seem to
consider accounting frauds as crimes in China.
Q: Looking at the broader Chinese
accounting landscape, what are some of the most commonly used tactics by
Chinese companies to cheat investors?
A: The most common is probably inappropriate
revenue recognition or fake revenue. That's the simplest way to increase
profits.
Relating to that are ways to fake cash balances.
Once you record a sale, you need to find some place for it on the asset of
the balance sheet. If you put it on receivables, the auditors will ask
troublesome questions. So many companies record fake cash and convince banks
to lie to auditors.
For example, a Chinese company created a fake
online banking website to cheat auditors last year. The auditors found that
an interest rate on the bank statement did not match Chinese Central Bank's
official rates. The company promptly replied that it was a bank error and it
was fixed in half an hour. The auditors became suspicious and clicked on
some other buttons of the website, and found out the whole website is a
fake.
Another example is putting deposits with contract
manufacturers. If you use contract manufacturers, you usually have to give
them some funds up front. That's a very hard number to audit. In some cases
last year, auditors have decided to resign after determining that they can't
verify those numbers.
A third tactic is the use of
Variable Interest Entity (VIE) structure. It's
been prone to accounting fraud (in a similar way like reverse merger).
Q: Lastly, what should overseas investors
do to prevent a repeat of Caterpillar's sad fate?
A: If a foreign company is buying a Chinese company, it needs to go
through a due diligence process
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
NASBA ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nasba
AICPA ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AICPA
"NASBA Opposes AICPA's Proposed FRF for SMEs," by Frank Byrt,
AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/nasba-opposes-aicpas-proposed-frf-smes/220961?source=aa
The long-running debate over who's responsible for
developing a framework for standards for financial reporting by privately
held, small and midsized US businesses is far from over.
The American Institute of CPAs (AICPA) is getting
push back for its Proposed Financial Reporting Framework for Small- and
Medium-Sized Entities, which would create a non-GAAP (generally accepted
accounting principles) financial reporting framework for small and
medium-sized entities (FRF for SMEs).
The AICPA says its proposal will result in a less
complicated and therefore less costly accounting system for smaller,
privately held firms than one that would come from having to adhere to the
requirements of GAAP, while still presenting an accurate financial picture
of the business.
But the National Association of State Boards of
Accountancy (NASBA) thinks its approach is better. Its board of directors
voted to adopt a resolution urging the AICPA "to either table or withdraw
the proposal in order to allow the Financial Accounting Foundation (FAF)
Private Company Council (PCC) adequate opportunity to develop standards
uniquely applicable to private companies that can be authoritative and part
of GAAP," according to a January 30 NASBA press release.
The PCC was created in 2012 by the FAF to work with
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) to recommend exceptions or
modifications to US GAAP for private entities.
NASBA says its standing in the matter comes "under
the Tenth Amendment of the US Constitution and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,
Section 209 [which says that] State Boards of Accountancy are vested with
significant authority in the development, adoption, and enforcement of
standards. This authority is particularly relevant as it relates to the
private sector and the topic of the AICPA's FRF-SMEs proposal."
"There are increasing demands for significant
improvements in the current financial reporting system serving the unique
needs of private companies and their many stakeholders," said NASBA Chairman
of the Board Gaylen Hansen in the NASBA press release. "We share those
concerns with the AICPA, but we also recognize that well thought out and
authoritative solutions stand a better chance of long-term success."
Robert Durak, AICPA's director of Private Company
Financial Reporting, said in an e-mail statement, "We have received many
comments on the FRF for SMEs and will be considering all of the input, as we
decide upon appropriate revisions to the Framework and its development
process in light of those comments. As is our normal policy, we will not be
commenting on individual letters that have been received."
There also appears to be no unanimity in the
accounting community about which approach is superior.
Big Four accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers
(PwC) also asked the AICPA to reconsider its proposal, in a January 29
letter, a copy of which was shared with AccountingWEB by the AICPA. PwC
prefers strict adherence to GAAP, saying, "We believe efforts focused on
enhancing GAAP will be more beneficial for a broader population of private
company stakeholders than creating another non-GAAP framework."
Scott Appel, CPA and partner-in-charge of the
Orange County, California, office of Hein & Associates LLP, a public
accounting and advisory firm, agreed: "I really think the best answer is for
the Private Company Council to issue standards through FASB."
"I think the frustration out there is that they
debated this for at least a year, and people are looking for progress to be
made," but he added that it's questionable whether NASBA can override the
AICPA's proposal. "I don't' disagree with what they want for the ultimate
outcome, but I don't know that they have the authority to prevent the AICPA
from doing what it's doing."
But on the other side of the debate is David
Glusman, CPA and partner-in-charge of Marcum LLP's Philadelphia office. He
says that he and his firm "believe that the AICPA proposal is a good
proposal for our clients and for small and midsized businesses."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"New Black Box Metrics Challenge Accountants' Creativity and Investor
Intelligence," by Anthony H. Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog,
February 15, 2013 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/2/15/new-black-box-metrics-challenge-accountants-creativity-and-investor-intelligence
According to
Merriam Webster, a black box is broadly defined as
“anything that has mysterious or unknown internal functions or mechanisms.”
How appropriate that
Jonathan Weil called our attention to an
“unconventional profitability metric” used by Black Box (the Company) to
report third quarter performance in its
January 29th press release (Form 8-K, Exhibit
99.1). As usual, Jon got right to the point, and suggested that using the
term “adjusted Ebitda (as adjusted)” was just another ploy to make “earnings
look better.” While I generally agree with Jon’s conclusion, I am
particularly stunned by the lack of creativity exhibited by the Company’s
accountants in naming their performance metrics. After all, even a bean
counter should be able to come up with something better. As a grumpy old
accountant, I'd recommend using Lynn Turner’s “everything
but bad stuff” EBS title (coined over a decade
ago)…now that might have been more appropriate! But why did Black Box’s
accountants just give up? Well, after a bit of digging, I think I know why.
I also discovered that this was just one of five non-GAAP measures used by
the Company in its press release, but not in its current 10-Q or 10-K. And
finally, Black Box omitted a very important income statement disclosure in
its press release that was included in its 10-Q and prior year 10-K. All of
this raises questions about the transparency of the Company’s most recent
financial disclosures, and what is prompting the recent move to non-GAAP
metrics.
But first, even
though I have little or no respect for most performance based non-GAAP
metrics, I must confess that Black Box’s “unconventional profitability
metric” appears to comply with the policies of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). The SEC outlines its rules for such measures in
its
Final
Rule on Non-GAAP Financial Measures, as well as
its
Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations on Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
In fact, the Company’s cumbersome EBITDA moniker is
likely due to SEC guidance to use the word “adjusted” when reconciling net
income to a non-standard definition of EBITDA. However, Black Box adopted
two separate non-GAAP EBITDA metrics: EBITDA as adjusted
and the hilarious “adjusted EBITDA (as adjusted)”
term, the two of which differed only by stock compensation expense. The
table below shows how these two non-GAAP measures relate to each other, as
well as to the more traditional notion of EBITDA. The first column reflects
income statement data for the Company’s nine months of operations for the
current fiscal year (3QYTD13) as reported in the January 29th press release
(8-K, Exhibit 99.1, page 10), while the other three columns reflect related
P&L data from prior Company 10-K’s.
. . .
In summary, the Company’s “adjusted Ebitda (as
adjusted)” metric appears to be the tip of a financial reporting iceberg.
Instead of improving financial reporting transparency, Black Box may really
be a Pandora’s Box of non-GAAP metrics that obfuscate “true” performance.
Continued in article
This is remotely related to OCI reporting where earnings are adjusted for
non-recurrent and unrealized value changes.
From PwC on February 5, 2013
Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income
On February 5, 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out
of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This guidance is the culmination of
the board's redeliberation on reporting reclassification adjustments from
accumulated other comprehensive income. The new requirements will take effect
for public companies in interim and annual reporting periods beginning after
December 15, 2012 (the first quarter of 2013 for public, calendar-year
companies).
http://www.pwc.com/en_US/us/cfodirect/assets/pdf/in-brief/in-brief-2013-05-fasb-other-comprehensive-income.pdf
Question
If the media insists on reporting one earnings number, which of the alternative
earnings numbers should be reported?
In particular, should net earnings be reported before or after remeasuring
financial instruments for unrealized changes in fair value?
Hint
The following paper has a great summary of the history of OCI and problems
facing the FASB and IASB as we look to the future of financial reporting of
business firms.
"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive
Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons,
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237
This paper links academic accounting research on
comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts
of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of
reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness
in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of
any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify
several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net
income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review
academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify
gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested.
Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize
what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from
earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that
might help in that process.
. . .
Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings
Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various
standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and
provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the
paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or
what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a
“cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on
various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement
presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income
composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed.
Table 2 presents a list of the specific
comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require
recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided
financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective
date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components
have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which
established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were
promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and
leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI
has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all
these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter
decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes
in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion
that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction
between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with
recycling should be retained.7
Presumably, elements with similar informational
attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is
unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in
their being characterized differently from other components of income.
Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no
economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not
exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could
potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of
persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core
operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is
reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results
from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and
potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework
for comprehensive income.
Degree of Persistence.
The degree of persistence of various comprehensive
income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g.,
Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's
(1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings
persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates
identifying the level of persistence across income components could be
useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income
persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate
presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary
items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several
footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements
(e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information
to financial statement users about the persistence of various income
statement components.
Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items
potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and
OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI
as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence
items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of
assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from
litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current
paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would
look substantially different from what it is now.
Using persistence of an item to distinguish
earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters.
Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to
permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an
item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring
charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur
every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with
other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI?
Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across
industries, and even across firms.
In spite of these inherent difficulties,
standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they
might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In
addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income
components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent
components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,”
medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence
items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create
additional partitions as needed.
Core Operations.
Classifying income components as earnings or OCI
based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively
appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would
expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items.
Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core
operations has a long history in accounting.
In current practice, companies and investors place
primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear
which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net
income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative
measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings
vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core
earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro
forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely
associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on
current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).
The problems inherent with this attribute are
similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally
accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a
continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business?
As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding
available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether
the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments
across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to
determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition,
differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about
comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising
their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011).
The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial
Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using
interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a
criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or
noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states:
An entity shall classify in the operating category:
Assets that are used as part of the entity's
day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise
from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.
Operating activities generate revenue through a
process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An
asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change
in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No
significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a
liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the
entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may
yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest,
dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras.
72, 73, 81)
The above distinction between operating activities
and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core
activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might
develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute,
standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore
dichotomy when using this definition.
Another possible solution is to allow management to
determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this
discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings.
Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach”
when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures.
In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for
establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits
different measurements for identical investments based on management's
intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows
for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension
liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment
is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the
concern about comparability and potential for abuse.
Management Control.
Given a premise that evaluating management's
stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale
for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good
measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's
operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However,
some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by
company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the
control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest
excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing
returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has
little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect
earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the
objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement
might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already
decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from
foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's
control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the
subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no
intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows.
Of course, determining what is and is not
ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would
probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within
industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be
relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very
relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon
affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon
lengthens, more things are under management's control.
In Table 2, we classify items as not under
management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or
exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within
efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of
the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's
control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within
the control of management, because management controls the decision to
revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest
gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell
the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion,
unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in
OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate
changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently
included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not
distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.
Remeasurements.
Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and
presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The
FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines
remeasurements as follows:
A remeasurement is an amount recognized in
comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of
an asset or a liability and that is the result of:
A change in (or realization of) a current price or
value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any
estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a
liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234)
Using this definition, examples of remeasurements
are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes
in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates,
and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items
represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or
liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred
tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively).
Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that
illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format”
if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting
comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ
earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could
be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements,
if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with
analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix
income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to
extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format
facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all
sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.
Table 3: Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format

Employing remeasurements to distinguish between
earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion
of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes,
where the current change has little or no association with future changes
and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast,
earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are
likely more persistent.
Perhaps the most significant advantage of the
remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other
criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are
continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in
earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be
susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a
component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.
Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows
for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of
fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing
earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before
remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information
about probable future cash flows.
Other.
The attributes standard-setters could use to
classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list
in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty.
As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be
viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair
value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et
al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the
value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value
relevance of Level 3 fair values.
Another potential attribute might be the horizon
over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is,
unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life
insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for
many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas
unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could
be part of earnings.
As previously discussed, the attributes of
measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in
determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable
(or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation
across firms and industries impair comparability?
The overriding purpose of the discussion in this
subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could
potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate
earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to
distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic
research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth
sections.
Summary
Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon
that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information
when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from
earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the
occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income
components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is
likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g.,
financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear
definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB
Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income
components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding
whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current
period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we
discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to
distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of
each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright
lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus
noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or
not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might
decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where
comprehensive income is reporte
. . .
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I like this paper. Table 3 could be improved by adding bottom line net earnings
before and after remeasurement.
The paper does not provide all the answers, but it is well written in terms
of history up to this point in time and alternative directions for
consideration.
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
February 8, 2013
Price/Earnings Ratio
by:
Simon Constable
Feb 04, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Earnings Per Share, Financial Statement Analysis
SUMMARY: This article gives an excellent description of alternative
measures for the P/E ratio: the simple ratio, "forward" P/E, and "trailing"
P/E based on the last four quarters of results. The discussion also mentions
adjusting the historical quarterly results used in the trailing P/E
measurement to remove unusual gains and losses.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a financial
accounting or financial statement analysis class when covering the P/E ratio
and/or earnings per share calculations. Also, because of the reference to
adjustments for unusual items, it may be used when covering treatment of
unusual and extraordinary items. NOTE: INSTRUCTORS SHOULD REMOVE THE
FOLLOWING STATEMENT BEFORE DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS. Question two asks
students to obtain information from their class textbooks so answers will
vary; however, students should identify the simple P/E ratio as the measure
described in their textbooks.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) What three alternative measures of the
price-earnings ratio (P/E ratio) are described in this article?
2. (Advanced) Which of the three measures matches the definition of
the P/E ratio given in your textbook? Explain your answer.
3. (Introductory) What weakness in the simple P/E ratio is overcome
by using the "forward" P/E ratio? What problems arise with the forward
measurement?
4. (Advanced) What weakness in the simple P/E ratio is overcome by
using the trailing four quarters in the measurement? Specifically identify
how this measure differs from the simple P/E ratio first described in the
article.
5. (Advanced) The author states that users should make adjustments
for unusual items in the "trailing" P/E measure. Why do you think that is
his recommendation?
6. (Advanced) "'Low P/E stocks outperform high P/E stocks,' says
Jeff Mortimer...." Explain the argument for this assertion by the investment
strategy director at BNY Mellon Wealth Management.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Price/Earnings Ratio," by Simon Constable, The Wall Street Journal, February
4, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323277504578189803847508428.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
The price of a stock doesn't tell you anything
about whether it's a good deal, but the so-called price/earnings ratio can
help. The trick is figuring out which P/E ratio to use.
Obviously, just because one stock is $200 a share
and another $12 doesn't mean the latter is cheaper in terms of what you're
getting. For a better gauge, you need to calculate what you are paying for
each dollar of company earnings. Hence, the P/E ratio, derived by dividing
the price of the stock by one year of per-share earnings. So if one stock
has a P/E of 12 and the other of 10, the latter is cheaper.
"Low P/E stocks outperform high P/E stocks," says
Jeff Mortimer, director of investment strategy at BNY Mellon Wealth
Management, a unit of Bank of New York Mellon Corp. "It does work over time
with a broad basket of names."
But the simple P/E ratio is just a starting point.
You also can calculate a "forward" P/E, using average analyst estimates for
future earnings. That provides an indication of what the average investor is
prepared to pay for future earnings. A high forward P/E, though, can mean a
couple of things. It could be that investors are willing to pay up for a
stock because they expect earnings to grow at a rapid clip. Or it could be
they've simply gotten carried away in a frothy market.
Another wrinkle: Estimated earnings may be
unrealistic. "You can make the forward P/E anything you want [by boosting
the forecast]," says Mr. Mortimer.
He prefers to calculate a "trailing" P/E based on
the last four quarters of results, adjusted for unusual gains and charges.
Deciding what to exclude can get tricky, but generally items that aren't
likely to be repeated are left out.
That way, investors can get an idea of what the
business earned from operations before relatively unusual events like plant
closings.
Of course, historical earnings may not tell you
much about where a company is headed. Think about the hit the uranium
industry took following the 2011 Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan. The
prior 12 months of earnings and the resulting P/E would have given you
little clue about how to invest.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on P/E and other financial ratios are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/roi.htm
One problem with any ratios containing earnings is that the FASB and the IASB
destroyed the concept of earnings to such a degree that they themselves can no
longer define earnings. One problem is the mixing of realized earnings contracts
with unrealized value changes that in many instances are never realized.
Hence, comparing earnings ratios of one company over time or multiple companies
at one point in time becomes like mixing apples with skate boards.
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on September 3,
2010
The Decline of the P/E Ratio
by: Ben
Levisohn
Aug 30, 2010
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com 
TOPICS: Analysts'
Forecasts, Financial Statement Analysis, Forecasting
SUMMARY: "While
U.S. companies announced record profits during the second quarter, and beat
forecasts by a comfortable 10% margin, on average, the stock market has
dropped 5%. Based on trailing 12-month earnings, the average price earnings
(P/E) ratio in the overall market is about 14.9 compared to 23.1 in
September 2009; "based on profit expectations over the next 12 months, the
P/E ratio has fallen to 12.2 from about 14.5 in May, 2010." The reason for
this divergence is, of course, economic uncertainty that is not evident in
the (average) point estimates of earnings nor in the relatively good
earnings numbers of both the first and second calendar quarters of 2010. The
related article is a WSJ graphic of earnings per share actual compared to
average analyst estimates, by industry and by week.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The
article is useful to show the need for understanding context of ratios in
undertaking financial statement analysis. It also demonstrates that ratios
can be measured in more than one way, such as the use of past earnings or
analysts' average forecasts. The related article can be used to introduce
students to analysts' earnings forecasts.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory)
Define the price earnings ratio (P/E) and explain its meaning.
2. (Introductory)
What two methods of measuring P/E are described in the article? Why do you
think both are used?
3. (Introductory)
Refer to the related article. How are analysts' estimates used in this WSJ
graphic analysis? In your answer, also describe who are the analysts
producing these estimates.
4. (Advanced)
How did companies perform relative to analysts' estimates in the second
calendar quarter of 2010?
5. (Advanced)
What has happened to the P/E ratio? Why does the author say the P/E has
fallen in relevance? Do you agree with that assessment?
6. (Introductory)
What other evidence in the article corroborates the issues in the recent
fall in the average P/E ratio?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Now Reporting: Earnings
by
Aug 01, 2010
Online Exclusive
"The Decline of the P/E Ratio," by: Ben Levisohn, The Wall Street Journal,
August 30, 2010 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052748703618504575459583913373278.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
As investors fixate on the global forces whipsawing
the markets, one fundamental measure of stock-market value, the
price/earnings ratio, is shrinking in size and importance.
And the diminution might not stop for a while.
The P/E ratio, thrust into prominence during the
1930s by value investors Benjamin Graham and David Dodd, measures the amount
of money investors are paying for a company's earnings. Typically, companies
that post strong earnings growth enjoy richer stock prices and fatter P/E
ratios than those that don't.
But while U.S. companies announced record profits
during the second quarter, and beat forecasts by a comfortable 10% margin,
on average, the stock market has dropped 5% this month.
The stock market's average price/earnings ratio,
meanwhile, is in free fall, having plunged about 36% during the past year,
the largest 12-month decline since 2003. It now stands at about 14.9,
compared with 23.1 last September, based on trailing 12-month earnings
results. Based on profit expectations over the next 12 months, the P/E ratio
has fallen to 12.2 from about 14.5 in May.
So what explains the contraction? In short,
economic uncertainty. A steady procession of bad news, from the European
financial crisis to fears of deflation in the U.S., has prompted analysts to
cut profit forecasts for 2011.
"The market is worrying not just about a slowdown,
but worse," said Tobias Levkovich, chief U.S. equity strategist at Citigroup
Global Markets in New York. "People want clarity before they make a decision
with their money."
Three months ago, analysts expected the companies
in the Standard & Poor's 500-stock index to boost profits 18% in 2011. Now,
they predict 15%. Mutual-fund, hedge-fund and other money managers put the
increase at closer to 9%, according to a recent Citigroup survey, while Mr.
Levkovich's estimate is for 7% growth.
"The sustainability of earnings is in doubt," said
Howard Silverblatt, an index analyst at S&P in New York. "Estimates are
still optimistic."
Equally troublesome, analysts' forecasts are
becoming scattered. In May, the range between the highest and lowest analyst
forecasts of S&P 500 earnings per share in 2011 was $12. Morgan Stanley
predicted $85 per share, while UBS predicted $97 per share. Now, the spread
is $15. Barclays said $80 per share; Deutsche Bank predicts $95.
When profit forecasts are tightly clustered, it
signals to investors that there is consensus among prognosticators; when
they diverge wildly, it shows a lack of clarity. The P/E ratio tends to fall
as uncertainty rises, and vice versa.
"A stock is worth its future earnings, but that
involves uncertainty," said Jeremy Siegel, professor of finance at the
University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School. "The more uncertainty there is,
the lower the P/E will be."
Not only is the P/E ratio dropping, it also is in
danger of losing some of its prominence as a market gauge.
That is because, with profit and economic forecasts
becoming less reliable, investors are focusing more on global economic
events as they make trading decisions, parsing everything from Japanese
government-debt statistics to shipping patterns in the Baltic region.
To some extent this is in keeping with historical
patterns. P/E ratios often shrink in size and significance during periods of
uncertainty as investors focus on broader economic themes.
P/E ratios fell sharply during the Depression of
the 1930s and again after World War II, bottoming at 5.90 in 1949. They
plunged again during the 1970s, touching 6.97 in 1974 and 6.68 in 1980.
During those periods, global events sometimes took precedence over
company-specific valuation considerations in the minds of investors.
There have been periods when the P/E ratio was much
more in vogue. A century ago, the buying and selling of stocks was widely
considered to be a form of gambling. P/E ratios came about as a way to
quantify the true value of a company's shares. The creation of the
Securities and Exchange Commission during the 1930s made financial
information more available to investors, and P/E ratios gained widespread
acceptance in the decades that followed.
But thanks to the recent shift toward rapid-fire
stock trading, the P/E ratio may be losing its relevance. The emergence of
exchange-traded funds in the past 10 years has allowed investors to make
broad bets on entire baskets of stocks. And the ascendance of
computer-driven trading is making macroeconomic data and trading patterns
more important drivers of market action than fundamental analysis of
individual companies, even during periods of relative calm.
So where is the P/E ratio headed in the short term?
A few optimists think it could rise from here. If corporate borrowing costs
remain at record lows and stock prices remain depressed, companies will
start issuing debt to buy back shares, said David Bianco, chief U.S. equity
strategist for Bank of America Merrill Lynch. As a result, earnings per
share would increase, he said, even if profit growth remains sluggish, and
P/E ratios could jump with them.
But today's economic uncertainty argues against
that scenario. Consider that while P/E ratios dropped during the
inflationary 1970s, they also fell during the deflationary 1930s. The one
common thread tying those two eras of falling P/E ratios: unpredictable
economic performance.
"We're looking at a more volatile U.S. economy than
we experienced in the last 30 years," said Doug Cliggott, U.S. equity
strategist at Credit Suisse in Boston. "The pressure on multiples may be
with us for quite some time."
September 8, 2010 reply from John Briggs, John
[briggsjw@JMU.EDU]
I saw this
article and didn't quite "get" it...the title at least.
Of course the P/E
ratio is still relevant.
My favorite site for this is
www.multpl.com,
where a guy provides a daily look
at the Shiller ("Irrational Exuberance") 10-year P/E...10 years of data
instead of 1. It's currently 20. It used to be 45. Indeed, 45 was a
bubble.
Right now, you
would think 16 would be appropriate, but extremely low interest rates argue
for higher (in comparison to investing in bonds), but economic uncertainly
argues for lower.
So I'd make the
case that this metric should be around 16 right now...20 indicates to me
that stocks are slightly overvalued.
The only time the
P/E ratio really was ignored was in 2000, it seems to me. I'm glad I had no
money then.
"What’s Wrong with the Financial Services Industry?" by Barry Ritholtz,
Ritholtz Blog, February 21, 2013 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2013/02/whats-wrong-with-the-financial-services-industry/
If you hang around these parts for any length of
time, you will occasionally run across a jeremiad of mine complaining about
the Financial Services Industry.
I’ve been thinking about this more than usual
lately. This has led to some correspondence with Helaine Olen, whose book
Pound Foolish: Exposing the Dark Side of the Personal Finance Industry
is next up in my queue. (Her appearance on the
TDS yesterday is here). It is similar to the deep
dive my colleague Josh Brown took in
Backstage Wall Street.
My criticism is somewhat different than Helaine’s
(though I am sympatico with much of her view). I break down the
problems as follows:
•
Simplicity does not pay well:
Investing should be relatively simple: Buy broad asset classes, hold
them over long periods of time, rebalance periodically, get off the
tracks when the locomotive is bearing down on you. The problem is its
easier in theory than is reality to execute this.
•
Confusion is not a bug, its a
feature: Thus, the massive choice, the nonstop noise
the confusing claims, all work to make this much more complex than it
needs to be.
•
Too much money attracts the
wrong kinds of people: Let’s face it, the volume of cash
that passes through the Financial Services Industry is enormous. Few who
enters finance does so for altruistic reasons.
•
Incentives are misaligned: As I’ve written
previously, too many people are unwilling to get rich slowly. Hence,
some of the wrong people work in finance, and some of the right people
exercise bad judgment.
•
Too many people have a hand in
your pocket: The list of people nicking you as an
investor is enormous. Insiders (CEO/CFO/Boards of Directors) transfer
wealth from shareholders to themselves, with the blessing of corrupted
Compensation Consultants. Active mutual funds charge way too much for
sub par performance. 401(k)s are disastrous. NYSE and NASDAQ Exchanges
have been paid to allow a HFT tax on every other investor. FASB and
Accountants have doen an awful job, allowing corporations to mislead
investors with junk balance statements. The Media’s job is to sell
advertising, not provide you with intelligent advice. The Regulators
have been captured.
What’s the net impact of all this on your
investments ?
•
The Financialized US Economy:
The above list reflects nearly half a century of the financialization of
the broader US economy. Instead of serving industry, finance has trumped
it. This led directly to the financial crisis and economic collapse of
2007-09.
•
Human Nature:
Then there is your own behavioral issues. On top of everything else, you
are governed by a
brain that simply wasn’t built for this.
All of these add up to a system that is flawed, and
often fails to do its job.
Continued in article
Large public accounting firms are probably not in favor of simplifying the
tax code
February 17, 2013 message from Richard Sansing
This week's issue of The Economist has a special
report on
off-shore finance. This article discusses the role of large
public accounting firms.
http://www.economist.com/news/special-report/21571556-accounting-firms-will-do-nicely-under-any-set-rules-merry-enablers
Jensen Content
Note that "simplicity does not pay well" in
consulting!
I wonder to what extent large CPA firms want simplified accounting and auditing
rules (to increase profits on audits) and highly complex regulations and
financing alternatives (to increase profitability of consulting). Thus far in
the 21st Century everything seems to becoming more complicated., which is
probably why audits are not especially profitable relative to consulting.
However, unless a new regulation is put in place to rotate audit firms,
auditing contributes heavily to fixed costs annually due to the tendency of
clients to stick with the same auditing firms year after year. Consulting
engagements come and go making them not especially reliable for paying fixed
costs but making them profitable on top of the fixed costs paid for by audit
engagements. Thant's my $.02.
Congressional Budget Office Study of Alternatives for Taxing Multinational
Companies
The CBO denies political bias but agrees that it did not seek a broad enough set
of reviewers of technical issues in economics and taxation of multinational
companies.
CBO Letter on February 15
To the Honorable Dave Camp
Chairman Committee on Ways and Means
http://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/cbofiles/attachments/43944-TaxingMultinationals.pdf
. . .
This letter responds to concerns you raised about the
CBO's report, Options for Taxing U.S. Multinational Corporations, which was
released on January 8, 2013. We continue to believe that it presents the key
issues fairly and objectively and that its findings are well grounded in
economic theory and are consistent with empirical studies in this area.
Nevertheless, because of the complexity of the subject and the diverse views
of experts in the field, we agree that it would have been desirable to
seek comments from more outside reviewers. It is always our goal to seek
outside reviewers for CBO studies who represent a broad range of views and
perspectives. Following is a discussion of the various issues you raised
regarding the report.
Continued in letter
"To Limit Corporate Tax Avoidance, Tax Investors," Editors of
Bloomberg News, Bloomberg News, February 14, 2016 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-02-14/to-limit-corporate-tax-avoidance-tax-investors.html
Tax avoidance by corporations is on the agenda for
this weekend’s meeting in Moscow of finance ministers from the
Group of 20 advanced and emerging economies. It is
a real problem, and its scale is getting difficult to ignore. The answer,
though, isn’t further tax-code complication, as some governments favor, but
a shift of taxes from profits to investment income.
To a comical degree, governments are of two minds
when it comes to taxing profits. They have to do it, they say, for reasons
of fairness and to meet their revenue needs. They deplore the aggressive
efforts companies make to lighten the load. At the same time, governments
write tax laws to attract multinational companies to their jurisdictions.
That promotes the very tax arbitrage they abhor.
This absurdity has reached new heights in countries
such as the U.K., where shaming companies for legal tax avoidance has become
an instrument of tax policy.
Starbucks Corp. recently pledged to make
“voluntary” payments to the U.K., after accounting maneuvers resulted in the
coffee-shop owner paying little or no tax on its British operations for
years. The authorities allege no wrongdoing on Starbucks’s part. After an
outcry in which the government joined, the company agreed to write checks to
Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs this year and next.
Populist Campaign
What’s shocking about that episode isn’t that
Starbucks found legal ways to reduce its taxes -- every company does that,
and managers would be failing in their duty to shareholders if they didn’t
-- but that the government allied itself with a populist campaign to extort
money from the company. In a way, it’s a sign of sheer despair: The tax laws
don’t work, so governments have to try pleading or blackmail instead.
Governments are right about one thing: Corporate
tax avoidance can’t be ignored. The Organization for Economic Co- operation
and Development, in a report coinciding with the G-20 meeting, concludes
that tax-base erosion is a large and growing problem arising out of a
mismatch of anachronistic tax rules and economic realities. Tax codes are
still grounded in a closed- economy model that the world has largely
abandoned.
What’s the answer? There are two basic approaches.
One is harmonization. Governments could aim to coordinate their tax policies
so that legal avoidance is harder. The other is competition. Let
governments’ rivalries for investment drive corporate taxes ever lower --
until the problem actually disappears -- and make up the revenue some other
way.
Tax competition may sound like anarchy, but there’s
more to be said for it than you might think. International companies have so
much discretion in allocating costs and revenues across their dispersed
units that the corporate tax base is unavoidably slippery -- all the more so
when governments promote that very slipperiness in an effort to attract
investment.
Why fight it? The best strategy to deal with
international tax avoidance is what we have recommended: Cut corporate taxes
and increase taxes on individual investment income (dividends and capital
gains) instead. It’s much harder for individuals to arbitrage away their tax
obligations than it is for companies operating across borders. This way,
corporate profits are still taxed -- but on a simpler, less distorting basis
than the typical corporate tax code provides.
The main problem with the other approach --
harmonization - - is that governments are likely to commit to the principle
and then renege. The logic that drives them to attract capital with tax
breaks and then deplore the tax arbitrage that follows isn’t going away.
Practical Problems
Harmonization, though, appeals strongly to the
bureaucratic mind. An extreme variant of this approach is to create a shared
international tax base. The European Union is exploring this possibility
with its perpetually recycled plan for a “Tobin tax,” or a levy on financial
transactions. The practical difficulties are so great that the idea is all
but inoperable. The EU is rarely deflected by that consideration.
Continued in article
Reply by finance professor Jim Mahar ---
http://financeprofessorblog.blogspot.com/2013/02/to-limit-corporate-tax-avoidance-tax.html
Thoughts?
"International companies have so much
discretion in allocating costs and revenues across their dispersed
units that the corporate tax base is unavoidably slippery -- all the
more so when governments promote that very slipperiness in an effort
to attract investment.....Why fight it? The best strategy to deal
with international tax avoidance is what we have recommended: Cut
corporate taxes and increase taxes on individual investment income
(dividends and capital gains) instead. It’s much harder for
individuals to arbitrage away their tax obligations than it is for
companies operating across borders. This way, corporate profits are
still taxed -- but on a simpler, less distorting basis than the
typical corporate tax code provides."
Mmm...a great essay for some class. Finance?
Econ? Tax? All of the above?
Teaching Case on Financial Statement Analysis and P/E Ratios
From The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on November 4, 2011
Earnings and Stocks: Is It Trick or Treat?
by:
Kelly Evans
Oct 31, 2011
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
TOPICS: Earning Announcements, Earnings Forecasts, Financial
Analysis, Financial Statement Analysis, Stock Price Effects
SUMMARY: This and the related article highlight the relation
between stocks and earnings but also the influence of typical seasonal
patterns in stock market returns.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article is useful to discuss financial
statement ratios, particularly the price-earnings ratio, and the
relationship between reported earnings, earnings expectations, and stock
prices.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) To what does author Kelly Evans attribute the
good stock market performance of October 2011? In your answer, describe the
quarterly earnings reporting process and analysts' estimates for earnings.
2. (Advanced) "The sticking point in all of this that estimates for
the fourth quarter have dropped by 3% in October." Describe how you think
this 3% drop is measured. (Hint: the video provides a helpful discussion of
this topic.)
3. (Advanced) Refer to the related article. How does the author use
the price-earnings ratio to answer questions raised in the article? In your
answer, define the price-earnings ratio and describe how it is measured for
purposes of these two articles.
4. (Introductory) Refer again to the related article. What other
factors influence overall stock market performance?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
Stocks Going by the Book
by Jonathan Cheng
Oct 31, 2011
Page: C1
"Earnings and Stocks: Is It Trick or Treat?" by: Kelly Evans, The Wall
Street Journal, October 31, 2011 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203707504577007754040669274.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
The strange dynamics of this earnings season are
reminiscent of two prior, but diametrically opposed, inflection points:
those of mid-2008 and mid-2009. That is, the stock market has surged even as
forward earnings estimates fall.
Typically, such declines would trigger a selloff as
investors reassess the value of shares. Right now, though, the opposite is
happening.
The Standard & Poor's 500-stock index as of Friday
was up 13.6% for the month—its best monthly performance since January 1987.
Certainly, seeming progress toward resolving Europe's sovereign-debt crisis
has played a big role in stocks' newfound favor. But on a more fundamental
basis, it helps that the third-quarter earnings season is going well,
despite some high-profile misses.
More than 70% of companies have beaten earnings
estimates, compared with 62% on average since the early 1990s. Prospects,
however, have been dimming. Earnings estimates for the S&P 500 in the
current fourthquarter have already fallen 3%—the biggest monthly decline
since April 2009, according to FactSet analyst John Butters.
The stock market has surged even as forward
earnings estimates fall, and typicall such declines would trigger a selloff
as investors reassess the value of shares. Right now, though, the opposite
is happening, Kelly Evans reports on Markets Hub. Photo: AP.
That doesn't have to mean disaster. In April 2009,
the stock market was also rallying sharply despite lowered earnings
expectations. Then, of course, stocks were building off the historic March
lows, which already had exceptionally weak forward earnings priced in. The
rally continued as investors grew more confident the U.S. was on the cusp of
recovery, and analysts eventually had to start raising their earnings
estimates to keep up.
That rally, however, started out of a deep
recession and came after a huge market selloff. This time, the S&P 500
started from a low point of about 1100—some 65% higher than in March 2009.
More to the point, the economy today isn't coming out of recession, but
trying to avoid falling back into one.
Continued in article
Bob
Jensen's bookmarks for financial ratios ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010303FinancialRatios
Also see
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Financial_ratios
Obsolete Words
"Words: a Time Capsule," by Lucy Ferriss, Chronicle of Higher Education's
Chronicle Review, February 4, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/linguafranca/2013/02/04/words-a-time-capsule/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
Jensen Question
What are some andidates for obsolete words and phrases in accountancy?
Net Earnings ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay
Earnings Ratios (P/E, D/E, etc.)
Matching Principle ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
A nice timeline on the development of
U.S. standards and the evolution of thinking about the income statement
versus the balance sheet is provided at:
"The Evolution of U.S. GAAP: The Political Forces Behind Professional
Standards (1930-1973)," by Stephen A. Zeff, CPA Journal,
January 2005 ---
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/105/infocus/p18.htm
Part II covering years 1974-2003 published in February 2005 ---
http://www.nysscpa.org/cpajournal/2005/205/index.htm
The module for 1940 is as follows:
1940
The American Accounting Association
(AAA) publishes Professors W.A. Paton and A.C. Littleton’s monograph
An Introduction to Corporate Accounting Standards, which is an
eloquent defense of historical cost accounting. The monograph
provides a persuasive rationale for conventional accounting
practice, and copies are widely distributed to all members of the
AIA. The Paton and Littleton monograph, as it came to be known,
popularizes the matching principle, which places primary emphasis on
the matching of costs with revenues, with assets and liabilities
dependent upon the outcome of this matching.
Comment. The
Paton and Littleton monograph reinforced the revenue-and-expense
view in the literature and practice of
accounting, by which one first determines whether a transaction
gives rise to a revenue or an expense. Once this decision is made,
the balance sheet is left with a residue of debit and credit balance
accounts, which may or may not fit the definitions of assets or
liabilities.
The monograph also embraced historical cost
accounting, which was taught to thousands of accounting students in
universities, where the monograph was, for more than a generation,
used as one of the standard textbooks in accounting theory courses.
1940s
Throughout the decade, the CAP frequently
allows the use of alternative accounting methods when there is
diversity of accepted practice.
Comment. Most of the matters taken up by
the CAP during the first half of the 1940s dealt with wartime
accounting issues. It had difficulty narrowing the areas of
difference in accounting practice because the major accounting firms
represented on the committee could not agree on proper practice.
First, the larger firms disagreed whether uniformity or diversity of
accounting methods was appropriate. Arthur Andersen & Co. advocated
fervently that all companies should follow the same accounting
methods in order to promote comparability. But such firms as Price,
Waterhouse & Co. and Haskins & Sells asserted that comparability was
achieved by allowing companies to adopt the accounting methods that
were most suited to their business circumstances. Second, the big
firms disagreed whether the CAP possessed the authority to disallow
accounting methods that were widely used by listed companies.
Continued in article
Surplu
Retail Inventory Method
Activities Based Costing or ABC Costing
XBRL
FASB
February 11, 2013 reply from David Albrecht
Extraordinary items
Cumulative income adjustment from change in accounting principle
Sum-of-years-digits depreciation
Group/composite depreciation
Defined benefit obligation
Reconciling absorption costing and direct costing income
Question
The earned income tax credit returns cash from the IRS and is a major reason
nearly half of all taxpayers receive more back than they pay in for income
taxes.
Who benefits the most from this credit --- the employed or the unemployed?
"Earned-Income Ironies," by Casey B. Mulligan, The New York Times,
February 6, 2013 ---
http://economix.blogs.nytimes.com/2013/02/06/earned-income-ironies/
The “earned income tax credit” is, ironically, more
likely to be received by unemployed people than by workers who do not spend
any time unemployed.
The credit was created years ago to reduce tax
burdens on the poor and to “provide
a genuine incentive for working;” a household must
have some wage and salary income in order to receive the credit.
However, because the credit is administered on a
calendar-year basis and is phased out with calendar-year wages and salaries,
it is disproportionately received by people unemployed after a layoff.
As I illustrated in
an earlier post, the credit follows a
mountain-plateau pattern: an increasing portion for the lowest calendar
incomes, a flat portion, a decreasing portion and then a flat portion of
zero.
¶You might think that unemployed people do
not receive the credit because they do not have any wage or salary income,
but typically people unemployed from layoff do have wages or salary income
during the calendar year of their unemployment from their previous job.
Their layoff might have occurred after the beginning of the calendar year.
Even a layoff occurring in December of the previous year might generate wage
and salary income in the current year because of a severance payment or
accumulated sick and vacation pay.
¶Moreover, an
unemployed person might have a spouse with wage and salary income, and the
spouse’s income counts toward the credit.
¶Because
unemployment compensation is supposed to be reported on the recipient’s
federal individual income tax return, I was able to further investigate this
issue by examining a large sample of individual income tax returns for the
years 2000-7 provided by the Internal Revenue Service to the National Bureau
of Economic Research and other institutions for research purposes.
¶In 2007, 97
percent of the 7.6 million returns showing unemployment-compensation income
(that is, the taxpayer or spouse was unemployed and receiving benefits some
time during the calendar year) also had wage and salary income during the
year. That percentage was essentially the same in each of the years 2000-6.
¶Of the same
7.6 million returns with unemployment income in 2007, one quarter received
the earned income tax credit. By comparison, the credit was received by only
one-sixth of the returns with wage and salary income but no unemployment
income.
Among returns with unemployment
income, the average earned income tax credit was $486, compared with $347
among the returns with wages but not unemployment income.
¶For most of
the returns with both unemployment income and the earned income tax credit,
the credit would have been even greater if the taxpayer had been employed
fewer weeks than he or she actually was. Still more returns with
unemployment income but no earned income tax credit would have received the
credit if the unemployment had lasted longer.
Continued in article
Questions
Why does Vermont have nearly the lowest unemployment rate in the nation?
What is Vermont doing to intentionally raise its unemployment rate?
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Political/PoliticalQuotationsCommentaries.htm#VermontWelfare
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
This Could Be a Really Big Deal for Bringing Education to Africa
"Hillary Clinton Helps Silicon Valley on Her Way Out the Door," y
Elizabeth Dwoskin, Bloomberg Business Week, February 04, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-02-04/hillary-clinton-helps-silicon-valley-on-her-way-out-the-door
"Clients Flounder And Fail But Auditor PwC Prevails," by Francine
McKenna, Forbes, February 4, 2013 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/francinemckenna/2013/02/04/clients-flounder-and-fail-but-auditor-pwc-prevails/
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audits several companies
in the news recently but the global professional services firm seems to have
escaped scrutiny for those clients’ serious missteps. Watchdog PwC never
warned investors of faulty management and fraud that’s tanked shares, forced
out top executives and resulted in expensive, ongoing private, civil, and
potential criminal litigation.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is, for 2012, again the
largest accounting firm in the world, according to Big4.com, after losing
the crown temporarily to Deloitte in 2010. PwC is also the largest audit
firm, a distinction that must be made given the reemergence of the
consulting practices at PwC, KPMG, and Ernst & Young ever since the
expiration of non-compete agreements signed when their consulting arms were
sold post-Sarbanes-Oxley. (Deloitte never sold its consulting arm and has,
therefore, enjoyed a distinct advantage to the other firms, not losing any
growth momentum between 2002 and 2007.)
All four – Deloitte, PwC, KPMG, and Ernst & Young –
audit and consult, advise on taxes and manage bankruptcies, provide due
diligence and accounting advice for acquisitions and investigate frauds when
deals go wrong. You can’t throw a rock at a fraud or scandal nowadays
without hitting three, sometimes all four, of the largest firms performing
one role or another. The Big Four global accounting firms make money whether
clients survive and thrive or flail and fail.
Chesapeake Energy, a PwC audit client since its IPO
in 1993, made news last week for firing its beleaguered CEO, Aubrey
McClendon. Ryan Chittum at the Columbia Journalism Review says Reuters gets
the credit for this “scalp”.
Continued in article
Question
Why is Francine fuming?
"Accountants Skirt Shareholder Lawsuits," by Jonathan D.
Glater, The New York Times, December 27, 2012 ---
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2012/12/27/accountants-skirt-shareholder-lawsuits/
The accountants who service publicly traded
companies are likely to have something to be thankful for this year:
shareholders are not filing federal securities fraud lawsuits
against them.
Just 10 years ago, public company
accountants were in the cross hairs of shareholders, regulators and
prosecutors. A criminal indictment destroyed
Enron’s auditor, Arthur Andersen. Congress
created a new regulator, the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board,
to oversee the profession. And in dozens of lawsuits in the years
afterward, shareholders named accountants as co-defendants when
alleging accounting fraud.
But things have changed. According to NERA
Economic Consulting, which tracks shareholder litigation and
reported on the decline in accounting firm defendants in
its midyear report in July, not one
accounting firm has been named a defendant so far this year. One of
the study’s co-authors, Ron I. Miller, confirmed that the trend has
continued at least through November.
That prompts the question, why don’t
shareholders sue accountants anymore?
“To the extent that firms have been burned
for a lot of money, they have some pretty strong incentives to try
to behave,” Mr. Miller said. “That’s the hopeful side of the legal
system: You hope that if you put in penalties, that those penalties
change people’s actions.”
The less positive alternative, he added, is
that public companies “have gotten better at hiding it.”
From 2005 to 2009, according to the NERA
report, 12 percent of securities class action cases included
accounting firm co-defendants. The range of federal securities fraud
class action cases filed per year in that period was 132 to 244.
The absence of accounting firm defendants
this year can probably be explained at least in part by court
decisions; the Supreme Court has issued rulings, as in
Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc.
in 2008, making it more difficult to recover
damages from third parties in fraud cases.
So perhaps more shareholder suits would
take aim at accountants, if the plaintiffs believed that their
claims would survive a defendant’s motion to dismiss. And it is
possible that plaintiffs will add accounting firm as defendants to
existing cases in the future, if claimants get information to
support such claims.
Over all, fewer shareholder class action
lawsuits are based on allegations of accounting fraud, as opposed to
other types of fraud. The NERA midyear report found that in the
first six months of 2012, about 25 percent of complaints in
securities class action cases included allegations of accounting
fraud, down from nearly 40 percent in all of 2011.
Perhaps the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the
legislative response to the accounting scandals of the early 2000s,
actually worked, Mr. Miller said.
“There’s been a lot of complaining about
SOX, and certainly the compliance costs are high for smaller
publicly traded companies,” he said, but accounting fraud “is to a
large extent what SOX was intended to stop.”
Public company accountants still have
potential civil liability to worry about, said Joseph A. Grundfest,
a former commissioner of the
Securities and Exchange Commission who
teaches at Stanford Law School. Regulators, he said, are
investigating potential misconduct involving accounting firms.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on lawsuits where CPA firms have not been so
lucky ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
RAND Corporation: Measuring Teacher Effectiveness ---
http://www.rand.org/education/projects/measuring-teacher-effectiveness.html
Explore the Measuring Teacher Effectiveness Fact Sheet Series Teachers
Matter: Understanding Teachers' Impact on Student Achievement
Research suggests that, among school-related factors, teachers matter
most when it comes to a student's academic performance. Nonschool
factors do influence student achievement, but effective teaching has the
potential to help level the playing field.
Multiple Choices: Options for Measuring Teaching Effectiveness
Teaching is a complex activity that should be measured with multiple
methods. Some examine teachers' practices directly, while others
emphasize student outcomes. Each method has trade-offs, and no single
method provides a complete picture of a teacher's effectiveness.
Tests and the Teacher: What Student Achievement Tests Do—and Don't—Tell
Us About Teacher Effectiveness
In addition to helping students learn reading and math, we also trust
teachers to teach students to think, reason, and work cooperatively with
one another. Students' scores on achievement tests tell us something—but
by no means everything—about how well teachers are meeting these
expectations.
Value-Added Modeling 101: Using Student Test Scores to Help Measure
Teaching Effectiveness
Value-added models, or VAMs, attempt to measure a teacher's impact on
student achievement apart from other factors, such as individual
ability, family environment, past schooling, and the influence of peers.
Value-added estimates enable relative judgments but are not absolute
indicators of effectiveness.
Student Growth Percentiles 101: Using Relative Ranks in Student Test
Scores to Help Measure Teaching Effectiveness
Student growth percentiles, or SGPs, provide a simple way of
comparing the improvement of one teacher's students at the end of the
year with the improvement of other students who started the year at the
same level.
Bob Jensen's threads on assessment ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm
"Where Not To Die In 2013," by Ashlea Ebeling, Forbes, January
12, 2013 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/ashleaebeling/2013/01/28/where-not-to-die-in-2013/
"Scope of auditors' report to be extended to include risk," by Richard
Crump, AccountancyAge, February 5, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2241488/scope-of-auditors-report-to-be-extended-to-include-risk?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=Scope+of+auditors%27+report+to+be+extended+to+include+risk
AUDITORS will be required to warn investors about
risks within the companies they audit as part of a "step change" in the way
audit reports are structured proposed by the FRC.
In response to criticism that auditors' reports are
uninformative, the reporting watchdog has launched a consultation to extend
their scope to include a commentary of the "risks of material misstatement"
identified by the auditor.
Read more: http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2241488/scope-of-auditors-report-to-be-extended-to-include-risk#ixzz2K2nHaHBq
Accountancy Age - Finance, business and accountancy news, features and
resources. Claim your free subscription today.
As part of the changes, which could force auditors
to flag risks that differ from those disclosed by company directors,
auditors will be required to explain how they applied the concept of
materiality – which relates to the importance of transactions, balances and
errors contained in the financial statements – and summarise how the audit
scope responded to company risks.
Nick Land [pictured], chairman of the FRC's audit
and assurance council, said the new rules would provide a "step change from
the traditional binary pass/fail model of audit report".
"Such reports have increasingly been criticised as
being uninformative by investors, and other users of financial statements.
The proposals ... 'close the circle' by requiring the auditor to disclose
information about the audit, within the auditor's report itself," Land said.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads about professionalism in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Baumol's cost disease ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baumol%27s_cost_disease
"Talk to Me Like I'm Stupid: Baumol's Cost Disease," by John Warner,
Inside Higher Ed, February 3, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/blogs/just-visiting/talk-me-im-stupid-baumols-cost-disease
One of the Internet writers I most admire is
Ta-Nehisi Coates of the Atlantic.
There are a number or reasons for my admiration. He
is thoughtful, and often does his thinking on the page – showing his work,
if you will – which I appreciate because I tend to do the same thing. He
tackles a wide array of subjects; posts on civil war history, head trauma in
football, hip-hop, and role-playing games may run one after another.
He also personally moderates his comments section,
managing to wrangle anonymous Internet personalities into a frequently
productive and enlightening discussion, which is perhaps his most amazing
feat.
One of the features he occasionally employs is
called
“Talk to Me Like I’m Stupid,” where he
crowdsources something he doesn’t know, or sufficiently understand in order
to better inform himself.
In the process, he manages to better inform his
audience as well.
I was hoping we could try something similar with a
concept I see invoked frequently in these virtual pages.
I want you to talk to me like I’m stupid about
Baumol’s Cost Disease as it pertains (or doesn’t) to higher education.
I have access to
Wikipedia, so I understand the basics: that these
two economists, Baumol and Bowen did a study on the performing arts showing
that because salaries will rise without a corresponding increase in
productivity (the number of musicians necessary to perform in a string
quartet being the same regardless of century), then over time, string
quartets grow progressively more expensive.
The phenomenon is frequently cited as a cause of
increasing costs of both health care, and higher ed.
Obviously, unless and until MOOCs upend higher ed
delivery for all (note to self, add MOOC as future topic for “talk to me
like I’m stupid”), college instruction is going to be labor intensive.
And we all know that tuition is increasing much
faster than the cost of inflation.
During the campaign, Vice President Joe Biden
cited rising faculty salaries
as the, or at least a cause of rising tuition.
But here’s the thing, and why I need help. Has the
cost of faculty truly increased? Are we an example of Baumol’s Cost Disease?
My experience says no, but the world says yes. We
can't get more productive, but are we getting more expensive?
This is my 12th year as a full-time
non-tenure-track college instructor. My salary is almost the same as it was
in the year 2001. The proportion of people like me, as well as the less
fortunate on per-course adjunct pay as part of total faculty has only
increased, which should be driving down salary costs.
In the six years I spent at Clemson, my salary was
flat, except for the year everyone had a mandatory five-day furlough when it
was obviously lower.
The AAUP reports that full-time faculty salaries
across every category declined relative to inflation in the 2011-2012
academic year.Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Baumol's Cost Disease is possibly more dramatic in health care salaries. One
difference in health care versus education is that revenue increases can be more
easily traced to capital expenditures. For example our nearby Littleton Regional
Hospital can trace increased revenues to a millions of dollars invested in new
investments in CAT and MRI scanners. Increased revenues can also be traced to
the addition of a new wing devoted to leases of physician offices.
When the hospital expanded surgery services the increases in revenues from
those services flows into ledger accounts.
Hence there may be greater productivity from investing large amounts of
capital in equipment and new supporting employees relative to raising salaries
of existing staff before the new services were added.
In education it's generally more difficult to trace revenue increases to
increases in capital expenditures. Revenue increase from a new dormitory on the
campus of Trinity University can be traced back to the capital expenditure. But
revenue increases arising from tens of millions spent for new buildings for the
administration, life sciences, music, and engineering are much more difficult to
trace back to the capital expenditures. For example, in the short term revenues
would probably increase more if the money for those new buildings was
instead spent of many more half-tuition scholarships that increase the size of
the paying student body.
Trinity has also spent tens of millions on information technology that is
almost impossible to evaluate in terms of return on investment. For example, we
will never know how many students would not attend Trinity if it was not on the
leading edge of education technology.
Trinity University just hired two distinguished professors (a husband and
wife team in accounting and finance). This is great for the research reputation
of the Business Administration Department. But the same amount of money perhaps
would have led to more short term revenue increases if the number of sections of
courses was instead greatly increased by hiring ten professionally qualified
teachers of accounting and finance who are not assigned research performance
responsibilities. Accounting, finance, and other business administration classes
typically have more students trying to get into those classes relative to
capacity in terms of teaching faculty.
How could KPMG believe such fantasies?
"The SEC, Like Everyone Else, Didn’t Believe Citi’s Financial Statements
," Dealbreaker, February 25, 2013 ---
http://dealbreaker.com/2013/02/the-sec-like-everyone-else-didnt-believe-citis-financial-statements/
Every once in a while I almost write “I don’t envy
big bank CEOs,” and then I consider my own finances and the mood passes. But
it does seem hard, no? The job is basically that you run around all day
looking at horrible messes – even in good times, there are some horrible
messes somewhere, and what is a CEO for if not to look at them and make
decisive noises? – and then you get on earnings calls, or go on CNBC, or
sign 10Ks under penalty of perjury, and say “everything is great.” I mean:
you can say that some things aren’t great, if it’s really obvious that
they’re not. If you lost money, GAAPwise, go ahead and say that; everyone
already knows. But for the most part, you are in the business of inspiring
enough confidence in people that they continue to fund you, and if you don’t
persuade them that, on a forward-looking basis, things will be pretty good,
then they won’t be.
Also, when you’re not in the business of convincing
people to fund you, you’re in the business of convincing people to buy what
you’re selling and sell what you’re buying, which further constrains you
from saying “what we’re selling is dogshit.”1
Anyway I found a certain poignancy in Citi’s
correspondence with the SEC over Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, which was
released on Friday.
Citi and Morgan Stanley had a joint venture in MSSB, and MS valued it at
around $9bn, and Citi valued it at around $22bn, and at most one of them was
right and, while the answer turned out to be “neither,” it was much closer
to MS than C. Citi was quite wrong, and since this was eventually resolved
by a willing seller (Citi) selling to a willing buyer (MS)
at a valuation of $13.5bn, Citi had to
admit its wrongness in the form of a $4.7 billion write-down,
and the stock did this:
Which is the market’s way of saying: no biggie
Vikram, we already knew you’d be taking the writedown, honestly we thought
it’d be worse than that, we just didn’t say anything because we didn’t want
you to feel bad, but we’re glad that’s cleared up now.
But the SEC doesn’t get to do that, because – and
this is sort of endearing – the SEC has to pretend that a company’s
financial statements convey meaningful information about the actual world,
and so last year they sent Citi a bunch of letters to the effect of “um,
really, with that MSSB valuation?” To be fair even Citi was admitting, back
in its
10-K a year ago, that MSSB wasn’t worth what its
balance sheet said it was worth – but it said that this was a temporary
impairment and so didn’t need to be reflected on Citi’s financials since
MSSB would recover soon and anyway it’s not as if Citi was looking to sell
at a depressed price. Here is how the SEC
responded in April:
We note your disclosure related to the
temporary impairment of your equity method investment in the Morgan
Stanley Smith Barney (MSSB) joint venture. Please address the following:
- You assert that, as of December 31, 2011,
you do not plan to sell your investment in this joint venture prior
to recovery of the value. Please tell us how you were able to reach
this conclusion given the fact that you are currently in
negotiations with Morgan Stanley to sell at least part of your
equity interest in this joint venture pursuant to options held by
Morgan Stanley.
- We note that you have based the fair value
of this equity investment on “the midpoint of the current range of
estimated values.” However, you do not disclose this range, nor do
you disclose how the range was estimated.
Citi’s response is absolutely gorgeous;
it says:
- We are not in fact negotiating with Morgan
Stanley about selling the rest of MSSB, and
- We can’t disclose our internal estimate of
MSSB’s value, because that would hurt us in our negotiations with Morgan
Stanley about selling the rest of MSSB.
See what they did there?2
The SEC did, a few months later anyway, when the negotiations got so
advanced that the SEC
pushed Citi for more
information about its internal valuation of the MSSB joint venture. Citi
obligingly
provided that valuation to the SEC,
confidentially, ten days after it disclosed the write-down.
Also during these negotiations Citi’s investment
banking division
provided a valuation of MSSB “that slightly
exceeded Citi’s carrying value of approximately $11 billion for that 49%
interest as of June 30, 2012.” So:
- Citi provided a valuation of an asset to its
counterparty as a negotiation tool,3
- which was higher than the valuation it
reflected in its publicly filed financial statements,
- which was higher than its internal estimate of
the correct valuation,
- which was closest to the market’s estimate of
the correct valuation, and the ultimate valuation at which Citi sold the
asset.
So Citi “knew” that its financials, and the
valuation it gave in negotiations with MS, were “wrong.”
Continued in article
"When Will the SEC Finally Go After
the Auditors?" by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg, September 27,
2012 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-09-27/when-will-the-sec-finally-go-after-the-auditors-.html
Something very
unusual happened at the Securities and Exchange Commission this
week: The SEC accused three former bank executives of committing
fraud by deliberately understating their company's loan losses
during the financial crisis. Such accusations have not been made
often in recent years.
Unless you happen to
live in Nebraska, you probably haven't heard of Lincoln-based
TierOne Corp., which had about $3 billion assets when it failed in
2010. Yet it's an important story because of what it shows about the
state of securities-law enforcement in the U.S.
On Tuesday the SEC
said it had reached settlements with the company's former chief
executive officer and chairman, Gilbert Lundstrom, and another
former senior executive, who will both pay fines. (Per the usual
custom, neither admitted or denied any wrongdoing.) A third former
executive is contesting the agency's claims, which include
allegations of egregious accounting violations.
Several times in
recent years the SEC's enforcement division has seemed to bend over
backwards to avoid accusing anyone at a failed financial institution
of committing accounting fraud. To name a few: When the SEC filed
fraud claims against former executives of Countrywide Financial
Corp., IndyMac Bancorp, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, it accused them
of making false disclosures. But it made sure not to allege that any
of the companies' books were wrong; none of them ever admitted to
any accounting errors.
At Countrywide, for
instance, the SEC accused former CEO Angelo Mozilo of failing to
disclose known loan losses. If the SEC's allegations against him
were true, then the company's financial reports by definition must
have contained misstatements -- except the SEC never alleged so in
its complaint against him. He committed disclosure fraud, the SEC
said, not accounting fraud.
The main beneficiary
of the SEC's approach in such cases has been the Big Four auditing
firms, as I wrote in a column last year. They can claim their audits
were fine, because there was never any official finding that the
numbers were incorrect. That has helped the firms enormously in
class-action litigation brought by investors.
TierOne's auditor
was KPMG LLP, which also was the auditor for Countrywide. (The other
Big Four firms are Ernst & Young LLP, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and
Deloitte & Touche LLP.) Neither KPMG nor any of its personnel were
named as defendants in the SEC's complaint this week. One of the
allegations against the former TierOne executives was that they lied
to KPMG auditors. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, passed in 2002,
lying to an auditor is a punishable offense.
Does this mean KPMG
got a pass from the SEC? My guess is yes. An SEC spokesman, John
Nester, declined to say. A spokesman for KPMG, Manuel Goncalves,
declined to comment.
There is somebody
out there, however, who believes KPMG should be held liable for
failing to catch TierOne's accounting chicanery. TierOne's Chapter 7
bankruptcy trustee earlier this year sued the accounting firm,
accusing it of negligence and breaches of fiduciary duty. KPMG has
denied the allegations and asked that the matter be resolved in
arbitration proceedings rather than in court. It was TierOne's
regulator, the U.S. Office of Thrift Supervision, that caught the
bank's accounting manipulations -- not KPMG, which continually
blessed TierOne's financial statements and resigned as auditor in
2010 only weeks before the bank failed.
The financial crisis
was in large part about financial institutions' cooked books. A big
reason that companies such as Lehman Brothers, Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac failed was that investors could tell from the outside
looking in that their balance sheets were bogus. Even Hank Paulson,
the former Treasury secretary, said as much in his memoir. (The SEC
never brought a single enforcement action against a former Lehman
executive.)
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the two faces
of KPMG are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Small Auditors Pose Misstatement Risks: PCAOB: Deficiencies found
in audits by smaller firms have dropped in recent years. But the oversight board
warns that they’re still too high," by Kathleen Hoffelder, CFO.com,
February 25, 2013 ---
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/2/auditing_audit-inspections-pcaob-jay-hanson-jeanette-franzel
While the number of significant audit deficiencies
for small domestic auditors has shrunk since the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board issued its last report on this group in 2007, the auditing
overseer still believes the number of deficiencies is unacceptable.
“Audit deficiencies are still high,” said PCAOB
board member Jeanette M. Franzel during a press call today describing the
results of a study the board completed on small audit firms in the United
States that were inspected between 2007 and 2010. “We continue to be
concerned about the level and types of significant deficiencies in the
triennial firm inspections.”
The PCAOB report showed that 44% of the audit
firms, each of which audits 100 or fewer public companies, had at least one
“significant audit performance deficiency,” meaning the deficiency resulted
in the audit firm lacking enough evidence to support its opinion. That
number compares with 61% that had audit deficiencies in the PCAOB’s last
report on this group in 2007, which covered inspections from 2004 to 2006.
While the number of deficiencies is trending lower,
the PCAOB considers the amount to be a wake-up call for CFOs and other
corporate executives to scrutinize their auditors carefully. As Franzel
noted, these deficiencies are “significant.”
The report should be “useful for the firms
themselves so they may take note of the more troubling findings from the
triennial inspection. Audit committees may wish to discuss this report with
their auditors to better understand whether any of the deficiencies may be
something they should consider in connection with their own company audit.”
If its audit firm’s audit has a faulty basis in fact and the resulting audit
goes awry, a company could face regulatory action or a shareholder lawsuit.
Most of the audit deficiencies in the study were
found in auditing revenue recognition and other areas pertinent to smaller
clients, such as share-based payments (like stock options or rights) and
equity financing instruments. Because smaller audit clients often face
difficulties in raising capital or accessing credit markets, share-based
payments and equity financing instruments are more common, noted PCAOB board
member Jay D. Hanson during the call. Such financing, he noted, may contain
terms and conditions that increase the risk of material misstatements.
The PCAOB audits smaller audit firms once every
three years, though some are audited a bit more frequently if warranted.
(Audit firms with more than 100 issuers have an annual inspection.) The size
of the firms in today’s study ranged from those that audited just 1 firm to
others that audited more than 80 firms. The report included 748 inspections
of 578 audit firms.
Other deficiencies outlined in the report included
auditing convertible debt, fair-value measurements, impairment of intangible
assets, accounting estimates, the use of analytical procedures, and the ways
a firm responds to the risk of misstatements due to fraud.
Why the long list of deficiencies? The report cited
a lack of technical competence in an audit area, a paucity of professional
skepticism, ineffective supervision, client acceptance and inability to
consider technical knowledge called for in particular audits, and
ineffective auditor engagement quality reviews.
“These are just the nuts and bolts of high-quality
auditing that need to be attended to. We hope that firms really focus on
these areas,” said Franzel, who is also hopeful the PCAOB will be able to
perform more frequent reports than once every three years for this group of
audit firms.
To be fair, those firms that did have deficiencies
seemed to take appropriate steps within 12 months to address those
deficiencies, she said. At the same time, some ended up even worse the
second time around. Of the 455 firms that had their second inspection during
2007 through 2010, 36%, or 164 firms, had at least one significant
audit-performance deficiency in their second inspections, which compares
with 55%, or 249 firms, in their first inspections.
Continued in article
Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center
for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Will bad loans look worse under U.S. GAAP versus IFRS?
How Bad is a Bad Bank Loan: Rule Split to Put U.S. Banks at a Loss
From the CFO Morning Ledger on February 28, 2013
How bad is a bad bank loan?
Accounting regulators in the U.S. and Europe disagree on the standards for
how banks book loan losses, and their rift could lead to tens of billions of
dollars being carved off U.S. lenders’ current profits, writes the WSJ’s
Michael Rapaport. The FASB and the IASB have separate proposals in the works
that would require banks to record losses on soured loans earlier than they
do now. But the U.S. proposal goes a step further and would force
American banks to accelerate even more losses more quickly than foreign
banks would. If U.S. and overseas banks end up using different models
for booking losses, that could create an apples-to-oranges situation that
would make it more difficult for investors to tell how they stack up against
one another.
"Rule Split to Put U.S. Banks at a Loss," by Michael Rapoport, The
Wall Street Journal, February 27, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323293704578330490452665994.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_0&mg=reno64-wsj
How bad is a bad bank loan? Accounting regulators
in the U.S. and Europe disagree, and their rift could lead to tens of
billions of dollars being carved off U.S. lenders' current profits.
American and global rule makers have separate
proposals in the works that would require banks to record losses on soured
loans earlier than they do now. The plans aim to give investors a more
accurate picture of banks' health, after many critics felt banks, both in
the U.S. and abroad, took losses too slowly during the financial crisis.
But the U.S. proposal goes a step further: In a
split with their overseas counterparts, U.S. rule makers would force
American banks to accelerate even more losses more quickly than foreign
banks would.
That could severely crimp current results for U.S.
banks, some observers believe—an example of how a host of regulatory actions
on both sides of the Atlantic may cause disparities. It also could hurt how
investors perceive the health and performance of U.S. banks versus their
competitors.
"If overseas banks don't have to record losses as
early as U.S. banks, I think that puts [the U.S. banks] at a disadvantage,"
said Patrick Dolan, a finance and securitization attorney with Dechert LLP.
The gap between the two proposals is "a big
difference," said Donna Fisher, a senior vice president at the American
Bankers Association. Banks "all agreed globally that we want one standard"
for booking losses, she said.
If U.S. and overseas banks end up using different
models for booking losses, that could create an apples-to-oranges situation
that would make it more difficult for investors to tell how they stack up
against one another.
"They will be harder to compare than they are at
present," said Peter Elwin, head of European pensions, valuation and
accounting research for J.P. Morgan JPM +3.41% Cazenove, part of J.P. Morgan
Chase & Co.
The changes aren't imminent. The plans from both
the U.S.'s Financial Accounting Standards Board and International Accounting
Standards Board, its London-based global counterpart, are still in the early
stages: The IASB proposal hasn't even been formally issued yet, and both
boards will listen to public comment on their plans before making a final
decision. No changes are expected to take effect before 2015.
But FASB has suggested that some large U.S. banks
might have to increase bad-loan reserves by 50% in some areas of their
business. U.S. industry-wide reserves were $162 billion at the end of 2012,
according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. Currently, banks wait to
record loan losses until there is evidence that losses have actually
occurred.
During the financial crisis, net loan charge-offs
booked by U.S. banks didn't peak until late 2009, according to FDIC data,
more than a year after the heart of the crisis.
That left banks carrying huge piles of bad loans
even after it was apparent they were souring in droves, making the banks
appear healthier to investors than they really were and delaying the banks'
reckoning with the crisis's impact.
Banks charged off $189 billion in bad loans in 2009
and $187 billion in 2010, according to the FDIC—much of which arguably
should have been charged off earlier. (Charge-offs were $100 billion in 2008
and only $44 billion in 2007.)
Both FASB and IASB now want to change that system,
so that projections of future losses would be the standard for booking loan
losses. That is expected to speed up recognition of bad loans.
Until last summer, the two panels also had agreed
on the details of how and when to book the losses: Largely, only those
losses based on events expected over the following 12 months would be booked
upfront. But FASB pulled away from that method, saying that it had heard
concerns from some banks, investors and regulators that it was too complex.
Now, the FASB proposal, issued in December, calls
for all losses banks expect over the life of a loan to be booked upfront. If
that expectation changes, so will the recorded amount of losses.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting and bad debts ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValueFails
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Question
What large U.S. city won the 2013 super bowl and is on the verge of bankruptcy?
"City of Baltimore is on a path to financial ruin, report says,"
Fox News, February 6, 2013 ---
http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2013/02/06/city-baltimore-is-on-path-to-financial-ruin-report-says/?intcmp=trending#ixzz2K8O6k8vO
The Baltimore city government is on a path to
financial ruin and must enact major reforms to stave off bankruptcy,
according to a 10-year forecast the city commissioned from an outside firm.
The forecast, obtained by The Associated Press
ahead of its release to the public and the City Council on Wednesday, shows
that the city will accumulate $745 million in budget deficits over the next
decade because of a widening gap between projected revenues and
expenditures.
If the city's infrastructure needs and its
liability for retiree health care benefits are included, the total shortfall
reaches $2 billion over 10 years, the report found. Baltimore's annual
operating budget is $2.2 billion.
The report was prepared by Philadelphia-based
Public Financial Management Inc., a consulting firm that has prepared
similar forecasts for Miami, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and the District of
Columbia. Baltimore's decision to commission the forecast differs from those
cities because each of them had already ceded financial oversight to the
state, or in the district's case, the federal government.
The forecast will provide the basis for financial
reforms that Mayor Stephanie Rawlings-Blake plans to propose next week. The
city has dealt with budget deficits for the past several years, closing a
$121 million gap in 2010. But those deficits have been addressed with
one-time fixes that haven't addressed the long-term structural imbalance.
"When you have budget after budget and you know
that there are systemic problems, I felt an obligation to do more than what
we have done in the past," Rawlings-Blake told the AP. The forecast, she
said, shows that the city needs to address its financial woes "before it's
too late, and somebody is coming in and making these choices for us."
That's what happened to the District of Columbia,
38 miles to the south, in 1995 after the city reported a budget deficit of
$700 million. Congress created a financial control board that instituted
tight spending controls and ultimately took over all hiring and firing in
nine city agencies. The spending cuts, combined with a robust regional and
national economy, drove the nation's capital back into the black.
Not all municipalities have been so fortunate. In
late 2011, Jefferson County, Ala., filed the nation's largest-ever local
government bankruptcy, citing $4.15 billion in debt, and last year,
Stockton, Calif., became the largest American city to declare bankruptcy.
In Baltimore, the erosion of the tax base is easy
to see. The city's population has dropped from a peak of 950,000 in 1950 to
619,000 today, and while the decline has slowed, there have been few signs
of the trend reversing. The median income is $40,000, and 22 percent of the
city's residents live in poverty, according to Census data. The city also
has 16,000 vacant properties.
Baltimore already has the highest property taxes in
Maryland -- twice as high as in neighboring Baltimore County. The city's
local income taxes are the highest allowed under state law. While the city
enacted some new taxes to deal with the 2010 deficit -- including taxes on
bottled beverages and higher hotel and parking levies -- city officials say
they can't tax their way out of the problem without driving away residents
and businesses.
"We've got to go from a vicious cycle to a virtuous
cycle. That starts with a good, stable fiscal foundation for the city
government," said Andrew Kleine, the city's budget director. "When you've
lost so much population and the tax base has shrunk, it's very difficult to
deal with."
If the city chose to use its reserve fund to cover
the deficits, the fund would be empty in three years, the report found.
Continued in article
Continued in article
Ayasdi: Stanford Math Begets a Data Company," by Ashlee Vance,
Bloomberg Business Week, January 24, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-24/ayasdi-stanford-math-begets-a-data-company
Like most of his peers, Gunnar Carlsson spends his
time thinking about hairy, theoretical math problems. It’s ivory tower
stuff—he’s been a math professor for 30 years—which is just how the people
in his field like it. “Mathematicians want to work on the deepest, hardest
problems and get interesting intellectual results,” he says.
In 2008, Carlsson, while continuing his work at
Stanford, co-founded Ayasdi, a Palo Alto tech startup. Ayasdi, which means
“to seek” in Cherokee, is the first company to come out of Stanford’s math
department and just received $10 million in funding from Khosla Ventures and
Floodgate.
The company builds software that takes a complex
branch of mathematics known as topology, the study of how shapes interact
with space, and applies it to large volumes of data. People in fields as
diverse as biotech, data security, and social networking believe the
software could pull fresh insights out of huge databases in record time. “I
view it as one of the real advances in data analysis to have arrived in the
last 10 years,” says Eric Schadt, the director of the Institute for Genomics
and Multiscale Biology at New York’s Mount Sinai Hospital, who has used the
software to study bacterial outbreaks and genetic mutations.
With today’s powerful data analysis systems, users
gather a ton of information—a breakdown of Wal-Mart Stores’ (WMT) sales in
the U.S. or things people “like” on Facebook (FB)—in one place and then run
queries. The questioner typically comes in with a preconceived idea of what
he’s looking for or at least a set of preconceived biases that determine the
questions he asks.
The Ayasdi software, which customers including
Merck and Raytheon have been testing for several months, runs dozens of
algorithms and then illuminates patterns and relations between the data
points. BN ImmunoTherapeutics, for example, has turned to the software for
research help on Prostvac, a prostate cancer vaccine that is undergoing
clinical trials. The researchers compare genetic markers, people’s ages,
medical histories, and other factors to figure out which patients will most
likely benefit from the vaccine. “In the past, we would form a hypothesis
and say, ‘We think these three biomarkers are important,’ ” says Amanda
Enstrom, a research scientist at BN ImmunoTherapeutics. “With Ayasdi, we
really allow the data to show us what the important biomarkers are.”
The federal government has funded work in this area
of mathematics for the last 10 to 15 years. At Stanford, Carlsson was part
of a group of researchers that received money from Darpa, the research and
development arm of the U.S. Department of Defense. The agency saw topology
as promising for many applications, and no doubt helpful with national
security investigations that require finding patterns among vast troves of
information.
The startup’s software allows customers to upload
their information from a website to Ayasdi’s data center, which applies the
algorithms. The relationships between various data points get displayed as
colorful, 3D pictures on the screen, and users can pose their queries via a
Google-like search box. During one demonstration, Carlsson picks through
genetic data on thousands of breast cancer patients and, with a couple of
clicks, shows which groups of women will respond best to chemotherapy and
what their DNA has in common.
Traditionally, drawing these types of correlations
has taken years of painstaking work or been beyond the scope of today’s
computing systems, says Mount Sinai’s Schadt. “It’s about taking hundreds of
thousands of variables and scoring them across hundreds of thousands of
people and trying to extract patterns,” he says. “We’re able to ask some
novel questions.”
Ayasdi expects pharmaceutical, energy, and defense
organizations will show the most interest in its technology. Enstrom, the
research scientist, hopes to see the software used to analyze public health
databases as scientists try to form a better understanding of the interplay
between genes, environment, and lifestyle. “It may start better informing
our growing field,” she says.
Continued in article
February 2, 2013 reply from Jagdish Gangolly
Bob,
One of the best talks I
have seen on this topic is Carlson's talk at Microsoft research. It is
very informative, fairly accessible, VERY comprehensive, and eclectic,
Khan Academy ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khan_Academy
A Khan Academy Skeptic Responds to His Critics
"Khan Academy Redux," by Robert Talbert, Chronicle of Higher Education,
February 5, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blognetwork/castingoutnines/2013/02/05/khan-academy-redux/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
The last thing I expected to encounter this week
was a resurgence in the Khan Academy Debates of this past summer. Those, if
you remember, centered around
this spoof video
created by my GVSU colleagues John Golden and Dave Coffey.
My own contribution to those debates remains the single most viewed post
I’ve ever published in nearly ten years of blogging.
But honestly, I hadn’t thought much about Khan Academy
since then — until Monday afternoon.
Dave (Coffey) sent me a tweet alerting me to
this whitepaper published by the
Pacific
Research Institute, a free-market think tank based
in San Francisco. “Look at page 14,” Dave said. I did, and found that I was
being used as a prime example of a Khan Skeptic. Actually I am the last in a
list of skeptics whose skepticism the authors attempt to dispatch. I’m in
good company, as
Keith
Devlin is the first on that list and
Veritasium’s Derek Muller is in there as well.
The whitepaper itself seems to advocate a position
that schools would be more effective, and students better served, if they
were more free from government involvement — more free to innovate and
reform themselves, with a flipped classroom approach being the foremost
example of reform. I actually do not disagree with this idea.
I am on record as being pro-school choice, and I
am firmly right-libertarian on basically every political issue — although I
loathe the dehumanizing influence of politics and choose not to discuss this
here on the blog, or anywhere else — so in terms of the motivations of the
authors, I don’t really have any big issues.
What I do have issues with is the
single-minded insistence in this paper that Khan Academy is the exact same
thing as the flipped classroom. Throughout, the authors can’t seem to decide
whether they are advocating “Khan-like” approaches to school or the Khan
Academy itself. Competitors to the Khan Academy,
of which there are a a
growing number, are never mentioned — which is a
strange thing to say about a whitepaper from a pro-free-market organization
— and any suggestion that Khan Academy itself might be improved upon is
dismissed as “ivory tower pontificating”, especially if the criticism comes
from actual educators who, of course, are too steeped in the establishment
to have any good ideas.
I have little to no interest in rekindling the Khan
Debates of last summer and getting “You’re just jealous of Khan’s success”,
etc. comments multiple times. But since my name was brought up in this
whitepaper, I thought it would be appropriate to respond.
The section on Khan’s critics starts on page 10
with the sentence: “There is an old saying that no good deed goes
unpunished, and so it is with Khan Academy.” This should let you know what
you are in for. The entire section is worth reading in its entirety,
especially if you’ve been thinking you need more straw-man arguments in your
life, but I will focus on the part where I show up on page 14.
The authors start by correctly quoting some of the
nice things I had to say about KA in
my “Trouble with Khan Academy” post. Then they
say:
However, Talbert says the Khan Academy can
never replace an actual class on mathematics. The program does not offer
a live teacher or human interaction. He further argues that the Khan
Academy does not have a real curriculum for effectively teaching
students.H
The third point is not entirely right. What I
actually said was (emphases in the original):
[KA] is not a coherent curriculum of study that
engages students at all the cognitive levels at which they need to be
engaged. It’s OK that it’s not these things. […] Khan
Academy is a great resource for the niche in which it was designed
to work. But when you try to extend it out of that niche — as Bill
Gates and others would very much like to do — all kinds of things go
wrong.
My point in the original post was about KA trying
to be a curriculum — a complete one-stop educational resource. The
whitepaper authors, instead, think I am talking about having a
curriculum. The difference is more than merely semantic. My daughter’s
elementary school has a curriculum — a focused course of study that
is implemented by the teachers in the school. But the school itself is just
an organization. It would be absurd to say that her elementary school is
a curriculum.
Khan Academy wants to be a curriculum, and
therein lies the problem. The authors of the whitepaper seem to pick up on
this and offer, in Khan’s defense, the suggestion that Khan never said he
wants to be a complete educational resource:
Khan never says that he wants to replace actual
classes on mathematics. He simply wants to restructure them so that
students are able to advance at their own pace and receive more
individualized assistance. By advocating a switch to a flipped-classroom
model, he wants to enhance teacher interaction with students, not
minimize it.
But this is either plain wrong or a significant
reversal of Khan’s earlier objectives. In
the long feature article in Time magazine on Khan Academy from
July 9, 2012, it says (emphasis added):
Khan is using the money [from donations
from Google, etc.] to transform the academy from his own personal
YouTube channel into an educational nonprofit with Silicon Valley
start-up DNA. The goal: to create a complete educational
approach–with video lectures, online exercises, badges to reward student
progress, an analytics dashboard for teachers to track that progress and
more–that can be integrated into existing classrooms or serve as a
stand-alone virtual school for anyone wanting to learn something new.
I find it hard to square this very public statement
of KA’s goals with what the authors of the whitepaper want those goals to
be, unless Khan has backpedalled from this ambition since July.
Continued in article
Accountancy Videos and Other Things Accountants Teach at the Khan Academy
Accounting is not listed as a mainline topic at
https://www.khanacademy.org/
But there are some videos for accounting education. Go to the above link and
search on the terms "accounting," "cost," "Invest," "Valuation," "Personal,"
"Present," "Inflation," "Tax," and other related terms of interest to you.
Why is Illinois an outlier?
Learn about pension liabilities from the Khan Academy ---
https://www.khanacademy.org/humanities/american-civics/v/illinois-pension-obligations
"Does Khan Academy help learners? A proposal," by Robert Talbert,
Chronicle of Higher Education, February 11, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://chronicle.com/blognetwork/castingoutnines/2013/02/11/does-khan-academy-help-learners-a-proposal/?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
The Chronicle's Robert Talbert has always be skeptical about the value added of
Khan Academy to learning. He's now proposing a formal and convoluted testing
scheme to measure the learning benefits on a sample of 300 students.
My first reaction is to think of the types of the tens of thousands of
students in high school or college that are viewing the Khan Academy video
tutorials for free. These students tend to be the most in need of help, most
often those who are dumbfounded by mathematics We would not expect a high
learning success rate among say half of those students, so it would not be
surprising if formal statistical tests pointed to lack of success among a large
proportion of students, many of whom probably did not concentrate intently on
the tutorials or even finish the tutorials.
But what about the others who did benefit from the videos? If almost half
really benefited greatly by overcoming their fears of learning math and
incremental mastering of the tutorial topics the Khan Academy would be an
amazing success story. As long as we can point to thousands who claim to have
been helped and return to view other modules, then this alone is success enough.
As far as competency testing, there are far easier test designs. One would be
before (pre) and after (post) tests for sampled students completing tutorials.
The samples must be random, however, since its possible that students who are
being paid to participate in the testing cheated on pretests in order to bias
the testing outcomes.
A survey approach to studying this problem would be to survey instructors who
are integrating Khan Academy videos into their courses. What are their opinions
regarding the value of the KA tutorials in their courses?
Sometimes anecdotal evidence is better than absurd and complex statistical
designs that require 90% of the students to show great learning benefits to
conclude that the Khan Academy is a worthwhile endeavor.
February 12, 2013 reply from Steve Covello
Let's take a broader look at the what is meant by
"help". In Dr. Brenda Dervin's Sense-Making Methodology, she portrays a
model of human cognitive movement in time and space, with "stopping points"
at intervals where "one's sense runs out". Given the infinite possibilities
for one's sense to run out at any point in the process of solving a problem
(or a stream of problems), it is impossible that any one solution framed as
"help" could account for the global population of needs. So let's take KA
off the hook as a total solution for anything.
Dervin's model describes how a resource or
information produces a "help", or a state that permits someone to either
understand their situation better or to continue forward in their cognitive
movement. Here is a list of "helps" (Dervin, 2006) that complete the
statement, "Because of this resource, I ..." :
Got the picture/ideas
Got directions
Got hows, methods
Got connected
Got support
Got human togetherness
Got centered
Got started, motivated
Kept going, made progress
Journeying got easier
Got control
Reached goals
Got resources
Got rest, relaxation, escape
Got/felt pleasure
So, if we judge KA and ask whether it "helps", you
have to account for the nature of typical stopping points (users' entry
points, or rationale for seeking resources) and the character of the "help"
that users obtained from it. It is conceivable that even though KA is
unidimensional in its design and execution, it is still useful for a large
population of users **if they say it helps them either understand their
situation better or to continue move forward.**
If we are to research KA's value to education, I
propose that we determine in what ways users find it useful, per Dervin's
user-based criteria.
The Cult of Statistical Significance
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/DeirdreMcCloskey/StatisticalSignificance01.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on the Khan Academy are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Office in the Cloud
"Microsoft Office 2013 Officially Released," by David Ringstrom,
AccountingWeb, February 1, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/microsoft-office-2013-officially-released/220958?source=technology
"Microsoft's Office 2013 Is Software for the Cloud," by Ashlee Vance
and Dina Bass, Bloomberg Business Week, January 29, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-29/microsofts-old-software-comes-with-a-new-image
When Microsoft (MSFT) said it would buy Yammer for
$1.2 billion last June, many in Silicon Valley scoffed that the deal was a
costly disaster in the making. Microsoft wanted to join forces with a hip
maker of social networking tools for businesses that delivers its product as
an evolving Web service. The culture clash was expected to result in
Yammer’s employees being overburdened with bureaucracy. The prediction was
they would flee in droves. “We were quite concerned about this coming
together of two worlds,” says Adam Pisoni, Yammer’s co-founder and chief
technology officer.
As the companies worked to close the deal, Pisoni
flew to Microsoft’s Redmond (Wash.) headquarters to seek reassurance from
Chief Executive Officer Steve Ballmer and Kurt DelBene, head of the Office
business. Pisoni was taken aback by what he found: Microsoft had spent the
last couple of years revamping its engineering teams’ processes to be more
like Web startups. “We have to remember our roots and go back to building
what’s good for the consumer,” Pisoni says Ballmer told him.
On Jan. 29, Microsoft began selling this new image
of the company to the public with the release of Office 2013. This version,
the first major overhaul of the franchise in three years, is Office for the
cloud. The applications—Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and others—have a
much cleaner design, work with touch interfaces, and can save files directly
to SkyDrive, Microsoft’s online storage service. Users can run Office as an
app and share files across PCs, Macs, Windows tablets, and Windows phones,
and they can tap into an online-only version of Office on almost any device.
In the coming months, Office will be linked with Yammer’s service, which
looks similar to Facebook (FB), so users can open documents and
presentations and work on projects together.
In an interview, Ballmer stresses that Office 2013
should be viewed as a service. Microsoft will add features to the software
as they’re developed, instead of going years between updates. Microsoft will
also sell Office to consumers on a subscription basis: $100 per year will
get a family five licenses for Office, 20 gigabytes of storage on SkyDrive,
and 60 minutes of free calls per month on Skype, which Microsoft acquired in
2011. “It embraces the notion of social,” Ballmer says. “You stay connected
and share information with the people you care about.”
While Microsoft was working to get Office right,
its nimbler rivals charged forward. Dropbox recently passed the 100
million-user mark, making it one of the leading services for storing and
sharing files across devices. Another cloud application, Box, has gained
popularity with corporations that want to store and edit internal files and
collaborate with other companies on projects. And Google (GOOG) sells
low-cost rivals to Office products, including Quickoffice, an application
that can run on iPads.
Last year, Microsoft’s business software division
generated $24 billion, about one-third of Microsoft’s $73.7 billion revenue.
It’s the company’s biggest, most profitable division and accounts for a
handful of Microsoft’s fastest-growing products. Ballmer refers to Dropbox
as “a fine little startup,” adding, “you have to remember that 100 million
users sounds like a pretty small number to me.”
Microsoft plans to update Office every three months
with features intended to keep the product’s 1 billion users happy. Its
software engineers have moved from upgrading their test version of Office
every month to working on a new copy of the software every day. The company
has invested in automated systems that can spot errors in code and help
engineers keep programming at pace. “It’s turned all our engineering systems
on their head,” says Jeff Teper, a Microsoft vice president.
Yammer was mined for some data-analytics
techniques, including algorithms to figure out which features were favored
by testers of early versions of Office 2013. Yammer has been sending teams
to Microsoft to teach engineers how to test new tools and designs and then
measure precisely how they change users’ behavior. “It forces you to build
software that is good for the user,” says Pisoni. Microsoft and Yammer are
building toward a day when most business files are Web-connected and
interactive. “Is every Office document a website? It’s possible,” says
Ballmer.
Continued in article
Moving to the cloud: Unexpected costs and implementation challenges
"Cloud adoption brings unexpected costs, KPMG survey says," by Jeff Drew,
CGMA Magazine, February 5, 2013 ---
http://www.cgma.org/magazine/news/pages/20137302.aspx
"Office 2013: Where Are All The Apps?" by Mark Hachman,
ReadWriteWeb, February 4, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/02/04/where-are-all-the-office-2013-apps
Challenge: Name the six things before clicking on the link below
"What Auto Insurance Really Covers," by Laura Adams, Money Girl,
February 1, 2013 ---
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-auto-insurance.aspx
Tariff ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tariffs
Types of tariff:
"Canada-U.S. price gap report calls for import tax cut: No
definitive reason seen for Canada-U.S. price differences," y Laura Payton,
CBC News, February 6, 2013 ---
http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/story/2013/02/06/pol-senate-reports-on-canada-us-price-differences.html
Senators who studied why Canadians pay more than
Americans for many products are calling on the government to review the
taxes on imported goods.
Consumers may see that happen: Finance Minister Jim
Flaherty echoed the senators' concern about tariffs before they even tabled
the report.
Members of the national finance committee spent
more than a year hearing from 53 experts, including consumer groups,
manufacturers and Bank of Canada Governor Mark Carney, as they studied why
Canadian prices differ from American when the dollar is close to equal. The
committee's final report says it "cannot offer an explanation as definitive
as it would have liked."
The committee says factors influencing price
include transportation costs, the relative size of the Canadian market — and
tariffs, or taxes on imports.
The report recommends:
A "comprehensive review of Canadian tariffs … with
the objective of reducing the price discrepancies for certain products
between Canada and the United States." Looking at increasing value of how
much can be shipped in Canada tax- and duty-free. Continuing to integrate
safety Canadian standards with those in the U.S. Having Heritage Minister
James Moore study the costs and benefits of reducing a 10 per cent mark-up
that Canadian-exclusive distributors can add to U.S. list prices of American
books.
The report says there are 8,192 tariff categories
in Canada and that each category has 18 tariff treatments.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Of course this does not mean that the U.S. does not have costly import tariffs
with such barriers on highly efficient sugar cane ethanol (mostly from Brazil)
to bolster the totally losing and inefficient domestic corn ethanol production
of the required10% of every gallon of gas purchased at the pump.
History of Tariffs in the USA ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tariffs_in_United_States_history
"When ‘Good Enough’ Really is Good Enough - Managing perfectionism in an
imperfect world," by Daniel A. Smith, AccountingWeb, December 13,
2012 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/blog-post/when-%E2%80%98good-enough%E2%80%99-really-good-enough-managing-perfectionism-imperfect-world?source=practice
Jensen Comment
This takes me back to decades ago, while I was still a Ph.D. student, when Nobel
laurette Herb Simon and his Carnegie Mellon colleagues were expounding "satisficing,"
Satisficing ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Satisficing
Satisficing, a portmanteau of satisfy and suffice
is a decision-making strategy that attempts to meet an acceptability
threshold. This is contrasted with optimal decision-making, an approach that
specifically attempts to find the best option available. A satisficing
strategy may often be (near) optimal if the costs of the decision-making
process itself, such as the cost of obtaining complete information, are
considered in the outcome calculation.
The word satisfice was given its current meaning by
Herbert A. Simon in 1956,[2] although the idea "was first posited in
Administrative Behavior, published in 1947. He pointed out that human beings
lack the cognitive resources to optimize: we usually do not know the
relevant probabilities of outcomes, we can rarely evaluate all outcomes with
sufficient precision, and our memories are weak and unreliable. A more
realistic approach to rationality takes into account these limitations: This
is called bounded rationality.
"Satisficing" can also be regarded as combining
"satisfying" and "sacrificing."[citation needed] In this usage the
satisficing solution satisfies some criteria and sacrifices others.
Continued in article
I don't see the term satisficing much in the academic literature these days.
But it was a popular concept in mathematical programming and operations research
years ago, especially where discovery of an optimal solution was deemed
impossible or impractical. I'm sure it is still used, but it does not seem to be
used as frequently these days.
Hedge Fund ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hedge_Fund
Note that they do not necessarily involve hedging contracts. They are really
only investment clubs subject to less regulation and disclosure rules.
Video: Inside Hedge Funds ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ksLySMWRwLs
"Hedge funds disappoint -- again," CBS News, January 25, 2013
---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-505123_162-57564075/hedge-funds-disappoint-again/
(MoneyWatch) Considerable academic research
demonstrates that there is little to no persistence of performance for
actively managed mutual funds. Hedge fund investors only wished they could
say the same thing.
The performance of hedge funds has been
persistently poor, with 2012 being no exception. The HFRX Global Hedge Fund
Index returned
just 3.5 percent in 2012. By comparison, the S&P
500 Index returned 16 percent. In fact, there was only one year, 2008, in
the past 10 when hedge funds beat the S&P 500. Over the past five years, the
S&P 500 returned 1.7 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 8.6
percent, while the HFRX Index lost 2.9 percent per year, producing a
cumulative loss of 13.6 percent.
Last year's performance was so poor that the HFRX
Global Hedge Fund Index not only underperformed stocks, but even the
Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index, which returned 4.8 percent. That
marked the sixth year out of the past 10 that the HRFX underperformed this
bond index.
Even worse is that if we compare the return of the
HFRX Global Bond Fund Index to the return of a balanced stock/bond portfolio
-- 60 percent S&P 500 Index/40 percent Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index
-- 2012 marked 10 straight years of underperformance.
Even more devastating is the performance of a
subset of hedge funds called "absolute return" funds. These funds are
supposed to get positive returns regardless of what the market is doing.
That is the "promise," or at least the idea behind them. Unfortunately, the
evidence shows that the only thing absolute about them is that they have
delivered absolutely abysmal performance. In fact, the HFRX Absolute Return
Index actually produced negative returns in three of the past five years.
The cumulative return for the period 2008-2012 was
-18.7 percent, or an annualized loss of 4.1 percent per year. By comparison,
the BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year Treasury Index (pretty close to a riskless
investment) returned 1.4 percent a year, producing a cumulative gain of 7.3
percent, and never had a year with a negative return. The Barclays
Government/Credit Bond Index returned 6.1 percent per year, producing a
cumulative return of 34.2 percent, and it too did not experience a single
year with a loss. For the 10-year period 2003-2012 the Absolute Return Index
returned just 0.7 percent a year, underperforming even riskless one-month
Treasury bills, which returned 1.8 percent a year.
Given the poor performance of hedge funds, the real
puzzle is why investors keep pouring money into them. The only explanations
I can think of are that investors have been dazzled by the marketing pitches
of Wall Street and are unaware of the evidence.
Continued in article
"UPDATE 2-UK proposes tougher accounting test on banks' health," by
Huw Jones, Reuters, January 30, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/01/30/britain-accounting-idUSL5N0AZCS420130130
Accountants will have to determine more thoroughly
if a bank can stand on its own two feet for well over a year without
taxpayer help under draft changes from Britain's audit regulator.
The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) said auditors
such as KPMG, PwC, Deloitte and Ernst & Young would have to examine threats
to a company's
business model and capital adequacy through
the economic cycle for the sector a company is in.
The planned reform stems from anger among UK
policymakers that auditors gave
banks a clean bill of health just before
taxpayers had to shore them up in the 2007-09 financial crisis.
Currently auditors only attest to a company as a
"going concern" for the following 12 months, but an inquiry by Lord Sharman
recommended a longer period and wider criteria.
KPMG said the proposals represented a high hurdle
as the duration of an economic cycle was long and may be open to debate. "My
concern is that it will be difficult for many companies to meet what appears
to be such a tough test," said Tony Cates, KPMG's head of audit.
The FRC said on Wednesday auditors would also have
to be sure a company's solvency and liquidity can be managed for at least a
year, disclose any significant risks posed by this, and demonstrate there
has been a "robust going-concern assessment".
Currently audits of
banks look at solvency and liquidity but in other sectors
typically only liquidity is looked at in any depth. There is no requirement
at present to show there has been any in-depth examination of going concern
issues in an audit.
GOING CONCERN
The reform is part of efforts to end the perception
in
markets that banks would not be allowed to
fail and taxpayers would always ultimately step in to rescue them.
Saying a bank is a going concern based on this
assumption won't be acceptable any longer.
"We make it clear it's not possible or appropriate
to rely on banks not being allowed to fail. They would have ensure they have
appropriate facilities for as long as they needed," said Marek Grabowski,
head of audit policy at the FRC.
The changes would apply to all listed companies who
must be audited, not just banks.
The FRC's draft changes have been put out to public
consultation until April and follow an inquiry chaired by Lord Sharman who
said on Wednesday the reforms will be radical for many companies.
Question
Before thousands of banks failed after 2007, where were the auditors?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#AuditFirms
Why don't they grant an Oscar to the state with the biggest tax breaks for
Hollywood film makers?
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324880504578298080119811240.html?mod=WSJ_Opinion_LEADTop&mg=reno64-wsj#articleTabs%3Darticle
. . .
Actually, nowadays an
Eva Longoria who flipped burgers would probably qualify for the Earned
Income Tax Credit and get a check from the government rather than pay taxes.
It's the movie set where she works these days that may well be getting the
tax break.
With campaign season
over, you're not likely to hear stars bringing up taxes at this weekend's
Academy Awards show. But the tax man ought to come out and take a bow
anyway. Of the nine "Best Picture" nominees in 2012, for example, five were
filmed on location in states where the production company received financial
incentives. ...
Such state incentives
are widespread, and often substantial, but they don't do much to attract
jobs. About $1.5 billion in tax credits and exemptions, grants, waived fees
and other financial inducements went to the film industry in 2010, according
to data analyzed by the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities [State
Film Subsidies: Not Much Bang For Too Many Bucks].
Politicians like to offer this largess because they get photo-ops with
celebrities, but the economic payoff is minuscule. George Mason University's
Adam Thierer has called this "a
growing cronyism fiasco" and noted that the number
of states involved skyrocketed to 45 in 2009 from five in 2002.
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
"The Myth of the Rich Who Flee From Taxes," by James B. Stewart,
The New York Times, February 15, 2013 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/02/16/business/high-taxes-are-not-a-prime-reason-for-relocation-studies-say.html?_r=1&
Jensen Comment
Although I do not think that hoards of wealthy people are fleeing the U.S, the
U.K, France, and other high marginal tax rate nations, the above article is
poorly researched. It does not list the sizeable number of wealthy taxpayers who
have relocated in nations like Switzerland and Ireland (where wealthy artists
and writers pay no income taxes).
Things left out of the above article
More importantly, the article avoids research on businesses that have avoided
high income tax states in favor of lower income tax states and the deals high
income tax states have made with companies so they will not relocate. The most
glaring examples are the tax exemptions given in Hollywood by Governor Brown in
California if they make their movies in California and the huge tax exemptions
given by Governor Quinn to large companies like Caterpillar and Sears if they
did not follow through with tax-induced locations of offices and factories to
other states.
A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange
Council [Rich
States, Poor States] finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million
net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax,
though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. ...
http://www.alec.org/docs/RSPS_5th_Edition.pdf
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.
"The State Tax Reformers More Governors look to repeal their income taxes,"
The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323968304578245720280333676.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Washington may be a tax reform wasteland, but out
in the states the action is hot and heavy. Nine states—including such
fast-growing places as Florida, Tennessee and Texas—currently have no income
tax, and the race is on to see which will be the tenth, and perhaps the 11th
and 12th.
Oklahoma and Kansas have lowered their income-tax
rates in the last two years with an aim toward eliminating the tax
altogether. North Carolina's newly elected Republican Governor Pat McCrory
has prioritized tax reform this year and wants to reduce the income tax.
Ditto for another newcomer, Mike Pence of Indiana, who has called for a 10%
income-tax rate cut. Susana Martinez, New Mexico's Republican Governor, has
called for slashing the state corporate tax to 4.9% from 7.6%, and the first
Republican-controlled legislature since Reconstruction in Arkansas is
considering chopping its tax rates by as much as half.
But those are warm-up acts compared to Nebraska
Governor Dave Heineman's announcement this month that he wants to eliminate
the state income tax and replace it with a broader sales tax. "How many of
you have sons and daughters, grandchildren, brothers and sisters and other
family members who no longer live in Nebraska because they couldn't find a
job here or they couldn't find the right career here in Nebraska?" he asked.
He believes eliminating the income tax—with a top rate of 6.84%—will make
the Cornhusker State a new magnet for jobs.
Then there's Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal, who
wants to zero out his state's income tax (top rate 6%) and the 8% corporate
tax and replace them by raising the state's current 4% sales tax. He would
also eliminate some 150 special interest exemptions from the sales tax,
including massage parlors, art work and fishing boats.
As an economic matter, this swap makes sense.
Income taxes generally do more economic harm because they are a direct
penalty on saving, investment and labor that create new wealth. Sales taxes,
by contrast, hit consumption, which is the result of that wealth creation.
Governors Jindal, McCrory and Heineman cite the growing evidence that states
with low or no income taxes have done better economically in recent decades
compared to states with income-tax rates of 10% or more.
A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the
American Legislative Exchange Council finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of
the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states
without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the
national population. The no-income tax states have had more stable revenue
growth, while states like New York, New Jersey and California that depend on
the top 1% of earners for nearly half of their income-tax revenue suffer
wide and destabilizing swings in their tax collections.
In the case of North Carolina, a new study by the
Civitas Institute concludes that a tax reform that shifts more of the burden
to consumption from income would increase average annual personal income
growth by 0.38% to 0.66%. That's enormous over time and would lead to much
higher state tax revenues. North Carolina's top income tax rate is 7.75%,
which is higher than that of most nearby states that it competes with for
investment. Virginia's top rate is 5.75% while Tennessee has no personal
income tax.
The main challenge for these Governors will be
making the political sale. Critics will call the income-for-sales-tax swap
regressive because everyone pays it. Mr. Jindal is countering by exempting
food, medicine and utilities from his sales tax and providing a rebate for
low-income families so their tax bills would not rise. But Governors will
have to trump the critics by stressing the larger economic benefits for the
state.
States with big energy production, like Louisiana
and Oklahoma, also have another reform option: replacing the income tax with
revenues from oil and gas extraction taxes, drilling leases and royalty
payments. This kind of reform makes everyone in the state a stakeholder in
America's energy renaissance from horizontal drilling and hydraulic
fracturing. It also helps build a political constituency for more mining and
drilling.
Governor John Kasich has proposed using revenues
from oil and natural gas drilling to reduce Ohio's income tax rate. He plans
to introduce his own larger tax reform soon. North Dakota, which last year
became the second largest oil producing state (after Texas), could easily
afford to abolish its income tax, much like Alaska did in 1980. Many more
states could collect billions of dollars in energy-related revenue if they
and the feds allowed more drilling on state and federal lands and offshore.
This state reform trend is a rare bright spot in
the current high-tax era, and it will further sharpen the contrast in
economic policies between GOP reform Governors and the union-dominated
high-tax models of California, Illinois, New York, Massachusetts and now
Minnesota, where last week Governor Mark Dayton proposed a huge tax hike.
Let the policy competition begin.
Jensen Comment
It's a bit difficult to attribute full causality of new jobs to having no income
tax in Florida, Tennessee, and Texas. These are also states where companies go
to avoid trouble with labor unions. For example, it may not help states like
Maine, Illinois, and Vermont to drop their income taxes since unions still have
a lot of clout in Maine, Illinois, and Vermont. The same can be said for
Massachusetts where Wal-Mart will never be allowed to build a store in Boston
until it is a unionized store. Even if Taxachusetts dropped its income tax, no
new Wal-Mart jobs would be forthcoming in Boston.
"Where Do State and Local Governments Get Their Revenue?" by Richard
Morrison, Tax Foundation, January 29, 2013 ---
http://taxfoundation.org/article/where-do-state-and-local-governments-get-their-revenue
"The (state government) pension black hole," by finance professors
Robert Novy-Marx (University of Rochester) and and Joshua D. Rauh (Stanford) ,
The Providence Journal, January 10, 2013 ---
Click
Here
http://blogs.providencejournal.com/ri-talks/this-new-england/2013/01/the-pension-black-hole.html?utm_source=Stanford+Business+Re%3AThink&utm_campaign=4b3d0159ac-Re_Think_Issue_Seven&utm_medium=email&ct=t%28Stanford_Business_Re_Think_Issue_Seven2_8_2013%29
There are fiscal cliffs, then there are fiscal
black holes. The difference? The cliff, you fall over just once. But a black
hole increases its pull on you more and more each day.
And that's a disturbingly accurate description of
the problem now faced by Rhode Island and virtually every other state: the
ever-growing challenge of underfunded pensions for government employees.
Regardless of the fate of Rhode Island's pension overhaul as it winds its
way through the courts, the problem isn't going away.
Over the last decade or more, many state
governments have built budgets on wishful thinking, assuming high rates of
return on their investments in order to deliver costly pension benefits. In
Rhode Island, an anticipated annual return of 8.25 percent in pension
investment has for the past decade come in at about one-third that rate,
only 2.4 percent. This means that while the state's pension system already
takes 10 cents out of every state tax dollar - and yet remains deep in the
red - it's not nearly enough to pay off the promises.
What might be in store for Rhode Island? Let's look
at the rest of the nation. With the nationwide total unfunded pension
obligation in the trillions of dollars (the precise total depends on
accounting, which in turn rests on more overly optimistic judgments), how
much would each household have to pay?
The average immediate increase in taxes is $1,385
per household per year. For some states these numbers are much higher. New
York taxpayers would need to contribute more than $2,250 per household per
year over the next 30 years. In Oregon, the amount is $2,140; in Ohio, it is
$2,051; in New Jersey, $2,000. California ($1,994), Minnesota ($1,928) and
Illinois ($1,907) are not far behind.
These are not one-time payments. It will take 30
years of these increased taxes just to catch up with what each state will
have promised its workers at that point.
These findings come from a recent study we
co-authored that quantifies the pension problem. We calculated these figures
under the cautious assumption of annual returns of 2 percent above the rate
of inflation.
Is there a more hopeful outlook? Let's assume that
states invest in the stock market on the hope that growth will bail them
out. Even assuming relatively optimistic market performance over the next 30
years, the required per-U.S. household tax increase would still amount to
$756 per year. And if the market underperforms by the same amount the
average tax increase soars to almost $2,500 per year.
What if we simply put off doing anything at all -
simply "kick the can down the road," as they say in Washington? We all know
what happens if you skip a mortgage payment or ignore the credit card bill:
the bill just goes up faster, as you pay interest on interest.
Can we grow our way out of the problem? Not really.
The direct effect of each additional percentage point of growth in gross
domestic product (GDP) reduces the required tax increase by a paltry $120
per household per year. The average growth since 1947 has been 3.2 percent,
so we're talking a few hundred dollars a year. (Congratulations, Indiana. At
$329, the lowest tax increase required of any state, growth would take care
of them just fine, especially with an influx of taxpayers fleeing
highly-taxed Illinois. One down, 49 to go.)
Can we ask public employees to pay more? Closing
the gap would require an increase by employees of 24 percent in their
contributions - probably a non-starter, and also a huge tax on younger
public workers. Not exactly an ideal way to attract talent to public-sector
jobs.
So what can any state do, really? Despite the
state's pension shortfall, Rhode Island has implemented at least one
innovative idea to help relieve the burden: a mixed defined-benefit and
defined-contribution plan for all employees, not just new hires. Most public
workers in the state can now make contributions to individual accounts under
their own direction, while accepting a smaller defined-benefit component.
Combined with higher retirement ages and a
temporary suspension of cost-of-living adjustments - granted these are not
trivial sacrifices, but this is not a trivial problem - Rhode Island's
reforms reduce the unfunded liability by more than 40 percent, and decrease
the required tax increases required to achieve full funding in 30 years from
almost $1,600 per year down to $810 per household per year (but only if COLA
suspensions become permanent).
That's not everything, but it's a start - a
controversial start, but every answer will be.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the sad state of pension accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Pensions
"100 banks end reporting to SEC under new law (Jobs Act), by Dina
ElBoghdady, The Washington Post, January 30, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.washingtonpost.com/business/economy/100-banks-end-reporting-to-sec-under-new-law/2013/01/30/bf15226e-6b00-11e2-95b3-272d604a10a3_story.html
About 100 small banks have stopped reporting
financial details about their operations to the Securities and Exchange
Commission since April, when a law was enacted that aimed to lower the
regulatory burdens for small companies.
For nearly five decades, securities law allowed
banks with fewer than 300 shareholders to “deregister” — meaning they could
stop reporting to the SEC their revenue, expenses, executive compensation
and trends affecting their businesses, among other things.
Now, banks with fewer than 1,200 shareholders can
deregister under a provision of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or
JOBS, Act. Since the threshold rose in April,
101 banks have rushed to take advantage of it — more than the total number
of deregistrations for the previous 21 quarters combined, according to an
analysis by SNL Financial. Eighteen of the banks are based in Virginia, the
highest number of any state.
Most of the firms are small community banks with
less than $500 million in assets. The banks say that reporting to the SEC is
a time-consuming and expensive process that eats into thin profit margins
without any meaningful benefit to the public. The industry remains heavily
regulated even without SEC oversight, bankers say.
Continued in article
Bigger Than Enron
"Libor Lies Revealed in Rigging of $300 Trillion Benchmark," by Liam
Vaughan & Gavin Finch, Bloomberg News, January 28, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-28/libor-lies-revealed-in-rigging-of-300-trillion-benchmark.html
"The LIBOR Mess: How Did It Happen -- and What Lies Ahead?"
Knowledge@Wharton, July 18, 2012 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3056
"Lies, Damn Lies and Libor: Call it one more improvisation in 'too
big to fail' crisis management," by Holman W. Jenkins Jr., The Wall
Street Journal, July 6, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052702304141204577510490732163260.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno64-wsj
Timeline of Financial Scandals, Auditing Failures, and the Evolution of
International Accounting Standards ----
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudCongress.htm#DerivativesFrauds
Jensen Comment
Crime Pays: The good news for banksters is that they rarely, rarely,
rarely get sent to prison ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
"Doubt Is Cast on Firms Hired to Help Banks," by Jessica
Silver-Greenberg and Ben Protess, The New York Times, January 31, 2013
---
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2013/01/31/doubt-is-cast-on-firms-hired-to-help-banks/
Thank you Eliot Kamlet for the heads up.
Federal authorities are scrutinizing private
consultants hired to clean up financial misdeeds like money laundering and
foreclosure abuses, taking aim at an industry that is paid billions of
dollars by the same banks it is expected to police.
The consultants operate with scant supervision and
produce mixed results, according to government documents and interviews with
prosecutors and regulators. In one case, the consulting firms enabled the
wrongdoing. The deficiencies, officials say, can leave consumers vulnerable
and allow tainted money to flow through the financial system.
“How can you be independent if you’re hired by the
entity you’re reviewing?” Senator Jack Reed, Democrat of Rhode Island, who
sits on the Senate Banking Committee, said.
The pitfalls were exposed last month when federal
regulators halted a broad effort to help millions of homeowners in
foreclosure. The regulators reached an $8.5 billion settlement with banks,
scuttling a flawed foreclosure review run by eight consulting firms. In the
end, borrowers hurt by shoddy practices are likely to receive less money
than they deserve, regulators said.
On Thursday, Senator Elizabeth Warren, Democrat of
Massachusetts, and Representative Elijah Cummings, Democrat of Maryland,
announced that they would open an investigation into the foreclosure review,
seeking “additional information about the scope of the harms found.”
Critics concede that regulators have little choice
but to hire outsiders for certain responsibilities after they find problems
at the banks. The government does not have the resources to ensure that
banks follow the rules. Still, consultants like Deloitte & Touche and the
Promontory Financial Group can add to regulators’ headaches, the government
documents and interviews indicate. Some banks that work with consultants
continue to run afoul of the law. At other times, consultants underestimate
the extent of the misdeeds or facilitate them, preventing regulators from
holding institutions accountable.
Now, regulators and lawmakers are rethinking their
relationship with the consultants. Officials at the Federal Reserve, which
oversees many large banks, are questioning the prudence of relying on
consultants so heavily, said two people with direct knowledge of the matter.
When the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
penalized JPMorgan Chase last month for breakdowns in money-laundering
controls, it imposed stricter requirements, ordering the bank to hire a
consultant with “specialized experience” in money laundering and to ensure
that the firm “not be subject to any conflict of interest.” In a separate
action against the bank related to a $6 billion trading loss last year, the
agency opted not to mandate an outside consultant at all.
Continued in article
Crime Pays: The good news for banksters is that they rarely, rarely,
rarely get sent to prison ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
"Peregrine Founder Hit With 50 Years ," by Jacob Bunge, The Wall
Street Journal, January 31, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324610504578276021147076476.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_0&mg=reno64-wsj
CEDAR RAPIDS, Iowa—Russell Wasendorf Sr., was
sentenced to the maximum 50 years in jail after admitting to orchestrating a
fraud at his futures brokerage and misleading regulators for almost 20
years.
Mr. Wasendorf, 64 years old, pleaded guilty last
September to the fraud at Peregrine Financial Group Inc. that federal
prosecutors said had cost clients $215.5 million and masked a business that
never was profitable. He also was ordered to pay the full amount of missing
funds in restitution.
In court Thursday, Mr. Wasendorf sat hunched over a
table, wearing a baggy orange hooded sweatshirt. He appeared gaunt, having
lost more than 30 pounds during his seven months in jail, according to his
pastor, Linda Livingston. [image] The Gazette/Associated Press
Assistant United States Attorney Peter Deegan after
the sentencing.
Ms. Livingston told the court earlier that Mr.
Wasendorf last week had been diagnosed with a tumor on his pancreas. She
noted that his mother had died of pancreatic cancer.
In a brief statement to the court, Mr. Wasendorf
said, "My guilt is such that I accept my sentence, no matter what it is." He
said the personal fallout from the uncovering of his fraud was worse than
any punishment the court could hand down.
"I have lost the love of my son, and I will never
see my grandchildren again," Mr. Wasendorf said, his voice breaking. He
added that he was "very sorry" for damage to investors, staff and the
futures industry.
Russell Wasendorf Jr., who served as Peregrine's
president and chief operating officer, said in a statement that the "poor
choices" of his father have been "devastating." "It has shattered my family,
ruined my reputation, fractured my marriage, separated me from my oldest son
and close friends," the younger Mr. Wasendorf said.
Mr. Wasendorf Sr. falsified financial records
provided to regulators, allowing him to dip into client funds to sustain his
firm and underpin a luxurious lifestyle. Delivering Mr. Wasendorf's
sentence, Judge Linda Reade lambasted his use of stolen money to live as a
"big shot" in Peregrine's base of Cedar Falls, Iowa, hiring a "four-star
chef" to run Peregrine's cafeteria, building an expansive house with a
swimming pool and sinking investor money into ventures like an Italian
restaurant—the staff of which he once flew to Italy for a vacation.
The scandal broke when Mr. Wasendorf was found
unconscious in his car outside the firm's $20 million headquarters after a
suicide attempt. He detailed his fraud in a note and signed confession,
according to prosecutors.
While Mr. Wasendorf hasn't seen his son since July,
he has been visited in jail by Nancy Paladino, with whom Mr. Wasendorf
secretly eloped days before his suicide attempt. A lawyer for Ms. Paladino,
who is now aiming to have the marriage annulled, said she had no comment.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Origins of Statistical Sampling in Financial Auditing
January 31, 2013 message from Bob Jensen
A precursor of risk-based auditing was statistical sampling in auditing.
Is there an earlier reference than the following?
Stringer. K.W.. 1963, "Practical aspects of statistical sampling in
auditing. Proceedings of the Business and Economic Statistics Section.
American Statistical Association. 405-411.
Ken Stringer was a well-known partner in Haskins & Sells in those days.
Was H&S the first auditing firm to innovate widespread applications of
statistical sampling in auditing?
Bob Jensen
February 1, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff
A firm that worked closely with H&S on statistical
sampling in the 1970s and 1980s was Clarkson, Gordon & Co., the premier
public accounting firm in Canada, based in Toronto. Their partners Rod
Anderson and Don Leslie were both significant figures in this work. Don was
very active in the AAA's Auditing Section. Both are still living but
retired. Don's latest address is: donald.a.leslie@gmail.com He can tell you
a lot about academic work in statistical sampling that was influential in
shaping practice.
Steve.
January 31, 2013 reply from Beryl Simonson
I still have “Handbook of Sampling for Auditing and Accounting” by Herbert
Arkin, Professor of Business Statistics, City College of New York, copyright
1963 in my personal office library published by McGraw-Hill.
Beryl D. Simonson CPA
January 31, 2013 reply from Richard Sansing
To the internets!
http://www.nap.edu/openbook.php?record_id=1363&page=62
Carman, Lewis A. 1933. The Efficiency of Tests. The
American Accountant, December, 360-66.
"This paper proposes application of a simple probability model for
computing the sampling risk in auditing and is the first publication
of such an attempt in accounting."
Richard Sansing
February 1, 2013 reply from Dale Flesher
Bob:
I agree that Stringer was the originator of Probability-Proportional-to-Size
Sampling, and some other innovations. Of course he wasn’t a professor (the
subject of our correspondence this morning). Trueblood also did some
statistical work, including the first book. See the paragraphs below, which
are from a book I am currently working on dealing with the history of
Deloitte.
Dale
Ken
Stringer, Robert Trueblood, and Statistical Sampling
During the late 1940s and early 1950s, the use of
statistical sampling began to occur in fields other than accounting. The
technique was used by numerous manufacturers in their quality testing and
inspection procedures, in many instances dating back to the World War II
years. Similarly, the technique was used in engineering design and military
logistics. More broadly, even the decision to inoculate millions of
American children with the Jonus Salk polio vaccine in 1955 was based upon
conclusions reached in a statistical sampling process. As a result, the
American Institute moved to investigate the application of statistical
sampling in accounting and auditing. The AICPA was concerned with the
perceived need for a more objective approach to determining sample sizes
during audit procedures. Before statistical sampling, the number of items
to be tested was based on the judgment of the individual auditor on a
subjective basis—a process that would leave the audit firm open to second
guessing when an audit failure occurred. Without statistical principles,
any population sample size was arbitrary. Thus, a non-statistical sample
(typically called a “judgment” sample) might be insufficient, or excessive;
no one could determine which.
Both Touche Ross and H&S were early experimenters with
statistical sampling techniques, as was Price Waterhouse & Company.
According to Oscar Gellein, none of the other Big Eight firms had any early
involvement in the subject. At Touche, it was Robert M. Trueblood who was
the initial pioneer. When the AICPA named its first Committee on
Statistical Sampling in 1956, it was Trueblood who was selected as the
chairman, primarily because Trueblood was also the principal author on what
is likely the first book [Trueblood and Cyert, 1957] written by an
accountant on the use of statistical sampling in accounting and auditing.
One study stated that Trueblood’s work at what was then Touche, Niven,
Bailey & Smart constituted the earliest experiment with applications of
statistical sampling by any major accounting firm [Tucker and Lordi, 1997,
p. 96]. Trueblood pointed out in his book one of the main reasons that the
AICPA was interested in the subject of statistical sampling—the legal
liability issue.
Should auditors’ present methods of test-checking
prove inadequate in a particular case, would it not be difficult for the
profession to justify its failure to use a technique found to be of such
material help in other professional fields? Is it possible to argue, at the
present time, that the profession has adequately tested the practicability
of scientific sampling and mathematical probability? What would happen if
in a court proceeding involving accountants' liability, a competent
statistician were to demonstrate mathematically that the auditor's sampling
procedures or conclusions were not statistically justifiable? [Trueblood and
Cyert, 1957, p.61].
Thus,
the profession needed a statistical sampling plan that would not only be
effective and objective, but would be defensible in a court of law. The
firms of Touche and H&S would come together, via an AICPA committee, to
bring the profession out of the statistical dark ages. As was pointed out
in a study on the subject:
Gellein's memo reveals that large CPA firms shared
information regarding their individual in-house experimentation with
statistical sampling as well as their progress-to-date. This suggests that a
spirit of collegial cooperation existed among the firms rather than one of
competition-related secrecy [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 110].
The AICPA Committee on Statistical Sampling (CSS) was an advisor
to and reported to the Committee on Auditing Standards. Trueblood was
designated as the chairman because of his recently authored book. Oscar
Gellein of H&S was also a member of the CSS. Gellein was also serving
simultaneously on the New York State Society of CPAs’ statistical sampling
committee which was formed at about the same time as the AICPA committee.
Progress was slow in coming. Trueblood described the committee’s first two
years of activities in the following words:
Mr. President, members of the Council. The Committee
on Statistical Sampling has held five two-day meetings since it was first
organized in October or November, 1956. It is, of course, regarded as a
satellite committee to the Committee on Auditing Procedures and our purpose
and our function is investigative and exploratory in a rather new area. For
this reason, during the first year, our meetings were almost totally of a
self-educational nature. They were devoted to exploring the subject of
statistical sampling both from the accountant's point of view and from the
statistician's point of view. They were also devoted to studying problems
involved in the possible or ultimate utilization of statistical sampling
techniques as an auditing tool.
During our second year we have gone into a slightly
more productive type of program. Our production is modest at best. First,
we have developed a glossary of statistical terms which, in a sense, is a
layman's dictionary of such terms and a bibliography of literature on the
general subject of statistical sampling. This glossary and bibliography is
now in the process of production and will shortly be available to members on
request [Trueblood, 1958; as quoted in Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 102].
Much of
the early work of the CSS focused on the legal aspects of statistical
sampling. The field of statistical sampling was still in its infancy and
much of the theoretical underpinnings had to be learned by the committee
members. In a report to the leadership of H&S, Oscar Gellein summarized the
first year of the CSS as a time of “attempting to catch up with developments
that had taken place in the application of statistical sampling to
accounting. The Committee perceived its mission to be that of keeping
abreast of developments in the field and keeping the profession informed”
[Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 108].
At H&S, Kenneth W. Stringer had long been dissatisfied with
the subjective nature of judgment sampling. Throughout his career, he had
observed that in similar audit situations, different auditors selected
widely different sample sizes. As a result, he was to develop one of the
most frequently used methods—probability-proportional-to-size (PPS)
sampling. In 1959, he conducted a case study among H&S senior auditors who
were asked to select sample sizes in four different situations. For
example, the auditors were told to select a sample size from a population of
2,000 accounts receivables when internal control was considered good. The
resulting samples sizes were somewhat evenly distributed from 50 to 600.
When the question was revised to say that internal control was “bad, but
previous audits had not revealed material errors,” the resulting sampling
sizes varied from 100 to 1,400 accounts. Another question asked how many
inventory items, out of a population of 5,000 line items, should be selected
for a test of inventory prices. Responses were fairly evenly distributed
between 25 and 1,250 items. The fourth question dealt with how many
vouchers (out of 1,000) should be examined to provide suitable evidence of
adequate internal control. Nine respondents would have been satisfied with
either 25 or 50 vouchers in the sample, while ten auditors wanted to examine
all 1,000 vouchers [Tucker, 1994, p. 254]. Such randomness of responses
created havoc in the audit budgeting process; if 25 vouchers could be
examined in one hour, the budgeted time would vary from one hour to one
week, depending upon which in-charge auditor was assigned to the
engagement. A person who interviewed Stringer about his case study noted
the following observation.
The results revealed a very wide distribution of
sample sizes selected by these senior auditors in each of the four cases.
When the senior partners of his firm were presented with the results of his
experiment, Stringer stated that they were “shocked and dismayed at the
disparity that the survey showed” [Tucker and Lordi, 1997, p. 99].
Stringer
had been promoting the PPS plan within the firm and his experiment was
apparently sufficient to get the firm to adopt the PPS statistical sampling
plan, although perhaps the firm would have been willing to accept any
movement toward uniformity in selecting samples sizes.
I can not say that the survey results were the
deciding factor in the firm’s eventual adoption of the Plan, but I think it
is fair to say that the results had a significant influence on the firm’s
views concerning the existing disparity in the extent of testing and the
need to improve the situation. However, there are two important points I
always address in any public discussion of the survey results. First, given
the lack of professional guidelines in this area, the results were not
surprising. Second, the auditors surveyed were all employed and trained by
the same firm. If the survey had been distributed to a group of auditors
who had been selected randomly from throughout the profession, it is
reasonable to assume that the disparity would have been even greater
[Tucker, 1994, p. 248].
Stringer was not the sole sampling pioneer at H&S; Oscar Gellein,
to whom Stringer reported, was a supporter of both statistical sampling and
Stringer’s ideas. In fact, it was Gellein who was the second chairman of
the AICPA’s Committee on Statistical Sampling, following Trueblood.
Gellein served on the CSS from 1956 through 1961—a total of five years.
Stringer then chaired the committee from 1962 through 1965. Gellein
basically allowed Stringer to spend the majority of his time on statistical
sampling, and saw to it that others in the firm did not bother him. The
latter statement is relevant because there were some in the accounting
profession who were opposed to the use of statistical sampling. Many argued
that statistical sampling, although producing a better result, was too time
consuming to apply in practice and too complex to teach to staff auditors.
Thus, it was not considered by everyone to be an economically viable method.
Kenneth Stringer and Statistical Sampling
Stringer was born in the small town of Birmingham, Kentucky
(population 300), on February 23, 1918, and graduated from what is now
Western Kentucky University in 1938 (the institution was known as the
Bowling Green College of Commerce during Stringer’s time there; it later
merged with Western Kentucky). He then joined the accounting staff of the
Kentucky Public Service Commission. When H&S opened an office in Louisville
in 1939, Stringer was one of the first staff members. When World War II
started, he resigned from the firm to spend two years as a civilian employee
of the Ordnance Department accounting staff. He then joined the military
and spent two more years, in uniform, with the Ordnance Department in
Cincinnati. Upon leaving the Army, Stringer worked for six years for a
local firm in Danville, KY. Chafed at the lack of opportunity to grow
professionally in a small firm, Stringer decided to rejoin H&S in 1952 in
the Cincinnati office. He reportedly had to take a pay cut when he moved
from the local firm in Kentucky to the national firm. He then transferred
to the New York Executive Office in 1957 where he was to work with Weldon
Powell, the senior technical manager in the firm, on special assignments.
One such project was to conduct a review of the firm’s approach to the audit
process. One of his first concerns was the methodology used in evaluating a
client’s system of internal control, while his second concern was the manner
in which items were selected for audit once a determination had been made of
the quality of the internal control system.
Stringer became a partner in 1959. Eventually, in 1973, he
became partner in charge of Accounting and Auditing Services [“People…,
1977, p. 32]. Thus, by 1973, it was Stringer’s responsibility to establish
the firm’s position on issues being considered by the FASB, AICPA
committees, and the SEC. He was also responsible for the firm’s internal
policies and procedures and for resolving questions on accounting
applications from practice offices. In the mid 1970s, Stringer represented
the firm on the AICPA’s Commission on Auditor’s Responsibilities, also known
as the Cohen Commission. He also served five years on the AICPA Committee
on Auditing Procedures.
In the 1950s, Stringer was a member and chairman of the AICPA’s
Statistical Sampling Committee. Shortly after rejoining the firm in 1952,
he found that his interests lay in the practical application of advanced
mathematics to accounting and auditing techniques. He recognized that
statistical sampling—establishing the reliability of inferences or
conclusions from a population by taking selected samples—was a means of
conducting audits more efficiently. Auditors had been using sampling since
World War II, but these early sampling techniques were based on the
subjective opinion (judgment) of the person selecting the sample. Stringer
began an intensive investigation of statistical sampling in 1958 and its
applicability to accounting and auditing. His first conclusion was that
auditors could not use the statistical sampling methods that had been used
in other fields; a new system of statistical sampling had to be developed
especially for auditing purposes. Stringer, working with an assistant in
the person of Frederick E. Stephen, a statistics professor at Princeton
University, developed over a period of two years what became known as the
“H&S Audit Sampling Plan,” otherwise known as a probability-proportional-to-size
method. Firm managing partner John Queenan then appointed a special task
force, which included Ralph Johns, Oscar Gellein, and Malcolm Devore, to
study the Plan and conduct field tests. After two years of study, the task
force recommended the adoption of the Plan for firm-wide use in 1962.
Stringer asked future managing partner Charles Steel and Jim Kusko to assist
during the introduction phase of the Audit Sampling Plan to help local
offices implement the program [“People…, 1977, p. 35]. By 1963, the H&S
Audit Sampling Plan was fully implemented by the firm and was being shared
with accounting students nationwide by speakers from H&S practice offices.
Stringer returned to the area of statistics in the mid 1960s
when he became interested in the possibility of using regression analysis in
audit work. The regression analysis project eventually led to a product
called Statistical Technique for Analytical Reviews, or STAR. With the
assistance of Maurice Newman, Jim Kirtland, Jim Kusko, and Denny Fox,
Stringer developed a computer program that used regression analysis to
improve the audit selection process. The idea of STAR was that it could be
used to conduct audits of exceptional areas. Stringer explained:
One of the key questions facing any auditor is
determining just what is unusual, which prior to STAR had been done largely
on a subjective basis. What we tried to do was establish an audit interface
for the technique of regression analysis. This lets us establish various
relationships— such as sales of a client versus expenses, or sales compared
with the overall economy—to see if these relationships appear reasonable.
Then the results can be compared with the client's latest figures, and
unusual fluctuations can be investigated. Extensive use of the STAR program
has improved our review techniques and enables our people to reduce the
amount of detail testing necessary on most audits while maintaining the
desired degree of assurance [“People…, 1977, p. 36].
Stringer
was the inaugural recipient in 1981 of the American Accounting Association
Auditing Section’s Distinguished Service in Auditing Award for his
pioneering efforts in auditing research. In many respects, the existence of
a person like Stringer at a firm indicates the willingness of the firm to
improve itself. Unlike most partners, Stringer was not a revenue center; he
was a cost center. His job was to look at the overall auditing process and
come up with ways to make the audit a better product.
As mentioned previously, Stringer was aided by several other
firm partners, including Maurice E. Newman. Newman became a partner in
Chicago in 1957 and moved to the Executive Office in 1964, which was about
the same time that he began working on a Ph.D. in accounting at New York
University. He graduated from NYU in 1972 following the completion of his
doctoral dissertation entitled “Statistical Estimation of Computer-Based
Inventories.” Thus, he was able to combine his love of statistics and his
job with a doctoral degree program.
Besides
working with Stringer on the development of statistical sampling programs
for auditing, Newman functioned as a consulting statistician to several of
the firm’s larger clients and also as an in-house theoretician to staff
auditors [“The Graduate,” 1972, p. 27]. Newman was a prolific author over
the years, mostly articles on aspects of management advisory services. His
first publication in the firm’s Selected Papers volumes came in 1956
when he had an article on the uses of computer-generated reports. The next
year, he had two different articles on “machine accounting.” Newman retired
from H&S in 1977 and joined the faculty of the School of Accountancy at the
University of Alabama in Tuscaloosa.
A Summary of Sampling and Statistics in Compliance Testing ---
http://www.willyancey.com/
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory
"A Comparison of Forensic Accounting Corporations in the United States,"
by Wm. Dennis Huber, Journal of Accounting, Ethics & Public Policy, Vol.
12, No. 3, 2011 and SSRN ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2029729
Abstract:
To call entities
that issue certifications in forensic accounting “organizations” camouflages
their true nature and results in misunderstanding what they really are. They
are corporations. Recognizing them as corporations enables forensic
accountants who hold their certifications to assess more realistically the
costs and benefits of their certifications. A survey reveals that a
significant number of forensic accountants believe it is important for
forensic accounting corporations to have qualified officers and directors.
There are also a significant number who mistakenly believe that the forensic
accounting corporations that issued their certifications have qualified
officers and directors. However, several forensic accounting corporations do
not have qualified officers and directors. Forensic accountants also believe
forensic accounting corporations have a duty to disclose the qualifications
of their officers and directors but several do not disclose the
qualifications of their officers and directors which violates their Codes of
Ethics. This paper presents for the first time an in-depth comparison of
forensic accounting corporations, their corporate history and the
qualifications of their corporate directors and officers. The paper
concludes with a recommendation for an independent agency to be established
to oversee and accredit forensic accounting corporations. As a matter of
public policy regulators cannot let this situation continue unabated. If an
independent agency cannot be established, then, as a matter of public
policy, states should enact statutes or adopt regulations to regulate
forensic accounting corporations.
"Forensic
Accounting Corporations Codes of Ethics and Standards of Practice: A Comparison,"
by Wm. Dennis Huber, SSRN, February 2013 ---
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2212702
Abstract:
This is the first study to critically compare the Codes of Ethics and
Standards of Practice of forensic accounting corporations and whether
forensic accountants understand the difference between the Codes and
Standards. This study examines the extent to which forensic accountants are
knowledgeable about forensic accounting corporations Codes and Standards,
and whether they are able to differentiate the differences between them. A
survey of 182 forensic accountants found that a significant number of
forensic accountants did not investigate the Codes and Standards prior to
receiving their certifications. The results further revealed that a
significant number of forensic accountants incorrectly believe that the
Codes and Standards are substantially similar when they are significantly
different. This raises questions regarding forensic accountants’
investigative ability. It raises further questions concerning forensic
accountants’ commitment to maintaining high ethical standards and standards
of practice. The results suggest a need for reform within the forensic
certification industry, for the establishment of an independent agency to
monitor and accredit forensic accounting corporations and their
certifications, or alternatively for state or Federal regulations to enforce
minimum standards for forensic accounting corporations and the
certifications.
Bob Jensen's threads on forensic accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm#Forensic
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
February 1, 2013
Software Firms Find Tax Advantages
by:
Steven D. Jones
Jan 29, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Corporate Taxes, Income Taxes, International Taxation,
Software Industry, State Income Tax, Tax Accounting, Tax Avoidance
SUMMARY: "The market for software delivered as a service through
cloud computing is estimated to grow more than 17% annually through 2015,
according to Gartner Inc. Such technology will generate $17 billion in
revenue world-wide this year, up from $14.4 billion in 2012." Global
companies providing these services are funneling operations through low tax
jurisdictions. The article offers examples from Microsoft and VMware Inc.
"which has reduced its total tax payments due despite increasing revenues
and profits.... The government has started to ask questions about the
practice," writes the author.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in a tax class or in
a managerial accounting class covering transfer pricing.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) What is the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate?
What other income taxes do U.S. corporations usually pay?
2. (Introductory) According to the article, what tax rates are
typical of U.S. corporations in the business of providing software services
through the internet, or "cloud computing"?
3. (Advanced) What combination of business organization and U.S.
tax laws combine to give these companies the opportunity for reduced tax
rates?
4. (Advanced) Consider the case of VMware Inc. in particular. Why
do you think the company was able to raise revenue by 86% and obtain a
tripling of pre-tax profits over the same time period? In your answer,
define the term pre-tax profit.
5. (Advanced) What is transfer pricing? Why must companies moving
assets to foreign subsidiaries undertake asset sales in this manner?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Software Firms Find Tax Advantages," by Steven D. Jones, The Wall Street
Journal, January 29, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324329204578270142806806574.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Expanding use of cloud computing to deliver
software as a service is making it easier for global software companies to
earn and keep profits outside the reach of U.S. taxes.
VMware Inc. VMW +1.20% has cut its federal tax bill
in the past three years because the company conducts the majority of its
international business through Ireland. For the three-year period ended in
2011, the company's tax bill fell despite its revenue rising 86% and its
pretax profit more than tripling. In fiscal 2011, its U.S. tax rate was 4%,
compared with tax rates in the midteens in the prior three years.
Executives at VMware have explained the low tax
rate as "a result of taxable income shifting from the U.S. to international
jurisdictions."
The Palo Alto, Calif., company isn't alone. Dozens
of software companies are distributing software online—cloud computing—from
data centers abroad, and many have set up foreign affiliates for the task.
More than a dozen U.S. software companies reported
paying lower tax rates in their most recent fiscal year than the prior year,
and nine of those companies reported paying more income tax to foreign
governments than in the U.S.
The government has started to ask questions about
the practice. The Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations in
September estimated that in 2011, 47% of Microsoft Corp.'s MSFT +1.42% U.S.
sales were delivered through a data center in Puerto Rico where it employs
177 people and pays lower tax.
"By routing its activity through Puerto Rico in
this way, Microsoft saved over $4.5 billion in taxes on goods sold in the
U.S." for the three years ending in 2011, the subcommittee concluded.
A Microsoft spokesman said the company continues to
deliver software from Puerto Rico to U.S. customers in compliance with U.S.
and Puerto Rican tax law. Puerto Rico is a U.S. territory, but has a
separate tax structure.
VMware didn't respond to requests for comment.
Like all companies, software makers are able to
move assets to subsidiaries—including data centers—abroad as long as the
foreign affiliate pays for the assets through a valuation process known as
transfer pricing. The arrangements allocate costs and revenue between
operations in different tax jurisdictions.
Continued in article
"Boards address various industry-specific issues in revenue proposal,"
Ernst & Young, January 31, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2491_RevenueRedeliberations_31January2013/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2491_RevenueRedeliberations_31January2013.pdf
What you need to know
• The Boards continue d to make progress in
redeliberations on their revenue recognition proposal, addressing a
variety of industry - specific issues in a meeting this week .
• Many of the topics addressed by the Boards
this month would primarily affect financial services entities, asset
manager s and large - equipment manufacturers .
• The Boards plan to redeliberate disclosure
and transition at the ir joint meeting in February , and they continue
to target the first half of 2013 for issuing a new standard .
Overview
T he Finan cial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB) (collectively, the Boards ) add ressed a
variety of topics on the proposed revenue guidance, including:
• The application of the proposed guidance to
certain transfers of assets
• T he scope of the proposed standard, including for financial service s
contracts and collaborative arrangement s
• Accounting for contracts with customers that
contain repurchase agreements
• T he effect of the proposed standard on asset managers
After issuing a new exposure draft (ED) in November
2011 , t he Boards have been redeliberati ng issues identified by
constituents in comment letters . The Boards continue to target the first
half of 2013 for issuing a new standard .
Also see
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_BB2467_RevenueRedeliberations_20December2012/$FILE/TothePoint_BB2467_RevenueRedeliberations_20December2012.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on Revenue
Accounting Controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm---
Humor February 1-28, 2013
Michael Davis (comedy juggler) at Ford's Theater ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch_popup?v=n6mbW-jMtrY&feature=player_detailpage
John Cleese’s Eulogy for Graham Chapman: ‘Good Riddance, the Free-Loading
Bastard, I Hope He Fries’ ---
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?shva=1#inbox/13cf294bbedb0fda
The Great Pretender ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/6Zy297Xgr8Q
Leno Turns Obama-Clinton 60 Minutes Segment Into Cialis Commercial ---
http://www.mrctv.org/node/119755
Little Red Wagon ---
http://www.snotr.com/video/9682/Little_Red_Wagon
Ten Second Videos ---
http://youtube.googleapis.com/v/3x6MJcvqcT4%26rel=0%26hl=en_US%26feature=player_embedded
New Dilbert Character: Stanky Bathturd, IRS Agent ---
http://dilbert.com/blog/entry/you_be_the_editor/
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Dogs Versus Wives
1. The later you are, the more excited your dogs are to see you.
2. Dogs don't notice if you call them by another dog's name.
3. Dogs like it if you leave a lot of things on the floor.
4. A dog's parents never visit.
5. Dogs agree that you have to raise your voice to get your point across.
6. Dogs find you amusing when you're drunk.
7. Dogs like to go hunting and fishing.
8. A dog will not wake you up at night to ask, "If I died, would you get
another dog?"
9. If a dog has babies, you can put an ad in the paper and give them away.
10. A dog will let you put a studded collar on it without calling you a
pervert.
11. If a dog smells another dog on you, they don't get mad. They just think
it's interesting.
And last... but not least:
12. If a dog leaves, it won't take half of your stuff.
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
01. After the Lone Ranger saved the day and rode off into the sunset, the
grateful citizens would ask, Who was that masked man? Invariably, someone would
answer, I don't know, but he left this behind. What did he leave
behind?________________.
02. When the Beatles first came to the U.S. .In early 1964, we all watched
them on The _______________ Show.
03. 'Get your kicks, __________________.'
04. 'The story you are about to see is true. The names have been changed to
___________________.'
05. 'In the jungle, the mighty jungle, ________________.'
06. After the Twist, The Mashed Potato, and the Watusi, we 'danced' under a
stick that was lowered as low as we could go in a dance called the
'_____________.'
07. Nestle's makes the very best . .. . . _________ ______.'
08. Satchmo was America 's 'Ambassador of Goodwill.' Our parents shared this
great jazz trumpet player with us. His name was _________________.
09. What takes a licking and keeps on ticking? _______________.
10. Red Skeleton's hobo character was named __________________ and Red always
ended his television show by saying, 'Good Night, and '________ ________... '
11. Some Americans who protested the Vietnam War did so by burning
their______________.
12. The cute little car with the engine in the back and
the trunk in the front was called the VW. What other names did it go by?
____________ &_______________.
13. In 1971, singer Don MacLean sang a song about, 'the day the music died.'
This was a tribute to ___________________.
14. We can remember the first satellite placed into orbit. The Russians did
it. It was called ___________________.
15. One of the big fads of the late 50's and 60's was a large plastic ring
that we twirled around our waist. It was called the __ ______________.
16. Remember LS/MFT _____ _____/_____ _____ _____?
17. Hey Kids! What time is it? It's _____ ______ _____!
18. Who knows what secrets lie in the hearts of men? The _____ Knows!
19. There was a song that came out in the 60's that was "a grave yard smash"
it's name was the ______ ______!
20. Alka Seltzer used a "boy with a tablet on his head" as
it's Logo/Representative. What was the boys Name? ________
ANSWERS:
01.The Lone Ranger left behind a silver bullet.
02. The Ed Sullivan Show
03. On Route 66
04.To protect the innocent.
05.The Lion Sleeps Tonight
06. The limbo
07. Chocolate
08. Louis Armstrong
09. The Timex watch
10. Freddy, The Freeloader and 'Good Night and God Bless.'
11. Draft cards (Bras were also burned. Not flags, as some have guessed)
12. Beetle or Bug
13. Buddy Holly
14. Sputnik
15. Hoola-hoop
16. Lucky Strike/Means Fine Tobacco
17. Howdy Doody Time
18. Shadow
19. Monster Mash
20. Speedy
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Now The Senior Alphabet:
A's for arthritis; B's the bad back, C's the chest pains, perhaps car-di-ac?
D is for dental decay and decline, E is for eyesight, can't read that top
line! F is for farting and fluid retention, G is for gut droop, which I'd rather
not mention.
H high blood pressure--I'd rather it low; I for incisions with scars you can
show. J is for joints, out of socket, won't mend, K is for knees that crack when
they bend. L 's for libido, what happened to sex? M is for memory, I forget what
comes next. N is neuralgia, in nerves way down low; O is for osteo, bones that
don't grow!
P for prescriptions, I have quite a few, just give me a pill and I'll be good
as new! Q is for queasy, is it fatal or flu? R is for reflux, one meal turns to
two.
S is for sleepless nights, counting my fears, T is for Tinnitus; bells in my
ears! U is for urinary; troubles with flow; V for vertigo, that's 'dizzy,' you
know.
W for worry, now what's going 'round? X is for X ray, and what might be
found. Y is for another year I'm left here behind, Z is for zest I still have--
in my mind!
I've survived all the symptoms, my body's deployed, And I'm keeping
twenty-six doctors fully employed!
Forwarded by Maureen
A State Trooper was patrolling late at night off the main highway. At nearly
midnight, he sees a couple in a car, in lovers' lane, with the interior light
brightly glowing. He carefully approaches the car to get a closer look. Then he
sees a young man behind the wheel, reading a computer magazine.
He immediately notices a young woman in the rear seat, filing her
fingernails.
Puzzled by this surprising situation, the trooper walks to the car and gently
raps on the driver's window. The young man lowers his window. 'Uh, yes,
Officer'?
The trooper asks: 'What are you doing?'
The young man says: 'Well, Officer, I'm reading a magazine.'
Pointing towards the young woman in the back seat the trooper says: 'And,
her, what is she doing?'
The young man shrugs: 'Sir, I believe she's filing her fingernails.'
Now, the trooper is totally confused. A young couple, alone, in a car, at
night in a lover's lane and nothing |obscene is happening!
The trooper asks: 'What's your age, young man?'
The young man says: 'I'm 22, sir.'
The trooper asks: 'And her, what's her age?'
The young man looks at his watch and replies, “She’ll be 18 in exactly 11
minutes!”
Forwarded by Paula
In a convent in Ireland , the
98-year-old Mother Superior lay dying. The nuns gathered around her bed trying
to make her last journey comfortable.
They tried giving her warm milk to drink but she refused it. One of the nuns
took the glass back to the kitchen. Then, remembering a bottle of Irish Whiskey
that had been received as a gift the previous Christmas, she opened it and
poured a generous amount into the warm milk.
Back at Mother Superior's bed,
they held the glass to her lips. The frail nun drank a little, then a little
more and before they knew it, she had finished the whole glass down to the last
drop.
As her eyes brightened, the nuns
thought it would be a good opportunity to have one last talk with their
spiritual leader...
"Mother," the nuns asked earnestly, "Please give us some of your wisdom before
you leave us."
She raised herself up in bed on one elbow, looked at them and said: "
"DON'T SELL THAT COW."
Forwarded by Auntie Bev
Puns for Educated Minds
1. The fattest knight at King Arthur's round table was Sir Cumference. He
acquired his size from too much pi.
2. I thought I saw an eye doctor on an Alaskan island, but it turned out to
be an optical Aleutian .
3. She was only a whiskey maker, but he loved her still.
4. A rubber band pistol was confiscated from algebra class, because it was a
weapon of math disruption.
5. No matter how much you push the envelope, it'll still be stationery.
6. A dog gave birth to puppies near the road and was cited for littering.
7. A grenade thrown into a kitchen in France would result in Linoleum
Blownapart.
8. Two silk worms had a race. They ended up in a tie.
9. A hole has been found in the nudist camp wall. The police are looking into
it.
10. Time flies like an arrow. Fruit flies like a banana.
11. Atheism is a non-prophet organization.
12. Two hats were hanging on a hat rack in the hallway. One hat said to the
other: 'You stay here; I'll go on a head.'
13. I wondered why the baseball kept getting bigger. Then it hit me.
14. A sign on the lawn at a drug rehab center said: 'Keep off the Grass.'
15. The midget fortune-teller who escaped from prison was a small medium at
large.
16. The soldier who survived mustard gas and pepper spray is now a seasoned
veteran.
17. A backward poet writes inverse.
18. In a democracy it's your vote that counts. In feudalism it's your count
that votes.
19. When cannibals ate a missionary, they got a taste of religion.
20. If you jumped off the bridge in Paris , you'd be in Seine .
21. A vulture boards an airplane, carrying two dead raccoons. The stewardess
looks at him and says, 'I'm sorry, sir, only one carrion allowed per passenger.'
22. Two fish swim into a concrete wall. One turns to the other and says
'Dam!'
23. Two Eskimos sitting in a kayak were chilly, so they lit a fire in the
craft. Unsurprisingly it sank, proving once again that you can't have your kayak
and heat it too.
24. Two hydrogen atoms meet. One says, 'I've lost my electron.' The other
says 'Are you sure?' The first replies, 'Yes, I'm positive.'
25. Did you hear about the Buddhist who refused Novocain during a root canal?
His goal: transcend dental medication.
26. There was the person who sent ten puns to friends, with the hope that at
least one of the puns would make them laugh. No pun in ten did.
Forwarded by Paula
Remember it takes a college degree to fly a plane, but only a high
school diploma to fix one; that's reassurance to those of us who fly
routinely.
After every flight, UPS pilots fill out a form, called a 'gripe
sheet,' which tells mechanics about problems with the aircraft.
The mechanics correct the problems, document their repairs on the
form, and then pilots review the gripe sheets before the next flight.
Never let it be said that ground crews lack a sense of humor. Here are
some actual maintenance complaints submitted by UPS pilots (marked
with a P) and the solutions recorded (marked with an S) by maintenance
engineers.
By the way, UPS is the only major airline that has never, ever, had an
accident....
P: Left inside main tire almost needs replacement.
S: Almost replaced left inside main tire.
P: Test flight OK, except auto-land very rough.
S: Auto-land not installed on this aircraft.
P: Something loose in cockpit
S: Something tightened in cockpit
P: Dead bugs on windshield.
S: Live bugs on back-order.
P: Autopilot in altitude-hold mode produces a 200 feet per minute descent
S: Cannot reproduce problem on ground.
P: Evidence of leak on right main landing gear.
S: Evidence removed.
P: DME volume unbelievably loud.
S: DME volume set to more believable level.
P: Friction locks cause throttle levers to stick.
S: That's what friction locks are for.
P: IFF inoperative in OFF mode.
S: IFF always inoperative in OFF mode.
P: Suspected crack in windshield.
S: Suspect you're right.
P: Number 3 engine missing.
S: Engine found on right wing after brief search
P: Aircraft handles funny. (I love this one!)
S: Aircraft warned to straighten up, fly right and be serious.
P: Target radar hums.
S: Reprogrammed target radar with lyrics.
P: Mouse in cockpit.
S: Cat installed.
And the best one for last
P: Noise coming from under instrument panel. Sounds like a midget
pounding on something with a hammer.
S: Took hammer away from the midget
Forwarded by Bob Booth
Old people have problems that you haven't even considered yet…
An 80-year-old man was requested by his Doctor for a sperm count as part of
his physical exam.
The doctor gave the man a jar and said, 'Take this jar home and bring back a
semen sample tomorrow.'
The next day the 80-year-old man reappeared at the doctor's office and gave
him the jar, which was as clean and empty as on the previous day.
The doctor asked what happened and the man explained, 'Well, doc, it's like
this - first I tried with my right hand, but nothing. Then I tried with my left
hand, but still nothing.
'Then I asked my wife for help. She tried with her right hand, then with her
left, still nothing. She tried with her mouth, first with the teeth in, then
with her teeth out, still nothing.
'We even called up Arleen, the lady next door and she tried too, first with
both hands, then an armpit, and she even tried squeezin' it between her knees,
but still nothing.....'
The doctor was shocked! 'You asked your neighbour?'
The old man replied, 'Yep, none of us could get the jar open.'
Forwarded by Paula
If you ever get the sudden urge to run around naked, You should sniff some
Windex first.
It'll keep you from streaking.
Forward by Paula
This joke has been around the Internet so much that now the Aussies are
telling it - after the Irish and the Rednecks...and no doubt a lot of others!
Aussies
Three Aussie blokes working up on an outback mobile phone tower:
Mongrel, Coot and Bluey.
As they start their descent, Coot slips, falls off the tower and is killed
instantly.
As the ambulance takes the body away, Bluey says, "Well, bugger me, someone's
gotta go and tell Coot's wife."
Mongrel says,"OK, I'm pretty good at that sensitive stuff, I'll do it."
Two hours later, he comes back carrying a case of Beer.
Bluey says, "Where'd you get the grog, Mongrel?"
"Coot's wife gave it to me," Mongrel replies.
"That's unbelievable, you told the Missus her husband was dead and she gave
you a case of beer?"
"Well, not exactly," Mongrel says.
"When she answered the door, I said to her, 'you must be Coot's widow.'
She said, 'You must be mistaken . . . I'm not a widow.'
Then I said, 'I'll betcha a case of beer you are.'"
Aussies are good at that sensitive stuff.
Humor Between February 1-28, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor022813
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
And that's
the way it was on February 28, 2013 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/

January 31, 2013
Bob
Jensen's New Bookmarks January 1-31, 2013
Bob Jensen at
Trinity University
For
earlier editions of Fraud Updates go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
For earlier editions of Tidbits go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
For earlier editions of New Bookmarks go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Click here to search Bob Jensen's web site if you
have key words to enter --- Search Box in Upper Right Corner.
For example if you want to know what Jensen documents have the term "Enron"
enter the phrase Jensen AND Enron. Another search engine that covers Trinity and
other universities is at
http://www.searchedu.com/
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
All
my online pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
FASB Accounting Standards Updates ---
http://www.fasb.org/cs/ContentServer?site=FASB&c=Page&pagename=FASB/Page/SectionPage&cid=1176156316498
Hasselback Accounting Faculty
Directory ---
http://www.hasselback.org/
Blast from the Past With Hal
and Rosie Wyman ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/Wyman2011.htm
Bob
Jensen's threads on business, finance, and accounting glossaries ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbus.htm
2012 AAA
Meeting Plenary Speakers and Response Panel Videos ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/20a292d7e9/summary
I think you have to be a an AAA member and log into the AAA Commons to view
these videos.
Bob Jensen is an obscure speaker following Rob Bloomfield
in the 1.02 Deirdre McCloskey Follow-up Panel—Video ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/a0be33f7fc
2013 IFRS Blue Book
(Not Free) ---
http://shop.ifrs.org/ProductCatalog/Product.aspx?ID=1717
Links to
IFRS Resources (including IFRS Cases) for Educators ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
Bob
Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
American
Accounting Association Past Presidents are listed at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/PastPresidentsAAA.htm
"2012 tax
software survey: Which products and features yielded frustration or bliss?" by
Paul Bonner, Journal of Accountancy, September 2012 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2012/Sep/20125667.htm
Center for Financial Services
Innovation ---
http://cfsinnovation.com/
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx
Bob
Jensen's taxation helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Subtle Distinctions in Technical
Terminology
Machine Learning, Big Data, Deep Learning, Data Mining, Statistics, Decision &
Risk Analysis, Probability, Fuzzy Logic FAQ ---
http://wmbriggs.com/blog/?p=6465
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
Proposal for a Quant Corner on the AAA Commons
I am forwarding this AECM message to the current AAA Leadership, including
Karen Pincus, Mary Barth, and Julie Smith David. For a very long time, the AAA
has not been a good old boys club.
The contributions of accountics scientists to the AAA Commons to date have
been almost nothing ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Bob Jensen has contributed around 100 accountics science postings, but these
are only a small proportion of his 1.500 posts and 15,000 comments on the
Commons ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/people/12462cc690/profile
David Boynton
There are quite a few accountics science postings on the AAA Commons thanks
to David Boynton. David is on the staff of the AAA. As of January 19, 2013 David
has made 470 posts to the Commons. Nearly all of them are accountics science
postings.
To see a listing of David's postings on the AAA Commons, do the following:
- Go to the AAA Commons at
http://commons.aaahq.org/pages/home
- Sign in as an AAA Member.
I truly wish the full Commons was available to non-members, but if
wishes were horses beggars would ride.
- On the right side you will see a picture link to David Boyton. Click
on this link.
- Near the top of David's profile you will see a link to his Posts.
Click there to see a listing of his postings to the Commons.
Proposal for a Quant Corner
I propose that the current leadership of the AAA post a Quant Corner Forum
on the Commons. The purpose would be to have accountics scientists post a
discussion of their existing working papers (e.g., on SSRN) and forthcoming
papers in TAR, JAR, JAE, and other quant journals. A restriction would be
that these authors discuss their research without the use of equations and
statistical inference tables at a level that non-quants can understand.
Commons users could then comment on selected Quant Corner postings. Ideally
the authors would then reply back in a dialog that is not being accomplished in
the accountics science journals themselves. For example, TAR has not published
commentaries in years.
The model for the Quant Corner Forum could be the FASB's FASRI blog
--- http://www.fasri.net/
Note in particular how the accountics scientists discuss their research in plain
English beyond a mere abstract.
The problem with the FASRI blog is that it's limited to research related to
accounting standard setting.
I envision the Quant Corner to expand to all research topics of accountics
scientists.
Below is a quotation from one of my January 18 messages from another thread
on the AECM"
Hi Richard (Sansing),
Perhaps the secret lies in the race between the Turtle and the Hare.
Accountics scientists don't have to become like Bob Jensen thousands of
postings and tens of thousands of comments on the Commons. But they could
become steady in terms of posts and comments much like you are (gratefully
to me) a steady commenter on the AECM.
It would be terrific if Mary Barth posted a an Accountics Science Forum
(much like Zane's Writing Forum) on the AAA Commons. Then authors could post
notices of their forthcoming TAR, JAR, JAE, and other publications as well
as postings to SSRN. This might encourage AAA members to then comment on
these forthcoming publications. In a way this offsets the lack of published
commentaries in TAR, JAR, and JAE.
I'm certain that it will have a different name than Accountics Science
Forum. But it could be called something like Quant Corner. The FASB has a
blog to serve as a model, but accountics science postings to that blog are
much too infrequent ---
http://www.fasri.net/
In other words the the Quant Corner on the Commons could be modeled after
the FASRI blog, but the accountics science journal editors and referees
should remind authors to make postings to the Quant Corner.
Thank you Richard for being tolerant of my rantings on the AECM.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
On January 18, 2013 Richard Campbell replies as follows:
Why not have the AAA have an online comment section
for each of the AAA journals?
The Wall Street Journal has that for all their
Blogs.
January 19, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
Thanks for replying Richard. I've actually thought about that, but
I prefer the FASRI-style lead ins where authors provide more of a personal
chat about their forthcoming research articles. These chats are more than
the abstracts that now appear on articles. And the dialog should avoid the
equations and statistical inference tables.
There could be a suggested outline for author lead in chats. I like the
format that's extremely common on Wikipedia where there are sections like
you see at
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balanced_scorecard
Yes we could even request that authors fill in a Criticisms section for
their own research article.
What's interesting is that readers like me would be drawn to the Quant
Corner Forum in large measure just to see how accountics scientists
criticize their own research.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
This is an award-winning clinical academic accounting research contribution
to the profession of accountancy. It is totally within the spirit of the
Pathways Commission initiatives ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
"Scholars Receive American Accounting Association Award," by
Terri Eyden, AccountingWeb, January 28, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/scholars-receive-american-accounting-association-award/220891?source=education
This January, the American Institute of CPAs
(AICPA) and Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) announced
the recipients of the American Accounting Association's (AAA) Greatest
Potential Impact on Management Accounting Practice Award for 2012. The award
was presented to Ramji Balakrishnan, Eva Labro, and Konduru Sivaramakrishnan
for their paper, Product Costs as Decision Aids: An Analysis of Alternative
Approaches, which was published in Accounting Horizons, an AAA publication.
The award was presented at the AAA 2013 Management
Accounting Section Conference in New Orleans, Louisiana, January 10-12,
2013, by Anne Farrell, PricewaterhouseCoopers-endowed assistant professor
chair in accountancy, Farmer School of Business, Miami University, Oxford,
Ohio; chair of the selection committee; and AAA Management Accounting
Section (MAS) liaison to the AICPA Business & Industry Executive Committee.
According to the AICPA, the award recognizes
academic papers that are considered the most likely to have a significant
impact on management accounting practice. It is sponsored by the AICPA and
CIMA, who are "working to elevate management accounting around the world and
together created the Chartered Global Management Accountant (CGMA)
designation to distinguish professionals who excel in the field."
Eligible papers must have been published within the
previous five years and submitted by the authors or nominated by peers. The
sponsorship value is $2,000.
Balakrishnan he and his colleagues are especially
appreciative of both institutes' commitment to supporting academic research
in the area of management accounting.
"A lot of academic research in accounting today is
in the realm of financial reporting, with a focus on publically listed firms
for which extensive data sets are available for large-scale archival
research," Balakrishnan said. "We are grateful for AICPA and CIMA's support
of management accounting research because it provides the needed impetus to
direct some of the research focus on measurement issues and decision tools
that are key to enhancing operational efficiencies of any firm, whether
public or private and of all sizes."
The award was created in 2009 to support the next
generation of management accounting researchers and to recognize the
importance of research to practice and the profession. Management accounting
is a core discipline for the institute's members in business, industry, and
government, according to the AICPA.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Although this research has not yet shown evidence of adoption in business firms
around the world, it certainly becomes a candidate for addition to the following
table.
I would like to challenge subscribers of the AECM to fill out the following
table:
This challenge is very easy for practitioner clinical applications in
medicine, natural science, social science, computer science, engineering, and
finance. It's not so easy to find where inventions/discoveries by accounting
professors made splashes in the practitioner pond. It might be questioned
whether Bob Kaplan invented all the components of the popular Balanced Scorecard
widely applied by corporations around the world. An earlier version in 1987 was
invented by a practitioner named Art Schneiderman. But I think Bob Kaplan
beginning in 1990 made so many seminal contributions to the scorecard that I
will give him credit for the invention that made a huge splash in the
practitioner pond.
When I was the 1986 Program Director for
NYC Annual
Meetings of American Accounting Association I posed this challenge to Joel
Demski to address in his plenary session (shared with Bob Kaplan). Joel
suggested the practitioner applications of Dollar-Value LIFO. Subsequently,
accounting historian Dale Flesher dug into this and discovered that DVL was
invented by Herbert T. McAnly who retired in 1964 as a partner at Ernst & Ernst
after 44 years with the firm
The Seminal Contributions to Accounting Literature Award of the American
Accounting Association are as follows ---
http://aaahq.org/awards/awrd2win.htm
2007 — "Relevance Lost: The Rise and Fall of Management
Accounting"
by H. Thomas Johnson and Robert S. Kaplan
Harvard Business School Press 1987
2004 — "Towards a Positive Theory of the Determination of
Accounting Standards"
by Ross L. Watts and Jerold L. Zimmerman
The Accounting Review (January) 1978
1994 — "Economic Incentives in budgetary Control Systems"
by Joel S. Demski and Gerald A. Feltham
The Accounting Review (April) 1978
1989 — "Information Content of Annual Earnings Announcements"
by William H. Beaver
Journal of Accounting Research 1968
1986 — "An Empirical Evaluation of Accounting Income Numbers"
by Ray Ball and Philip Brown
Journal of Accounting Research 1968
These are all tremendous contributions to the academic side of accountancy.
However, none of the inventions of Professors Demski and Feltham to my knowledge
made a splash in the practitioner pond. ABC costing focused upon by Johnson and
Kaplan made a splash in the practitioner pond, but ABC costing was invented by
cost accountants at John Deere.
The contributions of Watts, Zimmerman, Beaver, Ball, and Brown made splashes
of sorts in the practice pond, but I have difficulty calling them seminal
"inventions." In these instances the authors were extending into accounting
inventions attributed earlier to professors and practitioners in economics and
finance.
There are many other accounting professors who made seminal contributions to
the academic side of accountancy. For example, Yuji Ijiri is a Hall of Famer who
had many noteworthy accountancy inventions. However, to my knowledge Yuji did
not make a ripple in the practitioner pond except maybe for selected
practitioners trying to fend against the takeover of historical cost accounting
by fair value accounting. Many seminal inventions of Yuji, like the "Force,"
were just not deemed practical.
My own published research is best described as extensions and/or applications
invented by others ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm#Published
To my knowledge none of my extensions made so much as a ripple in the
practitioner pond.
January 19, 2013 reply from Dan Stone
A great idea.... which would probably be better in
a research paper than on a list.
Anna Cianci and Bob Ashton published a paper a few
years ago demonstrating how the KPMG audit research support initiative led
to changes in auditor / audit firm practices.
So maybe:
idea: the application of cognitive biases and
decision aiding to audit practice Professors: a large cast many of whom got
their PhD at Univ. of Illinois in the 1960s and 1970s including Bob Ashton,
Bob Libby, Kathryn Kadous, and many, many others
idea: the risk based audit Professors: KPMG
monograph by Howard Thomas, Ira Solomon, Marc Peecher (along with many
others)
Dan Stone
January 20, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Dan,
Thanks for the added considerations.
Among other things, your post suggests that some "inventions" do not have
short names.
Some of your suggestions do need further research into where credit can be
given for the very first inventions of what eventually made a splash in the
practitioner pond.
For example, does anybody (Miklos?) on the AECM know of where the concept of
Risk-Based Auditing had its original starting point? I fear that it may be
like Dollar Based LIFO where accounting professors picked up on the seminal
idea of a practitioner. For example, did some employee of the Arthur
Andersen accounting firm, that took risk-based auditing to its own demise,
also invent the concept itself?
Robert Knechel (University of Florida) supposedly traced
the history of risk-based auditing, but I've not seen his paper in
this regard.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
"Academic Research With Mass Appeal," by Erin Zlome, Bloomberg
Business Week, January 28, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-28/academic-research-with-mass-appeal
Business professors are great at writing
jargon-filled, hard-to-digest research papers. But every once and a while,
they knock it out of the park with the general public. A small pool of
research achieved such blockbuster status in 2012 by becoming the most read,
most downloaded, or most written-about pieces authored by professors at top
business schools. Tax evasion, finding a job, and the benefits of teaching
employees Spanish are some of the topics that got non-students reading.
At
Harvard Business School, an
excerpt
from Clayton Christensen’s book How Will You
Measure Your Life? was the year’s most read preview of forthcoming
research. The passage uses the downfall of Blockbuster and the rise of
Netflix (NFLX)
as an analogy for how we may end up paying a high cost for small decisions.
Continued in article
January 31, 2013 reply from Dale Flesher
Bob:
Although they didn’t invent it, Johnson and Kaplan deserve credit for
rediscovering and popularizing Activity-Based Costing. As I recall,
Alexander Hamilton Church described ABC as early as 1908, but without
computers it wasn’t practical.
Also, James O. McKinsey, an accounting professor at the University of
Chicago and 1924 AAA president who later founded McKinsey & Co., is credited
with inventing the concept of business budgeting with the publication of his
1922 book on the subject. Previously, budgeting had been considered a
governmental topic. Industry accountants (such as Donaldson Brown at
General Motors, who had previously invented the DuPont Formula) applied
McKinsey’s concepts and developed them further. For example, GM (and also
Westinghouse) developed flexible budgeting by 1928, which was not considered
by McKinsey.
Dale
February 5, 2013 reply from Steve Zeff
In 1989, Nick Dopuch wrote, "Because of its
practical implications, audit judgement research is regarded as having had
the biggest impact on practice of any area of research in
accounting/auditing" - p. 54 in Frecka (editor), The State of Accounting
Research As We Enter the 1990's - Illinois PhD Jubilee 1939-1959 (University
of Illinois, 1989).
Steve.
February 6, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
My problem, in terms of my table, is that virtually all judgment research
in accounting that I've encountered applies earlier inventions from other
disciplines. Another problem with judgment research is that except in rare
instances like Balanced Scorecard the practitioners applying judgment models
have no clue as to a link between an academic accounting researcher and
practice.
This shortage of academic seminal inventions seems to be unique to the
accounting profession. In nearly every other profession like engineering,
medicine, economics, finance, marketing, management, sociology, psychology,
education, etc. the table that I proposed filling could be filled in a New
York minute with names of academic professor inventions and inventors linked
to the practice of these professions.
For example, eigenvector scaling of paired-comparison decision alternatives
is somewhat widely applied in business. Those practitioners applying it most
likely recall the seminal contributions of mathematician Tom Saaty to what
is now termed the Analytical Hierarchy Process (Tom's terminology) of
business judgment. But those of us who applied AHP in accounting judgment
research are long forgotten --- search for "eigenvector" at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm#Published
Analytic Hierarchy Process ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Analytic_hierarchy_process
MIT, like Harvard, places enormous value on having both feet planted in
the real world
The professions of architecture, engineering, law, and medicine are heavily
dependent upon the researchers in universities who focus on needs for research
on the problems of practitioners working in the real world.
If accountics scientists want to change their ways and focus more on problems
of the accounting practitioners working in the real world, one small step that
can be taken is to study the presentations scheduled for a forthcoming MIT Sloan
School Conference.
Financial Education Daily, May 2012 ---
http://paper.li/businessschools?utm_source=subscription&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=paper_sub
Learning best practice from the best practitioners
MIT Sloan invites more than 400 of the world’s
finest leaders to campus every year. The most anticipated of these visits
are the talks given as part of the Dean’s Innovative Leader Series, which
features the most dynamic movers and shakers of our day.
At a school that places enormous value on having
both feet planted in the real world, the Dean’s Innovative Leader Series is
a powerful learning tool. Students have the
rare privilege of engaging in frank and meaningful discussions with the
leaders who are shaping the present and future marketplace.
Bob Jensen's threads on other steps that should be taken by accountics
scientists to become more focused on the needs of the profession ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Congratulations to USC's Ken Merchant
KEN MERCHANT RECEIVES LIFETIME CONTRIBUTION AWARD FROM AICPA AND AAA ---
http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=152282
Jensen Comment
Ken is an excellent accounting researcher and case writer who is seeking to
improve clinical accounting research to benefit the accounting profession. In
this regard he's on the vanguard of implementing some of the Pathways Commission
initiatives. His earlier years on the faculty of the Harvard Business School
(where case teaching is a rule rather than an exception) seem to have affected
the course of his professional life.
Congratulations to University of Texas Accounting Students
STUDENTS FROM UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT DALLAS AWARDED FIRST PLACE IN 2012 AICPA
COMPETITION ---
http://www.accountingeducation.com/index.cfm?page=newsdetails&id=152273
Students from Albion College took second place. Third place went to accounting
students at N.C. State University.
Business faculty looking for video illustrations of manufacturing and the
history of a one-time great company should take a look at this resource.
Beauty in Stone: The Industrial Films of the Georgia Marble Company ---
http://dlg.galileo.usg.edu/georgiamarble/
"Armstrong Becomes ‘Madoff on a Bike’ as Cheating Shatters Lives," By
Mason Levinson, Bloomberg, January 21, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-21/armstrong-becomes-madoff-on-a-bike-as-cheating-shatters-lives.html
Jensen Comment
Mason Levinson phoned me twice before writing this article. He did not, however,
quote any of my comments. One point that I made was that there are many
similarities between the Madoff's Ponzi fraud and the Lance Armstrong's doping
fraud. There is, however, one major difference. Lance Armstrong could've easily
stopped doping at any time. He might have no longer won his races, but he may
have gained enough respect from insiders such that his previous frauds would've
remained a secret to the world forever. It seems that insiders just got fed up
with his continued doping combined with his mean control over protecting his
secrets.
Bernie Madoff, like all Ponzi schemers, reached a point of no return. All
Ponzi fraudsters reach a point of no return --- that point where quitting means
getting caught and facing both public embarrassments and real penalties for
earlier crimes ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ponzi
Another type of fraud that reaches a point of no return is collections kiting
---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Check_kiting
Bob Jensen's threads on fraud ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud.htm
The Worst Fraudsters
"Who's the Worst? Expanded to More Categories," Dennis Elam, Elam Blog,
October 30, 2013 ---
http://www.professorelam.typepad.com/
Notable Fraudsters ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fraud#Notable_fraudsters
Question
If the media insists on reporting one earnings number, which of the alternative
earnings numbers should be reported?
In particular, should net earnings be reported before or after remeasuring
financial instruments for unrealized changes in fair value?
Hint
The following paper has a great summary of the history of OCI and problems
facing the FASB and IASB as we look to the future of financial reporting of
business firms.
"Academic Research and Standard-Setting: The Case of Other Comprehensive
Income," by Lynn L. Rees and Philip B. Shane, Accounting Horizons,
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 789-815. ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50237
This paper links academic accounting research on
comprehensive income reporting with the accounting standard-setting efforts
of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). We begin by discussing the development of
reporting other comprehensive income, and we identify a significant weakness
in the FASB's Conceptual Framework, in the lack of a cohesive definition of
any subcategory of comprehensive income, including earnings. We identify
several attributes that could help allocate comprehensive income between net
income, other comprehensive income, and other subcategories. We then review
academic research related to remaining standard-setting issues, and identify
gaps in academic research where hypotheses could be developed and tested.
Our objectives are to (1) stimulate standard-setters to better conceptualize
what is meant by other comprehensive income and to distinguish it from
earnings, and (2) stimulate researchers to develop and test hypotheses that
might help in that process.
. . .
Potential Alternative Definitions of Earnings
Table 1 summarizes and categorizes various
standard-setting issues related to reporting comprehensive income, and
provides the organizing structure for our literature review later in the
paper. The most important of these issues is the definition of earnings, or
what makes up earnings and how it is distinguished from OCI. This is a
“cross-cutting” issue because it arises when the Boards deliberate on
various topics. The Boards cooperatively initiated the financial statement
presentation project intending, in part, to solve the comprehensive income
composition problem, but the project was subsequently delayed.
Table 2 presents a list of the specific
comprehensive income components under current U.S. GAAP that require
recognition as OCI. The second column presents the statement that provided
financial reporting guidance for the OCI component, along with its effective
date. The effective dates provide an indication as to how the OCI components
have expanded over time. Since the issuance of Statement No. 130, which
established formal reporting of OCI, new OCI-expanding requirements were
promulgated in Statement No. 133. Financial instruments, insurance, and
leases are three examples of topics currently on the FASB's agenda where OCI
has been discussed as an option to report various gains and losses. In all
these discussions, a framework is lacking that can guide standard-setter
decisions. The increased use of accumulated OCI to capture various changes
in net assets and the likely expansion of OCI items reinforce the notion
that standard-setters must eventually come to grips with the distinction
between OCI and earnings, or even whether the practice of reporting OCI with
recycling should be retained.7
Presumably, elements with similar informational
attributes should be classified together in financial statements. It is
unclear what attributes the items listed in Table 2 possess that result in
their being characterized differently from other components of income.
Notably, the basis for conclusions of the FASB standards gives little to no
economic reasoning for the decision to place these items in OCI. While not
exhaustive, Table 2 presents four attributes that standard-setters could
potentially use to distinguish between earnings and OCI: (1) the degree of
persistence of the item, (2) whether the item results from a firm's core
operations, (3) whether the item represents a change in net assets that is
reasonably within management's control, and (4) whether the item results
from remeasurement of an asset/liability. We discuss in turn the merits and
potential problems of using these attributes to form a reporting framework
for comprehensive income.
Degree of Persistence.
The degree of persistence of various comprehensive
income components has significant implications for firm value (e.g.,
Friedman 1957; Kormendi and Lipe 1987; Collins and Kothari 1989). Ohlson's
(1995, 1999) valuation model places a heavy emphasis on earnings
persistence, which suggests that a reporting format that facilitates
identifying the level of persistence across income components could be
useful to investors. Examples abound as to how the concept of income
persistence has been used in standard-setting, including separate
presentation in the income statement for one-time items, extraordinary
items, and discontinued operations. Standard-setters have justified several
footnote disclosures (segmental disclosures) and disaggregation requirements
(e.g., components of pension expense) on the basis of providing information
to financial statement users about the persistence of various income
statement components.
Thus, the persistence of revenue and expense items
potentially could serve as a distinguishing characteristic of earnings and
OCI. Table 2 shows that we regard all the items currently recognized in OCI
as having relatively low persistence. However, several other low-persistence
items are not recognized in OCI; for example, gains/losses on sale of
assets, impairments of assets, restructuring charges, and gains/losses from
litigation. To be consistent with this definition of OCI, the current
paradigm must change significantly, and the resulting total for OCI would
look substantially different from what it is now.
Using persistence of an item to distinguish
earnings from OCI would create significant problems for standard-setters.
Persistence can range from completely transitory (zero persistence) to
permanent (100 percent persistence). At what point along this range is an
item persistent enough to be recorded in earnings? While restructuring
charges are typically considered as having low persistence, if they occur
every two to three years, is this frequent enough to be classified with
other earnings components or infrequent enough to be classified with OCI?
Furthermore, the relative persistence of an item likely varies across
industries, and even across firms.
In spite of these inherent difficulties,
standard-setters could establish criteria related to persistence that they
might use to ultimately determine the classification of particular items. In
addition, standard-setters would not be restricted to classifying income
components in one of two categories. As an example, highly persistent
components could be classified as part of “recurring earnings,”
medium-persistence items could go to “other earnings,” and low-persistence
items to OCI (or some other nomenclature). Standard-setters could create
additional partitions as needed.
Core Operations.
Classifying income components as earnings or OCI
based on whether they are part of a firm's core operations is intuitively
appealing. This criterion is related to income persistence, as we would
expect core earnings to be more persistent than noncore income items.
Furthermore, classifying income based on whether it is part of core
operations has a long history in accounting.
In current practice, companies and investors place
primary importance on some variant of earnings. However, it is not clear
which variant of earnings is superior. Many companies report pro forma net
income, which presumably provides investors with a more representative
measure of the company's core income, but definitions of pro forma earnings
vary across firms. Similarly, analysts tend to forecast a company's core
earnings (Gu and Chen 2004). Evidence in prior research indicates that pro
forma earnings and actual earnings forecasted by analysts are more closely
associated with share prices than income from continuing operations based on
current U.S. GAAP (e.g., Bradshaw and Sloan 2002; Bhattacharya et al. 2003).
The problems inherent with this attribute are
similar to those of the earnings-persistence criterion. No generally
accepted definition of core operations exists. At what point along a
continuum does an activity become part of the core operations of a business?
As Table 2 indicates, classifying gains/losses from holding
available-for-sale securities as part of core earnings depends on whether
the firm operates in the financial sector. Different operating environments
across firms and industries could make it difficult for standard-setters to
determine whether an item belongs in core earnings or OCI.8 In addition,
differences in application across firms may give rise to concerns about
comparability and potential for abuse on the part of managers in exercising
their discretion (e.g., Barth et al. 2011).
The FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial
Statement Presentation tries to address the definitional issue by using
interrelationships and synergies between assets and liabilities as a
criterion to distinguish operating (or core) activities from investing (or
noncore) activities. Specifically, the Staff Draft states:
An entity shall classify in the operating category:
Assets that are used as part of the entity's
day-to-day business and all changes in those assets Liabilities that arise
from the entity's day-to-day business and all changes in those liabilities.
Operating activities generate revenue through a
process that requires the interrelated use of the entity's resources. An
asset or a liability that an entity uses to generate a return and any change
in that asset or liability shall be classified in the investing category. No
significant synergies are created for the entity by combining an asset or a
liability classified in the investing category with other resources of the
entity. An asset or a liability classified in the investing category may
yield a return for the entity in the form of, for example, interest,
dividends, royalties, equity income, gains, or losses. (FASB 2010, paras.
72, 73, 81)
The above distinction between operating activities
and investing activities could similarly be used to distinguish between core
activities and noncore activities. Alternatively, standard-setters might
develop other definitions. Similar to the degree of persistence attribute,
standard-setters would not be restricted to a simple core versus noncore
dichotomy when using this definition.
Another possible solution is to allow management to
determine which items belong in core earnings. Companies exercise this
discretion today when they choose to disclose pro forma earnings.
Furthermore, the FASB established the precedent of the “management approach”
when it allowed management to determine how to report segment disclosures.
In several other areas of U.S. GAAP, management is responsible for
establishing boundaries that define its operating environment. FASB
Accounting Standards Codification Topic 320 (formerly Statement 115) permits
different measurements for identical investments based on management's
intent to sell or hold the instrument. Other examples where U.S. GAAP allows
for management discretion include determining the rate to discount pension
liabilities, defining reporting units, and determining whether an impairment
is other than temporary. However, the management approach accentuates the
concern about comparability and potential for abuse.
Management Control.
Given a premise that evaluating management's
stewardship is a primary role of financial statements, a possible rationale
for excluding certain items from earnings is that they do not provide a good
measure to evaluate management.9 Management can largely control the firm's
operating costs and can influence the level of revenues generated. However,
some decisions that affect comprehensive income can be established by
company policy or the company mission statement and, thus, be outside the
control of management. For example, a company policy might be to invest
excess cash in marketable securities with the objective of maximizing
returns. Once the board of directors establishes this policy, management has
little influence over how market-wide fluctuations in security prices affect
earnings, and hedging the gains/losses would be inconsistent with the
objective of maximizing returns. Similarly, a company's mission statement
might include expansion overseas, or prior management might have already
decided to establish a foreign subsidiary. The resulting gains/losses from
foreign currency fluctuations would seemingly be out of management's
control, and hedging these gains/losses would not make economic sense if the
subsidiary's functional currency is its local currency and the parent has no
intention of repatriating the subsidiary's cash flows.
Of course, determining what is and is not
ostensibly under management's control becomes highly subjective and would
probably differ across industries, and perhaps even across firms within
industries. For example, gains/losses from investment holdings might not be
relevant in evaluating management of some companies, but might be very
relevant for managers of holding companies. In addition, the time horizon
affects what is under management's control. That is, as the time horizon
lengthens, more things are under management's control.
In Table 2, we classify items as not under
management's control if they are based on fluctuations in stock prices or
exchange rates, which academic research shows to be largely random within
efficient markets. Using this classification model, most, but not all, of
the OCI items listed in Table 2 are classified as not under the management's
control. Some of the pension items currently recognized in OCI are within
the control of management, because management controls the decision to
revise a pension plan. While management has control over when to harvest
gains/losses on available-for-sale (AFS) securities by deciding when to sell
the securities, it cannot control market prices. Thus, under this criterion,
unrealized gains/losses on AFS securities are appropriately recognized in
OCI. However, gains/losses on trading securities and the effects of tax rate
changes are beyond management's control, and yet, these items are currently
included as part of earnings. Thus, “management control” does not
distinguish what is and is not included in earnings under current U.S. GAAP.
Remeasurements.
Barker (2004) explains how the measurement and
presentation of comprehensive income might rely on remeasurements. The
FASB's (2010) Staff Draft on Financial Statement Presentation defines
remeasurements as follows:
A remeasurement is an amount recognized in
comprehensive income that increases or decreases the net carrying amount of
an asset or a liability and that is the result of:
A change in (or realization of) a current price or
value A change in an estimate of a current price or value or A change in any
estimate or method used to measure the carrying amount of an asset or a
liability. (FASB 2010, para. 234)
Using this definition, examples of remeasurements
are impairments of land, unrealized gains/losses due to fair value changes
in securities, income tax expenses due to changes in statutory tax rates,
and unexpected gains/losses from holding pension assets. All of these items
represent a change in carrying value of an already existing asset or
liability due to changes in prices or estimates (land, investments, deferred
tax asset/liability, and pension asset/liability, respectively).
Table 3 reproduces a table from Barker (2004) that
illustrates how a firm's income statement might look using a “matrix format”
if standard-setters adopt the remeasurement approach to reporting
comprehensive income. Note that the presentation in Table 3 does not employ
earnings as a subtotal of comprehensive income; however, the approach could
be modified to define earnings as the sum of all items before remeasurements,
if considered useful. Tarca et al. (2008) conduct an experiment with
analysts, accountants, and M.B.A. students to assess whether the matrix
income statement format in Table 3 facilitates or hinders users' ability to
extract information. They find evidence suggesting that the matrix format
facilitates more accurate information extraction for users across all
sophistication levels relative to a typical format based on IAS 1.
Table 3: Illustration of Matrix Reporting Format

Employing remeasurements to distinguish between
earnings and other comprehensive income largely incorporates the criterion
of earnings persistence. Most remeasurements result from price changes,
where the current change has little or no association with future changes
and, therefore, these components of income are transitory. In contrast,
earnings components before remeasurements generally represent items that are
likely more persistent.
Perhaps the most significant advantage of the
remeasurement criterion is that it is less subjective than the other
criteria previously discussed. Most of the other criteria in Table 2 are
continuous in nature. Drawing a bright line to differentiate what belongs in
earnings from what belongs in OCI is challenging and will likely be
susceptible to income manipulation. In contrast, determining whether a
component of income arises from a remeasurement is more straightforward.
Yet another advantage of this approach is it allows
for a full fair value balance sheet that clearly discloses the effects of
fair value measurement on periodic comprehensive income, while also showing
earnings effects under a modified historical cost system (i.e., before
remeasurements). This approach could potentially provide better information
about probable future cash flows.
Other.
The attributes standard-setters could use to
classify income components into earnings or OCI are not limited to the list
in Table 2. Ketz (1999) suggests using the level of measurement uncertainty.
As an example, gains/losses from Level 1 fair value measurements might be
viewed as sufficiently certain to include in earnings, while Level 3 fair
value measurements might generate gains/losses that belong in OCI. Song et
al. (2010) provide some support for this partition in that they document the
value relevance of Level 1 and Level 2 fair values exceeds the value
relevance of Level 3 fair values.
Another potential attribute might be the horizon
over which unrealized gains/losses are ultimately realized. That is,
unrealized gains/losses from foreign currency fluctuations, term life
insurance contracts, or holding pension assets that will not be realized for
many years in the future might be disclosed as part of OCI, whereas
unrealized gains/losses from trading and available-for-sale securities could
be part of earnings.
As previously discussed, the attributes of
measurement uncertainty and timeliness create similar problems in
determining where to draw the line. Which items are sufficiently reliable
(or timely) to include in earnings, and will differences in implementation
across firms and industries impair comparability?
The overriding purpose of the discussion in this
subsection is to point out that several alternative attributes could
potentially guide standard-setters in establishing criteria to differentiate
earnings from OCI. Ultimately, the choice regarding whether/how to
distinguish net income from OCI is a matter of policy. However, academic
research can inform policy decisions, as described in the fourth and fifth
sections.
Summary
Reporting OCI is a relatively recent phenomenon
that presumes financial statement users are provided with better information
when specific comprehensive income components are excluded from
earnings-per-share (EPS), and recycled back into net income only after the
occurrence of a specified transaction or event. The number of income
components included in OCI has increased over time, and this expansion is
likely to continue as standard-setters address new agenda items (e.g.,
financial instruments and insurance contracts). The lack of a clear
definitional distinction between earnings and OCI in the FASB/IASB
Conceptual Frameworks has led to: (1) ad hoc decisions on the income
components classified in OCI, and (2) no conceptual basis for deciding
whether OCI should be excluded from earnings-per-share (EPS) in the current
period or recycled through EPS in subsequent periods. In this section, we
discussed alternative criteria that standard-setters could use to
distinguish earnings from OCI, along with the advantages and challenges of
each criterion. Further, due to the inherent difficulties in drawing bright
lines between earnings that are persistent versus transitory, core versus
noncore, under management control or not, and amenable to remeasurement or
not, standard-setters might consider eliminating OCI; that is, they might
decide to adopt an all-inclusive income statement approach, where
comprehensive income is reporte
. . .
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I like this paper. Table 3 could be improved by adding bottom line net earnings
before and after remeasurement.
The paper does not provide all the answers, but it is well written in terms
of history up to this point in time and alternative directions for
consideration.
No Bottom Line
Question
Is a major overhaul of accounting standards on the way?
Hint
There may no longer be the tried and untrusted earnings per share number to
report!
Comment
It would be interesting to see a documentation of the academic research, if any,
that the FASB relied upon to commence this blockbuster initiative. I recommend
that some astute researcher commence to probe into the thinking behind this
proposal.
"Profit as We Know It Could Be Lost With New Accounting
Statements,"
by David Reilly, The Wall Street Journal, May 12, 2007; Page
A1 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB117893520139500814.html?mod=DAT
Pretty soon the bottom line may not be, well, the
bottom line.
In coming months, accounting-rule makers are
planning to unveil a draft plan to rework financial statements, the bedrock
data that millions of investors use every day when deciding whether to buy
or sell stocks, bonds and other financial instruments. One possible result:
the elimination of what today is known as net income or net profit, the
bottom-line figure showing what is left after expenses have been met and
taxes paid.
It is the item many investors look to as a key
gauge of corporate performance and one measure used to determine executive
compensation. In its place, investors might find a number of profit figures
that correspond to different corporate activities such as business
operations, financing and investing.
Another possible radical change in the works:
assets and liabilities may no longer be separate categories on the balance
sheet, or fall to the left and right side in the classic format taught in
introductory accounting classes.
ACCOUNTING OVERHAUL
Get a glimpse of what new financial statements
could look like, according to an early draft recently provided by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board to one of its advisory groups. The
overhaul could mark one of the most drastic changes to accounting and
financial reporting since the start of the Industrial Revolution in the 19th
century, when companies began publishing financial information as they
sought outside capital. The move is being undertaken by accounting-rule
makers in the U.S. and internationally, and ultimately could affect
companies and investors around the world.
The project is aimed at providing investors with
more telling information and has come about as rule makers work to one day
come up with a common, global set of accounting standards. If adopted, the
changes will likely force every accounting textbook to be rewritten and
anyone who uses accounting -- from clerks to chief executives -- to relearn
how to compile and analyze information that shows what is happening in a
business.
This is likely to come as a shock, even if many
investors and executives acknowledge that net income has flaws. "If there
was no bottom line, I'd want to have a sense of what other indicators I
ought to be looking at to get a sense of the comprehensive health of the
company," says Katrina Presti, a part-time independent health-care
contractor and stay-at-home mom who is part of a 12-woman investment club in
Pueblo, Colo. "Net income might be a false indicator, but what would I look
at if it goes away?"
The effort to redo financial statements reflects
changes in who uses them and for what purposes. Financial statements were
originally crafted with bankers and lenders in mind. Their biggest question:
Is the business solvent and what's left if it fails? Stock investors care
more about a business's current and future profits, so the net-income line
takes on added significance for them.
Indeed, that single profit number, particularly
when it is divided by the number of shares outstanding, provides the most
popular measure of a company's valuation: the price-to-earnings ratio. A
company that trades at $10 a share, and which has net profit of $1 a share,
has a P/E of 10.
But giving that much power to one number has long
been a recipe for fraud and stock-market excesses. Many major accounting
scandals earlier this decade centered on manipulation of net income. The
stock-market bubble of the 1990s was largely based on investors' assumption
that net profit for stocks would grow rapidly for years to come. And the
game of beating a quarterly earnings number became a distraction or worse
for companies' managers and investors. Obviously it isn't known whether the
new format would cut down on attempts to game the numbers, but companies
would have to give a more detailed breakdown of what is going on.
The goal of the accounting-rule makers is to better
reflect how businesses are actually run and divert attention from the one
number. "I know the world likes single bottom-line numbers and all of that,
but complicated businesses are hard to translate into just one number," says
Robert Herz, chairman of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the U.S.
rule-making body that is one of several groups working on the changes.
At the same time, public companies today are more
global than local, and as likely to be involved in services or lines of
business that involve intellectual property such as software rather than the
plants and equipment that defined the manufacturing age. "The income
statement today looks a lot like it did when I started out in this
profession," says William Parrett, the retiring CEO of accounting firm
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, who started as a junior accountant in 1967. "But
the kind of information that goes into it is completely different."
Along the way, figures such as net income have
become muddied. That is in part because more and more of the items used to
calculate net profit are based on management estimates, such as the value of
items that don't trade in active markets and the direction of interest
rates. Also, over the years rule makers agreed to corporate demands to
account for some things, such as day-to-day changes in the value of pension
plans or financial instruments used to protect against changes in interest
rates, in ways that keep them from causing swings in net income.
Rule makers hope reformatting financial statements
will address some of these issues, while giving investors more information
about what is happening in different parts of a business to better assess
its value. The project is being managed jointly by the FASB in the U.S. and
the London-based International Accounting Standards Board, and involves
accounting bodies in Japan, other parts of Asia and individual European
nations.
The entire process of adopting the revised approach
could take a few years to play out, so much could yet change. Plus, once
rule makers adopt the changes, they would have to be ratified by regulatory
authorities, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission in the U.S. and
the European Commission in Europe, before public companies would be required
to follow them.
As a first step, rule makers expect later this year
to publish a document outlining their preliminary views on what new form
financial statements might take. But already they have given hints of what's
in store. In March, the FASB provided draft, new financial statements at the
end of a 32-page handout for members of an advisory group. (See an example.)
Although likely to change, this preview showed an
income statement that has separate segments for the company's operating
business, its financing activities, investing activities and tax payments.
Each area has an income subtotal for that particular segment.
There is also a "total comprehensive income"
category that is wider ranging than net profit as it is known today, and so
wouldn't be directly comparable. That is because this total would likely
include gains and losses now kept in other parts of the financial
statements. These include some currency fluctuations and changes in the
value of financial instruments used to hedge against other items.
Comprehensive income could also eventually include
short-term changes in the value of corporate pension plans, which currently
are smoothed out over a number of years. As a result, comprehensive income
could be a lot more difficult to predict and could be volatile from quarter
to quarter or year to year.
As for the balance sheet, the new version would
group assets and liabilities together according to similar categories of
operating, investing and financing activities, although it does provide a
section for shareholders equity. Currently, a balance sheet is broken down
between assets and liabilities, rather than by operating categories.
Such drastic change isn't likely to happen without
a fight. Efforts to bring now-excluded figures into the income statement
could prompt battles with companies that fear their profit will be subject
to big swings. Companies may also balk at the expense involved.
"The cost of this change could be monumental," says
Gary John Previts, an accounting professor at Case Western Reserve
University in Cleveland. "All the textbooks are going to have to change,
every contract and every bank arrangement will have to change." Investors in
Europe and Asia, meanwhile, have opposed the idea of dropping net profit as
it appears today, David Tweedie, the IASB's chairman, said in an interview
earlier this year.
Analysts in the London office of UBS AG recently
published a report arguing this very point -- that even if net income is a
"simplistic measure," that doesn't mean it isn't a valid "starting point in
valuation" and that "its widespread use is justification enough for its
retention."
Such opposition doesn't surprise many accounting
experts. Net income is "the basis for bonuses and judgments about what a
company's stock is worth," says Stephen A. Zeff, an accounting professor at
Rice University. "I just don't know what the markets would do if companies
stopped reporting a bottom line somewhere." In the U.S., professional
investors and analysts have taken a more nuanced view, perhaps because the
manipulation of numbers was more pronounced in U.S. markets.
That said, net profit has been around for some
time. The income statement in use today, along with the balance sheet,
generally dates to the 1940s when the SEC laid out regulations on financial
disclosure. But many companies have included net profit in one form or
another since the 1800s.
In its fourth annual report, General Electric Co.
provided investors with a consolidated balance sheet and consolidated
profit-and-loss account for the year ended Jan. 31, 1896. The company, whose
board at the time included Thomas Edison, generated "profit of the year" --
what today would be called net income or net profit -- of $1,388,967.46.
For the moment, net profit will probably exist in
some form, although its days are likely numbered. "We've decided in the
interim to keep a net-income subtotal, but that's all up for discussion,"
the FASB's Mr. Herz says.
Question
What do CFO's think of Robert Herz's (Chairman of the FASB) radical proposed
format for financial statements that have more disaggregated financial
information and no aggregated bottom line?
As we moved to fair value accounting for
derivative financial instruments (FAS 133) and financial instruments (FAS 157
and 159) coupled with the expected new thrust for fair value reporting on the
international scene, we have filled the income statement and the retained
earnings statement with more and more instability due to fluctuating unrealized
gains and losses.
I have reservations about fair value reporting
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#FairValue
But if we must live with more and more fair
value reporting, the bottom line has to go. But CFOs are reluctant to give up
the bottom line even if it may distort investing decisions and compensation
contracts tied to bottom-line reporting.
Before reading the article below you may want to first read about radical
new changes on the way ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay
- "A New Vision for
Accounting: Robert Herz and FASB are preparing a
radical new format for financial,
CFO Magazine,
by Alix Stuart, February 2008, pp. 49-53 ---
http://www.cfo.com/article.cfm/10597001/c_10711055?f=home_todayinfinance
Last summer, McCormick & Co. controller Ken Kelly sliced
and diced his financial statements in ways he had never
before imagined. For starters, he split the income
statement for the $2.7 billion international
spice-and-food company into the three categories of the
cash-flow statement: operating, financing, and
investing. He extracted discontinued operations and
income taxes and placed them in separate categories,
instead of peppering them throughout the other results.
He created a new form to distinguish which changes in
income were due to fair value and which to cash. One
traditional ingredient, meanwhile, was conspicuous by
its absence: net income.
Kelly wasn't just indulging a whim. Ahead of a public
release of a draft of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board's new format for financial statements in the
second quarter of 2008, the McCormick controller was
trying out the financial statements of the future, a
radical departure from current conventions. FASB's
so-called financial statement presentation project is
ostensibly concerned only with the form, or the "face,"
of financial statements, but it's quickly becoming clear
that it will change and expand their content as well.
"This is a complete redefinition of the financial
statements as we know them," says John Hepp, a former
FASB project manager and now senior manager at Grant
Thornton.
Some of the major changes under discussion:
reconfiguring the balance sheet and the income statement
to follow the three categories of the cash-flow
statement, requiring companies to report cash flows with
the little-used direct method; and introducing a new
reconciliation schedule that would highlight fair-value
changes. Companies will also likely have to report more
about their segments, possibly down to the same level of
detail as they currently report for the consolidated
statements. Meanwhile, net income is slated to disappear
completely from GAAP financial statements, with no
obvious replacement for such commonly used metrics as
earnings per share.
FASB, working with the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB) and accounting standards boards
in the United Kingdom and Japan, continues to work out
the precise details of the new financial statements. "We
are trying to set the stage for what financial
statements will look like across the globe for decades
to come," says FASB chairman Robert Herz. (Examples of
the proposed new financial statements can be viewed at
FASB's Website.) If the standard-setters stay their
course, CFOs and controllers at every publicly traded
company in the world could be following Kelly's lead as
soon as 2010.
It's too early to predict with confidence which changes
will ultimately stick. But the mock-up exercise has made
Kelly wary. He considers the direct cash-flow statement
and reconciliation schedule among the "worst aspects" of
the forthcoming proposal, and expects they would require
"draconian exercises" from his finance staff, he says.
And he questions what would result from the additional
details: "If all of a sudden your income statement has
125 lines instead of 25, is that presentation more
clarifying, or more confusing?"
Other financial executives share Kelly's skepticism. In
a December CFO survey of more than 200 finance
executives, only 17 percent said the changes would offer
any benefits to their companies or investors (see "Keep
the Bottom Line" at the end of this article). Even some
who endorsed the basic aim of the project and like the
idea of standardizing categories across the three major
financial statements were only cautiously optimistic.
"It may be OK, or it may be excessive." says David
Rickard, CFO of CVS/Caremark. "The devil will be in the
details."
Net Loss From the outset, corporate financial officers
have been ambivalent about FASB's seven year-old
project, which was originally launched to address
concerns that net income was losing relevance amid a
proliferation of pro forma numbers. Back in 2001,
Financial Executives International "strongly opposed"
it, while executives at Philip Morris, Exxon Mobil,
Sears Roebuck, and Microsoft protested to FASB as well.
(Critics then and now point out that FASB will have
little control over pro forma reporting no matter what
it does. Indeed, nearly 60 percent of respondents to
CFO's survey said they would continue to report pro
forma numbers after the new format is introduced.)
Given the project's starting point, it's not surprising
that current drafts of the future income statement omit
net income. Right now that's by default, since income
taxes are recorded in a separate section. But there is a
big push among some board members to make a more
fundamental change to eliminate net income by design,
and promote business income (income from operations) as
the preferred basis for investment metrics.
"If net income stays, it would be a sign that we
failed," says Don Young, a FASB board member. In his
mind, the project is not merely about getting rid of net
income, but rather about capturing all income-related
information in a single line (including such volatile
items as gains and losses on cash-flow hedges,
available-for-sale securities, and foreign-exchange
translations) rather than footnoting them in other
comprehensive income (OCI) as they are now. "All changes
in net assets and liabilities should be included," says
Young. "Why should the income statement be incomplete?"
He predicts that the new subtotals, namely business
income, will present "a much clearer picture of what's
going on."
Board member Thomas Linsmeier agrees. "The rationale for
segregating those items [in OCI] is not necessarily
obvious, other than the fact that management doesn't
want to be held accountable for them in the current
period," he says.
Whether for self-serving or practical reasons, finance
chiefs are rallying behind net income. Nearly 70 percent
of those polled by CFO in December said it should stay.
"I understand their theories that it's not the be-all
and end-all measure that it's put up to be, but it is a
measure everyone is familiar with, and sophisticated
users can adjust from there," says Kelly. Adds Rickard:
"They're treating [net income] as if it's the scourge of
the earth, which to me is silly. I think the logical
conclusion is to make other things available, rather
than hiding the one thing people find most useful."
. . .

Bob Jensen's threads on this
proposed "radical change" in financial reporting are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay
Jensen Comment
As we moved to fair value accounting for derivative
financial instruments (FAS 133) and financial instruments (FAS
157 and 159) coupled with the expected new thrust for fair
value reporting on the international scene, we have filled
the income statement and the retained earnings statement
with more and more instability due to fluctuating unrealized
gains and losses.
I have reservations about
fair value reporting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#FairValue
But if we must live with
more and more fair value reporting, the bottom line has to
go. But CFOs are reluctant to give up the bottom line even
if it may distort investing decisions and compensation
contracts tied to bottom-line reporting.
Bob Jensen's threads on the radical new changes on the
way ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#ChangesOnTheWay
Timeline of Accounting Events 1812-2012
January 13, 2013 from Jim Martin
I have developed a time-line of accounting
historical dates and events from
1812 to 2012 summarizing materials from various sources. It could be used as
the basis for a short or a long course on accounting history, or as a
reference source for accounting events. I suspect most accounting students
get very little exposure to accounting history. This resource is offered to
help alleviate that problem.
The link is
http://maaw.info/AccountingHistoryDatesAndEvents.htm
January 26 reply from Steve Zeff
Hi Bob,
Thanks for the alert. It is a nice list, but he
puts May's Financial Accounting: A Distillation of Experience in 1953
instead of 1943.
Cheers.
Steve.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting history are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#AccountingHistory
Please don't shoot the messenger
"Not-So-Happy Anniversary, XBRL: Four years after the Securities and
Exchange Commission mandate, it turns out that not many people are using data
provided by XBRL tagging. And those who have tried are not giving it rave
reviews," by Taylor Provost CFO.com, January 25, 2013 ---
http://www3.cfo.com/article/2013/1/gaap-ifrs_xbrl-tagging-columbia-sec-investors-analysts-interest-
Bob Jensen's threads on XBRL are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/XBRLandOLAP.htm
"Audit committees don't understand their annual reports, by Rachael
Singh, Accountancy Age, January 30, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2240079/audit-committees-dont-understand-their-annual-reports?WT.rss_f=&WT.rss_a=Audit+committees+don%27t+understand+their+annual+reports
The Deloitte Foundation Announces Recipients of the 2013 Doctoral
Fellowships in Accounting ---
http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/the-deloitte-foundation-announces-recipients-of-the-2013-doctoral-fellowships-in-accounting-188653171.html
A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the American Legislative Exchange
Council [Rich
States, Poor States] finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of the three million
net new jobs in America were created in the nine states without an income tax,
though these states account for only about 20% of the national population. ...
http://www.alec.org/docs/RSPS_5th_Edition.pdf
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up.
"The State Tax Reformers More Governors look to repeal their income taxes,"
The Wall Street Journal, January 29, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323968304578245720280333676.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Washington may be a tax reform wasteland, but out
in the states the action is hot and heavy. Nine states—including such
fast-growing places as Florida, Tennessee and Texas—currently have no income
tax, and the race is on to see which will be the tenth, and perhaps the 11th
and 12th.
Oklahoma and Kansas have lowered their income-tax
rates in the last two years with an aim toward eliminating the tax
altogether. North Carolina's newly elected Republican Governor Pat McCrory
has prioritized tax reform this year and wants to reduce the income tax.
Ditto for another newcomer, Mike Pence of Indiana, who has called for a 10%
income-tax rate cut. Susana Martinez, New Mexico's Republican Governor, has
called for slashing the state corporate tax to 4.9% from 7.6%, and the first
Republican-controlled legislature since Reconstruction in Arkansas is
considering chopping its tax rates by as much as half.
But those are warm-up acts compared to Nebraska
Governor Dave Heineman's announcement this month that he wants to eliminate
the state income tax and replace it with a broader sales tax. "How many of
you have sons and daughters, grandchildren, brothers and sisters and other
family members who no longer live in Nebraska because they couldn't find a
job here or they couldn't find the right career here in Nebraska?" he asked.
He believes eliminating the income tax—with a top rate of 6.84%—will make
the Cornhusker State a new magnet for jobs.
Then there's Louisiana Governor Bobby Jindal, who
wants to zero out his state's income tax (top rate 6%) and the 8% corporate
tax and replace them by raising the state's current 4% sales tax. He would
also eliminate some 150 special interest exemptions from the sales tax,
including massage parlors, art work and fishing boats.
As an economic matter, this swap makes sense.
Income taxes generally do more economic harm because they are a direct
penalty on saving, investment and labor that create new wealth. Sales taxes,
by contrast, hit consumption, which is the result of that wealth creation.
Governors Jindal, McCrory and Heineman cite the growing evidence that states
with low or no income taxes have done better economically in recent decades
compared to states with income-tax rates of 10% or more.
A new analysis by economist Art Laffer for the
American Legislative Exchange Council finds that, from 2002 to 2012, 62% of
the three million net new jobs in America were created in the nine states
without an income tax, though these states account for only about 20% of the
national population. The no-income tax states have had more stable revenue
growth, while states like New York, New Jersey and California that depend on
the top 1% of earners for nearly half of their income-tax revenue suffer
wide and destabilizing swings in their tax collections.
In the case of North Carolina, a new study by the
Civitas Institute concludes that a tax reform that shifts more of the burden
to consumption from income would increase average annual personal income
growth by 0.38% to 0.66%. That's enormous over time and would lead to much
higher state tax revenues. North Carolina's top income tax rate is 7.75%,
which is higher than that of most nearby states that it competes with for
investment. Virginia's top rate is 5.75% while Tennessee has no personal
income tax.
The main challenge for these Governors will be
making the political sale. Critics will call the income-for-sales-tax swap
regressive because everyone pays it. Mr. Jindal is countering by exempting
food, medicine and utilities from his sales tax and providing a rebate for
low-income families so their tax bills would not rise. But Governors will
have to trump the critics by stressing the larger economic benefits for the
state.
States with big energy production, like Louisiana
and Oklahoma, also have another reform option: replacing the income tax with
revenues from oil and gas extraction taxes, drilling leases and royalty
payments. This kind of reform makes everyone in the state a stakeholder in
America's energy renaissance from horizontal drilling and hydraulic
fracturing. It also helps build a political constituency for more mining and
drilling.
Governor John Kasich has proposed using revenues
from oil and natural gas drilling to reduce Ohio's income tax rate. He plans
to introduce his own larger tax reform soon. North Dakota, which last year
became the second largest oil producing state (after Texas), could easily
afford to abolish its income tax, much like Alaska did in 1980. Many more
states could collect billions of dollars in energy-related revenue if they
and the feds allowed more drilling on state and federal lands and offshore.
This state reform trend is a rare bright spot in
the current high-tax era, and it will further sharpen the contrast in
economic policies between GOP reform Governors and the union-dominated
high-tax models of California, Illinois, New York, Massachusetts and now
Minnesota, where last week Governor Mark Dayton proposed a huge tax hike.
Let the policy competition begin.
Jensen Comment
It's a bit difficult to attribute full causality of new jobs to having no income
tax in Florida, Tennessee, and Texas. These are also states where companies go
to avoid trouble with labor unions. For example, it may not help states like
Maine, Illinois, and Vermont to drop their income taxes since unions still have
a lot of clout in Maine, Illinois, and Vermont. The same can be said for
Massachusetts where Wal-Mart will never be allowed to build a store in Boston
until it is a unionized store. Even if Taxachusetts dropped its income tax, no
new Wal-Mart jobs would be forthcoming in Boston.
"Where Do State and Local Governments Get Their Revenue?" by Richard
Morrison, Tax Foundation, January 29, 2013 ---
http://taxfoundation.org/article/where-do-state-and-local-governments-get-their-revenue
Convertible PCs
"Sometimes They're Tablets, Sometimes They're Not," by Walter S.
Mossberg, The Wall Street Journal, January 22, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323485704578257853662703968.html
Microsoft's MSFT +0.45%new Windows 8 operating
system is a combination of two very different user interfaces, with each
best used in a different way. While the whole system is touch-enabled, only
the Start Screen, with its own tablet-type apps, is fully optimized for a
touch screen. The second interface—the traditional Windows desktop—is still
best used with a physical keyboard and a mouse or touch pad.
So, hardware makers are turning out convertible PCs
that attempt to function as both tablets and traditional laptops. These
aren't merely tablets with thin, optional keyboard covers; or standard
laptops with touch screens. They are attempts to create true hybrid devices
that can look and work like either a regular laptop or a touch-operated
tablet.
The models take different approaches, each of which
has its pros and cons. So, this week I decided to test three from well-known
PC makers. These machines have three things in common. At $850 to $1,299,
they are far costlier than the midrange Windows laptop, which falls into the
$400-to-$700 range. All use full Windows 8, not the more limited Windows RT,
so they can run popular Windows desktop software. And switching between
their dual modes takes some adjustment.
The Detachable The HP Envy x2 takes the simplest
approach of the three, and is the only one that allows you to use a normal,
thin, tablet, separate from the keyboard and touch pad. It's also the least
expensive of the three, at $850; and scored the best battery life in my
tests. But it has some drawbacks.
A gray, aluminum machine, the Envy at first looks
like a plain touch-screen laptop. But when you slide a button on the hinge,
the screen pops off to become a slender, 11.6 inch tablet you manipulate by
swiping, tapping and using an on-screen keyboard. When you want to use the
physical keyboard and touch pad, you pop the screen back onto the base
portion and you have a laptop again.
Other PC makers are making detachables, but unlike
some, Hewlett-Packard HPQ +0.24%has chosen to hide the attachment mechanism
in a sort of hump below the keyboard. This gives the machine a rear rise,
good for typing, but it means it can't sit flat on a desk. In laptop mode,
the Envy x2 weighs 3.1 pounds. The tablet alone weighs 1.5 pounds.
Walt Mossberg joins digits with a look at three PCs
that attempt to function as both tablets and traditional laptops. Photo:
Toshiba. .I applied my tablet battery test to the Envy, since it actually
can be used as a free-standing tablet, and my laptop-battery test to the
other two, since their screens are fixed to their keyboards. Both tests are
harsher than those the industry uses and involve playing media continuously
with Wi-Fi on, power-saving features off and the screen at a bright setting.
Because the Envy has two batteries—one in the
tablet and one in the base—it did pretty well. The tablet alone lasted five
hours and 15 minutes, and when it died, I snapped it back onto the base,
which kept it running for another three hours and 22 minutes. That combined
total of eight hours and 37 minutes still wasn't as good as the Apple iPad's
nine hours and 58 minutes in the same test, but it was better than some
other tablets, and in normal use, would likely approach 10 hours. You might
do much better running strictly in laptop mode, with both batteries
together.
The biggest downside of the Envy x2 is that it uses
a relatively wimpy Intel Atom processor, which hasn't powered many popular
tablets. I found it adequate but with some latency, and, on one occasion, it
produced choppy video briefly. (The other two machines use full-powered
Intel laptop chips.) Also, the Envy has the least storage of the three—64
gigabytes—though it can be expanded with memory cards.
Two more things: Even after days of use, I found it
hard to re-attach the screen. I also kept accidentally triggering the Envy's
power switch, which is flush with the surface at the top right rear of the
screen, where you might hold it.
The Dual Screen The twist with the Asus 2357.TW
+0.44%Taichi 21 is that it has two 11.6 inch screens: a nontouch display in
the usual position inside the lid and a tablet-like touch screen on the
outside. Yes, unlike any laptop you've probably owned, the cover of the
Taichi 21, which starts at $1,299, is glass.
The way it works is that you press a special button
that controls how the two screens work. There's a notebook mode, in which
the inner screen is the focus, just like a traditional laptop, but the outer
screen comes on when you close the lid. There's a tablet mode, which
reverses the priority. There's a mirror mode, in which the same thing is
shown on both screens when the lid is open, and dual-screen mode, in which
different things can be shown on the two displays. (The latter two modes are
meant for presentations and collaboration.)
In my tests, the system worked. But it's all very
complicated. And to add complexity, a second button can disable the outer
screen altogether, turning the expensive machine into a non-touch, standard
notebook.
Also, even though the Taichi is as light and thin
as a laptop, it makes for a heavy, thick tablet. The Taichi is 2.76 pounds
and has 128 GB of storage. But it costs $1,299 to $1,599, depending on
configuration, and battery life was poor. I tested it with both screens on,
since the company touts this feature, and got just a bit over three hours. I
estimate that with only one screen and more normal usage, you'd get two to
three more hours.
The Slider
Toshiba's 6502.TO -1.25%Satellite U925t lacks a name that rolls off the
tongue, but it has a screen that slides, which transforms it from a laptop
to a tablet. You just push the screen back into a flat position and then
slide it toward you over the keyboard, and voilà! You now have a big, bulky,
3.35-pound tablet with a 12.5-inch screen.
Continued in article
"How Much Admission Misreporting?" by Scott Jaschik, Inside Higher
Ed, January 28, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/01/28/bucknells-admission-raises-questions-about-how-many-colleges-are-reporting-false
This month, responding to four instances in
which colleges admitted to having provided false information for its
rankings, U.S. News & World Report published an FAQ on the issue. One of the
questions: "Do you believe that there are other schools that have
misreported data to U.S. News but have not come forward?" The magazine's
answer: "We have no reason to believe that other schools have misreported
data — and we therefore have no reason to believe that the misreporting is
widespread."
Less than three weeks later, another college --
Bucknell University -- came forward to admit that it had misreported SAT
averages from 2006 through 2012, and ACT averages during some of those
years.
The news from Bucknell left many admissions experts
wondering whether there are larger lessons to be learned by colleges as
report seems to follow report with regard to inaccurate information being
submitted by colleges.
David Hawkins, director of public policy and
research for the National Association for College Admission Counseling, said
via e-mail that "these actions are the result and responsibility of both
individuals and the institutions for which they work," but that there was
also a broader context behind all of these incidents.
"The emphasis placed on an institution's
'selectivity,' particularly as defined by standardized test scores, has gone
beyond the rational and become something of an obsession. NACAC believes it
is time for all stakeholders, including institutions, rankings, bond rating
companies, merit scholarships, boards of trustees, alumni, and many others,
to reassess the emphasis that is placed on 'input' factors like standardized
test scores, and focus on the value colleges add to students' postsecondary
experiences once they are on campus, regardless of the supposed
'selectivity' of the campus."
Leaving Students Out of the Average
At Bucknell, the inaccurate data resulted from the
college leaving some students' scores out of test averages. In a few cases,
the omitted students had scores higher than those reported. But most of the
excluded students had lower scores, so the result of leaving them out was to
inflate Bucknell's averages. "[D]uring each of those seven years, the scores
of 13 to 47 students were omitted from the SAT calculation, with the result
being that our mean scores were reported to be 7 to 25 points higher than
they actually were on the 1600-point scale," said a letter sent to the
campus from John C. Bravman, the president. "During those seven years of
misreported data, on average 32 students per year were omitted from the
reports and our mean SAT scores were on average reported to be 16 points
higher than they actually were."
The ACT scores were inaccurate only for some of
those years, but for several of the years resulted in real averages one
point lower than those reported.
Even though the inaccuracies were "relatively
small," Bravman wrote that they were significant. Reporting false
information "violated the trust of every student, faculty member, staff
member and Bucknellian they reached. What matters is that important
information conveyed on behalf of our university was inaccurate. On behalf
of the entire university, I offer my sincerest apology to all Bucknellians
for these violations of the integrity of Bucknell."
Bravman's letter said he was concerned that due to
"national discussions about college admissions," some people "may reach the
incorrect conclusion that the scores omitted were from some single cohort
that people typically cite – such as student-athletes, students from
underrepresented communities, children of substantial donors, legacies and
so on. All such speculation would be in error. The students came from
multiple cohorts, and of course the university will not disclose their
identity."
The false data were discovered after Bill Conley, a
new vice president for enrollment management, noted that the mean SAT score
for incoming students this year was about 20 points below last year's
reported average. He then investigated, and found the pattern of false
reporting.
In an interview Saturday, Bravman said that he
believed a single person had been responsible for the false data. SAT and
ACT scores were reported to the institutional research office in aggregate
form, he said. So the institutional research officials relied on those
aggregate data and never had the raw data that might have raised questions.
Bravman said that he has had discussions -- which
he described as unsatisfactory -- with the person who was responsible for
the reporting, and whom Bravman declined to identify. Bravman said that this
person denied trying to make the university's admissions process look better
either for internal or external audiences, and never offered a real
explanation for what had happened.
"I'm very frustrated," Bravman said of these
discussions. He said that it appeared to him to be "ignorance at best" or
"incompetence at worst" in recognizing the importance of reporting accurate
data.
Data on the Bucknell website have been corrected,
and U.S. News & World Report, which was given inaccurate data for rankings
purposes, has been informed of the problem, and given correct information,
Bravman said.
In 2012, Claremont McKenna College, Emory
University and George Washington University all submitted false data to U.S.
News about undergraduate admissions, as did Tulane University's business
school with regard to M.B.A. admissions.
Explaining the Pattern
Many admissions experts say that they are no longer
surprised by these reports. (Inside Higher Ed's survey of admissions
directors last year found that 91 percent believed that some institutions
besides those that had been identified at the time had reported false scores
or other data.) But these officials say that they are concerned about the
underlying causes of these incidents, and about the impact of these scandals
on the public perception of college admissions.
One longtime senior official in admissions who
asked not to be identified said that the false reporting flows from the
false impression that very few students get into college, and that a
college's quality relates to its competitiveness. "The fact is," he said,
"that there is just as much competition among colleges for students as among
students for colleges." But market share and prestige are "tied to
selectivity," which just adds to the pressure to be selective. This
admissions official said that he suspected "that the misreporting ... is
less due to deliberate deception, and more to self-rationalizing why certain
students or groups of students ought not be included in a profile."
He added, however, that "there is no question that
internal and external pressures to attract more applicants, accept fewer of
them, and enroll more with ever-increasing scores have contributed to the
angst felt by college admissions deans."
Lloyd Thacker, executive director of the Education
Conservancy and a longtime critic of rankings, said via e-mail that "as long
as commercial rankings are considered as part of an institution's identity,
there will be pressure on college personnel to falsify ranking data. An
effective way to curb such unethical and harmful behavior is for presidents
and trustees to stop supporting the ranking enterprise and start promoting
more meaningful measurements of educational quality."
Jerome A. Lucido, executive director of the
University of Southern California Center for Enrollment Research, Policy and
Practice, said that it was important to remember that outright falsifying
reports was "only one way to manipulate" the rankings, and that many others
are used as well. "They can also be manipulated by recruiting students who
will not be admitted, by deferring to future semesters students who were not
admitted for fall, and by counting faculty as teaching resources who only
teach nominally or tangentially," Lucido said.
While many say that all kinds of manipulation are
just "the way the game is played," Lucido said that it was "long past time
to provide truly accurate public information and to concentrate on
indicators of our results rather than our inputs."
Tulane M.B.A. Program Becomes 'Unranked'
Robert Morse, who leads the rankings process at
U.S. News, did not respond to e-mail messages seeking his reaction to the
news about Bucknell. In the past, he has said that the magazine relies on
colleges to provide accurate information. The magazine has also been
responding to the reports of data fabrication on a case-by-case basis.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads about ranking controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
"Why Microsoft's Earnings Report Doesn't Reveal How Windows 8 Is Doing,"
by Mark Hachman, ReadWriteWeb, January 25, 2013 ---
http://readwrite.com/2013/01/25/why-microsofts-earnings-report-doesnt-reveal-how-windows-8-is-doing
Opportunity for Deep Down and Dirty Bayesians
"Quantitative Legal Prediction – or – How I Learned to Stop Worrying and
Start Preparing for the Data Driven Future of the Legal Services Industry,"
by Daniel Martin Katz, SSRN, December 11, 2013
http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2187752
Abstract:
Do I have a case? What is our likely exposure? How much is this going to
cost? What will happen if we leave this particular provision out of this
contract? How can we best staff this particular legal matter? These are core
questions asked by sophisticated clients such as general counsels as well as
consumers at the retail level. Whether generated by a mental model or a
sophisticated algorithm, prediction is a core component of the guidance that
lawyers offer. Indeed, it is by generating informed answers to these types
of questions that many lawyers earn their respective wage.
Every single day lawyers and law firms are
providing predictions to their clients regarding their prospects in
litigation and the cost associated with its pursuit (defense). How are these
predictions being generated? Precisely what data or model is being
leveraged? Could a subset of these predictions be improved by access to
outcome data in a large number of 'similar' cases. Simply put, the answer is
yes. Quantitative legal prediction already plays a significant role in
certain practice areas and this role is likely increase as greater access to
appropriate legal data becomes available.
This article is dedicated to highlighting the
coming age of Quantitative Legal Prediction with hopes that practicing
lawyers, law students and law schools will take heed and prepare to survive
(thrive) in this new ordering. Simply put, most lawyers, law schools and law
students are going to have to do more to prepare for the data driven future
of this industry. In other words, welcome to Law's Information Revolution
and yeah - there is going to be math on the exam.
Jensen Comments
It seems to me that much of this paper can also be extended to quantitative
analysis (e.g., Bayesian) of clauses in a set of financial statements.
The Federal Trade Commission is trying to shut down an operation called the
Tax Club, which the agency says tricked people into buying bogus business
services
"'Useless' Business Help: Inside a $200 Million Fraud," by John Tozzi,
Bloomberg Business Week, January 23, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-23/useless-business-help-inside-a-200-million-fraud-case
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Whitewashing the SEC: with Mary Jo White
Former prosecutor White nominated to head SEC ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137241.htm
Question
What is an LLC?
Hint
It is not a type of lawyer. Instead it is a type of company as related to
companies with Ltd or Inc after their names.
Answer
http://www.businessnewsdaily.com/3747-limited-liability-company.html
Questions
In the 1960s first-time pass rates on the Uniform CPA Examination were much
lower in terms of what I vaguely recall as an exam taker in the 1960s. If my
memory is correct, either the 1960s exam takers were not as smart on average or
they were not as prepped for the Uniform CPA Examination. Or just maybe the
passage rate threshold parameters changed over time.
The CPA Examination itself certainly changed in terms of the amount of
material to be studied before taking the CPA Examination. In the 1960s the
coverage was deep and narrow compared to coverage that is now shallow and wide
given the explosion in accounting standards, auditing rules, tax rules,
governmental accounting scope, AIS concepts, etc.
In 1994 the CPA Examination was restructured in terms of component parts.
Also the emphasis on multiple choice questions increased greatly over time with
less part-credit being given for answers. These changes complicate comparisons
of passage rates on components of the CPA Examination over decades of history.
In 2004 paper and pencil CPA Examinations became history. The CPA Examination
is now a computer experience. The
AICPA recommends not comparing
pre-2004 passage rates with post-2004 passage rates ---
http://www.aicpa.org/BECOMEACPA/CPAEXAM/PSYCHOMETRICSANDSCORING/PASSINGRATES/Pages/default.aspx
- In the context of time we have BC and AD in terms of Christ and AB
(after Becker or
Bisk), AG (After
Gleim), etc. in terms of CPA Examination prep vendors. Have newer
prep vendors had an enormous impact on making CPA exam takers much more
prepared since the 1960s when prep vendors were far less intense?
- In the 1960s virtually all CPA Exam candidates were male. Now there are
more female than male exam candidates. Is it reasonable to assume that this
alone accounts for the greatly increased passage rates on the Uniform CPA
Examination?
- Were passage rate targets eased by the
AICPA and
NASBA since the 1960s?
- Has competition to major in accounting in college become more intense
over time such that 21st Century accounting majors are more intelligent on
average than 1960s accounting majors?
For example, in the 1960s no gpa thresholds were imposed to major in
accounting. Now some universities will not allow students to major in a
accounting unless their gpa performance to date is higher than some
threshold such as a 3.4 gpa.
- Has as the 150-hour requirement made a dramatic difference on passage
rates on the CPA examination?
- Have stiffened criteria (prerequisites) to take the CPA Examination
made a difference on passage rates?
These criteria vary greatly by state. For example Texas has a relatively
large set of prerequisite course modules that must be taken in college.
In the 1960s some states had no prerequisites for taking the Uniform CPA
examination. Others had minimal requirements such as having an undergraduate
diploma in virtually any discipline.
- All the above have yes answers with above 50% assurance.
- All the above have no answers with above 50% assurance.
- All of the above answers cannot be answered yes or no due to the dearth
of research on why passage rates increased dramatically over time.
Note:
The Uniform CPA Examination passage rates show an improvement since 2004 ---
http://www.aicpa.org/BECOMEACPA/CPAEXAM/PSYCHOMETRICSANDSCORING/PASSINGRATES/Pages/default.aspx
Another consideration --- first-time passage rates over shorter windows of
time such as1994-1998 versus 1999-2003 versus 2004-2008 versus 2008-2012
Another consideration --- moving averages of exam scores themselves
Another consideration --- standard deviations and
kurtosis for distributions of exam scores themselves
"Let's Discuss: CPA Exam Passage Rates 2012," by Adrienne
Gozalez, Going Concern, January 24, 2013 ---
http://goingconcern.com/post/lets-discuss-2012-cpa-exam-pass-rates
January 25, 2013 reply from Dan Stone
A couple of observations
1. 150 hour requirement seemed to greatly reduce number of students
taking the exam and slightly increase pass rates.
Source: Arthur Allen and Angela M. Woodland (2006) The 150‐Hour
Requirement and the Number of CPA Exam Candidates, Pass Rates,
and the Number Passing. Issues in Accounting Education: August
2006, Vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 173-193.
http://www.aaajournals.org/doi/abs/10.2308/iace.2006.21.3.173
"This study examines the association of the 150‐hour
education
requirement with the number of CPA exam candidates, pass rates, and
the number passing. Proponents of the 150‐hour requirement argue that
additional education produces higher quality students who are better
prepared for the CPA exam and accounting careers. Opponents argue
it imposes opportunity costs on students and costly barriers to entry
into public accounting. On average we find a large drop (36 percent) in
the number of candidates in each state taking each exam, a small
increase in pass rates for first‐time candidates only (3 percent), and a
large drop (31.5 percent) in the number passing the CPA exam after
the 150‐hour requirement. "
2. The quantity of knowledge that is required to pass the CPA now is
dramatically larger than in the 1960s-80s. I've not seen any evidence
about the depth of knowledge required to pass the exam but could be
convinced that it was higher in an earlier era than now.
3. As Bob notes, one reason for higher pass rates is the ready
availability of learning resources, including online systems that include
online lectures (http://www2.cpaexcel.com/).
Hence, a candidate in
say, Ogallala, Nebraska in the 1970s likely had few resources for
studying for the exam beyond CPA review course books. Now such a
candidate, if they work hard, could potentially be competitive with any
candidate in the country.
Dan Stone
Question
Here's a possible way were academic researchers could make significant
contributions to clinical research in the accounting and auditing profession.
Are there already important contributions to this problem in the academic
research literature?
"IAASB, PCAOB, CAQ seek ways to measure audit quality," by Ken Tysiac,
Journal of Accountancy, January 24, 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137239.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Are Landlords Responsible for Bedbugs?
http://legallad.quickanddirtytips.com/are-landlords-responsible-for-bedbugs.aspx
Another Accounting Blogger Calls it Quits (sort of in Adrienne's case)
Adrienne Gonzalez appears to be ending here four-year blog entitled Jr,
Deputy Accountant ---
http://www.jrdeputyaccountant.com/2013/01/over-it-over-it-over-it.html
For those of you who have emailed and commented
checking in on me the last few weeks to make sure the black helicopters
didn't get me, thanks but I'm fine. I guess.
I've said this before and I'll say it again: I'm over it. A girl can only
yell so much before she gives up. I'm putting my energies into
saving cats these
days. Why not? Sure beats sitting around waiting for someone to realize how
fucked we all are, right?
The can will keep getting kicked down the road. We'll keep pretending like
everything is OK. The Fed will keep pumping out the free money indefinitely.
Why bother?
Give me a good reason and I'll try. Otherwise, it might be time to move on.
Sucks but that's just how the cookie crumbles sometimes.
I'm still here. And maybe I'll feel like yelling some more one of these days
but for now, I'm pretty much over it. No one is listening. It gets old after
four years, you know.
Just know I miss you all at least twice as much as you miss me.
If you miss me that bad, I still have a daily column
over at Going
Concern. Otherwise, I'm not really into much
else... what's the point? No one listens anyway.
Jensen Comment
Adrienn intends, as mentioned above, to continue contributing to Going
Concern where many of her modules deal with the CPA Exam trends and
outcomes. I've never been sure that she herself ever took the exam. That neither
matters here nor there. She still reports interesting trends in the CPA Exam
along with occasional juicy tidbits on Going Concern.
Adrienne has the distinction of having created the accounting blog filled
with the most distasteful four letter words. This has a shock appeal but is just
not too promising when addressing an audience of accountants, most of whom are
not very colorful or get turned on by gutter talk. However, it's unfair to
characterize the Jr. Deputy Accountant's blog as a gutter blog. In the
midst of her colorful language were some very good news items and commentaries.
I'm happy that she will continue to contribute to Going Concern and save
cats.
Adrienne is not the first to give up writing an accounting blog. Larry
Tomassini had one of the first accounting blogs called something with the word
Coach or Coach's Corner or whatever. I think his coaching "blog"
died. This started and ended early on before the terms "Weblog" and "Blog" were
invented. Now Larry does run something that he calls a "Newsletter" featuring a
very old (high school?) picture ---
http://newsle.com/person/larrytomassini/7067146
Nadine Sabai (Fraud Girl) was one of the first accounting bloggers to fall by
the way when she closed her Sleight of Hand Blog ---
http://sleightfraud.blogspot.com/
I suspect there have been other accounting blogs to come and go without my
even noticing that they came and went. More often accounting bloggers don't quit
entirely but just slow way down of blogging frequency. This seems to be
happening with Francine McKenna's re:Auditors blog, although the reason
for this might be Francine's increased frequency of writing about audit firms
(bad news only) for Forbes.
Recently long-time accounting blogger Ed Ketz at Penn state hung up his
"grumpy" blogging shoes, but his grumpy partner Tony Cantanach at Villanova is
carrying on with the Grumpy Old Accountant's blog ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/
I liked the Ed and Tony show because their approach to carry on in the financial
statement analysis tradition of Abe Brilof when Abe was writing for Barron's
Abe had an almost-impossible act to follow, but Ed and Tony took over this act
about as well as anybody else.
An excellent site that was more focused on behavioral economics and finance
(but rarely accounting) was Miguel Barbosa's Simoleon Sense blog ---
http://www.simoleonsense.com/
I was very sorry to learn that Miguel stopped maintaining this wonderful blog
after losing his job and his significant other.
What I conclude by reading the messages of bloggers who closed down their
blogs is that maintaining an active blog just proved to be too time consuming.
I'll vouch for that even though I still have my "hands on the throttle and my
eyes on the rails."
My Theme Song for Life Slide Show ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AlaskaRailwayRoutes.pps
Bob Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called New
Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called Fraud
Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
There are many accounting blogs that carry on, including accounting
professor blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
How to Save Money (and Stress) When Moving ---
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/save-money-when-moving.aspx
Jensen Comment
Most of these suggestions are obvious, although some people may not think of the
middle ground solution of packing yourself using moving van materials such as
wardrobes for clothing. It's amazing how those wardrobes can be stuffed to where
it strains two men to lift the cardboard wardrobe. I keep thinking that we
should have reduced the nearly $40,000 we spent moving to New Hampshire from
Texas even though we gave away so very many books, clothes, suitcases, and
household items.
A lot of "precious items" in our San Antonio home are now junk items in our
New Hampshire barn.
I was so worried that a 54-foot Mayflower Van would not hold all of our stuff
that I shipped over 100 boxes via the U.S. Mail. Even then Mayflower had to
build a 10-foot plywood extension on the back of the Van to handle overflow.
If you're moving from one university to another university as a faculty
member, try to negotiate a moving expense allowance.
And don't forget the tax breaks you might get if you're relocating while
being employed (not retired). Moving expense deductions can cover a whole lot
more than what you pay to the moving van company ---
http://www.irs.gov/publications/p521/index.html
The tax breaks do not apply to short distance moves.
Especially check on the reliability of the moving company. We had some San
Antonio friends who had local movers load their stuff that afterwards
disappeared forever. Those losses cannot even be deducted as charitable
contributions.
From Ernst & Young: EITF Update January 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/EITFUpdate_BB2487_18January2013/$FILE/EITFUpdate_BB2487_18January2013.pdf
"Can Money Buy Happiness? The Science of Materialism, Animated,"
by Maria Popova, Brain Pickings, January 17, 2013 ---
http://www.brainpickings.org/index.php/2013/01/17/can-money-buy-happiness-asapscience/
"Facebook’s New Graph Search: Not Very Good," by Rachel Metz, MIT's
Technology Review, January 19, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/510036/facebooks-new-graph-search-not-very-good/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130121
Bob Jensen's Search Helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Searchh.htm
"How CFOs Can Use Social Software to Add Value in Closing the Books,"
CFO Journal, January 16, 2013 ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/16/how-cfos-can-use-social-software-to-add-value-in-closing-the-books/
Many organizations are using social business
software to add value, enhance business performance and strengthen
connections with employees, customers and vendors. Social software, however,
has yet to be adopted by many finance organizations, as some CFOs appear
skeptical of its value. A
study conducted by MIT Sloan Management Review in
collaboration with Deloitte found that only 14% of CFOs surveyed view social
tools as important to their organizations, while 28% of CEOs, presidents and
managing directors regard them as important.¹ “There’s still a lack of
tangible measures of the value of social business and CFOs are bottom
line-oriented,” observes Mark White, chief technical officer of Deloitte
Consulting LLP. “They want to know that the money, talent and the time
invested in implementing social business are worthwhile.”
Mr. White says that social tools such as microblogs,
wikis, internal social networks, instant messaging applications and threaded
discussion forums can help CFOs improve finance organization performance.
“The financial close-the-books process is an example of how social software
can drive improvements in finance’s decision-making and processes, by
making the close more transparent, efficient, repeatable and defensible,” he
says.
Closing the books in a timely and accurate manner
can be a challenge in itself, but particularly so when exceptions², such as
errors or other unanticipated issues, occur. Anticipated events, such as
nhttp://www.technologyreview.com/news/510036/facebooks-new-graph-search-not-very-good/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130121ew regulatory guidelines or integrating an acquired business, can also
hamper the financial close. And although the close may eventually reflect an
exception or a new event in a correct manner, the process of resolving these
exceptions today can be highly inefficient, with lots of wasted time, and
the discussions, thinking and decisions that occurred throughout the process
may not have been captured. That could be a critical loss to a finance
organization’s institutional memory, notes Mr. White.
An Example of How Social Business Tools
Helped Shorten the Close-the-Books Process
To illustrate how CFOs can improve close the books
with social software, Matthew Soderberg, a senior manager in Deloitte
Consulting LLP’s M&A Finance practice, points to a technology company that
recently utilized social networking tools to help it close the books within
three days.
Following the implementation of an enterprise-wide
internal social network, the company’s corporate accounting team created a
user group for the finance team members involved in the close and
consolidation processes. Instead of using email to notify the applicable
groups within the finance function when an event in the close process has
taken place to trigger the next step, or when there’s a problem that
requires correction, the finance team can post updates about the close
process and diagnose, explain and correct errors faster because activities
are posted in real time.
Posting updates about the close process has
significantly reduced email traffic and corporate accounting’s role as
middleman, according to Mr. Soderberg. “This company had been working hard
to get to a three-day close. The internal social network facilitated the
finance organization’s ability to achieve that goal with fewer iterations,
and it has made the finance professionals’ lives easier during the three-day
close process,” he says.
Social Software’s Capabilities
Social tools are being effectively deployed by
organizations to enhance business performance in operations, innovation and
other areas, according to Metrics That Matter: Social Software for
Business Performance, a study by the Deloitte Center for the Edge.³
According to the authors of the Metrics That Matter study, social
software provides organizations the capabilities to identify knowledge and
experience, communicate across boundaries, preserve institutional memory,
harness knowledge that may be distributed across geographies and functions,
and discover emerging opportunities.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on blogging and social networking are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bad Things Leading to Tenure-Time Extension Requests = serious illness
(including depression), death of a child, divorce, home wipeouts from storms and
fires, and so on down the line. Even good things can become problematic for
attaining tenure such as having five children in a seven-year tenure
probationary period.
"When Bad Things Happen to Untenured People," by Jana von Stein,
Chronicle of Higher Education's Chronicle Review, January 12, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/When-Bad-Things-Happen-to/136539/?cid=cr&utm_source=cr&utm_medium=en
Jensen Comment
One of my favorite blogs used to be the blog of the "Unknown Finance
Professor" in the Financial Rounds blog. He shared his identity and
university privately with me. His blog is virtually ended these days, although
he still posts very infrequent items ---
http://financialrounds.blogspot.com/
Several years ago he shared with us readers of his blog the long-term saga
and eventual cancer death of his young son. To my knowledge he did not ask for
or receive extended time for tenure when his young son was becoming more and
more ill. It was also a terrible strain on his wife, his other child (a younger
daughter), his new baby, and his struggle to both teach and get top journal hits
required for tenure. Sometimes his blog posts brought tears to my eyes.
Although he's never mentioned it, I think the virtual ending of his excellent
Financial Rounds blog is due to the amount of time that this blog took
amidst his other family and faculty demands.
Hi Tom,
I really do appreciate that you are trying to be constructive. However, even
the pejorative title of your blog post, like that of Francine's post, seems
to suggest that auditors are getting away with something they should not get
away with in the courts.
Your title is: "Why
Nothing Sticks to Auditors when Loans Go Bad"
Her title is:
"Big Four Auditors and Jury Trials: Not In The U.S.
In your blog posting you then goes on to state:
If the auditors don't settle, then (follow me
on this one) the SEC will have to convince the ALJ that the auditors
acted "unreasonably" by not concluding that the numbers
fed to them by management were themselves "unreasonable."
I tried to point out that both auditors and management relied upon
"unreasonable" mortgage value estimates thousands of thousands of mortgage
valuation experts at the time of the KPMG audit in question. Over 99.999%
of those valuation experts were greatly overvaluing those poisoned mortgages
in Countrywide Financial, IndyMac Bank, Ameriquest, Wells Fargo, Washington
Mutual, etc. The exception was Peter Schiff, but nobody was listening to
him.
Sleazy real estate appraisers were greatly overvaluing properties serving
as collateral.
Security valuation experts were greatly overvaluing the mortgages. and
CDO portfolios comprised of those mortgage investments. Many relied upon the
flawed
Gaussian copula function.
Your proposals for improved auditing almost always entail suggesting that
auditors rely on "independent valuation experts."
My point is that in these particular instance of auditors at Countrywide,
IndyMac, Washington Mutual, and the others virtually all "independent
valuation experts" were going to agree to unreliable valuations by experts
for reasons given in Professor Galbaith's Senate Testimony:
"Why the ‘Experts’ Failed to See How Financial Fraud Collapsed the
Economy," by "James K. Galbraith, Big Picture, June 2, 2010 ---
http://www.ritholtz.com/blog/2010/06/james-k-galbraith-why-the-experts-failed-to-see-how-financial-fraud-collapsed-the-economy/
My point is that fair value accounting and KPMG's auditing relying on
"independent valuation experts" of the mortgages in Countrywide would not
have helped to predict that Countrywide was no longer a going concern.
The valuation experts across the U.S.A. did not foresee the collapse of the
mortgage lending companies and Wall Street investment banks until after the
bubble burst.
Where did the auditors fail?
The CPA auditors like KPMG and the other Big Four firms failed because they
did not go granular on a sampling of mortgages held by Countrywide
Financial, IndyMac Bank, Ameriquest, Wells Fargo, Washington Mutual, Bear
Stearns, Lehman Bros., Merrill Lynch, and over 1,000 other failed banks.
The failing was to rely upon valuation experts rather than to themselves
sample the mortgage investments during audits to investigate the likelihood
of mortgages failing.
The auditors should have detected that there was not a snow ball chance
in Hell that Mervene on welfare and food stamps was going to pay off a
$103,000 mortgage on her shack.
For a picture of Mervene's shack in Phoenix go to
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
After foreclosure on this shack, her neighbors bought it for less than
$10,000 and tore the eyesore down.
Diligent auditors should've detected themselves that something was wrong
if a woman on welfare could get a $103,000 mortgage on that cheap shack.
My contention is that the CPA audit firms failed because they relied upon
fair value estimates from "valuation experts" as being "reasonable." They
should've instead done a deeper granular investigation of the mortgage
investments themselves. There is precedent for this in auditing. In the
early days of FAS 133, audit firms were aware that they were outsourcing too
much to banks for the valuation of derivative financial instruments. Very
quickly the audit firms purchased their own Bloomberg or Reuters Terminals
and began to themselves value samplings of each client's investments in
derivative financial instruments.
Conclusion
Hence, I would contend that instead of relying upon "independent valuation
experts" for loan investments, CPA auditors should instead go granular on
samplings of those loans to investigate the likelihood of paybacks on those
loans.
It did not even take an accounting degree to realize that Marvene was
never going to pay back this loan once the mortgage lending firm sold it to
Fannie Mae --- which was tantamount to sticking government with the
Mervene's loan loss.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
"FASB's credit loss proposal - a closer look," Ernst & Young, January
21, 2013 ---
http://www.ey.com/UL/en/AccountingLink/Current-topics-Financial-Instruments
From the CFO Morning Ledger on January 15, 2013
Companies are packing their annual audits full of
details on how they value hard-to-price assets, like thinly traded
securities, pension-fund assets and customer lists. The trend is a response
to regulator warnings that companies and auditors don’t fully understand
some of the figures they get from third-party valuation advisers and pricing
services, CFOJ’s
Emily Chasan writes in today’s Marketplace
section.
“The challenge for a CFO, or anyone in a financial
reporting group, is that suddenly they are being asked to talk about
investments as if they were a lifelong specialist in this category,” says
Verne Scazzero, CEO of Harvest Investments, which helps companies review the
value of their investments.
Tighter mark-to-market rules have forced businesses to
rely more on outside services that use computer modeling to help them
appraise “their most-esoteric assets,” Chasan writes. But now, companies
want to know more about those models. Corporate auditors are also consulting
with their national offices on tricky valuations, and hiring more advisers
to get a second opinion. “Auditors are going to be asking a lot more,”
questions about how values were determined, said John Keyser, national
director of assurance services at accounting firm McGladrey & Pullen. “The
work is exponential.”
Bob Jensen's threads on fair value accounting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#FairValue
"Why Are Some Sectors (Ahem, Finance) So Scandal-Plagued?" by Ben W.
Heineman, Jr., Harvard Business Review Blog, January 10, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/scandals_plague_sectors_not_ju.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Greatest Swindle in the History of the World ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Bailout
The trouble with crony capitalism isn't capitalism. It's the cronies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#CronyCapitalism
Subprime: Borne of Greed, Sleaze, Bribery, and Lies (including the credit
rating agencies) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
History of
Fraud in America ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/415wp/AmericanHistoryOfFraud.htm
Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Marketing Science Institute ---
http://www.msi.org/
From the CFO Morning Ledger on
January 15, 2013
Ex-Nortel CFO acquitted of fraud charges. A Canadian judge
acquitted three former
Nortel Networks executives of fraud charges,
the WSJ reports. Former CEO Frank Dunn, former CFO
Douglas Beatty and Michael Gollogly, the former corporate controller, were
found not guilty of misstating Nortel’s financial results between 2000 and
2004. Those results entitled them to bonuses worth about $13 million.
Bob Jensen's threads on Nortel ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Search on the word "Nortel"
"MILLIONS OF LESSONS LEARNED ON ELECTRONIC NAPKINS," by Rick Lillie, AAA
Commons, January 2, 2013 ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/6040b395eb
Most AAA Commons postings are only available to AAA members. However, this may
be one of the freebies
Bob Jensen's threads on ubiquitous computing are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ubiquit.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on Tools and Tricks of the Trade ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm
PBS Frontline: Why don't some of biggest fraudsters in history go to
prison?
"The Untouchables," Frontline, January 22, 2013 ---
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/frontline/untouchables/?elq=923e1cf54bd4465092ea4b303aac1291&elqCampaignId=511
Thank you Dennis Huber for the heads up.
"Should Some Bankers Be Prosecuted?" by Jeff Madrick and Frank
Partnoy, New York Review of Books, November 10, 2011 ---
http://www.nybooks.com/articles/archives/2011/nov/10/should-some-bankers-be-prosecuted/
Bob Jensen's threads on Why White Collar Crime Pays Even If You Know
You're Going to Get Caught ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudConclusion.htm#CrimePays
Bob Jensen's threads on Rotten to the Core ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudRotten.htm
Jensen Comment
I highly respect this video, although it tends to not blame the major source of
the fraud on Main Street --- that blame that falls on government for pressuring
Fannie Mae and Freddy Mack to buy up millions of mortgages generated on Main
Street without having any recourse to the banks and mortgages companies who
knowingly granted mortgages without to borrowers who could never repay those
loans. This was compounded by granting loas way in excess of collateral value
such as when Fannie Mae had to buy a fraudulent loan of $103,000 on a shack that
Marvene (a woman on welfare and food stamps) purchased for $3,000.
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Barney's Rubble ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm#Sleaze
Caterpillar got burned to the tune of
$580 million due to blatant accounting fraud
"Accounting Fraud Prompts $580 Million Write-Down at CAT," by Frank Byrt,
AccountingWeb, January 23, 2013 ---
http://www.accountingweb.com/article/accounting-fraud-prompts-580-million-write-down-cat/220829?source=aa
Bad Pennies Always Return
From the CFO Morning Ledger on
January 15, 2013
Ex-Enron CFO to speak at fraud conference. Former
Enron CFO Andrew
Fastow is back on the radar. The Going Concern blog’s
Caleb Newquist notes that Fastow will be one of
the keynote speakers at the ACFE’s
annual conference in Las Vegas later this year. He
won’t be getting paid for his appearance, though. The ACFE notes that it
“does not compensate convicted fraudsters.”
Bob Jensen's thread on the felon CFO nobody liked in Enron, including CEO
Jeff Skilling ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudEnron.htm
An interview with Frank Friedman, Managing Partner of Finance and
Administration of Deloitte LLP
"The Power of Data Analytics," Deloitte, January 22, 2013 ---
http://deloitte.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/22/from-cfo-to-cfo-the-power-of-data-analytics-2/
"Five of Steve Jobs's Biggest Mistakes," by Peter Sims, Harvard
Business Review Blog, January 21, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/five_of_steve_jobss_biggest_mi.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
To this I might add that Steve's biggest mistake was not in early-on licensing
of the Mac operating system to other hardware vendors like IBM and Dell. Steve
Jobs thereby let Bill Gates gain traction with the Microsoft Windows operating
system which then captured the lion's share of the personal computer market.
Steve Jobs always did want monopoly power of hardware that ran his operating
systems. This was an enormous mistake in terms of the Mac operating system.
Boeing Accounting Method Could Smooth Out Dreamliner Problems ---
Click Here
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/18/boeing-accounting-method-could-smooth-out-dreamliner-problems/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
Jensen Comment
I'm reminded years ago of a New Yorker cartoon showing a fat CEO pleading
with a geeky accountant.
The caption was:
"It's desperate Norman! Only an accounting breakthrough
can save us."
"An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s
Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 ---
http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf
"Why Nothing Sticks to Auditors when Loans Go Bad," by Tom Selling,
The Accounting Onion, January 13, 2013 ---
http://accountingonion.typepad.com/theaccountingonion/2013/01/when-loans-go-bad-nothing-sticks-to-the-auditors.html
I read numerous news sources this week echoing the
SEC's announcement that it finally has a case it thinks it can win against
auditors stemming from the 2008 financial crisis. One journalist, Jon Weil
of
Bloomberg, takes it a step further to ask, 'What
took so long'?
"It has been frustrating
to look at the SEC's own highlights of the lawsuits it has filed in
connection with the financial crisis -- and to see that none of
them had been against an auditor. Now the SEC will have one
case to cite, albeit against a couple of small fries. It also should be
stressed that the agency hasn't proved any of its allegations
against these two accountants. Surely the SEC can
find some bigger targets out there in the auditing world if it wants to.
[emphasis added]
The paucity of enforcement actions against auditors
surely has not been for lack of trying. But, just as surely, auditors have
not been doing much lately to protect investors and to promote economic
stability. The topic of audit reform in response to the financial crisis has
been everywhere in both the U.S. and Europe (except perhaps where it counts
the most – at the SEC).
The SEC announcement comes coincidentally right on
the heels of the FASB's proposal to changes to loan accounting. Which adds
another question to Jon's: would better loan accounting standards beget
higher quality audits? But more on that later. First, let's discuss why
auditors have been to financial reporting as Teflon is to frying pans –
nothing sticks.
The Problem of Auditing what Managers See
through Rose-colored Lenses
I've explained this
before, but it bears repeating. Several financial
elements are capable of being determined objectively (e.g., cash and
contractual amounts for receivables and payables). Auditors are trained to
verify these financial statement inputs by counting, reading,
confirming, etc., and they generally do an outstanding job at this kind of
work – for which any CPA is eminently qualified.
Continued in article
Tom's wish for more audit firm litigation was forcefully wished earlier by
Francine McKenna
"Big Four Auditors and Jury Trials: Not In The U.S.," by
Francine McKenna, re:TheAuditors, June 19, 2012 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2012/06/19/big-four-auditors-and-jury-trials-not-in-the-u-s/
That prompts the question, why don’t shareholders
sue accountants anymore?
"Accountants Skirt Shareholder Lawsuits," by Jonathan D. Glater, The
New York Times, December 27, 2012 ---
http://dealbook.nytimes.com/2012/12/27/accountants-skirt-shareholder-lawsuits/
The accountants who service publicly traded
companies are likely to have something to be thankful for this year:
shareholders are not filing federal securities fraud lawsuits against them.
Just 10 years ago, public company accountants were
in the cross hairs of shareholders, regulators and prosecutors. A criminal
indictment destroyed
Enron’s auditor, Arthur Andersen. Congress created
a new regulator, the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board,
to oversee the profession. And in dozens of lawsuits in the years afterward,
shareholders named accountants as co-defendants when alleging accounting
fraud.
But things have changed. According to NERA Economic
Consulting, which tracks shareholder litigation and reported on the decline
in accounting firm defendants in
its midyear report in July, not one accounting
firm has been named a defendant so far this year. One of the study’s
co-authors, Ron I. Miller, confirmed that the trend has continued at least
through November.
That prompts the question, why don’t shareholders
sue accountants anymore?
“To the extent that firms have been burned for a
lot of money, they have some pretty strong incentives to try to behave,” Mr.
Miller said. “That’s the hopeful side of the legal system: You hope that if
you put in penalties, that those penalties change people’s actions.”
The less positive alternative, he added, is that
public companies “have gotten better at hiding it.”
From 2005 to 2009, according to the NERA report, 12
percent of securities class action cases included accounting firm
co-defendants. The range of federal securities fraud class action cases
filed per year in that period was 132 to 244.
The absence of accounting firm defendants this year
can probably be explained at least in part by court decisions; the Supreme
Court has issued rulings, as in
Stoneridge Investment Partners LLC v. Scientific-Atlanta Inc.
in 2008, making it more difficult to recover damages
from third parties in fraud cases.
So perhaps more shareholder suits would take aim at
accountants, if the plaintiffs believed that their claims would survive a
defendant’s motion to dismiss. And it is possible that plaintiffs will add
accounting firm as defendants to existing cases in the future, if claimants
get information to support such claims.
Over all, fewer shareholder class action lawsuits
are based on allegations of accounting fraud, as opposed to other types of
fraud. The NERA midyear report found that in the first six months of 2012,
about 25 percent of complaints in securities class action cases included
allegations of accounting fraud, down from nearly 40 percent in all of 2011.
Perhaps the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the legislative
response to the accounting scandals of the early 2000s, actually worked, Mr.
Miller said.
“There’s been a lot of complaining about SOX, and
certainly the compliance costs are high for smaller publicly traded
companies,” he said, but accounting fraud “is to a large extent what SOX was
intended to stop.”
Public company accountants still have potential
civil liability to worry about, said Joseph A. Grundfest, a former
commissioner of the
Securities and Exchange Commission who teaches at
Stanford Law School. Regulators, he said, are investigating potential
misconduct involving accounting firms.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on lawsuits where CPA firms have not been so lucky
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s
Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 ---
http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf
"An Analysis Of The 2012 Financial Performance Of The World’s
Largest Accounting Firms," Big Four Blog, January 2013 ---
http://www.big4.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/The-2012-Big-Four-Firms-Performance-Analysis.pdf
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Deloitte, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PwC:
2012 Revenues Increase to Historic Levels
2012 was a banner year for the Big Four accounting firms: Deloitte & Touche,
Ernst & Young (E&Y), KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) following strong
growth in 2011, and erasing the impacts of subdued performance of 2009 and
2010. 2009 combined revenue for the four firms of $94 billion fell 7% from
2008’s record of $101 billion, but stabilized in 2010 as revenue increased
1.4% to $95 billion. 2011 revenue rose a further 9% to historic high levels
of $103 billion, setting a new record.
Another new record was set in 2012,
with strong growth momentum in all service lines and geographies continuing
from 2011, helped by emerging countries, improvements in global economic
profiles and increased business deal activity. Combined 2012 revenue for the
four firms rose to a record historic high level of $110 billion, up 6% from
2011. With all global economies, except those in Europe, showing continued
growth in 2012, the Big Four firms had outstanding performance in 2012, with
revenues rising in all geographies, service lines and industries. KPMG
revenues grew the slowest at 1.4%, Ernst & Young at 6.7%, PwC increased 7.8%
and
Deloitte posted the highest rate at
8.6%. PwC grew slower than Deloitte yet reported 2012 revenues of $31.5
billion, just $200 million more than Deloitte, thus maintaining its
leadership position as the largest accounting firm on the planet. KPMG’s
modest growth is well out of line with peers. Our analysis shows three
factors: Europe is 50% of global revenues and was negatively impacted by US
dollar appreciation versus the Euro,
Advisory service line had modest
growth and Audit presumably lost some relative market share. In terms of
geography, Americas have 40% and falling share of global combined revenues.
From 2011 to 2012 however, Americas had a strong performance growth of 9.2%.
Europe has 43% of combined firm revenues and increased 3.3% from 2011 to
2012, growing the slowest due to regional uncertainty. Asian revenues have
more than doubled from $7 billion in 2004 to $18.5 billion in 2012, 17% of
the total, and grew a strong 8.0% from 2011 to 2012.
By service line, Audit accounts for
45% of total revenues and grew 2.9% from 2011 to 2012. Tax services are 23%
of total revenues and also rose 5.6% from 2011 to 2012. Advisory services
have been the fastest growing service line for several years increasing
share from 22% of total revenues in 2004 to 33% in 2012. Advisory revenues
grew a strong 12.2% from 2011 to 2012.
The Big Four firms cumulatively employ
more than 690,000 staff globally, with a total of 37,000 partners overseeing
a steep pyramid of about 530,000 professionals. Net employment increased by
39,000 from 2011 to 2012.
The outlook for 2013 and beyond is
quite optimistic, revenue is expected to grow at a good pace, with help from
strong emerging markets, Advisory services, Dodd-Frank and other
regulations, conversions to IFRS and favorable economic conditions. 2013
will also prove whether PwC can continue to be the leader and whether KPMG
can attempt to narrow its gap with E&Y.
A detailed analysis can be downloaded at
http://www.Big4.com/analysis
.
Bob Jensen's threads on the largest accounting and auditing firms ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Special Considerations in Auditing Financial Instruments
AICPA Audit Guide
Publisher: AICPA
2013
Price Varies
http://www.cpa2biz.com/AST/Main/CPA2BIZ_Primary/AuditAttest/TopicSpecificGuidance/PRDOVR~PC-012523/PC-012523.jsp
Jensen Comment
This includes guides for fair value measurement.
"Hedge funds disappoint -- again," CBS News, January 25, 2013
---
http://www.cbsnews.com/8301-505123_162-57564075/hedge-funds-disappoint-again/
(MoneyWatch) Considerable academic research
demonstrates that there is little to no persistence of performance for
actively managed mutual funds. Hedge fund investors only wished they could
say the same thing.
The performance of hedge funds has been
persistently poor, with 2012 being no exception. The HFRX Global Hedge Fund
Index returned
just 3.5 percent in 2012. By comparison, the S&P
500 Index returned 16 percent. In fact, there was only one year, 2008, in
the past 10 when hedge funds beat the S&P 500. Over the past five years, the
S&P 500 returned 1.7 percent per year, producing a cumulative return of 8.6
percent, while the HFRX Index lost 2.9 percent per year, producing a
cumulative loss of 13.6 percent.
Last year's performance was so poor that the HFRX
Global Hedge Fund Index not only underperformed stocks, but even the
Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index, which returned 4.8 percent. That
marked the sixth year out of the past 10 that the HRFX underperformed this
bond index.
Even worse is that if we compare the return of the
HFRX Global Bond Fund Index to the return of a balanced stock/bond portfolio
-- 60 percent S&P 500 Index/40 percent Barclays Government/Credit Bond Index
-- 2012 marked 10 straight years of underperformance.
Even more devastating is the performance of a
subset of hedge funds called "absolute return" funds. These funds are
supposed to get positive returns regardless of what the market is doing.
That is the "promise," or at least the idea behind them. Unfortunately, the
evidence shows that the only thing absolute about them is that they have
delivered absolutely abysmal performance. In fact, the HFRX Absolute Return
Index actually produced negative returns in three of the past five years.
The cumulative return for the period 2008-2012 was
-18.7 percent, or an annualized loss of 4.1 percent per year. By comparison,
the BofA Merrill Lynch One-Year Treasury Index (pretty close to a riskless
investment) returned 1.4 percent a year, producing a cumulative gain of 7.3
percent, and never had a year with a negative return. The Barclays
Government/Credit Bond Index returned 6.1 percent per year, producing a
cumulative return of 34.2 percent, and it too did not experience a single
year with a loss. For the 10-year period 2003-2012 the Absolute Return Index
returned just 0.7 percent a year, underperforming even riskless one-month
Treasury bills, which returned 1.8 percent a year.
Given the poor performance of hedge funds, the real
puzzle is why investors keep pouring money into them. The only explanations
I can think of are that investors have been dazzled by the marketing pitches
of Wall Street and are unaware of the evidence.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's investment helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
According to Hoyle
"AN INTERESTING WRITING ASSIGNMENT," by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January
13, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/an-interesting-writing-assignment.html
According to Hoyle
"TEAM AMBITION" by Joe Hoyle, Teaching Blog, January 30, 2013 ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/team-ambition.html
Joe also lists the ten most viewed postings to his blog over the years.
Jensen Comment
Joe wrote me sometime back noting that views of his postings spike each time I
forward, to the AECM, a link to a new blog item at his site
"A Tale of Four Tax Returns," NPR, January , 2013 ---
http://video.pbs.org/video/2324404112
These are 2010 tax returns. The examples mention that the Earned Income Tax
Credit allows some low and middle-income taxpayers not only avoid income taxes
but receive cash refunds in excess of what was withheld from paychecks. The
"Tale" seems reasonably well balanced except for its failure to mention how many
low, middle, and high income taxpayers avoid taxes by participating in the
underground economy ---
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
As I've mentioned repeatedly I'm in favor of eliminating lower rates on capital
gains tax rates provided capital gains are indexed for inflation losses.
Question
What can a marriage proposal tell you about underlying tax motives?
Hint: Note the colored graph to see when marriage saves tax dollars.
"Effects of Marriage on Tax Burden Vary Greatly with Income Level,
Equality," by Nick Kasprak, Tax Foundation, January 10, 2013 ---
http://taxfoundation.org/sites/taxfoundation.org/files/docs/ff352.pdf
"A Married Couple's Guide To Estate Planning," by Deborah L. Jacobs,
Forbes, January 9, 2013 ---
http://www.forbes.com/sites/deborahljacobs/2013/01/09/a-married-couples-guide-to-estate-planning/
Jensen Comment
Always remember, however, in the case of marriage termination she gets the gold
mine and you get the shaft ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U-p0zn3PijY
"Annual Inflation Adjustments for 2013," IRS, January 11, 2013 ---
http://www.irs.gov/uac/Newsroom/Annual-Inflation-Adjustments-for-2013
The Internal Revenue Service announced today annual
inflation adjustments for tax year 2013, including the tax rate schedules,
and other tax changes from the recently passed American Taxpayer Relief Act
of 2012.
The tax items for 2013 of greatest interest to most
taxpayers include the following changes.
- Beginning in tax year 2013
(generally for tax returns filed in 2014), a new tax rate of 39.6
percent has been added for individuals whose income exceeds $400,000
($450,000 for married taxpayers filing a joint return). The other
marginal rates — 10, 15, 25, 28, 33 and 35 percent — remain the same as
in prior years. The guidance contains the taxable income thresholds for
each of the marginal rates.
- The standard deduction rises to $6,100
($12,200 for married couples filing jointly), up from $5,950 ($11,900
for married couples filing jointly) for tax year 2012.
- The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 added
a limitation for itemized deductions claimed on 2013 returns of
individuals with incomes of $250,000 or more ($300,000 for married
couples filing jointly).
- The personal exemption rises to $3,900, up
from the 2012 exemption of $3,800. However beginning in 2013, the
exemption is subject to a phase-out that begins with adjusted gross
incomes of $250,000 ($300,000 for married couples filing jointly). It
phases out completely at $372,500 ($422,500 for married couples filing
jointly.)
- The Alternative Minimum Tax exemption amount
for tax year 2013 is $51,900 ($80,800, for married couples filing
jointly), set by the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which indexes
future amounts for inflation. The 2012 exemption amount was $50,600
($78,750 for married couples filing jointly).
- The maximum Earned Income Credit amount is
$6,044 for taxpayers filing jointly who have 3 or more qualifying
children, up from a total of $5,891 for tax year 2012.
- Estates of decedents who die during 2013 have
a basic exclusion amount of $5,250,000, up from a total of $5,120,000
for estates of decedents who died in 2012.
- For tax year 2013, the
monthly limitation regarding the aggregate fringe benefit exclusion
amount for transit passes and transportation in a commuter highway
vehicle is $245, up from $240 for tax year 2012 (the legislation
provided a retroactive increase from the $125 limit that had been in
place).
Details on these inflation adjustments and others
are contained in
Revenue Procedure 2013-15, which will be published
in Internal Revenue Bulletin 2013-5 on Jan.28, 2013. Other inflation
adjusted items were published in October 2012 in
Revenue Procedure 2012-41.
23 problems (more or less) with the tax code
"Remaining taxpayer problems in 2012," Don't Mess With Taxes, January 11,
2013 ---
http://dontmesswithtaxes.typepad.com/dont_mess_with_taxes/2013/01/remaining-taxpayer-problems-in-2012.html
The national taxpayer advocate has recommended
that taxpayers be allowed to tell the IRS to accept their return only when filed
on paper, thus preventing e-file tax-identity theft. So far the IRS has
failed to allow this. Less effective methods are to request an "electronic
filing PIN," available at www.irs.gov, and file Form 14039, "Identity Theft
Affidavit," so that the IRS might apply additional return-screening procedures.
Sadly, conventional credit-monitoring services are useless against income-tax
identity theft.
"E-Filing and the Explosion in Tax-Return Fraud Identity-theft cases rocketed
to 1.1 million in 2011 from 51,700 in 2008. The IRS has a backlog of 650,000,"
by Jay Starkman, The Wall Street Journal, January 13, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323374504578222130665022160.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_t&mg=reno64-wsj
Now that Americans finally know the tax rate
they'll be paying, it's time to start thinking about the annual drudgery of
filing their returns. It's also the season when identity thieves begin
ripping off those returns and stealing billions in false or misdirected
refunds. Tax fraud, amazingly, is now the third-largest theft of federal
funds after Medicare/Medicaid and unemployment-insurance fraud.
Tax-identity theft exploded to more than 1.1
million cases in 2011 from 51,700 in 2008. The Treasury Inspector General
for Tax Administration last summer reported discovering an additional 1.5
million potentially fraudulent 2011 tax refunds totaling in excess of $5.2
billion.
Why has identity theft rocketed through the
Internal Revenue Service? Because American taxpayers, urged on by the IRS,
have taken to filing their income-tax returns electronically and arranging
for refunds to be directly deposited into bank accounts. E-filing is
appealing because it provides an electronic postmark confirmation that the
return was filed on time. When it is combined with direct deposit, a refund
can arrive in as little as seven days. In 2012, 80% of individual returns
were e-filed, fulfilling an initial goal Congress set in 1998. The result is
an automated system in which the labor burden is transferred to the
taxpayer.
E-filing contributes to tax complexity as the IRS
demands ever more data for reporting of wage, interest and brokerage income
with more tax forms. A discrepancy may result in a rejection code, a letter
from the IRS Automated Underreporting Unit, or a computerized audit out of a
centralized IRS office in Ogden, Utah. There's no cost to the IRS for
requesting extra information when it's received electronically.
Targeting taxpayers for audit is a major factor
behind the IRS's push for e-filing. E-filed returns are available for audit
several months sooner than paper returns, allowing more time before the
three-year statute of limitations expires. The IRS has even boasted that its
e-file database is "a rich and fertile field" for selecting audits and has
estimated that if its "screeners could be reallocated to performing audits,
they could bring an additional $175 million annually."
Fraudulent tax returns can come in the form of
tax-identity theft, refund fraud, or return-preparer fraud and are difficult
to prosecute. With e-filing, evidence of fraud is difficult to find. There
are no signed tax forms, envelopes or fingerprints, and e-filing promises
quick refunds.
It's easy for criminals to e-file using a real name
and Social Security number combined with a phony Form W-2 (wages) or
fabricated Schedule C (business income). The refund can be posted to an
anonymous "Green Dot" prepaid Visa or MasterCard MA +0.20% purchased at a
drugstore. Such cards have a routing and account number suitable for direct
deposit. The IRS may even correct a fraudulent return to refund the
estimated taxes that the real taxpayer already remitted, as happened to one
of my victimized clients.
Another form of fraud is when an unscrupulous
return preparer modifies the bank-routing information on a return so the
direct-deposit refund will wind up in his own bank account. He might
increase the deductions so a return will show a larger refund due, with only
the increase routed to his bank account. The victim will know nothing unless
the IRS sends an audit notice.
Other preparers have abused the return information
of former clients to file false refund returns in subsequent years.
Criminals have established physical offices and websites displaying names of
major tax-preparation franchises in order to gain genuine return documents
and signatures from unsuspecting victims.
The IRS will replace a lost or stolen refund check.
However, a stolen refund using an altered or erroneous routing number on a
tax return will generally not be refunded until the bank returns the funds
to the IRS. Otherwise, the taxpayer's sole recourse is a lawsuit against the
return preparer.
Millions of Americans now pay the IRS via an
Electronic Federal Tax Payment System debit. Unlike ordinary creditors paid
electronically, the IRS is in the business of sending refunds but it doesn't
compare names on bank records against its own files. So, with just the
routing information from a personal check, a skilled criminal can use the
electronic tax-payment system to transfer funds from a victim's bank account
as an estimated-tax payment to another stolen name and Social Security
number, then file a refund claim transferring the stolen funds to his own
account. (This can be prevented by having your bank place an "ACH debit
block" on your account.)
Fraud is a major problem for states, too. Using
TurboTax, a 25-year-old woman e-filed a fraudulent 2011 Oregon return
reporting wages of $3 million and claiming a $2.1 million refund—and the
Oregon Department of Revenue sent her the refund. In October, a hacker stole
3.8 million unencrypted tax records from the South Carolina Department of
Revenue. Georgia reports that 4% of its returns are fraudulent.
If you become a tax-identity theft victim,
immediately seek a referral to the IRS Identity Protection Specialized Unit
or the Taxpayer Advocate Service using Form 911. Keep in mind that it can
take over a year to resolve. The IRS has a backlog of 650,000 cases.
The national taxpayer advocate has recommended that
taxpayers be allowed to tell the IRS to accept their return only when filed
on paper, thus preventing e-file tax-identity theft. So far the IRS has
failed to allow this. Less effective methods are to request an "electronic
filing PIN," available at www.irs.gov, and file Form 14039, "Identity Theft
Affidavit," so that the IRS might apply additional return-screening
procedures. Sadly, conventional credit-monitoring services are useless
against income-tax identity theft.
Continued in article
Question
Why do thieves want taxpayer ID numbers?
Answer
The most obvious reason is to collect your tax refund before you get around
filing for it. They would also like our earned income credits to flow to them in
tens of billions of dollars in cash that does not belong to them. The primary
reason nearly half the taxpayers collect tax refunds rather than pay any income
tax is due to those earned income credits. And the Cliff Prevention and
NASCAR Racetrack
Construction Bill passed on January 1 restored those earned income credits big
time.
This worked wonders in preventing credit card number thieves from sifting
through trash containers
"To fight identity theft, IRS proposes rules for truncating identifying
numbers," by Sally P.
Schreiber, J.D.,
Journal of Accountancy, January 3, 2013 ---
http://www.journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137107.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's tax helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
TaxProf Blog Weekend Roundup
Paul Caron, January 28, 2013
Saturday:
Sunday:
Jensen Comment
Add to this the recent admission by Tiger Woods that California's high taxes
forced him to move to Florida.
"The Nordic model for unemployment insurance," Sober Look,
January 11, 2013 ---
http://soberlook.com/2013/01/the-nordic-model-for-unemployment.html
Blanket refusals to make use of private- or
public-cloud capabilities leave too much value on the table from savings and
improved flexibility. Large institutions, which have many types of sensitive
information to protect and many cloud solutions to choose from, must balance
potential benefits against, for instance, risks of breaches of data
confidentiality, identity and access integrity, and system availability.
"Protecting information in the cloud: IT and business executives
need to apply a risk-management approach that balances economic value against
risks," by James Kaplan, Chris Rezek, and Kara Sprague, McKinsey Quarterly,
January 2013 ---
http://www.mckinseyquarterly.com/Protecting_information_in_the_cloud_3041
Thank You Dana Hermanson
I think Dana Hermanson should be applauded for adding diversity to research
methods during his service as Senior Editor of Accounting Horizons.
Before Dana took over Accounting Horizons (AH) had succumbed to being a
clone of The Accounting Review (TAR) in a manner totally inconsistent
with its original charter.
There's nothing wrong with equations per se, and they serve a vital
function in research.
But must having them be a necessary condition?
How long has it been since a mainline TAR paper was published without
equations?
How long will it take for a mainline TAR paper to be published that does
not have equations?
Fortunately, thanks to Dana, some papers can be once again published in AH
that are not replete with equations.
Steve Zeff had
the guts to admit the divergence of Accounting Horizons from its original
charter in his excellent presentation in San Francisco on August 4, 2010
following a plenary session at the AAA Annual Meetings.
Steve compared
the missions of the Accounting Horizons with performances since AH
was inaugurated. Bob Mautz faced the daunting tasks of being the first Senior
Editor of AH and of setting the missions of that journal for the future
in the spirit dictated by the AAA Executive Committee at the time and of Jerry
Searfoss (Deloitte) and others providing seed funding for starting up AH.
Steve Zeff first put up a list of
the AH missions as laid out by Bob Mautz in the first issues of AH:
Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial.
Accounting Horizons (September): 109-111.
Mautz, R. K. 1987. Editorial:
Expectations: Reasonable or ridiculous? Accounting Horizons
(December): 117-120.
Steve Zeff then
discussed the early successes of AH in meeting these missions followed by
mostly years of failure in terms of meeting the original missions laid out by
Bob Mautz ---
http://fisher.osu.edu/departments/accounting-and-mis/the-accounting-hall-of-fame/membership-in-hall/robert-kuhn-mautz/
Steve's PowerPoint slides are at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/ZeffCommentOnAccountingHorizons.ppt
Steve’s
conclusion was that AH became more like TAR rather than the
practitioner-academy marriage journal that was originally intended. And yes,
Steve did analyze the AH Commentaries as well as the mainline articles in
reaching this conclusion.
In my viewpoint, Steve's 2010 worry about Accounting Horizons was
largely remedied by Dana Hermanson.
Firstly Dana promoted normative commentaries that, in my opinion, would never
have been accepted for publication in The Accounting Review. Examples are
provided at
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
Secondly I will point to a recent Accounting Horizons paper (see
below) that, in my opinion, would have zero chance of being published in The
Accounting Review. This is because it uses normative research methodology
that is not acceptable to the TAR Team unless this normative logic is dressed up
as an analytical research paper complete with equations and proofs. For an
example of one such normative paper all dressed up with equations and proofs,
see the Laux and Newman paper discussed at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm#Analytics
An Example of an Excellent Normative-Method Research Paper That's Not
Dressed Up in Equations and Proofs
The excellent paper that would have to be dressed up with equations and proofs
for publication in TAR is the following paper accepted by Dana Hermanson for
Accounting Horizons. I should note that what makes analytical papers
generally normative is that they are usually built upon hypothetical, untested,
and often unrealistic assumptions that serve as starting points in the analysis.
The analytical conclusions, like normative conclusions in general, all hinge on
the starting point assumptions, axioms, and postulates. For example it is
extremely common to assume equilibrium conditions that really do not exist in
the real world. And analytical researchers assume such things as utility
functions that are assumed from thin air. Analytical conclusions as well as
normative conclusions in general can be of great interest and relevance in spite
of limitations of assumptions. Robustness, however, depends upon the sensitivity
of those conclusions to the underlying assumptions. This also applies to the
paper below.
"Should Repurchase Transactions be Accounted for as Sales or Loans?"
by Justin Chircop , Paraskevi Vicky Kiosse , and Ken Peasnell,
Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 657-679.
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50176
In this paper, we discuss the accounting for
repurchase transactions, drawing on how repurchase agreements are
characterized under U.S. bankruptcy law, and in light of the recent
developments in the U.S. repo market. We conclude that the current
accounting rules, which require the recording of most such transactions as
collateralized loans, can give rise to opaqueness in a firm's financial
statements because they incorrectly characterize the economic substance of
repurchase agreements. Accounting for repurchase transactions as sales and
the concurrent recognition of a forward, as “Repo 105” transactions were
accounted for by Lehman Brothers, has furthermore overlooked merits. In
particular, such a method provides a more comprehensive and transparent
picture of the economic substance of such transactions.
. . .
CONCLUSION
This paper suggests that the current method of
accounting for repos is deficient in the sense of ignoring key aspects of
the economics of such transactions. Moreover, as shown in the case of Lehman
Brothers, under current regulations it may be relatively easy for a firm to
design a repo in such a way to accomplish a preferred accounting treatment.
For example, a firm wishing to account for a
repo as a sale may easily design a bilateral repo with the option not to
repurchase the assets should a particular highly unlikely event occur.
Such an option would make the repo eligible for sale accounting under
SFAS140. In this regard, a standard uniform method of accounting for all
repos would reduce the risk of such accounting arbitrage.
Various factors not considered in this paper have
probably played a part in the current position adopted by the standard
setters regarding repos, including the drive for convergence in accounting
standards and the fact that participants in the repo market may be
“unaccustomed to treating [repurchase] transactions as sales, and a change
to sale treatment would have a substantial impact on their reported
financial position” (FASB 2000). It would be a pity if the concerns
associated with the circumstances surrounding Lehman's use of Repo 105
prevented proper consideration being given to the possibility of treating
all repos in the same manner, one that will reflect the key economic and
legal features of repurchase agreements. As lawyers say, hard cases make bad
law. But in this case, the Lehman's accounting for its Repo 105 transactions
does substantially reflect the economics and legal considerations involved,
that is, a sale of an asset with an associated obligation to return a
substantially similar asset at the end of the agreement. An alternative
approach would be to stick with the current measurement rules but provide
additional disclosures. We have offered some tentative suggestions as to
what kinds of additional disclosures are needed.
Jensen Comment
Thank you Dana Hermanson for resetting Accounting Horizons on a course
consistent with its original charges. We can only hope the new AH editors
Paul Griffin and Arnold Wright will carry on with this change of course that's
consistent with the resolutions of the Pathways Commission Report ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
By the way the above AH paper changed my thinking about repo
accounting where, until now, I've been entirely negative about recording Repo
105/109 transactions as sales ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo
January 24, 2013 reply from Dana Hernonson
Bob,
I hope all is well. A colleague forwarded the
material below to me.
I greatly appreciate the kind words. I should point
out, though, that my co-editor, Terry Shevlin, deserves a great deal of the
credit. Terry handled all of the papers on the financial side of the house
at Horizons, and he was extremely open to a variety of contributions. I
believe that Terry fully embraced the mission of Horizons.
Thanks again, and please feel free to share this
email with others.
Dana
Dana Hermanson
Sent from my iPhone
"FASB Aims to Close Another Repo Loophole," by Emily Chason, The
Wall Street Journal, January 16, 2013 ---
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2013/01/15/fasb-aims-to-close-another-repo-loophole/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
PwC Summary of FASB 2013 Repo Update ---
Click Here
http://www.pwc.com/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief/2013-02-fasb-proposes-amendments-to-repurchase-agreement-accounting-model.jhtml?display=/us/en/cfodirect/publications/in-brief
"A Neurology Lesson for Money Managers," AI-CIO, January 13,
2013 ---
http://ai-cio.com/channels/story.aspx?id=2147484136
Thank you Jim Mahar for the heads up
Two researchers in the emerging field of
neuroeconomics give their take on how investors can better think about their
own brains.
(January 14, 2013) – The brain operates on a
principle that ought to be familiar to all asset owners and managers:
resources are scarce.
The crossover applications between neurology and
economics don’t end there. In fact, an entire discipline has sprung up in
their midst: neuroeconomics. Two leaders in this field have teamed up and
crafted a list of the eight crucial takeaways from neuroeconomics for money
managers.
According to Paul Zak, the head of a center for
neuroeconomics at Claremont Graduate University, and Steven Sapra, a finance
professor the University of Southern California, these are the key points of
neuroeconomics for money managers:
Continued in article
Download the original paper ---
http://www.cfapubs.org/doi/pdf/10.2470/rf.v2010.n2.6
Jensen Comment
A major them for the plenary sessions of the August 2012 AAA Annual Meetings was
neuroeconomics and neuroaccounting.
Videos of these presentations are among the total listings available at the AAA
Commons ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/f0cba0b6de/summary
Question for Cost and Managerial Accounting Students
If selling prices are unknown and costs are known, what is the best way to
proceed with CPV analysis?
Hint
Statistical models may not be appropriate if they assume stationary
probabilities for unknown prices.
Warning
The article below does not really address the above question, at least not
directly.
"Is Target's Price Matching Policy a Mistake?" by Rafi Mohammed,
Harvard Business Review Blog, January 15, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/is_targets_price_matching_poli.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
There's also a problem of competitors taking advantage of Target's pricing
policy to destroy Target. I'm reminded of when Seven 11 stores in San Antonio
announced that they would match Budweiser case prices advertised in the
newspapers by competitors. A wily owner of a couple of liquor stores in San
Antonio then advertised Budweiser cases at 50% of his wholesale cost.
The catch was that Seven 11 also gave out vouchers when advertised items were
out of stock. The liquor store owner had no such out-of-stock voucher policy
such that when his 50 cases were sold he had no more losses. Seven 11, on the
other hand, lost a bundle until they no longer advertised a matching price
policy.
"Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid
(i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio
Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116
Jensen Comment
What companies are having trouble deciding is whether to buy RobotCare insurance
or whether to force Baxter to buy his own RobotCare insurance.
"A Way to Share Photos, Files And Money in Black & White: Walt
Mossberg reviews Xsync, an iPhone app that uses QR codes to transfer photos,
songs, videos and even money, The Wall Street Journal, January 16,
2019 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324734904578243730813204830.html?mg=reno64-wsj
Say you want to quickly transfer a file, like a
photo or a contact entry, from your smartphone to a friend's. Most people
would email or text the file. But a number of technologies have come along
to make the process quicker and simpler.
On some Android phones, you can "beam" files like
photos from phone to phone by tapping one phone to another, or bringing them
very close. But that requires that both phones have a special chip, called
NFC, which isn't yet universal on Android phones and doesn't exist at all in
iPhones.
Another approach is to use an app called Bump,
which transfers files between iPhones and Android phones when those holding
them do a sort of sideways fist bump. It works pretty well, but you have to
make contact with the other person.
This week, I've been testing a different
approach—an iPhone app called Xsync. It doesn't require any special chip and
instead uses a free app and a hardware feature almost every smartphone
possesses—the camera. While it is primarily meant, like Bump, for transfers
between phones in proximity, it works over long distances. I was able to
almost instantly send and get photos, videos and songs using Xsync between
two iPhones held up to computer webcams during a Skype video call.
The key to Xsync is the QR code, that square symbol
found seemingly everywhere these days—online, in print newspapers and
magazines, on posters and other places. These codes typically just contain
text—often, a Web address. But Xsync, a tiny company based in Seattle,
generates QR codes that initiate the transfer of whole files, or in the case
of photos, even groups of files. It has a built-in QR code scanner to read
these codes using the phone's camera.
The biggest drawback to Xsync is that it is
currently only available for the iPhone. An Android version is planned for
sometime this quarter. Meanwhile, you can use an Android phone with any QR
code reader to receive, though not send, files sent via Xsync.
The Xsync app is something of a teaser for the
underlying technology, which the company calls the Optical Message Service.
The company's goal isn't to build its own apps, but to license the
technology to cellphone makers so it becomes a built-in way to transfer
files.
Here's how it works. Once you install Xsync on your
iPhone, you select an audio file, photo, video, contact, or calendar
appointment, each of which is represented by a simple icon. The app creates
a QR code representing the intended transfer of that file and temporarily
sends the file to Xsync's server. Your friend uses Xsync to scan the QR code
you've created with his or her iPhone's camera, and the files are sent to
your friend's iPhone.
In my tests, it was easy, quick and reliable. I
successfully used Xsync to send and receive all the included types of files
with an iPhone 5, an iPhone 4S, and an iPad Mini. I was also able to receive
files on an Android phone, a Google GOOG -0.96% Nexus 4, via a QR code
generated by Xsync.
You can even generate a QR code using Xsync that
will allow you to transfer money from your PayPal account to another
person's, though that requires an added authentication step for security.
But it worked, and would be a good way to, say, split a bill at a
restaurant. (This PayPal feature of Xsync doesn't work with Android, for
now.)
The company says the file transfers are secure, for
two reasons. First, they are encrypted. More important, each code is
generated for a specific transfer and expires after a relatively short time.
For instance, codes for photos expire after 24 hours, according to the
company.
You can use Xsync to transmit certain kinds of
files—including documents—you've stored in your Dropbox account, though,
oddly, the Xsync app hides this document-transfer feature under an icon for
sharing calendar appointments.
And you don't have to be close to make the
transfer. In addition to my Skype example, you can send a QR code generated
by Xsync via email or text message, or even post the code to Facebook FB
-1.59% . Another person can then scan the code to get the file.
Xsync can generate codes that represent either
existing files on your phone, or files you create on the spot. If you don't
want to use an existing one, the audio, photo, video and calendar icons in
the app invite you to create a new file to be transferred.
Continued in article
Question
Is Technological Inequality Exacerbating Income Inequality?
"The Smartphone Have-Nots," by Adam Davidson, The New York Times,
January 16, 2013 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/20/magazine/income-inequality.html?_r=0&pagewanted=all
Earlier this month, Larry Mishel, the president of
the Economic Policy Institute, stood at a lectern in a small hotel
conference room in San Diego and fiddled with a computer until his
PowerPoint presentation flashed on the screen. Mishel then composed himself,
paid tribute to his intellectual opponent sitting in the front row and began
a speech that, he hopes, will reorient the U.S. economy away from the 1
percent or the 0.1 percent and toward the rest of us.
¶ Mishel’s session at this year’s meeting of the
American Economic Association, titled “Inequality in America,” tellingly
coincided with other sessions called “Extreme Wage Inequality” and “Taxes,
Transfers and Inequality.” As the financial crisis wanes, economists are
shifting their attention toward a more subtle, possibly more upsetting
crisis in the United States: the significant increase in income inequality.
¶ Much of what we consider the American way of life
is rooted in the period of remarkably broad, shared economic growth, from
around 1900 to about 1978. Back then, each generation of Americans did
better than the one that preceded it. Even those who lived through the
Depression made up what was lost. By the 1950s, America had entered an era
that economists call the Great Compression, in which workers — through
unions and Social Security, among other factors — captured a solid share of
the economy’s growth.
¶ These days, there’s a lot of disagreement about
what actually happened during these years. Was it a golden age in which the
U.S. government guided an economy toward fairness? Or was it a period
defined by high taxes (until the early ’60s, the top marginal tax rate was
90 percent) and bureaucratic meddling? Either way, the Great Compression
gave way to a Great Divergence. Since 1979, according to the nonpartisan
Congressional Budget Office, the bottom 80 percent of American families had
their share of the country’s income fall, while the top 20 percent had
modest gains. Of course, the top 1 percent — and, more so, the top 0.1
percent — has seen income rise stratospherically. That tiny elite takes in
nearly a quarter of the nation’s income and controls nearly half its wealth.
¶ The standard explanation of this unhinging,
repeated in graduate-school classrooms and in advice to politicians, is
technological change. The rise of networked laptops and smartphones and
their countless iterations and spawn have helped highly educated
professionals create more and more value just as they have created barriers
to entry and rendered irrelevant millions of less-educated workers, in
places like factory production lines and typing pools. This explanation,
known as skill-biased technical change, is so common that economists just
call it S.B.T.C. They use it to explain why everyone from the extremely rich
to the just-kind-of rich are doing so much better than everyone else.
¶ For two decades, Mishel has been a critic of the
S.B.T.C. theory, and that morning in San Diego, he argued that broad
technological innovation has been taking place so steadily for so long that
the rise of computers simply can’t explain the recent explosion in
inequality. After all, when economists talk about technological innovation,
they are thinking beyond smartphones; they’re usually considering
innovations that affect production. Business innovations — like the
railroads, telegraph, Henry Ford’s conveyor belt and the plastic extruders
of the 1960s — have occurred for more than a century. Computers and the
Internet, Mishel argued, are just new examples on the continuum and cannot
explain a development like extreme inequality, which is so recent. So what
happened?
¶ The change came around 1978, Mishel said, when
politicians from both parties began to think of America as a nation of
consumers, not of workers. President Jimmy Carter deregulated the airline,
trucking and railroad industries in order to help lower consumer prices.
Congress chose to ignore organized labor’s call for laws strengthening union
protections. Ever since, Mishel said, each administration and Congress have
made choices — expanding trade, deregulating finance and weakening welfare —
that helped the rich and hurt everyone else. Inequality didn’t just happen,
Mishel argued. The government created it.
¶ After Mishel finished his presentation, David
Autor, one of the country’s most celebrated labor economists, took the
stage, fumbled for his own PowerPoint presentation and then explained that
there was plenty of evidence showing that technological change explained a
great deal about the rise of income inequality. Computers, Autor says, are
fundamentally different. Conveyor belts and massive steel furnaces made
blue-collar workers comparatively wealthier and hurt more highly skilled
craftspeople, like blacksmiths and master carpenters, whose talents were
disrupted by mass production. The computer revolution, however, displaced
millions of workers from clerical and production occupations, forcing them
to compete in lower-paying jobs in the retail, fast-food and home health
sectors. Meanwhile, computers and the Internet disproportionately helped
people like doctors, engineers and bankers in information-intensive jobs.
Inequality was merely a side effect of the digital revolution, Autor said;
it didn’t begin and end in Washington.
¶ For all their disagreements, Autor and Mishel are
allies of sorts. Both are Democrats who have advised President Barack Obama,
and both agree that rampant inequality can undermine democracy and economic
growth by fostering despair among workers and corruption among the wealthy.
This places them in opposition to some right-leaning economists like Gary
Becker, a Nobel Prize-winning professor at the University of Chicago, who
told me a few years ago that “inequality in earnings has been mainly the
good kind,” meaning it rewards those people with the education and skills
most needed, helping the economy.
¶ How are we to make sense of these competing
claims? I asked Frank Levy, the M.I.T. labor economist who hasn’t fully
committed to any one particular view. Levy suggested seeing how inequality
has played out in other countries. In Germany, the average worker might make
less than an American, but the government has established an impressive
apprenticeship system to keep blue-collar workers’ skills competitive. For
decades, the Finnish government has offered free education all the way
through college. It may have led to high taxes, but many believe it also
turned a fairly poor fishing economy into a high-income, technological
nation. On the other hand, Greece, Spain and Portugal have so thoroughly
protected their workers that they are increasingly unable to compete in the
global economy.
Continued in article
"Rethink Robotics invented a $22,000 humanoid
(i.e. trainable) robot that competes with low-wage workers," by Antonio
Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/509296/small-factories-give-baxter-the-robot-a-cautious-once-over/?utm_campaign=newsletters&utm_source=newsletter-daily-all&utm_medium=email&utm_content=20130116
"Rise of the Robots," by Paul Krugman, The New York Times,
December 8, 2012 ---
http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/12/08/rise-of-the-robots/
¶Catherine Rampell and Nick Wingfield write
about the
growing evidence for “reshoring” of manufacturing
to the United States. They cite several reasons: rising wages in Asia; lower
energy costs here; higher transportation costs. In a
followup piece, however, Rampell cites another
factor: robots.
¶The most valuable part of each
computer, a motherboard loaded with microprocessors and memory, is
already largely made with robots, according to my colleague Quentin
Hardy. People do things like fitting in batteries and snapping on
screens.
¶As more
robots are built, largely by other robots, “assembly can be done here as
well as anywhere else,” said Rob Enderle, an analyst based in San Jose,
Calif., who has been following the computer electronics industry for a
quarter-century. “That will replace most of the workers, though you will
need a few people to manage the robots.”
¶Robots mean that labor costs don’t
matter much, so you might as well locate in advanced countries with
large markets and good infrastructure (which may soon not include us, but
that’s another issue). On the other hand, it’s not good news for workers!
¶This is an
old concern in economics; it’s “capital-biased technological change”, which
tends to shift the distribution of income away from workers to the owners of
capital.
¶Twenty years
ago, when I was writing about globalization and inequality, capital bias
didn’t look like a big issue; the major changes in income distribution had
been among workers (when you include hedge fund managers and CEOs among the
workers), rather than between labor and capital. So the academic literature
focused almost exclusively on “skill bias”, supposedly explaining the rising
college premium.
¶But
the college premium hasn’t risen for a while.
What has happened, on the other hand, is a notable shift in income away from
labor:.
"Harley Goes Lean to Build Hogs," by James R. Hagerty, The Wall
Street Journal, September 22, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443720204578004164199848452.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
If the global economy slips into a deep slump,
American manufacturers including motorcycle maker Harley-Davidson Inc. that
have embraced flexible production face less risk of veering into a ditch.
Until recently, the company's sprawling factory
here had a lack of automation that made it an industrial museum. Now,
production that once was scattered among 41 buildings is consolidated into
one brightly lighted facility where robots do more heavy lifting. The number
of hourly workers, about 1,000, is half the level of three years ago and
more than 100 of those workers are "casual" employees who come and go as
needed.
All the jobs are not going to Asia, They're going to Hal ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2001_Space_Oddessey
"When Machines Do Your Job: Researcher Andrew McAfee says advances in
computing and artificial intelligence could create a more unequal society,"
by Antonio Regalado, MIT's Technology Review, July 11, 2012 ---
http://www.technologyreview.com/news/428429/when-machines-do-your-job/
Are American workers losing their jobs to machines?
That was the question posed by
Race Against the Machine, an influential
e-book published last October by MIT business school researchers Erik
Brynjolfsson and Andrew McAfee. The pair looked at troubling U.S. employment
numbers—which
have declined since the recession of 2008-2009 even as economic output has
risen—and concluded that computer technology was
partly to blame.
Advances in hardware and software mean it's
possible to automate more white-collar jobs, and to do so more quickly than
in the past. Think of the airline staffers whose job checking in passengers
has been taken by self-service kiosks. While more productivity is a
positive, wealth is becoming more concentrated, and more middle-class
workers are getting left behind.
What does it mean to have "technological
unemployment" even amidst apparent digital plenty? Technology Review
spoke to McAfee at the Center for Digital Business, part of the MIT Sloan
School of Management, where as principal research scientist he studies
new employment trends and definitions of the workplace.
Every symphony in the world incurs an operating
deficit
"Financial Leadership Required to Fight Symphony Orchestra ‘Cost Disease’,"
by Stanford University's Robert J Flanagan, Stanford Graduate School of
Business, February 8, 2012 ---
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/headlines/symphony-financial-leadership.html
What if you sat down in the concert hall one
evening to hear Haydn’s Symphony No. 44 in E Minor and found 5 robots
scattered among the human musicians? To get multiple audiences in and out of
the concert hall faster, the human musicians and robots are playing the
composition in double time.
Today’s orchestras have yet to go down this road.
However, their traditional ways of doing business, as economist Robert J.
Flanagan explains in his new book on symphony orchestra finances, locks them
into limited opportunities for productivity growth and ensures that costs
keep rising.
"Patented Book Writing System Creates, Sells Hundreds Of Thousands Of
Books On Amazon," by David J. Hull, Security Hub, December 13, 2012
---
http://singularityhub.com/2012/12/13/patented-book-writing-system-lets-one-professor-create-hundreds-of-thousands-of-amazon-books-and-counting/
Philip M. Parker, Professor of Marketing at INSEAD Business School,
has had a side project for over 10 years. He’s created
a computer system that can write books about specific subjects in about 20
minutes. The patented algorithm has so far generated hundreds of thousands
of books. In fact, Amazon lists over 100,000 books attributed to Parker, and
over 700,000 works listed for his company,
ICON Group International, Inc. This doesn’t
include the private works, such as internal reports,
created for companies or licensing of the system itself through a separate
entity called
EdgeMaven Media.
Parker is not so much an author as a compiler, but
the end result is the same: boatloads of written works.
"Raytheon's Missiles Are Now Made by Robots," by Ashlee Vance,
Bloomberg Business Week, December 11, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-11/raytheons-missiles-now-made-by-robots
A World Without Work," by Dana Rousmaniere, Harvard Business
Review Blog, January 27, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/morning-advantage/2013/01/morning-advantage-a-world-with.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Jensen Comment
Historically, graduates who could not find jobs enlisted in the military. Wars
of the future, however, will be fought largely by drones, robots, orbiting
orbiting satellites. This begs the question of where graduates who cannot find
work are going to turn to when the military enlistment offices shut down and
Amazon's warehouse robotics replace Wal-Mart in-store workers.
If given a choice, I'm not certain I would want to be born again in the 21st
Century.
The Sad State of Economic Theory and Research ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship
---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
The December 2012 issue of Accounting
Horizons has four commentaries under the heading
Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship
These essays could not be published in The Accounting Review because they
do not contain the required equations for anything published in TAR.
I think we owe Accounting Horizons Editor Dana Hermanson an applause for
making "Commentaries" a major section in each issue of AH. Hopefully this
will be carried forward by new AH Editors Paul Griffin and Arnold Wright.
A huge disappointment to me was that none of the
essay authors quoted or even referenced the 2012 Pathways Commission Report,
which once again illustrates how the mere mention of the Pathways Commission
Report sends accountics scientists running for cover. Several of the
Pathways Commission Report are as follows:
"Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed,
July 31, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
Accounting programs should promote curricular
flexibility to capture a new generation of students who are more
technologically savvy, less patient with traditional teaching methods, and
more wary of the career opportunities in accounting, according to a report
released today by the
Pathways Commission, which studies the future of
higher education for accounting.
In 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department's Advisory
Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that the American
Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants form a commission to study the future structure and content of
accounting education, and the Pathways Commission was formed to fulfill this
recommendation and establish a national higher education strategy for
accounting.
In the report, the commission acknowledges that
some sporadic changes have been adopted, but it seeks to put in place a
structure for much more regular and ambitious changes.
The report includes seven recommendations:
- Integrate accounting research, education
and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing
professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
- Promote accessibility of doctoral
education by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral
programs and developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path
to an accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs
and research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative
rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be
part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching
methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students
with professional experience and candidates with families, according to
the report.
- Increase recognition and support for
high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure
processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a
critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to
the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and
accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and
programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
- Develop curriculum models, engaging learning
resources and mechanisms to easily share them, as well as enhancing
faculty development opportunities to sustain a robust curriculum that
addresses a new generation of students who are more at home with
technology and less patient with traditional teaching methods.
- Improve the ability to attract high-potential,
diverse entrants into the profession.
- Create mechanisms for collecting, analyzing
and disseminating information about the market needs by establishing a
national committee on information needs, projecting future supply and
demand for accounting professionals and faculty, and enhancing the
benefits of a high school accounting education.
- Establish an implementation process to address
these and future recommendations by creating structures and mechanisms
to support a continuous, sustainable change process.
According to the report, its two sponsoring
organizations -- the American Accounting Association and the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants -- will support the effort to
carry out the report's recommendations, and they are finalizing a strategy
for conducting this effort.
Continued in article
In spite of not acknowledging the Pathways
Commission Report, however, the various essay authors did in one way or
another pick up on the major resolutions of the Pathways Commission Report.
In particular the essays urge greater diversity of research methodology in
academic accounting research.
Since the theme of the essays is "scholarship"
rather than just research, I would have hoped that the authors would have
devoted more attention to the following Pathways Commission Report
resolutions:
- Integrate accounting research, education
and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing
professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
- Promote accessibility of doctoral
education by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral
programs and developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path
to an accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs
and research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative
rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be
part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching
methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students
with professional experience and candidates with families, according to
the report.
- Increase recognition and support for
high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure
processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a
critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to
the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and
accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and
programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
But it's unfair on my part to dwell on what the
essay authors do not do. What's more important is to focus on what they
accomplish, and I think they accomplish a lot. It's very important that we keep
the Pathways Commission Report and these four essays momentum moving until we
finally shake the bonds of narrow minded chains of binding our faculty hiring,
doctoral programs curricula, and article acceptance practices of our leading
academic research journals.
I particularly admire these essay authors for
acknowledging the seeds of change planted by earlier scholars.
Hi Denny,
Actually this one I did catch in my morning newsletter from the AICPA. But I had
not yet made a tidbit out of it.
Having greater access to data in practitioner audit firms should give
significant traction to the initiatives of the Pathways Commission Report
calling for greater interaction between academic accounting researchers and the
practicing profession. Academics might even begin to make more significant
contributions to the needs of the profession.
Thanks,
Bob Jensen
"CAQ, AAA team to give researchers access to audit firm personnel," by
Ken Tisiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137198.htm
A new program announced Thursday by the Center for
Audit Quality (CAQ) and the Auditing Section of the American Accounting
Association (AAA) will help accounting and auditing academics gain access to
audit firm personnel to participate in academic research projects.
The joint venture between the CAQ and AAA Auditing
Section is designed to help generate research on issues that are relevant to
audit practice.
Doctoral students and tenure-track professors are
the initial group to be provided access to audit firm staff to complete data
collection protocols through the Access to Audit Personnel program.
“We hope to encourage scholars to focus their
research and teaching in auditing, which is critical to the sustainability
of the profession,” CAQ Executive Director Cindy Fornelli said in a
statement. “We thank our member firms for opening their doors to the next
generation of accounting and auditing professors.”
The CAQ is affiliated with the AICPA.
Firms that are CAQ Governing Board members have
agreed to participate in the program, which requires doctoral students and
tenure-track professors to submit a request for proposal (RFP) to a
committee of senior academics and audit practitioners.
The RFP will require the researchers to provide a
detailed description of their research, methodology, and how the research
will fit into the existing literature. The full criteria for the RFP are
available on the CAQ’s website.
A total of five proposals will be approved this
year by the committee in what will be an annual program, and the requests
will be forwarded to the firms, which have pledged to cooperate. The
deadline for RFPs to be submitted is April 22.
The program is designed to break down a barrier to
relevant research that has existed in accounting and auditing for years. One
objective for the profession described in the Pathways Commission report
that charts a national strategy for the next generation of accountants was
to focus more academic research on relevant practice issues. The report said
greater collaboration between academic researchers and professional
practitioners is needed.
In auditing research, that collaboration should
increase as a result of this project.
“It provides access to auditors, people actually
practicing auditing, to help us find and answer questions that can be
helpful to them,” said Roger Martin, president of the AAA Auditing Section.
“Often, if we can’t find auditors to help with this research, we end up
using students as participants, or other proxies for auditors. And that’s
never very satisfying. It’s helpful, but not as good as getting access to
those people doing the things we want to research.”
Martin said firms are accustomed to working with
established, veteran researchers, who use their professional contacts to
gain access to appropriate auditing personnel. But many younger researchers
haven’t yet developed those contacts, and they are the focus of the new
program
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the needs for change are
at the following links:
What
went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
Why must all accounting doctoral programs be social
science (particularly econometrics) "accountics" doctoral programs?
Why accountancy doctoral programs are drying up and
why accountancy is no longer required for admission or
graduation in an accountancy doctoral program
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
574 Shields Against Validity Challenges
in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
How Accountics Scientists
Should Change:
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting
Review I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
One more mission in what's left of my life will be
to try to change this
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Comments on the AECM on each of these four
essays may help further the cause of change in accounting academia.
"Introduction for Essays on the State of
Accounting Scholarship," Gregory B. Waymire, Accounting Horizons,
December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 817-819 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50236
. . .
CHARGE GIVEN TO
PRESENTERS AND ATTENDEES AT THE 2011 AAA STRATEGIC RETREAT |
The presenters and
attendees at the retreat were asked to consider the following:
Assertion: Accounting research as of 2011 is stagnant and lacking in
significant innovation that introduces fresh ideas and insights into
our scholarly discipline.
Questions: Is this a correct statement? If not, why? If so, what
factors have led to this state of affairs, what can be done to
reverse it, and what role, if any, should AAA play in this process?
In terms of presenters,
I sought a variety of scholarly perspectives within the accounting
academy. I ended up asking the four scholars whose essays follow to
speak for 30 minutes on the assertion and questions given above. These
scholars represent different areas of accounting research and employ
different methodologies in their research. They also are thoughtful
people who consider issues of scholarship from long histories of
personal experience at different types of universities for their current
positions and their doctoral education.
Attendees at the retreat
also included members of the Executive Committee. In addition, incoming
co-chairs of the Annual Meeting (Anil Arya and Rick Young), Doctoral
Consortium (Sudipta Basu and Ilia Dichev), and New Faculty Consortium
(Kristy Towry and Mohan Venkatachalam) Committees of AAA were invited to
attend.
The primary
purpose of the May retreat was “idea generation.” That is, what can we
do together as scholars to increase the long-run viability of our
discipline? My view was that the retreat and the specific comments by
the presenters would provide a basis for a longer-term conversation
about the future of accounting scholarship and the role of AAA within
that future.
Several subsequent events have provided opportunities to continue the
conversation about scholarly innovation in accounting. First, I spoke at
the AAA Annual Meeting in Denver, August 2011, to update the membership
about the initiative now titled “Seeds of Innovation in Accounting
Scholarship.” That presentation and the related slides can now be found
on AAA Commons (http://commons.aaahq.org/hives/a3d1bee423/summary,
or simply
www.seedsofinnovation.org). Second, I have
written up my own views on these issues and integrated them with the
preliminary suggestions developed at the May 2011 retreat (Waymire
2012). Third, further discussion has taken
place in the AAA Board and, more importantly, in the new AAA Council.
The Council discussion will be ongoing this year, and I expect to form a
task force that will consist of Council members and others to develop
more specific proposals in January 2012. My hope is that these proposals
will cover a broad range of areas that involve AAA publications,
consortia, and meetings, and help guide AAA over the next several years
as we seek to improve the quality of the accounting discipline.
"Framing the Issue of Research Quality in a
Context of Research Diversity," by Christopher S. Chapman, Accounting
Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 821-831 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10314
The current editorial
policy of The Accounting Review states “The scope of acceptable
articles should embrace any research methodology and any
accounting-related subject, as long as the articles meet the standards
established for publication in the journal.” The policy concludes with
the statement “The journal is also open to all rigorous research
methods.” Private journals are rightly entitled to set as selective an
editorial policy as they think proper. An association journal, however,
should rightly be expected to maintain an open policy that does not
ex ante privilege one form of research over another. In that
respect, the clearly stated policy of The Accounting Review of
seeking “any” and “all” is admirable. However, the continuing need to
make the case for research diversity is disappointing given the
longstanding recognition of the dangers of narrowness:
Reinforcing the above [stagnation and decline
of accounting research] is a tendency for senior accounting
academics to judge and reward the performance of juniors on the
basis of a narrow definition of what constitutes academic
accounting. (Demski
et al. 1991, 4–5)
With regard to The
Accounting Review, recent years have seen considerable efforts to
enhance the diversity of research appearing in its pages. These efforts
have undoubtedly resulted in a higher level of research diversity than
that seen for most of the period since the current editorial policy was
published in 1989. In conference panels and other arenas of debate, the
case has been put that a journal can only publish as diverse sets of
papers as are submitted to it. Detailed reports of submissions and
acceptance rates are now prepared and published, demonstrating success
in this regard. The issue that continues to divide is that of the
requisite diversity of an editorial board to encourage the submission of
kinds of work that currently remain unsubmitted. Underlying the
continuing debates over this aspect of diversity is disagreement over
the implications of the caveat in the editorial policy, “as long as the
articles meet the standards established for publication in the journal.”
Debates around
this topic all too easily reduce to a false dichotomy between diversity
and quality, with diversity perceived as a threat to quality. Increased
diversity promises to increase the quality of the body of accounting
research, however. Accounting is a complex social phenomenon, and so our
understanding of it should be enhanced through the adoption of a diverse
set of research perspectives and approaches. Grasping accounting in all
its complexity is important from an intellectual perspective, but also
from the perspective of the ability of our research discipline to
contribute back to society (e.g.,
Flyvbjerg 2001). Diversity of research
approaches requires diversity in the proper estimation of quality and
validity of research, however (Ahrens
and Chapman 2006).
To help
structure my arguments around this central issue of the relationship
between research diversity and quality, I offer two frameworks in the
sections that follow. In doing so, I hope to help us to move toward a
situation in which research diversity in The Accounting Review
(and other journals) may become taken-for-granted practice, as well as
policy.
DIVERSITY FRAMED IN
U.S.-DOMINANT CATEGORIES |
The process of becoming
a published researcher is arduous and complex. Along the way, we pick up
a variety of tools and techniques. The expression “All-But-Dissertation”
reminds us that while tools and techniques are necessary for successful
research, they are not sufficient. Expertise and judgment are built up
over years of reading, observing the efforts of others, and trying
ourselves. Hopefully, as we go on, we become better able to make the
fine judgments required to distinguish between creative and fruitful
leeway in the application of established approaches, and their
misapplication. We become experts in assessing the validity of the kinds
of research with which we are familiar. Our hard-won understanding
naturally offers the starting point for our engagement with different
forms of research.
To illustrate this
point, let us look at an attempt to understand research diversity drawn
from outside the discipline of accounting.
Figure 1 is a
reproduction from the introduction from the editor to a special issue of
the Journal of Financial Economics entitled “Complementary
Research Methods.” This journal addresses a discipline that also has a
particularly strong tradition of a particular kind of research; namely,
economics-based capital markets research. The figure offers an
organizing framework for considering different research methods in
relation to this core audience. It distinguishes various kinds of
research methods in two dimensions: first, through their use of
privately or publicly available data, and second, through the large or
small size of their data sets.
Approaches to
research potentially vary in a vast number of ways. The point of the
figure is to distill these down to a manageable number. Simplification
is not per se a problem. Danger arises when the dimensions chosen
privilege the interests of one particular group of researchers over
those of another, however. Let us consider the designation of a case
study as having a small sample size, for example. This framing has been
seen also in accounting, with several journals in the past including
“small sample” sections that published such work. However, as clearly
put by
Anderson and Widener (2007), this is to assume
that the unit of analysis must always be company-level observations, and
this need not be the case.
This figure offers
a way for large sample, public data researchers to think about how other
forms of research might complement (contribute to) their own activities.
As such, this represents only a partial engagement in research
diversity. The framing of
Figure 1 adopts the interests of one subgroup.
In a U.S. context, it is commonly understood that in-depth field studies
might act as a precursor to subsequent testing through other methods
(e.g.,
Merchant 2008). While field studies sometimes
might play exactly this role, such work also has its own purposes that
are debated and developed within broad (frequently interdisciplinary)
communities of scholars. From the perspective of “complementarity,” as
seen in
Figure 1, these
other purposes might be considered irrelevant (e.g.,
Merchant 2008). From the perspective of
research diversity, and the building of a comprehensive understanding on
the nature and effects of accounting, these intentions need no scholarly
justification in relation to other forms of research.
In the next
section, I will offer a second framework for considering research
diversity from a perspective that is less overtly grounded in the
assumptions of any particular subgroup of researchers.
DIVERSITY FRAMED IN
TERMS OF DIFFERENT RESEARCH ASSUMPTIONS |
The framework
presented in
Figure 2 sets out a different way to
differentiate research based on its choices in two dimensions. The
language of the figure is couched in terms of the philosophy of science
and sociology; however, it is not new to the accounting literature (see,
for example,
Chua 1986). In its two dimensions,
Figure 2 offers summary labels for sets of
fundamental research choices, offering names for each possible
combination of these sets of choices.
This second
framework operates at a far higher level of abstraction than that seen
in
Figure 1. As previously noted, recent years
have seen increases in the diversity of research published in The
Accounting Review. That diversity notwithstanding, the entire
contents of The Accounting Review since the publication of its
current editorial statement (and the scope of research diversity
implicit in the categories of
Figure 1) fall within the bottom right-hand
cell in this second framework—Functionalist research.
Continued in Article
"Accounting Craftspeople versus Accounting
Seers: Exploring the Relevance and Innovation Gaps in Academic Accounting
Research," by William E. McCarthy, Accounting Horizons, December
2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 833-843 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10313
Is accounting
research stuck in a rut of repetitiveness and irrelevancy? I would answer
yes, and I would even predict that both its gap in relevancy and its gap in
innovation are going to continue to get worse if the people and the
attitudes that govern inquiry in the American academy remain the same. From
my perspective in accounting information systems, mainstream accounting
research topics have changed very little in 30 years, except for the fact
that their scope now seems much more narrow and crowded. More and more
people seem to be studying the same topics in financial reporting and
managerial control in the same ways, over and over and over. My suggestions
to get out of this rut are simple. First, the profession should allow itself
to think a little bit normatively, so we can actually target practice
improvement as a real goal. And second, we need to allow new scholars a
wider berth in research topics and methods, so we can actually give the kind
of creativity and innovation that occurs naturally with young people a
chance to blossom.
The reasonable man adapts himself to
the world; the unreasonable one persists in trying to adapt the
world to himself. Therefore, all progress depends on the
unreasonable man —
George Bernard
Shaw (1903, Act IV)
Who provides you with
the best feedback on your current set of teaching materials and research
ideas? For me, at present, that ranked list would be: (1) knowledgeable
and creative practitioners who are seeking to improve their field of
practice, (2) young doctoral students and faculty from European or other
non-American programs in business informatics, (3) a few of my own
doctoral students from 15+ years ago, who teach and research in the same
areas of accounting systems that I do, and (4) my own undergraduate and
master's students. I do have systems, tax, and introductory colleagues
who provide accounting context for me, but my feedback list has notable
absences, like most of the mainstream Accounting and Information Systems
faculty at Michigan State University (MSU) and, indeed, faculty
throughout the U.S. accounting academy. Thirty years ago, those last two
forums tolerated widespread diversity in both teaching and research
ideas, but now those communities have coalesced into just a few approved
“areas,” none of which provide me with assistance on my methodological
and topical problems. Academic accounting most recently has been
developing more and more into an insular and myopic community with no
methodological and practice-oriented outsiders tolerated. Why is this?
Becoming
aware of how this narrowing of the accounting mind has hindered not just
accounting systems, but also academic accounting innovation in general,
American Accounting Association (AAA) president Gregory Waymire asked
for some “unreasonable” (in the Shavian sense quoted above) accounting
academics like me to address the low-innovation and low-relevance
problem in academic accounting. I promptly reframed this charge as a
question: “Is accounting research stuck in a rut of repetitiveness and
irrelevancy?” In the pages that follow, I intend to explore that
question from two perspectives: (1) methodological, and (2)
sociological. My inspiration for the first perspective is derived from
Buckminster Fuller plus Alan Newell and Herbert Simon. For the second,
my role model is Lee Smolin.
PUTTING A
(LIMITED) NORMATIVE MINDSET BACK INTO ACCOUNTING RESEARCH—THE
CASE FOR DESIGN SCIENCE AND BEYOND1 |
We should help create the future, not just
study the past. —
Paul Gray (Kock
et al. 2002, 339)
In March of 2008, two
very prominent and distinguished accounting academics—Michael H. Granof
of The University of Texas and Stephen A. Zeff of Rice University—noted
in The Chronicle of Higher Education that the research models
that were being produced by accounting academics were indeed rigorous by
the standards of statistical validity and logical positivism, but they
were also of very little practical import:
Starting in the 1960s, academic research on
accounting became methodologically supercharged … The results
however have been paradoxical … [as] those models have crowded out
other forms of investigation. The result is that professors of
accounting have contributed little to the establishment of new
practices and standards, have failed to perform a needed role as
watchdog of the profession, and have created a disconnect between
their teaching and research. (Granof
and Zeff 2008, A34)
Professors
Granof and Zeff (2008, A34) went on further to
note that “accounting researchers usually look backward rather than
forward” and that they, unlike medical researchers, seldom play a
significant role in the practicing profession. In general, the thrust of
the
Granof and Zeff (2008)
criticism was that the normative/positive pendulum in accounting
research had swung too far toward rear-view empiricism and
away from creation of promising new accounting methods, models, and
constructs. They appealed directly for expanding the set of acceptable
research methods to include those accepted in other disciplines well
respected for their scientific standing. Additionally,
Granof and Zeff (2008,
A34) noted that because accounting faculties “are associated with a
well-defined and recognized profession … [they] have a special
obligation to conduct research that is of interest and relevance to
[that] profession,” especially as the models of those practitioners
evolve to fit new postindustrial environments.
Similar concerns
were raised in the 1990s by the senior accounting scholar Richard
Mattessich (1995, 183) in his treatise
Critique of Accounting:
Academic accounting—like engineering, medicine, law, and so on—is
obliged to provide a range of tools for practitioners to choose
from, depending on preconceived and actual needs … The present gap
between practice and academia is bound to grow as an increasing
number of academics are being absorbed in either the modeling of
highly simplified (and thus unrealistic) situations or the testing
of empirical hypotheses (most of which are not even of instrumental
nature). Both of these tasks are legitimate academic concerns, and
this book must not be misinterpreted as opposing these efforts. What
must be opposed is the one-sidedness of this academic concern and,
even more so, the intolerance of the positive accounting theorists
toward attempts of incorporating norms (objectives) into the
theoretical accounting framework.
Mattessich, Zeff,
and Granof were followed most recently in the same vein by Robert
Kaplan (2011), who noted in the AAA 2010
Presidential Scholar Lecture that:
- most accounting
research for the past 40 years has been reactive in the sense
that it concentrates on studying existing practice, but does not
advance that practice; and
- accounting scholars
have missed opportunities to apply innovations from other
disciplines to important accounting issues—an especially noticeable
difference when compared with researchers from other professional
schools who understand gaps in practice and try to address them by
applying contemporary engineering and science.
In my opinion, these
weaknesses noted by Granof, Zeff, Mattessich, and Kaplan are
attributable primarily to the insularity and myopia of the American-led
accounting academy. Our research excludes practice and stifles
innovation because of the way our journals, doctoral programs, and
academic presentations are structured.
The Innovation Roadblock in
Accounting Systems
The rear-view
empiricism research malaise that all four of these scholars
attribute to accounting as a whole is especially present in its
technical subfield of accounting information systems (AIS). In fact,
it is even more exaggerated, because as time goes on, an
increasingly high percentage of AIS researchers aspire to develop
reputations not in the field they teach (i.e., accounting systems),
but in the accounting mainstream (i.e., financial reporting). Thus,
they follow many of the misdirected paths described above, and their
results are similarly disappointing. With some notable
exceptions—primarily in work that involves semantic modeling of
accounting phenomena or computerized monitoring and
auditing—university-driven modernization in accounting systems has
been virtually nonexistent since the 1970s, and what limited
improvements that have occurred can be primarily attributed to the
independent practice marketplace.
Continued in article
"Is Accounting Research Stagnant?" by
Donald V. Moser, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp.
845-850 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10312
I accepted
the invitation to present my thoughts to the American Accounting
Association Executive Committee on whether accounting research has
become stagnant for several reasons. First, I believe the question is
important because the answer has widespread implications, one of which
is the extent to which accounting research will remain an important part
of the accounting academic profession in the years to come. In order to
maintain the current stature of accounting research or to increase its
importance, we need to ensure that we produce research that someone
cares about. Second, there appears to be a growing sentiment among some
accounting researchers that much of the research currently published in
the top accounting journals is too similar, with too much emphasis on
technique rather than on whether the research addresses an interesting
or important question. My final reason was more self-serving. I thought
this would provide a good opportunity to reflect on an important issue,
and that committing to share my thoughts in a public forum would force
me to give the issue the serious consideration it warrants. My comments
below describe some conclusions I reached based on what others have
written about this issue, discussions with colleagues, and my own
reflections.
HAS ACCOUNTING
RESEARCH STAGNATED? |
My answer to the
question of whether accounting research has become stagnant is a
qualified “yes.” I qualify my answer because I do not believe that our
research is entirely stagnant. Looking at the issue from a historical
perspective, accounting research has, in fact, evolved considerably over
time. In other words, as described quite eloquently recently by
Hopwood (2007),
Birnberg (2009), and
Kaplan (2011), accounting research has an
impressive history of change. While each of these scholars has their own
views on what type of accounting research we should focus on now and in
the future, each also describes a rich history of how we evolved to get
where we are today.
In addition to the
longer-term history of change, there has been substantial recent change
in the perspectives reflected in accounting research and the topics now
considered acceptable in accounting research. It was not that long ago
that accounting studies that hypothesized or documented behavior that
was inconsistent with the rational self-interest assumptions of
neoclassical economics had a difficult time finding a publication outlet
in the top accounting journals. Today, thanks mostly to the rise of
behavioral economics, we see more experimental, analytical, and archival
research that incorporates concepts from behavioral economics and
psychology published in most of the top accounting journals. Recently,
we have even seen work on neuroaccounting, which draws on findings from
neuroscience, make its way into accounting journals (Dickhaut
et al. 2010;
Birnberg and Ganguly 2012).
We also have seen new topics appear in published accounting research.
For example, while there is a history of work on corporate social
responsibility in Accounting, Organizations and Society, more
recently, we have seen increased interest in such work as evidenced by
articles published or forthcoming in The Accounting Review
(Simnett
et al. 2009;
Balakrishnan et al. 2011;
Dhaliwal et al. 2011;
Kim et al. 2011;
Dhaliwal et al. 2012;
Moser and Martin 2012). In addition, The
Harvard Business School, in collaboration with the Journal of
Accounting and Economics, recently announced that they will host a
conference on “Corporate Accountability Reporting” in 2013.1
However, despite
evidence of both historical and more recent change, there is also
considerable evidence of stagnation in accounting research. For example,
despite some new topics appearing in accounting journals, a considerable
amount of the published work still relates to a limited group of topics,
such as earnings management, analysts' or management forecasts,
compensation, regulation, governance, or budgeting. Researchers also
mostly use the same research methods, with archival studies being most
prevalent, and experimental studies running a distant second. The
underlying theories used in mainstream U.S. accounting research are also
quite limited, with conventional economic theory being the most commonly
employed theory, but, as noted above, behavioral economic and
psychological theories becoming more common in recent years. While the
top accounting journals have become more open to new perspectives in
recent years, the list of top journals has changed little, with the
exception of the rise of the Review of Accounting Studies.
Moreover, with the exception of some of the American Accounting
Association journals, the top private U.S. accounting journals have
mostly retained a somewhat narrow focus in terms of the type of research
they typically publish. Finally, many published studies represent minor
extensions of previous work, have limited or no tension in their
hypotheses (i.e., they test what almost certainly must be true), have
limited implications, and are metric or tool driven. Regarding the
second-to-last item, i.e., limited implications, many studies now only
claim to “extend the literature,” with no discussion of who, other than
a limited number of other researchers working in the same area, might be
interested in the study's findings. Regarding the last item, i.e.,
metric-driven research, some studies appear to be published simply
because they used all the latest and best research techniques, even
though the issue itself is of limited interest.
Of course,
as with most issues, there are opposing views. Some accounting
researchers disagree with the premise that our research is stagnant.
Specifically, they believe that the methods and theories currently used
are the best methods and theories, and that the top-ranked accounting
journals are the best journals because they publish the best research.
Under this view, there is little need for more innovative research.
Whether such views are correct or simply represent a preference for the
status quo is beyond the scope of this article. Suffice to say
that my personal views on these issues are mixed, but I agree somewhat
more with the view that accounting research is insufficiently
innovative.
DETERRENTS TO
INNOVATION IN ACCOUNTING RESEARCH |
To the extent that
accounting research lacks innovation, the question is what has brought
us to this point? There appears to be considerable blame to spread
around. One of the biggest culprits is the incentive system that
accounting researchers face (Swanson
2004). In order to earn tenure or promotion,
or even simply to receive an annual pay increase, researchers must
publish in the top accounting journals and be cited by other researchers
who publish in those same journals (Merchant
2010). Researchers' publication record and
related citations depend critically on the views of editors and
reviewers with status quo training and preferences, and the speed
with which manuscripts make their way through the review process. Not
surprisingly, this leads most researchers to limit the topics they study
and make their studies as acceptable to status quo editors and
reviewers as possible. This is the safest way to increase the number of
papers published in top journals, which, in turn, increases the
likelihood of citations by others who publish in those journals. Also,
the constant pressures to publish more articles in top journals, teach
more or new courses, improve teacher ratings, and provide administrative
service to the school leaves little time for innovative research. It is
easier to simply do more of the same because this increases the odds of
satisfying the requirements of the school's incentive system.
A second
impediment to innovative research is the way we train doctoral students.
Too often, faculty advisors clone themselves. While such mentor
relationships have many benefits, insisting that doctoral students view
the world in the same way a faculty advisor does perpetuates the
status quo. Also, most doctoral students take the same set of
courses in economics, statistics, etc., and usually before they take
accounting seminars. Again, while such methods training is essential, if
all doctoral students take virtually all of the same courses, they are
less likely to be exposed to alternative views of the world. Finally, in
recent years, more doctoral students enter their programs with strong
technical skills in economics, quantitative techniques, and statistical
analysis, but many now lack professional accounting experience.2
Because such students prefer to engage in research projects that apply
the skills they have, they tend to view research in terms of the
techniques they can apply rather than stepping back to consider whether
the research question is novel or important.
A third impediment to
innovative research may involve the types of individuals who are
attracted to accounting as a profession or research area. Accountants
tend to like clarity and focus. Indeed, we often train our undergraduate
or master's students to work toward a “right answer.” This raises the
possibility that accountants are less innovative by nature than
researchers in some other areas. Similarly, some accountants have a
narrow definition of accounting. Some think of it as only financial
accounting, and even those who define it more broadly as including
managerial accounting, auditing, and tax, still tend to rigidly
compartmentalize accounting into such functional areas. Such rigid
categories limit the areas that accounting researchers consider to be
appropriate for accounting research.
A final
reason why accounting research is less innovative than it could be is
that accounting researchers do not collaborate with researchers who
employ different research methods or with researchers outside of
accounting as often as they could. We tend to work with researchers who
use the same research methods we do. That is, archival researchers
typically collaborate with other archival researchers, and experimental
researchers typically collaborate with other experimentalists. Moreover,
only rarely do we branch out to work with researchers in other areas of
business (e.g., organizational behavior, strategy, ethics, economics, or
finance), and even less frequently with researchers from areas outside
of business (e.g., psychology, decision sciences, law, political
science, neuroscience, anthropology, or international studies).
WHAT CAN WE DO TO
FOSTER INNOVATION? |
To the extent that
accounting research is less innovative than it could be for some or all
of the reasons offered above, what can be done to change this? I divide
my discussion of this issue into two categories: (1) actions that we,
the broader research community, could take, and (2) actions that the
American Accounting Association could take. Accounting faculty members
at schools with doctoral programs could rethink how we recruit doctoral
students. Currently, we tend to recruit students who have a good fit
with research active faculty members who are likely to serve as the
students' faculty advisor. Of course, this makes perfect sense because a
mismatch tends to be very costly for both the student and the faculty
advisor. On the other hand, this approach tends to produce clones of the
faculty advisor. So, unless the faculty advisor values innovation, the
chances that the doctoral student will propose or be allowed to pursue a
new line of research are significantly reduced. Perhaps we need to
assess prospective doctoral students, at least partially, on the novelty
of their thinking. More importantly, we need to be more open to new
ideas our students propose and encourage and support such ideas, rather
than discourage novel thinking. Of course, a faculty advisor would be
remiss not to explain the risks of doing something different, but along
with explaining the risks, we could point out the potential rewards of
being first out of the gate on a new topic and the personal sense of
fulfillment that accompanies doing something you believe in and enjoy.
Faculty advisors could also lead by example. Senior faculty could take
some risks of their own to show junior faculty and doctoral students
that this is acceptable rather than frowned upon.
Continued in article
"How Can Accounting Researchers Become More
Innovative? by Sudipta Basu, Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol.
26, No. 4, pp. 851-87 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10311
We fervently hope that the research
pendulum will soon swing back from the narrow lines of inquiry
that dominate today's leading journals to a rediscovery of the
richness of what accounting research can be. For that to occur,
deans and the current generation of academic accountants must
give it a push.—
Michael H. Granof and Stephen A. Zeff
(2008)
Rather
than clinging to the projects of the past, it is time to explore
questions and engage with ideas that transgress the current
accounting research boundaries. Allow your values to guide the
formation of your research agenda. The passion will inevitably
follow —
Joni J.
Young (2009)
Are most
accounting academics and professionals excited when they receive the
latest issue of The Accounting Review or an email of the Table of
Contents? When I was a doctoral student and later an assistant
professor, I looked forward to receiving new issues of top accounting
journals. But as my research horizons widened, I found myself less
interested in reading a recent issue of an accounting journal than one
in a nearby discipline (e.g., Journal of Law and Economics), or
even a discipline further away (e.g., Evolution and Human Behavior).
Many accountants find little insight into important accounting issues in
the top U.S. academic journals, which critics allege focus on arcane
issues that interest a narrowing readership (e.g.,
Sterling 1976;
Garcha et al. 1983;
Flesher 1991;
Heck and Jensen 2007).1
Several prominent
scholars raise concerns about recent accounting research. Joel
Demski's 2001 American Accounting Association
(AAA) Presidential Address acknowledges the excitement of the mid-20th
century advances in accounting research, but notes, “Of late, however, a
malaise appears to have settled in. Our progress has turned flat, our
tribal tendencies have taken hold, and our joy has diminished.” The
state of current U.S. accounting scholarship has been questioned
repeatedly by recent AAA presidents, including Judy
Rayburn (2006), Shyam
Sunder (2006), Sue
Haka (2008), and Greg
Waymire (2012).2
Assuming that when
there is smoke there is likely a fire, I adopt a “glass-half-empty”
lens.3
I diagnose the problems in our discipline after briefly outlining a few
long-term causes for the symptoms identified by critics. I seek remedies
for the more urgent symptoms, drawing upon examples from other
disciplines that are exploring ways to reinvigorate scholarship and
restore academic relevance. While a few of these can be implemented by
AAA, many others can be adopted by journal editors and authors. I hope
that these personal views stimulate conversations that lead to better
accounting scholarship.
My main
suggestion is to re-orient accounting researchers toward addressing
fundamental accounting questions, and to provide awards and incentives
for innovative leadership, rather than for passively following
accounting standard-setters. This will require educating young scholars
in accounting history as well as the history of accounting thought. In
addition, AAA annual meetings should feature a named lecture by an
eminent non-accounting scholar to expose us to new ideas and methods. We
should rely less on statistical significance for assessing importance
and instead emphasize practical significance in judging the value of a
research contribution. Accounting research should be made more
accessible to practitioners, interested laymen, and academic colleagues
in other disciplines by improving readability—for example by making
articles shorter and less jargon laden, and replacing tables with more
informative figures. Finally, we should more actively seek out and
explore accounting domains beyond those captured in machine-readable
databases.
WHAT ARE THE
SYMPTOMS? WHAT IS THE DIAGNOSIS? |
Demski (2007) and
Fellingham (2007) contend that accounting is
not an academic research discipline that contributes knowledge to the
rest of the university. This assertion is supported by predominantly
one-way citation flows between accounting journals and those of
neighboring disciplines (Lee
1995;
Pieters and Baumgartner 2002;
Bricker et al. 2003;
Rayburn 2006). Such sentiments imply low
status of the accounting professoriate within the academy, and echo
those of
Demski et al. (1991),
Zeff (1989),
Sterling (1973), and, from longer ago,
Hatfield (1924). Furthermore, and perhaps of
greater concern, accounting research has little impact on accounting
practice, and the divergence between accounting research and accounting
practice has been growing over the last half century (e.g.,
Langenderfer 1987;
Baxter 1988;
Bricker and Previts 1990).
What other
symptoms have critics identified?
Demski (2008) highlights the lack of passion
in many accounting researchers, while
Ball (2008) bemoans the “absence of a solidly
grounded worldview—a deep understanding of the functioning of financial
reporting in the economy” among accounting professors and doctoral
students alike.
Kaplan (2011) suggests that accounting
research is predominantly conducted in an ivory tower with little
connection to problems faced by practitioners, whereas
Sunder (2007) argues that mandatory uniform
standards suppress thinking among accounting researchers, echoing
Baxter (1953).
Kinney (2001) submits that accounting
researchers are not sure about which research domains are ours.
Demski et al. (1991)
raised all these concerns previously, implying that accounting research
has been stagnant for decades. No wonder I (and others) find too many
recent accounting papers to be tedious and uninteresting.
A simplistic
diagnosis is that U.S. accounting research mimics the concerns and mores
of the U.S. accounting profession. The accounting profession in the
middle of the 20th century searched for principles underlying accounting
practices, which provided a demand for normative academic theories.
These demands were met by accounting classics such as
Gilman (1939),
Paton and Littleton (1940), and
Edwards and Bell (1961). Although standards
were originally meant to guide accounting practice, standard-setters
soon slid down the slippery slope of enforceable rules (Baxter
1979). Consequently, ever more detailed rules
were written to make reported numbers more reliable. Bureaucrats wanted
to uniformly enforce explicit protocols, which lawyers creatively
interpreted and financial engineers circumvented with new contracts. In
parallel, accounting researchers abandoned normative debates and turned
to measuring and evaluating the effects of alternative accounting rules
and attempts to evade them (e.g.,
Zeff 1978). In sum, as U.S. GAAP moved from
norm based to rule based, or from emphasizing relevance to increasing
uniformity and reliability, accounting researchers began favoring formal
quantitative methods over informal qualitative arguments. As U.S. GAAP
and the Internal Revenue Code became ever more arcane, so did U.S.
accounting research.
Another diagnosis
is that our current state stems from accounting trying to become a more
scientific discipline. During 1956–1964, the Ford Foundation gave
Carnegie Mellon, Chicago, Columbia, Harvard, and Stanford $14.4 million
to try to make their business schools centers of excellence in research
and teaching (Khurana
et al. 2011). Contributions from other
foundations raised the total to $35 million (Jeuck
1986), which would be about $268 million in
2012 dollars.4
The Ford Foundation espoused quantitative methods and economics with a
goal of making business research more “scientific” and “professional” (Gordon
and Howell 1959). Business schools responded
by emphasizing statistical analyses and mathematical modeling, and
mathematical training rather than accounting knowledge became
increasingly required for publications in the top accounting journals
(e.g.,
Chua 1996;
Heck and Jensen 2007). While business
researchers had some notable successes in the 1960s and 1970s soon after
introducing these new techniques, the rate of innovation has allegedly
since fallen.
Concurrently, U.S.
business schools became credentialing machines guided by a “(student)
customer is always right” ethos, so there was also less demand for
accounting theory from accounting students and their employers (Demski
2007), and intermediate accounting textbooks
replaced theory with rote memorization of rules (Zeff
1989).5
In 1967, the American Assembly of Collegiate
Schools of Business (AACSB) increased the degree requirements for
accredited accounting faculty from a master's-CPA combination to a
Ph.D., effective in 1969. Many accounting doctoral programs were started
in the 1960s to meet the new demand for accounting doctorates (Rodgers
and Williams 1996), and these programs imitated the new elite
accounting programs. Statistics, economics, and econometrics screening
became requisite challenges (Zeff
1978), preceding accounting courses in many
doctoral programs. Unsurprisingly then, doctoral students came to infer
that accounting theory and institutional content are merely the icing on
the cake of quantitative economics or psychology.
In
summary, the forces that induced change in U.S. accounting academe in
the aftermath of World War II still prevail. The goals and methods of
accounting research have changed profoundly over the last half century
(e.g.,
Zeff 1978), leading accounting researchers to more Type III error
(e.g.,
Dyckman 1989): “giving the right answer to the
wrong problem” (Kimball
1957) or “solving the wrong problem precisely”
(Raiffa
1968). To the extent that accounting relevance
has been sacrificed for tractability and academic rigor, these changes
have slowed accounting-knowledge generation.
HOW CAN ACCOUNTING
RESEARCH BECOME MORE INNOVATIVE? |
Demski (2007) characterizes recent accounting
research thus: “Innovation is close to nonexistent. This, in fact, is
the basis for the current angst about the ‘diversity' of our major
publications. Deeper, though, is the mindset and factory-like mentality
that is driving this visible clustering in the journals.” He laments
further, “The vast bulk of our published work is insular, largely
derivative, and lacking in the variety that is essential for innovation.
Arguably, our published work is focusing increasingly on job placement
and retention.”
Demski et al. (1991) conjecture, “Accounting
researchers apparently suffer from insecurity about their field of
study, leading them to perturb fairly secure research paradigms (mostly
those that have been accepted by economists) within an ever-narrowing
circle of accounting academics isolated from the practice world. There
is very little reward in the current academic system for experimentation
and innovation that has the potential for impacting practice.” My sense
is that many accounting researchers (especially those who have not
practiced accounting) believe that the conceptual framework has resolved
all fundamental accounting issues and that accounting researchers should
help regulators fill in the technical details to implement their grand
plan. As blinkers keep horses focused on the road ahead, the current
conceptual framework blinds accounting academics to the important issues
in accounting (especially the many flaws in the conceptual framework
project).
Identifying the
major unsolved questions in a field can provide new directions for
research quests as well as a framework for teaching. For example,
Hilbert (1900) posed 23 unsolved problems for
mathematicians to test themselves against over the 20th century. His
ideas were so successful in directing subsequent mathematics research
that $1 million Millennium Prizes have been established for seven
unsolved mathematical questions for the current century.6
Many scientific disciplines compile lists of
unsolved questions for their fields in an attempt to imitate the success
of 20th century mathematics.7
There is even a new series of books titled, The Big Questions: xxx,
where xxx is philosophy (Blackburn
2009), physics (Brooks
2010), the universe (Clark
2010), etc. The series “is designed to let
renowned experts confront the 20 most fundamental and frequently asked
questions in a major branch of science or philosophy.” There is,
however, neither consensus nor much interest in addressing the big
unanswered questions in accounting, let alone exploring and refining
them, recent attempts notwithstanding (e.g.,
Ball 2008;
Basu 2008;
Robinson 2007).
Few accounting
professors can identify even a dozen of the 88 members of the Accounting
Hall of Fame, let alone why they were selected as “having made or are
making significant contributions to the advancement of accounting.”8
Since many doctoral syllabi concentrate on recent publications to
identify current research frontiers, most recent doctoral graduates have
read just a handful of papers published before 2000. This leaves new
professors with little clue to the “most fundamental and frequently
asked questions” of our discipline. The American Economic Association
recently celebrated the centenary of The American Economic Review
by appointing a Top 20 Committee to select the “top 20” articles
published in the journal over the previous 100 years (Arrow
et al. 2011). Similarly, the Financial
Analysts Journal picked the best articles over its first 50 years
(Harlow
1995). Accounting academics could similarly
identify the top 20 articles published in the first 100 years of The
Journal of Accountancy (1905–2004), the top 25 articles published in
Accountancy (1880–2005), or proportionately fewer papers for
The Accounting Review (1926–2011).
If accounting
researchers do not tackle the fundamental issues in accounting, we
collectively face obsolescence, irrelevance, and oblivion.9
Demski et al. (1991)
recommended identifying a “broad set of challenging, relevant research
questions” to be distributed to seasoned researchers to develop detailed
research proposals that would be presented at a “proposals conference,”
with the proceedings distributed widely among accounting academics. Lev
(1992) commissioned several veteran researchers, including Michael
Brennan (Finance) and Daniel Kahneman (Psychology), to write detailed
research proposals on “Why is there a conservatism bias in financial
reporting?” Eight proposals were presented at a plenary session of the
1993 AAA Annual Meeting in San Francisco, and copies of the research
proposals were included in the packets of all annual meeting attendees.
This initiative provided the impetus for conservatism research over the
last two decades (cf.
Basu 2009).
Continued in article
Shame on you Richard. You claimed a totally incorrect reason for
not having any interest in the Pathways Commission Report. It is totally
incorrect to assume that the PC Report resolutions apply only to the CPA
profession.
Did you ever read the PC Report?
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
Perhaps you just never read as far as Page 109 of the PC Report
quoted below:
Accounting Profession
1. The need to enhance the bilateral
relationship between the practice community and academe.
From the perspective of the
profession, one impediment to change has been the lack of a consistent
relationship between a broadly defined profession (i.e.,
public, private, government) and a broadly defined academy—large
and small public and private institutions. This impediment can be broken
down into three subparts. First, the Commission recommends the organizations
and individuals in the practice community work with accounting educators to
provide access to their internal training seminars, so faculty can remain
current with the workings of the profession. These organizations also need
to develop internship-type opportunities for interested faculty. Second, the
practice community and regulators need to reduce the barriers academics have
in obtaining research data. All stakeholders must work together to determine
how to overcome the privacy, confidentiality, and regulatory issues that
impede a greater number of researchers from obtaining robust data needed for
many of these research projects. Having access to this data could be
instrumental in helping the academy provide timely answers to the profession
on the impact of policy decisions on business practice. Third, the
profession and the academy need to share pedagogy best practices and
resources, especially with respect to rapidly changing educational delivery
models as both are essential segments of the lifelong educational pathway of
accounting professionals.
Conversely, academia is not without
fault in the development of this relationship. The Commission recommends
that more institutions, possibly through new accreditation standards, engage
more practitioners as executives in residence in the classroom. These
individuals can provide a different perspective on various topics and thus
might better explain what they do, how they do it, and why they do it.
Additionally, the Commission recommends institutions utilize accounting
professionals through department advisory boards that can assist the
department in the development of its curriculum.
Jensen Comment
I contend that you are simply another accountics scientist member of the Cargo
Cult looking for feeble luddite excuses to run for cover from the Pathways
Commission resolutions, especially resolutions to conduct more clinical research
and add diversity to the curricula of accounting doctoral programs.
Thank you for this honesty. But have you ever looked at the Pathways Commission
Report?
Have you ever looked at the the varied professionals who generated this report
and support its resolutions? In addition to CPA firms and universities, many
of the Commissioners come from major employers of Tuck School graduates
including large and small corporations and consulting firms.
The Report is located at
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
The Pathways Commission was made up of representatives of all segments of
accounting academe, industrial accounting, and not-for-profit accounting. This
Commission never intended its resolutions to apply only to only public
accounting, which by the way includes tax accounting where you do most of your
research. You're grasping at straws here Richard!
Most accountics Cargo Cult scientists are silent and smug with respect to the
Pathways Commission Report, especially it's advocacy of clinical research and
research methods extending beyond GLM data mining of commercial databases that
the AAA leadership itself is admitting has grown stale and lacks innovation ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
This is a perfect opportunity for me to recall the cargo plane scene from a
movie called Mondo Cane ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mondo_cane
Sudipta Basu picked up on the Cargo Cult analogy to stagnation of
accountics science research over the past few decades.
"How Can Accounting Researchers Become
More Innovative? by Sudipta Basu, Accounting Horizons, December 2012,
Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 851-87 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-10311
We fervently hope that the
research pendulum will soon swing back from the narrow lines of
inquiry that dominate today's leading journals to a rediscovery
of the richness of what accounting research can be. For that to
occur, deans and the current generation of academic accountants
must give it a push.�
Michael H. Granof and Stephen A. Zeff (2008)
Rather than clinging to the
projects of the past, it is time to explore questions and engage
with ideas that transgress the current accounting research
boundaries. Allow your values to guide the formation of your
research agenda. The passion will inevitably follow �
Joni J. Young (2009)
. . .
Is Academic Accounting a “Cargo Cult Science”?
In a commencement address at Caltech titled “Cargo
Cult Science,” Richard Feynman (1974) discussed “science, pseudoscience, and
learning how not to fool yourself.” He argued that despite great efforts at
scientific research, little progress was apparent in school education.
Reading and mathematics scores kept declining, despite schools adopting the
recommendations of experts. Feynman (1974, 11) dubbed fields like these
“Cargo Cult Sciences,” explaining the term as follows:
In the South Seas there is a Cargo Cult of people.
During the war they saw airplanes land with lots of good materials, and they
want the same things to happen now. So they've arranged to make things like
runways, to put fires along the sides of the runways, to make a wooden hut
for a man to sit in, with two wooden pieces on his head like headphones and
bars of bamboo sticking out like antennas—he's the controller—and they wait
for the airplanes to land. They're doing everything right. The form is
perfect. It looks exactly the way it looked before. But it doesn't work.
No airplanes land. So I call
these things Cargo Cult Science, because they follow all the apparent
precepts and forms of scientific investigation, but they're missing
something essential, because the planes don't land.
Feynman (1974) argued that the key distinction
between a science and a Cargo Cult Science is scientific integrity: “[T]he
idea is to give all of the information to help others judge the value of
your contribution; not just the information that leads to judgment in one
particular direction or another.” In other words, papers should not be
written to provide evidence for one's hypothesis, but rather to “report
everything that you think might make it invalid.” Furthermore, “you should
not fool the layman when you're talking as a scientist.”
Even though more and more detailed rules are
constantly being written by the SEC, FASB, IASB, PCAOB, AICPA, and other
accounting experts (e.g., Benston et al. 2006), the number and severity of
accounting scandals are not declining, which is Feynman's (1969) hallmark of
a pseudoscience. Because accounting standards often reflect
standard-setters' ideology more than research into the effectiveness of
different alternatives, it is hardly surprising that accounting quality has
not improved. Even preliminary research findings can be transformed
journalistically into irrefutable scientific results by the political
process of accounting standard-setting. For example, the working paper
results of Frankel et al. (2002) were used to justify the SEC's longstanding
desire to ban non-audit services in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, even
though the majority of contemporary and subsequent studies found different
results (Romano 2005). Unfortunately, the ability to bestow status by
invitation to select conferences and citation in official documents (e.g.,
White 2005) may let standard-setters set our research and teaching agendas
(Zeff 1989). Academic Accounting and the “Cult of Statistical Significance”
Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) argue that, in trying
to mimic physicists, many biologists and social scientists have become
devotees of statistical significance, even though most articles in physics
journals do not report statistical significance. They argue that statistical
tests are typically used to infer whether a particular effect exists, rather
than to measure the magnitude of the effect, which usually has more
practical import. While early empirical accounting researchers such as Ball
and Brown (1968) and Beaver (1968) went to great lengths to estimate how
much extra information reached the stock market in the earnings announcement
month or week, subsequent researchers limited themselves to answering
whether other factors moderated these effects. Because accounting theories
rarely provide quantitative predictions (e.g., Kinney 1986), accounting
researchers perform nil hypothesis significance testing rituals, i.e., test
unrealistic and atheoretical null hypotheses that a particular coefficient
is exactly zero.15 While physicists devise experiments to measure the mass
of an electron to the accuracy of tens of decimal places, accounting
researchers are still testing the equivalent of whether electrons have mass.
Indeed, McCloskey (2002) argues that the “secret sins of economics” are that
economics researchers use quantitative methods to produce qualitative
research outcomes such as (non-)existence theorems and statistically
significant signs, rather than to predict and measure quantitative (how
much) outcomes.
Practitioners are more interested in magnitudes
than existence proofs, because the former are more relevant in decision
making. Paradoxically, accounting research became less useful in the real
world by trying to become more scientific (Granof and Zeff 2008). Although
every empirical article in accounting journals touts the statistical
significance of the results, practical significance is rarely considered or
discussed (e.g., Lev 1989). Empirical articles do not often discuss the
meaning of a regression coefficient with respect to real-world decision
variables and their outcomes. Thus, accounting research results rarely have
practical implications, and this tendency is likely worst in fields with the
strongest reliance on statistical significance such as financial reporting
research.
Ziliak and McCloskey (2008) highlight a deeper
concern about over-reliance on statistical significance—that it does not
even provide evidence about whether a hypothesis is true or false. Carver
(1978) provides a memorable example of drawing the wrong inference from
statistical significance:
What is the probability of obtaining a dead person
(label this part D) given that the person was hanged (label this part H);
this is, in symbol form, what is P(D|H)? Obviously, it will be very high,
perhaps 0.97 or higher. Now, let us reverse the question. What is the
probability that a person has been hanged (H), given that the person is dead
(D); that is, what is P(H|D)? This time the probability will undoubtedly be
very low, perhaps 0.01 or lower. No one would be likely to make the mistake
of substituting the first estimate (0.97) for the second (0.01); that is, to
accept 0.97 as the probability that a person has been hanged given that the
person is dead. Even though this seems to be an unlikely mistake, it is
exactly the kind of mistake that is made with interpretations of statistical
significance testing—by analogy, calculated estimates of P(D|H) are
interpreted as if they were estimates of P(H|D), when they clearly are not
the same.
As Cohen (1994) succinctly explains, statistical
tests assess the probability of observing a sample moment as extreme as
observed conditional on the null hypothesis being true, or P(D|H0), where D
represents data and H0 represents the null hypothesis. However, researchers
want to know whether the null hypothesis is true, conditional on the sample,
or P(H0|D). We can calculate P(H0|D) from P(D|H0) by applying Bayes'
theorem, but that requires knowledge of P(H0), which is what researchers
want to discover in the first place. Although Ziliak and McCloskey (2008)
quote many eminent statisticians who have repeatedly pointed out this basic
logic, the essential point has not entered the published accounting
literature.
In my view, restoring relevance to mathematically
guided accounting research requires changing our role model from applied
science to engineering (Colander 2011).16 While science aims at finding
truth through application of institutionalized best practices with little
regard for time or cost, engineering seeks to solve a specific problem using
available resources, and the engineering method is “the strategy for causing
the best change in a poorly understood or uncertain situation within the
available resources” (Koen 2003). We should move to an experimental approach
that simulates real-world applications or field tests new accounting methods
in particular countries or industries, as would likely happen by default if
accounting were not monopolized by the IASB (Dye and Sunder 2001). The
inductive approach to standard-setting advocated by Littleton (1953) is
likely to provide workable solutions to existing problems and be more useful
than an axiomatic approach that starts from overly simplistic first
principles.
To reduce the gap between academe and practice and
stimulate new inquiry, AAA should partner with the FEI or Business
Roundtable to create summer, semester, or annual research internships for
accounting professors and Ph.D. students at corporations and audit firms.17
Accounting professors who have served as visiting scholars at the SEC and
FASB have reported positively about their experience (e.g., Jorgensen et al.
2007), and I believe that such practice internships would provide
opportunities for valuable fieldwork that supplements our experimental and
archival analyses. Practice internships could be an especially fruitful way
for accounting researchers to spend their sabbaticals.
Another useful initiative would be to revive the
tradition of The Accounting Review publishing papers that do not rely on
statistical significance or mathematical notation, such as case studies,
field studies, and historical studies, similar to the Journal of Financial
Economics (Jensen et al. 1989).18 A separate editor, similar to the book
reviews editor, could ensure that appropriate criteria are used to evaluate
qualitative research submissions (Chapman 2012). A co-editor from practice
could help ensure that the topics covered are current and relevant, and help
reverse the steep decline in AAA professional membership. Encouraging
diversity in research methods and topics is more likely to attract new
scholars who are passionate and intrinsically care about their research,
rather than attracting only those who imitate current research fads for
purely instrumental career reasons.
The relevance of accounting journals can be
enhanced by inviting accomplished guest authors from outside accounting. The
excellent April 1983 issue of The Accounting Review contains a section
entitled “Research Perspectives from Related Disciplines,” which includes
essays by Robert Wilson (Decision Sciences), Michael Jensen and Stephen Ross
(Finance and Economics), and Karl Weick (Organizational Behavior) that were
based on invited presentations at the 1982 AAA Annual Meeting. The
thought-provoking essays were discussed by prominent accounting academics
(Robert Kaplan, Joel Demski, Robert Libby, and Nils Hakansson); I still use
Jensen (1983) to start each of my Ph.D. courses. Academic outsiders bring
new perspectives to familiar problems and can often reframe them in ways
that enable solutions (Tullock 1966).
I still lament that no accounting journal editor
invited the plenary speakers—Joe Henrich, Denise Schmandt-Besserat, Michael
Hechter, Eric Posner, Robert Lucas, and Vernon Smith—at the 2007 AAA Annual
Meeting to write up their presentations for publication in accounting
journals. It is rare that Nobel Laureates and U.S. Presidential Early Career
Award winners address AAA annual meetings.20 I strongly urge that AAA annual
meetings institute a named lecture given by a distinguished researcher from
a different discipline, with the address published in The Accounting Review.
This would enable cross-fertilization of ideas between accounting and other
disciplines. Several highly cited papers published in the Journal of
Accounting and Economics were written by economists (Watts 1998), so this
initiative could increase citation flows from accounting journals to other
disciplines.
HOW CAN WE MAKE U.S. ACCOUNTING JOURNALS MORE
READABLE AND INTERESTING?
Even the greatest discovery will have little impact
if other people cannot understand it or are unwilling to make the effort.
Zeff (1978) says, “Scholarly writing need not be abstruse. It can and should
be vital and relevant. Research can succeed in illuminating the dark areas
of knowledge and facilitating the resolution of vexing problems—but only if
the report of research findings is communicated to those who can carry the
findings further and, in the end, initiate change.” If our journals put off
readers, then our research will not stimulate our students or induce change
in practice (Dyckman 1989).
Michael Jensen (1983, 333–334) addressed the 1982
AAA Annual Meeting saying:
Unfortunately, there exists in the profession an
unwarranted bias toward the use of mathematics even in situations where it
is unproductive or useless. One manifestation of this is the common use of
the terms “rigorous” or “analytical” or even “theoretical” as identical with
‘‘mathematical.” None of these links is, of course, correct. Mathematical is
not the same as rigorous, nor is it the same as analytical or theoretical.
Propositions can be logically rigorous without being mathematical, and
analysis does not have to take the form of symbols and equations. The
English sentence and paragraph will do quite well for many analytical
purposes. In addition, the use of mathematics does not prevent the
commission of errors—even egregious ones.
Unfortunately, the top accounting journals
demonstrate an increased “tyranny of formalism” that “develops when
mathematically inclined scholars take the attitude that if the analytical
language is not mathematics, it is not rigorous, and if a problem cannot be
solved with the use of mathematics, the effort should be abandoned” (Jensen
1983, 335). Sorter (1979) acidly described the transition from normative to
quantitative research: “the golden age of empty blindness gave way in the
sixties to bloated blindness calculated to cause indigestion. In the
sixties, the wonders of methodology burst upon the minds of accounting
researchers. We entered what Maslow described as a mean-oriented age.
Accountants felt it was their absolute duty to regress, regress and
regress.” Accounting research increasingly relies on mathematical and
statistical models with highly stylized and unrealistic assumptions. As
Young (2006) demonstrates, the financial statement “user” in accounting
research and regulation bears little resemblance to flesh-and-blood
individuals, and hence our research outputs often have little relevance to
the real world.
Figure 1 compares how frequently accountants and
members of ten other professions are cited in The New York Times in the late
1990s (Ellenberg 2000). These data are juxtaposed with the numbers employed
in each profession during 1996 using U.S. census data. Accountants are cited
less frequently relative to their numbers than any profession except
computer programmers. One possibility is that journalists cannot detect
anything interesting in accounting journals. Another possibility is that
university public relations staffs are consistently unable to find an
interesting angle in published accounting papers that they can pitch to
reporters. I have little doubt that the obscurantist tendencies in
accounting papers make it harder for most outsiders to understand what
accounting researchers are saying or find interesting.
Accounting articles have also become much longer
over time, and I am regularly asked to review articles with introductions
that are six to eight pages long, with many of the paragraphs cut-and-pasted
from later sections. In contrast, it took Watson and Crick (1953) just one
journal page to report the double-helix structure of DNA. Einstein (1905)
took only three journal pages to derive his iconic equation E = mc2. Since
even the best accounting papers are far less important than these classics
of 20th century science, readers waste time wading through academic bloat
(Sorter 1979). Because the top general science journals like Science and
Nature place strict word limits on articles that differ by the expected
incremental contribution, longer scientific papers signal better quality.21
Unfortunately, accounting journals do not restrict length, which encourages
bloated papers. Another driver of length is the aforementioned trend toward
greater rigor in the review process (Ellison 2002).
My first suggestion for making published accounting
articles less tedious and boring is to impose strict word limits and to
revive the “Notes” sections for shorter contributions. Word limits force
authors to think much harder about how to communicate their essential ideas
succinctly and greatly improve writing. Similarly, I would encourage
accounting journals to follow Nature and provide guidelines for informative
abstracts.22 A related suggestion is to follow the science journals, and
more recently, The American Economic Review, by introducing online-only
appendices to report the lengthy robustness sections that are demanded by
persnickety reviewers.23 In addition, I strongly encourage AAA journals to
require authors to post online with each journal article the data sets and
working computer code used to produce all tables as a condition for
publication, so that other independent researchers can validate and
replicate their studies (Bernanke 2004; McCullough and McKitrick 2009).24
This is important because recent surveys of science and management
researchers reveal that data fabrication, data falsification, and other
violations in published studies is far from rare (Martinson et al. 2005;
Bedeian et al. 2010).
I also urge that authors report results graphically
rather than in tables, as recommended by numerous statistical experts (e.g.,
Tukey 1977; Chambers et al. 1983; Wainer 2009). For example, Figure 2 shows
how the data in Figure 1 can be displayed more effectively without taking up
more page space (Gelman et al. 2002). Scientific papers routinely display
results in figures with confidence intervals rather than tables with
standard errors and p-values, and accounting journals should adopt these
practices to improve understandability. Soyer and Hogarth (2012) show
experimentally that even well-trained econometricians forecast more slowly
and inaccurately when given tables of statistical results than when given
equivalent scatter plots. Most accounting researchers cannot recognize the
main tables of Ball and Brown (1968) or Beaver (1968) on sight, but their
iconic figures are etched in our memories. The figures in Burgstahler and
Dichev (1997) convey their results far more effectively than tables would.
Indeed, the finance professoriate was convinced that financial markets are
efficient by the graphs in Fama et al. (1969), a highly influential paper
that does not contain a single statistical test! Easton (1999) argues that
the 1990s non-linear earnings-return relation literature would likely have
been developed much earlier if accounting researchers routinely plotted
their data. Since it is not always straightforward to convert tables into
graphs (Gelman et al. 2002), I recommend that AAA pay for new editors of AAA
journals to take courses in graphical presentation.
I would also recommend that AAA award an annual
prize for the best figure or graphic in an accounting journal each year. In
addition to making research articles easier to follow, figures ease the
introduction of new ideas into accounting textbooks. Economics is routinely
taught with diagrams and figures to aid intuition—demand and supply curves,
IS-LM analysis, Edgeworth boxes, etc. (Blaug and Lloyd 2010). Accounting
teachers would benefit if accounting researchers produced similar education
tools. Good figures could also be used to adorn the cover pages of our
journals similar to the best science journals; in many disciplines, authors
of lead articles are invited to provide an illustration for the cover page.
JAMA (Journal of the American Medical Association) reproduces paintings
depicting doctors on its cover (Southgate 1996); AAA could print paintings
of accountants and accounting on the cover of The Accounting Review, perhaps
starting with those collected in Yamey (1989). If color printing costs are
prohibitive, we could imitate the Journal of Political Economy back cover
and print passages from literature where accounting and accountants play an
important role, or even start a new format by reproducing cartoons
illustrating accounting issues. The key point is to induce accountants to
pick up each issue of the journal, irrespective of the research content.
I think that we need an accounting journal to “fill
a gap between the general-interest press and most other academic journals,”
similar to the Journal of Economics Perspectives (JEP).25 Unlike other
economics journals, JEP editors and associate editors solicit articles from
experts with the goal of conveying state-of-the-art economic thinking to
non-specialists, including students, the lay public, and economists from
other specialties.26 The journal explicitly eschews mathematical notation or
regression results and requires that results be presented either graphically
or as a table of means. In response to the question “List the three
economics journals (broadly defined) that you read most avidly when a new
issue appears,” a recent survey of U.S. economics professors found that
Journal of Economics Perspectives was their second favorite economics
journal (Davis et al. 2011), which suggests that an unclaimed niche exists
in accounting. Although Accounting Horizons could be restructured along
these lines to better reach practitioners, it might make sense to start a
new association-wide journal under the AAA aegis.
CONCLUSION
I believe that accounting is one of the most
important human innovations. The invention of accounting records was likely
indispensable to the emergence of agriculture, and ultimately, civilization
(e.g., Basu and Waymire 2006). Many eminent historians view double-entry
bookkeeping as indispensable for the Renaissance and the emergence of
capitalism (e.g., Sombart 1919; Mises 1949; Weber 1927), possibly via
stimulating the development of algebra (Heeffer 2011). Sadly, accounting
textbooks and the top U.S. accounting journals seem uninterested in whether
and how accounting innovations changed history, or indeed in understanding
the history of our current practices (Zeff 1989).
In short, the accounting academy embodies a
“tragedy of the commons” (Hardin 1968) where strong extrinsic incentives to
publish in “top” journals have led to misdirected research efforts. As Zeff
(1983) explains, “When modeling problems, researchers seem to be more
affected by technical developments in the literature than by their potential
to explain phenomena. So often it seems that manuscripts are the result of
methods in search of questions rather than questions in search of methods.”
Solving common problems requires strong collective action by the social
network of accounting researchers using self-governing mechanisms (e.g.,
Ostrom 1990, 2005). Such initiatives should occur at multiple levels (e.g.,
school, association, section, region, and individual) to have any chance of
success.
While accounting research has made advances in
recent decades, our collective progress seems slow, relative to the hard
work put in by so many talented researchers. Instead of letting financial
economics and psychology researchers and accounting standard-setters choose
our research methods and questions, we should return our focus to addressing
fundamental issues in accounting. As important, junior researchers should be
encouraged to take risks and question conventional academic wisdom, rather
than blindly conform to the party line. For example, the current FASB–IASB
conceptual framework “remains irreparably flawed” (Demski 2007), and
accounting researchers should take the lead in developing alternative
conceptual frameworks that better fit what accounting does (e.g., Ijiri
1983; Ball 1989; Dickhaut et al. 2010). This will entail deep historical and
cross-cultural analyses rather than regression analyses on machine-readable
data. Deliberately attacking the “fundamental and frequently asked
questions” in accounting will require innovations in research outlooks and
methods, as well as training in the history of accounting thought. It is
shameful that we still cannot answer basic questions like “Why did anyone
invent recordkeeping?” or “Why is double-entry bookkeeping beautiful?”
Bravo to Professor Basu for having the guts address the Cargo
Cult in this manner!
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
Getting Top Academic Researchers More Interested in Clinical Research:
Medical Schools Lead the Way
Theodor (Ted) Seuss Geisel ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ted_Geisel
This morning in a doctor's office waiting room I read a magazine that I'd
never seen before --- Dartmouth Medicine, Fall 2012.---
http://dartmed.dartmouth.edu/fall12/
The Dartmouth medical school is called the Theodor Geisel School of Medicine
in honor of the millions of dollars and in some cases the clinical research and
teaching guidance of his gifts to various disciplines at Dartmouth College..
Theodor (Ted) Seuss Geisel is best known for his children's books written under
the pen names Dr. Seuss, Theo LeSieg and, in one case, Rosetta
Stone. But in Hanover New Hampshire he's best known
On Page 11 of the Fall 2012 issue I noted the following from a "Rothstein
Named Chair of Medicine"::
. . .
"The Department of Medicine has incredible strength
in its programs, faculty, staff, and trainees," says Rothstein. "Many of the
leaders in education at Geisel are medicine faculty, and our clerkships and
electives are consistently well regarded. Many Geisel students choose
careers in internal medicine in part, we believe, because of the
role-modeling and supportive educational experiences they received on
rotations in our department."
In his new role as chair of medicine,
Rothstein is working with colleagues from Geisel
and the Tuck School of Business to create a clinical and research
program that will focus on the problem of obesity.
A second project is a collaboration with the Association of American Medical
Colleges that will help patients, families, and clinicians better address
care decisions at times of serious illness and the end of life.
"It is clearly a challenging time to lead a large
academic department and I appreciate the opportunity to do so," Rothstein
says. "We will face the future together as a team with energy and
enthusiasm, and we are destined for success."
"The Meaning of a Name," by Donald Pease, Dartmouth Medicine,
Fall 2012, (which also has a picture of a Cat in a Hat).---
Page 28
. . .
Although the naming of the Medical School marked
the greatest benefaction in Dartmouth's history, it was in fact Ted Geisel's
second remarkable act of philanthropy. In 1969, to celebrate the
bicentennial of Dartmouth's founding, Geisel endowed the Ted and Helen
Geisel Third Century Professorship in the Humanities. The professorship was
also designed to bridge an imagined gap separating the research produced in
the graduate programs and professional schools from teaching in the
undergraduate classroom. The 1969 Geisel
professorship removed the perceived antagonism between the classroom teacher
and the research scholar by underscoring how crucial this interdependent
relationship was to the educated imagination of Dartmouth's students.
In 2012, the Geisel name removed the invisible yet recalcitrant barrier
separating Dartmouth's undergraduate and graduate sectors, and it will
foster collaborative research ventures among Dartmouth's students and
faculty in the Arts and Sciences, the Thayer School of Engineering, the Tuck
School of Business, and the Geisel School of Medicine.
Page 31 (which also has a picture of a Cat in a Hat)
. . .
Ted Geisel invented Dr. Seuss to find a voice and
imagine words to cope with a world that distressed and sometimes terrified
him. After complaining of a social life consisting entirely of doctors, Ted
wrote You're Only Old Once in a fit of magical thinking. "If I can
only stay out of the hospital," he told his personal physician, "I might
live forever . . . and I can't go back to doctors after what I did to them
in this book."
Ted dedicated the book, "with affection and in
affliction," to the surviving members of the Dartmouth Class of 1925. The
Book of the Month club advertised it "for ages 95 and down." It sold more
than one million copies the first year of publication. Imagine what would
have happened—or where we'd be—if he'd written a book about lawyers.
When news of his death reached Dartmouth 21 years
ago, students and faculty began a spontaneous 24-hour vigil reading Dr.
Seuss books around the clock outside College Hall as homage to the alumnus
who had created a whole world. In its eulogy, Time magazine commemorated Ted
Geisel as one of the last doctors to make house calls—"over 200 million of
them in more than 20 languages."
No matter whether we hail from the arts and
sciences or Dartmouth's professional schools, all of us are Dr. Seuss
babies. The bonds that renew our relationship to our work and to each other
are animated at the juncture Audrey Geisel described as connecting "Ted's
great love of his alma mater" and her "passion of caring for others" and
communicated in the Onceler's injunction at the conclusion to The Lorax:
Unless someone like
you
cares a whole awful lot,
nothing is going to get better.
It's not.
What struck me is how Ted Geisel predated the 2012 Pathways Commission Report
in accounting higher education which attempts to make accountics scientists more
focused on clinical research in accountancy:
2012 "Final" Pathways Commission Report ---
http://commons.aaahq.org/files/0b14318188/Pathways_Commission_Final_Report_Complete.pdf
Also see a summary at
"Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed,
July 31, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
Some accountancy leaders contend that accountics research lost its way in
failing to focus on classroom teachers and practicing accountants in public
accounting, industry, and government.
Essays on the State of Accounting Scholarship
---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm#Essays
Perhaps when implementing the Pathways Commission resolutions for accounting
researchers and teachers we should look to how medical schools are seeking to
find new pathways toward clinical research by accountics scientists.
How Accountics Scientists Should Change:
"Frankly, Scarlett, after I get a hit for my resume in The Accounting Review
I just don't give a damn"
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
One more mission in what's left of my life will be to try to change this
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
"How Economics Journals Have Evolved," Inside Higer Ed,
January 7, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/01/07/how-economics-journals-have-evolved
A new analysis released by the National Bureau of
Economic Research (abstract available
here) tracks the changes among the five leading economics journals from
1970 to 2012. Among the trends over that time span:
Jensen Comment
I think the reason that most academic disciplines, including accounting,
experienced an explosion in the number of journals is is that increasingly
publication in refereed journals became a necessary condition for both tenure
and annual performance-pay evaluations. As of getting a hit in a top-tier
journal declined (for reasons mentioned above) faculty became increasingly
desperate for publication in refereed journals not quite in the top tier. At the
same time large commercial oligopoly publishers drooled over charging hundreds
of dollars (often rip-offs) to college libraries for new journals ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals
Most of these new journals tried to justify their existence by asserting that
they were publishing articles that were too specialized for top-tier journals.
This is certainly true in some instances, but the fact of the matter is that
top-tier journals in most instances are still publishing some well-chosen
articles in those specialties.
The bottom line is that when it comes to tenure decisions and performance
evaluation in general, having some refereed journal hits beats having no journal
publications.
If college libraries were not willing to pay rip-off prices for specialized
(not always inferior) journals a significant number of professors would have
virtually no publications in seriously refereed journals ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals
"Publish or perish? Not at these prices, UC says," by
Matt Krupnick, Contra Costa Times, June 10, 2010 ---
http://www.contracostatimes.com/top-stories/ci_15270766?nclick_check=1
University of California librarians
are urging professors not to submit research to Nature or 66
related journals to protest a 400 percent increase in the
publisher's prices.
A new contract with Nature
Publishing Group would raise the university's subscription
costs by more than $1 million, library and faculty leaders
wrote in a letter this week to professors throughout the
10-campus system. With recent budget cuts, UC libraries
simply can't handle the higher price, which would take
effect in 2011, the letter said.
Boycotting the Nature group would
be a huge step for a university that, according to UC
estimates, has provided 5,300 articles to the 67 journals in
the past six years. Nearly 640 of those articles went to
Nature itself, one of the world's premier scientific
journals.
"We understand that it's an
important journal," said Laine Farley, executive director of
UC's California Digital Library, which manages most
systemwide journal subscriptions. "But we can't simply wipe
out our savings on one publisher."
In a written response to the
university, London-based Nature Publishing Group criticized
UC's "sensationalist use of data out of context" and said
the negotiations were supposed to be confidential. The
pricing dispute is rooted in confusion over whether UC is
one institution or many, Nature's response said. that (UC)
is paying an unfair rate."
This week's volleys represented an
escalation of a long-simmering battle between universities
and journal publishers, who have been criticized for
charging thousands of dollars for annual subscriptions to
some publications. Many titles have been consolidated under
a handful of major publishers, including Nature, making it
more difficult for universities to negotiate lower prices.
Several UC professors have fought
back against publishers, refusing to contribute work to
highly priced journals. But a widespread boycott of one of
the most prestigious journals would present a dilemma for
faculty members under pressure to publish research in order
to gain promotions.
The so-called publish-or-perish
structure is fundamentally unfair to professors, said
Michael Eisen, a UC Berkeley biology professor who refuses
to publish his research group's work in Nature's journals.
"The university is forced to give
away information for free and then to buy it back at a huge
markup," he said. "The whole thing is just completely
screwed up. The only alternative the university has is to
strike back at what Nature really values."
A boycott of the Nature group would
not hurt UC professors' careers, said Lawrence Pitts, the
university's provost.
"The reality is that there is a
number of quality publications," said Pitts, UC's chief
academic officer. "Nature Publishing Group isn't the only
game in town."
Some journals, recognizing that
universities are struggling to afford them, have cut prices
in recent years. Others have invented ways to give away
their articles for free.
The Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, for example, makes its contributions
available for free six months after publication, said its
editor-in-chief, UC Berkeley biologist Randy Schekman.
"Nature's just being tone-deaf,"
said Schekman, who is considering writing an article for
Nature. "They have to know that California is in a perilous
financial state. They can't win this one."
About those nondisclosure agreements in journal
subscription contracts
"Cornell U. Library Takes a Stand With Journal Vendors: Prices Will
Be Made Public," by Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher
Education, March 24, 2011 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Cornell-U-Library-Takes-a/126852/
Librarians have long
complained about the nondisclosure agreements, or NDA's, that some
publishers and vendors require them to sign, making it difficult to
share information about how much they pay to subscribe to journal
databases and other scholarly material. Some state universities'
libraries have been able to reveal licensing terms anyway because
their institutions are subject to sunshine laws. Now one major
private institution, Cornell University, has publicly declared it's
had enough of confidentiality agreements, too.
"To promote openness and
fairness among libraries licensing scholarly resources, Cornell
University Library will not enter into vendor contracts that require
nondisclosure of pricing information or other information that does
not constitute a trade secret," the library said in a
statement
posted on its Web site. "The more that libraries are able to
communicate with one another about vendor offers, the better they
are able to weigh the costs and benefits of any individual offer. An
open market will result in better licensing terms."
Anne R. Kenney, Cornell's
university librarian, said that with purchasing decisions under
close scrutiny, it felt like the right moment to take a stand.
Enough major publishers have agreed to drop nondisclosure clauses
"that it was time to bite the bullet and make that a principle
moving forward," she said. "Publishers are beginning to get it."
At the end of its statement,
the Cornell library listed some of the publishers that do not
request confidentiality clauses when they negotiate licenses. They
include the American Physical Society, the American Chemical
Society, Cambridge University Press, EBSCO, Elsevier, Oxford
University Press, ProQuest, Sage, Taylor & Francis, and Wiley. (If a
publisher does not appear on the list, that doesn't necessarily mean
it requires NDA's, just that it hasn't been in recent contract
negotiations with Cornell's library.)
Ms. Kenney said that Cornell
is joining "a groundswell among academic libraries to start to
routinely ask for the removal of NDA's." In June 2009, the
Association of Research Libraries urged its members to steer clear
of
nondisclosure
or confidentiality clauses.
"Part of our rationale in
going public with this is to make evident that private institutions
are also starting to feel that this is not a good way of doing
business," Ms. Kenney said.
Support for the Move
Several librarians at other
universities said their institutions had taken positions similar to
Cornell's, even if they haven't publicly posted their policy on
NDA's. "Yes, we have taken a similar approach for the past year,"
said Winston Tabb, the dean of university libraries and museums at
the Johns Hopkins University. He wrote in an e-mail that "we believe
that transparency is appropriate for libraries generally; and in
particular that we should not agree to withhold information about
how we are spending an increasingly huge—and ever-growing—percentage
of our stretched library budgets."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Commercial Scholarly and Academic
Journals and Oligopoly Textbook Publishers Are Ripping Off
Libraries, Scholars, and Students ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudReporting.htm#ScholarlyJournals
"The End of Economists' Imperialism'," by Justin Fox, Harvard
Business Review Blog, January 4, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/fox/2013/01/the-end-of-economists-imper.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
"By almost any market test, economics is the
premier social science," Stanford University economist Edward Lazear
wrote just over a decade ago. "The field attracts
the most students, enjoys the attention of policy-makers and journalists,
and gains notice, both positive and negative, from other scientists."
Lazear went on to describe how economists, with the
University of Chicago's Gary Becker
leading the way, had been running roughshod over
the other social sciences — using economic tools to study crime, the family,
accounting, corporate management, and countless other not strictly economic
topics. "Economic imperialism" was the name he gave to this phenomenon (and
to his article, which was published in the
February 2000 issue of the Quarterly Journal
of Economics). And in his view it was a benevolent reign. "The power of
economics lies in its rigor," he wrote. "Economics is scientific; it follows
the scientific method of stating a formal refutable theory, testing theory,
and revising the theory based on the evidence. Economics succeeds where
other social scientists fail because economists are willing to abstract."
Triumphalism like that calls for a
comeuppance, of course. So, as the nation's (and a lot of the
world's) economists gather this weekend in San Diego for their
annual
hoedown, it's worth asking: Are there any signs
that the imperialist era of economics might finally be coming to an end?
Lazear acknowledged one such indicator in his
article — the invasion of economics by psychological teachings about
cognitive bias. Two years later, in 2002, the co-leader of that invasion,
Princeton psychology professor Daniel Kahneman,
won an economics Nobel (the other co-leader, Amos
Tversky, had died in 1996). But while behavioral economics has since
solidified its status as an important part of the discipline, it hasn't come
close to conquering it. On the really big questions — how to run the
economy, for example — the mainstream view described by Lazear has continued
to dominate. Economists have also continued their imperialist habit of
delving into other fields: 2005's
Freakonomics, co-authored by Becker disciple
Steven Levitt, was a prime example of this — and sold millions of copies. As
for Lazear, he got himself appointed chairman of President George W. Bush's
Council of Economic Advisers in 2006.
And then, well, things didn't go so well. The
financial crisis and subsequent economic downturn — which Lazear
somewhat infamously downplayed while in office —
have put a big dent in the credibility of the macro side of the discipline.
The issue isn't that economists have nothing interesting to say about the
crisis. It's that they have so many different things to say about it. As MIT
financial economist Andrew Lo found after reading 11 accounts of the crisis
by academic economists (along with nine by journalists, plus former Treasury
Secretary Hank Paulson's personal account), there is massive disagreement
not just on why the crisis happened but on what actually happened. "Many of
us like to think of financial economics as a science,"
Lo
wrote, "but complex events like the financial
crisis suggest that this conceit may be more wishful thinking than reality."
Part of the issue is that Lazear's description of
the scientific way in which economics supposedly works (state a theory, test
it, revise) doesn't really apply in the case of a once-in-a-lifetime
financial crisis. I tend to think it doesn't apply for macroeconomics in
general. As economist Paul Samuelson
is said to have said, "We have but one sample of
history." Meaning that you can never get truly scientific answers
out of GDP or unemployment numbers.
That's why Lord Robert Skidelsky
recommended a couple of years ago that while
microeconomists could be allowed to proceed along pretty much the same
statistical and mathematical path they'd been following, graduate education
in macroeconomics needed to be dramatically revamped and supplemented with
instruction in ethics, philosophy, and politics.
I'm not aware of this actually happening in any top
economics PhD program (let me know if I'm wrong), despite the efforts of
George Soros's
Institute for New Economic Thinking and others.
What I've noticed instead, though, is an increasing confidence and boldness
among those who study economic issues through the lens of other academic
disciplines.
A couple of years ago I spent a weekend with a
bunch of business historians and
came away impressed mainly by how embattled most of them felt.
Lately, though, I've found myself talking to and
reading a little of the work of sociologists and political scientists, and
coming away impressed with how adept they are in quantitative methods, how
knowledgeable they are about economics, and how willing they are to
challenge economic orthodoxy. The two main writings I'm thinking about were
unpublished drafts that will be coming out later in HBR and from
the HBR Press, so I don't have links — but I get the sense that there are a
lot of good examples out there, and that after years of looking mainly to
mainstream economics journals I should be broadening my scope. (Two
recommendations I've gotten from Harvard government professor
Dan
Carpenter:
Capitalizing
on Crisis: The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance, by
Sociologist Greta Krippner, and
The
New Global Rulers: The Privatization of Regulation in the World Economy,
by political scientists Tim Büthe and Walter Mattli.)
Even anthropology, that most downtrodden of the
social sciences, has been encroaching on economists' turf. When a top
executive at the world's largest asset manager (Peter Fisher of BlackRock)
lists
Debt: The First 5,000 Years by anthropologist
(and Occupy Wall Streeter)
David
Graeber as
one of his top reads of 2012, you know something's
going on.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Harvard's Justin Fox was an Plenary Speaker at the 2011 American Accounting
Association Annual Meetings.
Those readers who have access to the AAA Commons may view his video at
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/7bdb75d3d2
Forwarded by Jim Martin
An interesting controversy in economics sounds
familiar.
According to Ronald Coase, it is time to reengage the severely impoverished
field of economics with the economy. He is a 101 year old Nobel Laureate in
economics and professor emeritus at the University of Chicago Law School. He
and Ning Wang of Arizona State University are launching a new journal,
Man and the Economy.
Coase, R. and N. Wang. 2012. Saving economics from the economists.
arvard
Business Review (December 2012): 36.
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-11-29/urging-economists-to-step-away-from-the-blackboard
January 6, 2012 reply from Bob Jensen
An economist once said that he hated the physical
scientists because they stole all the easy research problems.
In a sense this is so true in one context. The earth does not change its
rotation speed and path just because that speed and path are discovered by
research. But people and social cohorts often change just because their
behaviors are discovered by researcers.
Physical systems like gravity do not change with understanding of their
behavior. Social and economic systems change with discovery. For example,
economic and computer networking systems that work great in theory and
initially become corrupted as smart folks learn how to exploit the systems.
Hence in social science we must not only discover behavior but discover
behavior that changes because we discover that behavior and discover
behavior that changes because we discover the changes in behavior and so on
and so on.
Except for quantum physics it must be nice to be a physical scientist doing
research on stationary systems. One reason mathematics of the physical
sciences fails us when extended to economics and the social sciences in
general is that these sciences entail nonstationary systems. Equilibrium
conditions are seldom are reached. This, for example, is why Malthus was
correct for an eye blink in astronomical time.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
"Urging Economists to Step Away From the Blackboard," by Brendan Greeley,
Bloomberg Business Week, November 29, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-11-29/urging-economists-to-step-away-from-the-blackboard
Ronald Coase published his career-making paper,
“The Nature of the Firm,” 75 years ago. He won the Nobel prize for economics
in 1991. In a lecture in 2002, he argued that physics has moved beyond the
assumptions of Isaac Newton, and biology beyond Darwin. (Not that he knew
them.) But economics, he said, had failed to advance past the
efficient-market assumptions of Adam Smith. This year Coase, a professor
emeritus at the University of Chicago Law School, is attempting to start a
new academic journal ambitiously titled Man and the Economy. The premise:
Economics is broken. Coase’s journal is still just a plan, but his
frustration with orthodox economics has energized his followers.
The financial crisis forced economists to confront
the limitations of their profession. Former Federal Reserve Chairman Alan
Greenspan admitted as much when he told Congress in October 2008 that
markets might not regulate themselves after all. Coase says the problem runs
deeper: Economists study abstractions and numbers, instead of firms and
people. He doesn’t believe this can be fixed by tweaking models. An entire
generation of economists must be encouraged to think differently.
The idea for the journal stems from his
collaboration with Ning Wang, an assistant professor at the School of
Politics and Global Studies at Arizona State University who grew up in a
rice- and fish-farming village in the Hubei province of China. Coase, 101,
began working with Wang in the 1990s at the University of Chicago. Neither
has a degree in economics; the two understood each other. “We’re not
constrained by a mainstream, orthodox view,” says Wang. “A lot of people
would see this as a weakness.” Coase declined to be interviewed.
When Coase and Wang hosted a conference on China in
2008, they noticed that many Chinese academics had never talked to either
policymakers or entrepreneurs from their own country. They had learned only
what Coase calls “blackboard economics,” sets of theories and mathematical
relationships between bits of data. “I came from China,” says Wang. “We have
a lot of nationals come here; they’re taught game theory and econometrics.
Then they’re going home … without a basic understanding of how the real
world functions.”
In an essay published on Nov. 20 in Harvard
Business Review, Coase argues that in the early 20th century, economists
began to focus on relationships among statistical measures, rather than
problems that firms have with production or people have with decisions.
Economists began writing for each other, instead of for other disciplines or
for the business community. “It is suicidal for the field to slide into a
hard science of choice,” Coase writes in HBR, “ignoring the influences of
society, history, culture, and politics on the working of the economy.” (By
“choice,” he means ever more complex versions of price and demand curves.)
Most economists, he argues, work with measures like gross domestic product
and the unemployment rate that are too removed from how businesses actually
work.
The solution for Coase and Wang is a journal that
presents case studies, historical comparisons, and qualitative data—not just
numbers but ideas, too. In top economics journals, says Wang, “people think
as long as you have a big data set, that’s enough. You can do all kinds of
modeling and regression, and it looks scientific enough.” Julie Nelson,
chairwoman of the economics department at the University of Massachusetts
Boston says economists want the kind of immutable laws that physicists
operate under. But Adam Smith’s 1776 idea that people are driven by
self-interest is not the same as the law of gravity. “Ask an economist if
they’d like to be thought of as a sociologist,” she says, “and they’ll look
at you with terror in their eyes.”
Christopher Sims, a professor at Princeton
University who won the Nobel prize last year for his work in macroeconomics,
recognizes the problem. “We’re always abstracting and hoping that the
resulting abstractions capture enough of the truth so that we know what’s
going on,” he says. The kind of work that Coase and Wang are interested in,
he says, is “not fashionable now. It’s hard to make it a science.” Where
Coase and Wang see too little demand for new ideas, Sims sees too little
supply. Both he and Nelson, who studies how economics is taught, describe a
process at graduate schools that selects for economists inclined to focus on
abstract modeling.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
"Women in Business School: Why So Few?" by Matt Symonds, Bloomberg
Business Week, January 15, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-14/women-in-business-school-why-so-few
"MBA Gender Pay Gap: An Industry Breakdown," by: Alison Damast,
Bloomberg Business Week, January 7, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-07/mba-gender-pay-gap-an-industry-breakdown
Ross School (University of Michigan) Nearly Erases MBA Gender Pay Gap
-(for graduates) ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-14/ross-school-nearly-erases-mba-gender-pay-gap
At the University of Texas women MBAs beat out the men ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-12/mccombs-women-beat-mba-gender-salary-gap
Jensen Comment
This does not mean that there were no differences between majors. For example,
women finance graduates earned about $6,500 less than men majoring in finance,
but they may have been paid more than women in management and marketing.
I do not know that this is the case, but as in the case of comparing inequality
between nations, it's important to note that the degree of equality is not
nearly as important as the level of poverty. For example, the Gini Coefficients
of equality are about the same for Canada and North Korea, but the absolute
differences in poverty are immense.
Accounting firms probably do not hire many MBA graduates from Michigan since
Michigan has a separate Masters of Accounting Program ---
http://www.bus.umich.edu/Admissions/Macc/Whyross.htm
It would surprise me if there were any gender differences in salary offers in
this MAC program, although there may be some racial differences where top
minority graduates have higher offers than whites.
The one question about all this that I would raise is job location. At
Trinity University when I was still teaching we sometimes placed a single
graduate from our very small MS in Accounting graduating class at a higher
salary in San Francisco or some other city having very high living costs.
The ANOVA statistician in me questions gender comparisons across geographic
cells having greatly varying living costs. For example the MBA woman landing a
consulting job for $140,000 in San Francisco or Geneva really cannot compare her
salary with the woman who gets $140,000 in Detroit. In Detroit some relatively
nice houses are being given away free to people who will occupy them full time.
The exact same house in San Francisco might sell for $845,000. So much for
declaring that both women are being paid the same.
It's also difficult to compare salary offers that are variable. For example,
it's common to offer base salary plus commissions for majors in marketing and
finance for stock brokers and other sales jobs.
In the 1990s it would've also been difficult to compare some salary offers
for graduates in finance and computer science. For example, I know about a
Stanford Computer Science graduate who was paid minimum wage plus $1 million in
stock options. I think this type of hiring declined when the 1990s technology
bubble burst and FAS 126R went into effect. FAS 123R pretty much killed stock
option compensation.
Bob Jensen's threads on gender salary differences ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#GenderSalaryDifferences
At the University of Texas MBA women graduates edged out men in terms of
compensation offers
At the University of Michigan female and male MBA graduates average about the
same compensation offers
Why are women MBA graduates from Stanford not faring as well as their male
counterparts?
"Why Stanford MBA Men Make So Much More Than Women?" by Alison Damast,
Bloomberg Business Week, December 21, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-21/why-stanford-mba-men-make-so-much-more-than-women
The gender pay gap at Stanford’s
Graduate School of Business has female graduates
earning 79¢ on the male dollar, the widest discrepancy in earnings between
men and women at any of the top 30 business schools, according to
new research from Bloomberg Businessweek.
That disparity may seem large, but it isn’t
startling to many of the women in the Stanford Class of 2012, who say the
figures largely indicate the wide range of career choices they are making.
Take Shan Riku, who worked as a consultant at
McKinsey before business school and is now working as head of new business
development at Cookpad, Japan’s largest recipe-sharing website. Riku admits
she took a pay cut in accepting the position but says she was more
interested in taking on a role that would challenge her. It also didn’t hurt
that Cookpad encourages families to cook and spend time together. “Many
women at Stanford tend to make choices that are a little bit more focused on
‘how do I want to balance my life,’ rather than ‘how can I earn a lot of
money,’” she says.
Pulin Sanghvi, director of the career management
center at Stanford’s business school, says most of the pay gap at his school
can be “attributed to industry choice.” According to Sanghvi, women and men
at Stanford who go into the consulting or Internet technology sectors tend
to have average starting salaries that are close or equivalent in size.
Those 2012 MBA graduates who headed into the consulting field received a
mean base salary of $130,636, while others who went into the technology
sector earned $118,050, according to the business school’s most
recent employment report.
The wage gap comes about partly because fewer women
are heading into some of the more lucrative finance fields. For example, 16
percent of male students took jobs in private equity and leveraged-buyout
firms, compared with just 5 percent of women, Sanghvi says. The top four
industries that Stanford women went into in 2012 were information
technology, management consulting, consumer products, and venture capital.
“I think a part of the story of this generation of
students is that they have a much larger playing field in terms of career
choices,” Sanghvi says. “I don’t think the level of income in a job is
necessarily the primary motivator for why someone makes an empowered choice
to pursue a career.”
That’s not to say that women at the school aren’t
thinking long and hard about their salary offers and how to best negotiate
them.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
This says very little about graduates wanting to become CPAs since Stanford does
not offer a career track for taking the CPA examination. The few graduates who
do seek to become auditors or tax accountants most likely were CPAs before
entering Stanford's MBA program. After graduating they most likely will no
longer seek to work for CPA firms as auditors and tax accountants.
Bob Jensen's threads on the gender pay gap in academe ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#GenderSalaryDifferences
"Goldman Will Report Fund Values Each Day," by Kirsten Grind, The
Wall Street Journal, January 8, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323706704578230084114784860.html?mod=WSJ_hp_LEFTWhatsNewsCollection&mg=reno64-wsj
In a reversal of industry practice, Goldman Sachs
Group Inc. GS -0.90% will begin disclosing the values of its money-market
mutual funds daily rather than monthly, according to people familiar with
the company's plans. Some of the changes will take effect as early as
Wednesday.
Experts said Goldman is the first big fund provider
to publish daily values but that the move could force other firms in the
$2.7 trillion industry to follow.
According to people familiar with Goldman's
thinking, the company is beefing up its disclosures to satisfy investors'
calls for greater transparency on fluctuations in the price of their
investments. Goldman is the eighth-largest U.S. money-fund firm, with $133
billion in assets under management, according to research firm Crane Data
LLC.
The move represents a major change in an industry
that for years has battled regulators over plans to tighten rules governing
price disclosures, the types of assets funds can hold and the ways funds can
return money to investors in the event of a crisis.
Goldman on Wednesday will begin disclosing on its
website the previous day's net asset value of its three U.S.
commercial-paper funds, according to people familiar with its plans, and
will begin publishing the figures for its six U.S. government and tax-exempt
funds next week. It will report daily prices on its six offshore funds by
the end of the year.
To be sure, daily prices of money-market funds
fluctuate little except in the choppiest of markets, and it is unclear how
many investors will check them on a daily basis.
Money funds are cash-like investments that appeal
to safety-minded investors. The funds aim to maintain a stable
net-asset-value of $1 a share each day. But money funds can dip below $1,
prompting investors and regulators to question whether they are quite as
safe as some investors believe.
During the financial crisis, the Reserve Primary
Fund, then among the world's largest money funds, "broke the buck," or
dipped below $1 per share, after investing in the debt of Lehman Brothers
Holdings Inc. When Lehman filed for bankruptcy protection in September 2008,
the debt became virtually worthless. Investors yanked their money from the
fund, igniting a wider panic that eased only after the federal government
stepped in to backstop all money funds.
Federal regulators, led by the Securities and
Exchange Commission, have since been trying to tighten rules to prevent
another crisis.
Fund companies are required to report their net
asset values only on a monthly basis. The SEC discloses the information
publicly 60 days after it receives it from fund firms.
The money-fund industry lobbied aggressively
against a 2010 regulation requiring monthly reporting of funds' "shadow" net
asset value, or the actual market value of a fund's assets, said Mike
Krasner, managing editor of iMoneyNet, a fund-research publisher.
Fund companies were concerned that detailed
disclosure of net asset values could spark a panic if investors saw their
funds diverging at all from the $1 share price.
Even though funds are allowed to dip slightly, fund
companies worried that investors would see that change and pull out their
money.
Under federal rules, money funds are allowed to
stray between $0.9950 and $1.0050 per share. If they fall below $0.9950, the
fund's trustees can take action, including a possible liquidation of the
fund, Mr. Krasner said. "The fund companies didn't want to report the shadow
NAV at all," he said.
Goldman, which began considering the changes in
mid-2012, weighed the possibility that the increased reporting could lead to
an investor run, but decided to move ahead anyway with the belief that the
moves would raise more confidence in the funds, according to people familiar
with the matter.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's helpers for personal finance ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
January 11, 2013
Deductions Limits Will Affect Many
by:
John D. McKinnon
Jan 03, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the
video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
TOPICS: Cash Flow, Governmental Accounting, Income Tax, Individual
Income Taxation, Individual Taxation
SUMMARY: "The bill that cleared Congress Tuesday boosts the tax
rate for single filers making more than $400,000 and married couples filing
jointly making more than $450,000, or roughly the top 1% of filers. But
provisions that reduce the value of personal exemptions as well as most
itemized deductions, including those for mortgage interest and state
income-tax payments, will affect about twice as many people since they carry
a lower income threshold-$250,000 for singles and $300,000 for married
couples."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article can be used in a tax class
covering individual taxation. One question addresses a graphic that can be
used in a governmental accounting class.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Based on your reading of the article, list the
major changes to individual income taxes coming in 2013, due to the
legislation designed to avoid the "fiscal cliff."
2. (Advanced) What is the "fiscal cliff"? Has its economic impact
been avoided via the legislation signed into law on January 1, 2013? Explain
your answer.
3. (Introductory) Access the graphic entitled 'Cash Flow' in the
online version of the article. To whom is the cash identified in the graph
flowing? Over what time period will the cash flow occur?
4. (Advanced) Click on the related video in the article. What
payroll tax changes will be implemented in 2013 as a result of the
legislation implemented on January 1, 2013? In your answer, state the
difference between payroll taxes and income taxes from both an individual
taxpayer's perspective and from the perspective of the government use of the
tax receipts.
5. (Advanced) When will these law changes impact practicing
accountants' workloads?
6. (Advanced) One of the goals often stated by U.S. leaders is tax
simplification. Based on your understanding of the tax law changes, do you
think this goal is being supported or achieved? What factors in the article
hinder attempts at tax simplification?
7. (Introductory) Based on statements in the article, when is
Congress expected to renew efforts at tax code simplification?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Deductions Limits Will Affect Many," by: John D. McKinnon, The Wall
Street Journal, January 3, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323689604578217850195921128.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
One of the biggest tax increases in the
fiscal-cliff bill is also one of the least understood: a set of limits on
tax deductions and other breaks that will hit far more households than the
bill's rate increases for top earners.
The bill that cleared Congress Tuesday boosts the
tax rate for single filers making more than $400,000 and married couples
filing jointly making more than $450,000, or roughly the top 1% of filers.
But provisions that reduce the value of personal
exemptions as well as most itemized deductions, including those for mortgage
interest and state income-tax payments, will affect about twice as many
people since they carry a lower income threshold—$250,000 for singles and
$300,000 for married couples.
Those new limits drew complaints from some groups
that benefit from deductions, particularly charities that depend on
tax-deductible donations. They worry that new curbs on deductions, coupled
with other taxes on higher-income Americans, will put a damper on giving.
"We are concerned," said Diana Aviv, president of
Independent Sector, a coalition of foundations, nonprofits and other
charitable groups. "The big question for us now is, if we are [also]
increasing rates on folks…does the combination create a greater disincentive
for people to give?"
Enlarge Image image image
The debate foreshadows bigger fights in 2013, when
Congress likely will try to overhaul the federal tax code, in part by
further narrowing tax breaks.
The new limits are "like another cannonball being
fired across our bow," said Jerry Howard, chief executive of the National
Association of Home Builders. "Clearly, it shows that the notion of limiting
deductions is still one that's being considered by policy makers."
But a J.P. Morgan analyst, Michael Feroli,
predicted that the new tax-break limits "should not directly affect…giving
to charities or taking on more mortgage debt."
The limits—known as PEP and Pease—were originally
part of a budget deal passed by Congress in 1990, and were in effect for
more than a decade. The Bush-era tax cuts of 2001 gradually got rid of PEP
(which stands for "personal exemption phaseout") and Pease (named for a
Democratic congressman who pushed for the deduction limit).
Now the fiscal-cliff bill calls for their return,
at least for higher-income people.
The PEP and Pease limits work on the same basic
principle, limiting the value of exemptions and deductions for households
that exceed a threshold. For example, the Pease limitation reduces a
household's itemized deductions by 3% of the amount over the threshold. The
reduction can't exceed 80% of the total deductions.
A couple with income of $400,000 average about
$50,000 in itemized deductions, according to IRS statistics. Because their
income would exceed the $300,000 threshold by $100,000, their allowed
deductions would be reduced by about $3,000 to $47,000—potentially boosting
their tax bill by about $1,000.
The original proponent of the deduction limit, the
late Rep. Donald Pease of Ohio, viewed it as "the best available means…to
ensure that nobody could game the system," given the growing number of tax
breaks that were being passed by Congress, said William Goold, his former
chief of staff. The limit might be viewed now as dated, but "the goal
remains as valid now as it did then," he added.
From a political standpoint, the limits allow the
Obama administration to achieve its long-sought goal of raising taxes on
people making more than $250,000. PEP and Pease represent about $150 billion
of the tax increase of about $620 billion over 10 years, making them a key
element of the deal.
But some groups that benefit from itemized
deductions—charities, for example—worry that the Pease provision might cause
donors to be less generous.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's taxation helpers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
Maybe the government should hire Bernie as a consultant
Madoff Says Merger Arbitrage. Is Insider Trading ---
http://www.finalternatives.com/node/22594
Like Exchange Ambiguity in the Tax Code: It's a little like the old
letch who exchanges is his old wife for a young thang who's not really an
"upgrade"
"Major Companies Push the Limits of a Tax Break," by David Kocieniewski,
The New York Times, January 8, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/07/business/economy/companies-exploit-tax-break-for-asset-exchanges-trial-evidence-shows.html?_r=0
It began more than 90 years ago as a small tax
break intended to help family farmers who wanted to swap horses and land.
Farmers who sold property, livestock or equipment were allowed to avoid
paying capital gains taxes, as long as they used the proceeds to replace or
upgrade their assets.
Over the years, however, as the rules were
loosened, the practice of exchanging one asset for another without incurring
taxes spread to everyone from commercial real estate developers and art
collectors to major corporations. It provides subsidies for rental truck
fleets and investment property, vacation homes, oil wells and thoroughbred
racehorses, and diverts billions of dollars in potential tax revenue from
the Treasury each year.
Yet even with those generous terms, some major
American companies — including Cendant, Wells Fargo and General Electric —
have routinely pushed the boundaries while claiming lucrative tax savings,
according to evidence recently presented at a federal trial in New York.
President Obama and Congressional leaders agreed
New Year’s Day to a limited agreement to raise taxes on the wealthy, and the
president said over the weekend that he would press this year for broader
reform in the tax code. The expansion of the tax break once intended to help
farmers illustrates the challenges ahead and how special interests have
learned to use the tax code to maximum effect.
The federal government now allows more than $1.1
trillion a year in this and other tax expenditures. Each of those incentives
— which include hundreds of exemptions, exclusions, deferrals and
preferential rates — either adds to the budget deficit or shifts the cost of
government to other taxpayers.
Some are narrowly targeted and offer aid to
specific industries like Nascar owners, asparagus farmers, oil companies,
yacht makers or solar panel producers. Others, like accelerated depreciation
or the tax code’s preference for debt financing over equity, provide tax
benefits for wide swaths of businesses.
“Tax expenditures are very similar to an
entitlement program, so they’re easy to start,” said George K. Yin, former
chief of staff of the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation, and now a
professor at the University of Virginia School of Law. “But once a tax break
gets started, people think they’re entitled to it, so they are very
difficult to end.”
Many tax breaks began with narrow targets and
expanded into vast, expensive subsidies far beyond their original intent or
the Internal Revenue Service’s ability to monitor them. Most have developed
constituencies of taxpayers, lobbyists and elected officials who fiercely
defend them, making it politically treacherous to limit or eliminate them.
With hundreds of thousands of transactions a year,
it is hard to gauge the true cost of the tax break for so-called like-kind
exchanges, like those used by Cendant, General Electric and Wells Fargo. The
government estimates that it diverts less than $3 billion a year from the
Treasury, but industry statistics suggest the number could be far higher.
The tax break also exposes one of the greatest
vulnerabilities of the United States tax system: it depends on voluntary
compliance. The I.R.S. staff is so outnumbered by tax lawyers and accounting
departments at major corporations that there is often little to prevent
taxpayers from taking a freewheeling approach to interpreting and
administering the rules.
What’s more, the tax break is one of so many that
it tends to escape attention. The independent Simpson-Bowles deficit
commission appointed by Mr. Obama in 2010 raised the possibility of
eliminating it and other tax expenditures, however, and some budget experts
argue that the program should be severely limited or repealed.
Some financial planners and economists say that the
tax break even favors real estate investors unfairly by allowing them to
defer capital gains taxes that those who invest in securities and other
ventures have to pay.
Some financial planners and economists say that the
tax break even favors real estate investors unfairly by allowing them to
defer capital gains taxes that those who invest in securities and other
ventures have to pay. And although it was originally intended to help
farmers, some economists and lawmakers in agricultural areas say it has
perversely contributed to suburban sprawl and the spiraling cost of
farmland. Because it allows farmers to avoid capital gains taxes on land
swaps, the tax break provides an incentive to sell farmland coveted by
developers and buy property in less desirable and more remote areas.
Continued in article
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
January 11, 2013
Did Zipcar Investors Stay Too Long?
by:
Lizette Chapman
Jan 02, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Financial Accounting, Financial Statements, Mergers and
Acquisitions
SUMMARY: Avis is paying about $500 million to acquire ZipCar. "In
the dozen years before Zipcar went public in April 2011, it raised nearly
$70 million from venture investors...On IPO day...Zipcar's shares rose by
more than half (its IPO price)...[But] the company never proved it could
build a profitable business, and its shares languished at under $10 in
recent months as a result."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in classes covering
financial reporting, business combinations, or start up activities including
venture capital funding.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Based on your personal knowledge or other
sources, describe Zipcar's business. State your source for your information.
2. (Advanced) Access the Zipcar financial statement filing with the
SEC on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, which is available at
http://www.sec.gov/cgi-bin/viewer?action=view&cik=1131457&accession_number=0001193125-12-107248&xbrl_type=v#.
Describe the trends indicating that the company "never proved it could build
a profitable business." In your answer, state the source for your
information.
3. (Introductory) Again access the Zipcar Form 10-K, navigating to
the Consolidated Statements of Operations. If Zipcar went public in April
2011, why are income statements shown in this filing for the years 2009
through 2011?
4. (Introductory) Why would Avis Budget Group pay more than
Zipcar's current market price per share to acquire Zipcar, especially given
the fact that "the company never proved it could build a profitable
business"?
5. (Advanced) From Avis's perspective, what type of a business
combination is this acquisition of Zipcar vertical, horizontal, or
conglomerate? Support your answer.
6. (Introductory) What is venture capital funding? Why is it that
the returns to Zipcar's venture capitalists aren't exactly clear? What
losses to these firms are clear to outsiders?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Did Zipcar Investors Stay Too Long?" by: Lizette Chapman, The Wall Street
Journal, January 2, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324374004578217873765388516.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Venture-capital investors in car-sharing service
Zipcar Inc. ZIP 0.00% will likely make a profit from Avis Budget Group
Inc.'s CAR -1.08% buyout for about $500 million. But the returns are hardly
what these firms hoped for when they invested years ago.
In the dozen years before Zipcar went public in
April 2011, it raised nearly $70 million from venture investors who looked
for the company to upend the car-rental market and turn itself into a
multibillion-dollar business.
Everything looked promising on IPO day when
Zipcar's shares rose by more than half to $28 a share, giving the Cambridge,
Mass., company a market value of more than $1 billion. Three of Zipcar's
largest investors, Revolution LLC, Benchmark Capital and Greylock Partners,
didn't sell shares in the offering—a show of faith that proved a misstep in
hindsight. Smedvig Capital did avoid the later crunch by immediately selling
some 900,000 shares for $16.4 million.
While Zipcar arguably redefined the way urban
dwellers commute, it is far from prosperous. The company never proved it
could build a profitable business, and its shares languished at under $10 in
recent months as a result. At the same time, a number of new car-sharing
challengers have emerged with venture backing, such as RelayRides Inc. and
Getaround Inc. More
Zipcar: Startup Genius, Public Failure Zipcar:
Bigger On Weekends, And Around The World Avis CEO Admits His View Changed on
Car Sharing
Now the venture investors are left to reap what
they can. Avis's $12.25-a-share offer is a 49% premium on Monday's closing
stock price, delivering a cash-on-cash profit to venture investors. But the
offer is also a 32% discount to the IPO price.
Revolution, the firm started by AOL Inc. AOL +0.34%
founder Steve Case, became the largest shareholder when Zipcar acquired its
portfolio company Mobility Inc. for just under $45 million in stock in 2007.
Revolution's 19.6% stake is now worth about $96 million, after purchasing
about 1 million more shares in August at prices under $8. That can't be
gratifying for Mr. Case, who serves on the board, given that Revolution's
stake on IPO day was worth $192 million at market close. Mr. Case wasn't
available to comment.
For Benchmark Capital—an investor in on-demand car
service Uber Inc. and a big believer in upending the transportation
industry—the deal comes seven years after it first invested $10 million in
Zipcar. The next year, it invested in a $25 million financing round. Today,
it has a 6.4% stake worth about $31 million after distributing to its
limited partners in 2011 shares that would be valued at about $15 million in
Monday's deal.
Greylock Partners stayed put with its holdings, a
5.3% stake that amounts to about $26 million. The venture firm led the $25
million round in 2006.
These firms' exact returns aren't clear. None of
them could be reached for comment on Monday after the Avis deal was
announced.
Continued in article
"My Top Twenty Favorites From 2012," by Francine McKenna,
re:TheAuditors, January 1, 2013 ---
http://retheauditors.com/2013/01/01/my-top-twenty-favorites-from-2012/
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism in auditing ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Joe Hoyle's 2013 New Year Resolution ---
http://joehoyle-teaching.blogspot.com/2013/01/and-now-for-something-entirely.html
."Study: Rules-based Accounting Shields Firms From Lawsuits," by Jr.
Deputy Accountant Adrienne Gonzalez, Going Concern, January 15, 2013 ---
http://goingconcern.com/post/study-rules-based-accounting-shields-firms-lawsuits
According to groundbreaking research by Richard
Mergenthaler, assistant professor of accounting at the University of Iowa
Tippie College of Business, shareholders are more likely to sue firms that
use principles-based accounting standards over rules-based standards.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
I would have hypothesized that it would be the other way around on the basis
that it's really hard to nail Jello to a wall.
Principles-Based standards also complicate enforcement of regulations
There are some hurdles that have to be passed before
we’re going to be comfortable making the ultimate decision about whether to
incorporate IFRS into the U.S. reporting regime. Sticking points include the
independence of the International Accounting Standards Board and “the quality
and enforceability of standards.
Mary Shapiro, U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission Chairman, January 5, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/news/2012-01-06/sec-s-schapiro-says-she-regrets-loss-in-investor-access-battle.html
Bob Jensen's threads on rules-based versus principles-based accounting
standards ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#BrightLines
"Oops! The Seven Worst Predictions About 2012," by Peter Coy,
Bloomberg Business Week, December 28, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-28/oops-the-seven-worst-predictions-about-2012
To this we might add Jensen's forecast for convergence of international
IFRS and US GAAP
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting

"What have IASB and FASB convergence efforts achieved?" by Paul Pacter,
Journal of Accountancy, February 2012 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2013/Feb/20126984.htm
Jensen Comment
My good friend Paul has been involved in the IASB for decades as a project
manager and eventually as a full Board member. His term expired on December 31,
2012. Paul recently told me he was contemplating retirement, but I cannot
imagine him not being in harness at either the FASB or the IASB or both. I hope
he will at least go back to being the Webmaster for the IAS Plus Blog ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en
Paul, who has never been married, probably traveled to more places on the
globe than any other Ph.D. accountant, including extensive travel in Asia. His
home town became Hong Kong when he joined Deloitte, but he also maintained an
apartment in London for decades.
Paul is an avid photographer. You can seen hundreds of his excellent
pictures from places like China and Tibet at
http://journalofaccountancy.com/Issues/2013/Feb/20126984.htm
"Preparers tell IASB: Disclosure requirements too extensive," by Ken
Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy, January 25, 2013 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20137252.htm
Advanced Accounting Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting
Weekly Review on January 18, 2013
Flowers Foods Sets Wonder Bread Bid
by:
Rachel Feintzeig
Jan 12, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Asset Acquisition, Fair-Value Accounting Rules, Intangible
Assets
SUMMARY: Flowers Foods Inc. will "kick off bidding for most of
Hostess Brands Inc.'s bread business, offering a total of up to $390 million
for brands and other assets including Wonder Bread and Nature's Pride.
Flowers...is offering up to $360 million in cash for one pool of assets,
which includes five major Hostess bread brands, 20 plants and 38 depots."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: Questions relate to whether the purchase by
Flowers Foods constitutes a business combination, to accounting for lump sum
purchases of assets, and to understanding the nature of bankruptcy
proceedings. INSTRUCTORS SHOULD REMOVE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES BEFORE
DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS: Assuming the bid by Flowers as described in the
article is successful, it should be accounted for as a lump sum purchase of
assets, not a business combination. ASC section 805 Glossary defines a
business combination as "a transaction or other event in which an acquirer
obtains control of one or more businesses." The glossary further defines a
business as "an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of
being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return in the
form of dividends, lower costs, or other economic benefits directly to
investors or other owners, members, or participants. Additional guidance on
what a business consists of is presented in paragraphs 805-10-55-4 through
55-9." The purchase price of $360 million for the three types of assets
should be allocated on the basis of relative fair values (a lump sum
purchase). The fair values for the brands and plant assets as of the date of
purchase will be determined in accordance with the market, income, or cost
approaches described under ASC 820-10-35.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Hostess Brands Inc. has filed for bankruptcy. Why
is Hostess doing so if its brands and other long-lived assets are valuable?
2. (Advanced) Flowers Foods will bid for "five major Hostess bread
brands, 20 plants and 38 depots." Assuming the bid is successful, does this
acquisition meet the definition of a business combination? Support your
answer with reference to authoritative accounting literature.
3. (Advanced) Explain how Flowers Foods must allocate the $360
million purchase price if the company is successful in acquiring the bread
brands, baking plants, and depots.
4. (Advanced) Do you think that the assets for which Flowers Foods
is bidding are valued on Hostess's current balance sheet at amounts near to
those quoted in the article? Support your answer.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Flowers Foods Sets Wonder Bread Bid," bRachel Feintzeig, The Wall Street
Journal, January 12, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324581504578236283119886700.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno64-wsj
Flowers Foods Inc. FLO -0.67% is set to kick off
bidding for most of Hostess Brands Inc.'s bread business, offering a total
of up to $390 million for brands and other assets including Wonder Bread and
Nature's Pride.
Flowers, the Thomasville, Ga.-based maker of
Tastykakes and Nature's Own breads, is offering up to $360 million in cash
for one pool of assets, which includes five major Hostess bread brands, 20
plants and 38 depots. In addition, the baking company is offering $30
million for Hostess's Beefsteak rye brand.
As the proposed stalking horse, or lead bidder,
Flowers will set a floor price for the assets, which other would-be buyers
could challenge at auction. If Flowers is bested during the contests, it
will receive breakup fees of 3.5%—for example, $1.05 million if it loses out
on Beefsteak.
Hostess still needs a judge's approval to move
forward with the bankruptcy auction process.
The bakery company, which shut down operations in
November following a crippling strike, is aiming to sell off all of its
assets during a sale process that is expected to take months to wrap up. Its
representatives have indicated they've already received substantial interest
in all of Hostess's 30 or so brands, which include the iconic Twinkie, as
well as a majority of its 36 plants, which include a kosher baking facility
in New Jersey.
It looks as if the bread business will be the first
asset pool to hit the auction block.
A person with knowledge of the matter said the
company will seek court approval for the rules it wants to govern the bread
auctions at a hearing Jan. 25, with bidding to probably follow in February.
The bigger pool of assets being eyed by Flowers includes the Merita,
Butternut and Home Pride brands, in addition to the classic Wonder Bread and
healthy offering Nature's Pride. Hostess is still negotiating to find a
buyer for a half-dozen of its smaller bread brands, according to this
person.
The company's sweeter side has been attracting
attention too. Private-equity firms Apollo Global Management LLC APO +2.24%
and C. Dean Metropoulos & Co. are in discussions about teaming up on a
possible bid for Hostess's cakes business. The discussions don't necessarily
mean Apollo and Metropoulos, the owner of the Pabst Blue Ribbon beer brand,
will end up bidding on the businesses. But the talks show the wide interest
in the brands and their appeal to consumers.
The company's professionals have said they expect
to name about four to six stalking-horse bidders in total, whose separate
bids should ultimately mean that all of Hostess's assets find new
homes—though whether they survive is another question. Hostess has brought
on Hilco Industrial LLC to help liquidate assets that aren't grabbed in the
going-concern portion of the sale process.
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
"Transocean Settlement of Deepwater Horizon Spill and Ethical
Responsibility," by Steven Mintz, Ethics Sage, January 7, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/transocean-settlement-on-deepwater-horizon-spill-and-ethical-responsibility.html
Do they really understand how derivatives can be used efficiently and
effectively for financial risk management as well as speculation?
"Worries on Dutch Universities' Use of Derivatives," Inside Higher Ed,
January 4, 2013 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/quicktakes/2013/01/04/worries-dutch-universities-use-derivatives
The Dutch education ministry wants to ban
universities from investing in derivatives,
Times Higher Education reported. Derivatives
have become a popular financial strategy for many Dutch universities, but
the government fears that twists in the economy could leave the universities
in a highly vulnerable position because of the reliance on these
investments.
Bob Jensen's threads on derivatives ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
"The Stealth Tax Hike Why the new $450,000 income threshold is a political
fiction," The Wall Street Journal, January 4, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323874204578219793593903934.html?mod=djemEditorialPage_h&mg=reno64-wsj
Anyone still need a reason to abandon "grand
bargains" and deals negotiated between this President and GOP Congressional
leaders? Here it is: The revival of two dormant provisions of the tax code
means the much ballyhooed $450,000 income threshold for the highest tax rate
is largely fake.
The two provisions are the infamous PEP and Pease,
which aficionados of stealth tax increases will recognize immediately as
relics of the 1990 tax increase. Those measures, which limit deductions and
exemptions for higher-income taxpayers, expired in 2010. The Obama tax bill
revived them this week. It isn't going to be pretty.
Under the new law, some of the steepest tax
increases may fall on upper-middle class earners with incomes just above
$250,000. Here's why:
During the negotiations, the White House won a
concession from Republicans to allow phaseouts for personal exemptions and
limitations on itemized deductions, starting at an income of $250,000 for
individuals and $300,000 for joint filers.
The Senate Finance Committee informs us that in
effect the loss of the personal exemptions, currently $3,800 per family
member, can mean a 4.4 percentage point rise in the marginal tax rate for a
married couple with two kids and incomes above $250,000. A family with four
kids in that income range faces about a six percentage point marginal rate
hike. The restored limitations on itemized deductions can raise the tax rate
by another one percentage point.
High-income Americans with incomes of more than $1
million may lose up to 80% of their itemized deductions for home mortgage
payments, health care, state and local taxes—and charities. Cue the local
symphony's development office.
Add it together and families in the 33% tax bracket
could see their effective marginal rate paid on each additional dollar
earned rise to above 38%.
A store manager married to a dentist with a
combined income of, say, $350,000 may pay a higher tax rate under the new
law than if the tax code had simply reverted back to the Clinton-era rates
that Mr. Obama championed. Those earning more than $450,000 would see their
de facto tax rate rise to about 41% under the new law, not 39.6%. Add in the
new ObamaCare investment taxes and the tax rate on interest income is close
to 45%.
How did this happen? Recall that early in the
fiscal-cliff negotiations House Speaker John Boehner offered to cap itemized
deductions to raise $800 billion, in lieu of raising tax rates, if the
President would agree to spending cuts. The White House rejected that.
Mr. Obama then insisted on reviving PEP and Pease,
thereby recapturing much of the income he claimed to be "compromising" away
by agreeing to a higher income threshold for the top bracket. But instead of
using phaseouts to offset higher rates as Mitt Romney proposed, Mr. Obama
insisted on raising tax rates too.
Democrats are advertising the higher
$400,000-$450,000 threshold as a victory for affluent taxpayers in blue
states. But with PEP and Pease these Democrats are hammering their own
constituents via the backdoor.
Taxpayers in blue states claim roughly twice as
much in itemized deductions as those in red states. Income tax rates are
steeper in California and New York than Texas and Utah. Chuck Schumer just
put a tax bull's-eye on upper-income Manhattanites, and Barbara Boxer
whacked Silicon Valley. Some $150 billion, about one-quarter of all the
money raised by this tax bill, will come from this stealth tax hike.
Mr. Obama purports this is merely "a return to the
Clinton-era tax rates." But capital-gains rates will be about three to five
percentage points higher than in the 1990s, the Medicare tax is higher, and
his stealth tax will raise personal rates higher than advertised. Forget the
golden Clinton memories. Mr. Obama is pushing the U.S. back to the Carter
era.
Scholars Propose Tax Reform to Prevent a Healthcare Disaster
"The $86 Billion Fix: A group of scholars propose a plan that could put
a brake on health care spending," Stanford Graduate School of Business,
January 7, 2013 ---
http://www.gsb.stanford.edu/news/research/86-billion-fix
Bob
Jensen's universal health care messaging ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
"The End of Economists' Imperialism'," by Justin Fox, Harvard
Business Review Blog, January 4, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/fox/2013/01/the-end-of-economists-imper.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
"By almost any market test, economics is the
premier social science," Stanford University economist Edward Lazear
wrote just over a decade ago. "The field attracts
the most students, enjoys the attention of policy-makers and journalists,
and gains notice, both positive and negative, from other scientists."
Lazear went on to describe how economists, with the
University of Chicago's Gary Becker
leading the way, had been running roughshod over
the other social sciences — using economic tools to study crime, the family,
accounting, corporate management, and countless other not strictly economic
topics. "Economic imperialism" was the name he gave to this phenomenon (and
to his article, which was published in the
February 2000 issue of the Quarterly Journal
of Economics). And in his view it was a benevolent reign. "The power of
economics lies in its rigor," he wrote. "Economics is scientific; it follows
the scientific method of stating a formal refutable theory, testing theory,
and revising the theory based on the evidence. Economics succeeds where
other social scientists fail because economists are willing to abstract."
Triumphalism like that calls for a
comeuppance, of course. So, as the nation's (and a lot of the
world's) economists gather this weekend in San Diego for their
annual
hoedown, it's worth asking: Are there any signs
that the imperialist era of economics might finally be coming to an end?
Lazear acknowledged one such indicator in his
article — the invasion of economics by psychological teachings about
cognitive bias. Two years later, in 2002, the co-leader of that invasion,
Princeton psychology professor Daniel Kahneman,
won an economics Nobel (the other co-leader, Amos
Tversky, had died in 1996). But while behavioral economics has since
solidified its status as an important part of the discipline, it hasn't come
close to conquering it. On the really big questions — how to run the
economy, for example — the mainstream view described by Lazear has continued
to dominate. Economists have also continued their imperialist habit of
delving into other fields: 2005's
Freakonomics, co-authored by Becker disciple
Steven Levitt, was a prime example of this — and sold millions of copies. As
for Lazear, he got himself appointed chairman of President George W. Bush's
Council of Economic Advisers in 2006.
And then, well, things didn't go so well. The
financial crisis and subsequent economic downturn — which Lazear
somewhat infamously downplayed while in office —
have put a big dent in the credibility of the macro side of the discipline.
The issue isn't that economists have nothing interesting to say about the
crisis. It's that they have so many different things to say about it. As MIT
financial economist Andrew Lo found after reading 11 accounts of the crisis
by academic economists (along with nine by journalists, plus former Treasury
Secretary Hank Paulson's personal account), there is massive disagreement
not just on why the crisis happened but on what actually happened. "Many of
us like to think of financial economics as a science,"
Lo
wrote, "but complex events like the financial
crisis suggest that this conceit may be more wishful thinking than reality."
Part of the issue is that Lazear's description of
the scientific way in which economics supposedly works (state a theory, test
it, revise) doesn't really apply in the case of a once-in-a-lifetime
financial crisis. I tend to think it doesn't apply for macroeconomics in
general. As economist Paul Samuelson
is said to have said, "We have but one sample of
history." Meaning that you can never get truly scientific answers
out of GDP or unemployment numbers.
That's why Lord Robert Skidelsky
recommended a couple of years ago that while
microeconomists could be allowed to proceed along pretty much the same
statistical and mathematical path they'd been following, graduate education
in macroeconomics needed to be dramatically revamped and supplemented with
instruction in ethics, philosophy, and politics.
I'm not aware of this actually happening in any top
economics PhD program (let me know if I'm wrong), despite the efforts of
George Soros's
Institute for New Economic Thinking and others.
What I've noticed instead, though, is an increasing confidence and boldness
among those who study economic issues through the lens of other academic
disciplines.
A couple of years ago I spent a weekend with a
bunch of business historians and
came away impressed mainly by how embattled most of them felt.
Lately, though, I've found myself talking to and
reading a little of the work of sociologists and political scientists, and
coming away impressed with how adept they are in quantitative methods, how
knowledgeable they are about economics, and how willing they are to
challenge economic orthodoxy. The two main writings I'm thinking about were
unpublished drafts that will be coming out later in HBR and from
the HBR Press, so I don't have links — but I get the sense that there are a
lot of good examples out there, and that after years of looking mainly to
mainstream economics journals I should be broadening my scope. (Two
recommendations I've gotten from Harvard government professor
Dan
Carpenter:
Capitalizing
on Crisis: The Political Origins of the Rise of Finance, by
Sociologist Greta Krippner, and
The
New Global Rulers: The Privatization of Regulation in the World Economy,
by political scientists Tim Büthe and Walter Mattli.)
Even anthropology, that most downtrodden of the
social sciences, has been encroaching on economists' turf. When a top
executive at the world's largest asset manager (Peter Fisher of BlackRock)
lists
Debt: The First 5,000 Years by anthropologist
(and Occupy Wall Streeter)
David
Graeber as
one of his top reads of 2012, you know something's
going on.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Harvard's Justin Fox was an Plenary Speaker at the 2011 American Accounting
Association Annual Meetings.
Those readers who have access to the AAA Commons may view his video at
http://commons.aaahq.org/posts/7bdb75d3d2
CDO ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collateralized_debt_obligation
Countrywide Financial ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Countrywide_Financial
Those Poisoned CDOs
"Bank of America Ordered to Unseal Documents in MBIA Case," by Dan Freed,
The Street, June 4, 2013 ---
http://www.thestreet.com/story/11804771/1/bank-of-america-ordered-to-unseal-documents-in-mbia-case.html
Jensen Comment
Arguably the worst decision in the 2008 economic bailout was Bank of America's
decision to buy the bankrupt Countrywide Financial. BofA then CEO Ken Lewis
claims to this day that Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson held a gun to his head
and said buy Countrywide Financial or else. Countrywide has been nothing but a
cash flow hemorrhage for BofA ever since.
Merrill Lynch had a friend in Hank Paulson, but he was no friend to Bank
of America shareholders
The ex-US Treasury Secretary has admitted telling the
Bank of America boss he might lose his job if he walked away from a merger from
Merrill Lynch. The former US Treasury Secretary says the merger was necessary
Hank Paulson warned the bank's chief executive Kenneth Lewis that the Federal
Reserve could oust him and the board if the rescue did not proceed. But Mr.
Paulson insisted that remarks he made were "appropriate." Bank of America bought
Merrill during the height of the financial crisis and suffered severe losses.
"Paulson admits bank merger threat," BBC News, July 15,
2009 ---
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/business/8152858.stm
Jensen Comment
Paulson's claim that his threats were "appropriate" comes as little comfort to
Bank of America shareholders who will be losing greatly because of the threats.
Bank of America is now paying a steep (fatal?) price for having purchased the
fraudulent Countrywide and Merrill Lynch companies. The poison-laced Countrywide
was a lousy investment decision. However, then CEO Kenneth D. Lewis contends
that then Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson held a gun to his head and forced BofA
to buy the deeply corrupt and poison-laced Merrill Lynch.
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
October 5, 2012
BofA Takes New Crisis-Era Hit
by:
Dan Fitzpatrick, Christian Berthelsen and Robin Sidel
Sep 29, 2012
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the
video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
TOPICS: Contingent Liabilities
SUMMARY: "Bank of America Corp. agreed to pay $2.43 billion to
settle claims it misled investors about the acquisition of troubled
brokerage firm Merrill Lynch & Co...." during the financial crisis in 2008.
At the time it acquired Merrill Lynch in September 2008, BofA became the
biggest U.S. bank; the value of the bank then fell by more than half by the
time the acquisition of Merrill Lynch closed 3 months later. These losses
were not disclosed by then CEO Ken Lewis and his management team to
shareholders before they voted on the merger transaction with Merrill.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article addresses accounting for
litigation contingent liabilities. The related video clearly discusses the
history of the transactions.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) To whom did Bank of America Corp. (BofA) agree to
pay $2.43 billion dollars?
2. (Introductory) For what losses did BofA agree to make this
payment?
3. (Advanced) How could losses have occurred and a payment of $2.4
billion be required if "Bank of America executives now say Merrill...has
become a big profit contributor... [and that] it's clear that Merrill is a
significant positive any way you want to look at it..."?
4. (Advanced) What accounting standards provide the requirements to
account for costs such as this $2.4 billion payment by BofA?
5. (Advanced) According to the article, BofA has "set aside more
than $42 billion in litigation expenses, payouts and reserves...[which]
includes $1.6 billion taken in the third quarter [of 2012]...." According to
the related video, what period will be affected by $1.6 billion being
recorded as an expense related to this $2.43 billion settlement? Explain
your answer.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
BofA-Merrill: Still A Bottom-Line Success
by David Benoit
Sep 28, 2012
Online Exclusive
"BofA Takes New Crisis-Era Hit," by Dan Fitzpatrick, Christian Berthelsen and
Robin Sidel, The Wall Street Journal, September 29, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443843904578024110468736042.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno-wsj
Bank of America Corp. agreed to pay $2.43 billion
to settle claims it misled investors about the acquisition of troubled
brokerage firm Merrill Lynch & Co., in the latest financial-crisis
aftershock to rattle the banking sector.
The payment is the largest settlement of a
shareholder claim by a financial-services firm since the upheaval of 2008
and 2009. It also ranks as the eighth-largest securities class-action
settlement, behind payouts like the $7.2 billion settlement with
shareholders of Enron Corp. and the $6.1 billion pact with WorldCom Inc.
investors, both in 2005.
The deal is a sign that U.S. banks' battle to
contain the high cost of the crisis continues to escalate, despite a
four-year slog of lawsuits, losses and profit-sapping regulations. Bank of
America's total exposure to crisis-era litigation is "seemingly
never-ending," said Sterne Agee & Leach Inc. in a note Friday.
Is the era that produced all of this legal exposure
"history?" the Sterne Agee & Leach analysts said. "Unlikely."
The settlement ends a three-year fight with a group
of five plaintiffs, including the State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio
and the Teacher Retirement System of Texas. They accused the bank and its
officers of making false or misleading statements about the health of Bank
of America and Merrill Lynch and were planning to seek $20 billion if the
case went to trial as scheduled on Oct. 22.The size of the pact highlights
how hasty acquisitions engineered during the height of the financial crisis
by Kenneth Lewis, then the bank's chief executive, are still haunting the
company four years later. Decisions to buy mortgage lender Countrywide
Financial Corp. and Merrill have forced Bank of America, run since 2010 by
Chief Executive Brian Moynihan, to set aside more than $42 billion in
litigation expenses, payouts and reserves, according to company figures. The
funds are meant to absorb a litany of Merrill-related lawsuits and claims
from investors who say Countrywide wasn't honest about the quality of
mortgage-backed securities it issued before the crisis.
That total includes $1.6 billion taken in the third
quarter to help pay for the Merrill settlement announced Friday and a
landmark $8.5 billion agreement reached last year with a group of
high-profile mortgage-bond investors.
The company's shares lost more than half their
value between when Bank of America announced its late-2008 plan to purchase
Merrill Lynch and the date the deal closed 3½ months later, wiping out $70
billion in shareholder value. The shares have fallen further since then, and
investors who owned the shares won't be made whole by the settlement.
"We find it simply amazing the sheer magnitude of
value destruction over the years," said Sterne Agee in the note issued
Friday. And "the bill is surely set to increase" as the research firm
expects the bank to reach other legal settlements over the next 12 to 24
months. Bank of America is still engaged in a legal clash with bond insurer
MBIA Inc.,
MBI +3.91%
which has alleged that Countrywide wasn't honest about the quality of
mortgage-backed securities it issued before the financial crisis.
The move to buy Merrill over one weekend in
September 2008 was initially hailed as a rare piece of good news during a
week when much of Wall Street appeared to be teetering on the brink. It also
vaulted the Charlotte, N.C., lender to the top of the U.S. banking heap,
capping a goal pursued over two decades by Mr. Lewis and his predecessor,
Hugh McColl.
The Merrill deal, initially valued at $50 billion
in Bank of America stock, was the "deal of a lifetime," Mr. Lewis said on
the day it was announced.
But the agreement soon became a problem as analysts
questioned whether Mr. Lewis paid too much and Merrill's losses spiraled out
of control in the weeks before the deal closed. Investor fears stemming from
the financial crisis sent shares of Bank of America and other financial
companies into free fall, and the deal was worth roughly $19 billion at its
completion on Jan. 1, 2009.
Mr. Lewis and his top executives made the decision
not to say anything publicly about the mounting problems before shareholders
signed off on the merger—a decision that formed the basis of a number of
Merrill-related suits, including an action brought by the Securities and
Exchange Commission. The bank also didn't disclose that it sought $20
billion in U.S. aid to digest Merrill, or that the deal allowed Merrill to
award up to $5.8 billion in performance bonuses. When Bank of America
threatened to pull out of the deal because of the losses, then-Treasury
Secretary Henry Paulson told Mr. Lewis that current management would be
removed if the deal wasn't completed.
The legal scrutiny surrounding the Merrill
acquisition contributed to Mr. Lewis's decision to step down at the end of
2009. Mr. Lewis's lawyer declined to comment.
"Any way you slice it, $2.4 billion is a big
number," says Kevin LaCroix, a lawyer at RT ProExec, a firm that focuses on
management-liability issues.
Bank of America executives now say Merrill, unlike
Countrywide, has become a big profit contributor, while the company
continues to work to absorb massive losses in its mortgage division. The
divisions inherited from Merrill produced $31.9 billion in net income
between 2009 and 2011 and $164.4 billion in revenue. Bank of America's total
net income over the period was just $5.5 billion, on $326.8 billion in
revenue, reflecting in part the hefty losses tied to the Countrywide deal.
"I think it's clear that Merrill is a significant
positive any way you want to look at it," said spokesman Jerry Dubrowski.
The settlement doesn't end all Merrill-related
headaches. The New York attorney general's office still is pursuing a
separate civil fraud suit relating to the Merrill takeover that began under
former Attorney General Andrew Cuomo. Defendants in that case include the
bank, Mr. Lewis and former Chief Financial Officer Joe Price. A spokesman
for New York State Attorney General Eric Schneiderman declined to comment.
It isn't known how much all shareholders will
receive as a result of the Merrill settlement announced Friday. The amount
shareholders receive will ultimately depend on how long they held the shares
and how much they paid. Mr. Lewis, also a shareholder, won't receive a
payout because defendants in the suit are excluded from the class that the
court certified.
But because the decline in Bank of America stock
was so steep—the shares fell from $32 to $14 between Sept. 12, 2008, the day
before the Merrill acquisition was announced, and the Jan. 1, 2009,
closing—no shareholders can expect to recover their full losses.
Before the settlement was reached, a targeted
recovery for at least three million shareholders who were part of the class
was $2.52 a share, said a spokesman for Ohio Attorney General Mike DeWine.
The State Teachers Retirement System of Ohio and the Ohio Public Employees
Retirement System, which held between 18 million and 20 million shares, now
expect to recover $1.19 per share, or roughly $20 million.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on the bailout ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"Knowledge@Wharton Strategic Management Research Article,"
Knowledge@Wharton, January 2, 2013 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3165
Download the entire report:
PDF (1 MB)
ASIA
Consumer Credit in China
'An Iron Hand in a Velvet Glove': Challenges Facing
Chinese Female Managers
The Entrepreneurship Vacuum in Japan: Why It Matters
and How to Address It
Dating in a Digital World: Trends in 21st Century
China
'Needs Improvement': Despite Progress, India's Primary
Education System Has a Ways to Go
Apple's Foray into China — and the Mind of the New
Chinese Consumer
EUROPE
Water Scarcity: A Daunting Challenge with a Hopeful
Future
Innovation and Regulation: Friend or Foe to the French
Entrepreneur?
Retail Chains' Race for Russia
Is the End of the German Beer Industry Near?
The Future of French Wine: Overcoming Terroirisme
and Stagnation
THE MIDDLE EAST
Silicon Wafers and Semiconductors: A New Black Gold
for Abu Dhabi?
LATIN AMERICA
Private Equity in Brazil: 'The Music Hasn't Stopped'
Entrepreneurship in Colombia: 'Try Fast, Learn Fast,
Fail Cheap'
Education in Brazil: Can the Public Sector Keep Up
with the Emerging Middle Class?
Tourism in Colombia: Breaking the Spell of Negative
Publicity
The Private Equity Landscape in Colombia
Baby's First Birthday: Lessons from a Brazilian
E-commerce Start-up
Education in Colombia: Is There a Role for the Private
Sector?
Coffee in Colombia: Waking Up to an Opportunity
COSO Enterprise Risk Management: Establishing Effective Governance, Risk,
and Compliance (GRC) Processes, 2nd Edition
by Robert R. Moeller
July 2011
ISBN: 978-1-1181-0254-1
"10 Hottest Ed-Tech Stories of 2012," by Jeffrey R. Young,
Chronicle of Higher Education, January 2, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/blogs/wiredcampus/10-hottest-ed-tech-stories-of-2012/41413?cid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
Articles about how free online courses, or MOOCs,
could disrupt higher education dominated the headlines last year here at the
Wired Campus blog, and they were the most popular with readers as well.
Several articles about e-textbooks also topped our list of most-read
articles of 2012, highlighting what has been a time of change, and anxiety,
for colleges and universities.
Coursera and Udacity appear most frequently in this
year’s top headlines. Both offer MOOCs, or massive open online courses, and
both were founded by Stanford University computer-science professors who are
now on leave. Together, they now claim more than two million students,
though some of those sign up but never complete work in the courses.
The most popular episode of our monthly Tech
Therapy podcast highlights another anxiety among college leaders—how much
raw time all this personal technology use eats up. The podcast includes a
classic line by Freeman Hrabowski III, president of the University of
Maryland-Baltimore County, about how frequently he uses his smartphone: “I
am connected to this device for communication in the same way that I am
always connected to my mind,” he said. “I’m constantly expressing or
receiving.” Whatever he’s doing is working: Mr. Hrabowski was
named by Time
Magazine as one of the 100 most
influential people of 2012.
Here are the 10 top Wired Campus stories:
1.
Stanford Professor Gives Up Teaching Position, Hopes to Reach 500,000
Students at Online Start-Up
2.
Could Many Universities Follow Borders Bookstores Into Oblivion?
3.
Minnesota Gives Coursera the Boot, Citing a Decades-Old Law
4.
Khan Academy Founder Proposes a New Type of College
5.
Elsevier Publishing Boycott Gathers Steam Among Academics
6.
Coursera Announces Big Expansion, Adding 17 Universities
7.
3 Major Publishers Sue Open-Education Textbook Start-Up
8.
Students Find E-Textbooks ‘Clumsy’ and Don’t Use Their Interactive Features
9.
Now E-Textbooks Can Report Back on Students’ Reading Habits
10.
Udacity Cancels Free Online Math Course, Citing Low Quality
And here are the three most popular Tech Therapy episodes:
1.
Campus Leaders Drink Big Gulps of Technology
2.
Giving Everyone at College a ‘Domain of One’s Own’
3.
Why the Man With the Open-Source Tattoo Now Works for Blackboard
Bob Jensen's threads on education technology are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/0000start.htm
"How Deloitte Made Learning a Game," by Jeanne C. Meister, Harvard
Business Review Blog, January 2, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/01/how_deloitte_made_learning_a_g.html?referral=00563&cm_mmc=email-_-newsletter-_-daily_alert-_-alert_date&utm_source=newsletter_daily_alert&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=alert_date
Bob Jensen's threads on
Edutainment, Learning Games, and Gamification ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Democracy is Not Entirely Dead Among Shareholders of Corporations
From the CFO.com Morning Ledger Newsletter on January 30, 2013
Activist investors are ramping up their fight to
reform the energy sector. Shareholders are getting fed up with slumping
share prices at companies they see as doling out excessive pay and perks,
writes
the WSJ’s Daniel Gilbert.
Hess is the
latest flashpoint. Shareholder Elliott Management plans to nominate five
directors for the company’s board, including one CFO —
Ultra Petroleum’s
Marshall Smith,
Reuters notes.
Elliott wants Hess to separate its holdings in North Dakota’s Bakken Shale
from its international properties and sell the business that refines oil and
sells gasoline. Investors cheered Elliott’s move, sending Hess shares up 9%
after the announcement.
Meanwhile,
Chesapeake Energy’s
Aubrey McClendon, who stepped down as chairman after a boardroom coup in
June, is giving up his job as CEO. McClendon cited “philosophical
differences” with a board that was installed by shareholders to put a stop
to his risk-taking and free-spending ways,
the WSJ notes.
Investors are also challenging management at drillers
Nabors Industries and
Transocean. But
Gilbert says the biggest battle is playing out at
SandRidge, where
TPG-Axon Capital is trying to take over the board. SandRidge’s shares have
lost about 90% of their value since 2008 and TPG isn’t happy with
SandRidge’s heavy spending – or the fact that CEO Tom Ward was paid $25.2
million in 2011, more than four times his peers at similar companies,
according to ISS.
Bob Jensen's threads on corporate governance are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm#Governance
Which countries have the highest and lowest corporate tax rates?
Which countries tax the most?
http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/worldviews/wp/2013/01/02/countries-tax-mos/
From the AICPA News Letter on January 3, 2013
A new report from the World
Bank and PricewaterhouseCoopers examines corporate tax rates worldwide. The
typical company has an average total tax rate of 44.7% and spends 267 hours
working to comply with taxes, according to the report. By region, the Middle
East has had the lowest total tax rates and Africa has the highest.
The Washington Post/Worldviews Blog
Financial Literacy Tools 2013
The AICPA's financial literacy campaign has reached many individuals in creative
ways, writes Melora C. Heavey, senior manager of communications at AICPA. A
community college teacher uses the interactive
Me Save feature on the Feed the Pig website to help her students identify
what type of spenders they are. A friend uses the
360 Retirement Planner to make sure he is on track with his savings. Other
popular tools include the
Weekly Savings Tip and
Tweens Curriculum.
AICPA Insights
Spreading Financial Well Being ---
http://blog.aicpa.org/2013/01/spreading-financial-well-being.html#sthash.cJDIaL8x.azMXjhsc.dpbs
"Choosing the right savings
account for your child," by Mark P. Holtzman, Accountinator, January
3, 2013 ---
http://accountinator.com/2013/01/03/choosing-the-right-savings-account-for-your-child/
Bob Jensen's threads on financial literacy
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
"Accountant pleads guilty to stealing $432,000 from employer, using it to
build lake house," by Ed Stych, Minneapolis St. Paul Business Journal,
January 16, 2013 ---
http://www.bizjournals.com/twincities/news/2013/01/16/accountant-guilty-stealing-lake-house.html
An accountant pleaded guilty Wednesday to stealing
more than $432,000 from his employer and using the money to build a lake
house, the U.S. Attorney's Office said.
Ronald Leo Schaeffer, 39, of Faribault, faces up
to 30 years in prison at a future sentencing hearing, the government said.
The government said Schaeffer wrote 127 false
checks to himself while working as an accountant for Environmental Tillage
Systems Inc. from August 2008 to April 2012. The amounts on the checks
ranged from $400 to $12,000, the government said.
Schaeffer allegedly forged the signatures of the
agricultural manufacturing company's CEO or chief financial officer on some
of the checks, prosecutors said.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
How can an accountant fail to realize that detection is inevitable in these
types of accounting fraud? You might be able to fool the IRS for a lifetime, but
certainly your employer is going to detect check forgeries unless the employer
is not of sound mind.
I wonder if Mr. Schaeffer reported these 127 false checks on his IRS 1040.
Oops!
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Question
What is one of the most regressive taxes in the United States?
"The Al Bundy Tax Rule: New Hampshire Governor Pledges to Veto Beer Tax,"
by Joseph Henchman, Tax Foundation, January 16, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://taxfoundation.org/blog/al-bundy-tax-rule-new-hampshire-governor-pledges-veto-beer-tax?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%253A+TaxPolicyBlog+%2528Tax+Foundation+-+Tax+Foundation%2527s+%2522Tax+Policy+Blog%2522%2529
New Hampshire Rep. Charles Weed (D), newly in the
majority, has introduced a bill to raise the state's beer tax from 30 cents
per gallon to 40 cents per gallon. That brought
a swift veto promise from Gov. Maggie Hassan (D):
"I want to let the people of New Hampshire know I oppose increasing the beer
tax and I will veto it if it gets to my desk."
Beer taxes are incredibly unpopular. My rule of
thumb is that the more a tax hits most people, the more unpopular it is, and
that's why beer taxes remain low and most politicians don't dare raise them.
The last tax that will be raised in any state is the beer tax. Call it The
Al Bundy Tax Rule:
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
New Hampshire has no sales tax with certain exceptions such as for restaurant
meals, motels, and hotels. Until I read the above article I was not even aware
of a NH beer tax. NH makes a lot of money on liquor, but that's because the
State owns and operates all of the liquor stores. Liquor is priced much lower
than in surrounding states, which is why some interstate exits only lead to NH
liquor stores on I-95 and I -93.
If you plan your trip up to New Hampshire via I-91.you might think twice
since I-91 mostly runs through Vermont where liquor is not so cheap.
In addition to liquor, New Hampshire makes a lot of money with big ticket
item sales to non-residents. All NH border towns have lots of tire stores,
Wal-Mart Stores, building supply stores, computer stores (e.g., Apple), and
malls. Hotel chains like Hampton Inns and Comfort Inns locate within walking
distance to a Wal-Mart. Cars from Vermont generally are towing trailers to haul
back cases of beer, air conditioners, boots, coats, HDTV sets, etc.
The biggest sigh of relief about the NH Governor's veto of an added beer tax
probably is sounding in Canada, Maine, Massachusetts, and Vermont.
Question
For 2012, the gift tax usually doesn’t apply until the value of the gifts you
give someone exceeds $________.
Fill in the blank.
Answer along with six other tips about gift taxes ---
Click Here
http://moneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com/what-is-the-gift-tax.aspx?et_cid=30052849&et_rid=496441372&linkid=http%3a%2f%2fmoneygirl.quickanddirtytips.com%2fwhat-is-the-gift-tax.aspx
Q. My father gave me a large amount of cash
as a holiday gift this year. Do I have to report it on my tax return?
A. The funny thing about federal gift
taxes is that the giver must pay them—not the person who receives the gift!
So you’re in the clear. But your father may owe taxes depending on how much
he gives you.
Here are 6 tips to know when a gift you give is
taxable:
- There’s an annual dollar exclusion.
For 2012, the gift tax usually doesn’t apply until the value of the
gifts you give someone exceeds $13,000.
- Married couples can give more.
For 2012, you and your spouse can give up to $26,000 to any third party
without making a taxable gift.
- Gifts to a spouse are not taxable.
You never owe tax on money or property worth more than the annual
exclusion that you give to your spouse.
- Gifts are not tax-deductible.
You can’t deduct the value of gifts from your taxable income unless they
are qualified charitable contributions (see
IRS
Publication 526, Charitable Contributions
for more information).
- Expenses paid to an institution are
not taxable. If you want to pay someone’s college tuition or
medical expenses, sending money directly to those institutions allows
you to make a gift that isn’t taxable.
- Political donations are not taxable.
Sending money to a political organization doesn’t count as a charitable
contribution, but it also isn’t subject to the gift tax.
Bob Jensen's tax helpers ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#010304Taxation
"Three substantive changes to the Clarified Auditing Standards," AICPA,
December 31, 2012 ---
Click Here
http://www.smartbrief.com/news/cpa/storyDetails.jsp?issueid=3F36A006-6F1A-4D40-84E8-D861A13F5496©id=AAE12D75-6B3C-492B-A884-39B6AF4C9CE9&sid=a2a2cb80-d593-4abd-a32d-06da951fad0a&brief=cpa
Three substantive changes in the Clarified Auditing
Standards will affect every auditor, writes Michael Ramos, director of CPE
and training for the AICPA. One change requires headings and specific
language for each section of the auditor's report, another calls for an
auditor who brings on a new client to conduct substantive audit work if he
or she is going to rely on the opening balance, and a third change requires
a renewed engagement letter for each year instead of relying on a
pre-existing multiyear letter.
Bob Jensen's threads on professionalism of audit firms ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
"Auditing: another profession ripe for disruption," by Joe McKendrick,
Smart Planet, January 9, 2013 ---
http://www.smartplanet.com/blog/bulletin/auditing-another-profession-ripe-for-disruption/9791
Jensen Comment
There's nothing new in this article and Joe McKendrick failed to do his research
on the horrible PCAOB audit firm inspection reports. Nevertheless the article
illustrates how the word is spreading in the media outside the accounting and
auditing profession.
Joe could've found a lot more dirty linen of auditing firms at the following
two sites:
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
EU Concerns About "Serious Flaws" in IFRS --- "Dangerous Accounting Rules"
"European Commission to review 'dangerous’ accounting rules: A group of
leading British investors has secured a pledge from the European Commission that
it will intervene to deal with fears that bank accounting rules are 'dangerously
flawed'," by Louise Armitstead, The Telegraph, January 2, 2013 ---
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/9774691/European-Commission-to-review-dangerous-accounting-rules.html
A review of the controversial International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) has been sanctioned by Commissioner
Michel Barnier to start early this year, in what amounts to a major
breakthrough in a long-running campaign supported by The Daily Telegraph.
Investors from 10 leading groups – including
Threadneedle Investments, the Co-Operative Asset Management, London Pension
Fund Authority and Railpen – secretly wrote to Mr Barnier in October with a
warning that the accounting rules were harming shareholders, and
destabilising banks and the economy.
The group also wrote to Vince Cable, the Business
Secretary, but, since previous warnings to the Coalition and the
London-based International Accounting Standards Board had gone unanswered,
they appealed directly for help from Brussels.
Replying in a letter to the investors, Olivier
Guersent, the head of Mr Barnier’s cabinet, wrote that he “shared the
concerns” of investors over IFRS. He said that warnings that the rules
exacerbated the financial crisis were “legitimate questions”.
The Commission’s action is the first intervention
from Europe and looks set to leap-frog sluggish reactions from British
regulators to a raft of similar warnings. Although IFRS was introduced
across Europe, critics of the rules have maintained that the way Britain
adopted them left its banks uniquely vulnerable.
IFRS has been criticised for allowing banks to hide
risk exposure because poor loans do not appear until they have failed. The
rules, which were introduced in Britain in 2005, also allow banks to spread
losses across several years, rather than recognise them immediately.
London-based accountants have been at the forefront of trying to create a
single international accounting system, using IFRS which, critics argue, has
made many reluctant to admit that the system may be flawed.
In his letter, seen by The Daily Telegraph, Mr
Guersent said: “In 2002, the EU made its landmark decision to require all
listed companies to use IFRS. Much has been achieved since.
“However, there are legitimate questions which need
to be addressed, in particular whether the application of IFRS in the crisis
resulted in overstated profits and imprudent distributions. The Commission
services will carry out an assessment of the IAS regulation starting early
in 2013... and, if necessary, to propose complementary remediating
measures.”
In 2010, Tim Bush, a director at the investor group
Pirc, sent a letter to the Department for Business warning that IFRS was
creating “mistakes [in bank accounts] of such severity that it is difficult
to overstate”. His warnings were criticised by both British and
international accounting bodies responsible for introducing them.
In October that year, the House of Lords Economic
Affairs Committee launched a review and, in the spring of 2011, reported
that they had serious concerns about IFRS. In response, Mr Cable insisted
there was no problem. But in June last year, Andy Haldane, head of financial
stability at the Bank of England, said accounting rules were so flawed that
getting an accurate view of a bank’s assets was like trying to “pin the tail
on a boisterous donkey”.
Continued in article
"Accounting body signals pause after flurry of rules," by Huh Jones,
Reuters, December 18, 2012 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/12/18/accounting-iasb-idUSL5E8NIFFT20121218
The standard setter which writes accounting rules
for over 100 countries said it will pause for a while and focus on just a
few reforms requested by its users, and bed down rules it has already
approved.
The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)
has worked on a string of rule changes in response to the financial crisis.
In the run up to the crisis banks had been too slow
to make provisions for soured loans and other assets, and were also able to
shunt many risky assets off their balance sheets, making them appear
healthier.
IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst said a consultation
has showed that users of accounting rules want a period of relative calm for
a few years, to "let the dust settle" and allow everyone to get used to the
new rules.
The board will pay closer attention to making sure
that the standards it now has are properly implemented.
The board will take more time to write new rules by
conducting more research and costings first, and consult more widely with
national and regional accounting bodies.
The IASB's agenda has been dominated by joint talks
with its U.S. counterpart, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, for a
decade to "converge" their rules so that the United States would then be
expected to switch to IASB standards.
The 40-page paper published by the IASB on its
future agenda priorities on Tuesday made little mention of the convergence
project.
The United States decided this year to defer a
decision on switching to the board's rules.
Instead, the IASB's priorities now reflect the
growing use of its rules in emerging economies in Asia and Latin America,
such as financial reporting in high inflationary economies.
Accounting for emissions trading schemes will also
a priority, along with intangible asset rules for mining and exploration
companies as sought by Australia, Canada, Norway and South Africa.
Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"Seidman hopeful for converged expected loss approach despite differing
FASB, IASB proposals," by Ken Tysiac, Journal of Accountancy,
December 20, 2012 ---
http://journalofaccountancy.com/News/20127046.htm
FASB released Thursday an expected credit loss
proposal that is likely to differ from the approach to be recommended by the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
But FASB Chairman Leslie Seidman said she has not
given up on the idea of convergence in the project, which involves
impairment of financial instruments and would require recognition of credit
losses that are expected rather than previous guidance that calls for
recognition when losses are incurred. Seidman encouraged global stakeholders
to comment on FASB’s exposure draft and the one the IASB is scheduled to
release in the first quarter of next year.
Seidman said that because the comment periods will
overlap, FASB plans to review feedback on both the FASB and IASB proposals.
And she said both boards have made progress by proposing approaches focused
on expected rather than incurred losses.
“If you roll the clock back a couple of years ago
where we were really divided on this approach, the FASB model looked nothing
like the IASB approach,” Seidman said during a conference call with
reporters. “We have come a lot closer together. … I think that we are now at
least both looking at an expected loss approach, and I think with the
benefit of an additional round of commentary, we will be in a better
position to ultimately come to a converged approach that people around the
world view as an improvement.”
IASB spokesman Mark Byatt said the IASB continues
to cooperate with FASB on the project and intended to publish a proposal for
public comment in the first quarter of 2013 based on a simplified version of
the expected credit loss method FASB originally had agreed to.
The project undertaken by both boards was designed
to address the loan loss problems that helped lead to the recent financial
crisis. The objective was to improve financial reporting about expected
credit losses on loans and other financial assets held by banks, financial
institutions, and other public and private organizations.
FASB said
its proposal, which is available for public
comment through April 30, would require more timely recognition of credit
losses, while providing additional transparency about credit risk.
The Proposed Accounting Standards Update, Financial
Instruments—Credit Losses (Subtopic 825-15), is the result of an
effort that began as a convergence project with the IASB, but has seen
differences emerge. Both boards are moving away from the current incurred
loss approach to an expected loss approach that calls for current
recognition of the effects of credit deterioration on collectibility
expectations.
But the expected loss model FASB has proposed
differs from the one the IASB is developing, which is called the
“three-bucket” model. Although FASB initially agreed to the three-bucket
approach, concerns from stakeholders caused FASB to reconsider and develop
its Current Expected Credit Loss (CECL) model.
The IASB’s model uses a different expected loss
approach than FASB’s model for assets that have not yet displayed
significant deterioration in credit risk. Full recognition of an allowance
for the expected credit loss would be deferred for financial assets whose
loss event is expected to occur beyond 12 months from the date of the
financial statement, according to a FASB news release. Seidman said
practitioners, investors, and other stakeholders told FASB that they were
confused by that approach. She said a few even said, if implemented, the
model would have lowered reserves and therefore would not accomplish the
objective of the project.
IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst was disappointed in
July when he was told FASB wanted to explore a different approach. He said
he would find it “deeply embarrassing” if the project unraveled after the
boards spent three years working on it and considered at least 10
alternatives.
But FASB forged ahead and developed a new model
that would require an organization to always consider all available
information rather than limiting its estimate to losses that are expected to
occur during a particular period. All available information would have to be
considered as the organization recognizes its current estimate of cash flows
that it does not expect to collect.
The FASB may be forced by the EU to change its stand on "dangerous accounting
rules"
"European Commission to review 'dangerous’ accounting rules: A group of
leading British investors has secured a pledge from the European Commission that
it will intervene to deal with fears that bank accounting rules are 'dangerously
flawed'," by Louise Armitstead, The Telegraph, January 2, 2013 ---
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/9774691/European-Commission-to-review-dangerous-accounting-rules.html
Bob Jensen's threads on controversies in accounting standard setting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013
The European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA)
has published a review of 2011 IFRS financial statements related to
impairment testing of goodwill. The report shows that significant impairment
losses of goodwill were limited to a handful of issuers. According to ESMA,
this raises the question as to whether the level of impairment disclosed in
2011 financial reports appropriately reflects the difficult economic
operating environment for companies. ESMA also finds that although the major
disclosures related to goodwill impairment testing were generally provided,
in many cases these were boilerplate and not entity-specific. ESMA expects
issuers and their auditors to consider the findings of the review when
preparing and auditing the 2012 IFRS financial statements.
"IASB to amend asset impairment rules," by Richard Crump,
AccountancyAge, January 21, 2013 ---
http://www.accountancyage.com/aa/news/2237580/iasb-to-amend-asset-impairment-rules
Bob Jensen's threads on impairment issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Impairment
From IAS Plus on January 21, 2011 Jan 21, 2013
Results of EFRAG field-test on the IASB's general hedge accounting review
---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/efrag-hedge-draft
The European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (EFRAG)
has publicly released a letter it has sent to the International Accounting
Standards Board (IASB) commenting on the IASB's review draft of the
forthcoming hedge accounting chapter of IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. The
letter outlines the findings from a field-test of the review draft conducted
by EFRAG involving 44 companies across various industry sectors.
Bob Jensen's free tutorials on hedge accounting ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/caseans/000index.htm
Big Business Phone Systems Battle It Out in
Our New Guide, Compare Business Products,
Winter 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.comparebusinessproducts.com/DownloadAsset?ac=bdb6f91e4bfb47d4a7cb1c3c243ef19e&tk=7387b0f9629d4d218e4473b224d81eb9
Our research team has just completed our evaluation
of the top phone systems in the enterprise-class space. All the big names
for big business are here. We deliver all the features, pricing and
integration considerations in one easy-to-use Excel spreadsheet so you're
armed to make a better buying decision.
"France Proposes an Internet Tax," by Eric Pfanner, The New York
Times, January 20, 2013 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/21/business/global/21iht-datatax21.html?pagewanted=all&_r=
Question
How can you get a tour package in China and elsewhere that will give U.S.
citizenship to your new babies?
"The Ethics of ‘Birthing Tourism': U.S. Maternity Hotels Cater to
Pregnant Chinese Women," by Accounting Professor Mintz, Ethics Sage, January
21, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/the-ethics-of-birthing-tourism.html
His 63% marginal tax rate is a disincentive to carry on as a professional
golfer
"Mickelson plans 'drastic changes' in response to tax hikes," by Mike
Walker, Sports Illustrated, January 20, 2013 ---
http://blogs.golf.com/presstent/2013/01/mickelson-plans-drastic-changes-in-response-to-tax-hikes-on-wealthy.html
Thank you Paul Caron for the heads up
Jensen Comment
I think Phil needs to sit down for a long chat with Mitt Romney or outgoing
Treasury Timothy Geithner ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timothy_Geithner
"CEOs want to raise the retirement age to 70," by Suzy Khimm, The
Washington Post, January 18, 2013 ---
http://www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2013/01/18/ceos-want-to-raise-the-retirement-age-to-70/
A lot of CEOs have gotten on the deficit-reduction
bandwagon, but they’ve often been loath to push for specific proposals,
endorsing instead an overall “framework” for fiscal consolidation that’s big
and bipartisan.
That’s now starting to change: A group of the
country’s leading CEOs from the Business Roundtable has put out an
entitlement reform plan that proposes to raise the eligibility age for both
Social Security and Medicare to 70.
Leading Republicans have long rallied to raise the
eligibility age for Social Security to 70, but the Business Roundtable’s
recommendations for Medicare go significantly further than the GOP
consensus: During the fiscal cliff negotiations, for instance, Boehner
proposed raising the Medicare eligibility age from 65 to 67 years, while the
CEOs want to push it three years higher.
The group wants a slew of other changes as well:
higher premiums for wealthy beneficiaries, chained CPI and more private
competition for Medicare and private retirement programs.
“Even though most of these modernization
initiatives would be phased in gradually, the immediate benefits would be
enormous. First, they would put Medicare and Social Security on the sound
financial footing needed to provide a sustainable retirement safety net.
This would represent a major step forward in reducing the growth of
government spending,” Gary Loveman, CEO of Caesars Entertainment Corp. and
Business Roundtable participant, wrote in the Wall Street Journal.
The Business Roundtable believes its proposals
would save the government $300 billion in Medicare spending and extend
Social Security’s solvency for 75 years. But the changes would also come
with costs to others as well. By eliminating Medicare coverage for those
between 65 and 70 years old, the plan would send more individuals into
Medicaid and the newly created health-insurance exchanges, as not everyone
would continue to work or be covered by their employers’ insurance, explains
Tricia Neuman, a vice president at the Kaiser Family Foundation.
That would drive up health-care premiums overall in
the exchanges, as there would be older, sicker people getting coverage, says
Neuman. In states that don’t elect to participate in the Medicaid expansion
under Obamacare, lower-income people in their mid- to late-60s could also
become uninsured, particularly those who are in physically demanding jobs
they might not be able to continue until they’re 70. Overall, raising the
eligibility age “would reduce federal spending but would do so in a way that
shifts costs to other payers and raises overall health care costs,” says
Neuman, who’s examined the impact of raising the age to 67.
On the flip side, proponents of the changes argue
that raising the retirement age makes sense given the rise in life
expectancy, and that sacrifices are necessary to ensure the solvency of
entitlement programs. “What has happened to Social Security over years is
because people are living much more longer, it’s moved more toward a
middle-aged retirement system,” says Eugene Steuerle, a senior fellow at the
Urban Institute.
Continued in article
World Life Expectancy Map ---
http://www.worldlifeexpectancy.com/index.php
Life Expectancy Trend for the United States ---
http://www.aging.senate.gov/crs/aging1.pdf
Summary
As a result of falling age-specific mortality, life
expectancy rose dramatically in the United States over the past century .
Final data for 2003 (the most recent available) show that life expectancy at
birth for the total population has reached an all-time American high level,
77.5 years, up from 49.2 years at the turn of the 20th century. Record-high
life expectancies we re found for white females (80.5 years) and black
females (76.1 years), as well as for white males (75.3 year s) and black
males (69.0 years). Life expectancy gaps between males and females and
between whites and blacks persisted.
In combination with decreasing fertility, the life
expectancy gains have led to a rapid aging of the American population, as
reflected by an increasing proportion of persons aged 65 and older. This
report documents the improvements in longevity that have occurred, analyzing
both the underlying factors that contributed to mortality reductions and the
continuing longevity differentials by sex and race. In addition, it
considers whether life expectancy will continue to increase in future years.
Detailed statistics on life expectancy are provided. A brief comparison with
other countries is also provided.
While this report focuses on a description of the
demographic context of life expectancy change in the United States, these
trends have implications for a wide range of social and economic programs
and issues that are likely to be considered by Congress.
From the University of Pennsylvania (Wharton): The U.S. Deficit is
Tremendously Understated
"A Proper Accounting: The Real Cost of Government Loans and Credit Guarantees,"
Knowledge@Wharton, December 5, 2012 ---
http://knowledge.wharton.upenn.edu/article.cfm?articleid=3126
Bob Jensen's threads on entitlements ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Entitlements.htm
"New Year's Resolutions for the Accounting Profession," by Anthony H.
Catanach Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, December 31, 2012 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2012/12/31/new-years-resolutions-for-the-accounting-profession
Well, it’s a New Year! Ed’s and
my letter to Santa last year was ignored
again this year, so I’m taking another angle and bypassing Mr. Claus
entirely. In the hopes of restoring the glory of my beloved accounting
profession, I am proposing some New Year’s resolutions for the “major
players” and “heavy hitters” in accounting.
The Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC)
Those of you who have been following the Grumpies
know how we feel about
IFRS…no
we are not wild about them. However, the SEC did do a great job on its
Final Staff Report summarizing its work
plan for global accounting standards. However, it apparently missed one big
point. Increasingly, accounting research from across the pond shows that
that IFRS has failed to deliver on its promise for one set of accounting
standards. Several recent studies (Kvaal and Nobes 2010 in
Accounting and Business Research, Vol 40. No. 2 pp. 173-187; and
Wehrfritz and Haller, forthcoming in the Journal of International
Accounting Auditing and Taxation) report that different national
versions of IFRS currently exist which reflect pre-IFRS country-specific
national GAAP. What does that mean? It means that in Australia, France,
Germany, Spain, and the UK, companies that are now using IFRS, continue to
use the same accounting policies they used before “adopting” IFRS which were
either permitted or required by their own unique national GAAP. So
much for the touted benefits of achieving comparability with a single set of
global standards. Instead, the real possibility exists that
investors might be misled by the “apparent” uniformity implied by IFRS, when
no real comparability exists. So, SEC…your resolution for 2013 should be
not to succumb to the political pressure of those IFRS proponents…those
promoting IFRS likely do so for their own monetary gain. If you don’t
believe that, just check out the
AICPA’s IFRS website and note all the
training and publication opportunities promoted. Please give up on IFRS once
and for all.
The Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (PCAOB)
In a
December 2012 speech
at the AICPA National Conference, PCAOB Chairman James R. Doty made two huge
points with which most of us would agree. First, “high quality,
independent auditing is critical to our economic success” and second, “audit
firm culture must support auditors’ work.” My hope is that the PCAOB’s
New Year’s resolution will be to focus its 2013 efforts on three points:
promoting high quality audit work, monitoring “real” auditor independence,
and incentivizing the development of appropriate firm cultures,
but with a more aggressive approach. What do I mean by aggressive?
Check out the Grumpies’ prior rants in
The Auditor’s Expectations Gap where we
called for a clearer description of the “audit product” that the Big Four
firms currently deliver. Ed and I also provided some clues in
Who Really Cares About Auditor Rotation
where we outlined some ideas on how to detect audit quality. Another good
start to the New Year would be to release all (both parts I and II) of the
PCAOB’s firm inspection reports. As Chairman Doty indicated, auditors have
been inspected by the PCAOB for a decade now. Time is up for big firm
auditors…PCAOB it’s time to play hardball.
The Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB)
The FASB’s resolution for the New Year should be
not to squander their opportunity to improve the effectiveness of financial
statement note disclosures via its
Disclosure Framework project. Not
surprisingly, the AICPA’s Financial Reporting Executive Committee recently
has raised
“significant concerns”
about the framework, a possible
delaying tactic to preserve the status quo for the largest accounting firms
and their clients. As you may recall, the Grumpies worried about whether or
not the FASB could “make the ‘hard’ decisions” in
Improving Transparency in Note Disclosures. We
actually proposed a few very simple ways to improve the organization and
understandability of note disclosures. Yet, the “gurus” at the AICPA
continue to be focused on form and process, rather than substance…no wonder
the profession is in decline…
The Center for Audit Quality (CAQ)
This organization’s resolution for the New Year is
relatively simple and straightforward: it should dissolve itself!
It is no surprise that the so-called Center for Audit Quality (CAQ) is
headquartered in Washington, D.C., after all it is little more than a formal
lobbying and/or marketing group for the largest public accounting firms and
the American Institute of CPAs (AICPA). Interestingly, the CAQ is
“affiliated with the AICPA.” One wonders why the CAQ’s membership can’t
work through the AICPA, and one of its sections or committees…why is the CAQ
necessary? If you think I am being too hard on the CAQ, just check out the
“rigor” in its publications…my personal favorite is “Deterring
and Detecting Financial Reporting Fraud”…long
on concepts, short on detail. Maybe this is why the PCAOB is finding so many
errors in its public company auditor inspections…
The Big Accounting Firms
The big accounting firms should resolve to redo
their budgets for 2013. Here are a couple of recommendations:
- Plow the money you save from dissolving the
CAQ into creating a new audit model that works.
- Don’t build brand awareness through
professional golf tournament
sponsorships. Use the monies you save to create a new audit model
that works…now that would build brand awareness!
- Stop contributing money to academic
organizations and universities and invest it in something with a real
payoff…the academics will continue to send you their students regardless
of your funding. Use the monies you save to create a new audit
model that works.
- Stop wasting your limited funds on student
recruiting. Students will continue to seek you out for jobs because you
offer the best prospect for their actually paying off their outrageous
student loans. Use the monies you save on recruiting to create a
new audit model that works.
Do you sense a common theme here?
National and State Accounting Societies
Yes, this is the
first time that one of the grumpies has actually picked on this poor group
of accountants which includes the AICPA, Institute of Management Accountants
(IMA), American Accounting Association (AAA), and a host of state CPA
societies. That’s because their situation is just so dire. These
organizations are finding it increasingly difficult to justify their
existence in the face of rising costs (and dues) and increased competition
for services they once exclusively offered to their members. In short,
it is unclear what the value proposition of these organizations is in
today’s society. Take the case of the AICPA. The organization has
largely been relieved of its rule-making authority by the FASB and PCAOB.
More troubling is its recent desperate attempt to poach IMA membership
through its introduction of the Chartered Global Management Accountant
designation.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's New Year's Resolutions for Accountics Scientists ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/AccounticsDamn.htm
Let's have a contest ending December 31, 2013 to see whose resolutions are
ignored the most. I'm pretty confident that mine will be the biggest losers.
If you want to see accountics scientists run for cover mention the resolutions
of the Pathways Commission for accounting research and accounting doctoral
programs.
"Accounting for Innovation," by Elise Young, Inside Higher Ed,
July 31, 2012 ---
http://www.insidehighered.com/news/2012/07/31/updating-accounting-curriculums-expanding-and-diversifying-field
Accounting programs should promote curricular
flexibility to capture a new generation of students who are more
technologically savvy, less patient with traditional teaching methods, and
more wary of the career opportunities in accounting, according to a report
released today by the
Pathways Commission, which studies the future of
higher education for accounting.
In 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department's Advisory
Committee on the Auditing Profession recommended that the American
Accounting Association and the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants form a commission to study the future structure and content of
accounting education, and the Pathways Commission was formed to fulfill this
recommendation and establish a national higher education strategy for
accounting.
In the report, the commission acknowledges that
some sporadic changes have been adopted, but it seeks to put in place a
structure for much more regular and ambitious changes.
The report includes seven recommendations:
- Integrate accounting research, education
and practice for students, practitioners and educators by bringing
professionally oriented faculty more fully into education programs.
- Promote accessibility of doctoral
education by allowing for flexible content and structure in doctoral
programs and developing multiple pathways for degrees. The current path
to an accounting Ph.D. includes lengthy, full-time residential programs
and research training that is for the most part confined to quantitative
rather than qualitative methods. More flexible programs -- that might be
part-time, focus on applied research and emphasize training in teaching
methods and curriculum development -- would appeal to graduate students
with professional experience and candidates with families, according to
the report.
- Increase recognition and support for
high-quality teaching and connect faculty review, promotion and tenure
processes with teaching quality so that teaching is respected as a
critical component in achieving each institution's mission. According to
the report, accounting programs must balance recognition for work and
accomplishments -- fed by increasing competition among institutions and
programs -- along with recognition for teaching excellence.
- Develop curriculum models, engaging learning
resources and mechanisms to easily share them, as well as enhancing
faculty development opportunities to sustain a robust curriculum that
addresses a new generation of students who are more at home with
technology and less patient with traditional teaching methods.
- Improve the ability to attract high-potential,
diverse entrants into the profession.
- Create mechanisms for collecting, analyzing
and disseminating information about the market needs by establishing a
national committee on information needs, projecting future supply and
demand for accounting professionals and faculty, and enhancing the
benefits of a high school accounting education.
- Establish an implementation process to address
these and future recommendations by creating structures and mechanisms
to support a continuous, sustainable change process.
According to the report, its two sponsoring
organizations -- the American Accounting Association and the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants -- will support the effort to
carry out the report's recommendations, and they are finalizing a strategy
for conducting this effort.
Hsihui Chang, a professor and head of Drexel
University’s accounting department, said colleges must prepare students for
the accounting field by encouraging three qualities: integrity, analytical
skills and a global viewpoint.
“You need to look at things in a global scope,” he
said. “One thing we’re always thinking about is how can we attract students
from diverse groups?” Chang said the department’s faculty comprises members
from several different countries, and the university also has four student
organizations dedicated to accounting -- including one for Asian students
and one for Hispanic students.
He said the university hosts guest speakers and
accounting career days to provide information to prospective accounting
students about career options: “They find out, ‘Hey, this seems to be quite
exciting.’ ”
Jimmy Ye, a professor and chair of the accounting
department at Baruch College of the City University of New York, wrote in an
email to Inside Higher Ed that his department is already fulfilling
some of the report’s recommendations by inviting professionals from
accounting firms into classrooms and bringing in research staff from
accounting firms to interact with faculty members and Ph.D. students.
Ye also said the AICPA should collect and analyze
supply and demand trends in the accounting profession -- but not just in the
short term. “Higher education does not just train students for getting their
first jobs,” he wrote. “I would like to see some study on the career tracks
of college accounting graduates.”
Mohamed Hussein, a professor and head of the
accounting department at the University of Connecticut, also offered ways
for the commission to expand its recommendations. He said the
recommendations can’t be fully put into practice with the current structure
of accounting education.
“There are two parts to this: one part is being
able to have an innovative curriculum that will include changes in
technology, changes in the economics of the firm, including risk,
international issues and regulation,” he said. “And the other part is making
sure that the students will take advantage of all this innovation.”
The university offers courses on some of these
issues as electives, but it can’t fit all of the information in those
courses into the major’s required courses, he said.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Higher Education Controversies and Need for Change
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm
The sad state of accountancy doctoral programs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#DoctoralPrograms
"More Financial Reporting Questions at H-P?" by Anthony H. Catanach
Jr., Grumpy Old Accountants Blog, January 7, 2012 ---
http://grumpyoldaccountants.com/blog/2013/1/7/more-financial-reporting-questions-at-h-p
"Where were the accountants in H-P’s Autonomy deal?" by Floyd Norris,
New York Times, November 29, 2012 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/11/30/business/auditors-clash-in-hp-deal-for-autonomy.html?ref=business
The battle over Hewlett-Packard’s claim that it was
bamboozled when it bought Autonomy, a British software company, has been
long on angry rhetoric and short on details about the accounting that was
supposedly wrong and led to an $8.8 billion write-down.
¶ But the eternal question asked whenever a fraud
surfaces — “Where were the auditors?” — does have an answer in this case.
¶ They were everywhere.
¶ They were consulting. They were advising,
according to one account, on strategies for “optimizing” revenue. They were
investigating whether books were cooked, and they were signing off on audits
approving the books that are now alleged to have been cooked. They were
offering advice on executive pay. There are four major accounting firms, and
each has some involvement.
¶ Herewith a brief summary of the Autonomy dispute:
¶ Hewlett-Packard, a computer maker that in recent
years has gone from one stumble to another, bought Autonomy last year. The
British company’s accounting had long been the subject of harsh criticism
from some short-sellers, but H.P. evidently did not care. The $11 billion
deal closed in October 2011.
¶ Last week, H.P. said Autonomy had been cooking
its books in a variety of ways. Mike Lynch, who founded Autonomy and was
fired by H.P. this year, says the company’s books were fine. If the company
has lost value, he says, it is because of H.P.’s mismanagement.
¶ Autonomy was audited by the British arm of
Deloitte. H.P., which is audited by Ernst & Young, hired KPMG to perform due
diligence in connection with the acquisition — due diligence that presumably
found no big problems with the books.
¶ That covered three of the four big firms, so it
should be no surprise that the final one, PricewaterhouseCoopers, was
brought in to conduct a forensic investigation after an unnamed
whistle-blower told H.P. that the books were not kosher. H.P. says the PWC
investigation found “serious accounting improprieties, misrepresentation and
disclosure failures.”
¶ That would seem to make the Big Four tally two
for Autonomy and two for H.P., or at least it would when Ernst approves
H.P.’s annual report including the write-down.
¶ But KPMG wants it known that it “was not engaged
by H.P. to perform any audit work on this matter. The firm’s only role was
to provide a limited set of non-audit-related services.” KPMG won’t say what
those services were, but states, “We can say with confidence that we acted
responsibly and with integrity.’
¶ Deloitte did much more for Autonomy than audit
its books, perhaps taking advantage of British rules, which are more relaxed
about potential conflicts of interest than are American regulations enacted
a decade ago in the Sarbanes-Oxley law. In 2010, states the company’s annual
report, 44 percent of the money paid to Deloitte by Autonomy was for
nonaudit services. Some of the money went for “advice in relation to
remuneration,” which presumably means consultations on how much executives
should be paid.
¶ The consulting arms of the Big Four also have
relationships that can be complicated. At an auditing conference this week
at New York University, Francine McKenna of Forbes.com noted that Deloitte
was officially a platinum-level “strategic alliance technology
implementation partner” of H.P. and said she had learned of “at least two
large client engagements where Autonomy and Deloitte Consulting worked
together before the acquisition.” A Deloitte spokeswoman did not comment on
that report.
¶ To an outsider, making sense of this brouhaha is
not easy. In a normal accounting scandal, if there is such a thing, the
company restates its earnings and details how revenue was inflated or costs
hidden. That has not happened here, and it may never happen. There is not
even an accusation of how much Autonomy inflated its profits, but if there
were, it would be a very small fraction of the $8.8 billion write-off that
H.P. took. Autonomy never reported earning $1 billion in a year.
¶ That $8.8 billion represents a write-off of much
of the good will that H.P. booked when it made the deal, based on the
conclusion that Autonomy was not worth nearly as much as it had paid. It
says more than $5 billion of that relates to the accounting irregularities,
with the rest reflecting H.P.’s low stock price and “headwinds against
anticipated synergies and marketplace performance,” whatever that might
mean.
Continued in article
Teaching Case on Autonomy from The Wall Street Journal's Accounting Weekly
Review on November 30, 2012
H-P Says It Was Duped, Takes $8.8 Billion Charge
by:
Ben Worthen
Nov 28, 2012
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com ![WSJ Video]()
TOPICS: Goodwill, Intangible Assets, International Accounting,
Mergers and Acquisitions, Revenue Recognition, Advanced Financial
Accounting, Audit Quality, Financial Accounting
SUMMARY: H-P disclosed another $8 Billion Charge to write down its
software segment which includes Autonomy, a company acquired by H-P for
$11.1 billion in October 2011. H-P chief Meg Whitman says there was a
willful effort to inflate Autonomy's revenue and profitability. Autonomy
founder Mike Lynch, who was fired by H-P in May 2012 for underperformance of
the unit after H-P's acquisition, denies these allegations. In a related
article it is made clear that analysts have long questioned Autonomy's
revenue recognition practices and questioned whether H-P overpaid for the
acquisition in 2011. Deloitte Touche as Autonomy's auditor is now facing
another situation in which the quality of its work is now being questioned.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article includes topics in revenue
recognition, IFRS versus U.S. GAAP, business combinations, and intangible
asset write downs.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Summarize the announcement made by H-P on which
this article reports. What types of assets do you think were written down in
the total $8.8 billion charge?
2. (Advanced) Access the press release on which this article is
based, available through its SEC filing on Form 8-K at
http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/47217/000004721712000033/0000047217-12-000033-index.htm.
Confirm your answer to question number 1 above about the types of assets
included in the write down.
3. (Advanced) How do classifications of revenue result in an asset
write down by an acquirer one year after completion of an acquisition?
Specifically describe how determining an asset account balance in a business
acquisition that may involve past or future revenue amounts.
4. (Introductory) Refer to the first related article. What is the
role of the Chief Financial Officer in assessing the propriety of accounting
at a target/acquired firm, both before and after establishing a price to be
paid by an acquirer?
5. (Advanced) Refer to the second related article. How is it
possible that differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS might result in
different timing of revenue recognition?
6. (Introductory) What does analyst Dan Mahoney think are issues
that led to H-P's allegations against Autonomy? How do both U.S.GAAP and
IFRS handle these issues in timing revenue recognition?
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
RELATED ARTICLES:
At H-P, Judgment Goes by the Board
by Rolfe Winkler
Nov 27, 2012
Page: C10
Long Before H-P Deal, Autonomy's Red Flag's
by Ben Worthen, Paul Sonne and Justin Scheck
Nov 27, 2012
Online Exclusive
"H-P Says It Was Duped, Takes $8.8 Billion Charge," by: Ben Worthen, The
Wall Street Journal, November 28, 2012 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324352004578130712448913412.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid&mg=reno-wsj
Hewlett-Packard Co. HPQ -0.50% said on Tuesday it
had been duped into overpaying for one of its largest acquisitions,
contributing to an $8.8 billion write-down and a huge quarterly loss.
The technology giant said that an internal
investigation had revealed "serious accounting improprieties" and "outright
misrepresentations" in connection with U.K. software maker Autonomy, which
H-P acquired for $11.1 billion in October 2011.
"There appears to have been a willful sustained
effort" to inflate Autonomy's revenue and profitability, said Chief
Executive Meg Whitman. "This was designed to be hidden."
Michael Lynch, Autonomy's founder and former CEO,
fired back hours later, denying improper accounting and accusing H-P of
trying to hide its mismanagement. "We completely reject the allegations,"
said Mr. Lynch, who left H-P earlier this year. "As soon as there is some
flesh put on the bones we will show they are not true."
H-P said Tuesday it alerted the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission and the U.K. Serious Fraud Office and requested that
they open investigations. The SEC and Federal Bureau of Investigation are
launching inquiries, according to people familiar with the probes. Timeline:
A History of Hewlett-Packard
View Interactive Bios: On H-P's Board for the
Troubled Purchase
View Interactive
The accounting-fraud claim adds to a string of
recent setbacks and controversies for Palo Alto, Calif.-based H-P, whose
board faced criticism over its handling of the departures of its last two
chief executives. Mark Hurd resigned in 2010 after he acknowledged having a
personal relationship with a company contractor. His successor, Leo
Apotheker, who spearheaded the Autonomy purchase, was forced out in 2011 and
replaced by Ms. Whitman.
H-P General Counsel John Schultz said the internal
investigation into the Autonomy deal began in May when he told Ms. Whitman
he had just spoken with a senior executive in the Autonomy software
business, who had alleged that executives at Autonomy had been cooking the
books before the acquisition. The identity of that senior executive couldn't
be determined.
A spokesman for Autonomy's accounting firm,
Deloitte LLP, said Tuesday: "Deloitte UK categorically denies that it had
any knowledge of any accounting improprieties or any misrepresentations in
Autonomy's financial statements, or that it was complicit in any accounting
improprieties or misrepresentations." [image]
Mr. Lynch, the former Autonomy CEO, said H-P is
"completely and utterly wrong." He said of Autonomy: "It is a business we
spent 10 years building. It was a world leader. It was destroyed in less
than a year by the petty infighting at H-P."
The accounting-fraud allegations punctuated another
grim set of financial results for H-P, one of the world's largest sellers of
personal computers, printers and other technology products and services. In
recent years, it has been hurt by executive turnover, cost cuts, mounting
debt and slowing demand for some products.
H-P said Tuesday it swung to a $6.9 billion loss
for its fiscal fourth quarter ended Oct. 31, while revenue fell 7% from a
year earlier. The charge for writing down Autonomy totaled $8.8 billion, of
which more than $5 billion is related to the accounting issues, with the
balance related partly to the unit's performance. Revenue fell across H-P's
PC, printer, services, and server and networking divisions.
Hewlett-Packard has claimed that the leadership at
Autonomy, the software firm it acquired last year, misrepresented its
performance as the deal was being negotiated. WSJ's Ben Rooney profiles the
company and its founder, Mike Lynch. Photo: Bloomberg Related Coverage
Autonomy Founder: We Were Ambushed Deloitte in an
Unwanted Spotlight Ex CEO Leo Apotheker: Due Diligence of Autonomy Was
Meticulous Meg Whitman: Those Responsible for Autonomy Deal Are Gone CIO
Report: CIOs to 'Keep an Eye' on H-P Amid Autonomy Write-Down Heard on the
Street: Another Fine Mess Heard on the Street: Fresh Blow for London Law
Blog: Should Lawyers Shoulder Any Blame? Corporate Intelligence: The Warning
Signs at Autonomy Deal Journal: The Advisers on the Deal Digits: Players
Behind the Buy Tech Europe: Mike Lynch Profile Deal Journal: Hewlett-Packard
Takes Second $8 Billion Deal Charge This Year Deal Journal: Remember
Oracle's Accusations Too Corporate Intelligence: Write Down Avoidable, With
Autonomy Software Transcript of H-P's Earnings Call
Previously
Autonomy CEO Fires Back at Larry Ellison (9/27/11)
Deal Profile: H-P Bids for Autonomy (8/18/11) Autonomy Shares Soar on H-P
Offer (8/19/11) Search Is Over for Autonomy (8/19/11) Tech Europe: H-P and
Autonomy: A Clash of Cultures (5/24/2012) Buyers Beware: The Goodwill Games
(8/14/12) Tech Europe: Autonomy's Lynch Says H-P Deal Marks IT Shift
(8/30/11) Europe Mixed Over Deal (8/19/11)
It was the technology giant's fifth straight
quarter of big declines, a trend Ms. Whitman said is likely to continue.
H-P's stock, which was already trading near a
10-year low, ended 4 p.m. trading at $11.71, down $1.59, or 12%, on the New
York Stock Exchange.
When the deal was announced in August 2011,
Autonomy was Britain's biggest software company and second-largest in
Europe, after Germany's SAP SAP.XE +0.38% AG. Its customers include
intelligence agencies, big corporations, banks and law firms. H-P said then
that Autonomy was key to its transformation into a higher-margin seller of
software.
H-P said Tuesday that Autonomy, before it was
acquired, had mischaracterized some sales of low-margin hardware as software
and had recognized some deals with partners as revenue, even when a customer
never bought the product.
At least one year before the H-P acquisition, an
Autonomy executive brought concerns about the company's accounting practices
to U.S. regulators including the SEC, according to people familiar with the
matter. Autonomy didn't trade on U.S. exchanges prior to the H-P deal, so it
is unclear whether U.S. agencies had jurisdiction.
H-P's internal team was aware of talk about
accounting irregularities at the time the deal was struck, people familiar
with the matter have said. At the time, one of these people said, H-P was
looking for a way to unwind the deal before it closed, but couldn't find any
material accounting issues.
Mr. Lynch, in an interview at the time, denied any
accounting irregularities. On Tuesday, he blamed any problems at Autonomy on
poor management by H-P and executive turnover.
Ms. Whitman said Tuesday the company relied on
Autonomy's regular auditor Deloitte and had hired KPMG for an additional
review before the deal closed. Neither firm found any irregularities then,
she said. KPMG declined comment.
Mr. Schultz, H-P's general counsel, said H-P was
shown "significant documentation from former Autonomy executives refuting
the allegations" of any accounting issues. In hindsight, "it's fair to say
those refutations were questionable," he said.
After H-P completed the deal, Autonomy's sales
suffered. On several occasions, H-P said the unit didn't meet expectations.
In May 2012, Mr. Lynch left H-P. Shortly after, the
unidentified Autonomy senior executive approached Mr. Schultz. Mr. Schultz
said that during a phone call to discuss other matters, the Autonomy
executive asked to speak with him in person.
The pair met in a conference room at H-P's Palo
Alto headquarters, where the executive provided an outline of the alleged
accounting fraud, Mr. Schultz said. The executive later provided some emails
and financial information that Mr. Schultz said substantiated the claim.
Working with auditing firm PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, an H-P team re-created Autonomy's books. People familiar with the
investigation said that the team found that for at least two years, Autonomy
booked sales of low-margin hardware products as software and would label the
cost of that hardware as marketing or other expenses, which made products
appear faster growing and more profitable than they really were.
Continued in article
"Who Will Be the Next Hewlett-Packard?" by Jonathan Weil, Bloomberg,
November 29, 2012 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-11-29/who-will-be-the-next-hewlett-packard-.html
Teaching case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
January 25, 2013
Google Has Prescription for Mobile
by: Rolfe Winkler
Jan 23, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
Click here to view the video on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Earning Announcements, Financial Reporting, Financial Statement
Analysis, Income Statement
SUMMARY: While other Internet businesses have faced challenges in the
transition from PCs to mobile devices, Google shows signs of stabilizing its
business across these different platforms. Problems developing business on
mobile platforms have arisen "...because advertisers still learning about
the new medium aren't paying as much to use it." Questions ask students to
understand the business model behind search engine technology, the
challenges facing the industry as it moves to mobile technology, and the
related performance metrics disclosed by Google in its Form 8-K filing of
the fourth quarter earnings release on which the article is based.
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any financial reporting or
financial statement analysis class to introduce students to the use of
financial information and an earnings release.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Advanced) How does Google earn revenues and profits from its search
engine on desktop and laptop computers?
2. (Introductory) What challenges face Google and other internet businesses
as users move to mobile technology?
3. (Introductory) Access the related online video. How did Google perform in
the 4th quarter of 2012 on these challenging aspects of its business?
4. (Advanced) Access the Google filing on Form 8-K at the SEC web site,
available at
http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1288776/000128877613000006/goog20121231exhibit991.htm
What metrics are highlighted on the announcement of its fourth quarter and
2012 results? Which of these metrics are shown on the company's income
statement (located further in the release)?
5. (Advanced) Choose one metric highlighted in the release that is based on
an income statement item. Explain how the description in the release allows
for the item to be compared from time period to time period.
6. (Advanced) Choose another metric highlighted in the release; explain how
it helps to support the discussion of Google's performance given in the
related video.
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Google Has Prescription for Mobile," by Rolfe Winkler. The Wall Street
Journal, January 23, 2013 ---
http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323301104578258323326457316.html?mod=djem_jiewr_AC_domainid
Perhaps the best sign of the strength of Google's
business is what hasn't happened to it.
Other Internet businesses have come down with a bad
case of the mobile flu as computing has transitioned from PCs to mobile
devices. That is because advertisers still learning about the new medium
aren't paying as much to use it. Facebook seems to be getting over it, while
others like online radio provider Pandora Media P +0.87%are still sick.
Analyst Mark Mahaney of RBC Capital Markets points
to two items in the results that undercut the idea that mobile threatens
Google's business. The company's cost of distributing its search results on
other platforms, including Apple Phones and iPads, began to stabilize. Also,
the decline in the price per click Google receives on its ads was just 4%
adjusted for currency fluctuations, compared with the prior year. In the
third quarter, the decline was 8%.
Google shares rose after the search giant reported
a higher fourth-quarter profit on strong online advertising sales. WSJ's
Amir Efrati reports. Indeed, in the long run, mobile seems more of an
opportunity than a challenge. After all, the rapid adoption of smartphones
will bring Web access to far more people world-wide than PCs ever could.
Google is as well positioned as anyone to
capitalize on this. Its Android mobile operating system dominates, with 63%
market share in the year through September, according to Strategy Analytics.
Continued in article
Texas: Bar Exam Passage Rates by University ---
http://www.ble.state.tx.us/stats/stats_0212.htm
"Too Many Attorneys," Dennis Elam's Blog, January 3, 2013 ---
http://professorelam.typepad.com/my_weblog/2013/01/too-many-attorneys.html
Bob Jensen's threads on Turkey Times for Overstuffed Law Schools ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#OverstuffedLawSchools
Audit committees might find it
helpful to review the PCAOB's report on deficiencies in audits of internal
control over financial reporting that it identified in 2010 inspections and
discuss it with their audit firm.
"The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit
deficiencies," Ernst & Young, January 10, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://www.ey.com/Publication/vwLUAssetsAL/TothePoint_EE0916_ICFR_10January2013/$FILE/TothePoint_EE0916_ICFR_10January2013.pdf
What you need to
know
• The PCAOB has issued a report on its 2010
inspections that provides its views about the number and significance of
deficiencies in audits of internal control over financial reporting (ICFR)
for the eight domestic registered firms that it inspects annually.
• The PCAOB found that 15% of integrated audits
failed to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to support the audit
opinion on the effectiveness of ICFR. The rate is expected to increase to
22% for 2011 inspections.
• report helpful in discussions with auditors about
their audit procedures over ICFR.
Overview
The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(PCAOB or Board) identified concerns about audits of ICFR in its report,
Observations from 2010 inspections of
domestic annually inspected firms regarding deficiencies in audits of
internal control over financial reporting.
The deficiencies identified during the inspections,
which generally involved 2009 audits, have raised questions about whether
auditors have completed sufficient procedures to support their audit
opinions on the effectiveness of ICFR and, as a result, their audit opinions
on the financial statements. The PCAOB also described what it believes are
the root causes contributing to the findings in this area.
No. 2013-02
10 January 2013
To the Point
PCAOB report
The PCAOB’s views on internal control audit
deficiencies
The PCAOB says a sharper focus is needed by audit
firms across the profession to improve the quality of auditing internal
control over financial reporting. Ernst & Young AccountingLink www.ey.com/us/accountinglink
2 10 January 2013 To the Point The PCAOB’s views on
internal control audit deficiencies
Background
PCAOB auditing standards lay out a risk-based
approach to auditing ICFR. The PCAOB’s inspections have challenged whether
auditors are appropriately applying the requirements of the standards in
their audits of ICFR, and identifies specific areas where the PCAOB believes
auditors are not meeting the requirements in all cases.
In its 2010 inspections, the PCAOB inspected 309
integrated audits performed by the eight firms. It noted that in 46 (15%) of
those audits, the firm failed to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence to
support its audit opinion on the effectiveness of ICFR. The PCAOB has said
this percentage will likely increase to 22% for its 2011 inspections, though
that number isn’t yet final.
The PCAOB noted that deficiencies in testing
internal controls can result in the failure to perform sufficient
substantive audit procedures because conclusions on the effectiveness of
ICFR usually support the extent of substantive testing performed as part of
the financial statement audit. Therefore, for a number of the audits with
deficiencies in testing ICFR, the inspections staff concluded that such work
also resulted in a failure to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence
to support the opinions on the financial statements. However, the PCAOB said
that in many cases, the inspections staff did not identify significant
issues in the audits of ICFR, which they said is encouraging and reflects
well on the firms’ ability to implement the auditing standards appropriately
when audit teams approach the issues properly.
How we see it
Sharper focus is needed by audit firms across the
profession to improve the quality of auditing ICFR. Ernst & Young has put
significant focus in the areas highlighted in the report and has taken
significant steps to help our audit teams focus on the matters necessary to
improve the execution of our audits of ICFR.
Key considerations
The report highlights six areas where PCAOB
inspectors identified deficiencies in the audits of ICFR, including the
failure to:
• Identify and sufficiently test controls that
are intended to address the risk of material misstatements — This often
results from an auditor’s insufficient understanding of how a process works
and what the likely sources of misstatement are in that process, and
consequently, an inability to appropriately evaluate whether management has
designed effective internal controls to address the risks of material
misstatement.
• Sufficiently test the design and operating
effectiveness of management review controls used to monitor the results of
operations (e.g., quarterly balance sheet reviews) — The PCAOB
challenged whether auditors performed sufficient testing to evaluate whether
management review controls were sensitive or precise enough to prevent or
detect errors or fraud that could result in a material misstatement to the
financial statements.
• Obtain sufficient evidence to update the
results of testing of controls from an interim date to year-end —
Inspection results indicate an overreliance on inquiry to update the results
on interim internal control testing through year-end, rather than an
appropriate mix of inquiry, observation, inspection and reperformance
procedures.
Ernst & Young AccountingLink www.ey.com/us/accountinglink
3 10 January 2013 To the Point The PCAOB’s views on
internal control audit deficiencies
• Sufficiently test the system-generated data
and reports that support important controls — When management uses
system-generated data in its controls (for example, a review of an accounts
receivable aging report), auditors are not always testing whether the
underlying data used in the control are accurate and complete.
• Sufficiently perform procedures for using the
work of others (e.g., internal auditors) — Inspectors believe that
auditors are, in certain cases, relying too heavily on the work of internal
auditors in areas with higher risk of material misstatement or higher
subjectivity (e.g., judgments and estimates) or relying on such work without
performing the necessary procedures to evaluate the design of the internal
auditor’s testing procedures.
• Sufficiently evaluate identified control
deficiencies and consider their effect on both the financial statement audit
and the audit of ICFR — Inspections indicated that auditors did not
always adequately document their consideration of whether control
deficiencies were a material weakness or significant deficiency
(individually or in the aggregate). Some auditors failed to consider and
document the effect that control deficiencies had on their strategy to
substantively test account balances to support their opinion on the
financial statements.
How we see it
Management and audit committees have likely noticed
more attention by their auditors in these areas. This focus will continue as
auditors continue their efforts to improve audits of ICFR.
As companies evaluate their own ICFR assessment
process, they should consider the areas highlighted by the PCAOB. Management
may find room for improvement in the design of the company’s controls, or in
the documentation and testing of controls.
The PCAOB identified the following root causes that
it believes may have contributed to the findings:
• Improper application of the top-down approach
detailed in the auditing standards, including overreliance on entity-level
controls (e.g., management review controls), not testing controls over all
significant accounts and disclosures, and not understanding the likely
sources of potential misstatements in an entity’s significant classes of
transactions to identify the appropriate controls to test
• Decreases in audit firm staffing through
attrition or other reductions, and related workload pressures
• Insufficient firm training and guidance,
including more focus on the areas highlighted in the report
• Ineffective communication with firms’ information
systems specialists on the engagement team
The report notes that firms should also perform
their own root cause analyses of the deficiencies identified, take
appropriate corrective actions and monitor whether such actions were
successful in remediating deficiencies.
PCAOB inspections have identified several specific
areas with deficiencies in the auditing of internal controls over financial
reporting.
Next steps
• We expect the PCAOB inspections staff to continue
its focus on the quality of audit procedures over ICFR.
• Audit committees and management are encouraged to
read and evaluate the report and discuss with their auditor how the auditor
is addressing issues identified by the PCAOB.
• Audit committees should consider engaging in
conversations with management about the issues identified by the PCAOB, and
consider whether improvements may be needed in the company’s ICFR assessment
process.
Continued in article
"Guide to PCAOB Inspections," Center for Audit Quality, 2012 ---
http://www.thecaq.org/resources/pdfs/GuidetoPCAOBInspections.pdf
Note this has a good explanation of how the inspection process works.
PCAOB Inspection Report Database ---
http://pcaobus.org/inspections/reports/pages/default.aspx
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
Teaching Case from The Wall Street Journal Accounting Weekly Review on
January 18, 2013
Two Auditors Charged Over Bank Failure
by:
Michael Rapoport
Jan 10, 2013
Click here to view the full article on WSJ.com
TOPICS: Audit Quality, Auditing, Banking, Loan Loss Allowance
SUMMARY: "The Securities and Exchange Commission charged two KPMG
LLP employees[-John A. Aesoph and Darren M. Bennett-]with failing to uncover
problems at a Nebraska bank that later failed....[The SEC said that the two
auditors] didn't do enough to scrutinize bad loan reserves...."
CLASSROOM APPLICATION: The article may be used in any class to
introduce the role of auditors versus accountants using questions 1 through
3. It may be used in an auditing class discussing validation procedures over
judgment based accounts and auditor responsibilities using all questions in
the review. NOTE: INSTRUCTORS WILL WANT TO ELIMINATE THE REMAINING
STATEMENTS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING TO STUDENTS. The review should bring students
to discuss the statement in the article that the bank had begun making
riskier loans. Doing so would lead auditors to consider expanding loan loss
review procedures. On the other hand, hindsight in 2013 about the riskiness
of the loans made during the height of the mortgage boom in 2008 might be
different than was the view at the time of the loan originations.
QUESTIONS:
1. (Introductory) Explain the role of auditors, internal
accountants, and executive management at a bank or any business.
2. (Introductory) Based on the description in the article, with
what wrongful acts does the SEC charge the two auditors? Compare these
actions to the wrongful acts the SEC alleges of the bank's managers.
3. (Advanced) How do these alleged wrongful acts in 2008 lead to
culpability for the bank failure in 2010? In your answer, explain the
accounting for loan loss reserves (allowances) and specifically highlight
the role of accounting in the bank's steps towards failure.
4. (Advanced) What are the audit objectives related to loans
receivable and the allowance for uncollectible accounts (or loan loss
reserve)? How are appraisals of loan collateral related to that process?
5. (Advanced) Consider the difficulty of deciding on audit
procedures for bank loan loss reserve accounts. What factors must be
considered in deciding on the procedures to undertake? What factors will
likely limit the planning of procedures? In your answer, discuss the role of
"red flags" (as described in the article) that the SEC alleges were present
in this case.
6. (Introductory) How do you think that "20/20 hindsight" might
influence the assessment of the audit work performed at TierOne Bank? In
your answer, comment on KPMG's statement about looking forward to
"presenting the facts in support of the work that was performed under the
circumstances at TierOne.'"
Reviewed By: Judy Beckman, University of Rhode Island
"Two (KPMG) Auditors Charged Over Bank Failure," by Michael Rapoport,
The Wall Street Journal, January 9, 2013 ---
Click Here
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324442304578231963265786232.html?mod=ITP_moneyandinvesting_1&mg=reno64-wsj
The Securities and Exchange Commission charged two
KPMG LLP employees with failing to uncover problems at a Nebraska bank that
later failed, marking the first time the agency has taken action against
auditors related to the financial crisis.
The two KPMG auditors, John J. Aesoph and Darren M.
Bennett, didn't do enough to scrutinize bad-loan reserves at TierOne Bank of
Lincoln, Neb., the SEC said in an administrative proceeding filed Wednesday.
The action could result in the two auditors losing their right to audit
public companies.
TierOne hid millions of dollars in losses on
troubled loans made during the height of the financial crisis before the
bank eventually failed in 2010, according to the commission, which filed
suit against three TierOne executives last year.
The SEC case against the auditors, more than four
years after the crisis, revives lingering questions about whether auditors
did enough to prevent questionable practices and whether authorities have
done enough to hold them to account.
While auditors weren't involved in financial
institutions' bad lending and risk-management decisions that helped prompt
the crisis, all of the Big Four accounting firms had major clients which
collapsed or required huge government bailouts, without any warning from the
auditors.
"I think it is about time [the SEC] took action
against the gatekeepers," said John Coffee, a Columbia University
securities-law professor. The SEC has been "somewhat egregious and far less
than aggressive" in taking action against auditors, attorneys and other
outside professionals who may have abetted the conduct that led to the
crisis, he said.
"This is an area where there ought to be a lot more
cases," added Barbara Roper, director of investor protection for the
Consumer Federation of America. "It does suggest a pretty significant
problem with the auditors, and with audits of financial institutions a lot
bigger and more central to the financial system than this bank in Nebraska."
An SEC spokesman, said "the criticisms are
misinformed and belied by our unmatched record of achievement in financial
crisis cases." KPMG, which wasn't charged in the TierOne case, said in a
statement that its auditors "look forward to presenting the facts in support
of the work that was performed under the circumstances at TierOne."
Attorneys for Mr. Aesoph and Mr. Bennett couldn't be reached for comment.
Other authorities have filed only a handful of
crisis-related cases against auditors. The New York attorney's general
office has sued Ernst & Young LLP, alleging the firm turned a blind eye to
accounting fraud at its client Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. before Lehman
collapsed. Last fall, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. sued
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Crowe Horwath LLP, alleging they failed to
prevent a fraud scheme that led to the failure of Alabama's Colonial Bank.
The accounting firms have denied any wrongdoing in those cases.
In the TierOne case, the SEC alleges that Mr.
Aesoph, a KPMG partner, and Mr. Bennett, a senior manager, ignored red flags
and relied on outdated appraisals of the collateral backing TierOne's loans
when their 2008 audit gave the bank a clean bill of health. In fact,
according to the SEC, the bank had expanded into riskier types of lending in
Las Vegas, Arizona and Florida, and its top executives misled investors and
regulators about the losses TierOne was experiencing.
Continued in article
"Finally, the SEC Goes After a Failed Bank’s Auditors," by Jonathan
Weil, Bloomberg, January 9, 2013 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-09/finally-the-sec-goes-after-a-failed-bank-s-auditors.html
The Securities and Exchange Commission is finally
doing something that desperately needed to be done: Suing the auditors of a
failed bank that got caught cooking its books.
Today the SEC’s enforcement division
accused two accountants at KPMG LLP of engaging in
unprofessional conduct during their 2008 audit of TierOne Corp., a Lincoln,
Nebraska- based lender that had about $3 billion in assets when it collapsed
in 2010. The agency hasn’t reached settlements with either of the men, John
Aesoph, 40, and Darren Bennett, 35, and their lawyers didn’t immediately
return phone calls.
The SEC’s administrative order accuses the pair of
“failing to subject TierOne’s loan loss estimates -- one of the highest risk
areas of the audit -- to appropriate scrutiny.” It also said they “violated
numerous PCAOB audit standards, failed to obtain sufficient competent
evidential matter to support their audit conclusions, and failed to exercise
due professional care and appropriate professional skepticism.” (PCAOB
stands for Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.)
The SEC already had filed accounting-fraud claims
against three former TierOne executives, two of whom reached settlements and
paid fines last September. As I asked at the time: When will the SEC finally
go after the auditors? At least in these particular auditors’ instance, the
answer is today.
It was TierOne’s regulator, the U.S. Office of
Thrift Supervision, that caught the bank’s accounting manipulations -- not
KPMG, which continually blessed TierOne’s financial statements and resigned
as auditor only weeks before the bank failed in 2010. Last year TierOne’s
Chapter 7 bankruptcy trustee sued KPMG, accusing it of negligence and
breaches of fiduciary duty. The SEC didn’t file claims against KPMG itself
today.
It has been frustrating to look at the SEC’s own
highlights of the lawsuits it has filed in connection with the financial
crisis -- and to see that none of them had been against an auditor. Now the
SEC will have one case to cite, albeit against a couple of small fries. It
also should be stressed that the agency hasn’t proved any of its allegations
against these two accountants. Surely the SEC can find some bigger targets
out there in the auditing world if it wants to.
Bob Jensen's threads on KPMG litigations ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Consistency in Financial Reporting
IASB Chairman Hans Hoogervorst gave a speech at the Cass Business School in
London, on the search for consistency in financial reporting standards. In his
speech, he outlines five ways that the IASB is helping to promote a more
consistent application of IFRS.
IAS Plus, January 25, 2013 ---
http://www.iasplus.com/en/news/2013/01/hans-hoogervorst-addresses-consistency-in-financial-reporting
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting standard setting controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm#MethodsForSetting
"The Best Undergraduate Accounting Programs According to Tax Hiring
Authorities," Jobs in Tax, January 25, 2013 ---
http://www.taxtalent.com/mstsurvey/2013_JobsInTax_Undergraduate_Accounting_Survey.pdf
Bob Jensen's threads on ranking controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
From Paul Caron's Tax Prof Blog on January 25, 2013
NY Times Debate: What Should Tax Reform Do?
New York Times,
Room for Debate: What Should Tax Reform Do?:
Raising taxes on wealthy Americans, as
was
agreed upon by Congress earlier this month, won’t be enough to deal
with the nation’s budget deficit. Some would argue that we also need to
raise taxes on everyone. At the very least, a broader conversation
about this country’s tax policy is necessary, and that means asking a
simple question: What should tax reform do?
Case Studies in Gaming the Income Tax Laws ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/temp/TaxNoTax.htm
U.K. Refuses to Extend Legal Privilege to Accountants ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2013-01-23/prudential-loses-u-k-top-court-case-over-tax-advice.html
Vermont Law School to Offer Buy-Outs to (ten) Faculty Next Month Due to
Declining Enrollment ---
http://www.vnews.com/news/3896880-95/buyouts-laid-law-members
Note that you only get one freebie from Valley News
Bob Jensen's threads on overstuffed law schools ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#OverstuffedLawSchools
You know you're getting old when your monthly
planner only has entries for doctor, dentist, and medical lab appointments.
Bob Jensen
"Sandwich Generation: What are our Ethical Obligations to Care for our
Aged-Parents and Children?" by accounting professor Steven Mintz, Ethics
Sage, January 25, 2013 ---
http://www.ethicssage.com/2013/01/sandwich-generation.html
Review of The Pirate Organization: Lessons From the Fringes of Capitalism
"In Praise of Piracy," by David Wescott, Chronicle of Higher
Education," January 21, 2013 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/Innovation-Matey-/136685/
From 1719 to 1722, Captain Bartholomew Roberts
(also known as Black Bart) attacked and captured hundreds of ships off the
coasts of Africa, North America, and Brazil. In 1963 DJs commandeered a
platform in international waters in the North Sea. Their Radio Noordzee
broadcasts circumvented Dutch state regulations and angered the government,
which sent the Royal Marines to quickly end the experiment. In 2001, after a
collision between an American intelligence aircraft and a Chinese fighter
jet, the Honker Union of China, a hacker group, launched a cyber-assault on
hundreds of Western Web sites. The Chinese government denounced the attacks.
These are among the examples of piracy brought
together in The Pirate Organization: Lessons From the Fringes of Capitalism,
out recently in English translation from Harvard Business Review Press (the
original French work was published in 2010). The authors—Rodolphe Durand and
Jean-Philippe Vergne, specialists in strategy at the business schools of HEC
Paris and the University of Western Ontario, respectively—believe it is no
coincidence that the golden ages of capitalism and piracy have overlapped.
They go further: Businesses and management culture can learn from
well-organized, efficient pirate organizations.
Durand and Vergne argue that professional piracy is
not driven by maliciousness or chaos; piracy is instead the rational,
opportunistic, and often capitalistic drive to operate outside the laws of
nation states. "Piracy is not random," the authors write. "It is
predictable." To make this definition stick, some distinctions concerning
piracy must be made. Durand and Vergne suggest that pirates operate outside
state jurisdiction, and develop discordant or alternative rules that
directly challenge "the very ideas of sovereignty and territory." "High-seas
banditry," for instance, is not tantamount to organized piratical
behavior—it takes more than Kalashnikovs and fishing boats to convince the
authors. Offshore DJs, Internet groups like Anonymous, and DNA hackers are
what they have in mind.
According to Durand and Vergne, pirate
organizations are uniquely suited to making innovations, especially in areas
that companies or governments are hesitant to explore. "Advances that took
modern governments several centuries to institutionalize were established by
the pirates of the Caribbean and Madagascar: democratic elections of
leaders, separation of powers, equality between members, and an early form
of social insurance," write the authors.
Vergne conceived of the book when he took a break
from researching the economics of cyber-piracy to tour Amsterdam's Maritime
Museum; he was interested in the way piracy "fits into a role played by
socially contested organizations," like the Mafia, he says in a phone
interview. "It's the dark side of capitalism." Still, publishing an
ostensibly pro-piracy text poses certain challenges (and opportunities) not
seen in more copyright-friendly publishing. The authors see the book as an
open-ended attempt to disseminate their ideas: "The Pirate Organization is
not just a book but a broad interdisciplinary project aimed at connecting
the social sciences, contemporary artistic creation, and civil society."
In 2010, for the initial book release, Durand and
Vergne used their royalties to commission an experimental rock song,
"L'Organisation Pirate," by the band Chevreuil. The song was released under
a creative-commons license, and individual instrument tracks were available
for download and remixing. (The "Wikileax" and "Plukx" remixes are currently
featured on the book's Web site, pirateorganization.com. The former is an
ominous, synth-and-piano construction; the latter sounds a lot like white
noise.) "We were trying to find a way to diffuse the ideas," Vergne
explains. Resigned to the reality of digital piracy ("It's how things are,"
says Vergne), the authors uploaded their own book to a file-sharing site.
During a French radio appearance they encouraged listeners to download their
book free of charge.
For the English publication, Durand and Vergne had
a video called "What Is the Pirate Organization?" created and uploaded to
YouTube. The video features music from the original and remixed tracks, and
briefly covers the core contents of the book. It has had over 4,500 views.
And while the authors have refrained from releasing the entire English
edition of the book free online, a chapter is available to download from
their Web site.
For a book first published more than two years ago,
The Pirate Organization has had a surprisingly long afterlife. "We created a
course based on the book that's still being taught at HEC," says Vergne.
Additionally, the authors have been invited by at least one multinational
company to create a "Pirate Space"—a place, as Vergne explains, "to go
during work time when you can work on whatever you want in a more
nonhierarchical, organic way."
So are business schools, generally speaking,
learning from or resisting the lessons of piracy?
Vergne believes business education is slowly
adapting to lessons "from the fringes of capitalism." On the one hand, "they
encourage the diffusion of knowledge," especially through collaborative
research with the social sciences. Vergne concedes that they sometimes fail
to encourage students to work in new, unregulated fields, but stresses his
optimism: "Business schools are not merely reproducing existing patterns.
It's a very exciting place to be."
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
Obviously these guys have never sailed on a real pirate ship, including one from
Somalia..
"Labor group asks Hewlett-Packard to replace auditor E&Y,"by Dena
Aubin Reuters, January 18, 2013 ---
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/01/18/us-usa-audit-hewlett-ernst-idUSBRE90H19N20130118
A U.S. investor activist group affiliated with
large labor unions is asking Hewlett-Packard Co to replace its auditor,
Ernst & Young, over the technology giant's troubled acquisition of UK
software company Autonomy.
Change to Win Investment Group (CtW), based in
Washington, D.C., also is seeking a revamp of HP's audit committee, which is
responsible for overseeing Ernst & Young's long-standing relationship as the
auditor that reviews HP's books.
Spokesmen for HP and Ernst & Young declined to
comment.
Labor union pension funds own large stakes in many
U.S. companies and often use them as platforms to push for changes in how
those corporations are managed. Union pension funds tied to CtW invest more
than $200 billion in stocks, including shares in HP, said CtW in a letter to
an HP board member on Thursday.
CtW questioned why Ernst & Young did not spot
problems at Autonomy. "HP is clearly a company facing serious challenges,"
CtW said in its letter. "Unfortunately, the highly conflicted, decade-long
relationship between Ernst & Young and HP cannot provide shareholders with
the reassurance they need."
Auditors are outside accounting firms retained by
corporations to vet their books regularly and offer an opinion on the
validity of financial results. The four firms that dominate auditing
worldwide - Ernst & Young, KPMG, Deloitte and PricewaterhouseCoopers - are
faced with ever-rising scrutiny of their role in investor losses and
accounting lapses.
The CtW letter was addressed to Rajiv Gupta,
chairman of the corporate governance committee of HP's board. It was signed
by William Patterson, executive director of CtW Investment Group.
Gupta could not be reached for comment.
HP, AUTONOMY CLASH
HP said in November that it overpaid for Autonomy
in 2011. HP accused Autonomy of serious accounting improprieties. Autonomy
has rejected the allegations and said HP was looking for "scapegoats."
CtW urged HP to name an independent special master
to investigate and report to shareholders on the Autonomy deal, as well as
on an earlier acquisition of Electronic Data Systems Corp (EDS), which CtW
said was "equally disastrous."
HP has said it is deferring to U.S. and UK
regulators to investigate the allegations it has made against Autonomy.
HP in August swung to an $8.9 billion quarterly
loss as it swallowed a write-down linked to its $13.9 billion purchase of
EDS. That was followed in November by an $8.8 billion writedown on
Autonomy's value, which HP blamed largely on improper accounting at the
software company.
Ernst & Young was not Autonomy's auditor. But
according to CtW, the accounting firm had an opportunity to spot Autonomy's
problems when it reviewed the goodwill, or intangible value, that HP
recorded for its acquisition of Autonomy.
However, one risk expert said CtW was putting the
blame in the wrong place. A separate due diligence team, not the auditor,
was responsible for determining the value of Autonomy, said Peter Bible,
chief risk officer at EisnerAmper, an accounting and consulting firm.
"The auditors didn't buy the company, HP did. And
the people inside HP ought to be the ones held accountable for the purchase
price that was paid," Bible said.
CtW questioned whether Ernst & Young was
independent enough to audit HP because of the large amount of non-audit
services Ernst provided to HP, including tax consulting and lobbying.
Washington Council, a tax lobbying firm acquired by
Ernst in 2000, lobbied for HP from 2000 to 2004, CtW said.
AUDITING, LOBBYING EYED
Government lobbying records and U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission filings show that Ernst & Young was HP's auditor while
Washington Council was registered as a lobbyist for HP.
Reuters reported last week that the SEC was
investigating whether Ernst violated auditor rules by letting its lobbying
unit perform work for some major audit clients.
Ernst has said all of its services for audit
clients undergo considerable scrutiny to be sure they are within the rules.
U.S. independence rules bar auditors from serving
in an "advocacy role" for audit clients. The goal of this rule is to ensure
that auditors are objective regarding companies they audit so that they can
serve as watchdogs for investors.
It is not clear what type of lobbying activities
would be barred under the prohibition against advocacy.
The 2002 Sarbanes-Oxley Act restricted the type of
non-audit services that audit firms can provide, but broad exceptions were
granted for tax consulting services.
CtW said that HP was out of step with its peers in
using Ernst for significant services other than audit work. The other fees
paid to Ernst are much higher than those paid by Dell Inc and Apple Inc to
their audit firms, CtW said.
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
"Nonprofit Compensation Report: The Most Comprehensive Analysis Available,"
GuideStar, 2012 ---
Click Here
http://www.guidestar.org/rxg/products/nonprofit-compensation-solutions/guidestar-nonprofit-compensation-report.aspx?hq_e=el&hq_m=1921568&hq_l=3&hq_v=431909e8ea
"Exclusive: SEC probes Ernst & Young over audit client lobbying," by
Sarah N. Lynch and Dena Aubin, Chicago Tribune, January 7, 2013 ---
http://www.chicagotribune.com/business/sns-rt-us-usa-accounting-ernst-secbre9060vx-20130107,0,5471559.story
The Securities and Exchange Commission is
investigating whether auditing company Ernst & Young violated auditor rules
by letting its lobbying unit perform work for several major audit clients,
people familiar with the matter told Reuters.
The SEC inquiry began shortly after Reuters
reported in March 2012 that Washington Council Ernst & Young, the E&Y unit,
was registered as a lobbyist for several corporate audit clients including
Amgen Inc, CVS Caremark Corp and Verizon Communications Inc [ID:nL2E8DL649],
according to one of the sources.
The SEC's enforcement division and its Office of
the Chief Accountant are looking in to the issue, according to the two
sources, who spoke in recent days and who could not be named because the
investigation is not public.
It is unclear how far along the probe is, or
whether it could result in the SEC filing civil charges against Ernst &
Young, one of the world's largest audit and accounting firms.
An SEC spokesman declined to comment.
Ernst & Young spokeswoman Amy Call Well declined to
comment on whether the company was being investigated. "All of our services
for audit clients undergo considerable scrutiny to confirm they are
consistent with applicable rules," she said.
U.S. independence rules bar auditors from serving
in an "advocacy role" for audit clients. The goal is to allow auditors to
maintain some degree of objectivity regarding the companies they audit,
based on the idea that auditors are watchdogs for investors and should not
be promoting management's interests.
The SEC's rule does not definitively say whether
lobbying could compromise an auditor's independence. It is more focused on
barring legal advocacy, such as expert witness testimony.
In interviews last year, former SEC Chief
Accountant Jim Kroeker told Reuters that certain lobbying activities could
potentially be covered under the general prohibition on advocacy. Kroeker is
now an executive at Deloitte, a rival of Ernst & Young.
'ABUNDANTLY CLEAR' LINE
Harvard Business School Professor Max Bazerman said
on Monday that it was "abundantly clear" that a firm that is lobbying for a
company is no longer capable of independently auditing that company.
Ernst & Young has previously said it complied with
independence rules. It also said that it did not act in an advocacy role and
that the work performed by its lobbying unit was limited to tax issues.
Tax consulting is a permissible activity under
auditor independence rules if it does not involve public advocacy.
About two months after publication of the Reuters
story, federal records showed Washington Council Ernst & Young was no longer
registered as a lobbyist for Amgen, CVS Caremark or Verizon Communications.
A spokesman for Amgen did not immediately respond
to calls seeking comment. Verizon and CVS spokesmen declined to comment.
Ernst & Young also terminated a lobbying
relationship with a fourth company, Nomura Holdings Inc, which also used an
E&Y affiliate for auditing services.
Obtaining an independent view on the books is the
main reason companies are required to hire outside auditors, said Richard
Kaplan, law professor at the University of Illinois.
Continued in article
"Ernst & Young
'covered up judge bribe case’," by Jonathan
Russell, London Telegraph, June 30, 2012 ---
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financial-crime/9367075/Ernst-and-Young-covered-up-judge-bribe-case.html
A senior
partner closed an investigation into a £100,000 “bribe” despite
colleagues suspecting the money had been paid to a judge overseeing
a multi-million-pound tax case the company was fighting.
The
allegations were disclosed by former E&Y partner and whistle-blower
Cathal Lyons, who is suing the accountant for $6m for breach of
contract.
He claims
medical insurance he was relying on to treat injuries sustained in a
car accident was withdrawn after he raised the issue of the alleged
bribe with the accountant’s global head office in London.
Mr Lyons
was a partner with E&Y’s Russian practice when the alleged
wrongdoing came to light. It was originally investigated by James
Mandel, E&Y’s general counsel in Moscow. In a witness statement
supplied in support of Mr Lyons’s case, Mr Mandel said he suspected
the payment may have been corrupt and wrote a report to that effect.
“I had the
suspicion that this payment was not a proper payment for legal fees,
but was an illegal payment possibly made to facilitate a positive
outcome of a tax case,” he claimed in his witness statement.
He
suspected that the €120,000 payment via a Russian law firm was made
to influence a 390m rouble (£8.4m) court case brought by Russian tax
authorities investigating a tax avoidance scheme E&Y was using to
pay its Russian partners. E&Y was later cleared of liability in the
case.
The
accountant has admitted there was an investigation into allegations
of bribery, but said the case was closed by Herve Labaude, a senior
partner, in January 2010.
Mr Lyons
claims that after he reported his concerns about the case to E&Y’s
global head office, his medical insurance was withdrawn and he was
dismissed.
In his writ
he says the dismissal flowed from “personal animosity against him
rising from a discussion in late 2010 between the claimant and Maz
Krupski [E&Y’s director of global tax and statutory] regarding
alleged corruption by the practice.”
Mr Lyons relied on his medical insurance to cover the
cost of treatment flowing from a serious car accident he suffered in
2006. The accident left him with permanent disabilities and partial
amputation. It is estimated medical cover in his current condition
would cost $300,000 per year. He is suing for 20 years’ cover, or
$6m.
Continued in article
"Ernst & Young
dismissed from IndyMac shareholder case," by Amanda Bronstad,
Law.com, June 8, 2012 ---
http://www.law.com/jsp/nlj/PubArticleNLJ.jsp?id=1202558691320&Ernst__Young_dismissed_from_IndyMac_shareholder_case&slreturn=1
Jensen Comments
The courts have been very kind to large auditing firms that allowed
clients to grossly underestimate bad debt reserves and failed to detect
(or at least report) insider frauds and going concern questions for
nearly 2,000 clients that went bankrupt after 2007. This particular
IndyMac case judge was also not a bit sympathetic with the SEC's case in
general.
"An (Almost) Unnoticed $497
Million Accounting Error," by Jonathon Weil, Bloomberg, May
2, 2012 ---
http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-05-02/an-almost-unnoticed-497-million-accounting-error.html
One
telltale sign of a
bull market
is that investors don't care as much about dodgy corporate
accounting practices. A case in point: the public reaction -- or
lack thereof -- to a financial restatement disclosed late yesterday
afternoon by Williams Cos., the natural-gas producer.
Williams
didn't issue a press release about the
restatement. As far as I can tell, there have been no news reports
about the company's accounting errors, which Williams divulged in a
filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. They aren't a small matter, though.
As a result
of the restatement, Williams said its shareholder equity fell $497
million, or 28 percent, to $1.3 billion as of Dec. 31. Additionally,
the company said it had "identified a material weakness in internal
control over financial reporting," which is never a good sign. Net
income wasn't affected.
Shares of
Williams were trading for $33.65 this afternoon, down 73 cents,
after setting a 52-week high yesterday. The stock is up 88 percent
since Oct. 4.
Williams,
which is audited by Ernst & Young, said the restatement was
necessary to correct errors in deferred tax liabilities related to
its investment in Williams Partners LP, a publicly traded master
limited partnership in which it owns a 68 percent stake. A Williams
spokesman, Jeff Pounds, declined to comment when asked why the
company didn't issue a press release flagging the restatement.
The answer
seems obvious, though: The company didn't want anyone to write about
it. Oh well.
Bob Jensen's threads on Ernst & Young are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001.htm
Bob Jensen's threads on audit firm professionalism and independence are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Fraud001c.htm
"For Newly Minted M.B.A.s, a Smaller Paycheck Awaits," by Ruth Simon,
The Wall Street Journal, January 6, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887324296604578175764143141622.html?mg=reno64-wsj
Like many students, Steve Vonderweidt hoped that a
master's degree in business administration would open doors to a new job
with a higher paycheck.
But now, about eight months after receiving his
M.B.A. from the University of Louisville, Mr. Vonderweidt, 36 years old,
hasn't been able to find a job in the private sector, and continues to work
as an administrator at a social-service agency that helps Louisville
residents obtain food stamps, health care and other assistance. He is
saddled with about $75,000 in student-loan debt—much of it from graduate
school.
"It was a really great program," says Mr.
Vonderweidt. "But the job part has been atrocious."
Soaring tuition costs, a weak labor market and a
glut of recent graduates such as Mr. Vonderweidt are upending the notion
that professional degrees like M.B.A.s are a sure ticket to financial
success.
The M.B.A.'s lot is partly reflected in starting
pay. While available figures vary by schools and employers, recruiters'
expected median salary for newly hired M.B.A.s was essentially flat between
2008 and 2011, not adjusting for inflation, according to a survey by the
Graduate Management Admission Council.
For graduates with minimal experience—three years
or less—median pay was $53,900 in 2012, down 4.6% from 2007-08, according to
an analysis conducted for The Wall Street Journal by PayScale.com. Pay fell
at 62% of the 186 schools examined.
Even for more seasoned grads the trend is similar,
says Katie Bardaro, lead economist for PayScale.com. "In general, it seems
that M.B.A. pay is either stagnant or falling," she says.
The pressures are greatest for those attending less
prestigious schools, says Stanford Business School professor Paul Oyer, who
studies personnel trends. But even at top programs, some graduates are
likely to struggle in today's environment, he says.
Another burdensome issue: a high debt load. Nearly
60% of graduating M.B.A.s said they expected to repay some loans after
graduation, according to a 2012 GMAC survey. Among households headed by
people with student debt who attended graduate school and are under 35,
average student loan debt climbed to $81,758 in 2010 according a Wall Street
Journal analysis of Federal Reserve data. That figure is up from $55,594 in
2007.
It is all a far cry from the late 1980s and early
1990s heyday for M.B.A.s, when some companies would hire 100 or more M.B.A.s.
It wasn't uncommon to recruit first, and fill actual jobs later.
"Some of those companies would hire today barely in
the single-digits," says Mark Peterson, president of the M.B.A. Career
Services Council.
A weak economic climate is only partly to blame for
the M.B.A.'s plight. The changing nature of B-school programs, evolving
corporate needs—as well as the perceived value of the degree—have all helped
dilute the M.B.A.'s allure.
Formerly, the traditional M.B.A. was mainly the
product of a full-time, two-year program. But beginning in the early 1990s,
many schools created part-time and executive M.B.A. programs, with
lower-ranked schools often following in the footsteps of academic leaders.
Online degrees also gained in popularity.
As a result, the number of M.B.A. degrees granted
has grown faster than the population, says Brooks Holtom, a management
professor at Georgetown University's McDonough School of Business.
"An M.B.A. is a club that is now not exclusive," he
says. "You should not assume that this less exclusive club is going to
confer the same benefits."
Today's global corporate culture amplifies the
competition. "We are trying to internationalize our business like everyone
else," says Lee Ashton, director of international human resources at spirits
maker Brown-Forman Corp. BF.B +0.37% With 58% of its business outside the
U.S., the Louisville company has stepped up recruiting of M.B.A.s from
abroad.
U.S. schools granted a record 126,214 masters
degrees in business and administration in the 2010-2011 academic year, a 74%
jump from 2000-2001, according to the Department of Education. The M.B.A.
march is part of an overall boom in advanced degrees that took on added
steam as some recent college graduates and others sought refuge from the
recession by pursuing advanced degrees. Tuition and fees for full-time
M.B.A. programs has risen 24% over the past three years, according to the
main body that accredits U.S. business schools.
It is unclear how many M.B.A.s the market really
needs. Recently, more companies have indicated that "they are moving away
from an emphasis on M.B.A.s" and are instead hiring more undergraduates at
lower salaries that they can then train in-house, says Camille Kelly, vice
president of employer branding at Universum, a firm that advises companies
on how to attract and retain the best employees. Companies, she says, "still
will do M.B.A. hiring, but it won't be to the same extent they have in the
past."
Continued in article
Bob Jensen's threads on careers are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#careers
Those Deceptive For-Profit University Promotional Websites
Almost daily I get requests to link to commercial sites disguised to be
academic helper sites. Over half these requests are on behalf of for-profit
universities, although the sites themselves are getting more and more clever
about hiding the fact that they are promotional sites for for-profit
universities. At the same time, I'm getting smarter about detecting these sites
and no longer link to them on my Website or on the AECM.
I think that for-profit universities pay people to promote their sites on
some basis such as pay-per-click.
To get more eyeballs, these for-profit university promotion sites are adding
so called helpers that I've discovered in some cases have simply plagiarized
material from other sites such as the History of Pacioli. In some instances the
efforts to provide helpers are more legitimate. Nevertheless it galls me to link
to these deceptive for-profit university sites. By "deceptive" I mean such
thinks as providing links to distance education programs in selected fields like
accounting, nursing, pharmacy, etc. Even though there are better and nearly
always cheaper distance education degree programs from state-supported
universities, those universities are excluded from the for-profit distance
education promotional sites. For example, the only distance education degree
programs in accounting will those degree programs available from for-profit
universities.
Having said this there are some useful for-profit university promotion sites.
For example, the "40 Essential Links for CPA Exam Prep & Practice" is a
rather helpful site at AccountingDegree.com ---
http://www.accountingdegree.com/blog/2012/40-essential-links-for-cpa-exam-prep-practice/
At the same time, there is much misleading information at this
AccountingDegree.com site. For example, consider the various rankings of online
universities at
http://oedb.org/rankings
In most cases the various better and cheaper non-profit colleges and
universities are not even mentioned by AccountingDegree.com.
Hence I am torn about posting links to for-profit university Websites. It's
helpful to have the "40 Essential Links for CPA Exam Prep & Practice" is
a rather helpful site at AccountingDegree.com ---
http://www.accountingdegree.com/blog/2012/40-essential-links-for-cpa-exam-prep-practice/
But it's deceptive when those sites never mention that there are cheaper and
better distance education degree programs from nonprofit state universities.
Some of the better and cheaper non-profit distance education programs have been
highlighted by US News are listed below. You will never find these
programs mentioned by AccountingDebree.com or most any for-profit university
promotional Website.
"'U.S. News' Sizes Up Online-Degree Programs, Without Specifying Which Is
No. 1," by Nick DeSantis, Chronicle of Higher Education, January 10,
2012 ---
http://chronicle.com/article/US-News-Sizes-Up/130274/?sid=wc&utm_source=wc&utm_medium=en
U.S. News & World Report has published its
first-ever guide to online degree programs—but distance-education leaders
looking to trumpet their high rankings may find it more difficult to brag
about how they placed than do their colleagues at residential institutions.
Unlike the magazine's annual rankings of
residential colleges, which cause consternation among many administrators
for reducing the value of each program into a single headline-friendly
number, the new guide does not provide lists based on overall program
quality; no university can claim it hosts the top online bachelor's or
online master's program. Instead, U.S. News produced "honor rolls"
highlighting colleges that consistently performed well across the ranking
criteria.
Eric Brooks, a U.S. News data research
analyst, said the breakdown of the rankings into several categories was
intentional; his team chose its categories based on areas with enough
responses to make fair comparisons.
"We're only ranking things that we felt the
response rates justified ranking this year," he said.
The rankings, which will be published today,
represent a new chapter in the 28-year history of the U.S. News
guide. The expansion was brought on by the rapid growth of online learning.
More than six million students are now taking at least one course online,
according to a recent survey of more than 2,500 academic leaders by the
Babson Survey Research Group and the College Board.
U.S. News ranked colleges with bachelor's
programs according to their performance in three categories: student
services, student engagement, and faculty credentials. For programs at the
master's level, U.S. News added a fourth category, admissions
selectivity, to produce rankings of five different disciplines: business,
nursing, education, engineering, and computer information technology.
To ensure that the inaugural rankings were
reliable, Mr. Brooks said, U.S. News developed its ranking
methodology after the survey data was collected. Doing so, he said, allowed
researchers to be fair to institutions that interpreted questions
differently.
Some distance-learning experts criticized that
technique, however, arguing that the methodology should have been
established before surveys were distributed.
Russell Poulin, deputy director of research and
analysis for the WICHE Cooperative for Educational Technologies, which
promotes online education as part of the Western Interstate Commission for
Higher Education, said that approach allowed U.S. News to ask the
wrong questions, resulting in an incomplete picture of distance-learning
programs.
"It sort of makes me feel like I don't know who won
the baseball game, but I'll give you the batting average and the number of
steals and I'll tell you who won," he said. Mr. Poulin and other critics
said any useful rankings of online programs should include information on
outcomes like retention rates, employment prospects, and debt
load—statistics, Mr. Brooks said, that few universities provided for this
first edition of the U.S. News rankings. He noted that the surveys
will evolve in future years as U.S. News learns to better tailor
its questions to the unique characteristics of online programs.
W. Andrew McCollough, associate provost for
information technology, e-learning, and distance education at the University
of Florida, said he was "delighted" to discover that his institution's
bachelor's program was among the four chosen for honor-roll inclusion. He
noted that U.S. News would have to customize its questions in the
future, since he found some of them didn't apply to online programs. He
attributed that mismatch to the wide age distribution and other diverse
demographic characteristics of the online student body.
The homogeneity that exists in many residential
programs "just doesn't exist in the distance-learning environment," he said.
Despite the survey's flaws, Mr. McCollough said, the effort to add to the
body of information about online programs is helpful for prospective
students.
Turnout for the surveys varied, from a 50 percent
response rate among nursing programs to a 75 percent response rate among
engineering programs. At for-profit institutions—which sometimes have a
reputation for guarding their data closely—cooperation was mixed, said Mr.
Brooks. Some, like the American Public University System, chose to
participate. But Kaplan University, one of the largest providers of online
education, decided to wait until the first rankings were published before
deciding whether to join in, a spokesperson for the institution said.
Though this year's rankings do not make definitive
statements about program quality, Mr. Brooks said the research team was
cautious for a reason and hopes the new guide can help students make
informed decisions about the quality of online degrees.
"We'd rather not produce something in its first
year that's headline-grabbing for the wrong reasons," he said.
'Honor Roll' From 'U.S. News' of Online Graduate Programs
in Business
Institution |
Teaching
Practices and Student Engagement |
Student
Services and Technology |
Faculty
Credentials and Training |
Admissions
Selectivity |
Arizona State U., W.P. Carey School of Business |
24 |
32 |
37 |
11 |
Arkansas State U. |
9 |
21 |
1 |
36 |
Brandman U. (Part of the Chapman U. system) |
40 |
24 |
29 |
n/a |
Central Michigan U. |
11 |
3 |
56 |
9 |
Clarkson U. |
4 |
24 |
2 |
23 |
Florida Institute of Technology |
43 |
16 |
23 |
n/a |
Gardner-Webb U. |
27 |
1 |
15 |
n/a |
George Washington U. |
20 |
9 |
7 |
n/a |
Indiana U. at Bloomington, Kelley School of Business |
29 |
19 |
40 |
3 |
Marist College |
67 |
23 |
6 |
5 |
Quinnipiac U. |
6 |
4 |
13 |
16 |
Temple U., Fox School of Business |
39 |
8 |
17 |
34 |
U.
of Houston-Clear Lake |
8 |
21 |
18 |
n/a |
U.
of Mississippi |
37 |
44 |
20 |
n/a |
Source: U.S. News & World
Report
US News Comparisons of Top Online Graduate MBA (Business) Programs ---
http://www.usnews.com/education/online-education/mba
Institution name Ranks
Arizona State University Tempe, AZ#11
in
Admissions Selectivity
#37 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#24 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#32 in
Student Services and Technology
Arkansas State University--Jonesboro Jonesboro, AR
#36 in
Admissions Selectivity
#1 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#9 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#21 in
Student Services and Technology
Brandman University Irvine, CA
NR* in
Admissions Selectivity
#29 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#40 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#24 in
Student Services and Technology
Central Michigan University Mount Pleasant, MI
#9 in
Admissions Selectivity
#56 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#11 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#3 in
Student Services and Technology
Clarkson University Potsdam, NY
#23 in
Admissions Selectivity
#2 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#4 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#24 in
Student Services and Technology
Florida Institute of Technology Melbourne, FL
NR in
Admissions Selectivity
#23 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#43 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#16 in
Student Services and Technology
Gardner-Webb University Boiling Springs, NC
NR in
Admissions Selectivity
#15 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#27 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#1 in
Student Services and Technology
George Washington University Washington, DC
NR in
Admissions Selectivity
#7 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#20 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#9 in
Student Services and Technology
Indiana University--Bloomington Bloomington, IN
#3 in
Admissions Selectivity
#40 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#29 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#19 in
Student Services and Technology
Marist College Poughkeepsie, NY
#5 in
Admissions Selectivity
#6 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#67 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#23 in
Student Services and Technology
Quinnipiac University Hamden, CT
#16 in
Admissions Selectivity
#13 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#6 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#4 in
Student Services and Technology
Temple University Philadelphia, PA
#34 in
Admissions Selectivity
#17 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#39 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#8 in
Student Services and Technology
University of Houston--Clear Lake Houston, TX
NR in
Admissions Selectivity
#18 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#8 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#21 in
Student Services and Technology
University of Mississippi University, MS
NR in
Admissions Selectivity
#20 in
Faculty Credentials and Training
#37 in
Student Engagement and Accreditation
#44 in
Student Services and Technology
Bob Jensen's threads on online education and training alternatives ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm
Business School Rankings
Hi Wes,
Thank you for this since it was a ranking I had not seen ---
http://www.businessinsider.com/the-worlds-best-business-schools-2012-6#
I do track rankings of other media outlets like US News, Bloomberg
Business Week, the WSJ, Forbes, and The Economist ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
This has to be the best one since Stanford comes out on top.
Just kidding of course.
It 'sa helpful site in the sense that for each of the 50 ranked programs it
shows the ranks that were also given by US News, Bloomberg Business Week,
Forbes, and The Economist.
Feel free to send me some new pictures. I maintain a file on your
professional photographs.
Thanks,
Bob
Bob Jensen's threads about ranking controversies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/HigherEdControversies.htm#BusinessSchoolRankings
Update Technology for Proctoring Distance Examinations
HI Bob,
Thanks for getting back to
me that link was very useful. Perhaps I can provide you another tool to
prevent that issue from occurring. I would like to introduce you to
ProctorU. ProctorU
is an online proctoring service that allows test-takers to take
their examinations from home while maintaining the academic integrity of
the institution. To address your concern on student verification we are
able to authenticate
the test taker's identity using a data-driven process that asks
questions about previous address history, phone numbers, and other
information pulled from our data partner. If you have some free time
tomorrow or next week I would be happy to discuss this further with you.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Patrick Ochoa
Partnership
Coordinator
ProctorU, Inc
Bob Jensen's threads on various ploys used to "proctor" distance education
examinations ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Assess.htm#OnlineOffCampus
Free online courses (some for credit) ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Other online course and degree alternatives ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Crossborder.htm
"Should Repurchase Transactions be Accounted for as Sales or Loans?"
by Justin Chircop , Paraskevi Vicky Kiosse , and Ken Peasnell,
Accounting Horizons, December 2012, Vol. 26, No. 4, pp. 657-679 ---
http://aaajournals.org/doi/full/10.2308/acch-50176
Abstract
In this paper, we discuss the accounting for repurchase transactions,
drawing on how repurchase agreements are characterized under U.S. bankruptcy
law, and in light of the recent developments in the U.S. repo market. We
conclude that the current accounting rules, which require the recording of
most such transactions as collateralized loans, can give rise to opaqueness
in a firm's financial statements because they incorrectly characterize the
economic substance of repurchase agreements. Accounting for repurchase
transactions as sales and the concurrent recognition of a forward, as “Repo
105” transactions were accounted for by Lehman Brothers, has furthermore
overlooked merits. In particular, such a method provides a more
comprehensive and transparent picture of the economic substance of such
transactions.
Bob Jensen's threads on repurchase transactions are at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm#Repo
"Revenue recognition when product return and pricing adjustment
uncertainties exist," by Stephanie Rasmussen, FASRI, October 31, 2012 ---
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2012/10/revenue-recognition-when-product-return-and-pricing-adjustment-uncertainties-exist/
My forthcoming paper in Accounting Horizons
(Rasmussen 2013; “Revenue Recognition, Earnings Management, and Earnings
Informativeness in the Semiconductor Industry”) examines the implications of
revenue recognition for companies with product return and pricing adjustment
uncertainties. Although these uncertainties are typically minimal for sales
to end customers, they can pose large risks for sales to distributors. The
reason being is that distributors’ product return and pricing adjustment
rights often do not lapse until the distributor resells the product to an
end customer. In the midst of these risks, companies recognize revenue upon
delivery of product to distributors (sell-in), when the distributor resells
the product to end customers (sell-through), or under some combination
(sell-in for some distributors and sell-through for others).
I examine two implications of revenue recognition
for companies with product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties.
First, I examine whether the incidence of earnings management is higher for
companies that recognize revenue before their product return and pricing
adjustment uncertainties are resolved. This expectation is motivated by the
fact that more opportunities exist to manage earnings when revenue is
immediately recognized under the sell-in method compared to when at least
some revenue recognition is deferred under the sell-through and combination
methods. Specifically, managers using the sell-in method (1) maintain (and
have opportunities to manipulate) product return and pricing adjustment
accruals, and (2) can boost earnings through channel stuffing activities.
Second, I examine whether earnings informativeness
(proxied for with the earnings response coefficient) differs among the
revenue recognition methods used by companies with product return and
pricing adjustment uncertainties. On one hand, immediate revenue recognition
more quickly incorporates new accounting information into the financial
statements. If this new information is useful to the market, earnings should
be more informative under the sell-in method compared to the other revenue
recognition methods. On the other hand, more opportunities exist for both
intentional performance manipulations and unintentional estimation errors
when revenue is immediately recognized. Thus, if earnings are (or are
perceived to be) more inaccurate under the sell-in method, earnings
informativeness should be higher when revenue recognition is deferred until
distributors have resold products to end customers.
In order to study these research questions, I limit
my sample to semiconductor companies because they sell to distributors and
naturally face product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties due to
rapid product obsolescence and declining prices over product life cycles. I
find that sell-in companies are more likely to meet or beat analysts’
consensus earnings forecast compared to sell-through and combination
companies, suggesting that earnings management is more likely when companies
immediately recognize revenue for sales to distributors. I also find that
the earnings response coefficient is significantly larger (meaning the
returns-earnings relationship is stronger) for sell-through companies
compared to sell-in and combination companies. This finding suggests that
earnings are more informative when revenue recognition is deferred until the
distributor has resold the product to end customers. Collectively, these
results suggest that revenue recognition should be deferred until all
product return and pricing adjustment uncertainties are resolved.
This study should be of interest to the FASB and
IASB as they finalize a joint revenue recognition standard. The current
exposure draft of the new standard states that revenue recognition should
occur when the customer obtains control of the product or service. Control,
as described in the exposure draft, is likely to be transferred when a
manufacturer delivers product to a distributor except for cases where a
consignment agreement exists. At the time control is transferred, the
standard directs the manufacturer to estimate variable consideration (e.g.,
product returns and pricing adjustments), determine the transaction price,
and recognize revenue so long as receipt of the estimated transaction price
is reasonably assured. Recent technical briefs from the Big 4 accounting
firms suggest that the new standard’s provisions regarding variable
consideration may require many manufacturers that have historically used the
sell-through method to change to the sell-in method. Such a shift is
concerning as my findings suggest that earnings management is more likely
and earnings informativeness is lower when revenue is recognized at sell-in.
Bob Jensen's threads on revenue recognition issues ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ecommerce/eitf01.htm
Almost sounds like a deceptive tax on the older generation who saved for
their retirements
"Interest Rates Near Zero Put Savers in a Bind," by Peter Coy,
Bloomberg Business Week, December 20, 2012 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-12-20/interest-rates-near-zero-put-savers-in-a-bind
Paul Hernandez describes himself as “one of those
people who believe in standing on your own two feet.” At age 48 he lost a
job as a contract programmer for Princess Cruise Lines, and he hasn’t been
employed since. For a long time that was fine. His wife was earning a good
salary; they lived frugally, childless and debt-free; and they earned a
steady investment income from conservative assets such as bank certificates
of deposit. Now things are getting tighter. As expected, his wife retired.
Unexpectedly, their income from investments has plummeted because of falling
interest rates. Hernandez, now 60, blames the Federal Reserve for hurting
savers like himself by lowering rates in an effort to spur economic growth.
“I’ve sent e-mails to [Fed Chairman Ben] Bernanke.
I know he doesn’t read them,” says Hernandez. “We were always believers in
base hits, accumulating your money slowly. That’s all being ripped out from
under us. In this bizarro world, the people who didn’t carry a lot of debt
are paying for it all. And it seems like nobody cares.”
Hernandez has a point. Interest rates haven’t been
this low in the U.S. in at least a century. A 10-year Treasury note yields
just 1.7 percent a year, and a one-month Treasury bill has an annualized
return averaging just 0.05 percent over the past year. That’s great for the
world’s biggest borrower, the U.S. government, but it’s hell on savers. At
that rate, an investor in one-month T-bills could double his or her money
in—wait for it—1,387 years. Since inflation is running at close to 2
percent, you’re actually losing wealth by putting your money into Treasury
securities.
Moving your money abroad may not help, either.
Fourteen countries, with a combined equity and debt market capitalization of
$65 trillion, have near-zero short-term interest rates, says Bank of America
Merrill Lynch (BAC) Chief Investment Strategist Michael Hartnett.
Senior citizens suffer the most from low rates.
People 75 and older get 8 percent of their income from interest, dividends,
and rents, according to an analysis of government data by Diana Furchtgott-Roth,
a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute. People younger than 44 get less
than 1 percent of their income from those sources.
What can savers do about this Fed-induced
predicament besides complain? Hernandez’s choice is to stick with the
safest, shortest-term securities—low yields be damned. That strategy may
make sense if you’re going to take money out soon, or if you’re so
risk-averse you sell in a panic whenever the market hiccups. Hernandez, who
lives in Henderson, Nev., shies away from riskier assets because he thinks
the Fed is manipulating markets. “I believe we’re sitting on a house of
cards,” he says. “Every bit of our money is going into CDs and money markets
now.”
For most people, though, being ultra-cautious won’t
produce the growth needed to pay for the children’s college or a golden
retirement. The Federal Reserve, by pinning short-term rates to the floor,
is effectively pushing you to take some chances with your money. “Don’t
fight the Fed,” says Larry Elkin, a certified financial planner and
president of Palisades Hudson Financial Group in Scarsdale, N.Y. “You’re
bringing a rock to a gunfight.”
If your goal is income, alternatives include
dividend-paying stocks—the average yield for stocks in the Standard & Poor’s
500-stock index was 2.2 percent as of Dec. 12—or real estate investment
trusts, which invest in properties such as office buildings and also boast
dividends. A Bloomberg REIT index had a 3.5 percent dividend yield as of
Dec. 12. Mortgage-backed securities, emerging-market debt, and high-yield
bonds have seen the biggest percentage gains in assets lately. Remember,
spreading the money among asset classes will reduce the fluctuations in your
portfolio.
In the fixed-income world, corporate and municipal
bonds offer better yields than Treasuries. The FINRA-Bloomberg Active
Investment Grade U.S. Corporate Bond Index yielded 3.4 percent on Dec. 12,
2.7 percentage points above the benchmark five-year Treasury note. You can
also get some juice from munis, although not as much as usual: Their yields
are at 47-year lows—3.3 percent as of Dec. 12, according to the Bond Buyer’s
average for 20-year Aa2-rated general obligation bonds. If you do buy bonds,
consider shorter maturities. They’ll lose less value if interest rates rise.
Plus, as they mature you’ll have cash to pour into higher-yielding
securities. Like it or not, this is not the time to make a living from
clipping coupons.
The Fed has not suppressed interest rates this much
for this long since 1942 to 1951. Under the control of the U.S. Department
of the Treasury during that period, the Fed was ordered to make it easy for
the government to borrow cheaply to pay off debt incurred in the war effort.
Back then it kept long-term Treasury bonds at no more than 2.5 percent and
short-term Treasury bills at no more than 0.375 percent, according to George
Mason University economist Lawrence White.
Continued in article
Jensen Comment
It's sad that about the only way older folks can get the retirement incomes they
counted on from savings is to take on more and more risk of losing their savings
themselves.
One alternative is to swing over to Wal-Mart and see if there are any
openings for greeters.
Bob Jensen's threads on personal finance ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob1.htm#InvestmentHelpers
Jensen Comment
When I first reported this theft I envisioned ten tractor trailers loaded by
hooded thieves in the dead of night.
It turns out that things may not be what they seem when you deal with a cartel
monopolist wannabe.
Warning --- this is a four page article that should have been reduced to the
editor to a single page..
Being a quality control sampler in this industry is almost as sweet as being
a quality control sampler on the Mustang Ranch.
This smells like a trap by the cartel to frame those
who oppose it.
Adi Wijaya, 01/03/2013 01:02 AM
"The Great Canadian Maple Syrup Heist," by Brendan Borrell,
Bloomberg Business Week, January 2, 2013 ---
http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-01-02/the-great-canadian-maple-syrup-heist#p4
Bob Jensen's Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
"A Reform Boilermaker Mitch Daniels makes his own pay at Purdue University
subject to performance," The Wall Street Journal, January 8, 2013 ---
http://professional.wsj.com/article/SB10001424127887323320404578211642167171594.html?mg=reno64-wsj#mod=djemEditorialPage_t
Being a college president is one of the easier jobs
in America, at least as long as all you aspire to do is give speeches,
gladhand donors and put up some new buildings. So a round of applause for
Mitch Daniels, the incoming Purdue University
president who seems to have more reform ambition.
The departing Indiana Governor is headed to West
Lafayette later this month, and he insisted on an unusual and innovative
compensation package that could be a model amid the larger U.S. debate about
value in higher education. Mr. Daniels is taking a substantial salary cut
and linking his pay to his performance. Imagine that.
Under the terms of the contract, Mr. Daniels will
earn base pay of $420,000. That's near the $421,000 average for presidents
of public universities, according to a Chronicle of Higher Education
analysis, and down from the $555,000 earned by Purdue's previous president.
Mr. Daniels could then make up to 30% in bonuses tied to hard outcome
metrics like graduation rates, student affordability, faculty hiring and
achievement, and philanthropic support. Even if Mr. Daniels met 100% of his
targets, he'd still rank 10th in compensation among the Big Ten presidents.
Performance pay is typical in the private economy
but not in the generally accountability-free world of academia. Mr.
Daniels's example is a sign that he sees himself as a steward of the dollars
of state taxpayers—and it is also an implicit rebuke to the growing class of
professional academic administrators who nominally run the joints.
As tuition and student loan debt continue to rise,
families and even a few faculty members are starting to question how many
costly assistant vice provosts for inclusion, associate sustainability
deans, and the like colleges and universities really need, or they can
afford. Nationwide, the number of bureaucrats has increased 10 times faster
over the last decade than people hired to do actual teaching and research,
U.S. Department of Education data show.
Purdue became one epicenter for this new scrutiny
after a $67.4 million budget deficit in 2010 forced cutbacks. J. Paul
Robinson, a cytomics professor and chairman of the faculty senate,
calculates that over the last 11 years the number of Purdue administrators
has jumped by 62% while professors increased by merely 8%. If his contract
is any indication, Mr. Daniels will expect more, and measurable results,
from the paper pushers.
Mr. Daniels's frugal bona fides and lack of
pretense as Governor will be useful tools if he does plan on disrupting the
higher-ed status quo, though as a Republican who didn't climb the greasy
academic pole his job will be doubly difficult. Faculty and political
hostility is likely to be extreme, but he is off to the right start by
setting an example with his own pay. Purdue will be fun to watch.
Jensen Comment
This may be a good idea for the public sector, but in the private sector pay for
performance can be a disaster if "performance" is defined in terms of short term
criteria rather than long-term criteria. In countless cases this as lead to
"earnings management" accounting frauds ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory02.htm#Manipulation
"Ball and Brown and the Usefulness of EPS." by Robert Lipe, FASRI,
August 9, 2012 ---
http://www.fasri.net/index.php/2012/08/ball-and-brown-and-the-usefulness-of-eps/
At the AAA meeting in DC, I attended a presidential
address by Ray Ball and Phil Brown regarding their seminal research paper
(JAR 1968). They described the motivation for their study as a test of
existing scholarly research that painted a dim picture of reported earnings.
The earlier writers noted that earnings were based on old information
(historical cost) or, worse yet, a mix of old and new information (mixed
attributes). The early articles concluded that earnings could not be
informative, and therefore major changes to accounting practice where
necessary to correct the problem.
Ball and Brown viewed this literature as providing
a testable hypothesis – market participants should not be able to use
earnings in a profitable manner. Stated another way, knowing the amount of
earnings that would be reported at the end of the year with certainty could
not be used to profitably trade common stocks at the beginning of the year.
Evidence to the contrary would suggest the null that earnings are
non-informative does not hold.
While the methods part of the paper is probably
difficult for recent accounting archivalists to follow, Ball and Brown
produce perhaps the single most famous graph in the accounting literature.
It shows stock returns trending up over the year for companies that
ultimately report increases in earnings and trending down for companies that
report decreases in earnings. Thus they show that accounting numbers can be
informative even if the aggregate number is not computed using a single
unified measurement approach across transactions/events. Subsequent research
would show that numbers from the income statement have predictive ability
for future earnings and cash flows.
As I sat listening to these two research icons, I
could not help but think about some comments I have heard recently from a
few standard setters and practitioners. Those individuals express contempt
for EPS in a mixed attribute world. They appear to wish they could jump in a
time machine and eliminate per share computations related to income. I
readily admit that EPS does not explain much of the variance in returns over
periods of one year or less ( e.g., Lev, JAR 1989). However the link is
clearly significant, and over longer periods, the R2’s are quite high
(Easton, Harris, and Ohlson, JAE 1992). Can the standard setters make
incremental improvements to increase usefulness of EPS? I sure hope so, and
maybe the recent paper posted by Alex Milburn will help. But dismissing a
reported number because it is not derived from a single consistent
measurement attribute – be it fair value or historical cost – seems to
revert back to pre-Ball and Brown views that are rejected by years of
research.
Jensen Comment
Given the balance sheet focus of the FASB and the IASB at the expense of the
income statement I don't see how net income or eps could be anything but
misleading to investors and financial analysts. The biggest hit, in my opinion,
is the way the FASB and IASB create earnings volatility not only unrealized fair
value changes but the utter fiction created by posting fair value changes that
will never ever be realized for held-to-maturity investments and debt. This was
not the case at the time of the seminal Ball and Brown article. Those were olden
days before accounting standards injected huge doses of fair value fiction in
eps numbers so beloved by investors and analysts.
Sydney Finkelstein, the Steven Roth professor of management at the Tuck School
of Business at Dartmouth College, also pointed out that Bank of America booked a
$2.2 billion gain by increasing the value of Merrill Lynch’s assets it acquired
last quarter to prices that were higher than Merrill kept them. “Although
perfectly legal, this move is also perfectly delusional, because some day soon
these assets will be written down to their fair value, and it won’t be pretty,”
he said
"Bank Profits Appear Out of Thin Air ," by Andrew Ross Sorkin, The New
York Times, April 20, 2009 ---
http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/21/business/21sorkin.html?_r=1&dbk
This is starting to feel like amateur hour for aspiring magicians.
Another day, another attempt by a Wall Street bank to pull a bunny out of
the hat, showing off an earnings report that it hopes will elicit oohs and
aahs from the market. Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup and, on
Monday, Bank of America all tried to wow their audiences with what appeared
to be — presto! — better-than-expected numbers.
But in each case, investors spotted the attempts at sleight of hand, and
didn’t buy it for a second.
With Goldman Sachs, the disappearing month of December didn’t quite
disappear (it changed its reporting calendar, effectively erasing the impact
of a $1.5 billion loss that month); JPMorgan Chase reported a dazzling
profit partly because the price of its bonds dropped (theoretically, they
could retire them and buy them back at a cheaper price; that’s sort of like
saying you’re richer because the value of your home has dropped); Citigroup
pulled the same trick.
Bank of America sold its shares in China Construction Bank to book a big
one-time profit, but Ken Lewis heralded the results as “a testament to the
value and breadth of the franchise.”
Sydney Finkelstein, the Steven Roth professor of management at the Tuck
School of Business at Dartmouth College, also pointed out that Bank of
America booked a $2.2 billion gain by increasing the value of Merrill
Lynch’s assets it acquired last quarter to prices that were higher than
Merrill kept them.
“Although perfectly legal, this move is also perfectly delusional, because
some day soon these assets will be written down to their fair value, and it
won’t be pretty,” he said.
Investors reacted by throwing tomatoes. Bank of America’s stock plunged 24
percent, as did other bank stocks. They’ve had enough.
Why can’t anybody read the room here? After all the financial wizardry that
got the country — actually, the world — into trouble, why don’t these
bankers give their audience what it seems to crave? Perhaps a bit of simple
math that could fit on the back of an envelope, with no asterisks and no
fine print, might win cheers instead of jeers from the market.
What’s particularly puzzling is why the banks don’t just try to make some
money the old-fashioned way. After all, earning it, if you could call it
that, has never been easier with a business model sponsored by the federal
government. That’s the one in which Uncle Sam and we taxpayers are offering
the banks dirt-cheap money, which they can turn around and lend at much
higher rates.
“If the federal government let me borrow money at zero percent interest, and
then lend it out at 4 to 12 percent interest, even I could make a profit,”
said Professor Finkelstein of the Tuck School. “And if a college professor
can make money in banking in 2009, what should we expect from the highly
paid C.E.O.’s that populate corner offices?”
But maybe now the banks are simply following the lead of Washington, which
keeps trotting out the latest idea for shoring up the financial system.
The latest big idea is the so-called
stress test
that is being applied to the banks, with results expected at the end of this
month.
This is playing to a tough crowd that long ago decided to stop suspending
disbelief. If the stress test is done honestly, it is impossible to believe
that some banks won’t fail. If no bank fails, then what’s the value of the
stress test? To tell us everything is fine, when people know it’s not?
“I can’t think of a single, positive thing to say about the stress test
concept — the process by which it will be carried out, or outcome it will
produce, no matter what the outcome is,” Thomas K. Brown, an analyst at
Bankstocks.com, wrote. “Nothing good can come of this and, under certain,
non-far-fetched scenarios, it might end up making the banking system’s
problems worse.”
The results of the stress test could lead to calls for capital for some of
the banks. Citi is mentioned most often as a candidate for more help, but
there could be others.
The expectation, before Monday at least, was that the government would pump
new money into the banks that needed it most.
But that was before the government reached into its bag of tricks again. Now
Treasury, instead of putting up new money, is considering swapping its
preferred shares in these banks for common shares.
The benefit to the bank is that it will have more capital to meet its ratio
requirements, and therefore won’t have to pay a 5 percent dividend to the
government. In the case of Citi, that would save the bank hundreds of
millions of dollars a year.
And — ta da! — it will miraculously stretch taxpayer dollars without
spending a penny more.
January 2, 2013 reply from Bob Jensen
Hi Pat,
You wrote the following:
To the best of my knowledge, credit sales are
not "realized". The are considered "realizable" because companies claim
to be able to estimate uncollectible accounts.
You may wish to claim that unrealized changes
in fair values of held financial assets are one step further away from
being realizable, but it is the choice if the reporting entity not to
realize those values rather than the choice if the customer to pay.
Jensen Reply
Yes I agree that the credit sales are a step further from unrealized
fair value changes, although that step is a huge one because defaults
on credit sales are enforceable by the the courts. Ups and downs of
an investment in 10,000 shares of Apple stock or call options on Apple
shares are only thin air gains and losses until sales transpire. Yes the
step is a huge one! Might I use the word "cliff?"
Example
When I was on the faculty at the University of Maine in the 1970s I
owned an ocean summer cottage on 11 acres of woods across the bay from
Acadia National Park. In those days, when there were no fears of rising
ocean levels, having a cottage 20 feet from the beach at high tide was
sort of neat. All such shoreline cottages either had to be purchased
entirely for cash or be partly seller financed. No commercial
lenders like banks and savings and loans associations would finance
shore property in the country, at least not in the 1970s.
When I moved to Florida State University in 1978 I sold my Maine
summer cottage on the basis of receiving 50% of the selling price in
cash and a first mortgage on the remainder due. There was no market for
my note investment on this property and default risk was virtually zero
due to the huge cash down payment. As far as I was concerned this was a
hold-to-maturity investment of a note that really had no trading market.
If the new owner wanted to settle before the 20-year maturity date he
had to pay me the amortized book value of the 12% note.
It might have been possible for me to enter into a customized vanilla
interest rate swap so that I could get a variable interest return on the
swap contract. But interim changes in that derivative swap contract does
not affect the notional. The changes value of the swap contract would be
a speculation value change to be reported as earnings as FAS 133. But my
mortgage note would still be held-to-maturity contract best valued at
historical cost amortized value.
More importantly, if the buyer of my cottage defaulted on the
original note it would not matter to either party on the swap contract
because the banks that negotiate such customized swaps guarantee the
net swap payments but not the underlying notionals. If the buyer of
my cottage defaulted on the original note, I would've commenced
foreclosure proceedings. The last thing the buyer or his heirs would
want is to lose over 50% of the equity in that shore property. The risk
of default was virtually zero.
Interestingly, I could use a Bloomberg terminal to estimate the
interim changes in value of a swap contract ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/acct5341/speakers/133swapvalue.htm
But the value of the mortgage note was its amortized cost that did
not vary since there was no market for such paper. If the buyer of the
cottage wanted to refinance due to lower interest rates he had to first
pay off the entire book value of his debt to me. That payoff value,
unlike the swap contract, was not subject to market fluctuations.
Reporting changes in the note's value due to changing interest rates
would be pure fiction.
The buyer actually did pay off the note at book value about twelve
years later. Since interest rates had fallen so much I was surprised he
waited that long. His problem was that commercial lenders would still
not make loans on rural shore property.
Respectfully,
Bob Jensen
The Latest from the AECM's Denny Beresford:
Are interim fair value adjustments “accounting
fictions” HTM investments?
"Money market fund investments are often held to maturity and any discount or
premium in the purchase price is realized by the fund."
"Ex-FASB Chair: Accounting Rules Support Money Funds’ Stable Value,"
by Emily Chason, CFO Journal, November 1, 2012
http://blogs.wsj.com/cfo/2012/11/01/ex-fasb-chair-accounting-rules-support-money-funds-stable-value/?mod=wsjpro_hps_cforeport
While U.S. regulators are debating forcing money
market funds to let their share values float, former Financial Accounting
Standards Board Chairman Dennis Beresford defended the use of accounting
standards that allow money funds to maintain their stable $1-per-share
value.
In a paper released Thursday by the U.S. Chamber of
Commerce’s Center for Capital Markets, Beresford said the amortized cost
accounting used for money market funds is not a gimmick that gives a false
sense of security for the funds, but rather an efficient way to minimize
differences between the carrying value and fair value of their investments.
"Amortized Cost Accounting is “Fair” for Money Market Funds," U.S.
Chamber of Commerce Center for Capital Markets Competitiveness, Fall 2012
http://www.centerforcapitalmarkets.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Money-Market-Funds_FINAL.layout.pdf
Summary
Recent events have caused the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to rethink the long-standing use of
amortized cost by money market mutual funds in valuing their investments in
securities. This practice supports the use of the stable net asset value (a
“buck” a share) in trading shares in such funds. Some critics have
challenged this accounting practice, arguing that it somehow misleads
investors by obfuscating changes in value or implicitly guaranteeing a
stable share price.
This paper shows that the use of
amortized cost by money market mutual funds is supported by more than 30
years of regulatory and accounting standard-setting consideration. In
addition, its use has been significantly constrained through recent SEC
actions that further ensure its appropriate use. Accounting standard setters
have accepted this treatment as being in compliance with generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP). Finally, available data indicate that
amortized cost does not differ materially from market value for investments
industry wide. In short, amortized cost is “fair” for money market funds.
Background
Money market mutual funds have been in
the news a great deal recently as the SEC first scheduled and then postponed
a much-anticipated late August vote to consider further tightening
regulations on the industry.
1
Earlier, Chairman
Mary Schapiro had testified to Congress about her intention to strengthen
the SEC regulation of such funds, in light of issues arising during the
financial crisis of 2008 when one prominent fund “broke the buck,” resulting
in modest losses to its investors. Sponsors of some other funds have
sometimes provided financial support to maintain stable net asset values.
And certain funds recently experienced heavy redemptions due to the
downgrade of the U.S. Treasury’s credit rating and the European banking
crisis.
Money market funds historically have
priced their shares at $1, a practice that facilitates their widespread use
by corporate treasurers, municipalities, individuals, and many others who
seek the convenience of low-risk, highly liquid investments. This $1 per
share pricing convention also conforms to the funds’ accounting for their
investments in short-term debt securities using amortized cost. This method
means that, in the absence of an event jeopardizing the fund’s repayment
expectation with respect to any investment, the value at which these funds
carry their investments is the amount paid (cost) for the investments, which
may include a discount or premium to the face amount of the security. Any
discount or premium is recorded (amortized) as an adjustment of yield over
the life of the security, such that amortized cost equals the principal
value at maturity.
Some commentators have criticized the
use of this amortized cost methodology and argued for its elimination. In a
telling example of the passionate but inaccurate attention being devoted to
this issue, an editorial in the June 10, 2012, Wall Street Journal
described this longstanding financial practice in a heavily regulated
industry as an “accounting fiction” and an “accounting gimmick.”
. . .
Reasoning for Use of Amortized Cost
The FASB has been considering various
aspects of the accounting for financial instruments for approximately 25
years. During that time it has issued standards on topics such as accounting
for marketable securities, accounting for derivative instruments and
hedging, impairment, disclosure, and others. Also, the FASB has issued
standards or endorsed standards issued by the AICPA of a specialized nature
applying to certain industry groups such as investment companies, insurance
companies, broker/dealers, and banks. Further, the FASB is presently
involved in a major project that has encompassed approximately the past 10
years, whereby it is endeavoring to conform its standards on financial
instruments to the related standards issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board. Aspects of that project have stalled recently, and the two
boards have reached different conclusions on certain key issues. Other
aspects of that project are moving forward.
Over this 25-year period, probably the
most controversial aspect of the financial instruments project has been to
what extent those instruments should be carried at market or fair value in
financial statements rather than historical cost. On several occasions the
FASB has indicated a strong preference for fair value as a general
objective. But there has been a great deal of opposition from many quarters,
and the FASB has tended to determine the appropriate measurement attribute
for particular instruments (fair value, amortized cost, etc.) in different
projects based on the facts and circumstances in each case.
. . . (very long passages
from this 21-page article are not quoted here)
Conclusion
Accounting for investment securities
by money market mutual funds appropriately remains based on amortized cost.
The amortized cost method of accounting is supported by the very short-term
duration, high quality, and hold-to-maturity nature of most of the
investments held. The SEC’s 2010 rule changes have considerably strengthened
the conditions under which these policies are being applied. As a result of
the 2010 SEC rule changes, funds now report the market value of each
investment in a monthly schedule submitted to the SEC that is then made
publicly available after 60 days. That provides additional information for
investors. And the FASB’s current thinking articulates this accounting
treatment as GAAP.
Jensen Comment
My main objection to booking fair values of HTM investments is that the interim
adjustments for fair values that will never be realized destroys the income
statement. Of course, the FASB and IASB have systematically destroyed the
concept of net earnings in many other standards to a point where these standard
setters can no longer even define net earnings.
Research Studies from the Chamber's Center for Capital Markets ---
http://www.centerforcapitalmarkets.com/resources/publications/
Bob Jensen's threads on accounting theory ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Theory01.htm
Humor January 1- 31, 2013
You know you're getting old when your monthly planner only has entries for
doctor, dentist, and medical lab appointments.
Michael Davis Ford's Theater part 2 ---
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n6mbW-jMtrY&feature=player_detailpage
Archie's Jewish Friend ---
http://www.aish.com/j/jt/Jtube-All-in-the-Family-Archies-Jewish-Friend.html#.ULuiHFWmmhc.mailto
A Beautiful Coat ---
http://elrellano.com/videos_online/4624/circo-roncalli.html
Senior Moments ---
http://www.youtube.com/embed/Xv1tMioGgXI?rel=0
Save these acronyms in case you receive a text message from a senior citizen
* ATD- At the Doctor's
* BFF - Best Friends Funeral
* BTW- Bring the Wheelchair
* BYOT - Bring Your Own Teeth
* CBM- Covered by Medicare
* CUATSC- See You at the Senior Center
* DWI- Driving While Incontinent
* FWIW - Forgot Where I Was
* GGPBL- Gotta Go, Pacemaker Battery Low
* GHA - Got Heartburn Again
* HGBM - Had Good Bowel Movement
* LMDO- Laughing My Dentures Out
* LOL- Living on Lipitor
* OMSG - Oh My! Sorry, Gas
* TOT- Texting on Toilet
* WAITT - Who Am I Talking To?
Hope these help. GGLKI (Gotta Go, Laxative Kicking in!)
David Albrecht added:
GGLWIO (Gotta Go, Lawrence Welk Is On).
Forwarded by Paula
I met a fairy who said she would grant me one wish. Immediately I said, "I
want to live forever."
"Sorry," said the fairy, "I'm not allowed to grant eternal life."
"OK," I said, "Then, I want to die after Congress balances the Federal
budget."
"You crafty bastard," said the fairy.
Forwarded by Jim Kirk
BEST EVER SENIOR CITIZEN JOKE
A little silver-haired lady calls her neighbor and says, "Please come over >
here and help me. I have a killer jigsaw puzzle, and I can't figure out how to
get started."
Her neighbor asks, "What is it supposed to be when it's finished?"
The little silver haired lady says, "According to the picture on the box,
it's a rooster."
Her neighbor decides to go over and help with the puzzle.
She lets him in and shows him where she has the puzzle spread all over the
table.
He studies the pieces for a moment, then looks at the box, then turns to her
and says, "First of all, no matter what we do, we're not going to be able
to assemble these pieces into anything resembling a rooster."
He takes her hand and says, "Secondly, I want you to relax. Let's have a nice
cup of tea, and then," he said with a deep sigh "Let's put all the Corn Flakes
back in the box."
Forwarded by Jim Kirk
An older couple sitting in a diner enjoying their meal when the husband leans
over and asks his wife,
"Do you remember the first time we had sex over fifty years ago? We went
behind the village tavern where you leaned against the back fence and I made
love to you.'
"Yes," she says, "I remember it well."
"OK," he says, "How about taking a stroll around there again and do it again
for old times' sake?"
"Oh, Jim, you old devil, that sounds like a crazy, but, a good idea!"
A police officer sitting in the next booth, heard their conversation and,
having a chuckle to himself, he thinks to himself, I've got to see these two
old-timers having sex against a fence. I'll just keep an eye on them so there's
no trouble. So he follows them.
The elderly couple walk haltingly along, leaning on each other for support
aided by walking sticks. Finally, they get to the back of the tavern and make
their way to the fence.
The old lady lifts her skirt and the old man drops his trousers. As she leans
against the fence, the old man moves in.
Then, suddenly, they erupt into the most 'furious sex' that the policeman has
ever seen. This goes on for about ten minutes while both are making loud noises,
including some barking, yelping, moaning and screaming. Finally, they both
collapse, panting on the ground.
The policeman is amazed. He thinks he has learned something about life and
old age that he didn't know.
After about half an hour of lying on the ground recovering, the old couple
struggles to their feet and put their clothes back on. The policeman is still
watching and thinks to himself, this is truly amazing, I've got to ask them what
their secret is!
So, as the couple passes by, he says to them, "Excuse me, but, that was
something else. You must have had a fantastic sex life together. Is there some
sort of secret to this?"
Shaking, the old man is barely able to reply,
"50 years ago, that wasn't an electric fence!"
Technical Correctness forwarded by
Maureen
A wife asks her husband, "Could you please go
shopping for me and buy one carton of milk and if they have avocados, get 6.
"A short time later the husband comes back with
6 cartons of milk.
The wife asks him, "Why did you buy 6 cartons of
milk?"
He replied, "They had avocados."
If you're a woman, I'm sure you're going back to
read it again! Men will get it the first time. My work is done here.
Forwarded by Dr. Wolff
Christian
One Liners
Don't let
your worries get the best of you; Remember, Moses started out as a basket case.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Some people
are kind, polite, and sweet-spirited
Until you
try to sit in their pews.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Many folks
want to serve God,
But only as
advisers.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
It is
easier to preach ten sermons
Than it is
to live one.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
The good
Lord didn't create anything without a purpose,
But
mosquitoes come close.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
When you
get to your wit's end,
You'll find
God lives there.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
People are
funny; they want the front of the bus,
Middle of
the road,
And back of
the church.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Opportunity
may knock once,
But
temptation bangs on the front door forever.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Quit
griping about your church;
If it was
perfect, you couldn't belong.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
If a church
wants a better pastor,
It only
needs to pray for the one it has.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
We're
called to be witnesses, not lawyers or judges.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
God Himself
doesn't propose to judge a man until
he is dead.
So why should you?
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Some minds
are like concrete
Thoroughly
mixed up and permanently set.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Peace
starts with a smile.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
I don't
know why some people change churches;
What
difference does it make which one you stay home from?
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Be ye
fishers of men. You catch 'em - He'll clean 'em.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Stop, Drop,
and Roll won't work in Hell.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Coincidence
is when God chooses to remain anonymous.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Don't put a
question mark where God put a period.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Don't wait
for 6 strong men to take you to church.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Forbidden
fruits create many jams.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
God doesn't
call the qualified, He qualifies the called.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
God grades
on the cross, not the curve.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
God loves
everyone,
But
probably prefers 'fruits of the spirit' over 'religious nuts!'
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
God
promises a safe landing, not a calm passage.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
He who
angers you, controls you!
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
If God is
your Co-pilot, swap seats!
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
Prayer:
Don't give
God instructions, just report for duty!
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
The task
ahead of us is never as
great as
the Power behind us.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
The Will of
God never takes you to where the
Grace of
God will not protect you.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
We don't
change the message,
The message
changes us.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
You can
tell how big a person is
By what it
takes to discourage him/her.
*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*+*
The best
mathematical equation I have ever seen:
1 cross + 3
nails = 4 given.
Forwarded by Paula
She walked up and tied her old mule to the hitching rail. As she stood there,
brushing some of the dust from her face and clothes, a young gunslinger stepped
out of the saloon with a gun in one hand and a bottle of whiskey in the other.
The young gunslinger looked at the old woman and laughed, saying, "Hey, old
woman! Have you ever danced?"
The old woman looked up at the gunslinger and said, "No, I never did dance. .
. never really wanted to."
A crowd had gathered as the gunslinger grinned and said, "Well, you old bag,
you're gonna dance now," and started shooting at the old woman's feet.
The old woman prospector, not wanting to get her toes blown off, started
hopping around. Everybody was laughing.
When his last bullet had been fired, the young gunslinger, still laughing,
holstered his gun and turned around to go back into the saloon.
The old woman turned to her pack mule, pulled out a double-barreled shotgun,
and cocked both hammers.
The loud clicks carried clearly through the desert air. The crowd stopped
laughing immediately.
The young gunslinger heard the sounds too, and he turned around very slowly.
The silence was almost deafening.
The crowd watched as the young gunman stared at the old woman and the large
gaping holes of those twin barrels.
The barrels of the shotgun never wavered in the old woman's hands, as she
quietly said, "Son, have you ever kissed a mule's ass?"
The gunslinger swallowed hard and said, "No, ma'am . . . but . . . I've
always wanted to."
There are a few lessons for all of us here.
1 - Never be arrogant..
2 - Don't waste ammunition.
3 - Whiskey makes you think you're smarter than you are.
4 - Always, always make sure you know who has the power.
5 - Don't mess with old women; they didn't get old by being stupid.
Humor Between January 1-31, 2013 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book13q1.htm#Humor013113
Humor Between December 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor123112
Humor Between November 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor113012
Humor Between October 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q4.htm#Humor103112
Humor Between September 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor093012
Humor Between August 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor083112
Humor Between July 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q3.htm#Humor073112
Humor Between June 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor063012
Humor Between May 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor053112
Humor Between April 1-30, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q2.htm#Humor043012
Humor Between March 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor033112
Humor Between February 1-29, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor022912
Humor Between January 1-31, 2012 ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/book12q1.htm#Humor013112
And that's
the way it was on January 31, 2013 with a little help from my friends.
Bob
Jensen's gateway to millions of other blogs and social/professional networks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/
For an elaboration on the reasons you should join a ListServ (usually
for free) go to http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm |
AECM (Accounting Educators)
http://listserv.aaahq.org/cgi-bin/wa.exe?HOME
The AECM is an email Listserv list which
started out as an accounting education technology Listserv. It has
mushroomed into the largest global Listserv of accounting education
topics of all types, including accounting theory, learning, assessment,
cheating, and education topics in general. At the same time it provides
a forum for discussions of all hardware and software which can be useful
in any way for accounting education at the college/university level.
Hardware includes all platforms and peripherals. Software includes
spreadsheets, practice sets, multimedia authoring and presentation
packages, data base programs, tax packages, World Wide Web applications,
etc
Roles of a ListServ --- http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListServRoles.htm
|
CPAS-L (Practitioners) http://pacioli.loyola.edu/cpas-l/
(closed down)
CPAS-L provides a forum for discussions
of all aspects of the practice of accounting. It provides an unmoderated
environment where issues, questions, comments, ideas, etc. related to
accounting can be freely discussed. Members are welcome to take an
active role by posting to CPAS-L or an inactive role by just monitoring
the list. You qualify for a free subscription if you are either a CPA or
a professional accountant in public accounting, private industry,
government or education. Others will be denied access. |
Yahoo (Practitioners)
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/xyztalk
This forum is for CPAs to discuss the
activities of the AICPA. This can be anything from the CPA2BIZ portal
to the XYZ initiative or anything else that relates to the AICPA. |
AccountantsWorld
http://accountantsworld.com/forums/default.asp?scope=1
This site hosts various discussion groups on such topics as accounting
software, consulting, financial planning, fixed assets, payroll, human
resources, profit on the Internet, and taxation. |
Business Valuation Group
BusValGroup-subscribe@topica.com
This discussion group is headed by Randy Schostag
[RSchostag@BUSVALGROUP.COM] |
Concerns That Academic Accounting Research is Out of Touch With Reality
I think leading academic researchers avoid applied research for the
profession because making seminal and creative discoveries that
practitioners have not already discovered is enormously difficult.
Accounting academe is threatened by the
twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism (of three types:
tedium, high tech, and radical chic)
From
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/395wpTAR/Web/TAR395wp.htm
“Knowledge and competence increasingly developed out of the internal
dynamics of esoteric disciplines rather than within the context of
shared perceptions of public needs,” writes Bender. “This is not to
say that professionalized disciplines or the modern service
professions that imitated them became socially irresponsible. But
their contributions to society began to flow from their own
self-definitions rather than from a reciprocal engagement with
general public discourse.”
Now, there is a definite note of sadness in Bender’s narrative – as
there always tends to be in accounts
of the
shift from Gemeinschaft to
Gesellschaft. Yet it is also
clear that the transformation from civic to disciplinary
professionalism was necessary.
“The new disciplines offered relatively precise subject matter and
procedures,” Bender concedes, “at a time when both were greatly
confused. The new professionalism also promised guarantees of
competence — certification — in an era when criteria of intellectual
authority were vague and professional performance was unreliable.”
But in the epilogue to Intellect and Public Life,
Bender suggests that the process eventually went too far.
“The risk now is precisely the opposite,” he writes. “Academe is
threatened by the twin dangers of fossilization and scholasticism
(of three types: tedium, high tech, and radical chic).
The agenda for the next decade, at least as I see it, ought to be
the opening up of the disciplines, the ventilating of professional
communities that have come to share too much and that have become
too self-referential.”
What went wrong in accounting/accountics research?
How did academic accounting research become a pseudo science?
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/theory01.htm#WhatWentWrong
|
Accountancy, Tax, IFRS, XBRL, and Accounting History News Sites
---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/AccountingNews.htm
Accounting
Professors Who Blog ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ListservRoles.htm
Cool
Search Engines That Are Not Google ---
http://www.wired.com/epicenter/2009/06/coolsearchengines
Free
(updated) Basic Accounting Textbook --- search for Hoyle at
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
CPA
Examination ---
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cpa_examination
Free CPA Examination Review Course Courtesy of Joe Hoyle ---
http://cpareviewforfree.com/
Bob Jensen's
Pictures and Stories
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Pictures.htm
Bob
Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/


Bob
Jensen's Threads ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/threads.htm
Bob
Jensen's Blogs ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/JensenBlogs.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
New Bookmarks ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/bookurl.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Tidbits ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TidbitsDirectory.htm
Current and past editions of my newsletter called
Fraud Updates ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/FraudUpdates.htm
Bob Jensen's past presentations and lectures ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/resume.htm#Presentations
Free
Online Textbooks, Videos, and Tutorials ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/ElectronicLiterature.htm#Textbooks
Free Tutorials in Various Disciplines ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Bookbob2.htm#Tutorials
Edutainment and Learning Games ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/thetools.htm#Edutainment
Open Sharing Courses ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/000aaa/updateee.htm#OKI
Peter, Paul, and Barney: An Essay on 2008 U.S. Government Bailouts of Private
Companies ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/2008Bailout.htm
Health
Care News ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Health.htm
Bob
Jensen's Resume ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/Resume.htm
574 Shields
Against Validity Challenges in Plato's Cave ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/TheoryTAR.htm
Bob Jensen's Personal History in Pictures ---
http://www.cs.trinity.edu/~rjensen/PictureHistory/
Bob Jensen's Homepage ---
http://www.trinity.edu/rjensen/